TattvārthaślokavārttikālaṅkāraTattvārthaślokavārttikaTattvārthaPlain text of Manoharlāl's 1918 editionDigital textresource created byH. TrikhaPublished within the Digital Corpus of Vidyānandin's Works at www.dipal.org/dcv under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-ShareAlike 4.0 International LicenseNovember 24, 2025Print edition: Vidyānandisvāmi-viracitaṃ Tattvārthaślokavārtikaṃ Manoharlālnyāyaśāstriṇā sampāditaṃ saṃśodhitaṃ ca. (Saraswati Oriental Research Sanskrit Series 16). Bombay 1918.Digitized print edition: dcv/Tattvārthaślokavārttika/TAŚV-ML-p

This resource for the text of the Tattvārthaślokavārttika (TAŚV) is published alongside other digital resources for the work. The resource at hand, TAŚV-ML‑t, is a resource for the specific text of the edition by Manoharlāl (ML) in 1918. The resource renders only the plain text (t) without metatext except for punctuation and indication of verse or prose.

H. Trikha created this resource during his occupations at the Institutes for South Asian, Tibetan and Buddhist Studies, University of Vienna, and for the Cultural and Intellectual History of Asia, Austrian Academy of Sciences. Substantial work was done in the project “Perspectivism and intertextuality in Vidyānandin’s works,” funded by the Austrian Science Fund (FWF Schrödinger project J 3880-G24). Trikha is especially grateful to the late Helmut Krasser for financing the capture of the printed edition and to Vitus Angermeier for providing the initial TEI encoding.

References in the left margin pertain to page and line of Manoharlāl's edition. References indicate page and line of Manoharlāl's edition. Text of the Tattvārtha and the Ślokavārttika is rendered in a lighter color. References indicate page and line of Manoharlāl's edition. Text of the Tattvārtha is rendered in a lighter color. References in the left margin pertain to the number of the Sūtra in Manoharlāl's edition.

TAŚV-ML 001,1śrī­pa­ra­mā­tma­ne namaḥ | TAŚV-ML 001,2śrī­ma­dvi­dyā­naṃ­di­svā­mi­vi­ra­ci­taṃ TAŚV-ML 001,3ta­ttvā­rtha­ślo­ka­vā­rti­ka­m |
TAŚV-ML 001,4prathamo 'dhyāyaḥ | TAŚV-ML 1.0.1abśrī­va­rdha­mā­na­m ādhyāya ghā­ti­saṃ­ghā­ta­ghā­ta­na­m | TAŚV-ML 1.0.1cdvi­dyā­spa­daṃ pra­va­kṣyā­mi ta­ttvā­rtha­ślo­ka­vā­rti­ka­m || 1 || TAŚV-ML 1.0.2abpra­bu­ddhā­śe­ṣa­ta­ttvā­rthe sākṣāt pra­kṣī­ṇa­ka­lma­ṣe | TAŚV-ML 1.0.2cdsiddhe mu­nī­ndra­saṃ­stu­tye mo­kṣa­mā­rga­sya netari || 2 || TAŚV-ML 1.0.3absatyāṃ ta­tpra­ti­pi­tsā­yā­m u­pa­yo­gā­tma­kā­tma­naḥ | TAŚV-ML 1.0.3cdśreyasā yo­kṣya­mā­ṇa­sya pravṛttaṃ sūtram ā­di­ma­m || 3 || TAŚV-ML 1.0.4abnai­kāṃ­tā­kṛ­tri­mā­mnā­ya­mū­la­tve sya pra­mā­ṇa­tā | TAŚV-ML 1.0.4cdta­dvyā­khyā­tu­r a­sa­rva­jñe rāgitve vi­pra­laṃ­bha­nā­t || 4 || TAŚV-ML 1.0.5abnāpy asatyāṃ bu­bhu­tsā­yā­m ātmano '­ce­ta­nā­tma­naḥ | TAŚV-ML 1.0.5cdkhasyeva mu­kti­mā­rgo­pa­de­śā­yo­gya­tva­ni­śca­yā­t || 5 || TAŚV-ML 1.0.6absaṃ­pra­dā­yā­vya­va­cche­dā­vi­ro­dhā­d adhunā nṛṇām | TAŚV-ML 1.0.6cdsa­dgo­trā­dyu­pa­de­śo tra ya­dva­tta­dva­dvi­cā­ra­taḥ || 6 || TAŚV-ML 1.0.7abpra­mā­ṇa­m āgamaḥ sūtram ā­pta­mū­la­tva­si­ddhi­taḥ | TAŚV-ML 1.0.7cdlaiṃgikaṃ vā­vi­nā­bhā­vi­liṃ­gā­t sādhyasya ni­rṇa­yā­t || 7 || TAŚV-ML 1.0.8abtatra nāsty eva sarvajño jñā­pa­kā­nu­pa­laṃ­bha­nā­t | TAŚV-ML 1.0.8cdvyo­māṃ­bho­ja­va­d ity etat tamas tam a­vi­jṛṃ­bhi­ta­m || 8 || TAŚV-ML 1.0.9absū­kṣmā­dya­rtho­pa­de­śo hi ta­tsā­kṣā­tka­rtṛ­pū­rva­kaḥ | TAŚV-ML 1.0.9cdpa­ro­pa­de­śa­liṃ­gā­kṣā­na­pe­kṣā­vi­ta­tha­tva­taḥ || 9 || TAŚV-ML 1.0.10absū­kṣmā­dya­rtho pi vādhyakṣaḥ ka­sya­ci­t sakalaḥ sphuṭam | TAŚV-ML 1.0.10cdśru­ta­jñā­nā­dhi­ga­mya­tvā­n na­dī­dvī­pā­dī­de­śa­va­t || 10 || TAŚV-ML 1.0.11abna hetoḥ sa­rva­thai­kāṃ­tai­r a­ne­kāṃ­taḥ ka­thaṃ­ca­na | TAŚV-ML 1.0.11cdśru­ta­jñā­nā­dhi­ga­mya­tvā­t teṣāṃ dṛ­ṣṭe­ṣṭa­bā­dha­nā­t || 11 || TAŚV-ML 1.0.12absthā­na­tra­yā­vi­saṃ­vā­di­śru­ta­jñā­naṃ hi vakṣyate | TAŚV-ML 1.0.12cdte­nā­dhi­ga­mya­mā­na­tvaṃ siddhaṃ sarvatra vastuni || 12 || TAŚV-ML 1.0.13abtato 'siddhaṃ pa­ra­syā­tra jñā­pa­kā­nu­pa­laṃ­bha­na­m | TAŚV-ML 1.0.13cdno bhā­va­sā­dha­nā­yā­laṃ sa­rva­ta­ttvā­rtha­ve­di­naḥ || 13 || TAŚV-ML 1.0.14absva­saṃ­baṃ­dhi yadīdaṃ syād vya­bhi­cā­ri­pa­yo­ni­dheḥ | TAŚV-ML 1.0.14cdaṃbhaḥ kuṃ­bhā­di­saṃ­khyā­naiḥ sadbhir a­jñā­ya­mā­na­kaiḥ || 14 || TAŚV-ML 1.0.15absa­rva­saṃ­baṃ­dhi tadboddhuṃ kiṃcid bodhair na śakyate | TAŚV-ML 1.0.15cdsa­rva­bo­ddhā­sti cet kaścit tadboddhā kiṃ ni­ṣi­dhya­te || 15 || TAŚV-ML 1.0.16absa­rva­saṃ­baṃ­dhi­sa­rva­jña­jñā­pa­kā­nu­pa­laṃ­bha­na­m | TAŚV-ML 1.0.16cdna ca­kṣu­rā­di­bhi­r vedyam a­tya­kṣa­tvā­d a­dṛ­ṣṭa­va­t || 16 || TAŚV-ML 1.0.17abnā­nu­mā­nā­da­liṃ­ga­tvā­t kā­rthā­pa­ttyu­pa­mā­ga­tiḥ | TAŚV-ML 1.0.17cdsa­rva­syā­na­nya­thā­bhā­va­sā­dṛ­śyā­nu­pa­pa­tti­taḥ || 17 || TAŚV-ML 1.0.18absa­rva­pra­mā­tṛ­saṃ­baṃ­dhi pra­tya­kṣā­di­ni­vā­ra­ṇā­t | TAŚV-ML 1.0.18cdke­va­lā­ga­ma­ga­myaṃ ca kathaṃ mī­māṃ­sa­ka­sya tat || 18 || TAŚV-ML 1.0.19abkāryerthe co­da­nā­jñā­naṃ pramāṇaṃ yasya saṃ­ma­ta­m | TAŚV-ML 1.0.19cdtasya sva­rū­pa­sa­ttā­yāṃ ta­nnai­vā­ti­pra­saṃ­ga­taḥ || 19 || TAŚV-ML 1.0.20abta­djñā­pa­ko­pa­laṃ­bha­syā­bhā­vo '­bhā­va­pra­mā­ṇa­taḥ | TAŚV-ML 1.0.20cdsādhyate cen na tasyāpi sa­rva­trā­py a­pra­vṛ­tti­taḥ || 20 || TAŚV-ML 1.0.21abgṛhītvā va­stu­sa­dbhā­vaṃ smṛtvā ta­tpra­ti­yo­gi­na­m | TAŚV-ML 1.0.21cdmānasaṃ nā­sti­tā­jñā­naṃ yeṣām a­kṣā­na­pe­kṣa­yā || 21 || TAŚV-ML 1.0.22abteṣām a­śe­ṣa­nṛ­jñā­te smṛte ta­djñā­pa­ke kṣaṇe | TAŚV-ML 1.0.22cdjāyate nā­sti­tā­jñā­naṃ mānasaṃ tatra nānyathā || 22 || TAŚV-ML 1.0.23abna vā­śe­ṣa­na­ra­jñā­naṃ sakṛt sākṣād u­pe­ya­te | TAŚV-ML 1.0.23cdna kramād a­nya­saṃ­tā­na­pra­tya­kṣa­tvā­na­bhī­ṣṭi­taḥ || 23 || TAŚV-ML 1.0.24aba­ne­kāṃ­te hi vi­jñā­na­m e­kāṃ­tā­nu­pa­laṃ­bha­na­m | TAŚV-ML 1.0.24cdta­dvi­dhi­s ta­nni­ṣe­dha­ś ca mato nai­vā­nya­thā­ma­tiḥ || 24 || TAŚV-ML 1.0.25abnaivaṃ sarvasya sa­rva­jña­jñā­pa­kā­nu­pa­da­rśa­na­m | TAŚV-ML 1.0.25cdsiddhaṃ ta­dda­rśa­nā­ro­po yena tatra ni­ṣi­dhya­te || 25 || TAŚV-ML 1.0.26abāsan saṃti bha­vi­ṣyaṃ­ti boddhāro vi­śva­dṛ­śva­naḥ | TAŚV-ML 1.0.26cdmadanye pīti ni­rṇī­ti­r yathā sa­rva­jña­vā­di­naḥ || 26 || TAŚV-ML 1.0.27abkiṃcij jñasyāpi tadvan me te­nai­ve­ti vi­ni­śca­yaḥ | TAŚV-ML 1.0.27cdity a­yu­kta­m a­śe­ṣa­jña­sā­dha­no­pā­ya­saṃ­bha­vā­t || 27 || TAŚV-ML 1.0.28abya­thā­ha­m a­nu­mā­nā­deḥ sarvajñaṃ vedmi tattvataḥ | TAŚV-ML 1.0.28cdtathānye pi narāḥ saṃtas ta­dbo­ddhā­ro ni­raṃ­ku­śāḥ || 28 || TAŚV-ML 1.0.29abyathā mama na ta­djña­pte­r u­pa­laṃ­bho sti jā­tu­ci­t | TAŚV-ML 1.0.29cdtathā sa­rva­nṛ­ṇā­m ity a­jñā­na­syai­va vi­ce­ṣṭi­ta­m || 29 || TAŚV-ML 1.0.30abhetor na­ra­tva­kā­yā­di­ma­ttvā­de­r vya­bhi­cā­ra­taḥ | TAŚV-ML 1.0.30cdsyā­dvā­di­nai­va vi­śva­jña­m a­nu­mā­ne­na jānatā || 30 || TAŚV-ML 1.0.31abjñā­pa­kā­nu­pa­laṃ­bho sti tan na ta­tpra­ti­ṣe­dha­taḥ | TAŚV-ML 1.0.31cdkā­ra­kā­nu­pa­laṃ­bha­s tu pra­ti­ghā­tī­ṣya­te 'grataḥ || 31 || TAŚV-ML 1.0.32abka­lma­ṣa­pra­kṣa­ya­ś cāsya vi­śva­ta­ttvā­t pra­tī­ya­te | TAŚV-ML 1.0.32cdtam aṃ­ta­re­ṇa ta­dbhā­vā­nu­pa­pa­tti­pra­si­ddhi­taḥ || 32 || TAŚV-ML 1.0.33abjāyate tadvidhaṃ jñānaṃ sve sati pra­ti­baṃ­dha­ri | TAŚV-ML 1.0.33cdspa­ṣṭa­svā­rthā­va­bhā­si­tvā­n ni­rdo­ṣa­na­ya­nā­di­va­t || 33 || TAŚV-ML 1.0.34abkṣīyate kvacid āmūlaṃ jñānasya pra­ti­baṃ­dha­ka­m | TAŚV-ML 1.0.34cdsa­ma­gra­kṣa­ya­he­tu­tvā­l locane ti­mi­rā­di­va­t || 34 || TAŚV-ML 1.0.35abmoho jñā­na­dṛ­gā­vṛ­ttyaṃ­ta­rā­yāḥ pra­ti­baṃ­dha­kāḥ | TAŚV-ML 1.0.35cdke­va­la­sya hi vakṣyaṃte tadbhāve ta­da­nu­dbha­vā­t || 35 || TAŚV-ML 1.0.36abteṣāṃ pra­kṣa­ya­he­tū ca pūrṇau saṃ­va­ra­ni­rja­re | TAŚV-ML 1.0.36cdte ta­po­ti­śa­yā­t sādhoḥ ka­sya­ci­d bhavato dhruvam || 36 || TAŚV-ML 1.0.37abtapo hy a­nā­ga­tā­ghau­gha­pra­va­rta­na­ni­ro­dha­na­m | TAŚV-ML 1.0.37cdta­jja­nma­he­tu­saṃ­ghā­ta­pra­ti­pa­kṣa­ya­to yathā || 37 || TAŚV-ML 1.0.38abbha­vi­ṣya­tkā­la­kū­ṭā­di­vi­kā­rau­gha­ni­ro­dha­na­m | TAŚV-ML 1.0.38cdmaṃ­tra­dhyā­na­vi­dhā­nā­di sphuṭaṃ loke pra­tī­ya­te || 38 || TAŚV-ML 1.0.39abnṛṇām apy a­gha­saṃ­baṃ­dho rā­ga­dve­ṣā­di­he­tu­kaḥ | TAŚV-ML 1.0.39cdduḥ­khā­di­pha­la­he­tu­tvā­d a­ti­bhu­kti­vi­ṣā­di­va­t || 39 || TAŚV-ML 1.0.40abta­dvi­ro­dhi­vi­rā­gā­di­rū­paṃ tapa i­ho­cya­te | TAŚV-ML 1.0.40cdta­da­si­ddhā­v a­ta­jja­nma­kā­ra­ṇa­pra­ti­pa­kṣa­tā || 40 || TAŚV-ML 1.0.41abtadā duḥ­kha­pha­laṃ ka­rma­saṃ­ci­taṃ pra­ti­ha­nya­te | TAŚV-ML 1.0.41cdkā­ya­kle­śā­di­rū­pe­ṇa tapasā ta­tsa­jā­ti­nā || 41 || TAŚV-ML 1.0.42absvā­dhyā­yā­di­sva­bhā­ve­na pa­ra­pra­śa­ma­mū­rti­nā | TAŚV-ML 1.0.42cdbaddhaṃ sā­tā­di­kṛ­tka­rma śa­krā­di­su­kha­jā­ti­nā || 42 || TAŚV-ML 1.0.43abtato niḥ­śe­ṣa­ta­ttvā­rtha­ve­dī pra­kṣī­ṇa­ka­lma­ṣaḥ | TAŚV-ML 1.0.43cdśre­yo­mā­rga­sya netāsti sa saṃ­stu­tya­s ta­da­rthi­bhiḥ || 43 || TAŚV-ML 1.0.44abtasya da­rśa­na­śu­ddhyā­di­bhā­va­no­pā­tta­mū­rti­nā | TAŚV-ML 1.0.44cdpu­ṇya­tī­rtha­ka­ra­tve­na nāmnā saṃ­pā­di­ta­śri­yaḥ || 44 || TAŚV-ML 1.0.45absthitasya ca ciraṃ svāyur vi­śe­ṣa­va­śa­va­rti­naḥ | TAŚV-ML 1.0.45cdśre­yo­mā­rgo­pa­de­śi­tvaṃ ka­thaṃ­ci­n na vi­ru­dhya­te || 45 || TAŚV-ML 1.0.46abjñā­na­mā­trā­t tu yo nāma muktim abhyeti kaścana | TAŚV-ML 1.0.46cdtasya tan na tataḥ pūrvam a­jña­tvā­t pā­ma­rā­di­va­t || 46 || TAŚV-ML 1.0.47abnāpi paścād a­va­sthā­nā­bhā­vā­d vā­gvṛ­ttya­yo­ga­taḥ | TAŚV-ML 1.0.47cdā­kā­śa­sye­va muktasya kvo­pa­de­śa­pra­va­rta­na­m || 47 || TAŚV-ML 1.0.48absaṃ­skā­ra­syā­kṣa­yā­t tasya yady a­va­sthā­na­m iṣyate | TAŚV-ML 1.0.48cdtatkṣaye kāraṇaṃ vācyaṃ ta­ttva­jñā­nā­t paraṃ tvayā || 48 || TAŚV-ML 1.0.49absaṃ­skā­ra­syā­yu­rā­khya­sya pa­ri­kṣa­ya­ni­baṃ­dha­na­m | TAŚV-ML 1.0.49cddharmam eva samādhiḥ syād iti kecit pra­ca­kṣa­te || 49 || TAŚV-ML 1.0.50abvi­jñā­nā­t so pi yady anyaḥ pra­ti­jñā­vyā­ha­ti­s tadā | TAŚV-ML 1.0.50cdsa cā­ri­tra­vi­śe­ṣo hi mukter mārgaḥ sthito bhavet || 50 || TAŚV-ML 1.0.51abjñānam eva sthi­rī­bhū­taṃ sa­mā­dhi­r iti cen matam | TAŚV-ML 1.0.51cdtasya pra­dhā­na­dha­rma­tve ni­vṛ­tti­s ta­tkṣa­yā­d yadi || 51 || TAŚV-ML 1.0.52abtadā so pi kuto jñānād u­kta­do­ṣā­nu­ṣaṃ­ga­taḥ | TAŚV-ML 1.0.52cdsa­mā­dhyaṃ­ta­ra­ta­ś cen na tu­lya­pa­rya­nu­yo­ga­taḥ || 52 || TAŚV-ML 1.0.53abtasya puṃsaḥ sva­rū­pa­tve prāg eva syāt pa­ri­kṣa­yaḥ | TAŚV-ML 1.0.53cdsaṃ­skā­ra­syā­sya ni­tya­tvā­n na ka­dā­ci­d a­saṃ­bha­vaḥ || 53 || TAŚV-ML 1.0.54abā­vi­rbhā­va­ti­ro­bhā­vā­v api nā­tma­sva­bhā­va­gau | TAŚV-ML 1.0.54cdpa­ri­ṇā­mo hi tasya syāt tathā pra­kṛ­ti­va­c ca tau || 54 || TAŚV-ML 1.0.55abtataḥ syā­dvā­di­nāṃ siddhaṃ mataṃ nai­kāṃ­ta­vā­di­nā­m | TAŚV-ML 1.0.55cdba­hi­raṃ­ta­ś ca vastūnāṃ pa­ri­ṇā­ma­vya­va­sthi­teḥ || 55 || TAŚV-ML 1.0.56abmi­thyā­rthā­bhi­ni­ve­śe­na mi­thyā­jñā­ne­na va­rji­ta­m | TAŚV-ML 1.0.56cdyat puṃ­rū­pa­m u­dā­sī­naṃ tac ced dhyānaṃ mataṃ tava || 56 || TAŚV-ML 1.0.57abhaṃta ra­tna­tra­yaṃ kiṃ na tataḥ param i­he­ṣya­te | TAŚV-ML 1.0.57cdyato na ta­nni­mi­tta­tvaṃ mukter ā­sthī­ya­te tvayā || 57 || TAŚV-ML 1.0.58abyady a­jñā­na­sva­bhā­vaḥ syāt kapilo no­pa­de­śa­kṛ­t | TAŚV-ML 1.0.58cdsu­ṣu­pta­va­tpra­dhā­naṃ vā­ce­ta­na­tvā­d gha­ṭā­di­va­t || 58 || TAŚV-ML 1.0.59abjñā­na­saṃ­sa­rga­to py eṣa naiva jñā­na­sva­bhā­va­kaḥ | TAŚV-ML 1.0.59cdvyoma ta­dva­dvi­śe­ṣa­sya sa­rva­thā­nu­pa­pa­tti­taḥ || 59 || TAŚV-ML 1.0.60abe­te­nai­ve­śva­raḥ śre­yaḥ­pa­tha­pra­khyā­pa­ne 'prabhuḥ | TAŚV-ML 1.0.60cdvyākhyāto '­ce­ta­no hy eṣa jñānād a­rthāṃ­ta­ra­tva­taḥ || 60 || TAŚV-ML 1.0.61abvi­jñā­na­sa­ma­vā­yā­c cec cetano 'yam u­pe­ya­te | TAŚV-ML 1.0.61cdta­tsaṃ­sa­rgā­t kathaṃ na jñaḥ kapilo pi pra­si­ddhya­ti || 61 || TAŚV-ML 1.0.62abpra­dhā­nā­śra­yi vijñānaṃ na puṃso jña­tva­sā­dha­na­m | TAŚV-ML 1.0.62cdyadi bhinnaṃ kathaṃ puṃsas tat tatheṣṭaṃ ja­ḍā­tma­bhiḥ || 62 || TAŚV-ML 1.0.63abjñā­nā­śra­ya­tva­to vedhā nityaṃ jño yadi kathyate | TAŚV-ML 1.0.63cdtad eva kiṃkṛtaṃ tasya tato bhede pi tattvataḥ || 63 || TAŚV-ML 1.0.64absa­ma­vā­yo hi sarvatra na vi­śe­ṣa­kṛ­de­ka­kaḥ | TAŚV-ML 1.0.64cdkathaṃ khādīni saṃtyajya puṃsi jñānaṃ ni­yo­ja­ye­t || 64 || TAŚV-ML 1.0.65abviśiṣṭaḥ sa­ma­vā­yo 'yam ī­śva­ra­jñā­na­yo­r yadi | TAŚV-ML 1.0.65cdtadā nā­nā­tva­m etasya prāptaṃ saṃ­yo­ga­va­tta­ka­m || 65 || TAŚV-ML 1.0.66aba­nā­śra­yaḥ kathaṃ cāyam ā­śra­yai­r yujyate ṃjasā | TAŚV-ML 1.0.66cdta­dvi­śe­ṣa­ṇa­tā yena sa­ma­vā­ya­sya gamyate || 66 || TAŚV-ML 1.0.67abvi­śe­ṣa­ṇa­tve caitasya vi­ci­tra­sa­ma­vā­yi­nā­m | TAŚV-ML 1.0.67cdvi­śe­ṣa­ṇa­tve nā­nā­tva­prā­pti­r daṃ­ḍa­ka­ṭā­di­va­t || 67 || TAŚV-ML 1.0.68abtato '­rtha­syai­va paryāyaḥ sa­ma­vā­yo gu­ṇā­di­va­t | TAŚV-ML 1.0.68cdtā­dā­tmya­pa­ri­ṇā­me­na ka­thaṃ­ci­d a­va­bhā­sa­nā­t || 68 || TAŚV-ML 1.0.69abta­dī­śva­ra­sya vi­jñā­na­sa­ma­vā­ye­na yā jñatā | TAŚV-ML 1.0.69cdsā ka­thaṃ­ci­t ta­dā­tma­tva­pa­ri­ṇā­me­na nānyathā || 69 || TAŚV-ML 1.0.70abta­thā­ne­kāṃ­ta­vā­da­sya prasiddhiḥ kena vāryate | TAŚV-ML 1.0.70cdpra­mā­ṇa­bā­dha­nā­dbhi­nna­sa­ma­vā­ya­sya tadvataḥ || 70 || TAŚV-ML 1.0.71absugato pi na mārgasya praṇetā vya­va­ti­ṣṭha­te | TAŚV-ML 1.0.71cdtṛ­ṣṇā­vi­dyā­vi­ni­rmu­kte­s ta­tsa­mā­khyā­ta­kha­ṅgi­va­t || 71 || TAŚV-ML 1.0.72abja­ga­ddhi­tai­ṣi­tā­sa­kte­r buddho yady a­va­ti­ṣṭha­te | TAŚV-ML 1.0.72cdta­thai­vā­tma­hi­tai­ṣi­tva­ba­lā­t khaṅgīha tiṣṭhatu || 72 || TAŚV-ML 1.0.73abta­thā­ga­to­pa­kā­rya­sya jagato '­naṃ­ta­tā yadi | TAŚV-ML 1.0.73cdsa­rva­dā­va­sthi­tau hetur mataḥ su­ga­ta­saṃ­ta­teḥ || 73 || TAŚV-ML 1.0.74abkhaṅgino py u­pa­kā­rya­sya sva­saṃ­tā­na­sya kiṃ punaḥ | TAŚV-ML 1.0.74cdna syād a­naṃ­ta­tā yena ta­nni­ra­nva­ya­ni­rvṛ­tiḥ || 74 || TAŚV-ML 1.0.75absva­ci­tta­śa­ma­nā­t tasya saṃtāno no­tta­ra­tra cet | TAŚV-ML 1.0.75cdnātmānaṃ śa­ma­yi­ṣyā­mī­ty a­bhyā­sa­sya vi­dhā­na­taḥ || 75 || TAŚV-ML 1.0.76abna cāṃ­tya­ci­tta­ni­ṣpa­ttau ta­tsa­mā­pti­r vi­bhā­vya­te | TAŚV-ML 1.0.76cdtatrāpi śa­ma­yi­ṣyā­mī­ty e­ṣya­ci­tta­vya­pe­kṣa­ṇā­t || 76 || TAŚV-ML 1.0.77abciṃ­tāṃ­ta­ra­sa­mā­raṃ­bhi nāṃtyaṃ cittam a­nā­sra­va­m | TAŚV-ML 1.0.77cdsa­ha­kā­ri­vi­hī­na­tvā­t tā­dṛ­gdī­pa­śi­khā yathā || 77 || TAŚV-ML 1.0.78abity a­yu­kta­m a­nai­kāṃ­tā­d bu­ddha­ci­tte­na tādṛśā | TAŚV-ML 1.0.78cdhi­tai­ṣi­tvaṃ­ni­mi­tta­sya sadbhāvo pi samo dvayoḥ || 78 || TAŚV-ML 1.0.79abca­ra­ma­tva­vi­śe­ṣa­s tu ne­ta­ra­sya pra­si­ddhya­ti | TAŚV-ML 1.0.79cdtato '­naṃ­ta­ra­ni­rvā­ṇa­si­ddhya­bhā­vā­t pra­mā­ṇa­taḥ || 79 || TAŚV-ML 1.0.80abmā bhūt ta­cchāṃ­ta­ni­rvā­ṇaṃ sugato stu pra­mā­tma­kaḥ | TAŚV-ML 1.0.80cdśāsteti cen na tasyāpi vā­kpra­vṛ­tti­vi­ro­dha­taḥ || 80 || TAŚV-ML 1.0.81abvi­śi­ṣṭa­bhā­va­no­dbhū­ta­pu­ṇyā­ti­śa­ya­to dhruvam | TAŚV-ML 1.0.81cdvi­va­kṣā­m aṃ­ta­re­ṇā­pi vāgvṛttiḥ su­ga­ta­sya cet || 81 || TAŚV-ML 1.0.82absiddhaṃ pa­ra­ma­taṃ tasya sā­nva­ya­tve ji­na­tva­taḥ | TAŚV-ML 1.0.82cdpra­ti­kṣa­ṇa­vi­nā­śi­tve sa­rva­thā­rtha­kri­yā­kṣa­tiḥ || 82 || TAŚV-ML 1.0.83absaṃ­tā­na­syā­py a­va­stu­tvā­d a­nya­thā­tmā ta­tho­cya­tā­m | TAŚV-ML 1.0.83cdka­thaṃ­ci­d dra­vya­tā­dā­tmyā­d vi­nā­śa­s tasya saṃ­bha­vā­t || 83 || TAŚV-ML 1.0.84abpū­rva­kā­la­vi­va­kṣā­to naṣṭāyā api tattvataḥ | TAŚV-ML 1.0.84cdsu­ga­ta­sya pra­va­rtaṃ­te vāca ity apare viduḥ || 84 || TAŚV-ML 1.0.85abteṣāṃ sa­vā­sa­naṃ naṣṭaṃ ka­lpa­nā­jā­la­m a­rtha­kṛ­t | TAŚV-ML 1.0.85cdkathaṃ na yu­kti­ma­dhyā­s te śu­ddha­syā­ti­pra­saṃ­ga­taḥ || 85 || TAŚV-ML 1.0.86absā­nni­dhya­mā­tra­ta­s tasya ciṃ­tā­ra­tno­pa­ma­sya cet | TAŚV-ML 1.0.86cdku­ṭyā­di­bhyo pi vācaḥ syur vi­ne­ya­ja­na­saṃ­ma­tāḥ || 86 || TAŚV-ML 1.0.87abkim evam ī­śva­ra­syā­pi sāṃ­ni­dhyā­j jagad u­dbha­va­t | TAŚV-ML 1.0.87cdni­ṣi­dhya­te tadā caiva prāṇināṃ bho­ga­bhū­ta­ye || 87 || TAŚV-ML 1.0.88absa­rva­thā­nu­pa­kā­ri­tvā­n ni­tya­sye­śa­sya tan na cet | TAŚV-ML 1.0.88cdsu­ga­ta­syo­pa­kā­ri­tvaṃ de­śā­nā­su kim asti te || 88 || TAŚV-ML 1.0.89abta­dbhā­va­bhā­vi­tā mātrā tasya tā iti cen matam | TAŚV-ML 1.0.89cdpi­śā­cā­de­s ta­thai­vai­tāḥ kiṃ na syur a­vi­śe­ṣa­taḥ || 89 || TAŚV-ML 1.0.90abta­syā­dṛ­śya­sya ta­ddhe­tu­bhā­va­ni­ści­tya­saṃ­bha­ve | TAŚV-ML 1.0.90cdsugataḥ kiṃ nu dṛśyas te yenāsau ta­nni­baṃ­dha­na­m || 90 || TAŚV-ML 1.0.91abtato nāśvāsa e­vai­ta­dde­śa­nā­stu pa­rī­kṣa­yā | TAŚV-ML 1.0.91cdsatāṃ pra­va­rta­mā­nā­m iti kaiścit su­bhā­ṣi­ta­m || 91 || TAŚV-ML 1.0.92abci­trā­dya­dvai­ta­vā­de ca dūre sa­nmā­rga­de­śa­nā | TAŚV-ML 1.0.92cdpra­tya­kṣā­di­vi­ro­dha­ś ca bhe­da­syai­va pra­si­ddhi­taḥ || 92 || TAŚV-ML 1.0.93abna nirodho na co­tpa­tti­r na baddho na ca mocakaḥ | TAŚV-ML 1.0.93cdna baṃdho sti na vai muktir ity eṣā pa­ra­mā­rtha­tā || 93 || TAŚV-ML 1.0.94abna bra­hma­vā­di­nāṃ siddhā vi­jñā­nā­dvai­ta­va­t svayam | TAŚV-ML 1.0.94cdni­tya­sa­rva­ga­tai­kā­tmā­pra­si­ddheḥ parato pi vā || 94 || TAŚV-ML 1.0.95abtataḥ pra­mā­ṇā­nvi­ta­mo­kṣa­mā­rga­pra­ṇā­ya­kaḥ sa­rva­vi­da­sta­do­ṣaḥ | TAŚV-ML 1.0.95cdsyā­dvā­da­bhā­g eva nuter ihārhaḥ so 'rhan pare ne­hi­ta­hī­na­mā­rgāḥ || 95 || TAŚV-ML 1.0.96absva­saṃ­ve­da­na­taḥ siddhaḥ sadātmā bā­dha­va­rji­tā­t | TAŚV-ML 1.0.96cdtasya kṣmā­di­vi­va­rtā­tma­ny ātmany a­nu­pa­pa­tti­taḥ || 96 || TAŚV-ML 1.0.97absva­saṃ­ve­da­na­m apy asya ba­hiḥ­ka­ra­ṇa­va­rja­nā­t | TAŚV-ML 1.0.97cda­haṃ­kā­rā­spa­daṃ spaṣṭam a­bā­dha­m a­nu­bhū­ya­te || 97 || TAŚV-ML 1.0.98abta­dvi­lo­pe na vai kiṃcit ka­sya­ci­d vya­va­ti­ṣṭha­te | TAŚV-ML 1.0.98cdsva­saṃ­ve­da­na­mū­la­tvā­t sve­ṣṭa­ta­ttva­vya­va­sthi­teḥ || 98 || TAŚV-ML 1.0.99absaṃ­ve­da­nāṃ­ta­re­ṇai­va vi­di­tā­d ve­da­nā­d yadi | TAŚV-ML 1.0.99cdsve­ṣṭā­si­ddhi­r u­pe­ye­ta tadā syād a­na­va­sthi­tiḥ || 99 || TAŚV-ML 1.0.100abprācyaṃ hi vedanaṃ tāvan nārthaṃ ve­da­ya­te dhruvam | TAŚV-ML 1.0.100cdyāvan nānyena bodhena vuddhyaṃ so py evam eva tu || 100 || TAŚV-ML 1.0.101abnārthasya darśanaṃ siddhyet pratyakṣaṃ su­ra­maṃ­tri­ṇaḥ | TAŚV-ML 1.0.101cdtathā sati kṛtaś ca syān ma­tāṃ­ta­ra­sa­mā­śra­yaḥ || 101 || TAŚV-ML 1.0.102abvi­bhi­nna­la­kṣa­ṇa­tvā­c ca bhedaś cai­ta­nya­de­ha­yoḥ | TAŚV-ML 1.0.102cdta­ttvāṃ­ta­ra­ta­yā to­ya­te­jo­va­d iti mīyate || 102 || TAŚV-ML 1.0.103abbhi­nna­pra­mā­ṇa­ve­dya­tvā­d ity apy etena va­rṇi­ta­m | TAŚV-ML 1.0.103cdsādhitaṃ bahir aṃtaś ca pra­tya­kṣa­sya vi­bhe­da­taḥ || 103 || TAŚV-ML 1.0.104abkṣi­tyā­di­sa­mu­dā­yā­rthāḥ śa­rī­reṃ­dri­ya­go­ca­rāḥ | TAŚV-ML 1.0.104cdtebhyaś cai­ta­nya­m ity etan na pa­rī­kṣā­kṣa­me­ri­ta­m || 104 || TAŚV-ML 1.0.105abvyaṃjakā na hi te tāvac cito ni­tya­tva­śa­kti­taḥ | TAŚV-ML 1.0.105cdkṣi­tyā­di­ta­ttva­va­d jñātuḥ kā­rya­tva­syā­py a­ni­ṣṭi­taḥ || 105 || TAŚV-ML 1.0.106abkuṃ­bhā­di­bhi­r a­ne­kāṃ­to na syād eva ka­thaṃ­ca­na | TAŚV-ML 1.0.106cdteṣāṃ mataṃ gu­ru­tve­na parair iṣṭaḥ pra­tī­ti­taḥ || 106 || TAŚV-ML 1.0.107abnāpi te kārakā vitter bhavaṃti sa­ha­kā­ri­ṇaḥ | TAŚV-ML 1.0.107cdsvo­pā­dā­na­vi­hī­nā­yā­s tasyās tebhyo '­pra­sū­ti­taḥ || 107 || TAŚV-ML 1.0.108abno­pā­dā­nā­d vinā śabdo vi­dyu­dā­deḥ pra­va­rta­te | TAŚV-ML 1.0.108cdkā­rya­tvā­t kuṃ­bha­va­d yady a­dṛ­ṣṭa­ka­lpa­na­m atra te || 108 || TAŚV-ML 1.0.109abkva kā­ṣṭhāṃ­ta­rga­tā­d agner a­gnyaṃ­ta­ra­sa­mu­dbha­vaḥ | TAŚV-ML 1.0.109cdta­syā­vi­śe­ṣa­to yena ta­ttva­saṃ­khyā na hīyate || 109 || TAŚV-ML 1.0.110absūkṣmo bhū­ta­vi­śe­ṣa­ś ced u­pā­dā­naṃ cito matam | TAŚV-ML 1.0.110cdsa e­vā­tmā­stu ci­jjā­ti­sa­ma­nvi­ta­va­pu­r yadi || 110 || TAŚV-ML 1.0.111abta­dvi­jā­tiḥ kathaṃ nāma ci­du­pā­dā­na­kā­ra­ṇa­m | TAŚV-ML 1.0.111cdbha­va­ta­s tejaso ṃ­bho­va­t ta­thai­vā­dṛ­ṣṭa­ka­lpa­nā || 111 || TAŚV-ML 1.0.112absa­ttvā­di­nā sa­mā­na­tvā­c ci­du­pā­dā­na­ka­lpa­ne | TAŚV-ML 1.0.112cdkṣmā­dī­nā­m api tat kena ni­vā­rye­ta pa­ra­spa­ra­m || 112 || TAŚV-ML 1.0.113abyena naikaṃ bhavet tattvaṃ kri­yā­kā­ra­ka­ghā­ti te | TAŚV-ML 1.0.113cdpṛ­thi­vyā­de­r a­śe­ṣa­sya ta­trai­vā­nu­pra­ve­śa­taḥ || 113 || TAŚV-ML 1.0.114abtasmād dra­vyāṃ­ta­rā­po­ḍha­sva­bhā­vā­nva­yi ka­thya­tā­m | TAŚV-ML 1.0.114cdu­pā­dā­naṃ vi­kā­rya­sya ta­ttva­bhe­do 'nyathā kutaḥ || 114 || TAŚV-ML 1.0.115absūkṣmo bhū­ta­vi­śe­ṣa­ś ca va­rṇā­di­pa­ri­va­rji­taḥ | TAŚV-ML 1.0.115cdsva­saṃ­ve­da­na­ve­dyo yam a­nu­me­yo thavā yadi || 115 || TAŚV-ML 1.0.116absarvathā paṃcamaṃ bhūtam a­nā­tma­jña­sya siddhyati | TAŚV-ML 1.0.116cdsa eva pa­ra­lo­kī­ti pa­ra­lo­ka­kṣa­tiḥ katham || 116 || TAŚV-ML 1.0.117abśa­rī­rā­da­ya evāsya yady u­pā­dā­na­he­ta­vaḥ | TAŚV-ML 1.0.117cdtadā ta­dbhā­va­bhā­vi­tvaṃ vi­jñā­na­sya pra­sa­jya­te || 117 || TAŚV-ML 1.0.118abvyatīte pīṃdriye 'rthe ca vi­ka­lpa­jñā­na­saṃ­bha­vā­t | TAŚV-ML 1.0.118cdna ta­ddhe­tu­tva­m etasya tasmin saty apy a­saṃ­bha­vā­t || 118 || TAŚV-ML 1.0.119abkāyaś cet kāraṇaṃ yasya pa­ri­ṇā­ma­vi­śe­ṣa­taḥ | TAŚV-ML 1.0.119cdsadyo mṛ­ta­ta­nuḥ kasmāt tathā nā­sthī­ya­te munā || 119 || TAŚV-ML 1.0.120abvā­yu­vi­śle­ṣa­ta­s tasya vai­ka­lyā­c cen ni­baṃ­dha­na­m | TAŚV-ML 1.0.120cdcai­ta­nya­m iti saṃprāptaṃ tasya sa­dbhā­va­bhā­va­taḥ || 120 || TAŚV-ML 1.0.121absā­ma­grī­ja­ni­kā naikaṃ kāraṇaṃ kiṃcid īkṣyate | TAŚV-ML 1.0.121cdvijñāne pi­ṣṭa­to­yā­di­r ma­da­śa­ktā­v iveti cet || 121 || TAŚV-ML 1.0.122absaṃyukte sati kiṃ na syāt kṣmā­di­bhū­ta­ca­tu­ṣṭa­ye | TAŚV-ML 1.0.122cdcai­ta­nya­sya sa­mu­dbhū­tiḥ sāmagyrā api bhāvataḥ || 122 || TAŚV-ML 1.0.123abta­dvi­śi­ṣṭa­vi­va­rta­syā­pā­yā­c cet sa ka iṣyate | TAŚV-ML 1.0.123cdbhū­ta­vya­ktyaṃ­ta­rā­saṃ­gaḥ pi­ṭhi­rā­dā­v a­pī­kṣya­te || 123 || TAŚV-ML 1.0.124abkā­la­pa­ryu­ṣi­ta­tvaṃ cet pi­ṣṭā­di­va­d u­pe­ya­te | TAŚV-ML 1.0.124cdtat kiṃ tatra na saṃbhāvyaṃ yena nā­ti­pra­sa­jya­te || 124 || TAŚV-ML 1.0.125abbhūtāni ka­ti­ci­t kiṃcit kartuṃ śaktāni ke­na­ci­t | TAŚV-ML 1.0.125cdpa­ri­ṇā­ma­vi­śe­ṣe­ṇa dṛ­ṣṭā­nī­ti mataṃ yadi || 125 || TAŚV-ML 1.0.126abtadā de­hīṃ­dri­yā­dī­ni ci­dvi­śi­ṣṭā­ni kā­ni­ci­t | TAŚV-ML 1.0.126cdci­dvi­va­rta­sa­mu­dbhū­tau saṃtu śaktāni sarvadā || 126 || TAŚV-ML 1.0.127abtathā sati na dṛṣṭasya hānir nā­dṛ­ṣṭa­ka­lpa­nā | TAŚV-ML 1.0.127cdma­dhyā­va­sthā­va­dā­dau ca ci­dde­hā­de­ś ci­du­dbha­vā­t || 127 || TAŚV-ML 1.0.128abtataś ca ci­du­pā­dā­nā­c ce­ta­ne­ti vi­ni­śca­yā­t | TAŚV-ML 1.0.128cdna śa­rī­rā­da­ya­s tasyāḥ saṃty u­pā­dā­na­he­ta­vaḥ || 128 || TAŚV-ML 1.0.129abetena de­ha­cai­ta­nya­bhe­da­sā­dha­na­m i­ṣṭa­kṛ­t | TAŚV-ML 1.0.129cdkā­rya­kā­ra­ṇa­bhā­ve­ne­ty etad dhvastaṃ ni­bu­ddhya­tā­m || 129 || TAŚV-ML 1.0.130abdehasya ca gu­ṇa­tve­na buddher yā si­ddha­sā­dhya­tā | TAŚV-ML 1.0.130cdbhede sādhye tayoḥ sāpi na sādhvī ta­da­si­ddhi­taḥ || 130 || TAŚV-ML 1.0.131abna vi­gra­ha­gu­ṇo bodhas ta­trā­na­dhya­va­sā­ya­taḥ | TAŚV-ML 1.0.131cdspa­rśā­di­va­t svayaṃ tadvad a­nya­syā­pi tathā gateḥ || 131 || TAŚV-ML 1.0.132abta­dgu­ṇa­tve hi bodhasya mṛ­ta­de­he pi ve­da­na­m | TAŚV-ML 1.0.132cdbha­ve­ttva­gā­di­va­dbā­hya­ka­ra­ṇa­jñā­na­to na kim || 132 || TAŚV-ML 1.0.133absū­kṣma­tvā­n na kvacid bā­hya­ka­ra­ṇa­jñā­na­go­ca­raḥ | TAŚV-ML 1.0.133cdpa­ra­mā­ṇu­va­de­vā­yaṃ bodha ity apy a­saṃ­ga­ta­m || 133 || TAŚV-ML 1.0.134abjī­va­tkā­ye pi ta­tsi­ddhe­r a­vya­va­sthā­nu­ṣaṃ­ga­taḥ | TAŚV-ML 1.0.134cdsva­saṃ­ve­da­na­ta­s tāvad bo­dha­si­ddhau na tadguṇaḥ || 134 || TAŚV-ML 1.0.135abjī­va­tkā­ya­gu­ṇo py eṣa yady a­sā­dhā­ra­ṇo mataḥ | TAŚV-ML 1.0.135cdprā­ṇā­di­yo­ga­va­n na syāt ta­dā­niṃ­dri­ya­go­ca­raḥ || 135 || TAŚV-ML 1.0.136absā­dhā­ra­ṇa­gu­ṇa­tve tu tasya pra­tye­ka­m udbhavaḥ | TAŚV-ML 1.0.136cdpṛ­thi­vyā­di­ṣu kiṃ na syāt spa­rśa­sā­mā­nya­va­t sadā || 136 || TAŚV-ML 1.0.137abahaṃ sukhīti saṃvittau su­kha­yo­go na vigrahe | TAŚV-ML 1.0.137cdba­hiḥ­ka­ra­ṇa­ve­dya­tva­pra­saṃ­gā­n neṃ­dri­ye­ṣv api || 137 || TAŚV-ML 1.0.138abka­rtṛ­stha­syai­va saṃvitteḥ su­kha­yo­ga­sya tattvataḥ | TAŚV-ML 1.0.138cdpū­rvo­tta­ra­vi­dāṃ vyāpī ci­dvi­va­rta­s ta­dā­śra­yaḥ || 138 || TAŚV-ML 1.0.139absyād guṇī cet sa evātmā śa­rī­rā­di­vi­la­kṣa­ṇaḥ | TAŚV-ML 1.0.139cdka­rtā­nu­bha­vi­tā sma­rtā­nu­saṃ­dhā­tā ca niścitaḥ || 139 || TAŚV-ML 1.0.140abdravyato nā­di­pa­ryaṃ­taḥ sattvāt kṣi­tyā­di­ta­ttva­va­t | TAŚV-ML 1.0.140cdsa syān na vya­bhi­cā­ro sya hetor nā­śi­nya­saṃ­bha­vā­t || 140 || TAŚV-ML 1.0.141abkuṃ­bhā­da­yo hi paryaṃtā api nai­kāṃ­ta­na­śva­rāḥ | TAŚV-ML 1.0.141cdśā­śva­ta­dra­vya­tā­dā­tmyā­t ka­thaṃ­ci­d iti no matam || 141 || TAŚV-ML 1.0.142abyathā cā­nā­di­pa­ryaṃ­ta­ta­dvi­pa­rya­ya­rū­pa­tā | TAŚV-ML 1.0.142cdgha­ṭā­de­r ātmano py evam iṣṭā sety a­vi­ru­ddha­tā || 142 || TAŚV-ML 1.0.143absa­rva­thai­kāṃ­ta­rū­pe­ṇa sattvasya vyā­ptya­si­ddhi­taḥ | TAŚV-ML 1.0.143cdbahir aṃtar a­ne­kāṃ­taṃ tad vyāpnoti ta­the­kṣa­ṇā­t || 143 || TAŚV-ML 1.0.144abvṛ­ha­spa­ti­ma­ta­sthi­tyā vya­bhi­cā­ro gha­ṭā­di­bhiḥ | TAŚV-ML 1.0.144cdna yukto tas ta­du­cchi­tti­pra­si­ddheḥ pa­ra­mā­rtha­taḥ || 144 || TAŚV-ML 1.0.145absā­dhya­sā­dha­na­vai­ka­lyaṃ dṛṣṭāṃte pi na vīkṣyate | TAŚV-ML 1.0.145cdni­tyā­ni­tyā­tma­tā­si­ddhiḥ pṛ­thi­vyā­de­r a­do­ṣa­taḥ || 145 || TAŚV-ML 1.0.146abe­ka­saṃ­tā­na­gā­ś ci­tta­pa­ryā­yā­s tattvato nvitāḥ | TAŚV-ML 1.0.146cdpra­tya­bhi­jñā­ya­mā­na­tvā­t mṛ­tpa­ryā­yā ya­the­dṛ­śāḥ || 146 || TAŚV-ML 1.0.147absā­dṛ­śyā­t pra­tya­bhi­jñā­naṃ nā­nā­saṃ­tā­na­bhā­vi­nā­m | TAŚV-ML 1.0.147cdbhe­dā­nā­m iva ta­trā­pī­ty a­dṛ­ṣṭa­pa­ri­ka­lpa­na­m || 147 || TAŚV-ML 1.0.148abtad e­ve­da­m iti jñānād e­ka­tva­sya pra­si­ddhi­taḥ | TAŚV-ML 1.0.148cdsa­rva­syā­py a­skha­la­drū­pā­t pra­tya­kṣā­d bhe­da­si­ddhi­va­t || 148 || TAŚV-ML 1.0.149abyathā bhedasya saṃvittiḥ saṃ­vā­da­na­m a­bā­dhi­tā | TAŚV-ML 1.0.149cdta­thai­ka­tva­sya nirṇītiḥ pū­rvo­tta­ra­vi­va­rta­yoḥ || 149 || TAŚV-ML 1.0.150abva­rta­mā­nā­rtha­vi­jñā­naṃ na pū­rvā­pa­ra­go­ca­ra­m | TAŚV-ML 1.0.150cdyo­gya­tā­ni­ya­mā­t siddhaṃ pratyakṣaṃ vyā­va­hā­ri­ka­m || 150 || TAŚV-ML 1.0.151abyathā tathaiva saṃ­jñā­na­m e­ka­tva­vi­ṣa­yaṃ matam | TAŚV-ML 1.0.151cdna va­rta­mā­na­pa­ryā­ya­mā­tra­go­ca­ra­m īkṣyate || 151 || TAŚV-ML 1.0.152abyathaiva va­rta­mā­nā­rtha­grā­ha­ka­tve pi saṃvidaḥ | TAŚV-ML 1.0.152cdsa­rva­sāṃ­pra­ti­kā­rthā­nāṃ ve­da­ka­tvaṃ na buddhyate || 152 || TAŚV-ML 1.0.153abta­thai­vā­nā­ga­tā­tī­ta­pa­ryā­yai­ka­tva­ve­di­kā | TAŚV-ML 1.0.153cdvittir nā­nā­di­pa­ryaṃ­ta­pa­ryā­yai­ka­tva­go­ca­rā || 153 || TAŚV-ML 1.0.154abkramato '­naṃ­ta­pa­ryā­yā­ne­ko vyāpnoti nā sakṛt | TAŚV-ML 1.0.154cdyathā nā­nā­vi­dhā­kā­rāṃ­ś ci­tra­jñā­na­m a­naṃ­śa­ka­m || 154 || TAŚV-ML 1.0.155abyady aneko pi vi­jñā­nā­kā­ro '­śa­kya­vi­ve­ca­naḥ | TAŚV-ML 1.0.155cdsyād ekaḥ puruṣo '­naṃ­ta­pa­ryā­yo pi tathā na kim || 155 || TAŚV-ML 1.0.156abya­thai­ka­ve­da­nā­kā­rā na śakyā ve­da­nāṃ­ta­ra­m | TAŚV-ML 1.0.156cdnetuṃ tathāpi paryāyā jā­tu­ci­tpu­ru­ṣāṃ­ta­ra­m || 156 || TAŚV-ML 1.0.157abbhi­nna­kā­la­ta­yā vittir yadi teṣāṃ vi­ve­ca­na­m | TAŚV-ML 1.0.157cdbhi­nna­de­śa­ta­yā vittir jñā­nā­kā­re­ṣu kiṃ na tat || 157 || TAŚV-ML 1.0.158abpī­tā­kā­rā­di­saṃ­vi­ttiḥ pratyekaṃ ci­tra­ve­da­nā | TAŚV-ML 1.0.158cdna ced a­ne­ka­saṃ­tā­na­pī­tā­di­jñā­na­va­nma­ta­m || 158 || TAŚV-ML 1.0.159absaha nī­lā­di­vi­jñā­naṃ kathaṃ citram u­pe­ya­te | TAŚV-ML 1.0.159cdyu­ga­pa­dbhā­vi­rū­pā­di­jñā­na­paṃ­ca­ka­va­ttva­yā || 159 || TAŚV-ML 1.0.160abci­trā­dvai­tā­śra­yā­c citraṃ tad apy astitv ati cen na vai | TAŚV-ML 1.0.160cdcitram a­dvai­ta­m ity e­ta­da­vi­ru­ddhaṃ vi­bhā­vya­te || 160 || TAŚV-ML 1.0.161abtasya jā­tyaṃ­ta­ra­tve­na vi­ro­dhā­bhā­va­bhā­ṣa­ṇe | TAŚV-ML 1.0.161cdta­thai­vā­tmā sa­pa­ryā­yai­r a­naṃ­tai­r a­vi­ro­dha­bhā­k || 161 || TAŚV-ML 1.0.162abbhrāṃteyaṃ citratā jñāne niraṃśe '­nā­di­vā­sa­nā | —TAŚV-ML 1.0.162cdsā­ma­rthyā­d a­va­bhā­se­ta sva­pnā­ti­jñā­na­va­d yadi || 162 || TAŚV-ML 1.0.163abtadā bhrāṃ­te­ta­rā­kā­ra­m ekaṃ jñānaṃ pra­si­ddhya­ti | TAŚV-ML 1.0.163cdbhrāṃ­tā­kā­ra­sya vā sattve cittaṃ sa­da­sa­dā­tma­ka­m || 163 || TAŚV-ML 1.0.164abtac ca pra­bā­dha­te 'vaśyaṃ virodhaṃ puṃsi paryayaiḥ | TAŚV-ML 1.0.164cdakramaiḥ kra­ma­va­dbhi­ś ca pra­tī­ta­tvā­vi­śe­ṣa­taḥ || 164 || TAŚV-ML 1.0.165abniḥ­śe­ṣa­ka­lpa­nā­tī­taṃ saṃ­ci­nmā­traṃ mataṃ yadi | TAŚV-ML 1.0.165cdta­thai­vāṃ­ta­rba­hi­rva­stu samastaṃ tattvato stu naḥ || 165 || TAŚV-ML 1.0.166absamastāḥ kalpanā hīmā mi­thyā­da­rśa­na­ni­rmi­tāḥ | TAŚV-ML 1.0.166cdspaṣṭaṃ jā­tyaṃ­ta­re vastuny a­pra­bā­dhaṃ ca­kā­sa­ti || 166 || TAŚV-ML 1.0.167aba­ne­kāṃ­te hy a­po­ddhā­ra­bu­ddha­yo ne­ka­dha­rma­gāḥ | TAŚV-ML 1.0.167cdku­ta­ści­t saṃ­pra­va­rtaṃ­te '­nyo­nyā­pe­kṣāḥ su­nī­ta­yaḥ || 167 || TAŚV-ML 1.0.168abpa­ro­pa­ga­ta­saṃ­vi­tti­r anaṃśa nā­va­bhā­sa­te | TAŚV-ML 1.0.168cdbra­hma­va­rtte­na tanmātraṃ na pra­ti­ṣṭhā­mi yarti naḥ || 168 || TAŚV-ML 1.0.169abnā­nā­kā­ra­sya nai­ka­smi­nn adhyāso sti vi­ro­dha­taḥ | TAŚV-ML 1.0.169cdtato na sat tad ity etat suspaṣṭaṃ rā­ja­ce­ṣṭi­ta­m || 169 || TAŚV-ML 1.0.170absaṃ­ve­da­nā­vi­śe­ṣe pi dvayoḥ sarvatra sarvadā | TAŚV-ML 1.0.170cdka­sya­ci­d dhi ti­ra­skā­re na pre­kṣā­pū­rva­kā­ri­tā || 170 || TAŚV-ML 1.0.171abtasmād a­bā­dhi­tā saṃ­vi­tsu­kha­duḥ­khā­di­pa­rya­yaiḥ | TAŚV-ML 1.0.171cdsa­mā­krāṃ­te nare nū na ta­tsā­dha­na­pa­ṭa­ya­sī || 171 || TAŚV-ML 1.0.172abnī­la­vā­sa­na­yā nī­la­vi­jñā­naṃ janyate yathā | TAŚV-ML 1.0.172cdtathaiva pra­tya­bhi­jñe­yaṃ pū­rva­ta­dvā­sa­no­dbha­vā || 172 || TAŚV-ML 1.0.173abta­dvā­sa­nā ca ta­tpū­rva­vā­sa­nā­ba­la­bhā­vi­nī | TAŚV-ML 1.0.173cdsāpi tadvad iti jñā­na­vā­di­naḥ saṃ­pra­ca­kṣa­te || 173 || TAŚV-ML 1.0.174abteṣām apy ātmano lope saṃ­tā­nāṃ­ta­ra­vā­sa­nā | —TAŚV-ML 1.0.174cdsa­mu­dbhū­tā kuto na syāt saṃ­jñā­bhe­dā­vi­śe­ṣa­taḥ || 174 || TAŚV-ML 1.0.175absaṃ­tā­nai­ka­tva­saṃ­si­ddhi­r ni­ya­mā­t sa kuto mataḥ | TAŚV-ML 1.0.175cdpra­tyā­sa­tte­r na saṃ­tā­na­bhe­de py asyāḥ sa­mī­kṣa­ṇā­t || 175 || TAŚV-ML 1.0.176abvya­bhi­cā­ra­vi­ni­rmu­ktā kā­rya­kā­ra­ṇa­bhā­va­taḥ | TAŚV-ML 1.0.176cdpū­rvo­tta­ra­kṣa­ṇā­nāṃ hi saṃ­tā­na­ni­ya­mo mataḥ || 176 || TAŚV-ML 1.0.177absa ca bu­ddhe­ta­ra­jñā­na­kṣa­ṇā­nā­m api vidyate | TAŚV-ML 1.0.177cdnānyathā su­ga­ta­sya syāt sa­rva­jña­tvaṃ ka­thaṃ­ca­na || 177 || TAŚV-ML 1.0.178absva­saṃ­ve­da­na­m evāsya sa­rva­jña­tvaṃ ya­dī­ṣya­te | TAŚV-ML 1.0.178cdsaṃ­ve­da­nā­dva­yā­sthā­nā­d gatā saṃ­tā­na­saṃ­ka­thā || 178 || TAŚV-ML 1.0.179abkathaṃ cā­vya­bhi­cā­re­ṇa kā­rya­kā­ra­ṇa­rū­pa­tā | TAŚV-ML 1.0.179cdke­ṣāṃ­ci­d eva yujyeta kṣaṇānāṃ bhe­da­vā­di­naḥ || 179 || TAŚV-ML 1.0.180abkā­lā­naṃ­ta­rya­mā­trā­c cet sa­rvā­rthā­nāṃ pra­sa­jya­te | TAŚV-ML 1.0.180cdde­śā­naṃ­ta­rya­to py eṣā kena skaṃdheṣu paṃcasu || 180 || TAŚV-ML 1.0.181abbhāvāḥ saṃti vi­śe­ṣā­c cet sa­mā­nā­kā­ra­ce­ta­sā­m | TAŚV-ML 1.0.181cdvi­bhi­nna­saṃ­ta­tī­nāṃ vai kiṃ neyaṃ saṃ­pra­tī­ya­te || 181 || TAŚV-ML 1.0.182abe­ka­dra­vya­sva­bhā­va­tvā­t ka­thaṃ­ci­t pū­rva­pa­rya­yaḥ | TAŚV-ML 1.0.182cdu­pā­dā­na­m u­pā­de­ya­ś cottaro ni­ya­mā­t tataḥ || 182 || TAŚV-ML 1.0.183abe­ka­saṃ­tā­na­va­rti­tvā­t tathā ni­ya­ma­ka­lpa­ne | TAŚV-ML 1.0.183cdpū­rvā­pa­ra­vi­do­r vyaktam a­nyo­nyā­śra­ya­ṇaṃ bhavet || 183 || TAŚV-ML 1.0.184abkā­rya­kā­ra­ṇa­bhā­va­sya ni­ya­mā­d e­ka­saṃ­ta­tiḥ | TAŚV-ML 1.0.184cdtatas ta­nni­ya­ma­ś ca syān nānyāto vidyate gatiḥ || 184 || TAŚV-ML 1.0.185abtasmāt svā­vṛ­tti­vi­śle­ṣa­vi­śe­ṣa­va­śa­va­rti­naḥ | TAŚV-ML 1.0.185cdpuṃsaḥ pra­va­rta­te svā­rthai­ka­tva­jñā­na­m iti sthitam || 185 || TAŚV-ML 1.0.186absaṃ­tā­na­vā­sa­nā­bhe­da­ni­ya­ma­s tu kva labhyate | TAŚV-ML 1.0.186cdnai­rā­tmya­vā­di­bhi­r na syād ye­nā­tma­dra­vya­ni­rṇa­yaḥ || 186 || TAŚV-ML 1.0.187absiddho py ā­tmo­pa­yo­gā­tmā yadi na syāt tadā kutaḥ | TAŚV-ML 1.0.187cdśre­yo­mā­rga­pra­ji­jñā­sā kha­sye­vā­ce­ta­na­tva­taḥ || 187 || TAŚV-ML 1.0.188abcai­ta­nya­yo­ga­ta­s yasya ce­ta­na­tvaṃ ya­dī­rya­te | TAŚV-ML 1.0.188cdkhā­dī­nā­m api kiṃ na syā­tta­dyo­ga­syā­vi­śe­ṣa­taḥ || 188 || TAŚV-ML 1.0.189abmayi jñānam a­pī­he­daṃ pra­tya­yā­nu­mi­to nari | TAŚV-ML 1.0.189cdjñānasya sa­ma­vā­yo sti na khādiṣv ity a­yu­kti­ka­m || 189 || TAŚV-ML 1.0.190abkhādayo pi hi kiṃ naiva pra­tī­yu­s tāvake mate | TAŚV-ML 1.0.190cdjñānam asmāsv iti kvātmā jaḍas tebhyo vi­śe­ṣa­bhā­k || 190 || TAŚV-ML 1.0.191abpratītiḥ śaraṇaṃ tatra kenāpy ā­śrī­ya­te yadi | TAŚV-ML 1.0.191cdtadā puṃsaś ci­dā­tma­tvaṃ pra­si­ddha­m a­vi­gā­na­taḥ || 191 || TAŚV-ML 1.0.192abjñā­tā­ha­m iti nirrṇīteḥ ka­thaṃ­ci­c ce­ta­nā­tma­tā­m | TAŚV-ML 1.0.192cdaṃ­ta­re­ṇa vya­va­sthā­nā­saṃ­bha­vā­t ka­la­śā­di­va­t || 192 || TAŚV-ML 1.0.193abjñā­na­vā­n aham ity eṣa pratyayo pi na yujyate | TAŚV-ML 1.0.193cdsa­rva­thai­va ja­ḍa­syā­sya puṃso bhi­ma­na­ne tathā || 193 || TAŚV-ML 1.0.194abjñānaṃ vi­śe­ṣa­ṇaṃ pūrvaṃ gṛ­hī­tvā­tmā­na­m eva ca | TAŚV-ML 1.0.194cdviśeṣyaṃ jāyate buddhir jñā­na­vā­n aham ity asau || 194 || TAŚV-ML 1.0.201abta­dgṛ­hī­tiḥ svato nāsti ra­hi­ta­sya sva­saṃ­vi­dā | TAŚV-ML 1.0.201cdpa­ra­ta­ś cā­na­va­sthā­nā­d iti ta­tpra­tya­yaḥ kutaḥ || 201 || TAŚV-ML 1.0.202abnanv a­haṃ­pra­tya­yo­tpa­tti­r ā­tma­jña­pti­r ni­ga­dya­te | TAŚV-ML 1.0.202cdjñānam etad iti jñā­no­tpa­tti­s ta­djña­pti­r eva ca || 202 || TAŚV-ML 1.0.203abjñā­na­vā­n aham ity eṣa pra­tya­ya­s tā­va­to­di­tā | TAŚV-ML 1.0.203cdta­djñā­nā­ve­da­ne py evaṃ nā­na­va­sthe­ti kecana || 203 || TAŚV-ML 1.0.204abte pi nūnam a­nā­tma­jñā jñā­pya­jñā­pa­ka­tā­vi­daḥ | TAŚV-ML 1.0.204cdsarvaṃ hi jñāpakaṃ jñātaṃ svayam anyasya ve­da­ka­m || 204 || TAŚV-ML 1.0.205abkiṃ cā­haṃ­pra­tya­ya­syā­sya puruṣo gocaro yadi | TAŚV-ML 1.0.205cdtadā kartā sa eva syāt kathaṃ nānyasya saṃbhavaḥ || 205 || TAŚV-ML 1.0.206absvasminn eva pra­mo­tpa­ttiḥ sva­pra­mā­tṛ­tva­m ātmanaḥ | TAŚV-ML 1.0.206cdpra­me­ya­tva­m api svasya pra­mi­ti­ś ceyam āgatā || 206 || TAŚV-ML 1.0.207abtathā caikasya nānātvaṃ vi­ru­ddha­m api siddhyati | TAŚV-ML 1.0.207cdna catasro vidhās teṣāṃ pra­mā­trā­di­pra­rū­pa­ṇā­t || 207 || TAŚV-ML 1.0.208abpramiteḥ sa­ma­vā­yi­tva­m ātmanaḥ kartṛtā yadi | TAŚV-ML 1.0.208cdtadā nāsya pra­me­ya­tvaṃ ta­nni­mi­tta­tva­hā­ni­taḥ || 208 || TAŚV-ML 1.0.209abpra­mā­ṇa­sa­ha­kā­rī hi prameyo rthaḥ pramāṃ prati | TAŚV-ML 1.0.209cdni­mi­tta­kā­ra­ṇaṃ prokto nātmaivaṃ svapramāṃ prati || 209 || TAŚV-ML 1.0.210abna­rāṃ­ta­ra­pra­me­ya­tva­m a­ne­nā­sya ni­vā­ri­ta­m | TAŚV-ML 1.0.210cdkasyāpi sva­pra­me­ya­tve nya­pra­mā­tṛ­tva­ka­lpa­nā­t || 210 || TAŚV-ML 1.0.211abbādhyā ke­nā­na­va­sthā syāt sva­pra­mā­tṛ­tva­ka­lpa­ne | TAŚV-ML 1.0.211cdya­tho­ktā­śe­ṣa­do­ṣā­nu­ṣaṃ­gaḥ kena ni­vā­rya­te || 211 || TAŚV-ML 1.0.212absva­saṃ­ve­dye nare nāyaṃ doṣo '­ne­kāṃ­ta­vā­di­nā­m | TAŚV-ML 1.0.212cdnā­nā­śa­ktyā­tma­na­s tasya ka­rtṛ­tvā­dya­vi­ro­dha­taḥ || 212 || TAŚV-ML 1.0.213abpa­ri­cche­da­ka­śa­ktyā hi pra­mā­tā­tmā pra­tī­ya­te | TAŚV-ML 1.0.213cdpra­me­ya­ś ca pa­ri­cche­dya­śa­ktyā­kāṃ­kṣā­kṣa­yā­t sthitiḥ || 213 || TAŚV-ML 1.0.214abka­rtṛ­rū­pa­ta­yā vitter a­pa­ro­kṣaḥ svayaṃ pumān | TAŚV-ML 1.0.214cda­pra­tya­kṣa­ś ca ka­rma­tve­nā­pra­tī­te­r i­tī­ta­re || 214 || TAŚV-ML 1.0.215abteṣām apy ā­tma­ka­rtṛ­tva­pa­ri­cche­dya­tva­saṃ­bha­ve | TAŚV-ML 1.0.215cdkathaṃ ta­dā­tma­ka­syā­sya pa­ri­cche­dya­tva­ni­nha­vaḥ || 215 || TAŚV-ML 1.0.216abtato bhede na­ra­syā­sya nā­pa­ro­kṣa­tva­ni­rṇa­yaḥ | TAŚV-ML 1.0.216cdna hi viṃ­dhya­pa­ri­cche­dye hi­mā­dra­r e­pa­ro­kṣa­tā || 216 || TAŚV-ML 1.0.217abbhe­dā­bhe­dā­tma­ka­tve tu ka­rtṛ­tva­sya narāt katham | TAŚV-ML 1.0.217cdna syāt tasya pa­ri­cche­dye nuḥ pa­ri­cche­dya­tā sataḥ || 217 || TAŚV-ML 1.0.218abpra­tya­kṣa­tvaṃ tato ṃśena siddhaṃ ni­hnu­ta­ye katham | TAŚV-ML 1.0.218cdśrotriyaiḥ sarvathā cā­tma­pa­ro­kṣa­tvo­kta­dū­ṣa­ṇa­m || 218 || TAŚV-ML 1.0.219abbhinnasya ka­ra­ṇa­jñā­nā­t pha­la­jñā­nā­c ca dehinaḥ | TAŚV-ML 1.0.219cdsvayaṃ saṃ­vi­di­tā­tma­tvaṃ kathaṃ vā pra­ti­pe­di­re || 219 || TAŚV-ML 1.0.220abyadi he­tu­pha­la­jñā­nā­d a­bhe­da­s tasya kīrtyate | TAŚV-ML 1.0.220cdpa­ro­kṣe­ta­ra­rū­pa­tvaṃ tadā kena ni­ṣi­dhya­te || 220 || TAŚV-ML 1.0.221abpa­ro­kṣā­t ka­ra­ṇa­jñā­nā­d a­bhi­nna­sya pa­ro­kṣa­tā | TAŚV-ML 1.0.221cdpra­tya­kṣā­c ca pha­la­jñā­nā­t pra­tya­kṣa­tvaṃ hi yujyate || 221 || TAŚV-ML 1.0.222abta­thai­vo­bha­ya­rū­pa­tve ta­syai­ta­ddo­ṣa­du­ṣṭa­tā | TAŚV-ML 1.0.222cdsyā­dvā­dā­śra­ya­ṇaṃ cāstu ka­thaṃ­ci­d a­vi­ro­dha­taḥ || 222 || TAŚV-ML 1.0.223abpratyakṣe rtha­pa­ri­cche­de svā­rthā­kā­rā­v a­bhā­si­ni | TAŚV-ML 1.0.223cdkim anyat ka­ra­ṇa­jñā­naṃ niṣphalaṃ kalpyate 'munā || 223 || TAŚV-ML 1.0.224abtasyāpi ca pa­ro­kṣa­tve pratyakṣo rtho na siddhyati | TAŚV-ML 1.0.224cdtato jñā­nā­va­sā­yaḥ syāt kuto '­syā­si­ddha­ve­da­nā­t || 224 || TAŚV-ML 1.0.225abkathaṃ cātmā sva­saṃ­ve­dyaḥ saṃ­vi­tti­r no­pa­ga­mya­te | TAŚV-ML 1.0.225cdye­no­pa­yo­ga­rū­po yaṃ sarveṣāṃ nā­vi­gā­na­taḥ || 225 || TAŚV-ML 1.0.226abka­thaṃ­ci­d u­pa­yo­gā­tmā pumān adhyakṣa eva naḥ | TAŚV-ML 1.0.226cdpra­ti­kṣa­ṇa­vi­va­rtā­di­rū­pe­ṇā­sya pa­ro­kṣa­tā || 226 || TAŚV-ML 1.0.227absvarūpaṃ cetanā puṃsaḥ sa­dau­dā­sī­nya­va­rti­naḥ | TAŚV-ML 1.0.227cdpra­dhā­na­syai­va vijñānaṃ vivarta iti cāpare || 227 || TAŚV-ML 1.0.228abteṣām a­dhya­kṣa­to bādhā jñā­na­syā­tma­ni ve­da­nā­t | TAŚV-ML 1.0.228cdbhrāṃtiś cen nā­tma­na­s tena śū­nya­syā­na­va­dhā­ra­ṇā­t || 228 || TAŚV-ML 1.0.229abau­dā­sī­nyā­da­yo dharmāḥ puṃsaḥ saṃ­sa­rga­jā iti | TAŚV-ML 1.0.229cdyuktaṃ sāṃ­khya­pa­śo­r vaktuṃ dhyā­di­saṃ­sa­rga­vā­di­naḥ || 229 || TAŚV-ML 1.0.230absa­dā­tmā­na­va­bo­dhā­di­sva­bhā­va­ś ce­ta­na­tva­taḥ | TAŚV-ML 1.0.230cdsu­ṣu­ptā­va­stha­va­n nāyaṃ hetur vyā­pyā­tma­vā­di­naḥ || 230 || TAŚV-ML 1.0.231abjīvo hy a­ce­ta­naḥ kāye jī­va­tvā­d bā­hya­de­śa­va­t | TAŚV-ML 1.0.231cdvaktum evaṃ samartho nyaḥ kiṃ na syāj ja­ḍa­jī­va­vā­k || 231 || TAŚV-ML 1.0.232abśa­rī­rā­d bahir apy eṣa ce­ta­nā­tmā na­ra­tva­taḥ | TAŚV-ML 1.0.232cdkā­ya­de­śa­va­d ity e­ta­tpra­tī­tyā vi­ni­vā­rya­te || 232 || TAŚV-ML 1.0.233abtathā hi bā­hya­de­śe pi puṃsaḥ saṃ­ve­da­naṃ na kim | TAŚV-ML 1.0.233cdkā­ya­de­śa­va­d eva syād vi­śe­ṣa­syā­py a­saṃ­bha­vā­t || 233 || TAŚV-ML 1.0.234abkāyād ba­hi­ra­bhi­vya­kte­r a­bhā­vā­t ta­da­ve­da­ne | TAŚV-ML 1.0.234cdpuṃso vya­kte­ta­rā­kā­ra­bhe­dā­d bhedaḥ kathaṃ na te || 234 || TAŚV-ML 1.0.235absu­ṣu­pta­syā­pi vi­jñā­na­sva­bhā­va­tvaṃ vi­bhā­vya­te | TAŚV-ML 1.0.235cdpra­bu­ddha­sya su­kha­prā­pti­smṛ­tyā­deḥ sva­pna­da­rśi­va­t || 235 || TAŚV-ML 1.0.236abyathā cai­ta­nya­saṃ­si­ddhiḥ su­ṣu­ptā­v api dehinaḥ | TAŚV-ML 1.0.236cdprā­ṇā­di­da­rśa­nā­t ta­dva­dbo­dhā­diḥ kiṃ na siddhyati || 236 || TAŚV-ML 1.0.237abjāgrataḥ sati caitanye yathā prā­ṇā­di­vṛ­tta­yaḥ | TAŚV-ML 1.0.237cdtathaiva sati vijñāne dṛṣṭās tā bā­dha­va­rji­tāḥ || 237 || TAŚV-ML 1.0.238abprā­ṇā­da­yo ni­va­rtaṃ­te yathā cai­ta­nya­va­rji­te | TAŚV-ML 1.0.238cdvī­ra­ṇā­dau tathā jñā­na­śū­nye pīti vi­ni­śca­yaḥ || 238 || TAŚV-ML 1.0.239absu­kha­bu­ddhyā­da­yo dharmāś ce­ta­nā­ra­hi­tā ime | TAŚV-ML 1.0.239cdbhaṃ­gu­ra­tvā­di­to vi­dyu­tpra­dī­pā­di­va­d ity asat || 239 || TAŚV-ML 1.0.240abhetor ā­tmo­pa­bho­ge­nā­ne­kāṃ­tā­t pa­ra­mā­rtha­taḥ | TAŚV-ML 1.0.240cdso py anityo yataḥ siddhaḥ kā­dā­ci­t ka­tva­yo­ga­taḥ || 240 || TAŚV-ML 1.0.241abkā­dā­ci­tkaḥ pa­rā­pe­kṣya­sa­dbhā­vā­d vi­bhra­mā­di­va­t | TAŚV-ML 1.0.241cdbu­ddhya­dhya­va­si­tā­rtha­sya śa­bdā­de­r u­pa­laṃ­bha­taḥ || 241 || TAŚV-ML 1.0.242abpa­rā­pe­kṣyaḥ prasiddho yam ātmano nubhavo ṃjasā | TAŚV-ML 1.0.242cdpa­rā­na­pe­kṣi­tā­yāṃ tu puṃdṛṣṭeḥ sa­rva­da­rśi­tā || 242 || TAŚV-ML 1.0.243absarvasya sarvadā puṃsaḥ si­ddhyu­pā­ya­s tathā vṛthā | TAŚV-ML 1.0.243cdtato dṛ­gbo­dha­yo­r ā­tma­sva­bhā­va­tvaṃ pra­si­ddhya­tu || 243 || TAŚV-ML 1.0.244abka­thaṃ­ci­n na­śva­ra­tva­syā­vi­ro­dhā­n na­rya­pī­kṣa­ṇā­t | TAŚV-ML 1.0.244cdta­thai­vā­rtha­kri­yā­si­ddhe­r anyathā va­stu­tā­kṣa­teḥ || 244 || TAŚV-ML 1.0.245absaṃ­sā­ra­vyā­dhi­vi­dhvaṃ­saḥ kvaci jjīve bha­vi­ṣya­ti | TAŚV-ML 1.0.245cdta­nni­dā­na­pa­ri­dhvaṃ­sa­si­ddhe­r jva­ra­vi­nā­śa­va­t || 245 || TAŚV-ML 1.0.246abta­tpa­ri­dhvaṃ­sa­ne­nā­taḥ śreyasā yo­kṣya­mā­ṇa­tā | TAŚV-ML 1.0.246cdpuṃsaḥ syā­dvā­di­nāṃ siddhā naikāṃte ta­dvi­ro­dha­taḥ || 246 || TAŚV-ML 1.0.247abkā­lā­di­la­bdhyu­pe­ta­sya tasya śre­yaḥ­pa­the bṛ­ha­t­– | TAŚV-ML 1.0.247cdpā­pā­pā­yā­c ca jijñāsā saṃ­pra­va­rte­ta ro­gi­va­t || 247 || TAŚV-ML 1.0.248abtadvān eva ya­tho­ktā­tmā pra­ti­pā­dyo ma­hā­tma­nā­m | TAŚV-ML 1.0.248cditi yuktaṃ mu­nīṃ­drā­ṇā­m ā­di­sū­tra­pra­va­rta­na­m || 248 || TAŚV-ML 1.0.249abnanu ni­rvā­ṇa­ji­jñā­sā yuktā pūrvaṃ ta­da­rthi­naḥ | TAŚV-ML 1.0.249cdpa­ri­jñā­te bhyupeye rthe tanmārgo jñātum iṣyate || 249 || TAŚV-ML 1.0.250abtan na prāyaḥ pa­ri­kṣī­ṇa­ka­lma­ṣa­syā­sya dhīmataḥ | TAŚV-ML 1.0.250cdsvā­tmo­pa­la­bdhi­rū­pe smin mokṣe saṃ­pra­ti­pa­tti­taḥ || 250 || TAŚV-ML 1.0.251abpra­vā­di­ka­lpa­nā­bhe­dā­d vivādo yo pi saṃbhavī | TAŚV-ML 1.0.251cdsa puṃrūpe ta­dā­dhā­ra­pa­dā­rthe vā na nirvṛtau || 251 || TAŚV-ML 1.0.252abye pi sa­rvā­tma­nā mukter a­pa­hna­va­kṛ­to janāḥ | TAŚV-ML 1.0.252cdteṣāṃ nā­trā­dhi­kā­ro sti śre­yo­mā­rgā­va­bo­dha­ne || 252 || TAŚV-ML 1.0.253abpa­ro­kṣa­m api ni­rvā­ṇa­m ā­ga­mā­t saṃ­pra­tī­ya­te | TAŚV-ML 1.0.253cdni­rbā­dhā­d bhā­vi­sū­ryā­di­gra­ha­ṇā­kā­ra­bhe­da­va­t || 253 || TAŚV-ML 1.0.254abśā­rī­ra­mā­na­sā­sā­ta­pra­vṛ­tti­r vi­ni­va­rta­te | TAŚV-ML 1.0.254cdkvacit ta­tkā­ra­ṇā­bhā­vā­d gha­ṭī­yaṃ­tra­pra­vṛ­tti­va­t || 254 || TAŚV-ML 1.0.255abna kuṃ­bha­kā­ra­ca­krā­di­bhrāṃ­tyā­nai­kāṃ­ta­saṃ­bha­vaḥ | TAŚV-ML 1.0.255cdta­tkā­ra­ṇa­sya vegasya bhāve tasyāḥ sa­mu­dbha­vā­t || 255 || TAŚV-ML 1.0.256abato nu­mā­na­to py asti mo­kṣa­sā­mā­nya­sā­dha­na­m | TAŚV-ML 1.0.256cdsā­rva­jñā­di­vi­śe­ṣa­s tu tatra pūrvaṃ pra­sā­dhi­taḥ || 256 || TAŚV-ML 1.0.257abevaṃ sā­dhī­ya­sī sādhoḥ prāg e­vā­sa­nn a­ni­rvṛ­teḥ | TAŚV-ML 1.0.257cdni­vā­ṇo­pā­ya­ji­jñā­sā ta­tsū­tra­sya pra­va­rti­kā || 257 ||

TA-ML 1.1 sa­mya­gda­rśa­na­jñā­na­cā­ri­trā­ṇi mo­kṣa­mā­rgaḥ || 1 ||

TAŚV-ML 1.1.1pra­ṇi­dhā­na­vi­śe­ṣo­ttha­dvai­vi­dhyaṃ rūpam ātmanaḥ | ya­thā­sthi­tā­rtha­śra­ddhā­naṃ sa­mya­gda­rśa­na­m u­ddi­śe­t || 1 || TAŚV-ML 1.1.2svā­rthā­kā­ra­pa­ri­cche­do niścito bā­dha­va­rji­taḥ | sadā sarvatra sarvasya sa­mya­gjñā­na­m a­ne­ka­dhā || 2 || TAŚV-ML 1.1.3bha­va­he­tu­pra­hā­ṇā­ya ba­hi­ra­bhya­nta­ra­kri­yā­– | vi­ni­vṛ­ttiḥ paraṃ sa­mya­kcā­ri­traṃ jñānino matam || 3 || TAŚV-ML 1.1.4niḥ­śe­ṣa­ka­rma­ni­rmo­kṣaḥ svā­tma­lā­bho '­bhi­dhī­ya­te | mokṣo jīvasya nābhāvo na gu­ṇā­bhā­va­mā­tra­ka­m || 4 || TAŚV-ML 1.1.5svā­bhi­pre­ta­pra­de­śā­pte­r upāyo ni­ru­pa­dra­vaḥ | sadbhiḥ pra­śa­sya­te mārgaḥ kumārgo nyo va­ga­mya­te || 5 || TAŚV-ML 1.1.6tatra bhe­da­vi­va­kṣā­yāṃ sva­vi­va­rta­vi­va­rti­noḥ | darśanaṃ jñānam ity eṣaḥ śabdaḥ ka­ra­ṇa­sā­dha­naḥ || 6 || TAŚV-ML 1.1.7puṃso vi­va­rta­mā­na­sya śra­ddhā­na­jñā­na­ka­rma­ṇā | svayaṃ ta­ccha­kti­bhe­da­sya sāvidhyena pra­va­rta­nā­t || 7 || TAŚV-ML 1.1.8ka­ra­ṇa­tvaṃ na bādhyeta vanher da­ha­na­ka­rma­ṇā | svayaṃ vi­va­rta­mā­na­sya dā­ha­śa­kti­vi­śe­ṣa­va­t || 8 || TAŚV-ML 1.1.9nanv evam ātmano jñā­na­śa­ktau jñā­na­dhva­ni­r yadi | ta­dā­rtha­gra­ha­ṇaṃ naiva ka­ra­ṇa­tvaṃ pra­pa­dya­te || 9 || TAŚV-ML 1.1.10śaktiḥ kārye hi bhāvānāṃ sānnidhyaṃ sa­ha­kā­ri­ṇaḥ | sā bhinnā tadvato tyaṃtaṃ kā­rya­ta­ś ceti kaścana || 10 || TAŚV-ML 1.1.11ta­syā­rtha­gra­ha­ṇe śaktir ātmanaḥ kathyate katham | bhe­dā­da­rthāṃ­ta­ra­sye­va saṃ­baṃ­dhā­t so pi kas tayoḥ || 11 || TAŚV-ML 1.1.12saṃyogo dra­vya­rū­pā­yāḥ śakter ātmani manyate | gu­ṇa­ka­rma­sva­bhā­vā­yāḥ sa­ma­vā­ya­ś ca yady asau || 12 || TAŚV-ML 1.1.13tadāpy a­rthāṃ­ta­ra­tve sya saṃ­baṃ­dha­sya kathaṃ nijāt | saṃ­baṃ­dhi­no va­dhā­rye­ta ta­tsaṃ­baṃ­dha­sva­bhā­va­tā || 13 || TAŚV-ML 1.1.14saṃ­baṃ­dhāṃ­ta­ra­taḥ sā ced a­na­va­sthā ma­hī­ya­sī | gatvā su­dū­ra­m apy aikyaṃ vācyaṃ saṃ­baṃ­dha­ta­dva­toḥ || 14 || TAŚV-ML 1.1.15tathā sati na sā śaktis tadvato tyaṃ­ta­bhe­di­nī | saṃ­baṃ­dhā­bhi­nna­saṃ­baṃ­dhi­rū­pa­tvā­t ta­tsva­rū­pa­va­t || 15 || TAŚV-ML 1.1.16saṃyogo yu­ta­si­ddhā­nāṃ pa­dā­rthā­nāṃ ya­dī­ṣya­te | sa­ma­vā­ya­s tadā prāptaḥ saṃ­yo­ga­s tāvake mate || 16 || TAŚV-ML 1.1.17yu­ta­si­ddhi­r hi bhāvānāṃ vi­bhi­nnā­śra­ya­vṛ­tti­tā | da­dhi­kuṃ­ḍā­di­va­t sā ca samānā sa­ma­vā­yi­ṣu || 17 || TAŚV-ML 1.1.18ta­dva­dvṛ­tti­r gu­ṇā­dī­nāṃ svā­śra­ye­ṣu ca ta­dva­tā­m | yu­ta­si­ddhi­r yadā na syāt ta­dā­nya­trā­pi sā katham || 18 || TAŚV-ML 1.1.19laukiko de­śa­bhe­da­ś ced yu­ta­si­ddhiḥ pa­ra­spa­ra­m | prāptā rū­pa­ra­sā­dī­nā­m e­ka­trā­yu­ta­si­ddha­tā || 19 || TAŚV-ML 1.1.20vibhūnāṃ ca sa­ma­stā­nāṃ sa­ma­vā­ya­s tathā na kim | ka­thaṃ­ci­d a­rtha­tā­dā­tmyā­n nā­vi­ṣva­gbha­va­naṃ param || 20 || TAŚV-ML 1.1.21tad e­vā­bā­dhi­ta­jñā­na­m ārūḍhaṃ śa­kti­ta­dva­toḥ | sarvathā bhedam āhaṃti pra­ti­dra­vya­m a­ne­ka­dhā || 21 || TAŚV-ML 1.1.22tato rtha­gra­ha­ṇā­kā­rā śaktir jñānam i­hā­tma­naḥ | ka­ra­ṇa­tve­na nirdiṣṭā na viruddhā ka­thaṃ­ca­na || 22 || TAŚV-ML 1.1.23ātmā cā­rtha­gra­hā­kā­ra­pa­ri­ṇā­maḥ svayaṃ prabhuḥ | jñānam ity a­bhi­saṃ­dhā­na­ka­rtṛ­sā­dha­na­tā matā || 23 || TAŚV-ML 1.1.24ta­syo­dā­sī­na­rū­pa­tva­vi­va­kṣā­yāṃ ni­ru­cya­te | bhā­va­sā­dha­na­tā jñā­na­śa­bdā­dī­nā­m a­bā­dhi­tā || 24 || TAŚV-ML 1.1.25tathā cā­ri­tra­śa­bdo pi jñeyaḥ ka­rmā­nu­sā­dha­naḥ | kā­ra­kā­ṇāṃ vi­va­kṣā­taḥ pra­vṛ­tte­r e­ka­va­stu­ni || 25 || TAŚV-ML 1.1.26vivakṣā ca pra­dhā­na­tvā­d vā­stu­rū­pa­sya ka­sya­ci­t | tadā ta­da­nya­rū­pa­syā­vi­va­kṣā gu­ṇa­bhā­va­taḥ || 26 || TAŚV-ML 1.1.27bhāvasya vāsato nāsti vivakṣā ce­ta­rā­pi vā | pra­dhā­ne­ta­ra­tā­pā­yā­d ga­ga­nāṃ­bho­ru­hā­di­va­t || 27 || TAŚV-ML 1.1.28sa­rva­thai­va sato nena ta­da­bhā­vo ni­ve­di­taḥ | e­ka­rū­pa­sya bhāvasya rū­pa­dva­ya­vi­ro­dha­taḥ || 28 || TAŚV-ML 1.1.29vivakṣā cā­vi­va­kṣā ca viśeṣye naṃ­ta­dha­rmi­ṇi | sato vi­śe­ṣa­ṇa­syā­tra nāsataḥ sa­rva­tho­di­tā || 29 || TAŚV-ML 1.1.30svā­bhi­pre­tā­rtha­saṃ­prā­pti­he­to­r atra pra­dhā­na­tā | bhāvasya vi­pa­rī­ta­sya ni­ścī­ye­tā­pra­dhā­na­tā || 30 || TAŚV-ML 1.1.31naivātaḥ ka­lpa­nā­mā­tra­va­śa­to sau pra­va­rti­tā | va­stu­sā­ma­rthya­saṃ­bhū­ta­nu­tvā­d a­rtha­dṛ­ṣṭi­va­t || 31 || TAŚV-ML 1.1.32ni­raṃ­śa­sya ca tattvasya sa­rva­thā­nu­pa­pa­tti­taḥ | naikasya bādhyate '­ne­ka­kā­ra­ka­tvaṃ ka­thaṃ­ca­na || 32 || TAŚV-ML 1.1.33pūrvaṃ da­rśa­na­śa­bda­sya prayogo '­bhyā­rhi­ta­tva­taḥ | a­lpā­kṣa­rā­d api jñā­na­śa­bdā­d dvaṃdvo tra saṃmataḥ || 33 || TAŚV-ML 1.1.34jñā­na­sa­mya­ktva­he­tu­tvā­d abhyarho da­rśa­na­sya hi | ta­da­bhā­ve ta­du­dbhū­te­r a­bhā­vā­d dū­ra­bha­vya­va­t || 34 || TAŚV-ML 1.1.35vi­śi­ṣṭa­jñā­na­taḥ pū­rva­bhā­vā­c cāsyāstu pū­rva­vā­k | tathaiva jñā­na­śa­bda­sya cā­ri­trā­t prāk pra­va­rta­na­m || 35 || TAŚV-ML 1.1.36pratyekaṃ samyag ity e­ta­tpa­daṃ pa­ri­sa­mā­pya­te | da­rśa­nā­di­ṣu niḥ­śe­ṣa­vi­pa­ryā­sa­ni­vṛ­tta­ye || 36 || TAŚV-ML 1.1.37ta­tsa­mya­gda­rśa­nā­dī­ni mo­kṣa­mā­rgo vi­śe­ṣa­taḥ | sū­tra­kā­ra­ma­tā­rū­ḍho na tu sā­mā­nya­taḥ sthitaḥ || 37 || TAŚV-ML 1.1.38kā­lā­de­r api ta­ddhe­tu­sā­mā­nya­syā­vi­ro­dha­taḥ | sa­rva­kā­rya­ja­nau tasya vyā­pā­rā­d a­nya­thā­sthi­teḥ || 38 || TAŚV-ML 1.1.39pū­rvā­va­dhā­ra­ṇaṃ tena kāryaṃ nā­nyā­va­dhā­ra­ṇa­m | yathaiva tāni mokṣasya mārgas tadvad dhi saṃvadaḥ || 39 || TAŚV-ML 1.1.40pū­rvā­va­dhā­ra­ṇe pyatra tapo mokṣasya kā­ra­ṇa­m | na syād iti na maṃtavyaṃ tasya ca­ryā­tma­ka­tva­taḥ || 40 || TAŚV-ML 1.1.41nanu ra­tna­tra­ya­syai­va mo­kṣa­he­tu­tva­sū­ca­ne | kiṃ vārhataḥ kṣaṇād ūrdhvaṃ muktiṃ saṃ­pā­da­ye­n na tat || 41 || TAŚV-ML 1.1.42sa­ha­kā­ri­vi­śe­ṣa­syā­pe­kṣa­ṇī­ya­sya bhāvinaḥ | ta­dai­vā­sa­ttva­to neti sphuṭaṃ kecit pra­ca­kṣa­te || 42 || TAŚV-ML 1.1.43sa tu śa­kti­vi­śe­ṣaḥ syāj jī­va­syā­ghā­ti­ka­rma­ṇā­m | nā­mā­dī­nāṃ trayāṇāṃ hi ni­rja­rā­kṛ­d dhi niścitaḥ || 43 || TAŚV-ML 1.1.44kṣā­yi­ka­tvā­n na sā­pe­kṣa­m arhad ra­tna­tra­yaṃ yadi | kin na kṣī­ṇa­ka­ṣā­ya­sya dṛ­kcā­ri­tre tathā mate || 44 || TAŚV-ML 1.1.45ke­va­lā­pe­kṣi­ṇī te hi yathā tadvac ca ta­ttra­ya­m | sa­ha­kā­ri­vya­pe­kṣaṃ syāt kṣā­yi­ka­tve na­pe­kṣi­tā || 45 || TAŚV-ML 1.1.46na ca tena vi­ru­dhye­ta traividhyaṃ mo­kṣa­va­rtma­naḥ | vi­śi­ṣṭa­kā­la­yu­kta­sya ta­ttra­ya­syai­va śaktitaḥ || 46 || TAŚV-ML 1.1.47te­nā­yo­gi­ji­na­syāṃ­tya­kṣa­ṇa­va­rti pra­kī­rti­ta­m | ra­tna­tra­ya­m a­śe­ṣā­gha­vi­ghā­ta­ka­ra­ṇaṃ dhruvam || 47 || TAŚV-ML 1.1.48tato nānyo sti mokṣasya sākṣān mārgo vi­śe­ṣa­taḥ | pū­rvā­va­dhā­ra­ṇaṃ yena na vya­va­sthā­m iyarti naḥ || 48 || TAŚV-ML 1.1.49jñānād e­vā­śa­rī­ra­tva­si­ddhi­r ity a­va­dhā­ra­ṇa­m | sa­ha­kā­ri­vi­śe­ṣa­syā­pe­kṣa­yā­stv iti kecana || 49 || TAŚV-ML 1.1.50teṣāṃ pha­lo­pa­bho­ge­na prakṣayaḥ karmaṇāṃ mataḥ | sa­ha­kā­ri­vi­śe­ṣo sya nāsau cā­ri­tra­taḥ pṛthak || 50 || TAŚV-ML 1.1.51bhoktuḥ pha­lo­pa­bho­go hi ya­thā­kā­laṃ ya­dī­ṣya­te | tadā ka­rma­kṣa­yaḥ kvātaḥ ka­lpa­ko­ṭi­śa­tai­r api || 51 || TAŚV-ML 1.1.52vi­śi­ṣṭo­pa­kra­mā­d eva mataś cet so pi tattvataḥ | sa­mā­dhi­r eva saṃ­bhā­vya­ś cā­ri­trā­tme­ti no matam || 52 || TAŚV-ML 1.1.53sa­mya­gjñā­naṃ viśiṣṭaṃ cet samādhiḥ sā vi­śi­ṣṭa­tā | tasya ka­rma­pha­la­dhvaṃ­sa­śa­kti­r nā­māṃ­ta­raṃ nanu || 53 || TAŚV-ML 1.1.54mi­thyā­bhi­mā­na­ni­rmu­kti­r jñā­na­sye­ṣṭaṃ hi da­rśa­na­m | jñānatvaṃ cā­rtha­vi­jñā­pti­ś caryātvaṃ ka­rma­haṃ­tṛ­tā || 54 || TAŚV-ML 1.1.55śa­kti­tra­yā­tma­kā­d eva sa­mya­gjñā­nā­d a­de­ha­tā | siddhā ra­tna­tra­yā­d eva teṣāṃ nā­māṃ­ta­ro­di­tā­t || 55 || TAŚV-ML 1.1.56etena jñā­na­vai­rā­gyā­n mu­kti­prā­ptya­va­dhā­ra­ṇa­m | na syā­dvā­da­vi­ghā­tā­ye­ty uktaṃ bo­ddha­vya­m aṃjasā || 56 || TAŚV-ML 1.1.57na cātra sa­rva­thai­ka­tvaṃ jñā­na­da­rśa­na­yo­s tathā | ka­thaṃ­ci­d bhe­da­saṃ­si­ddhi­r la­kṣa­ṇā­di­vi­śe­ṣa­taḥ || 57 || TAŚV-ML 1.1.58tata eva na cāritraṃ jñānaṃ tā­dā­tmya­m ṛcchati | pa­ryā­yā­rtha­pra­dhā­na­tva­vi­va­kṣā­to muner iha || 58 || TAŚV-ML 1.1.59dra­vyā­rtha­sya pra­dhā­na­tva­vi­va­kṣā­yāṃ tu tattvataḥ | bhaved ātmaiva saṃsāro mokṣas ta­ddhe­tu­r eva ca || 59 || TAŚV-ML 1.1.60tathā ca sū­tra­kā­ra­sya kva ta­dbhe­do­pa­de­śa­nā | dra­vyā­rtha­syā­py a­śu­ddha­syā­vāṃ­ta­rā­bhe­da­saṃ­śra­yā­t || 60 || TAŚV-ML 1.1.61kā­lā­bhe­dā­d a­bhi­nna­tvaṃ tayor e­kāṃ­ta­to yadi | ta­dai­ka­kṣa­ṇa­vṛ­ttī­nā­m arthānāṃ bhinnatā kutaḥ || 61 || TAŚV-ML 1.1.62de­śā­bhe­dā­d a­bhe­da­ś cet kā­lā­kā­śā­di­bhi­nna­tā | sā­mā­nā­dhi­ka­ra­ṇyā­c cet tata evāstu bhinnatā || 62 || TAŚV-ML 1.1.63sā­mā­nā­dhi­ka­ra­ṇya­sya ka­thaṃ­ci­d bhidayā vinā | nī­la­to­tpa­la­tā­dī­nāṃ jātu kvacid a­da­rśa­nā­t || 63 || TAŚV-ML 1.1.64mi­thyā­śra­ddhā­na­vi­jñā­na­ca­ryā­vi­cchi­tti­la­kṣa­ṇa­m | kāryaṃ bhinnaṃ dṛ­gā­dī­nāṃ nai­kāṃ­tā­bhi­di saṃbhavi || 64 || TAŚV-ML 1.1.65dṛ­ṅmo­ha­vi­ga­ma­jñā­nā­va­ra­ṇa­dhvaṃ­sa­vṛ­tta­mu­ṭ­– | saṃ­kṣa­yā­tma­ka­he­to­ś ca bhedas tadbhidi siddhyati || 65 || TAŚV-ML 1.1.66teṣāṃ pūrvasya lābhe pi bhā­jya­tvā­d u­tta­ra­sya ca | nai­kāṃ­te­nai­ka­tā yuktā ha­rṣā­ma­rṣā­di­bhe­da­va­t || 66 || TAŚV-ML 1.1.67ta­ttva­śra­ddhā­na­lā­bhe hi viśiṣṭaṃ śrutam āpyate | nāvaśyaṃ nāpi tallābhe ya­thā­khyā­ta­m a­mo­ha­ka­m || 67 || TAŚV-ML 1.1.68nanv evam u­tta­ra­syā­pi lābhe pūrvasya bhājyatā | prāptā tato na teṣāṃ syāt saha ni­rvā­ṇa­he­tu­tā || 68 || TAŚV-ML 1.1.69ta­tro­pā­dī­ya­saṃ­bhū­te­r ū­pā­dā­nā­sti­tā gateḥ | ka­ṭā­di­kā­rya­saṃ­bhū­te­s ta­du­pā­dā­na­sa­ttva­va­t || 69 || TAŚV-ML 1.1.70u­pā­de­yaṃ hi cāritraṃ pū­rva­jñā­na­sya vīkṣate | ta­dbhā­va­bhā­vi­tā­dṛ­ṣṭe­s ta­dva­jjñā­na­dṛ­śo matam || 70 || TAŚV-ML 1.1.71na­nū­pā­de­ya­saṃ­bhū­ti­r u­pā­dā­no­pa­ma­rda­nā­t | dṛṣṭeti no­tta­ro­dbhū­tau pū­rva­syā­sti­tva­saṃ­ga­tiḥ || 71 || TAŚV-ML 1.1.72satyaṃ ka­thaṃ­ci­d i­ṣṭa­tvā­t prā­ṅā­śa­syo­tta­ro­dbha­ve | sarvathā tu na tannāśaḥ kā­ryo­tpa­tti­vi­ro­dha­taḥ || 72 || TAŚV-ML 1.1.73jñā­no­tpa­ttau hi sa­ddṛ­ṣṭi­s ta­dvi­śi­ṣṭo pa­jā­ya­te | pū­rvā­vi­śi­ṣṭa­rū­pe­ṇa na­śya­tī­ti su­ni­ści­ta­m || 73 || TAŚV-ML 1.1.74cā­ri­tro­tpa­tti­kā­le ca pū­rva­dṛ­gjñā­na­yo­ś cyutiḥ | ca­ryā­vi­śi­ṣṭa­yo­r bhūtis ta­tsa­kṛ­ttra­ya­saṃ­bha­vaḥ || 74 || TAŚV-ML 1.1.75nanv atra kṣāyikī dṛṣṭir jñā­no­tpa­ttau na naśyati | ta­da­pa­ryaṃ­ta­tā­hā­ne­r ity a­si­ddhāṃ­ta­vi­dva­caḥ || 75 || TAŚV-ML 1.1.76siddhānte kṣā­yi­ka­tve­na ta­da­pa­rya­nta­to­kti­taḥ | sarvathā ta­da­vi­dhvaṃ­se kau­ṭa­sthya­sya pra­sa­ṅga­taḥ || 76 || TAŚV-ML 1.1.77ta­tho­tpā­da­vya­ya­dhrau­vya­yu­ktaṃ sad iti hīyate | pra­ti­kṣa­ṇa­ma­to bhāvaḥ kṣāyiko pi tri­la­kṣa­ṇaḥ || 77 || TAŚV-ML 1.1.78pū­rvo­tta­ra­kṣa­ṇo­pā­dhi­sva­bhā­va­kṣa­ya­ja­nma­noḥ | kṣā­yi­ka­tve­nā­va­sthā­ne sa yathaiva tri­la­kṣa­ṇaḥ || 78 || TAŚV-ML 1.1.79tathā he­tva­nta­ro­nmu­kta­yu­kta­rū­pe­ṇa vicyutau | jātau ca kṣā­yi­ka­tve­na sthitau kimu na tādṛśaḥ || 79 || TAŚV-ML 1.1.80kāraṇaṃ yadi saddṛṣṭiḥ sa­dbo­dha­sya tadā na kim | ta­da­na­nta­ra­m utpādaḥ ke­va­la­sye­ti kecana || 80 || TAŚV-ML 1.1.81ta­da­sa­tta­tpra­ti­dvaṃ­dvi­ka­rmā­bhā­ve ta­the­ṣṭi­taḥ | kāraṇaṃ hi sva­kā­rya­syā­pra­ti­baṃ­dhi­pra­bhā­va­ka­m || 81 || TAŚV-ML 1.1.82sa­dbo­dha­pū­rva­ka­tve pi cā­ri­tra­sya sa­mu­dbha­vaḥ | prāg eva ke­va­lā­n na syād ity etac ca na yu­kti­ma­t || 82 || TAŚV-ML 1.1.83sa­mu­cchi­nna­kri­ya­syā­to dhyā­na­syā­vi­ni­va­rti­naḥ | sā­kṣā­tsaṃ­sā­ra­vi­cche­da­sa­ma­rtha­sya pra­sū­ti­taḥ || 83 || TAŚV-ML 1.1.84ya­thai­vā­pū­rṇa­cā­ri­tra­m a­pū­rṇa­jñā­na­he­tu­ka­m | tathā tat kin na saṃpūrṇaṃ pū­rṇa­jñā­na­ni­baṃ­dha­na­m || 84 || TAŚV-ML 1.1.85prāg eva kṣāyikaṃ pūrṇaṃ kṣā­yi­ka­tve­na ke­va­lā­t | na tv a­ghā­ti­pra­ti­dhvaṃ­si­ka­ra­ṇo­pe­ta­rū­pa­taḥ || 85 || TAŚV-ML 1.1.86ta­drū­pā­va­ra­ṇaṃ karma navamaṃ na pra­sa­jya­te | cā­ri­tra­mo­ha­nī­ya­sya kṣayād eva ta­du­dbha­vā­t || 86 || TAŚV-ML 1.1.87kṣī­ṇa­mo­ha­sya kiṃ na syād evaṃ tad iti cen na vai | tadā kā­la­vi­śe­ṣa­sya tādṛśo '­sa­mbha­vi­tva­taḥ || 87 || TAŚV-ML 1.1.88tathā ke­va­la­bo­dha­sya sa­hā­ya­syā­py a­saṃ­bha­vā­t | sva­sā­ma­gra­yā vinā kāryaṃ na hi jā­tu­ci­d īkṣyate || 88 || TAŚV-ML 1.1.89kṣīṇe pi mo­ha­nī­yā­khye karmaṇi pra­tha­ma­kṣa­ṇe | yathā kṣī­ṇa­ka­ṣā­ya­sya śaktir a­ntya­kṣa­ṇe matā || 89 || TAŚV-ML 1.1.90jñā­nā­vṛ­tyā­di­ka­rmā­ṇi haṃtuṃ ta­dva­da­yo­gi­naḥ | pa­ryaṃ­ta­kṣa­ṇa eva syāc che­pa­ka­rma­kṣa­ye 'py asau || 90 || TAŚV-ML 1.1.91kā­lā­pe­kṣi­ta­yā vṛttam a­sa­ma­rthaṃ ya­dī­ṣya­te | dvyā­di­si­ddha­kṣa­ṇo­tpā­de tadantyaṃ tādṛg ity asat || 91 || TAŚV-ML 1.1.92prā­cya­si­ddha­kṣa­ṇo­tpā­dā­pe­kṣa­yā mo­kṣa­va­rtma­ni | vi­cā­ra­pra­stu­te­r evaṃ kā­rya­kā­ra­ṇa­tā­sthi­teḥ || 92 || TAŚV-ML 1.1.93tato mo­ha­kṣa­yo­pe­taḥ pumān u­dbhū­ta­ke­va­laḥ | vi­śi­ṣṭa­kā­ra­ṇaṃ sā­kṣā­da­śa­rī­ra­tva­he­tu­nā || 93 || TAŚV-ML 1.1.94ra­tna­tri­ta­ya­rū­pe­ṇā­yo­ga­ke­va­li­no ṃtime | kṣaṇe vi­va­rta­te hy etad abādhyaṃ ni­ści­tā­n nayāt || 94 || TAŚV-ML 1.1.95vya­va­hā­ra­na­yā­śri­tyā tv etat prāg eva kā­ra­ṇa­m | mo­kṣa­sye­ti vi­vā­de­na paryāptaṃ ta­ttva­ve­di­nā­m || 95 || TAŚV-ML 1.1.96saṃ­sā­ra­kā­ra­ṇa­tri­tvā­si­ddhe­r ni­rvā­ṇa­kā­ra­ṇe | tritvaṃ nai­vo­pa­pa­dye­te­ty acodyaṃ nyā­ya­da­rśi­naḥ || 96 || TAŚV-ML 1.1.97ā­dya­sū­tra­sya sā­ma­rthyā­d bha­va­he­to­s tra­yā­tma­naḥ | sū­ci­ta­sya pra­mā­ṇe­na bā­dha­nā­na­va­tā­ra­taḥ || 97 || TAŚV-ML 1.1.98maulo hetur bha­va­sye­ṣṭo yeṣāṃ tāvad vi­pa­rya­yaḥ | teṣām u­dbhū­ta­bo­dha­sya ghaṭate na bha­va­sthi­tiḥ || 98 || TAŚV-ML 1.1.99saṃsāre ti­ṣṭha­ta­s tasya yadi kaścid vi­pa­rya­yaḥ | saṃ­bhā­vya­te tadā kin na do­ṣā­di­s ta­nni­baṃ­dha­naḥ || 99 || TAŚV-ML 1.1.100tathā sati kuto jñānī vī­ta­do­ṣaḥ pumān paraḥ | ta­ttvo­pa­de­śa­saṃ­tā­na­he­tuḥ syād bha­va­dā­di­ṣu || 100 || TAŚV-ML 1.1.101vi­ta­thā­gra­ha­rā­gā­di­prā­du­rbhā­va­na­śa­kti­bhṛ­t | maulo vi­pa­rya­yo nāṃtya iti kecit pra­pe­di­re || 101 || TAŚV-ML 1.1.102teṣāṃ prasiddha evāyaṃ bha­va­he­tu­s tra­yā­tma­kaḥ | śa­kti­tra­yā­tma­tā­pā­ye bha­va­he­tu­tva­hā­ni­taḥ || 102 || TAŚV-ML 1.1.103tato mi­thyā­gra­hā­vṛ­tta­śa­kti­yu­kto vi­pa­rya­yaḥ | mi­thyā­rtha­gra­ha­ṇā­kā­ro mi­thyā­tvā­di­bhi­do­di­taḥ || 103 || TAŚV-ML 1.1.104tathā vi­pa­rya­ya­jñā­nā­saṃ­ya­mā­tmā vi­bu­dhya­tā­m | bha­va­he­tu­r a­ta­ttvā­rtha­śra­ddhā­śa­kti­s tra­yā­tma­kaḥ || 104 || TAŚV-ML 1.1.105mi­thyā­dṛ­gā­di­he­tuḥ syāt saṃ­sā­ra­s ta­da­pa­kṣa­ye | kṣī­ya­mā­ṇa­tva­to vā­ta­vi­kā­rā­di­ja­ro­ga­va­t || 105 || TAŚV-ML 1.1.106ta­dvi­pa­kṣa­sya ni­rvā­ṇa­kā­ra­ṇa­sya tra­yā­tma­tā | pra­si­ddhai­va­m ato yuktā sū­tra­kā­ro­pa­de­śa­nā || 106 || TAŚV-ML 1.1.107baṃ­dha­pra­tya­ya­pāṃ­ca­dhya­sū­traṃ na ca vi­ru­dhya­te | pra­mā­dā­di­tra­ya­syāṃ­ta­rbhā­vā­t sā­mā­nya­to 'yame || 107 || TAŚV-ML 1.1.108vi­śe­ṣa­taḥ punas ta­syā­cā­ri­trāṃ­taḥ­pra­ve­śa­ne | pra­ma­tta­saṃ­ya­tā­dī­nā­m aṣṭānāṃ syād a­saṃ­ya­maḥ || 108 || TAŚV-ML 1.1.109tathā ca sati si­ddhāṃ­ta­vyā­ghā­taḥ saṃ­ya­ta­tva­taḥ | mo­ha­dvā­da­śa­ka­dhvaṃ­sā­t teṣām ayam a­hā­ni­taḥ || 109 || TAŚV-ML 1.1.110nanv evaṃ paṃcadhā baṃ­dha­he­tau sati vi­śe­ṣa­taḥ | prāpto ni­rvā­ṇa­mā­rgo pi tāvaddhā ta­nni­va­rta­kaḥ || 110 || TAŚV-ML 1.1.111tad e­ta­da­nu­kū­laṃ naḥ sā­ma­rthyā­t sa­mu­pā­ga­ta­m | baṃ­dha­pra­tya­ya­sū­tra­sya pāṃcadhyaṃ mo­kṣa­va­rtma­naḥ || 111 || TAŚV-ML 1.1.112sa­mya­gbo­dha­sya sa­ddṛ­ṣṭā­v aṃ­ta­rbhā­vā­t tv a­da­rśa­ne | mi­thyā­jñā­na­va­d evāsya bhede ṣoḍho bhayaṃ matam || 112 || TAŚV-ML 1.1.113tatra mi­thyā­dṛ­śo baṃdhaḥ sa­mya­gdṛ­ṣṭyā ni­va­rtya­te | ku­cā­ri­trā­d vi­ra­tyai­va pra­mā­dā­d a­pra­mā­da­taḥ || 113 || TAŚV-ML 1.1.114ka­ṣā­yā­d a­ka­ṣā­ye­ṇa yogāc cā­yo­ga­taḥ kramāt | te­nā­yo­ga­gu­ṇā­n mukteḥ pūrvaṃ siddhā ji­na­sthi­tiḥ || 114 || TAŚV-ML 1.1.115sāmagrī yāvatī yasya janikā saṃ­pra­tī­ya­te | tāvatī nā­ti­va­rtyai­va mo­kṣa­syā­pī­ti kecana || 115 || TAŚV-ML 1.1.116e­te­ṣā­m apy a­ne­kāṃ­tā­śra­ya­ṇe śreyasī matiḥ | nānyathā sa­rva­thai­kāṃ­te baṃ­dha­he­tvā­dya­yo­ga­taḥ || 116 || TAŚV-ML 1.1.117ni­tya­tvai­kāṃ­ta­pa­kṣe hi pa­ri­ṇā­ma­ni­vṛ­tti­taḥ | nātmā baṃ­dhā­di­he­tuḥ syāt kṣa­ṇa­pra­kṣa­yi­ci­tta­va­t || 117 || TAŚV-ML 1.1.118na cātmano guṇo bhinnas ta­da­saṃ­baṃ­dha­taḥ sadā | ta­tsaṃ­baṃ­dhe ka­dā­ci­t tu tasya nai­kāṃ­ta­ni­tya­tā || 118 || TAŚV-ML 1.1.119gu­ṇā­saṃ­baṃ­dha­rū­pe­ṇa nāśād gu­ṇa­yu­tā­tma­nā | prā­du­rbhā­vā­c ci­dā­di­tva­sthā­nā­t tryā­tma­tva­si­ddhi­taḥ || 119 || TAŚV-ML 1.1.120yad vi­na­śya­ti tadrūpaṃ prā­du­rbha­va­ti tatra yat | tad e­vā­ni­tya­mā­tmā tu tadbhinno nitya ity api || 120 || TAŚV-ML 1.1.121na yuktaṃ na­śva­ro­tpi­tsu­rū­pā­dhi­ka­ra­ṇā­tma­nā | kā­dā­ci­tka­tva­ta­s tasya ni­tya­tvai­kāṃ­ta­hā­ni­taḥ || 121 || TAŚV-ML 1.1.122nā­nā­dha­rmā­śra­ya­tva­sya gau­ṇa­tvā­d ātmanaḥ sadā | sthā­snu­te­ti na sādhīyaḥ sa­tyā­sa­tyā­tma­tā­bhi­daḥ || 122 || TAŚV-ML 1.1.123a­sa­tyā­tma­ka­tā­sa­ttve sattve sa­tyā­tma­tā­tma­naḥ | siddhaṃ sa­da­sa­dā­tma­tva­m anyathā va­stu­tā­kṣa­tiḥ || 123 || TAŚV-ML 1.1.124kṣa­ṇa­kṣa­ye pi naivāsti kā­rya­kā­ra­ṇa­tāṃ­ja­sā | ka­sya­ci­t kvacid a­tyaṃ­tā­vyā­pā­rā­d a­ca­lā­tma­va­t || 124 || TAŚV-ML 1.1.125a­nva­ya­vya­ti­re­kā­dyo yasya dṛṣṭo nu­va­rta­kaḥ | sa ta­ddhe­tu­r iti nyāyas ta­de­kāṃ­te na saṃbhavī || 125 || TAŚV-ML 1.1.126tatra hetāv asaty eva kā­ryo­tpā­de nvayaḥ kutaḥ | vya­ti­re­ka­ś ca saṃvṛttyā tau cet kiṃ pā­ra­mā­rthi­ka­m || 126 || TAŚV-ML 1.1.127tathā sati na baṃ­dhā­di­he­tu­si­ddhiḥ ka­thaṃ­ca­na | sa­tyā­ne­kāṃ­ta­vā­de­na vinā kvacid iti sthitam || 127 || TAŚV-ML 1.1.128satyam a­dva­ya­m evedaṃ sva­saṃ­ve­da­na­m ity asat | ta­dvya­va­sthā­pa­kā­bhā­vā­t pu­ru­ṣā­dvai­ta­ta­ttva­va­t || 128 || TAŚV-ML 1.1.129na ca svataḥ sthitis tasya grā­hya­grā­ha­ka­te­kṣa­ṇā­t | sarvadā nāpi tadbhrāṃtiḥ sa­tya­saṃ­vi­ttya­saṃ­bha­vā­t || 129 || TAŚV-ML 1.1.130ya­thai­vā­rā­ma­vi­bhrāṃ­tau pu­ru­ṣā­dvai­ta­sa­tya­tā | ta­tsa­tya­tve ca ta­ddhāṃ­ti­r ity a­nyo­nya­sa­mā­śra­yaḥ || 130 || TAŚV-ML 1.1.131tathā ve­dyā­di­vi­bhrāṃ­tau ve­da­kā­dvai­ta­sa­tya­tā | ta­tsa­tya­tve ca ta­dbhrāṃ­ti­r ity a­nyo­nya­sa­mā­śra­yaḥ || 131 || TAŚV-ML 1.1.132vi­vā­da­go­ca­ro ve­dyā­dyā­kā­ro bhrāṃ­ta­bhā­sa­jaḥ | atha sva­pnā­di­pa­ryā­yā­kā­ra­va­d yadi vṛttayaḥ || 132 || TAŚV-ML 1.1.133vibhrāṃtyā bhedam āpanno vicchedo vi­bhra­mā­tma­kaḥ | vi­cche­da­tvā­d yathā sva­pna­vi­cche­da iti siddhyatu || 133 || TAŚV-ML 1.1.134nityaṃ sa­rva­ga­taṃ brahma ni­rā­kā­ra­m a­naṃ­śa­ka­m | kā­la­de­śā­di­vi­cche­da­bhrāṃ­ta­tve '­ka­la­ya­ddva­ya­m || 134 || TAŚV-ML 1.1.135ni­tyā­di­rū­pa­saṃ­vi­tte­r a­bhā­vā­t ta­da­saṃ­bha­ve | pa­ra­mā­rthā­tma­tā­vi­tte­r a­bhā­vā­d etad apy asat || 135 || TAŚV-ML 1.1.136na nityaṃ nāpy a­ni­tya­tvaṃ sa­rva­ga­tva­m a­sa­rva­ga­m | naikaṃ nā­ne­ka­m athavā sva­saṃ­ve­da­na­m eva tat || 136 || TAŚV-ML 1.1.137samastaṃ tadvaco nyasya tan nādvaitaṃ ka­thaṃ­ca­na | sve­ṣṭe­ta­ra­vya­va­sthā­na­pra­ti­kṣe­pā­pra­si­ddhi­taḥ || 137 || TAŚV-ML 1.1.138nanv a­nā­di­r a­vi­dye­yaṃ sve­ṣṭe­ta­ra­vi­bhā­ga­kṛ­t | sa­tye­ta­re­va duḥpārā tā­mā­śri­tya pa­rī­kṣa­ṇā || 138 || TAŚV-ML 1.1.139sarvasya ta­ttva­ni­rṇī­teḥ pūrvaṃ kiṃ cānyathā sthitiḥ | eṣa pralāpa evāsya śū­nyo­pa­pla­va­vā­di­va­t || 139 || TAŚV-ML 1.1.140kiṃcin ni­rṇī­ta­m āśritya vicāro nyatra vartate | sa­rva­vi­pra­ti­pa­ttau hi kvacin nāsti vi­cā­ra­ṇā || 140 || TAŚV-ML 1.1.141tatreṣṭaṃ yasya nirṇītaṃ pramāṇaṃ tasya vastutaḥ | ta­daṃ­ta­re­ṇa ni­rṇī­te­s ta­trā­yo­gā­d a­ni­ṣṭa­va­t || 141 || TAŚV-ML 1.1.142ta­tsva­saṃ­ve­da­naṃ tāvad yady u­pe­ye­ta ke­na­ci­t | saṃ­vā­da­ka­tva­ta­s tdva­da­kṣa­liṃ­gā­di­ve­da­na­m || 142 || TAŚV-ML 1.1.143pra­mā­ṇā­n ni­ści­tā­d eva sa­rva­trā­stu pa­rī­kṣa­ṇa­m | sve­ṣṭe­ta­ra­vi­bhā­gā­ya vidyā vi­dyo­pa­gā­mi­nā­m || 143 || TAŚV-ML 1.1.144ya­syā­pī­ṣṭaṃ na nirṇītaṃ kvāpi tasya na saṃśayaḥ | ta­da­bhā­ve na yujyaṃte pa­ra­pa­rya­nu­yu­kta­yaḥ || 144 || TAŚV-ML 1.1.145om iti bruvataḥ siddhaṃ sarvaṃ sarvasya vāṃ­chi­ta­m | kvacit pa­rya­nu­yo­ga­syā­saṃ­bha­vā­t ta­nni­rā­ku­la­m || 145 || TAŚV-ML 1.1.146śū­nyo­pa­pla­va­vā­de pi nā­ne­kāṃ­tā­d vinā sthitiḥ | svayaṃ kvacid a­śū­nya­sya svī­kṛ­te­r a­nu­pa­plu­te || 146 || TAŚV-ML 1.1.147śū­nya­tā­yāṃ hi śūnyatvaṃ jā­tu­ci­n no­pa­ga­mya­te | ta­tho­pa­pla­va­naṃ ta­ttvo­pa­pla­ve pī­ta­ra­tra tat || 147 || TAŚV-ML 1.1.148grā­hya­grā­ha­ka­tai­te­na bā­dhya­bā­dha­ka­tā­pi vā | kā­rya­kā­ra­ṇa­tā­di­r vā nāsty eveti ni­rā­kṛ­ta­m || 148 || TAŚV-ML 1.1.149grā­hya­grā­ha­ka­śū­nya­tvaṃ grāhyaṃ ta­dgrā­ha­ka­sya cet | grā­hya­grā­ha­ka­bhā­vaḥ syād anyathā ta­da­śū­nya­tā || 149 || TAŚV-ML 1.1.150bā­dhya­bā­dha­ka­bhā­vo pi bādhyate yadi ke­na­ci­t | bā­dhya­bā­dha­ka­bhā­vo sti no cet kasya ni­rā­kṛ­tiḥ || 150 || TAŚV-ML 1.1.151kā­ryā­pā­ye na vastutvaṃ saṃ­vi­nmā­tra­sya yujyate | kā­ra­ṇa­syā­tya­ye tasya sarvadā sarvathā sthitiḥ || 151 || TAŚV-ML 1.1.152vā­cya­vā­ca­ka­tā­pā­yo vācyaś cet ta­dvya­va­sthi­tiḥ | pa­rā­va­bo­dha­no­pā­yaḥ ko nāma syād i­hā­nya­thā­? || 152 || TAŚV-ML 1.1.153saṃvṛttyā sva­pna­va­t sarvaṃ siddham ity a­ti­vi­smṛ­ta­m | niḥ­śe­pā­rtha­kri­yā­he­toḥ saṃ­vṛ­te­r va­stu­tā­pti­taḥ || 153 || TAŚV-ML 1.1.154yad e­vā­rtha­kri­yā­kā­ri tad eva pa­ra­mā­rtha­sa­t | sāṃvṛtaṃ rūpam anyat tu saṃ­vi­nmā­tra­m avastu sat || 154 || TAŚV-ML 1.1.155saṃvṛtaṃ cet kva nā­mā­rtha­kri­yā­kā­ri ca ta­nma­ta­m | hataṃ siddhaṃ kathaṃ sarvaṃ saṃvṛttyā sva­pna­va­t tava || 155 || TAŚV-ML 1.1.156sva­pna­si­ddhaṃ hi no siddham asvapnaḥ ko 'paro nyathā | saṃ­to­ṣa­kṛ­n na vai svapna saṃtoṣaṃ na pra­ka­lpa­te || 156 || TAŚV-ML 1.1.157vastuny api na saṃtoṣo dveṣāt tad iti ka­sya­ci­t | a­va­stu­ny api rāgāt syād ity asvapno stv a­bā­dhi­taḥ || 157 || TAŚV-ML 1.1.158bā­dhya­mā­naḥ punaḥ svapno nānyathā ta­dbhi­de­kṣya­te | svataḥ kvacid a­bā­dhya­tva­ni­śca­yaḥ parato pi vā || 158 || TAŚV-ML 1.1.159kā­ra­ṇa­dvya­sa­mā­rthyā­t saṃ­bha­va­nn a­nu­bhū­ya­te | pa­ra­spa­rā­śra­yaṃ ta­trā­na­va­sthāṃ ca pra­ti­kṣi­pe­t || 159 || TAŚV-ML 1.1.160tato na ni­ści­tā­nmā­nād vinā ta­ttva­pa­rī­kṣa­ṇa­m | jñāne ye­nā­dva­ye śūnye nyatra vā tat pra­ta­nya­te || 160 || TAŚV-ML 1.1.161pra­mā­ṇā­saṃ­bha­vā­d yatra va­stu­mā­tra­m a­saṃ­bha­vi | mi­thyai­kāṃ­te­ṣu kā tatra baṃ­dha­he­tvā­di­saṃ­ka­thā || 161 || TAŚV-ML 1.1.162syā­dvā­di­nā­ma­to yuktaṃ yasya yāvat pra­tī­ya­te | kāraṇaṃ tasya tāvat syād iti vaktum a­saṃ­śa­ya­m || 162 ||

TA-ML 1.2 ta­ttvā­rtha­śra­ddhā­naṃ sa­mya­gda­rśa­na­m || 2 ||

TAŚV-ML 1.2.1sa­mya­kśa­bde pra­śaṃ­sā­rthe dṛ­śā­vā­lo­ca­na­sthi­tau | na sa­mya­gda­rśa­naṃ labhyam iṣṭam ity āha la­kṣa­ṇa­m || 1 || TAŚV-ML 1.2.2sū­tra­kā­ro 'tra ta­ttvā­rtha­śra­ddhā­na­m iti da­rśa­na­m | dhā­tva­ne­kā­rtha­vṛ­tti­tvā­d dṛśeḥ śra­ddhā­rtha­tā­ga­teḥ || 2 || TAŚV-ML 1.2.3a­rtha­gra­ha­ṇa­to na­rtha­ddhā­naṃ vi­ni­vā­ri­ta­m | ka­lpi­tā­rtha­vya­va­cche­do rthasya ta­ttva­vi­śe­ṣa­ṇā­t || 3 || TAŚV-ML 1.2.4la­kṣa­ṇa­sya tato nā­ti­vyā­pti­r dṛ­gmo­ha­va­rji­ta­m | puṃrūpaṃ tad iti dhvastā ta­syā­vyā­pti­r api sphuṭam || 4 || TAŚV-ML 1.2.5yat tve­nā­va­sthi­to bhāvas ta­ttve­nai­vā­rya­mā­ṇa­kaḥ | tattvārthaḥ sakalo nyas tu mithyārtha iti gamyate || 5 || TAŚV-ML 1.2.6mo­hā­re­ka­vi­ṣa­ryā­sa­vi­cche­dā­t tatra da­rśa­na­m | samyag ity a­bhi­dhā­nā­t tu jñānam apy evam ī­ri­ta­m || 6 || TAŚV-ML 1.2.7sā­ma­rthyā­dā­di­sū­tre ta­nni­ru­ktyā lakṣitaṃ yataḥ | cā­ri­tra­va­t tato noktaṃ jñā­nā­de­r lakṣaṇaṃ pṛthak || 7 || TAŚV-ML 1.2.8yathā pā­va­ka­śa­bda­syo­ccā­ra­ṇā­t saṃ­pra­tī­ya­te | ta­da­rtha­la­kṣa­ṇaṃ ta­dva­jjñā­na­cā­ri­tra­śa­bda­nā­t || 8 || TAŚV-ML 1.2.9jñā­nā­di­la­kṣa­ṇaṃ tasya siddher ya­tnāṃ­ta­raṃ vṛthā | śa­bdā­rthā­vya­bhi­cā­re­ṇa na pṛ­tha­gla­kṣa­ṇaṃ kvacit || 9 || TAŚV-ML 1.2.10icchā śra­ddhā­na­m ity eke tad a­yu­kta­m a­mo­hi­naḥ | śra­ddhā­na­vi­ra­hā­śa­kte­r jñā­na­cā­ri­tra­hā­ni­taḥ || 10 || TAŚV-ML 1.2.11ni­rde­śā­lpa­ba­hu­tvā­di­ciṃ­ta­na­syā­vi­ro­dha­taḥ | śraddhāne jī­va­rū­pe smin na doṣaḥ kaścid īkṣyate || 11 || TAŚV-ML 1.2.12sarāge vī­ta­rā­ge ca tasya saṃ­bha­va­to ṃjasā | pra­śa­mā­de­r a­bhi­vya­ktiḥ śu­ddhi­mā­trā­c ca cetasaḥ || 12 || TAŚV-ML 1.2.13pra­dhā­na­sya vivarto 'yaṃ śra­ddhā­nā­khya i­tī­ta­re | tad asat puṃsi sa­mya­ktva­bhā­vā­saṃ­gā­t tato pare || 13 || TAŚV-ML 1.2.14pra­dhā­na­syai­va sa­mya­ktvā­c caitanyaṃ samyag iṣyate | bu­ddhya­dhya­va­si­tā­rtha­sya puṃsā saṃ­ce­ta­nā­d yadi || 14 || TAŚV-ML 1.2.15ta­dā­haṃ­kā­ra­sa­mya­ktvā­t buddheḥ sa­mya­ktva­m aśrute | a­haṃ­kā­rā­spa­dā­rtha­sya tathāpy a­dhya­va­sā­na­taḥ || 15 || TAŚV-ML 1.2.16ma­naḥ­sa­mya­ktva­taḥ sa­mya­ga­haṃ­kā­ra­s tathā na kim | ma­naḥ­saṃ­ka­lpi­tā­rthe­ṣu ta­tpra­vṛ­tti­pra­ka­lpa­nā­t || 16 || TAŚV-ML 1.2.17ta­thai­veṃ­dri­ya­sa­mya­ktvā­n manaḥ sa­mya­gu­pe­ya­tā­m | iṃ­dri­yā­lo­ci­tā­rthe­ṣu ma­naḥ­saṃ­ka­lpa­no­da­yā­t || 17 || TAŚV-ML 1.2.18iṃ­dri­yā­ṇi ca samyañci bhavaṃtu pa­ra­ta­s tava | svā­bhi­vyaṃ­ja­ka­sa­mya­ktvā­di­bhiḥ sa­mya­ktva­taḥ kimu || 18 || TAŚV-ML 1.2.19a­rtha­sva­vyaṃ­ja­kā­dhī­naṃ mukhyaṃ sa­mya­ktva­m iṣyate | iṃ­dri­yā­di­ṣu tadvat syāt puṃsi ta­tpa­ra­mā­rtha­taḥ || 19 || TAŚV-ML 1.2.20na ca pra­dhā­na­dha­rma­tvaṃ śra­ddhā­na­sya ci­dā­tma­naḥ | cai­ta­nya­syai­va saṃ­si­ddhye­d anyathā syād vi­pa­rya­yaḥ || 20 || TAŚV-ML 1.2.21na śraddhatte pradhānaṃ vā ja­ḍa­tvā­t ka­la­śā­di­va­t | pra­tī­tyā­śra­ya­ṇe tvātmā śra­ddhā­tā­s tu ni­rā­ku­la­m || 21 || TAŚV-ML 1.3.0na sa­mya­gda­rśa­naṃ nityaṃ nāpi ta­nni­tya­he­tu­ka­m | nā­he­tu­ka­m iti prāha dvidhā ta­jja­nma­kā­ra­ṇa­m || —

TA-ML 1.3 ta­nni­sa­rgā­d a­dhi­ga­mā­d vā || 3 ||

TAŚV-ML 1.3.1tena nā­nā­di­tā tasya sa­rva­do­tpa­tti­r eva vā | nityaṃ ta­tsa­tva­saṃ­ba­ddhā­t pra­sa­jye­tā­vi­śe­ṣa­taḥ || 1 || TAŚV-ML 1.3.2ni­sa­rgā­d iti nirdeśo he­tā­va­dhi­ga­mā­d iti | ta­ccha­bde­na pa­rā­mṛ­ṣṭaṃ sa­mya­gda­rśa­na­mā­tra­ka­m || 2 || TAŚV-ML 1.3.3vinā pa­ro­pa­de­śe­na ta­ttvā­rtha­pra­ti­bhā­sa­na­m | nisargo dhi­ga­ma­s tena kṛtaṃ tad iti niścayaḥ || 3 || TAŚV-ML 1.3.4tato nā­pra­ti­bhā­te rthe śra­ddhā­na­m a­nu­ṣa­jya­te | nāpi sarvasya tasyeha pratyayo dhigamo bhavet || 4 || TAŚV-ML 1.3.5aṃ­ta­rda­rśa­na­mo­ha­sya bha­vya­syo­pa­śa­me sati | ta­tkṣa­yo­pa­śa­me vāpi kṣaye vā da­rśa­no­dbha­vaḥ || 5 || TAŚV-ML 1.3.6bahiḥ kā­ra­ṇā­sā­ka­lye py a­syo­tpa­tte­r a­pī­kṣa­ṇā­t | ka­dā­ci­d anyathā ta­syā­nu­pa­pa­tte­r iti sphuṭam || 6 || TAŚV-ML 1.3.7pā­pā­pā­yā­d bhavaty eṣa vi­pa­rī­ta­gra­ha­kṣa­yaḥ | puṃso dha­rma­vi­śe­ṣā­d vety anye saṃ­pra­ti­pe­di­re || 7 || TAŚV-ML 1.3.8dṛ­gmo­ha­s tu kvacij jātu ka­sya­ci­n nuḥ pra­śā­mya­ti | pra­ti­pa­kṣya­vi­śe­ṣa­sya saṃ­pa­tte­s ti­mi­rā­di­va­t || 8 || TAŚV-ML 1.3.9kṣa­yo­pa­śa­ma­m āyāti kṣayaṃ vā tata eva saḥ | tadvad eveti ta­ttvā­rtha­śra­ddhā­naṃ syāt sva­he­tu­taḥ || 9 || TAŚV-ML 1.3.10pra­ti­pa­kṣa­vi­śe­ṣo pi dṛ­ṅmo­ha­syā­sti kaścana | jī­va­vyā­mo­ha­he­tu­tvā­d u­nma­tta­ka­ra­sā­di­va­t || 10 || TAŚV-ML 1.3.11sa ca dravyaṃ bhavet kṣetraṃ kālo bhāvo pi vāṃ­gi­nā­m | mo­ha­he­tu­sa­pa­tna­tvā­d vi­ṣā­di­pra­ti­pa­kṣa­va­t || 11 || TAŚV-ML 1.3.12ta­tsaṃ­pa­tsaṃ­bha­vo yeṣāṃ te pra­tyā­sa­nn a­mu­kta­yaḥ | bhavyās tataḥ pareṣāṃ tu ta­tsaṃ­pa­tti­r na jā­tu­ci­t || 12 || TAŚV-ML 1.3.13sa­mya­gda­rśa­na­śa­kte­r hi bhe­dā­bhā­ve pi de­hi­nā­m | saṃ­bha­ve­ta­ra­to bhedas tadvyakteḥ ka­na­kā­śma­va­t || 13 || TAŚV-ML 1.4.0kiṃ tattvaṃ nāma ye­nā­rya­mā­ṇa­s tattvārtha iṣyate | ity a­śe­ṣa­vi­vā­dā­nāṃ ni­rā­sā­yā­ha sū­tra­kṛ­t || —

TA-ML 1.4 jī­vā­jī­vā­sra­va­baṃ­dha­saṃ­va­ra­ni­rja­rā­mo­kṣā­s tattvam || 4 ||

TAŚV-ML 1.4.1sapta jī­vā­da­ya­s tattvaṃ na pra­kṛ­tyā­da­yo 'pare | śra­ddhā­na­vi­ṣa­yā jñeyā mu­mu­kṣo­r ni­ya­mā­d iha || 1 || TAŚV-ML 1.4.2tathā cā­naṃ­ta­pa­ryā­yaṃ dravyam ekaṃ na sū­ci­ta­m | tattvaṃ sa­mā­sa­to nāpi ta­da­naṃ­taṃ pra­paṃ­ca­taḥ || 2 || TAŚV-ML 1.4.3ma­dhya­mo­ktyā­pi ta­ddvyā­di­bhe­de­na bahudhā sthitam | nātaḥ sa­pta­vi­dhā tattvād vi­ne­yā­pe­kṣi­tā­t param || 3 || TAŚV-ML 1.4.4mokṣas tāvad vi­ne­ye­na śra­ddhā­ta­vya­s ta­da­rthi­nā | baṃdhaś ca nānyathā tasya ta­da­rthi­tvaṃ gha­ṭā­ma­ṭe­t || 4 || TAŚV-ML 1.4.5āsravo pi ca baṃdhasya hetuḥ śra­ddhī­ya­te na cet | kvā­he­tu­ka­sya baṃdhasya kṣayo mokṣaḥ pra­si­ddhya­ti || 5 || TAŚV-ML 1.4.6baṃ­dha­he­tu­ni­ro­dha­ś ca saṃvaro nirjarā kṣayaḥ | pū­rvo­pā­tta­sya baṃdhasya mo­kṣa­he­tu­s ta­dā­śra­yaḥ || 6 || TAŚV-ML 1.4.7jīvo '­jī­va­ś ca baṃdhaś ca dvi­ṣṭha­tvā­t ta­tkṣa­ya­sya ca | śraddheyo nā­nya­dā­pha­lyā­d iti sū­tra­kṛ­tāṃ matam || 7 || TAŚV-ML 1.4.8pu­ṇya­pā­pa­pa­dā­rthau tu baṃ­dhā­sra­va­vi­ka­lpa­gau | śra­ddhā­ta­vyau na bhedena saptabhyo ti­pra­saṃ­ga­taḥ || 8 || TAŚV-ML 1.4.9baṃdho mokṣas tayor hetū jī­vā­jī­vau ta­dā­śra­yau | nanu sūtre ṣaḍ evaite vācyāḥ sā­rva­tva­vā­di­nā || 9 || TAŚV-ML 1.4.10satyaṃ kiṃ tv ā­śra­ya­syai­va baṃ­dha­he­tu­tva­saṃ­vi­de | mi­thyā­dṛ­gā­di­bhe­da­sya vaco yuktaṃ pa­ri­sphu­ṭa­m || 10 || TAŚV-ML 1.4.11mo­kṣa­saṃ­pā­di­ke cokte samyak saṃ­va­ra­ni­rja­re | ra­tna­tra­yā­dṛ­te nyasya mo­kṣa­he­tu­tva­hā­na­ye || 11 || TAŚV-ML 1.4.12te­nā­nā­ga­ta­baṃ­dha­sya he­tu­dhvaṃ­sā­d vi­mu­cya­te | saṃ­ci­ta­sya kṣayād veti mi­thyā­vā­do ni­rā­kṛ­taḥ || 12 || TAŚV-ML 1.4.13saṃ­ci­ta­sya svayaṃ nāśād e­ṣya­dbaṃ­dha­sya rodhakaḥ | ekaḥ kaścid a­nu­ṣṭhe­ya ity eke ta­da­saṃ­ga­ta­m || 13 || TAŚV-ML 1.4.14ni­rhe­tu­ka­sya nāśasya sa­rva­thā­nu­pa­pa­tti­taḥ | kā­ryo­tpā­da­va­d anyatra visrasā pa­ri­ṇā­ma­taḥ || 14 || TAŚV-ML 1.4.15yataś cā­nā­ga­tā­ghau­gha­ni­ro­dhaḥ kriyate 'munā | tata eva kṣayaḥ pū­rva­pā­pau­dha­sye­he­tu­kaḥ || 15 || TAŚV-ML 1.4.16sann apy asau bhavaty eva mo­kṣa­he­tuḥ sa saṃvaraḥ | tayor a­nya­ta­ra­syā­pi vaikalye mu­ktya­yo­ga­taḥ || 16 || TAŚV-ML 1.4.17etena saṃ­ci­tā­śe­ṣa­ka­rma­nā­śe vi­mu­cya­te | bha­vi­ṣya­tka­rma­saṃ­ro­dhā­pā­ye pīti ni­rā­kṛ­ta­m || 17 || TAŚV-ML 1.4.18evaṃ pra­yo­ja­nā­pe­kṣā­vi­śe­ṣā­d ā­sra­vā­da­yaḥ | ni­rdi­śyaṃ­te mu­nī­śe­na jī­vā­jī­vā­tma­kā api || 18 || TAŚV-ML 1.4.19jī­vā­dī­nā­m iha jñeyaṃ lakṣaṇaṃ va­kṣya­mā­ṇa­ka­m | ta­tpa­dā­nāṃ ni­ru­kti­ś ca ya­thā­rthā­na­ti­laṃ­gha­nā­t || 19 || TAŚV-ML 1.4.20kramo he­tu­vi­śe­ṣā­t syād dvaṃ­dva­vṛ­ttā­v iti sthiteḥ | jīvaḥ pūrvaṃ vi­ni­rdi­ṣṭa­s ta­da­rtha­tvā­d va­co­vi­dheḥ || 20 || TAŚV-ML 1.4.21ta­du­pa­gra­ha­he­tu­tvā­d a­jī­va­s ta­da­naṃ­ta­ra­m | ta­dā­śra­ya­tva­ta­s tasmād āsravaḥ parataḥ sthitaḥ || 21 || TAŚV-ML 1.4.22baṃdhaś cā­sra­va­kā­rya­tvā­t ta­da­naṃ­ta­ra­m īritaḥ | ta­tpra­ti­dhvaṃ­sa­he­tu­tvā­d a­jī­va­s ta­da­naṃ­ta­ra­m || 22 || TAŚV-ML 1.4.23saṃvare sati saṃ­bhū­te­r ni­rja­rā­yā­s tataḥ sthitiḥ | tasyāṃ mokṣa iti proktas ta­da­naṃ­ta­ra­m eva saḥ || 23 || TAŚV-ML 1.4.24tasya bhāvo bhavet tattvaṃ sā­mā­nyā­d ekam eva tat | ta­tsa­mā­nā­śra­ya­tve­na jī­vā­dī­nāṃ ba­hu­tva­vā­k || 24 || TAŚV-ML 1.4.25bhāvasya tadvato bhedāt ka­thaṃ­ci­n na vi­ru­dhya­te | vyaktīnāṃ ca ba­hu­tva­sya khyā­pa­nā­rtha­tva­taḥ sadā || 25 || TAŚV-ML 1.4.26jīvatvaṃ tattvam ityādi pra­tye­ka­m u­pa­va­rṇya­te | tatas te­nā­rya­mā­ṇo 'yaṃ tattvārthaḥ sakalo mataḥ || 26 || TAŚV-ML 1.4.27jīva evātra tattvārtha iti kecit pra­ca­kṣa­te | ta­da­yu­kta­m a­jī­va­syā­bhā­ve ta­tsi­ddhya­yo­ga­taḥ || 27 || TAŚV-ML 1.4.28parārthā jī­va­si­ddhi­r hi teṣāṃ syā­dva­ca­nā­tmi­kā | ajīvo vacanaṃ tasya nā­nya­thā­nye­na ve­da­na­m || 28 || TAŚV-ML 1.4.29na jīvā bahavaḥ saṃti pra­ti­pā­dya­pra­ti­pā­da­kāḥ | bhrāṃter anyatra mā­yā­di­dṛ­ṣṭa­jī­va­va­d ity asat || 29 || TAŚV-ML 1.4.30a­dva­ya­syā­pi jīvasya vi­bhrāṃ­ta­tvā­nu­ṣaṃ­ga­taḥ | eko 'ham iti saṃvitteḥ svapnādau bhra­ma­da­rśa­nā­t || 30 || TAŚV-ML 1.4.31vya­bhi­cā­ra­vi­ni­rmu­kteḥ saṃ­vi­nmā­tra­sya sarvadā | na bhrāṃ­ta­te­ti cet siddhā nā­nā­saṃ­tā­na­saṃ­vi­daḥ || 31 || TAŚV-ML 1.4.32yathaiva mama saṃ­vi­tti­mā­traṃ satyaṃ vya­va­sthi­ta­m | sva­saṃ­ve­da­na­saṃ­vā­dā­t ta­thā­nye­ṣā­m a­saṃ­śa­ya­m || 32 || TAŚV-ML 1.4.33anye tvatto na saṃtīti svasya ni­rṇī­tya­bhā­va­taḥ | nānye matto pi saṃtīti vacane sa­rva­śū­nya­tā || 33 || TAŚV-ML 1.4.34tasyāpy anyair a­saṃ­vi­tte­r vi­śe­ṣā­bhā­va­to nyathā | siddhaṃ tad eva nānātvaṃ puṃsāṃ sa­tya­sa­mā­śra­ya­m || 34 || TAŚV-ML 1.4.35ātmānaṃ saṃ­vi­daṃ­ty anye na veti yadi saṃśayaḥ | tadā na pu­ru­ṣā­dvai­ta­ni­rṇa­yo jātu ka­sya­ci­t || 35 || TAŚV-ML 1.4.36āhur vi­dhā­tṛ­pra­tya­kṣaṃ na ni­ṣe­ddhṛ­vi­pa­ści­taḥ | na nā­nā­tvā­ga­ma­s tena pra­tya­kṣe­ṇa vi­ru­dhya­te || 36 || TAŚV-ML 1.4.37te­nā­ni­ṣe­dha­te '­nya­syā­bhā­vā­bhā­vā­t ka­thaṃ­ca­na | saṃ­śī­ti­go­ca­ra­tvā­d vā­nya­syā­bhā­vā­vi­ni­śca­yā­t || 37 || TAŚV-ML 1.4.38yathaiva ca ma­mā­dhya­kṣaṃ vidhātṛ na niṣedhṛ vā | pra­tya­kṣa­tvā­t ta­thā­nye­ṣā­m a­nya­thai­ta­tta­thā kutaḥ || 38 || TAŚV-ML 1.4.39vidhātr ahaṃ sa­dai­vā­nya­ni­ṣe­ddhṛ na bhavāmy aham | svayaṃ pra­tya­kṣa­m ity evaṃ vetti cen na ni­ṣe­ddhṛ­ka­m || 39 || TAŚV-ML 1.4.40saṃti sa­tyā­sta­to nānā jīvāḥ sā­dhya­kṣa­si­ddha­yaḥ | pra­ti­pā­dyāḥ pareṣāṃ te ka­dā­ci­t pra­ti­pā­da­kāḥ || 40 || TAŚV-ML 1.4.41parārthaṃ ni­rṇa­yo­pā­yo vacanaṃ cāsti tattvataḥ | tac ca jī­vā­tma­kaṃ neti tadvad anyac ca kiṃ na naḥ || 41 || TAŚV-ML 1.4.42bā­hyeṃ­dri­ya­pa­ri­cche­dyaḥ śabdo nātmā yathaiva hi | tathā kā­ryā­di­r artho pi ta­da­jī­vo sti vastutaḥ || 42 || TAŚV-ML 1.4.43yo pi brūte pṛ­thi­vyā­di­r ajīvo dhya­kṣa­ni­ści­taḥ | tattvārtha iti tasyāpi prāyaśo dattam u­tta­ra­m || 43 || TAŚV-ML 1.4.44na kā­yā­di­kri­yā­rū­po jī­va­syā­sty āsravaḥ sadā | niḥ­kri­ya­tvā­d yathā vyomna ity asat ta­da­si­ddhi­taḥ || 44 || TAŚV-ML 1.4.45kri­yā­vā­n puruṣo sa­rva­ga­ta­dra­vya­tva­to yathā | pṛ­thi­vyā­diḥ sva­saṃ­ve­dyaṃ sādhanaṃ siddham eva naḥ || 45 || TAŚV-ML 1.4.46baṃdhaḥ puṃ­dha­rma­tāṃ dhatte dvi­ṣṭha­tvā­n na pra­dhā­na­ke | kevale '­saṃ­bha­vā­t tasya dharmo sau nā­va­dhā­rya­te || 46 || TAŚV-ML 1.4.47saṃvaro jī­va­dha­rmaḥ syāt kartṛstho ni­rja­rā­pi ca | mokṣaś ca ka­rma­dha­rmo pi karmastho baṃ­dha­va­nma­taḥ || 47 || TAŚV-ML 1.4.48dha­rmi­dha­rmā­tma­kaṃ tattvaṃ sa­pta­bhe­da­m i­tī­ri­ta­m | śraddheyaṃ jñeyam ādheyaṃ mu­mu­kṣo­r ni­ya­mā­d iha || 48 || TAŚV-ML 1.4.49na ca ta­ttvāṃ­ta­rā­bhā­va­s tattvam a­ṣṭa­ma­m ā­sa­je­t | sa­pta­ta­ttvā­sti­tā­rū­po hy eṣo '­nya­syā­pra­tī­ti­taḥ || 49 || TAŚV-ML 1.4.50tattvaṃ sataś ca sadbhāvo 'sato '­sa­dbhā­va ity api | vastuny eva dvidhā vṛttir vya­va­hā­ra­sya vakṣyate || 50 || TAŚV-ML 1.4.51yathā hi sati sattvena vedanaṃ siddham aṃjasā | tathā sa­daṃ­ta­re siddham a­sa­ttve­na pra­ve­da­na­m || 51 || TAŚV-ML 1.4.52a­sa­drū­pa­pra­tī­ti­r hi nā­va­stu­vi­ṣa­yā kvacit | bhā­vāṃ­śa­vi­ṣa­ya­tvā­t syāt si­ta­tvā­di­pra­tī­ti­va­t || 52 || TAŚV-ML 1.4.53bhāvāṃśo sa­tsa­dā­bhā­va­vi­śe­ṣa­ṇa­ta­ye­kṣa­ṇā­t | sa­rva­thā­bhā­va­ni­rmu­kta­syā­dṛ­ṣṭeḥ pā­ṭa­lā­di­va­t || 53 || TAŚV-ML 1.4.54pra­mā­ṇā­da­ya eva syuḥ padārthāḥ ṣo­ḍa­śe­ti tu | bru­vā­ṇā­nāṃ na sarvasya saṃgraho vya­va­ti­ṣṭha­te || 54 || TAŚV-ML 1.4.55ta­trā­na­dhya­va­sā­ya­sya vi­pa­ryā­sa­sya vā gateḥ | nā­syā­pra­mā­ṇa­rū­pa­sya pra­mā­ṇa­gra­ha­ṇā­d gatiḥ || 55 || TAŚV-ML 1.4.56saṃ­śī­ti­va­tpra­me­yāṃ­ta­rbhā­ve ta­ttva­dva­yaṃ bhavet | saṃ­śa­yā­deḥ pṛ­tha­gbhā­ve pṛ­tha­gbhā­vo sya kiṃ tataḥ || 56 || TAŚV-ML 1.4.57pra­mā­ṇa­vi­dhi­sā­ma­rthyā­d a­pra­mā­ṇa­ga­tau yadi | ta­trā­na­dhya­va­sā­yā­de­r aṃ­ta­rbhā­vo vi­ru­dhya­te || 57 || TAŚV-ML 1.4.58saṃ­śa­ya­sva ta­dā­trai­va nāṃ­ta­rbhā­vaḥ kim iṣyate | pra­mā­ṇa­bhā­va­rū­pa­tvā­vi­śe­ṣā­t tasya sarvathā || 58 || TAŚV-ML 1.4.59pra­mā­ṇa­vṛ­tti­he­tu­tvā­t saṃ­śa­ya­ś cet pṛ­tha­kkṛ­taḥ | tata eva vi­dhī­ye­ta ji­jñā­sā­di­s tathā na kim || 59 || TAŚV-ML 1.4.60a­bhā­va­syā­vi­nā­bhā­va­saṃ­baṃ­dhā­de­r a­saṃ­gra­hā­t | pra­mā­ṇā­di­pa­dā­rthā­nā­m u­pa­de­śo na do­ṣa­ji­t || 60 || TAŚV-ML 1.4.61dra­vyā­di­ṣa­ṭpa­dā­rthā­nā­m u­pa­de­śo pi tādṛśaḥ | sa­rvā­rtha­saṃ­gra­hā­bhā­vā­d a­nā­pto­pa­jña­m ity ataḥ || 61 || TAŚV-ML 1.4.62sūtre va­dhā­ra­ṇā­bhā­vā­c che­ṣā­rtha­syā­ni­rā­kṛ­tau | ta­ttve­nai­ke­na pa­ryā­pta­m u­pa­di­ṣṭe­na dhī­ma­tā­m || 62 || TAŚV-ML 1.4.63nanv evaṃ sa­pta­ta­ttvā­rtha­va­ca­ne­nā­py a­saṃ­gra­hā­t | ra­tna­tra­ya­sya tadbādhye py a­yu­kta­m i­tī­ta­re || 63 || TAŚV-ML 1.4.64ta­da­sa­tta­sya jī­vā­di­sva­bhā­va­tve­na ni­rṇa­yā­t | tathā pu­ṇyā­sra­va­tve­na saṃ­va­ra­tve­na vā sthiteḥ || 64 || TAŚV-ML 1.4.65jī­vā­jī­va­pra­bhe­dā­nā­m a­naṃ­ta­tve pi nānyatā | pra­si­ddhya­ty ā­sra­vā­di­bhya ity a­vyā­ptyā­dya­saṃ­bha­vaḥ || 65 ||

TA-ML 1.5 nā­ma­sthā­pa­nā­dra­vya­bhā­va­ta­s tannyāsaḥ || 5 ||

TAŚV-ML 1.5.1saṃ­jñā­ka­rmā­na­pe­kṣyai­va ni­mi­ttāṃ­ta­ra­m iṣṭitaḥ | nā­mā­ne­ka­vi­dhaṃ lo­ka­vya­va­hā­rā­ya sū­tri­ta­m || 1 || TAŚV-ML 1.5.2nāmno vaktur a­bhi­prā­yo nimittaṃ kathitaṃ samam | tasmād anyat tu jā­tyā­di­ni­mi­ttāṃ­ta­ra­m iṣyate || 2 || TAŚV-ML 1.5.3jā­ti­dvā­re­ṇa śabdo hi yo dra­vyā­di­ṣu vartate | jā­ti­he­tuḥ sa vijñeyo gauraś ca iti śa­bda­va­t || 3 || TAŚV-ML 1.5.4jātāv eva tu yat saṃ­jñā­ka­rma tan nāma manyate | tasyām a­pa­ra­jā­tyā­di­ni­mi­ttā­nā­m a­bhā­va­taḥ || 4 || TAŚV-ML 1.5.5guṇe karmaṇi vā nāma saṃjñā karma ta­the­ṣya­te | gu­ṇa­ka­rmāṃ­ta­rā­bhā­vā­j jāter apy a­na­pe­kṣa­ṇā­t || 5 || TAŚV-ML 1.5.6gu­ṇa­prā­dhā­nya­to vṛtto dravye gu­ṇa­ni­mi­tta­kaḥ | śuklaḥ pāṭala i­tyā­di­śa­bda­va­t saṃ­pra­tī­ya­te || 6 || TAŚV-ML 1.5.7ka­rma­prā­dhā­nya­ta­s tatra ka­rma­he­tu­r ni­bu­dhya­te | carati plavate yadvat kaścid ity a­ti­ni­ści­ta­m || 7 || TAŚV-ML 1.5.8dra­vyāṃ­ta­ra­mu­khe tu syāt pravṛtto dra­vya­he­tu­kaḥ | śabdas ta­ddvi­vi­dha­s tajjñair ni­rā­ku­la­m u­dā­hṛ­taḥ || 8 || TAŚV-ML 1.5.9saṃ­yo­gi­dra­vya­śa­bdaḥ syāt kuṃ­ḍa­lī­tyā­di­śa­bda­va­t | sa­ma­vā­yi­dra­vya­śa­bdo vi­ṣā­ṇī­tyā­di­r āsthitaḥ || 9 || TAŚV-ML 1.5.10kuṃ­ḍa­lī­tyā­da­yaḥ śabdā yadi saṃ­yo­ga­he­ta­vaḥ | vi­ṣā­ṇī­tyā­da­yaḥ kiṃ na sa­ma­vā­ya­ni­baṃ­dha­nāḥ || 10 || TAŚV-ML 1.5.11tathā sati na śabdānāṃ vācyā jā­ti­gu­ṇa­kri­yāḥ | dra­vya­va­tsa­ma­vā­ye­na sva­saṃ­baṃ­dhi­ṣu va­rta­nā­t || 11 || TAŚV-ML 1.5.12yathā jā­tyā­da­yo dravye sa­ma­vā­ya­ba­lā­t sthitāḥ | śabdānāṃ vi­ṣa­ya­s tadvat dravyaṃ tatrāstu kiṃcana || 12 || TAŚV-ML 1.5.13saṃ­yo­ga­ba­la­ta­ś caivaṃ va­rta­mā­naṃ ta­the­ṣya­tā­m | dra­vya­mā­tre tu saṃjñānaṃ nāmeti sphuṭam īkṣyate || 13 || TAŚV-ML 1.5.14tena paṃ­ca­ta­yī vṛttiḥ śa­bdā­nā­m u­pa­va­rṇi­tā | śā­stra­kā­rai­r na bādhyeta nyā­ya­sā­ma­rthya­saṃ­ga­tā || 14 || TAŚV-ML 1.5.15jātiḥ sarvasya śabdasya padārtho nitya ity asan | vya­kti­saṃ­pra­tya­yā­bhā­va­pra­saṃ­gā­d dhvanitaḥ sadā || 15 || TAŚV-ML 1.5.16śabdena lakṣitā jātir vyaktīr la­kṣa­ya­ti svakāḥ | saṃ­baṃ­dhā­d ity api vyaktam a­śa­bdā­rtha­jña­te­hi­ta­m || 16 || TAŚV-ML 1.5.17tathā hy a­nu­mi­te­r artho vyaktir jātiḥ punar dhvaneḥ | kvā­nya­thā­kṣā­rtha­tā­bā­dhā śa­bdā­rtha­syā­pi sidhyatu || 17 || TAŚV-ML 1.5.18a­kṣe­ṇā­nu­ga­taḥ śabdo jātiṃ pra­tyā­pa­ye­d iha | saṃ­baṃ­dhā­t sāpi niḥśeṣā sva­vya­ktī­r iti tannayaḥ || 18 || TAŚV-ML 1.5.19yady a­spa­ṣṭā­va­bhā­si­tvā­c chabdārthaḥ ka­śca­ne­ṣya­te | liṃgārtho pi tadā prāptaḥ śabdārtho nānyathā sthitiḥ || 19 || TAŚV-ML 1.5.20yatra śabdāt pratītiḥ syāt so rthaḥ śabdasya cen nanu | vyakteḥ śa­bdā­rtha­tā na syād evaṃ liṃgāt pra­tī­ti­taḥ || 20 || TAŚV-ML 1.5.21śa­bda­pra­tī­ta­yā jātyā na ca vyaktiḥ sva­rū­pa­taḥ | pratyetuṃ śakyate tasyāḥ sā­mā­nyā­kā­ra­to gateḥ || 21 || TAŚV-ML 1.5.22vya­kti­sā­mā­nya­to vya­kti­pra­tī­tā­v a­na­va­sthi­teḥ | kva viśeṣe pravṛttiḥ syāt pā­raṃ­pa­rye­ṇa śabdataḥ || 22 || TAŚV-ML 1.5.23dravyam eva padārtho stu nityam ity apy a­saṃ­ga­ta­m | ta­trā­naṃ­tye­na saṃ­ke­ta­kri­yā­yu­kte­r a­na­nva­yā­t || 23 || TAŚV-ML 1.5.24vāṃ­chi­tā­rtha­pra­vṛ­ttyā­di­vya­va­hā­ra­sya hānitaḥ | śa­bda­syā­kṣā­di­sā­ma­rthyā­d eva tatra pra­vṛ­tti­taḥ || 24 || TAŚV-ML 1.5.25vya­ktā­ve­ka­tra śabdena ni­rṇī­tā­yāṃ ka­thaṃ­ca­na | ta­dvi­śe­ṣa­ṇa­bhū­tā­yā jāteḥ saṃ­pra­tya­yaḥ svataḥ || 25 || TAŚV-ML 1.5.26gu­ḍa­śa­bdā­d yathā jñāne guḍe mā­dhu­rya­ni­rṇa­yaḥ | svataḥ pra­tī­ya­te loke prokto niṃbe ca tiktatā || 26 || TAŚV-ML 1.5.27pra­tī­ta­yā punar jātyā viśiṣṭāṃ vyaktim ī­hi­tā­m | yāṃ yāṃ paśyati tatrāyaṃ pra­va­rte­tā­rtha­si­ddha­ye || 27 || TAŚV-ML 1.5.28tathā ca sakalaḥ śā­bda­vya­va­hā­raḥ pra­ti­ddhya­ti | pra­tī­te­r bā­dha­śū­nya­tvā­d ity eke saṃ­pra­ca­kṣa­te || 28 || TAŚV-ML 1.5.29tad apy a­saṃ­ga­taṃ jā­ti­pra­tī­te­r vṛ­tti­saṃ­bha­ve | śa­bde­nā­ja­nya­mā­nā­yāḥ śa­bda­vṛ­tti­vi­ro­dha­taḥ || 29 || TAŚV-ML 1.5.30pā­raṃ­pa­rye­ṇa cec chabdāt sā vṛttiḥ ka­ra­ṇā­n na kim | tato na śabdato vṛttir eṣāṃ syāj jā­ti­vā­di­va­t || 30 || TAŚV-ML 1.5.31etena ta­ddva­ya­syai­va pa­dā­rtha­tvaṃ ni­vā­ri­ta­m | pakṣe dva­yo­kta­do­ṣa­syā­śa­kteḥ syā­dvā­da­vi­dvi­ṣā­m || 31 || TAŚV-ML 1.5.32lo­hi­tā­kṛ­ti­m ācaṣṭe yathokto lo­hi­ta­dhva­niḥ | lo­hi­tā­kṛ­tya­dhi­ṣṭhā­ne vi­bhā­gā­l lohite guṇe || 32 || TAŚV-ML 1.5.33ta­dā­ve­śā­t tathā tatra pra­tya­ya­sya sa­mu­dbha­vā­t | dravye ca sa­ma­vā­ye­na pra­sū­ye­ta ta­dā­śra­ye || 33 || TAŚV-ML 1.5.34guṇe sa­mā­sṛ­ta­tve­na sa­ma­vā­yā­t ta­dā­kṛ­teḥ | saṃ­yu­kta­sa­ma­ve­te ca dravye nya­tro­pa­pā­da­ye­t || 34 || TAŚV-ML 1.5.35lo­hi­ta­pra­tya­yaṃ ra­kta­va­stra­dva­ya­vṛ­te pi ca | tathā gaur iti śabde pi ka­tha­ya­ty ākṛtiṃ svataḥ || 35 || TAŚV-ML 1.5.36go­tva­rū­pā­t ta­dā­ve­śā­t ta­da­dhi­ṣṭhā­na eva tu | ta­dā­śra­ye ca gopiṃḍe gobuddhiṃ kurute ṃjasā || 36 || TAŚV-ML 1.5.37evaṃ pacati śabdo dhi­śra­ya­ṇā­di­kri­yā­ga­taiḥ | sāmānyaiḥ samam e­kā­rtha­sa­ma­ve­taṃ pra­bo­dha­ye­t || 37 || TAŚV-ML 1.5.38vyāpakaṃ pa­ci­sā­mā­nya­m a­dhi­śri­tyā­di­ka­rma­ṇā­m | yathā bhra­ma­ṇa­sā­mā­nyaṃ bhra­ma­tī­ti dhva­ni­rja­ne || 38 || TAŚV-ML 1.5.39tathā ḍi­tthā­di­śa­bdā­ś ca pū­rvā­pa­ra­vi­śe­ṣa­ga­m | ya­dṛ­ccha­tvā­di­sā­mā­nyaṃ tasyaiva pra­ti­bo­dha­kāḥ || 39 || TAŚV-ML 1.5.40ity evam ākṛtiṃ śa­bda­syā­rthaṃ ye nāma menire | te­nā­ti­śe­ra­te jā­ti­vā­di­naṃ pro­kta­nī­ti­taḥ || 40 || TAŚV-ML 1.5.41jātir ā­kṛ­ti­r ity a­rtha­bhe­dā­bhā­vā­t ka­thaṃ­ca­na | guṇatve tv ā­kṛ­te­r vya­kti­vā­da e­vā­sthi­to bhavet || 41 || TAŚV-ML 1.5.42yadi gaur ity ayaṃ śabdo vidhatte nya­vi­va­rta­na­m | vi­da­dhī­ta tadā gotvaṃ tan nā­nyā­po­ha­go­ca­raḥ || 42 || TAŚV-ML 1.5.43a­go­ni­vṛ­tti­m apy a­nya­ni­vṛ­tti­mu­kha­to yadi | gośabdaḥ ka­tha­ye­n nūnam a­na­va­sthā pra­sa­jya­te || 43 || TAŚV-ML 1.5.44vaktur icchāṃ vidhatte sau ba­hi­ra­rthaṃ na jā­tu­ci­t | śabdo nyā­po­ha­kṛ­t sarvaḥ yasya vāṃ­dhya­vi­jṛṃ­bhi­ta­m || 44 || TAŚV-ML 1.5.45a­nyā­po­he pratīte ca ka­tha­ma­rthe pra­va­rta­na­m | śabdāt siddhyej ja­na­syā­sya sa­rva­thā­ti­pra­saṃ­ga­taḥ || 45 || TAŚV-ML 1.5.46e­ka­tvā­ro­pa­mā­tre­ṇa yadi dṛ­śya­vi­ka­lpa­yoḥ | pravṛttiḥ ka­sya­ci­d dṛśye vikalpe py astv a­bhe­da­taḥ || 46 || TAŚV-ML 1.5.47nai­ka­tvā­dhya­va­sā­yo pi dṛśyaṃ spṛśati jā­tu­ci­t | vi­ka­lpya­syā­nya­thā siddhyed dṛ­śya­spa­rśi­tva­m aṃjasā || 47 || TAŚV-ML 1.5.48vi­ka­lpya­dṛ­śya­sā­mā­nyai­ka­tve­nā­dhya­va­sī­ya­te | yadi dṛ­śya­vi­śe­ṣe syāt kathaṃ vṛ­tti­sta­da­rthi­nā­m || 48 || TAŚV-ML 1.5.49tasya ced dṛ­śya­sā­mā­nyai­ka­tvā­ro­pā­t kva va­rta­na­m | sau­ga­ta­sya bhaved arthe na­va­sthā­pya­nu­ṣaṃ­ga­taḥ || 49 || TAŚV-ML 1.5.50jā­ti­vya­ktyā­tma­kaṃ vastu tato stu jñā­na­go­ca­raḥ | prasiddhaṃ ba­hi­raṃ­ta­ś ca śā­bda­vya­va­hṛ­tī­kṣa­ṇā­t || 50 || TAŚV-ML 1.5.51tatra syā­dvā­di­naḥ prāhuḥ kṛ­tvā­yo­ddhā­ra­ka­lpa­nā­m | jāteḥ pra­dhā­na­bhā­ve­na kāṃścic chabdān pra­bo­dha­kā­n || 51 || TAŚV-ML 1.5.52vyakteḥ pra­khyā­pa­kāṃ­ś cānyān gu­ṇa­dra­vya­kri­yā­tma­naḥ | lo­ka­saṃ­vya­va­hā­rā­rtha­m a­pa­rā­n pā­ri­bhā­ṣi­kā­n || 52 || TAŚV-ML 1.5.53te­ne­cchā­mā­tra­taṃ­traṃ ya­tsaṃ­jñā­ka­rma tad iṣyate | nā­mā­cā­ryai­r na jā­tyā­di­ni­mi­ttā­pa­nna­vi­gra­ha­m || 53 || TAŚV-ML 1.5.54vastunaḥ kṛ­ta­saṃ­jña­sya pratiṣṭhā sthāpanā matā | sa­dbhā­ve­ta­ra­bhe­de­na dvidhā ta­ttvā­dhi­ro­pa­taḥ || 54 || TAŚV-ML 1.5.55sā­da­rā­nu­gra­hā­kāṃ­kṣā­he­tu­tvā­t pra­ti­bhi­dya­te | nāmnas tasya ta­thā­bhā­vā­bhā­vā­d a­trā­vi­vā­da­taḥ || 55 || TAŚV-ML 1.5.56nanv a­nā­hi­ta­nā­mno pi ka­sya­ci­d da­rśa­neṃ­ja­sā | punas ta­tsa­dṛ­śe ci­tra­ka­rmā­dau dṛśyate svataḥ || 56 || TAŚV-ML 1.5.57so 'yam ity a­va­sā­ya­sya prā­du­rbhā­vaḥ ka­thaṃ­ca­na | sthāpanā sā ca tasyeti kṛ­ta­saṃ­jña­sya sā kutaḥ || 57 || TAŚV-ML 1.5.58naitat san nāma sā­mā­nya­sa­dbhā­vā­t tatra tattvataḥ | kvānyathā so yam i­tyā­di­vya­va­hā­raḥ pra­va­rta­tā­m || 58 || TAŚV-ML 1.5.59siddhaṃ bhāvam a­pe­kṣyai­va sthā­pa­nā­yāḥ pra­vṛ­tti­taḥ | ta­da­pe­kṣāṃ vinā nāma bhāvād bhinnaṃ tataḥ sthitam || 59 || TAŚV-ML 1.5.60yat svato bhimukhaṃ vastu bha­vi­ṣya­tpa­rya­yaṃ prati | taddravyaṃ dvividhaṃ jñeyam ā­ga­me­ta­ra­bhe­da­taḥ || 60 || TAŚV-ML 1.5.61ātmā ta­tpra­bhṛ­ta­jñā­yī yo nā­mā­nu­pa­yu­kta­dhīḥ | so trāgamaḥ sa­mā­mnā­taḥ syād dravyaṃ la­kṣa­ṇā­nva­yā­t || 61 || TAŚV-ML 1.5.62no āgamaḥ punas tredhā jña­śa­rī­rā­di­bhe­da­taḥ | tri­kā­la­go­ca­raṃ jñātuḥ śarīraṃ tatra ca tridhā || 62 || TAŚV-ML 1.5.63bhāvi no ā­ga­ma­dra­vya­m eṣyat pa­ryā­ya­m eva tat | tathā ta­dvya­ti­ri­ktaṃ ca karmano ka­rma­bhe­da­bhṛ­t || 63 || TAŚV-ML 1.5.64jñā­nā­vṛ­ttyā­di­bhe­de­na ka­rmā­ne­ka­vi­dhaṃ matam | no karma ca śa­rī­ra­tva­pa­ri­ṇā­ma­ni­ru­tsu­ka­m || 64 || TAŚV-ML 1.5.65pu­dga­la­dra­vya­mā­hā­ra­pra­bhṛ­tyu­pa­ca­yā­tma­ka­m | vi­jñā­ta­vyaṃ pra­paṃ­ce­na ya­thā­ga­ma­m a­bā­dhi­ta­m || 65 || TAŚV-ML 1.5.66a­nva­ya­pra­tya­yā­t siddhaṃ sarvathā bā­dha­va­rji­tā­t | taddravyaṃ ba­hi­raṃ­ta­ś ca mukhyaṃ gauṇaṃ tato '­pa­ra­m || 66 || TAŚV-ML 1.5.67sāṃprato va­stu­pa­ryā­yo bhāvo dvedhā sa pū­rva­va­t | āgamaḥ prā­bhṛ­ta­jñā­yī pumāṃs ta­tro­pa­yu­kta­dhīḥ || 67 || TAŚV-ML 1.5.68no āgamaḥ punar bhāvo vastu ta­tpa­rya­yā­tma­ka­m | dravyād a­rthāṃ­ta­raṃ bhe­da­pra­tya­yā­d dhva­sta­bā­dha­nā­t || 68 || TAŚV-ML 1.5.69nāmoktaṃ sthāpanā dravyaṃ dra­vyā­rthi­ka­na­yā­rpa­ṇā­t | pa­ryā­yā­rthā­rpa­ṇā­d bhāvas tair nyāsaḥ sa­mya­gī­ri­taḥ || 69 || TAŚV-ML 1.5.70teṣāṃ da­rśa­na­jī­vā­di­pa­dā­rthā­nā­ma­śe­ṣa­taḥ | iti saṃ­pra­ti­pa­tta­vyaṃ ta­ccha­bda­gra­ha­ṇā­d iha || 70 || TAŚV-ML 1.5.71nanv anaṃtaḥ pa­dā­rthā­nāṃ nikṣepo vācya ity asan | nā­mā­di­ṣv eva ta­syāṃ­ta­rbhā­vā­t saṃ­kṣe­pa­rū­pa­taḥ || 71 || TAŚV-ML 1.5.72dra­vya­pa­ryā­ya­to vācyo nyāsa ity apy a­saṃ­ga­ta­m | a­ti­saṃ­kṣe­pa­ta­s ta­syā­ni­ṣṭe­r a­trā­nya­thā­stu saḥ || 72 || TAŚV-ML 1.5.73nanu nyāsaḥ pa­dā­rthā­nāṃ yadi syān nya­sya­mā­na­tā | tadā tebhyo na bhinnaḥ syād a­bhe­dā­d dha­rma­dha­rmi­ṇoḥ || 73 || TAŚV-ML 1.5.74bhede nā­mā­di­ta­s tasya paro nyāsaḥ pra­ka­lpya­tā­m | tathā ca sa­tya­va­sthā­naṃ kva syāt tasyeti kecana || 74 || TAŚV-ML 1.5.75ta­da­yu­kta­m a­ne­kāṃ­ta­vā­di­nā­m a­nu­pa­dra­vā­t | sa­rva­thai­kāṃ­ta­vā­da­sya pro­kta­nī­tyā ni­vā­ra­ṇā­t || 75 || TAŚV-ML 1.5.76dra­vyā­rthi­ka­na­yā­t tāvad abhede nyā­sa­ta­dva­toḥ | nyāso nyā­sa­va­da­rthā­nā­m iti gauṇī va­co­ga­tiḥ || 76 || TAŚV-ML 1.5.77pa­ryā­yā­rtha­na­yā­d bhede tayor mukhyaiva sā matā | nyā­sa­syā­pi ca nā­mā­di­nyā­se­ṣṭe­r nā­na­va­sthi­tiḥ || 77 || TAŚV-ML 1.5.78bhe­da­pra­bhe­da­rū­pe­ṇā­naṃ­ta­tvā­t sa­rva­va­stu­naḥ | sadbhir vi­cā­rya­mā­ṇa­sya pra­mā­ṇā­n nānyathā gatiḥ || 78 || TAŚV-ML 1.5.79nanu nā­mā­da­yaḥ ke nye nya­sya­mā­nā­rtha­rū­pa­taḥ | yair nyāso stu pa­dā­rthā­nā­m iti ke py a­nu­yuṃ­ja­te || 79 || TAŚV-ML 1.5.80tebhyo pi bhe­da­rū­pe­ṇa ka­thaṃ­ci­d a­va­sā­ya­taḥ | nā­mā­dī­nāṃ pa­dā­rthe­bhyaḥ prāyaśo dattam u­tta­ra­m || 80 || TAŚV-ML 1.5.81nā­meṃ­drā­diḥ pṛ­tha­ktā­va­dbhā­veṃ­drā­deḥ pra­tī­ya­te | sthā­pa­neṃ­drā­di­r apy evaṃ dra­vyeṃ­drā­di­ś ca tattvataḥ || 81 || TAŚV-ML 1.5.82ta­dbhe­da­ś ca pa­dā­rthe­bhyaḥ ka­thaṃ­ci­d dha­ṭa­rū­pa­va­t | sthā­pya­sthā­pa­ka­bhā­vā­de­r a­nya­thā­nu­pa­pa­tti­taḥ || 82 || TAŚV-ML 1.5.83e­ka­trā­rthe vi­ro­dha­ś cen nā­mā­dī­nāṃ sa­ho­cya­te | nai­ka­tvā­si­ddhi­to rthasya ba­hi­raṃ­ta­ś ca sarvathā || 83 || TAŚV-ML 1.5.84nā­mā­de­r a­vi­bhi­nna­ś ced virodho na vi­ro­dha­kaḥ | nā­mā­dyā­tma­va­d anyaś cet kaḥ kasyās tu vi­ro­dha­kaḥ || 84 || TAŚV-ML 1.5.85bhi­nnā­bhi­nno vi­ro­dha­ś cet kiṃ na nā­mā­da­ya­s tathā | ku­ta­ści­t tadvataḥ saṃti ka­thaṃ­ci­d bhi­da­bhi­dbhṛ­taḥ || 85 || TAŚV-ML 1.5.86ekasya bhāvato '­kṣī­ṇa­kā­ra­ṇa­sya sa­du­dbha­ve | kṣayo vi­ro­dha­ka­s tasya so rtho yady a­bhi­dhī­ya­te || 86 || TAŚV-ML 1.5.87tadā nā­mā­da­yo na syuḥ pa­ra­spa­ra­vi­ro­dha­kāḥ | sa­kṛ­tsaṃ­bha­vi­no rtheṣu jī­vā­di­ṣu vi­ni­ści­tāḥ || 87 ||

TA-ML 1.6 pra­mā­ṇa­na­yai­r a­dhi­ga­maḥ || 6 ||

TAŚV-ML 1.6.1sūtre nā­mā­di­ni­kṣi­pta­ta­ttvā­rthā­dhi­ga­ma­sthi­taḥ | kārtsnyato deśato vāpi sa pra­mā­ṇa­na­yai­r iha || 1 || TAŚV-ML 1.6.2pramāṇaṃ ca nayāś ceti dvaṃdve pū­rva­ni­pā­ta­na­m | kṛtaṃ pra­mā­ṇa­śa­bda­syā­bhya­rhi­ta­tve­na bahvacaḥ || 2 || TAŚV-ML 1.6.3pramāṇaṃ sa­ka­lā­de­śi na­yā­da­bhya­rhi­taṃ matam | vi­ka­lā­de­śi­na­s tasya vācako pi ta­tho­cya­te || 3 || TAŚV-ML 1.6.4svā­rtha­ni­ścā­ya­ka­tve­na pramāṇaṃ naya ity asat | svā­rthai­ka­de­śa­ni­rṇī­ti­la­kṣa­ṇo hi nayaḥ smṛtaḥ || 4 || TAŚV-ML 1.6.5nāyaṃ vastu na cāvastu vastvaṃśaḥ kathyate yataḥ | nā­sa­mu­draḥ samudro vā sa­mu­drāṃ­śo ya­tho­cya­te || 5 || TAŚV-ML 1.6.6ta­nmā­tra­sya sa­mu­dra­tve śe­ṣāṃ­śa­syā­sa­mu­dra­tā | sa­mu­dra­ba­hu­tvaṃ vā syāt tac cet kās tu sa­mu­dra­vi­t || 6 || TAŚV-ML 1.6.7nāṃśebhyo rthāṃtaraṃ kaścit tattvato ṃśīty a­yu­kti­ka­m | ta­syai­ka­ś ca stha­vi­ṣṭha­sya sphuṭaṃ dṛṣṭes ta­daṃ­śa­va­t || 7 || TAŚV-ML 1.6.8ka­lpa­nā­ro­pi­to ṃśī cet sa na syāt ka­lpa­nāṃ­ta­re | tasya nā­rtha­kri­yā­śa­kti­r na spa­ṣṭa­jñā­na­ve­dya­tā || 8 || TAŚV-ML 1.6.9bhrāṃtir iṃ­dri­ya­je­yaṃ cet stha­vi­ṣṭā­kā­ra­da­rśi­nī | kvā­bhrāṃ­ta­m iṃ­dri­ya­jñā­naṃ pra­tya­kṣa­m iti siddhyatu || 9 || TAŚV-ML 1.6.10pra­tyā­sa­nne­ṣv a­yu­kte­ṣu pa­ra­mā­ṇu­ṣu cen na te | ka­dā­ci­t ka­sya­ci­d bu­ddhi­go­ca­rāḥ pa­ra­mā­tma­va­t || 10 || TAŚV-ML 1.6.11sva­saṃ­ve­da­na­m evaikaṃ pratyakṣaṃ yadi tattvataḥ | siddhir aṃ­śāṃ­śi­rū­pa­sya ce­ta­na­sya tato na kim || 11 || TAŚV-ML 1.6.12vi­jñā­na­pra­ca­yo py eṣa bhrāṃtaś cet kim a­vi­bhra­ma­m | sva­saṃ­ve­da­na­m adhyakṣaṃ jñā­nā­ṇo­r a­pra­ve­da­nā­t || 12 || TAŚV-ML 1.6.13nā­nyo­nu­bhā­vyo buddhyāsti tasyā nā­nu­bha­vo­pa­raḥ | grā­hya­grā­ha­ka­vai­dhu­ryā­t svayaṃ sā na pra­kā­śa­te || 13 || TAŚV-ML 1.6.14yan na pra­kā­śa­sā­mā­nyaṃ sa­rva­trā­nu­ga­mā­tma­ka­m | ta­tpra­kā­śa­vi­śe­ṣā­ṇā­m abhāve kena vedyate || 14 || TAŚV-ML 1.6.15nātra saṃ­ve­da­naṃ kiṃcid anaṃśaṃ ba­hi­ra­rtha­va­t | pratyakṣaṃ ba­hi­raṃ­ta­ś ca sāṃ­śa­syai­ka­sya ve­da­nā­t || 15 || TAŚV-ML 1.6.16svāṃśeṣu nāṃśino vṛttau vi­ka­lpo­pā­tta­dū­ṣa­ṇa­m | sa­rva­thā­rthāṃ­ta­ra­tva­syā­bhā­vā­d aṃ­śāṃ­śi­no­r iha || 16 || TAŚV-ML 1.6.17tā­dā­tmya­pa­ri­ṇā­ma­sya tayoḥ siddheḥ ka­thaṃ­ca­na | pra­tya­kṣa­to nu­mā­nā­c ca na pra­tī­ti­vi­ru­ddha­tā || 17 || TAŚV-ML 1.6.18ya­thāṃ­śi­ni pra­vṛ­tta­sya jñā­na­sye­ṣṭā pra­mā­ṇa­tā | ta­thāṃ­śe­ṣv api kiṃ na syād iti mā­nā­tma­ko nayaḥ || 18 || TAŚV-ML 1.6.19tan nāṃśiny api niḥ­śe­ṣa­dha­rmā­ṇāṃ gu­ṇa­tā­ga­tau | dra­vyā­rthi­ka­na­ya­syai­va vyā­pā­rā­n mu­khya­rū­pa­taḥ || 19 || TAŚV-ML 1.6.20dha­rmi­dha­rma­sa­mū­ha­sya prā­dhā­nyā­rpa­ṇa­yā vidaḥ | pra­mā­ṇa­tve­na nirṇīteḥ pra­mā­ṇā­d aparo nayaḥ || 20 || TAŚV-ML 1.6.21nā­pra­mā­ṇaṃ pramāṇaṃ vā nayo jñā­nā­tma­ko mataḥ | syāt pra­mā­ṇai­ka­de­śa­s tu sa­rva­thā­py a­vi­ro­dha­taḥ || 21 || TAŚV-ML 1.6.22pra­mā­ṇe­na gṛ­hī­ta­sya vastuno ṃ­śe­vi­gā­na­taḥ | saṃ­pra­tya­ya­ni­mi­tta­tvā­t pra­mā­ṇā­c cen na­yo­ciṃ­taḥ || 22 || TAŚV-ML 1.6.23nā­śe­ṣa­va­stu­ni­rṇī­teḥ pra­mā­ṇā­d eva ka­sya­ci­t | tādṛk sā­ma­rthya­śū­nya­tvā­t sa­nna­ya­syā­pi sarvadā || 23 || TAŚV-ML 1.6.24mater a­va­dhi­to vāpi ma­naḥ­pa­rya­ya­to pi vā | jñā­ta­syā­rtha­sya nāṃśe sti nayānāṃ vartanaṃ nanu || 24 || TAŚV-ML 1.6.25niḥ­śe­ṣa­de­śa­kā­lā­rthā­go­ca­ra­tva­vi­ni­śca­yā­t | tasyeti bhāṣitaṃ kaiścid yuktam eva ta­the­ṣṭi­taḥ || 25 || TAŚV-ML 1.6.26tri­kā­la­go­ca­rā­śe­ṣa­pa­dā­rthāṃ­śe­ṣu vṛttitaḥ | ke­va­la­jñā­na­mū­la­tva­m api teṣāṃ na yujyate || 26 || TAŚV-ML 1.6.27pa­ro­kṣā­kā­ra­tā­vṛ­tteḥ spa­ṣṭa­tvā­t ke­va­la­sya tu | śru­ta­mū­lā nayāḥ siddhā va­kṣya­mā­ṇāḥ pra­mā­ṇa­va­t || 27 || TAŚV-ML 1.6.28pra­mā­ṇe­na nayaiś cāpi svā­rthā­kā­ra­vi­ni­śca­yaḥ | pratyeyo '­dhi­ga­ma­s tajjñais tatphalaṃ syād a­bhe­da­bhṛ­t || 28 || TAŚV-ML 1.6.29teneha sū­tra­kā­ra­sya vacanaṃ karaṇaṃ kṛtaḥ | sūtre ya­dgha­ṭa­nāṃ yāti ta­tpra­mā­ṇa­na­yai­r iti || 29 || TAŚV-ML 1.6.30sā­rū­pya­sya pra­mā­ṇa­sya svabhāvo dhigamaḥ phalam | tadbhedaḥ ka­lpa­nā­mā­trā­d iti kecit pra­pe­di­re || 30 || TAŚV-ML 1.6.31tan na yuktaṃ ni­raṃ­śā­yāḥ saṃ­vi­tte­r dva­ya­rū­pa­tāṃ | pra­ti­ka­lpa­ya­tāṃ he­tu­vi­śe­ṣā­saṃ­bha­vi­tva­taḥ || 31 || TAŚV-ML 1.6.32vinā he­tu­vi­śe­ṣe­ṇa nā­nya­vyā­vṛ­tti­mā­tra­taḥ | kalpito rtho rtha­saṃ­si­ddhyai sa­rva­thā­ti­pra­saṃ­ga­taḥ || 32 || TAŚV-ML 1.6.33pra­ti­ka­rma­vya­va­sthā­na­syā­nya­thā­nu­pa­pa­tti­taḥ | sā­kā­ra­sya ca bodhasya pra­mā­ṇa­tvā­pa­va­rṇa­na­m || 33 || TAŚV-ML 1.6.34kṣa­ṇa­kṣa­yā­di­rū­pa­sya vya­va­sthā­pa­ka­tā na kim | tena tasya sva­rū­pa­tvā­d vi­śe­ṣāṃ­ta­ra­hā­ni­taḥ || 34 || TAŚV-ML 1.6.35pramāṇaṃ yo­gya­tā­mā­trā­t sva­rū­pa­m a­dhi­ga­ccha­ti | yathā ta­thā­rtha­m ity astu pra­tī­tya­na­ti­laṃ­gha­nā­t || 35 || TAŚV-ML 1.6.36sva­rū­pe­pi ca sā­rū­pyā­n nā­dhi­ga­tyu­pa­va­rṇa­na­m | yuktaṃ tasya dvi­ni­ṣṭha­tvā­t ka­lpi­ta­syā­py a­saṃ­bha­vā­t || 36 || TAŚV-ML 1.6.37kalpane vā­na­va­sthā­nā­t kutaḥ saṃ­vi­tti­saṃ­bha­vaḥ | svārthena gha­ṭa­ya­tye­nāṃ pramāṇe svā­vṛ­ti­kṣa­yā­t || 37 || TAŚV-ML 1.6.38nāyaṃ doṣas tato naiva sā­rū­pya­sya pra­mā­ṇa­tā | nābhinno dhi­ga­ma­s tasmād e­kāṃ­te­ne­ti niścayaḥ || 38 || TAŚV-ML 1.6.39bhinna eveti cāyuktaṃ svayam a­jñā­na­tā­pti­taḥ | pra­mā­ṇa­sya gha­ṭa­syai­va pa­ra­tvā­t svā­rtha­ni­śca­yā­t || 39 || TAŚV-ML 1.6.40ca­kṣu­rā­di pramāṇaṃ ced a­ce­ta­na­m a­pī­ṣya­te | na sā­dha­ka­ta­ma­tva­syā­bhā­vā­t ta­syā­ci­taḥ sadā || 40 || TAŚV-ML 1.6.41citas tu bhāvane trādeḥ pra­mā­ṇa­tvaṃ na vāryate | ta­tsā­dha­ka­ta­ma­tva­sya ka­thaṃ­ci­d u­pa­pa­tti­taḥ || 41 || TAŚV-ML 1.6.42hā­nā­di­ve­da­naṃ bhinnaṃ phalam iṣṭaṃ pra­mā­ṇa­taḥ | ta­da­bhi­nnaṃ punaḥ svā­rthā­jñā­na­vyā­va­rta­naṃ samam || 42 || TAŚV-ML 1.6.43syā­dvā­dā­śra­ya­ṇe yuktam etad apy anyathā na tu | hā­nā­di­ve­da­na­syā­pi pra­mā­ṇā­di­bhi­de­kṣa­ṇā­t || 43 || TAŚV-ML 1.6.44ye­nai­vā­rtho mayā jñātas tenaiva tyajyate dhunā | gṛhye to pekṣate ceti tadaikyaṃ kena neṣyate || 44 || TAŚV-ML 1.6.45bhe­dai­kāṃ­te punar na syāt pra­mā­ṇa­pha­la­tā gatiḥ | saṃ­tā­nāṃ­ta­ra­va­tsve­ṣṭe py e­ka­trā­tma­ni saṃvidoḥ || 45 || TAŚV-ML 1.6.46pa­ryā­yā­rthā­rpa­ṇā­d bhedo dra­vyā­rthā­d a­bhi­dā­s tu naḥ | pra­mā­ṇa­pha­la­yoḥ sākṣād a­sā­kṣā­d api tattvataḥ || 46 || TAŚV-ML 1.6.47ta­tpra­mā­ṇā­n nayāc ca syāt ta­ttva­syā­dhi­ga­mo paraḥ | sa svārthaś ca pa­rā­rtha­ś ca jñā­na­śa­bdā­tma­kā­t tataḥ || 47 || TAŚV-ML 1.6.48jñānaṃ ma­tyā­di­bhe­de­na va­kṣya­mā­ṇaṃ pra­paṃ­ca­taḥ | śabdas tu saptadhā vṛtto jñeyo vi­dhi­ni­ṣe­dha­gaḥ || 48 || TAŚV-ML 1.6.49tatra pra­śna­va­śā­t kaścid vidhau śabdaḥ pra­va­rta­te | syād asty e­vā­khi­laṃ ya­dva­tsva­rū­pā­di­ca­tu­ṣṭa­yā­t || 49 || TAŚV-ML 1.6.50syān nāstyeva vi­pa­ryā­sā­d iti kaścin ni­ṣe­dha­ne | syād dvaitam eva ta­ddvai­tā­d ity a­sti­tva­ni­ṣe­dha­yoḥ || 50 || TAŚV-ML 1.6.51krameṇa yau­ga­pa­dyā­d vā syād a­va­kta­vya­m eva tat | syād asty a­vā­cya­m eveti ya­tho­ci­ta­na­yā­rpa­ṇā­t || 51 || TAŚV-ML 1.6.52syān nāsty a­vā­cya­m eveti tata eva ni­ga­dya­te | syād dva­yā­vā­cya­m eveti sa­pta­bhaṃ­gya­vi­ro­dha­taḥ || 52 || TAŚV-ML 1.6.53vā­kye­va­dhā­ra­ṇaṃ tāvad a­ni­ṣṭā­rtha­ni­vṛ­tta­ye | ka­rta­vya­m a­nya­thā­nu­kta­sa­ma­tvā­t tasya ku­tra­ci­t || 53 || TAŚV-ML 1.6.54sarvathā ta­tpra­yo­ge pi sa­ttvā­di­prā­pti­vi­cchi­de | syātkāraḥ saṃ­pra­yu­jye­tā­ne­kāṃ­ta­dyo­ta­ka­tva­taḥ || 54 || TAŚV-ML 1.6.55syāc chābdād apy a­ne­kāṃ­ta­sā­mā­nya­svā­va­bo­dha­ne | śa­bdāṃ­ta­ra­pra­yo­go tra vi­śe­ṣa­pra­ti­pa­tta­ye || 55 || TAŚV-ML 1.6.56so prayukto pi vā tajjñaiḥ sa­rva­trā­rthā­t pra­tī­ya­te | ya­thai­va­kā­ro yo­gā­di­vya­va­cche­da­pra­yo­ja­naḥ || 56 ||

TA-ML 1.7 ni­rde­śa­svā­mi­tva­sā­dha­nā­dhi­ka­ra­ṇa­sthi­ti­vi­dhā­na­taḥ || 7 ||

TAŚV-ML 1.7.1ni­rde­śā­dyai­ś ca kartavyo dhigamaḥ kāṃścana prati | ity āha sūtram ācāryaḥ pra­ti­pā­dyā­nu­ro­dha­taḥ || 1 || TAŚV-ML 1.7.2yat kim ity a­nu­yo­ge rtha­sva­rū­pa­pra­ti­pā­da­na­m | kārsntyato deśato vāpi sa nirdeśo vidāṃ mataḥ || 2 || TAŚV-ML 1.7.3kasya cety a­nu­yo­ge sa­tyā­dhi­pa­tya­ni­ve­da­naṃ | svāmitvaṃ sādhanaṃ kenety a­nu­yo­ge tathā vacaḥ || 3 || TAŚV-ML 1.7.4kveti pa­rya­nu­yo­ge tu vaco dhi­ka­ra­ṇaṃ viduḥ | kiyac ciram iti praśne pra­tyu­tta­ra­va­caḥ sthitiḥ || 4 || TAŚV-ML 1.7.5ka­ti­dhe­da­m iti praśne vacanaṃ ta­ttva­ve­di­nā­m | vidhānaṃ kīrtitaṃ śabdaṃ tat tv '­a­jñā­naṃ ca ga­mya­tā­m || 5 || TAŚV-ML 1.7.6tair a­rthā­dhi­ga­mo bhedāt syāt pra­mā­ṇa­na­yā­tma­bhiḥ | a­dhi­ga­mya­sva­bhā­vai­r vā vastunaḥ ka­rma­sā­dha­naḥ || 6 || TAŚV-ML 1.7.7bhāvā yena ni­rū­pyaṃ­te tadrūpaṃ nāsti tattvataḥ | ta­tsva­rū­pa­va­co mithyety ayuktaṃ niḥ­pra­mā­ṇa­ka­m || 7 || TAŚV-ML 1.7.8yat tad ekam anekaṃ ca rūpaṃ teṣāṃ pra­tī­ya­te | pra­tya­kṣa­to nu­mā­nā­c cā­bā­dhi­tā­d ā­ga­mā­d api || 8 || TAŚV-ML 1.7.9niḥ­śe­ṣa­dha­rma­nai­rā­tmyaṃ svarūpaṃ vastuno yadi | tadā na niḥ­sva­rū­pa­tva­m anyathā dha­rma­yu­kta­tā || 9 || TAŚV-ML 1.7.10na kaścit ka­sya­ci­t svāmī saṃ­baṃ­dhā­bhā­va­to ṃjasā | pā­ra­taṃ­trya­vi­hī­na­tvā­t si­ddha­sye­ty apare viduḥ || 10 || TAŚV-ML 1.7.11tathā syā­dvā­da­saṃ­baṃ­dho bhāvānāṃ pa­ra­mā­rtha­taḥ | svā­taṃ­tryā­t kiṃ na de­śā­di­ni­ya­mo­dbhū­ti­r īkṣyate || 11 || TAŚV-ML 1.7.12dravyataḥ kṣetrataḥ kā­la­bhā­vā­bhyāṃ ka­sya­ci­t svataḥ | pra­tyā­sa­nna­kṛ­taḥ siddhaḥ saṃbaṃdhaḥ ke­na­ci­t sphuṭaḥ || 12 || TAŚV-ML 1.7.13na kiṃcit ke­na­ci­d vastu sādhyate san na cāpy asat | tato na sādhanaṃ nāmety anye te py a­sa­du­kta­yaḥ || 13 || TAŚV-ML 1.7.14mo­kṣā­di­sā­dha­nā­bhyā­sā­bhā­vā­sa­kte­s ta­da­rthi­nā­m | ta­trā­vi­dyā­vi­lā­se­ṣṭau kva muktiḥ pā­ra­mā­rthi­kī || 14 || TAŚV-ML 1.7.15saṃvic cet saṃvid evety adoṣaḥ sā yady a­sā­dha­nā | nityā syād anyathā siddhaṃ sādhanaṃ pa­ra­mā­rtha­taḥ || 15 || TAŚV-ML 1.7.16ni­tya­sa­rva­ga­te­ṣv iṣṭau tasyāḥ saṃ­vi­ttya­saṃ­bha­vā­t | kva vya­va­sthā­pa­nā­naṃ­śa­kṣa­ṇi­ka­jñā­na­ta­ttva­va­t || 16 || TAŚV-ML 1.7.17ā­dhā­rā­dhe­ya­bhā­va­sya pa­dā­rthā­nā­m a­yo­ga­taḥ | tattvato vidyate nā­dhi­ka­ra­ṇaṃ kiṃcid ity asat || 17 || TAŚV-ML 1.7.18sphuṭaṃ dra­vya­gu­ṇā­dī­nā­m ā­dhā­rā­dhe­ya­tā­ga­teḥ | pra­si­ddhi­bā­dhi­ta­tve­na ta­da­bhā­va­sya sarvathā || 18 || TAŚV-ML 1.7.19nā­na­va­sthā­pra­saṃ­go tra vyomnaḥ svā­śra­ya­tā­sthi­teḥ | sa­rva­lo­kā­śra­ya­syāṃ­ta­vi­hī­na­sya sa­maṃ­ta­taḥ || 19 || TAŚV-ML 1.7.20vyo­ma­va­tsa­rva­bhā­vā­nāṃ sva­pra­ti­ṣṭhā­nu­ṣaṃ­ja­naṃ | kartuṃ nai­kāṃ­ta­to yuktaṃ sa­rva­ga­tvā­nu­ṣaṃ­ga­va­t || 20 || TAŚV-ML 1.7.21a­sthi­ra­tvā­t pa­dā­rthā­nāṃ sthitir naivāsti tāttvikī | kṣa­ṇā­dū­rdhva­m i­tī­cchaṃ­ti kecit tad api du­rgha­ṭa­m || 21 || TAŚV-ML 1.7.22ni­ra­nva­ya­kṣa­yai­kāṃ­te saṃ­tā­nā­dya­na­va­sthi­teḥ | pu­ṇya­pā­pā­dya­nu­ṣṭhā­nā­bhā­vā­sa­kte­r ni­rū­pa­ṇā­t || 22 || TAŚV-ML 1.7.23yathā cai­ka­kṣa­ṇa­sthā­yī bhāvo hetoḥ sa­mu­dbha­ve­t | ta­thā­ne­ka­kṣa­ṇa­sthā­yī kin na loke pra­tī­ya­te || 23 || TAŚV-ML 1.7.24kṣa­ṇa­mā­tra­sthi­tiḥ si­ddhai­va­rju­sū­tra­na­yā­d iha | dra­vyā­rthi­ka­na­yā­d eva siddhā kā­lāṃ­ta­ra­sthi­tiḥ || 24 || TAŚV-ML 1.7.25viśvam ekaṃ sa­dā­kā­rā­vi­śe­ṣā­d ity a­saṃ­bha­vi | vidhānaṃ vāstavaṃ vastuny evaṃ kecit pra­lā­pi­naḥ || 25 || TAŚV-ML 1.7.26sa­dā­kā­rā­vi­śe­ṣa­sya nā­nā­rthā­nā­m a­pa­hna­ve | saṃ­bha­vā­bhā­va­taḥ siddhe vi­dhā­na­syai­va tattvataḥ || 26 || TAŚV-ML 1.7.27tad evaṃ mānataḥ siddhair ni­rde­śā­di­bhi­r aṃjasā | yuktaṃ jī­vā­di­ṣū­kte­ṣu ni­rū­pa­ṇa­m a­saṃ­śa­ya­m || 27 || TAŚV-ML 1.7.28ya­thā­ga­ma­m u­dā­hā­ryā ni­rde­ṣṭa­vyā­da­yo budhaiḥ | ni­śca­ya­vya­va­hā­rā­bhyāṃ nayābhyāṃ mānato pi vā || 28 ||

TA-ML 1.8 sa­tsaṃ­khyā­kṣe­tra­spa­rśa­na­kā­lāṃ­ta­ra­bhā­vā­lpa­ba­hu­tvai­ś ca || 8 ||

TAŚV-ML 1.8.1sa­dā­di­bhiḥ pra­paṃ­ce­na ta­ttvā­rthā­dhi­ga­maṃ muniḥ | saṃ­di­da­rśa­yi­ṣuḥ prāha sūtraṃ śi­ṣyā­nu­ro­dha­taḥ || 1 || TAŚV-ML 1.8.2nā­sti­tvai­kāṃ­ta­vi­cchi­ttyai tāvat prāk ca pra­rū­pa­ṇa­m | sā­mā­nya­to vi­śe­ṣā­t tu jī­vā­dya­sti­tva­bhi­dvi­de || 2 || TAŚV-ML 1.8.3sa­nmā­trā­pa­hna­ve saṃ­vi­tsa­ttvā­bhā­vā­n na sā­dha­na­m | sveṣṭasya dūṣaṇaṃ vāsti nā­ni­ṣṭa­sya ka­thaṃ­ca­na || 3 || TAŚV-ML 1.8.4grā­hya­grā­ha­ka­bhā­vā­di­śū­nyaṃ saṃ­vi­tti­mā­tra­ka­m | na svataḥ si­ddha­mā­re­kā­bhā­vā­pa­tte­r a­śe­ṣa­taḥ || 4 || TAŚV-ML 1.8.5parato grahaṇe tasya grā­hya­grā­ha­ka­tā­sthi­tiḥ | pa­ro­pa­ga­ma­taḥ sā cet svataḥ sāpi na sidhyati || 5 || TAŚV-ML 1.8.6ku­ta­ści­d grā­ha­kā­t siddhaḥ pa­rā­bhyu­pa­ga­mo yadi | grā­hya­grā­ha­ka­bhā­vaḥ syāt tattvato nānyathā sthitiḥ || 6 || TAŚV-ML 1.8.7grā­hya­grā­ha­ka­bhā­vo­taḥ siddhas sveṣṭasya sā­dha­nā­t | sa­rva­thai­vā­nya­thā ta­syā­nu­pa­pa­tti­r vi­ni­śca­yā­t || 7 || TAŚV-ML 1.8.8bā­dhya­bā­dha­ka­bhā­va­syā­py abādhe ni­ṣṭa­sā­dha­naṃ | svā­nyo­pa­ga­ma­taḥ siddhyen nety asāv api tā­ttvi­ka­m || 8 || TAŚV-ML 1.8.9kā­rya­kā­ra­ṇa­bhā­va­syā­bhā­ve saṃ­vi­da­kā­ra­ṇā | satī ni­tyā­nya­thā vyo­mā­ra­viṃ­dā­di­va­da­pra­mā || 9 || TAŚV-ML 1.8.10sa­rva­thai­vā­pha­la­tvā­c ca tasyāḥ sidhyen na vastutā | sa­pha­la­tve punaḥ siddhā kā­rya­kā­ra­ṇa­tāṃ­ja­sā || 10 || TAŚV-ML 1.8.11vā­cya­vā­ca­ka­tā­py e­va­mi­ṣṭā­ni­ṣṭā­tma­noḥ svayam | sā­dha­nā­d dū­ṣa­ṇā­c cāpi vāgbhiḥ si­ddhā­nya­thā na tat || 11 || TAŚV-ML 1.8.12ta­tsa­tpra­rū­pa­ṇaṃ yuktam ādāv eva vi­pa­ści­tā­m | kvānyathā pa­ra­dha­rmā­ṇāṃ ni­rū­pa­ṇa­m a­nā­ku­la­m || 12 || TAŚV-ML 1.8.13ni­rde­śa­va­ca­nā­d e­ta­dbhi­nnaṃ dra­vyā­di­go­ca­rā­t | sa­nmā­tra­vi­ṣa­yī­ku­rva­da­rthā­na­sti­tva­sā­dha­na­m || 13 || TAŚV-ML 1.8.14ga­tyā­di­mā­rga­ṇā­sthā­naiḥ pra­paṃ­ce­na ni­rū­pa­ṇa­m | mi­thyā­dṛ­ṣṭyā­di­vi­khyā­ta­gu­ṇa­sthā­nā­tma­kā­tma­naḥ || 14 || TAŚV-ML 1.8.15saṃkhyā saṃ­khyā­va­to bhinnā na kācid iti kecana | saṃ­khyā­saṃ­pra­tya­ya­s teṣāṃ ni­rā­laṃ­baḥ pra­sa­jya­te || 15 || TAŚV-ML 1.8.16vā­sa­nā­mā­tra­he­tu­ś cet sā mi­thyā­ka­lpa­nā­tmi­kā | vastu sā­pe­kṣi­ka­tve­na stha­vi­ṣṭha­tvā­di­dha­rma­va­t || 16 || TAŚV-ML 1.8.17na cā­pe­kṣi­ka­tā vyāptā nī­rū­pa­tve­na gamyate | vastu satsv api nī­lā­di­rū­pe­ṣv asyāḥ pra­si­dvi­taḥ || 17 || TAŚV-ML 1.8.18sā cai­ka­tvā­di­saṃ­khye­yaṃ sarveṣv artheṣu vāstavī | vi­dya­mā­nā­pi nirṇītiṃ kuryād dhetoḥ ku­ta­śca­na || 18 || TAŚV-ML 1.8.19pra­ti­kṣa­ṇa­vi­nā­śā­di ba­hi­raṃ­ta­rya­thā­sthi­teḥ | svā­vṛ­ttya­pā­ya­vai­ci­tryā­d bo­dha­vai­ci­trya­ni­ṣṭhi­teḥ || 19 || TAŚV-ML 1.8.20ya­trai­ka­tvaṃ kathaṃ tatra dvi­tvā­de­r api saṃbhavaḥ | pa­ra­spa­ra­vi­ro­dhā­c cet tayor naivaṃ pra­tī­ti­taḥ || 20 || TAŚV-ML 1.8.21vastuny ekatra dṛṣṭasya pa­ra­spa­ra­vi­ro­dhi­naḥ | vṛ­tti­dha­rma­ka­lā­pa­sya no­pā­laṃ­bhā­ya kalpate || 21 || TAŚV-ML 1.8.22syā­dvā­da­vi­dvi­ṣā­m eva vi­ro­dha­pra­ti­pā­da­nā­t | ya­thai­ka­tvaṃ pa­dā­rtha­sya tathā dvitvādi vāṃ­cha­tā­m || 22 || TAŚV-ML 1.8.23ye­nai­ka­tvaṃ sva­rū­pe­ṇa tena dvitvādi kathyate | nai­vā­naṃ­tā­tma­no '­rtha­sye­ty astu kveyaṃ vi­ru­ddha­tā || 23 || TAŚV-ML 1.8.24sa­rva­thai­vā­sa­tāṃ nāsti virodhaḥ kū­rma­ro­ma­va­t | satām api yathā dṛ­ṣṭa­sve­ṣṭa­ta­ttva­vi­śe­ṣa­va­t || 24 || TAŚV-ML 1.8.25sarvaṃ sa­rvā­tma­kaṃ siddhyed evam ity a­ti­sā­ku­la­m | sa­rva­kā­ryo­dbha­ve sa­ttva­syā­rtha­sye­dṛ­kṣa­śa­kti­taḥ || 25 || TAŚV-ML 1.8.26vya­ktyā­tma­nā­nu­bhā­va­sya sa­rvā­tma­tvaṃ na yujyate | sāṃ­ka­rya­pra­tya­yā­pa­tte­r a­vya­va­sthā­nu­ṣaṃ­ga­taḥ || 26 || TAŚV-ML 1.8.27tato ni­rbā­dha­nā­d eva pra­tya­yā­t ta­ttva­ni­ṣṭhi­tau | saṃ­khyā­saṃ­pra­tya­yā­t satyā tā­ttvi­kī­ti vya­va­sthi­ta­m || 27 || TAŚV-ML 1.8.28sā naiva tattvato yeṣāṃ teṣāṃ dravyam a­saṃ­khya­ka­m | saṃkhyāto tya­nta­bhi­nna­tvā­d gu­ṇa­ka­rmā­di­va­n na kim || 28 || TAŚV-ML 1.8.29sa­ma­vā­ya­va­śā­d evaṃ vya­pa­de­śo na yujyate | ta­syai­ka­rū­pa­tā­bhī­ṣṭe ni­ya­mā­kā­ra­ṇa­tva­taḥ || 29 || TAŚV-ML 1.8.30sa­ma­vā­yo na saṃkhyādi tadvatāṃ ghaṭane prabhuḥ | ni­raṃ­śa­tvā­dya­thai­vai­kaḥ pa­ra­mā­ṇuḥ sakṛt tava || 30 || TAŚV-ML 1.8.31yu­ga­pa­n na vi­śe­ṣyaṃ­te tenaiva sa­ma­vā­yi­naḥ | bhi­nna­de­śā­da­vṛ­tti­tvā­d a­nya­thā­ti­pra­saṃ­ga­taḥ || 31 || TAŚV-ML 1.8.32na khā­di­bhi­r a­ne­kāṃ­ta­s teṣāṃ sāṃ­śa­tva­ni­śca­yā­t | ni­raṃ­śa­tve pra­mā­bhā­vā­d vyā­pi­tva­sya vi­ro­dha­taḥ || 32 || TAŚV-ML 1.8.33vi­śe­ṣa­ṇa­vi­śe­ṣya­tvaṃ saṃbaṃdhaḥ sa­ma­vā­yi­bhiḥ | sa­ma­vā­ya­sya siddhyeta dvau vaḥ pra­ti­ni­yā­ma­kaḥ || 33 || TAŚV-ML 1.8.34sann apy ayaṃ tatas tāvan nābhinnaḥ sva­ma­ta­kṣa­teḥ | bhinnaś cet sa sva­saṃ­baṃ­dhi­saṃ­baṃ­dho nyo sya ka­lpa­nā­t || 34 || TAŚV-ML 1.8.35so pi ta­dbhi­nna­rū­pa­ś ced a­na­va­stho­pa­va­rṇi­tā | tā­dā­tmya­pa­ri­ṇā­ma­sya sa­ma­vā­ya­sya tu sthitiḥ || 35 || TAŚV-ML 1.8.36ga­ṇa­nā­mā­tra­rū­pe­yaṃ saṃ­khyo­ktā­taḥ ka­thaṃ­ca­na | bhinnā vi­dhā­na­to bhe­da­ga­ṇa­nā­la­kṣa­ṇā­di­ha || 36 || TAŚV-ML 1.8.37ni­vā­sa­la­kṣa­ṇaṃ kṣetraṃ pa­dā­rthā­nāṃ na vā­sta­va­m | sva­sva­bhā­va­vya­va­sthā­nā­d ity eke ta­da­pe­śa­la­m || 37 || TAŚV-ML 1.8.38rājñaḥ sati ku­ru­kṣe­tre ta­nni­vā­sa­sya da­rśa­nā­t | tasminn asati cādṛṣṭe vā­sta­va­syā­pra­bā­dha­nā­t || 38 || TAŚV-ML 1.8.39pra­mā­ṇa­go­ca­ra­syā­sya nā­va­stu­tvaṃ sva­ta­ttva­va­t | nā­nu­mā­go­ca­ra­syā­pi vastutvaṃ na vya­va­sthi­ta­m || 39 || TAŚV-ML 1.8.40sā­mī­pyā­di­pa­ri­tyā­gā­d vyā­pa­ka­sya pa­ri­gra­hā­t | śarīre jīva ity a­dhi­ka­ra­ṇaṃ kṣetram anyathā || 40 || TAŚV-ML 1.8.41tri­kā­la­vi­ṣa­yā­rtho­pa­śle­ṣa­ṇaṃ sparśanaṃ matam | kṣetrād a­nya­tva­bhā­gva­rta­mā­nā­rtha­śle­ṣa­la­kṣa­ṇā­t || 41 || TAŚV-ML 1.8.42dravyato '­nā­di­pa­ryaṃ­te siddhe vastuny a­bā­dhi­te | spa­rśa­na­sya pra­ti­kṣe­pa­s tri­kā­la­sya na yujyate || 42 || TAŚV-ML 1.8.43sthitim atsu pa­dā­rthe­ṣu yo vadhiṃ da­rśa­ya­ty asau | kālaḥ pra­ca­kṣya­te mukhyas tadanyaḥ svasthiteḥ paraḥ || 43 || TAŚV-ML 1.8.44na kri­yā­mā­tra­kaṃ kālo vya­va­hā­ra­pra­yo­ja­naḥ | mu­khya­kā­lā­dṛ­te siddhyed va­rta­nā­la­kṣa­ṇā­t kvacit || 44 || TAŚV-ML 1.8.45pa­ra­tva­m a­pa­ra­tvaṃ ca sa­ma­di­gna­ta­yoḥ satoḥ | sa­mā­na­gu­ṇa­yoḥ siddhaṃ tā­dṛ­kkā­la­ni­baṃ­dha­naṃ || 45 || TAŚV-ML 1.8.46pa­rā­pa­rā­di­kā­la­sya ta­ttva­he­tvaṃ­ta­rā­n na hi | yato '­na­va­sthi­ti­s tatrāpy a­nya­he­tu­pra­ka­lpa­nā­t || 46 || TAŚV-ML 1.8.47svatas ta­ttva­ta­thā­tve ca sa­rvā­rthā­nāṃ na tad bhavet | vyā­pya­si­ddhe­r ma­nī­ṣā­di­r a­mū­rta­tvā­di­dha­rma­va­t || 47 || TAŚV-ML 1.8.48ya­thā­pra­tī­ti­bhā­vā­nāṃ sva­bhā­va­sya vya­va­sthi­tau | kāle pa­rā­pa­rā­di­tvaṃ svato stv anyatra ta­tkṛ­ta­m || 48 || TAŚV-ML 1.8.49kvānyathā vya­va­ti­ṣṭhaṃ­te dha­rmā­dha­rma­na­bhāṃ­sy api | ga­tyā­di­he­tu­tā­pa­tte­r jī­va­pu­dga­la­yoḥ svataḥ || 49 || TAŚV-ML 1.8.50śa­rī­ra­vā­ṅma­naḥ­prā­ṇā­pā­nā­dī­n api pudgalāḥ | prā­ṇi­nā­m u­pa­ku­ryu­r na svatas teṣāṃ hi dehinaḥ || 50 || TAŚV-ML 1.8.51jīvā vā cetanā na syuḥ kāyāḥ saṃtu svakās tathā | niṃ­bā­di­r madhur astikto guḍādiḥ kā­la­vi­dvi­ṣā­m || 51 || TAŚV-ML 1.8.52e­ka­trā­rhe hi dṛṣṭasya sva­bhā­va­sya ku­ta­śca­na | kalpanā ta­dvi­jā­tī­ye sve­ṣṭa­ta­ttva­vi­dhā­ti­nī || 52 || TAŚV-ML 1.8.53tasmāj jī­vā­di­bhā­vā­nāṃ svato vṛ­tti­ma­tāṃ sadā | kālaḥ sā­dhā­ra­ṇo hetur va­rta­nā­la­kṣa­ṇaḥ svataḥ || 53 || TAŚV-ML 1.8.54sva­he­to­r jā­ya­mā­na­sya ku­ta­ści­d vi­ni­va­rta­te | punaḥ pra­sū­ti­taḥ pūrvaṃ viraho ṃ­ta­ra­m iṣyate || 54 || TAŚV-ML 1.8.55kāla eva sa ced iṣṭaṃ vi­śi­ṣṭa­tvā­n na bhedataḥ | sūcanaṃ tasya sūtre smin ka­thaṃ­ci­n na vi­ru­dhya­te || 55 || TAŚV-ML 1.8.56a­trau­pa­śa­mi­kā­dī­nāṃ bhāvānāṃ pra­ti­pa­tta­ye | bhāvo nā­mā­di­sū­tro­kto py uktas ta­ttvā­nu­yu­kta­ye || 56 || TAŚV-ML 1.8.57ete lpe ba­ha­va­ś caite 'mībhyo '­rthā­ti­vi­vi­kta­ye | kathyate lpa­ba­hu­tvaṃ ta­tsaṃ­khyā­to bhi­nna­saṃ­khya­yā || 57 || TAŚV-ML 1.8.58pratyekaṃ saṃkhyayā pūrvaṃ ni­ści­tā­rthe pi piṃḍataḥ | kathyate lpa­ba­hu­tvaṃ yat tat tataḥ kiṃ na bhidyate || 58 || TAŚV-ML 1.8.59iti pra­paṃ­ca­taḥ sa­rva­bhā­vā­dhi­ga­ti­he­ta­vaḥ | sa­dā­da­yo nuyogāḥ syuste syā­dvā­da­na­yā­tma­kāḥ || 59 || TAŚV-ML 1.8.60sattvena niścitā bhāvā gamyaṃte saṃkhyayā budhaiḥ | saṃkhyātaḥ kṣetrato jñeyāḥ spa­rśa­ne­na ca kālataḥ || 60 || TAŚV-ML 1.8.61ta­thāṃ­ta­rā­c ca bhāvebhyo jñeyaṃ te lpa­ba­hu­tva­taḥ | kramād iti ta­thai­te­ṣāṃ nirdeśo vya­va­ti­ṣṭha­te || 61 || TAŚV-ML 1.8.62pra­śna­kra­ma­va­śā­d vāpi vi­ne­yā­nā­m a­saṃ­śa­ya­m | no­pā­laṃ­bha­m a­vā­pno­ti pra­tyu­tta­ra­va­caḥ­kra­maḥ || 62 || TAŚV-ML 1.8.63sā­mā­nye­nā­dhi­ga­myaṃ­te vi­śe­ṣe­ṇa ca te yathā | jī­vā­da­ya­s tathā jñeyā vyā­se­nā­nya­tra kīrtitāḥ || 63 ||

TA-ML 1.9 ma­ti­śru­tā­va­dhi­ma­naḥ­pa­rya­ya­ke­va­lā­ni jñānam || 9 ||

TAŚV-ML 1.9.1atha sva­bhe­da­ni­ṣṭha­sya jñā­na­sye­ha pra­si­ddha­ye | prāha pra­vā­di­mi­thyā­bhi­ni­ve­śa­vi­ni­vṛ­tta­ye || 1 || TAŚV-ML 1.9.2jñānaṃ saṃ­la­kṣi­taṃ tāvad ā­di­sū­tre ni­ru­kti­taḥ | ma­tyā­dī­ny atra ta­dbhe­dā­l la­kṣa­ṇī­yā­ni tattvataḥ || 2 || TAŚV-ML 1.9.3ma­tyā­va­ra­ṇa­vi­cche­da­vi­śe­ṣā­n manyate yathā | mananaṃ manyate yāvat svārthe matir asau matā || 3 || TAŚV-ML 1.9.4śru­tā­va­ra­ṇa­vi­śle­ṣa­vi­śe­ṣā­c chravaṇaṃ śrutam | śṛṇoti svārtham iti vā śrūyate smeti vāgamaḥ || 4 || TAŚV-ML 1.9.5a­va­dhyā­vṛ­ti­vi­dhvaṃ­sa­vi­śe­ṣā­d a­va­dhī­ya­te | yena svārtho vadhānaṃ vā so vadhir niyataḥ sthitiḥ || 5 || TAŚV-ML 1.9.6yan ma­naḥ­pa­rya­yā­vā­ra­pa­ri­kṣa­ya­vi­śe­ṣa­taḥ | . . . . . . .manaḥ paryeti yo pi vā || 6 || TAŚV-ML 1.9.7sa ma­naḥ­pa­rya­yo jñeyo ma­no­nnā­rthā ma­no­ga­tāḥ | pareṣāṃ svamano vāpi ta­dā­laṃ­ba­na­mā­tra­ka­m || 7 || TAŚV-ML 1.9.8kṣā­yo­pa­śa­mi­ka­jñā­nā­sa­hā­yaṃ kevalaṃ matam | ya­da­rtha­m arthino mārgaṃ kevaṃte vā tad iṣyate || 8 || TAŚV-ML 1.9.9ma­tyā­dī­nāṃ ni­ru­ktyai­va lakṣaṇaṃ sūcitaṃ pṛthak | ta­tpra­kā­śa­ka­sū­trā­ṇā­m a­bhā­vā­d u­tta­ra­tra hi || 9 || TAŚV-ML 1.9.10ya­thā­di­sū­tre jñānasya cā­ri­tra­sya ca la­kṣa­ṇa­m | ni­ru­kte­r vya­bhi­cā­re hi la­kṣa­ṇāṃ­ta­ra­sū­ca­na­m || 10 || TAŚV-ML 1.9.11sva­ta­ttvā­lpā­kṣa­ra­tvā­bhyāṃ vi­ṣa­yā­lpa­tva­to pi ca | mater ādau vaco yuktaṃ śrutāt tasya ta­du­tta­ra­m || 11 || TAŚV-ML 1.9.12ma­ti­saṃ­pū­rva­taḥ sā­ha­ca­ryā­t matyā ka­thaṃ­ca­na | pra­tya­kṣa­tri­ta­ya­syā­dā­v avadhiḥ pra­ti­pā­dya­te || 12 || TAŚV-ML 1.9.13sa­rva­sto­ka­vi­śu­ddhi­tvā­t tu­ccha­tvā­c cā­va­dhi­dhva­neḥ | tataḥ paraṃ pu­na­rvā­cyaṃ ma­naḥ­pa­rya­ya­ve­da­na­m || 13 || TAŚV-ML 1.9.14vi­śu­ddha­ta­ra­tā­yo­gā­t tasya sa­rvā­va­dhe­r api | aṃte ke­va­la­m ākhyātaṃ pra­ka­rṣā­ti­śa­ya­sthi­teḥ || 14 || TAŚV-ML 1.9.14eftasya ni­rvṛ­ttya­va­sthā­yā­m api sa­dbhā­va­ni­śca­yā­t | TAŚV-ML 1.9.15jñā­na­śa­bda­sya saṃbaṃdhaḥ pratyekaṃ bhu­ji­va­nma­taḥ | samūho jñānam ity a­syā­ni­ṣṭā­rtha­sya ni­vṛ­tta­ye || 15 || TAŚV-ML 1.9.16ma­tyā­dī­ny eva saṃ­jñā­na­m iti pū­rvā­va­dhā­ra­ṇā­t | ma­tya­jñā­nā­di­ṣu dhva­sta­sa­mya­gjñā­na­tva­m ūhyate || 16 || TAŚV-ML 1.9.17saṃ­jñā­na­m eva tānīti pa­ra­smā­d a­va­dhā­ra­ṇā­t | teṣām a­jñā­na­tā­pā­stā mi­thyā­tvo­da­ya­saṃ­sṛ­tā || 17 || TAŚV-ML 1.9.18ma­ti­mā­tra­gra­hā­d atra smṛ­tyā­de­r jñānatā gatiḥ | te­nā­kṣa­ma­ti­r evaikā jñānam ity a­pa­sā­ri­ta­m || 18 || TAŚV-ML 1.9.19sānumā so­pa­mā­nā ca sā­rthā­pa­ttyā­di­ke­ty api | saṃ­vā­da­ka­tva­ta­s tasyāḥ saṃ­jñā­na­tvā­vi­ro­dha­taḥ || 19 || TAŚV-ML 1.9.20śru­ta­syā­jñā­na­tā­m icchaṃs ta­dvā­cai­va ni­rā­kṛ­taḥ | svārthe kṣa­ma­ti­va­tta­sya saṃ­vi­di­tve­na ni­rṇa­yā­t || 20 || TAŚV-ML 1.9.21jighraty a­tīṃ­dri­ya­jñā­na­m a­va­dhyā­di­va­co balāt | pra­tyā­khyā­ta­su­ni­rṇī­ta­bā­dha­ka­tve­na tadgateḥ || 21 || TAŚV-ML 1.9.22siddhe hi ke­va­la­jñā­ne sa­rvā­rthe­ṣu sphu­ṭā­tma­ni | kārtsnyena rūpiṣu jñāneṣv avadhiḥ kena bādhyate || 22 || TAŚV-ML 1.9.23pa­ri­ci­ttā­ga­te­ṣv artheṣv evaṃ saṃ­bhā­vya­te na kim | ma­naḥ­pa­rya­ya­vi­jñā­naṃ ka­sya­ci­t pra­sphu­ṭā­kṛ­tiḥ || 23 || TAŚV-ML 1.9.24sva­lpa­jñā­naṃ sa­mā­ra­bhya pra­kṛ­ṣṭa­jñā­na­m aṃ­ti­ma­m | kṛtvā ta­nma­dhya­to jñā­na­tā­ra­ta­myaṃ na hanyate || 24 || TAŚV-ML 1.9.25na ma­ti­śru­ta­yo­r aikyaṃ sā­ha­ca­ryā­t sa­ha­sthi­teḥ | vi­śe­ṣā­bhā­va­to nāpi tato nā­nā­tva­si­ddhi­taḥ || 25 || TAŚV-ML 1.9.26sā­ha­ca­rya­m asiddhaṃ ca sarvadā ta­tsa­ha­sthi­tiḥ | nai­ta­yo­r a­vi­śe­ṣa­ś ca pa­ryā­yā­rtha­na­yā­rpa­ṇā­t || 26 || TAŚV-ML 1.9.27kā­rya­kā­ra­ṇa­bhā­vā­t syāt tayor e­ka­tva­m ity api | viruddhaṃ sādhanaṃ tasya ka­thaṃ­ci­d bhe­da­sā­dha­nā­t || 27 || TAŚV-ML 1.9.28go­ca­rā­bhe­da­ta­ś cen na sarvathā ta­da­si­ddhi­taḥ | śru­ta­syā­sa­rva­pa­ryā­ya­dra­vya­grā­hi­tva­vā­cy api || 28 || TAŚV-ML 1.9.29ke­va­la­jñā­na­va­t sa­rva­ta­ttvā­rtha­grā­hi­tā­sthi­teḥ | mates ta­thā­tva­śū­nya­tvā­d anyathā sva­ma­ta­kṣa­teḥ || 29 || TAŚV-ML 1.9.30iṃ­dri­yā­niṃ­dri­yā­ya­tta­vṛ­tti­tva­m api sā­dha­na­m | na sādhīyo pra­si­ddha­tvā­c chru­ta­syā­kṣā­na­pe­kṣa­ṇā­t || 30 || TAŚV-ML 1.9.31nā­niṃ­dri­ya­ni­mi­tta­tvā­d ī­ha­na­śru­ta­yo­r iha | tādātmyaṃ ba­hu­ve­di­tvā­c chru­ta­sye­hā­vya­pe­kṣa­yā || 31 || TAŚV-ML 1.9.32a­va­gra­ha­gra­hī­ta­sya vastuno bhedam īhate | vya­kta­mī­hā śrutaṃ tv arthān pa­ro­kṣā­n vi­vi­dhā­n api || 32 || TAŚV-ML 1.9.33śabdaṃ śrutvā ta­da­rthā­nā­m a­va­dhā­ra­ṇa­m iṣyate | yaiḥ śrutaṃ tair na labhyeta ne­trā­di­ma­ti­jaṃ śrutam || 33 || TAŚV-ML 1.9.34tasmān matiḥ śrutād bhinnā bhi­nna­la­kṣa­ṇa­yo­ga­taḥ | a­va­dhyā­di­va­da­rthā­di­bhe­dā­c ceti su­ni­ści­ta­m || 34 || TAŚV-ML 1.9.35sa­rva­jñā­na­m a­na­dhya­kṣaṃ pratyakṣo rthaḥ pa­ri­sphu­ṭaḥ | iti kecid a­nā­tma­jñāḥ pra­mā­ṇa­vyā­ha­taṃ viduḥ || 35 || TAŚV-ML 1.9.36pra­tya­kṣa­m ātmani jñānam a­pa­ra­trā­nu­mā­ni­ka­m | pra­tyā­tma­ve­dya­m āhaṃti ta­tpa­ro­kṣa­tva­ka­lpa­nā­m || 36 || TAŚV-ML 1.9.37vi­jñā­na­sya pa­ro­kṣa­tve pratyakṣo rthaḥ svataḥ katham | sarvadā sarvathā sarvaḥ sarvasya na tathā bhavet || 37 || TAŚV-ML 1.9.38tataḥ paraṃ ca vijñānaṃ ki­ma­rtha­m u­pa­ka­lpya­te | kā­dā­ci­tka­tva­si­ddhya­rtha­m a­rtha­jña­pte­r na sā parā || 38 || TAŚV-ML 1.9.39vi­jñā­nā­d ity a­na­dhya­kṣā­t kuto vi­jñā­ya­te paraiḥ | liṃgāc cet ta­tpa­ri­cchi­tti­r api liṃ­gāṃ­ta­rā­d iti || 39 || TAŚV-ML 1.9.40kvā­va­sthā­na­m a­ne­nai­va ta­trā­rthā­pa­tti­r āhatā | a­vi­jñā­ta­sya sarvasya jñā­pa­ka­tva­vi­ro­dha­taḥ || 40 || TAŚV-ML 1.9.41jñātāhaṃ ba­hi­ra­rtha­sya su­khā­de­ś ceti ni­rṇa­yā­t | sva­saṃ­ve­dya­tva­taḥ puṃso na doṣa iti cen matam || 41 || TAŚV-ML 1.9.42sva­saṃ­ve­dyāṃ­ta­rā­d a­nya­dvi­jñā­naṃ kiṃ ka­ri­ṣya­te | ka­ra­ṇe­na vinā kartuḥ karmaṇi vyā­vṛ­ti­r na cet || 42 || TAŚV-ML 1.9.43sva­saṃ­vi­tti­kri­yā na syāt svataḥ puṃso rtha­vi­tti­va­t | yadi svātmā sva­saṃ­vi­ttā­v ātmanaḥ karaṇaṃ matam || 43 || TAŚV-ML 1.9.43efsvā­rtha­vi­ttau ta­de­vā­stu tato jñānaṃ sa eva naḥ | TAŚV-ML 1.9.44ka­rma­tve­nā­pa­ri­cchi­tti­r a­pra­tya­kṣaṃ ya­dī­ṣya­te | jñānaṃ tadā paro na syād a­dhya­kṣa­s tata eva te || 44 || TAŚV-ML 1.9.45tathāstv iti mataṃ dhva­sta­prā­yaṃ na punar asya te | sva­vi­jñā­naṃ tato dhyakṣam ā­tma­va­d a­va­ti­ṣṭha­te || 45 || TAŚV-ML 1.9.46pratyakṣaṃ sva­pha­la­jñā­naṃ karaṇaṃ jñānam anyathā | iti prā­bhā­ka­rī dṛṣṭiḥ sve­ṣṭa­vyā­ghā­ta­kā­ri­ṇī || 46 || TAŚV-ML 1.9.47ka­rma­tve­na pa­ri­cchi­tte­r abhāvo hy ātmano yathā | pha­la­jñā­na­sya tadvac cet kutas tasya sa­ma­kṣa­tā || 47 || TAŚV-ML 1.9.48ta­tka­rma­tva­pa­ri­cchi­ttau pha­la­jñā­nāṃ­ta­raṃ bhavet | tatrāpy eva mato na syād a­va­sthā­naṃ kvacit sadā || 48 || TAŚV-ML 1.9.49pha­la­tve­na pha­la­jñā­ne pratīte cet sa­ma­kṣa­tā | ka­ra­ṇa­tve­na tadjñāne ka­rtṛ­tve­nā­tma­nī­ṣya­tā­m || 49 || TAŚV-ML 1.9.50tathā ca na pa­ro­kṣa­tva­m ātmano na pa­ro­kṣa­tā | ka­ra­ṇā­tma­ni vijñāne pha­la­jñā­na­tva­ve­di­naḥ || 50 || TAŚV-ML 1.9.51jñānaṃ jñā­nāṃ­ta­rā­d vedyaṃ svā­tma­jña­pti­vi­ro­dha­taḥ | pra­me­ya­tvā­d yathā kuṃbha ity apy a­ślī­la­bhā­ṣi­ta­m || 51 || TAŚV-ML 1.9.52jñā­nāṃ­ta­raṃ yadā jñānād a­nya­smā­t tena vidyate | ta­dā­na­va­sthi­ti­prā­pte­r anyathā hy a­vi­ni­śca­yā­t || 52 || TAŚV-ML 1.9.53a­rtha­jñā­na­sya vijñānaṃ nā­jñā­ta­m a­va­bo­dha­ka­m | jñā­pa­ka­tvā­d yathā liṃgaṃ liṃgino nānyathā sthitiḥ || 53 || TAŚV-ML 1.9.54pra­dhā­na­pa­ri­ṇā­ma­tvā­t sarvaṃ jñānam a­ce­ta­na­m | su­kha­kṣmā­di­va­d ity e­ka­pra­tī­te­r a­pa­lā­pi­naḥ || 54 || TAŚV-ML 1.9.55ce­ta­nā­tma­ta­yā vitter ā­tma­va­t sarvadā dhiyaḥ | pra­dhā­na­pa­ri­ṇā­ma­tvā­si­ddhe­ś ceti ni­rū­pa­ṇā­t || 55 || TAŚV-ML 1.9.56ta­tsvā­rtha­vya­va­sā­yā­tma­jñā­naṃ ce­ta­na­m aṃjasā | samyag ity a­dhi­kā­rā­c ca saṃ­ma­tyā­di­ka­bhe­da­bhṛ­t || 56 ||

TA-ML 1.10 ta­tpra­mā­ṇe || 10 ||

TAŚV-ML 1.10.1sva­rū­pa­saṃ­khya­yoḥ kecit pra­mā­ṇa­sya vi­vā­di­naḥ | tat pratyāha sa­mā­se­na vi­da­dha­t ta­dvi­ni­śca­ya­m || 1 || TAŚV-ML 1.10.2tad eva jñānam āstheyaṃ pramāṇaṃ neṃ­dri­yā­di­ka­m | pramāṇe eva tad jñānaṃ vai­ka­tryā­di­pra­mā­ṇa­vi­t || 2 || TAŚV-ML 1.10.3nanu pra­mī­ya­te yena pramāṇaṃ ta­di­tī­ra­ṇa­m | pra­mā­ṇa­la­kṣa­ṇa­sya syā­diṃ­dri­yā­deḥ pra­mā­ṇa­tā || 3 || TAŚV-ML 1.10.4ta­tsā­dha­ka­ta­ma­tva­syā­vi­śe­ṣā­t tāvatā sthitiḥ | prā­mā­ṇya­syā­nya­thā jñānaṃ pramāṇaṃ sakalaṃ na kim || 4 || TAŚV-ML 1.10.5tatredaṃ ciṃtyate tāvad iṃdriyaṃ kimu bhau­ti­ka­m | cetanaṃ vā pra­me­ya­sya pa­ri­cchi­ttau pra­va­rta­te || 5 || TAŚV-ML 1.10.6na tāvad bhautikaṃ ta­syā­ce­ta­na­tvā­d gha­ṭā­di­va­t | mṛ­ta­dra­vyeṃ­dri­ya­syā­pi tatra vṛ­tti­pra­saṃ­ga­taḥ || 6 || TAŚV-ML 1.10.7pra­mā­trā­dhi­ṣṭhi­taṃ tac cet tatra varteta nānyathā | kiṃ na svā­pā­dya­va­sthā­yāṃ ta­da­dhi­ṣṭhā­na­si­ddhi­taḥ || 7 || TAŚV-ML 1.10.8ātmā pra­ya­tna­vāṃ­s ta­syā­dhi­ṣṭhā­nā­n nā­pra­ya­tna­kaḥ | svā­pā­dā­v iti cet ko yaṃ prayatno nāma dehinaḥ || 8 || TAŚV-ML 1.10.9prameye pra­mi­tā­vā­bhi­mu­khyaṃ caitad a­ce­ta­na­m | yady a­kiṃ­ci­tka­raṃ tatra pa­ṭa­va­t kim a­pe­kṣa­te || 9 || TAŚV-ML 1.10.10cetanaṃ caitad evāstu bhā­veṃ­dri­ya­m a­bā­dhi­ta­m | yat sā­dha­ka­ta­maṃ vittau pramāṇaṃ svā­rtha­yo­r iha || 10 || TAŚV-ML 1.10.11e­te­nai­vo­tta­raḥ pakṣaḥ ciṃtitaḥ saṃ­pra­tī­ya­te | tato nā­ce­ta­naṃ kiṃcit pra­mā­ṇa­m iti saṃ­sthi­ta­m || 11 || TAŚV-ML 1.10.12a­rtha­gra­ha­ṇa­yo­gya­tva­m ā­tma­na­ś cet a­nā­tma­ka­m | sa­nni­ka­rṣaḥ pramāṇaṃ naḥ ka­thaṃ­ci­t kena vāryate || 12 || TAŚV-ML 1.10.13ta­thā­pa­ri­ṇa­to hy ātmā pra­mi­ṇo­ti svayaṃ svabhuḥ | yadā tadāpi yujyeta pramāṇaṃ ka­rtṛ­sā­dha­na­m || 13 || TAŚV-ML 1.10.14pramātā bhinna e­vā­tma­pra­mā­ṇā­d yasya darśane | ta­syā­nyā­tmā pramātā syāt kin na bhe­dā­vi­śe­ṣa­taḥ || 14 || TAŚV-ML 1.10.15pramāṇaṃ yatra saṃbaṃddhaṃ sa pra­mā­te­ti cen na kim | kāyaḥ saṃ­ba­ddha­sa­dbhā­vā­t tasya tena ka­thaṃ­ca­na || 15 || TAŚV-ML 1.10.16pra­mā­ṇa­pha­la­saṃ­baṃ­dho pra­mā­tai­te­na dūṣitaḥ | saṃ­yu­kta­sa­ma­vā­ya­sya siddheḥ pra­mi­ti­kā­ya­yoḥ || 16 || TAŚV-ML 1.10.17jñā­nā­tma­ka­pra­mā­ṇe­na pramityā cātmanaḥ paraḥ | sa­ma­vā­yo na yujyeta tā­dā­tmya­pa­ri­ṇā­ma­taḥ || 17 || TAŚV-ML 1.10.18tato nā­tyaṃ­ti­ko bhedaḥ pramātuḥ sva­pra­mā­ṇa­taḥ | svā­saṃ­ni­rṇī­ta­rū­pā­yāḥ pra­mi­te­ś ca pha­lā­tma­naḥ || 18 || TAŚV-ML 1.10.19tathā ca yu­kti­ma­tpro­ktaṃ pramāṇaṃ bhā­va­sā­dha­na­m | sato pi śa­kti­bhe­da­sya pa­ryā­yā­rthā­d a­nā­śra­yā­t || 19 || TAŚV-ML 1.10.20syāt pramātā pramāṇaṃ syāt pramitiḥ sva­pra­me­ya­va­t | e­kāṃ­tā­bhe­da­bhe­dau tu pra­mā­trā­di­ga­tau kva naḥ || 20 || TAŚV-ML 1.10.21e­ka­syā­ne­ka­rū­pa­tve virodho pi na yujyate | me­ca­ka­jñā­na­va­tprā­ya­ściṃ­ti­taṃ cai­ta­daṃ­ja­sā || 21 || TAŚV-ML 1.10.22saṃ­yo­gā­di punar yena sa­nni­ka­rṣo '­bhi­dhī­ya­te | ta­tsā­dha­ka­ta­ma­tva­sya bhāvāt ta­syā­pra­mā­ṇa­tā || 22 || TAŚV-ML 1.10.23sa­tīṃ­dri­yā­rtha­yo­s tāvat saṃ­yo­ge­no­pa­jā­ya­te | svā­rtha­pra­mi­ti­r e­kāṃ­ta­vya­bhi­cā­ra­sya da­rśa­nā­t || 23 || TAŚV-ML 1.10.24kṣi­ti­dra­vye­ṇa saṃyogo na­ya­nā­de­r yathaiva hi | tasya vyo­mā­di­nā­pya­sti na ca ta­jjñā­na­kā­ra­ṇa­m || 24 || TAŚV-ML 1.10.25saṃ­yu­kta­sa­ma­vā­ya­ś ca śabdena saha cakṣuṣaḥ | śa­bda­jñā­na­m a­ku­rvā­ṇo rū­pa­ci­cca­kṣu­r eva kim || 25 || TAŚV-ML 1.10.26saṃ­yu­kta­sa­ma­ve­tā­rtha­sa­ma­vā­yo py a­bhā­va­ya­n | śa­bda­tva­sya na netreṇa buddhiṃ rū­pa­tva­vi­tka­raḥ || 26 || TAŚV-ML 1.10.27śro­tra­syā­dye­na śabdena sa­ma­vā­ya­ś ca ta­dvi­da­m | a­ku­rva­n na tv a­śa­bda­sya jñānaṃ kuryāt kathaṃ tu vaḥ || 27 || TAŚV-ML 1.10.28ta­syai­vā­di­m a­śa­bde­ṣu śa­bda­tve­na samaṃ bhaveta | sa­ma­ve­ta­sa­ma­vā­yaṃ sa­dvi­jñā­na­m a­nā­di­va­t || 28 || TAŚV-ML 1.10.29aṃ­tya­śa­bde­ṣu śabdatve jñānam e­kāṃ­ta­taḥ katham | vi­da­dhī­ta vi­śe­ṣa­syā­bhā­ve yaugasya darśane || 29 || TAŚV-ML 1.10.30ta­thā­ga­ta­sya saṃ­yu­kta­vi­śe­ṣa­ṇa­ta­yā dṛśā | jñā­ne­nā­dhī­ya­mā­ne pi sa­ma­vā­yā­di­vi­t kutaḥ || 30 || TAŚV-ML 1.10.31yogyatāṃ kāṃcid āsādya saṃ­yo­gā­di­r ayaṃ yadi | kṣi­tyā­di­vi­t tad eva syāt tadā naivāstu saṃmatā || 31 || TAŚV-ML 1.10.32svātmā svā­vṛ­ti­vi­cche­da­vi­śe­ṣa­sa­hi­taḥ kvacit | saṃvidaṃ ja­na­ya­nn iṣṭaḥ pra­mā­ṇa­m a­vi­gā­na­taḥ || 32 || TAŚV-ML 1.10.33śa­kti­riṃ­dri­ya­m ity etad a­ne­nai­va ni­rū­pi­taṃ | yo­gya­tā­vya­ti­re­ke­ṇa sarvathā ta­da­saṃ­bha­vā­t || 33 || TAŚV-ML 1.10.34pramāṇaṃ yena sārūpyaṃ kathyate '­dhi­ga­tiḥ phalam | sa­nni­ka­rṣaḥ kutas tasya na pra­mā­ṇa­tva­saṃ­ma­taḥ || 34 || TAŚV-ML 1.10.35sa­nni­ka­rṣe yathā saty apy a­rthā­dhi­ga­ti­śū­nya­tā | sārūpye pi tathā seṣṭā kṣa­ṇa­bhaṃ­gā­di­ṣu svayam || 35 || TAŚV-ML 1.10.36sva­saṃ­vi­da­pra­mā­ṇa­tvaṃ sā­rū­pye­ṇa vinā yadi | kiṃ nā­rtha­ve­da­na­sye­ṣṭaṃ pā­raṃ­pa­rya­sya va­rja­nā­t || 36 || TAŚV-ML 1.10.37sā­rū­pya­ka­lpa­ne tatrāpy a­na­va­stho­di­tā na kim | pramāṇaṃ jñānam evāstu tato nānyad iti sthitam || 37 || TAŚV-ML 1.10.38mi­thyā­jñā­naṃ pramāṇaṃ na samyag ity a­dhi­kā­ra­taḥ | yathā ya­trā­vi­saṃ­vā­da­s tathā tatra pra­mā­ṇa­tā || 38 || TAŚV-ML 1.10.39svārthe ma­ti­śru­ta­jñā­naṃ pramāṇaṃ deśataḥ sthitaṃ | a­va­dhyā­di tu kārtsnyena kevalaṃ sa­rva­va­stu­ṣu || 39 || TAŚV-ML 1.10.40a­nu­pa­plu­ta­dṛ­ṣṭī­nāṃ caṃ­drā­di­pa­ri­ve­da­na­m | ta­tsaṃ­khyā­di­ṣu saṃvādi na pra­tyā­sa­nna­tā­di­ṣu || 40 || TAŚV-ML 1.10.41tathā gra­ho­pa­rā­gā­di­mā­tre śrutam a­vā­dhi­ta­m | nāṃ­gu­li­dvi­ta­yā­dau ta­nmā­na­bhe­de 'nyathā sthite || 41 || TAŚV-ML 1.10.42na­nū­pa­plu­ta­vi­jñā­naṃ pramāṇaṃ kiṃ na deśataḥ | sva­pnā­dā­v iti nāniṣṭaṃ tathaiva pra­ti­bhā­sa­nā­t || 42 || TAŚV-ML 1.10.43pra­mā­ṇa­vya­va­hā­ra­s tu bhūyaḥ saṃ­vā­da­m āśritaḥ | gaṃ­dha­dra­vyā­di­va­dbhū­yo vi­saṃ­vā­daṃ ta­da­nya­thā || 43 || TAŚV-ML 1.10.44yeṣām e­kāṃ­ta­to jñānaṃ pra­mā­ṇa­m i­ta­ra­c ca na | teṣāṃ vi­plu­ta­vi­jñā­na­pra­mā­ṇe­ta­ra­tā kutaḥ || 44 || TAŚV-ML 1.10.45svarūpe sa­rva­vi­jñā­na­pra­mā­ṇa­tve ma­ta­kṣa­tiḥ | ba­hi­rvi­ka­lpa­vi­jñā­na­pra­mā­ṇa­tve pra­māṃ­ta­ra­m || 45 || TAŚV-ML 1.10.46na caikatra pra­mā­ṇa­tvā­pra­mā­ṇa­tve vi­ro­dhi­nī | pra­tya­kṣa­tva­pa­ro­kṣa­tve ya­thai­ka­trā­pi saṃvidi || 46 || TAŚV-ML 1.10.47sva­saṃ­vi­nmā­tra­to­dhya­kṣā yathā buddhis tathā yadi | ve­dyā­kā­ra­vi­ni­rmu­ktā tadā sarvasya buddhatā || 47 || TAŚV-ML 1.10.48tayā yathā pa­ro­kṣa­tvaṃ hṛ­tsaṃ­vi­tte­r ato pi cet | bu­ddhā­de­r api jāyeta jāḍyaṃ mā­na­vi­va­rji­ta­m || 48 || TAŚV-ML 1.10.49yaiva buddheḥ svayaṃ vittir ve­dyā­kā­ra­vi­mu­kta­tā | saivety a­dhya­kṣa­tai­ve­ṣṭā tasyāṃ ki­ma­pa­ro­kṣa­tā || 49 || TAŚV-ML 1.10.50sa­rve­ṣā­m api vijñānaṃ sva­ve­dyā­tma­ni ve­da­ka­m | nā­nya­ve­dyā­tma­nī­ti syād vi­ru­ddhā­kā­ra­m aṃjasā || 50 || TAŚV-ML 1.10.51sva­vyā­pā­ra­sa­mā­sa­kto nya­vyā­pā­ra­ni­ru­tsu­kaḥ | sarvo bhāvaḥ svayaṃ vakti syā­dvā­da­nyā­ya­ni­ṣṭha­tā­m || 51 || TAŚV-ML 1.10.52caṃdre caṃ­dra­tva­vi­jñā­na­m a­nya­tsaṃ­khyā­pra­ve­da­na­m | pra­tyā­sa­nna­tva­vi­c cā­nya­tve­kā­dyā­kā­ra­vi­n na cet || 52 || TAŚV-ML 1.10.53haṃta me­ca­ka­vi­jñā­naṃ tathā sa­rva­jña­tā kutaḥ | pra­si­ddhye­d ī­śva­ra­sye­ti nā­nā­kā­rai­ka­vi­tsthi­tiḥ || 53 || TAŚV-ML 1.10.54eka e­ve­śva­ra­jñā­na­syā­kā­raḥ sa­rva­ve­da­kaḥ | tādṛśo yadi saṃbhāvyaḥ kiṃ brahmaivaṃ na te matam || 54 || TAŚV-ML 1.10.55ta­cce­ta­ne­ta­rā­kā­ra­ka­raṃ­bi­ta­va­puḥ svayam | bhā­vai­ka­m eva sarvasya saṃ­vi­tti­bha­va­naṃ param || 55 || TAŚV-ML 1.10.56yady ekasya vi­ru­ddhye­ta nā­nā­kā­rā­va­bhā­si­tā | tadā nā­nā­rtha­bo­dho pi nai­kā­kā­ro va­ti­ṣṭha­te || 56 || TAŚV-ML 1.10.57nānā jñānāni neśasya ka­lpa­nī­yā­ni dhīmatā | kramāt sa­rva­jña­tā­hā­ne­r anyathā nanu saṃdhitaḥ || 57 || TAŚV-ML 1.10.58tasmād ekam a­ne­kā­tma­vi­ru­ddha­m api tattvataḥ | siddhaṃ vi­jñā­na­m anyac ca va­stu­sā­ma­rthya­taḥ svayam || 58 || TAŚV-ML 1.10.59pra­mā­ṇa­m a­vi­saṃ­vā­di jñānām ity u­pa­va­rṇya­te | kaiścit ta­trā­vi­saṃ­vā­do yady ā­kāṃ­kṣā­ni­va­rta­na­m || 59 || TAŚV-ML 1.10.60tadā sva­pnā­di­vi­jñā­naṃ pra­mā­ṇa­m a­nu­ṣa­jya­te | tataḥ ka­sya­ci­d artheṣu pa­ri­to­ṣa­sya bhāvataḥ || 60 || TAŚV-ML 1.10.61a­rtha­kri­yā sthitiḥ proktā vimuktiḥ sā na ta­tra­ce­t | śā­bdā­dā­v iva tadbhāvo stv a­bhi­prā­ya­ni­ve­da­nā­t || 61 || TAŚV-ML 1.10.62prāmāṇyaṃ vya­va­hā­re­ṇa śāstraṃ mo­ha­ni­va­rta­na­m | tato pa­rya­nu­yo­jyā­ś cet tatraite vya­va­hā­ri­ṇaḥ || 62 || TAŚV-ML 1.10.63aśāstreṇa kriyatāṃ teṣāṃ kathaṃ mo­ha­ni­va­rta­na­m | ta­da­ni­ṣṭau tu śāstrāṇāṃ pra­tī­ti­r vyāhatā na kim || 63a || TAŚV-ML 1.10.63yuktyā yan na gha­ṭā­me­ti dṛṣṭvāpi śraddadhe na tat | iti bruvan pra­mā­ṇa­tvaṃ yuktyā śra­ddhā­tu­m arhati || 63 || TAŚV-ML 1.10.64ta­thā­sa­ti pra­mā­ṇa­sya lakṣaṇaṃ nā­va­ti­ṣṭha­te | pa­ri­ha­rtu­m a­ti­vyā­pte­r a­śa­kya­tvā­t ka­thaṃ­ca­na || 64 || TAŚV-ML 1.10.65kṣa­ṇa­kṣa­yā­di­bo­dhe vi­mu­ktya­bhā­vā­c ca dūṣyate | pratyekṣe pi kim avyāptyā taduktaṃ naiva la­kṣa­ṇa­m || 65 || TAŚV-ML 1.10.66kṣa­ṇi­ke­ṣu vi­bhi­nne­ṣu pa­ra­mā­ṇu­ṣu sarvataḥ | saṃbhavo py a­vi­mo­kṣa­sya na pra­tya­kṣā­nu­mā­na­yoḥ || 66 || TAŚV-ML 1.10.67a­jñā­tā­rtha­pra­kā­śa­ś cel lakṣaṇaṃ pa­ra­mā­rtha­taḥ | gṛ­hī­ta­gra­ha­ṇā­n na syād a­nu­mā­na­sya mānatā || 67 || TAŚV-ML 1.10.68pra­tya­kṣe­ṇa gṛhīte pi kṣa­ṇi­ka­tvā­di­va­stu­ni | sa­mā­ro­pa­vya­va­cche­dā­t prāmāṇyaṃ laiṃ­gi­ka­sya cet || 68 || TAŚV-ML 1.10.69smṛ­tyā­di­ve­da­na­syā­taḥ pra­mā­ṇa­tva­m a­pī­ṣya­tā­m | mā­na­dvai­vi­dhya­vi­dhvaṃ­sa­ni­baṃ­dha­na­m a­bā­dhi­ta­m || 69 || TAŚV-ML 1.10.70mukhyaṃ prā­mā­ṇya­m adhyakṣe '­nu­mā­ne vyā­va­hā­ri­ka­m | iti bruvan na bauddhaḥ syāt pramāṇe la­kṣa­ṇa­dva­ya­m || 70 || TAŚV-ML 1.10.71ta­trā­pū­rvā­rtha­vi­jñā­naṃ niścitaṃ bā­dha­va­rji­ta­m | pra­mā­ṇa­m iti yo py āha so py etena ni­rā­kṛ­taḥ || 71 || TAŚV-ML 1.10.72gṛ­hī­ta­gra­ha­ṇā­bhe­dā­d a­nu­mā­nā­di saṃvidaḥ | pra­tya­bhi­jñā­na­ni­rṇī­ta­ni­tya­śa­bdā­di­va­stu­ṣu || 72 || TAŚV-ML 1.10.73pratyakṣaṃ pra­tya­bhi­jñā ced gra­hī­ta­gra­ha­ṇaṃ bhavet | tato nyac cet tathāpy evaṃ pra­mā­ṇāṃ­ta­ra­tā ca te || 73 || TAŚV-ML 1.10.74pra­tya­kṣe­ṇā­gra­hī­te rthe pra­tya­bhi­jñā pra­va­rta­te | pū­rvo­tta­ra­vi­va­rtai­ka­grā­hā­c cen nā­kṣa­ja­tva­taḥ || 74 || TAŚV-ML 1.10.75pū­rvo­tta­ra­vi­va­rtā­kṣa­jñā­nā­bhyāṃ so pa­ja­nya­te | ta­nmā­tra­m iti cet kve yaṃ ta­dbhi­nnai­ka­tva­ve­di­nī || 75 || TAŚV-ML 1.10.76vi­va­rtā­bhyā­m a­bhe­da­ś ced e­ka­tva­sya ka­thaṃ­ca­na | ta­dgrā­hi­ṇyāḥ kathaṃ na syāt pū­rvā­rtha­tvaṃ smṛter iva || 76 || TAŚV-ML 1.10.77ta­ttvā­rtha­vya­va­sā­yā­tma­jñā­naṃ mānam i­tī­ya­tā | la­kṣa­ṇe­na ga­tā­rtha­tvā­d vyartham anyam a­nya­dvi­śe­ṣa­ṇa­m || 77 || TAŚV-ML 1.10.78gṛ­hī­ta­m a­gṛ­hī­taṃ vā svārthaṃ yadi vya­va­sya­ti | tan na loke na śāstreṣu vi­ja­hā­ti pra­mā­ṇa­tā­m || 78 || TAŚV-ML 1.10.79bā­dha­va­rji­ta­tā­py eṣā nāparā svā­rtha­ni­śca­yā­t | sa ca pra­bā­dhya­te ceti vyā­ghā­tā­n mu­gdha­bhā­ṣi­ta­m || 79 || TAŚV-ML 1.10.80bā­dha­ko­da­ya­taḥ pūrvaṃ vartate svā­rtha­ni­śca­yaḥ | ta­syo­da­ye tu bā­dhye­te­ty etad apy a­vi­cā­ri­ta­m || 80 || TAŚV-ML 1.10.81a­pra­mā­ṇā­d api jñānāt pra­vṛ­tte­r a­nu­ṣaṃ­ga­taḥ | bā­dha­ko­dbhū­ti­taḥ pūrvaṃ pramāṇaṃ viphalaṃ tataḥ || 81 || TAŚV-ML 1.10.82bā­dha­kā­bhā­va­vi­jñā­nā­t pra­mā­ṇa­tva­sya niścaye | pra­vṛ­ttyaṃ­ge tad eva syāt pra­ti­pa­ttuḥ pra­va­rta­ka­m || 82 || TAŚV-ML 1.10.83tasyāpi ca pra­mā­ṇa­tvaṃ bā­dha­kā­bhā­va­ve­da­nā­t | pa­ra­smā­d ity a­va­sthā­naṃ ka nāmaivaṃ la­bhe­ma­hi || 83 || TAŚV-ML 1.10.84bā­dha­kā­bhā­va­bo­dha­sya svā­rtha­ni­rṇī­ti­r eva cet | bā­dha­kāṃ­ta­ra­śū­nya­tva­ni­rṇī­tiḥ prathame tra sā || 84 || TAŚV-ML 1.10.85saṃ­pra­tya­yo yathā yatra tathā tatrāstv i­tī­ra­ṇe | bā­dha­kā­bhā­va­vi­jñā­na­pa­ri­tyā­gaḥ sa­mā­ga­taḥ || 85 || TAŚV-ML 1.10.86yac cā­rtha­ve­da­ne bā­dhā­bhā­va­jñā­naṃ tad eva naḥ | syād a­rtha­sā­dha­naṃ bā­dha­sa­dbhā­va­jñā­na­m anyathā || 86 || TAŚV-ML 1.10.87tatra de­śāṃ­ta­ra­dī­ni vāpekṣya yadi jāyate | tadā su­ni­ści­taṃ bā­dhā­bhā­va­jñā­naṃ na cānyathā || 87 || TAŚV-ML 1.10.88a­du­ṣṭa­kā­ra­ṇā­ra­bdha­m ity etac ca vi­śe­ṣa­ṇa­m | pra­mā­ṇa­sya na sāphalyaṃ pra­yā­tya­vya­bhi­cā­ra­taḥ || 88 || TAŚV-ML 1.10.89du­ṣṭa­kā­ra­ṇa­ja­nya­sya svā­rtha­ni­rṇī­tya­saṃ­bha­vā­t | sarvasya ve­da­na­syo­tthaṃ tata e­vā­nu­mā­na­taḥ || 89 || TAŚV-ML 1.10.90svā­rtha­ni­ścā­ya­ka­tve­nā­du­ṣṭa­kā­ra­ṇa­ja­nya­tā | tathā ca tattvam ity e­ta­tpa­ra­spa­ra­sa­mā­śri­ta­m || 90 || TAŚV-ML 1.10.91yadi kā­ra­ṇa­do­ṣa­syā­bhā­va­jñā­naṃ ca gamyate | jñā­na­syā­du­ṣṭa­he­tū­tthā tadā syād a­na­va­sthi­tiḥ || 91 || TAŚV-ML 1.10.92he­tu­do­ṣa­vi­hī­na­tva­jñā­na­syā­pi pra­mā­ṇa­tā | sva­he­tu­do­ṣa­śū­nya­tva­jñā­nā­t tasyāpi sā tataḥ || 92 || TAŚV-ML 1.10.93gatvā su­dū­ra­m ekasya ta­da­bhā­ve pi mānatā | yadīṣṭā tadvad eva syād ā­dya­jñā­na­sya sā na kim || 93 || TAŚV-ML 1.10.94svataḥ sa­rva­pra­mā­ṇā­nāṃ prā­mā­ṇya­m iti kecana | yataḥ svato 'satī śaktiḥ kartuṃ nānyena śakyate || 94 || TAŚV-ML 1.10.95teṣāṃ svato pra­mā­ṇa­tva­m a­jñā­nā­nāṃ bhaven na kim | tata eva vi­śe­ṣa­syā­bhā­vā­t sarvatra sarvathā || 95 || TAŚV-ML 1.10.96ya­thā­rtha­bo­dha­ka­tve­na pra­mā­ṇa­tvaṃ vya­va­sthi­ta­m | a­rthā­nya­thā­tva­he­tū­ttha­do­ṣa­jñā­nā­d a­po­hya­te || 96 || TAŚV-ML 1.10.97tathā mi­thyā­va­bhā­si­tvā­d a­pra­mā­ṇa­tva­m āditaḥ | a­rtha­yā­thā­tmya­he­tū­ttha­gu­ṇa­jñā­nā­d a­po­hya­te || 97 || TAŚV-ML 1.10.98yady a­thā­rthā­nya­thā­bhā­vā­bhā­va­jñā­naṃ ni­ga­dya­te | a­rtha­yā­thā­tmya­vi­jñā­na­m a­pra­mā­ṇa­tva­bā­dha­ka­m || 98 || TAŚV-ML 1.10.99ta­thai­vā­stv a­rtha­yā­thā­tmyā­bhā­va­jñā­naṃ svataḥ satām | a­rthā­nya­thā­tva­vi­jñā­naṃ pra­mā­ṇa­tvā­pa­vā­da­ka­m || 99 || TAŚV-ML 1.10.100vi­jñā­na­kā­re­ṇa do­ṣā­bhā­vaḥ pra­jñā­ya­te guṇaḥ | yathā tathā gu­ṇā­bhā­vo doṣaḥ kiṃ nātra manyate || 100 || TAŚV-ML 1.10.101yathā ca jā­ta­mā­tra­syā­du­ṣṭā ne­trā­da­yaḥ svataḥ | jā­tyaṃ­dhā­de­s tathā duṣṭāḥ śiṣṭais te kiṃ na lakṣitāḥ || 101 || TAŚV-ML 1.10.102dhū­mā­da­yo ya­thā­gnyā­dī­n vinā na syuḥ sva­bhā­va­taḥ | dhū­mā­bhā­sā­da­ya­s tadvat tair vinā saṃty a­bā­dhi­tāḥ || 102 || TAŚV-ML 1.10.103yathā śabdāḥ svatas ta­ttva­pra­tyā­ya­na­pa­rā­s tathā | śa­bdā­bhā­sā­s tathā mi­thyā­pa­dā­rtha­pra­ti­pā­da­kāḥ || 103 || TAŚV-ML 1.10.104duṣṭe vaktari śabdasya doṣas tat saṃ­pra­tī­ya­te | guṇo gu­ṇa­va­tī­ti syād va­ktra­dhī­na­m idaṃ dvayam || 104 || TAŚV-ML 1.10.105yathā va­ktṛ­gu­ṇai­r doṣaḥ śabdānāṃ vi­ni­va­rtya­te | tathā guṇo pi ta­ddo­ṣai­r iti spṛṣṭam a­bhī­kṣya­te || 105 || TAŚV-ML 1.10.106yathā ca va­kra­bhā­ve­na na syur doṣās ta­dā­śra­yāḥ | tadvad eva guṇā na syur me­gha­dhvā­nā­di­va­ddhru­va­m || 106 || TAŚV-ML 1.10.107tataś ca co­da­nā­bu­ddhi­r na pramāṇaṃ na vā pramā | ā­ptā­nā­pto­pa­de­śo­ttha­bu­ddhe­s ta­ttva­pra­si­ddhi­taḥ || 107 || TAŚV-ML 1.10.108evaṃ sa­ma­tva­saṃ­si­ddhau pra­mā­ṇa­tve­ta­ra­tva­yoḥ | svata eva dvayaṃ siddhaṃ sa­rva­jñā­ne­ṣv i­tī­ta­re || 108 || TAŚV-ML 1.10.109ta­nnā­na­bhyā­sa­kā­le pi tathā bhā­vā­nu­ṣaṃ­ga­taḥ | na ca pra­tī­ya­te tādṛk pa­ra­ta­s ta­ttva­ni­rṇa­yā­t || 109 || TAŚV-ML 1.10.110dvayaṃ parata eveti kecit tad api sā­ku­la­m | sva­bhya­sta­vi­ṣa­ye tasya pa­rā­pe­kṣā­na­bhī­kṣa­ṇā­t || 110 || TAŚV-ML 1.10.111tatra pra­vṛ­tti­sā­ma­rthyā­t pra­mā­ṇa­tvaṃ pra­tī­ya­te | pra­mā­ṇa­syā­rtha­va­ttvaṃ cen nā­na­va­sthā­nu­ṣaṃ­ga­taḥ || 111 || TAŚV-ML 1.10.112pra­mā­ṇe­na pratīte rthe yat tad de­śo­pa­sa­rpa­ṇa­m | sā pravṛttiḥ pha­la­syā­pti­s tasyāḥ sā­ma­rthya­m iṣyate || 112 || TAŚV-ML 1.10.113pra­sū­ti­r vā sa­jā­tī­ya­vi­jñā­na­sya yadā tadā | pha­la­prā­pti­r api jñātā sāmarthyaṃ nānyathā sthitiḥ || 113 || TAŚV-ML 1.10.114ta­dvi­jñā­na­sya cā­nya­smā­t pra­vṛ­tti­ba­la­to yadi | ta­dā­na­va­sthi­ti­s tāvat kenātra pra­ti­ha­nya­te || 114 || TAŚV-ML 1.10.115svatas ta­dba­la­to jñānaṃ pramāṇaṃ cet tathā na kim | prathamaṃ kathyate jñānaṃ pradveṣo ni­rni­baṃ­dha­na­m || 115 || TAŚV-ML 1.10.116e­te­nai­va sa­jā­tī­ya­jñā­no­tpa­ttau ni­ve­di­tā | a­na­va­sthā­nya­ta­s tasya pra­mā­ṇa­tva­vya­va­sthi­teḥ || 116 || TAŚV-ML 1.10.117na ca sā­ma­rthya­vi­jñā­ne prā­mā­ṇyā­na­va­dhā­ra­ṇe | ta­nni­baṃ­dha­na­m ādyasya jñā­na­syai­ta­t pra­si­ddhya­ti || 117 || TAŚV-ML 1.10.118jñā­ta­prā­mā­ṇya­to mānāt pravṛttau kena vāryate | pa­ra­spa­rā­śra­yo doṣo vṛ­tti­prā­mā­ṇya­saṃ­vi­doḥ || 118 || TAŚV-ML 1.10.119a­vi­jñā­ta­pra­mā­ṇa­tvā­t pra­vṛ­tti­ś cedvṛthā bhavet | prā­mā­ṇya­ve­da­naṃ vṛtteḥ kṣaure na­kṣa­tra­pṛ­ṣṭi­va­t || 119 || TAŚV-ML 1.10.120a­rtha­saṃ­śa­ya­to vṛttir a­ne­nai­va ni­vā­ri­tā | a­na­rtha­saṃ­śa­yā­d vāpi ni­vṛ­tti­r vi­du­ṣā­m iva || 120 || TAŚV-ML 1.10.121pa­ra­lo­ka­pra­si­ddhya­rtha­m a­nu­ṣṭhā­naṃ pra­mā­ṇa­taḥ | siddhaṃ tasya ba­hu­kle­śa­vi­tta­tyā­gā­tma­ka­tva­taḥ || 121 || TAŚV-ML 1.10.122iti bruvan ma­hā­yā­trā­vi­vā­hā­di­ṣu va­rta­na­m | saṃ­de­hā­d a­bhi­ma­nye­na jāḍyād eva ma­hā­ta­mā­t || 122 || TAŚV-ML 1.10.123tasmāt pre­kṣā­va­tāṃ yuktā pra­mā­ṇā­d eva ni­ści­tā­t | sa­rva­pra­vṛ­tti­r anyeṣāṃ saṃ­śa­yā­de­r api kvacit || 123 || TAŚV-ML 1.10.124pre­kṣā­va­tā punar jñeyā ka­dā­ci­t ka­sya­ci­t kvacit | a­pre­kṣa­kā­ri­tā­py evam a­nya­trā­śe­ṣa­ve­di­naḥ || 124 || TAŚV-ML 1.10.125ta­trā­bhyā­sā­t pra­mā­ṇa­tvaṃ niścitaḥ svata eva naḥ | a­na­bhyā­se tu parata ity āhuḥ kecid aṃjasā || 125 || TAŚV-ML 1.10.126tac ca syā­dvā­di­nā­m eva svā­rtha­ni­śca­ya­nā­t sthitam | na tu sva­ni­śca­yo­nmu­kta­niḥ­śe­ṣa­jñā­na­vā­di­nā­m || 126 || TAŚV-ML 1.10.127svataḥ pra­mā­ṇa­tā yasya tasyaiva parataḥ katham | ta­dai­vai­ka­tra naivātaḥ syādvādo sti vi­ro­dha­taḥ || 127 || TAŚV-ML 1.10.128nai­ta­tsā­dhu pra­mā­ṇa­syā­ne­ka­rū­pa­tva­ni­śca­yā­t | pra­me­ya­sya ca ni­rbhā­ga­ta­ttva­vā­da­s tu bādhyate || 128 || TAŚV-ML 1.10.129tatra yat parato jñānam a­na­bhyā­se pra­mā­ṇa­tā­m | yāti svataḥ svarūpe tat tām iti kvai­ka­rū­pa­tā || 129 || TAŚV-ML 1.10.130svā­rtha­yo­r api yasya syād a­na­bhyā­sā­t pra­mā­ṇa­tā | pra­ti­kṣa­ṇa­vi­va­rtā­dau tasyāpi parato na kim || 130 || TAŚV-ML 1.10.131syādvādo na viruddho taḥ syāt pra­mā­ṇa­pra­me­ya­yoḥ | sva­dra­vyā­di­va­śā­d vāpi tasya sarvatra niścayaḥ || 131 || TAŚV-ML 1.10.132nanv asiddhaṃ pramāṇaṃ kiṃ sva­rū­pe­ṇa ni­rū­pya­te | śa­śa­śṛṃ­ga­va­d ity eke tad apy u­nma­tta­bhā­ṣi­ta­m || 132 || TAŚV-ML 1.10.133sve­ṣṭā­ni­ṣṭā­rtha­yo­r jñātur vi­dhā­na­pra­ti­ṣe­dha­yoḥ | siddhiḥ pra­mā­ṇa­saṃ­si­ddhya­bhā­ve sti na hi ka­sya­ci­t || 133 || TAŚV-ML 1.10.134nanu pra­mā­ṇa­saṃ­si­ddhiḥ pra­mā­ṇāṃ­ta­ra­to yadi | ta­dā­na­va­sthi­ti­r no cet pra­mā­ṇā­nve­ṣa­ṇaṃ vṛthā || 134 || TAŚV-ML 1.10.135ā­dya­pra­mā­ṇa­taḥ syāc cet pra­mā­ṇāṃ­ta­ra­sā­dha­na­m | tataś cā­dya­pra­mā­ṇa­sya siddher a­nyo­nya­saṃ­śra­yaḥ || 135 || TAŚV-ML 1.10.136pra­si­ddhe­nā­pra­si­ddha­sya vi­dhā­na­m iti no­tta­ra­m | pra­si­ddha­syā­vya­va­sthā­nā­t pra­mā­ṇa­vi­ra­he kvacit || 136 || TAŚV-ML 1.10.137pa­rā­nu­ro­dha­mā­tre­ṇa prasiddho rtho ya­dī­ṣya­te | pra­mā­ṇa­sā­dha­na­s ta­dva­tpra­mā­ṇaṃ kiṃ na sā­dha­na­m || 137 || TAŚV-ML 1.10.138pa­rā­bhyu­pa­ga­maḥ kena si­ddhya­tī­ty api ca dvayoḥ | samaḥ pa­rya­nu­yo­gaḥ syāt sa­mā­dhā­naṃ ca nā­dhi­ka­m || 138 || TAŚV-ML 1.10.139ta­tpra­mā­ṇa­pra­me­yā­di­vya­va­hā­raḥ pra­va­rta­te | sa­rva­syā­py a­vi­cā­re­ṇa sva­pnā­di­va­d i­tī­ta­re || 139 || TAŚV-ML 1.10.140teṣāṃ saṃ­vi­tti­mā­traṃ syād anyad vā tattvam aṃjasā | siddhaṃ svato yathā ta­dva­tpra­mā­ṇa­m apare viduḥ || 140 || TAŚV-ML 1.10.141yathā svā­taṃ­trya­m a­bhya­sta­vi­ṣa­ye 'sya pra­tī­ya­te | pra­me­ya­sya tathā neti na pra­mā­nve­ṣa­ṇaṃ vṛthā || 141 || TAŚV-ML 1.10.142parato pi pra­mā­ṇa­tve­na­bhya­sta­vi­ṣa­ye kvacit | nā­nā­va­sthā­nu­ṣa­jye­ta tata eva vya­va­sthi­teḥ || 142 || TAŚV-ML 1.10.143dṛ­ṣṭā­dṛ­ṣṭa­ni­mi­ttā­nāṃ vai­ci­tryā­d iha de­hi­nā­m | jāyate kvacid abhyāso '­na­bhyā­so vā ka­thaṃ­ca­na || 143 || TAŚV-ML 1.10.144ta­tpra­si­ddhe­na mānena svato siddhasya sā­dha­na­m | pra­me­ya­sya yathā ta­dva­tpra­mā­ṇa­sye­ti dhīdhanāḥ || 144 || TAŚV-ML 1.10.145evaṃ vi­cā­ra­to mā­na­sva­rū­pe tu vya­va­sthi­te | ta­tsaṃ­khyā­na­pra­si­ddhya­rthaṃ sūtre dvitvasya sū­ca­nā­t || 145 || TAŚV-ML 1.10.146pra­mā­ṇa­m ekam eveti kecit tāvat ku­dṛ­ṣṭa­yaḥ | pra­tya­kṣa­mu­khya­m a­nya­smā­d a­rtha­ni­rṇī­tya­saṃ­bha­vā­t || 146 || TAŚV-ML 1.10.147teṣāṃ tatkiṃ svataḥ siddhaṃ pra­tya­kṣāṃ­ta­ra­yo pi vā | svasya sarvasya cety etad bhavet pa­rya­nu­yo­ja­na­m || 147 || TAŚV-ML 1.10.148svasyaiva cet svataḥ siddhaṃ naṣṭaṃ gu­rvā­di­kī­rta­na­m | ta­da­vya­kta­pra­mā­ṇa­tva­si­ddhya­bhā­vā­t ka­thaṃ­ca­na || 148 || TAŚV-ML 1.10.149pra­tya­kṣāṃ­ta­ra­to vā­pya­si­ddhau syād a­na­va­sthi­tiḥ | kvacit svato 'nyato veti syā­dvā­dā­śra­ya­ṇaṃ param || 149 || TAŚV-ML 1.10.150sa­rva­syā­pi svato dhya­kṣa­pra­mā­ṇa­m iti cen matiḥ | ke­nā­va­ga­mya­tā­m e­ta­da­dhya­kṣā­d yo­gi­vi­dvi­ṣā­m || 150 || TAŚV-ML 1.10.151pra­mā­ṇāṃ­ta­ra­to jñāne nai­ka­mā­na­vya­va­sthi­tiḥ | a­pra­mā­ṇā­d gatāv eva pratyakṣaṃ kimu poṣyate || 151 || TAŚV-ML 1.10.152pra­tya­kṣa­m a­nu­mā­naṃ ca pramāṇe iti kecana | teṣām api kuto vyāptiḥ siddhyen mā­nāṃ­ta­rā­d vinā || 152 || TAŚV-ML 1.10.153pra­tya­kṣā­nu­pa­laṃ­bhā­bhyāṃ na tāvat ta­tpra­sā­dha­na­m | tayoḥ sa­nni­hi­tā­rtha­tvā­t tri­kā­lā­go­ca­ra­tva­taḥ || 153 || TAŚV-ML 1.10.154kā­ra­ṇā­nu­pa­laṃ­bhā­c cet kā­rya­kā­ra­ṇa­tā­nu­mā | vyā­pa­kā­nu­pa­laṃ­bhā­c ca vyā­pya­vyā­pa­ka­tā­nu­mā || 154 || TAŚV-ML 1.10.155ta­dvyā­pti­si­ddhi­r apy a­nyā­nu­mā­nā­d iti na sthitiḥ | pa­ra­spa­ra­m api vyā­pti­si­ddhā­v a­nyo­nya­m āśrayaḥ || 155 || TAŚV-ML 1.10.156yo­gi­pra­tya­kṣa­to vyā­pti­si­ddhi­r ity api du­rgha­ṭa­m | sa­rva­trā­nu­mi­ti­jñā­nā­bhā­vā­t sa­ka­la­yo­gi­naḥ || 156 || TAŚV-ML 1.10.157pa­rā­rthā­nu­mi­tau tasya vyāpāro pi na yujyate | a­yo­gi­naḥ svayaṃ vyāptim a­jā­nā­naḥ janān prati || 157 || TAŚV-ML 1.10.158yogino pi prati vyarthaḥ sva­svā­rthā­nu­mi­tā­v iva | sa­mā­ro­pa­vi­śe­ṣa­syā­bhā­vā­t sarvatra yo­gi­nā­m || 158 || TAŚV-ML 1.10.159e­te­nai­va ha­tā­de­śa­yo­gi­pra­tya­kṣa­to gatiḥ | saṃ­baṃ­dha­syā­sphu­ṭaṃ dṛṣṭety a­nu­mā­naṃ ni­ra­rtha­ka­m || 159 || TAŚV-ML 1.10.160ta­syā­vi­śa­da­rū­pa­tve pra­tya­kṣa­tvaṃ vi­ru­dhya­te | pra­mā­ṇāṃ­ta­ra­tā­yāṃ tu dve pramāṇe na tiṣṭhataḥ || 160 || TAŚV-ML 1.10.161na cā­pra­mā­ṇa­to jñānād yukto vyā­pti­vi­ni­śca­yaḥ | pra­tya­kṣā­di­pra­me­ya­syā­py evaṃ ni­rṇī­ta­saṃ­ga­taḥ || 161 || TAŚV-ML 1.10.162pratyakṣaṃ mānasaṃ yeṣāṃ saṃbaṃdhaṃ liṃ­ga­liṃ­gi­noḥ | vyāptyā jānāti te py arthe tīṃdriye kimu kurvate || 162 || TAŚV-ML 1.10.163ya­trā­kṣā­ṇi pra­va­rtaṃ­te mānasaṃ tatra vartate | no nya­trā­kṣā­di­vai­dhu­rya­pra­saṃ­gā­t sa­rva­de­hi­nā­m || 163 || TAŚV-ML 1.10.164saṃbaṃdho tīṃ­dri­yā­rthe­ṣu ni­ścī­ye­tā­nu­mā­na­taḥ | ta­dvyā­pti­ś cā­nu­mā­ne­nā­nye­na yāvat pra­va­rta­te || 164 || TAŚV-ML 1.10.165pra­tya­kṣa­ni­ści­ta­vyā­pti­r a­nu­mā­no na­va­sthi­tiḥ | ni­va­rtya­te ta­thā­nyo­nya­saṃ­śra­ya­śce­ti kecana || 165 || TAŚV-ML 1.10.166teṣāṃ ta­nmā­na­saṃ jñānaṃ spaṣṭaṃ na pra­ti­bhā­sa­te | aspaṣṭaṃ ca kathaṃ nāma pra­tya­kṣa­m a­nu­mā­na­va­t || 166 || TAŚV-ML 1.10.167tarkaś caivaṃ pramāṇaṃ syāt smṛ­ti­saṃ­jñā ca kiṃ na vaḥ | mā­na­sa­tvā­vi­saṃ­vā­dā­vi­śe­ṣā­n nā­nu­mā­n yathā || 167 || TAŚV-ML 1.10.168ta­rkā­de­r mānase dhyakṣe yadi liṃ­gā­na­pe­kṣi­ṇaḥ | syād aṃ­ta­rbha­va­naṃ siddhis tato dhya­kṣā­nu­mā­na­yoḥ || 168 || TAŚV-ML 1.10.169tadā mateḥ pra­mā­ṇa­tvaṃ nā­māṃ­ta­ra­vṛ­tto stu naḥ | tadvad e­vā­vi­saṃ­vā­dā­c chru­ta­sye­ti pra­mā­tra­ya­m || 169 || TAŚV-ML 1.10.170nā­kṣa­liṃ­ga­vi­bhi­nnā­yāḥ sāmagryā va­ca­nā­tma­naḥ | sa­mu­dbhū­ta­sya bodhasya mā­nāṃ­ta­ra­ta­yā sthiteḥ || 170 || TAŚV-ML 1.10.171ya­treṃ­dri­ya­ma­no­dhya­kṣaṃ yo­gi­pra­tya­kṣa­m eva vā | laiṃgikaṃ vā śrutaṃ tatra vṛtter mā­nāṃ­ta­raṃ bhavet || 171 || TAŚV-ML 1.10.172pra­tya­kṣā­d a­nu­mā­na­sya mā bhūt tarhi vi­bhi­nna­tā | tadarthe va­rta­mā­na­tvā­t sā­ma­grī­bhi­tsa­mā śrutiḥ || 172 || TAŚV-ML 1.10.173śa­bda­liṃ­gā­kṣa­sā­ma­grī­bhe­dā­d yeṣāṃ pramātr ayaṃ | teṣām a­śa­bda­liṃ­gā­kṣa­ja­nma­jñā­naṃ pra­māṃ­ta­ra­m || 173 || TAŚV-ML 1.10.174yo­gi­pra­tya­kṣa­m apy a­kṣa­sā­ma­grī­ja­ni­taṃ na hi | sa­rvā­rthā­go­ca­ra­tva­sya pra­saṃ­gā­d a­sma­dā­di­va­t || 174 || TAŚV-ML 1.10.175pratyakṣaṃ viśadaṃ jñānaṃ yo­gī­ta­ra­ja­ne­ṣu cet | sma­ra­ṇā­de­r a­vai­śa­dyā­d a­pra­tya­kṣa­tva­m ā­ga­ta­m || 175 || TAŚV-ML 1.10.176liṃ­ga­śa­bdā­na­pe­kṣa­tvā­d a­nu­mā­ga­ma­tā ca na | saṃ­vā­dā­n nā­pra­mā­ṇa­tva­m iti saṃkhyā pra­ti­ṣṭhi­tā || 176 || TAŚV-ML 1.10.177e­te­nai­va ca­tuḥ­paṃ­ca­ṣa­ṭpra­mā­ṇā­bhi­dhā­yi­nāṃ | sve­ṣṭa­saṃ­khyā­kṣa­ti­r jñeyā smṛ­tyā­de­s ta­dvi­bhe­da­taḥ || 177 || TAŚV-ML 1.10.178ta­dva­kṣya­mā­ṇa­kā­n sū­tra­dva­ya­sā­ma­rthya­taḥ sthitaḥ | dvi­tva­saṃ­khyā­vi­śe­ṣo trā­ka­laṃ­kai­r a­bhya­dhā­yi yaḥ || 178 || TAŚV-ML 1.10.179pratyakṣaṃ viśadaṃ jñānaṃ tridhā śrutam a­vi­ṣṇu­ta­m | parokṣaṃ pra­tya­bhi­jñā­dī pramāṇe iti saṃgrahaḥ || 179 || TAŚV-ML 1.10.180tridhā pra­tya­kṣa­m ity e­ta­tsū­tra­vyā­ha­ta­m īkṣyate | pra­tya­kṣā­tīṃ­dri­ya­tva­sya ni­ya­mā­d ity a­pe­śa­la­m || 180 || TAŚV-ML 1.10.181a­tya­kṣa­sya sva­saṃ­vi­ttiḥ pra­tya­kṣa­syā­vi­ro­dha­taḥ | vai­śa­dyāṃ­śa­sya sa­dbhā­vā­t vya­va­hā­ra­pra­si­ddhi­taḥ || 181 || TAŚV-ML 1.10.182pra­tya­kṣa­m ekam evoktaṃ mukhyaṃ pū­rṇe­ta­rā­tma­ka­m | akṣam ā­tmā­na­m āśritya va­rta­mā­na­m a­tīṃ­dri­ya­m || 182 || TAŚV-ML 1.10.183pa­rā­pta­ha­ta­yā­khyā­taṃ parokṣaṃ tu ma­ti­śru­ta­m | śa­bdā­rtha­śra­ya­ṇā­d evaṃ na doṣaḥ kaścid īkṣyate || 183 ||

TA-ML 1.11 ādye pa­ro­kṣa­m || 11 ||

TAŚV-ML 1.11.1ādye pa­ro­kṣa­m ity āha sū­tra­pā­ṭha­kra­mā­d iha | jñe­yā­dya­tā matir mukhyā śrutasya gu­ṇa­bhā­va­taḥ || 1 || TAŚV-ML 1.11.2buddhau ti­rya­ga­va­sthā­nā­n mukhyaṃ vā­dya­tva­m etayoḥ | a­va­dhyā­di­tra­yā­pe­kṣaṃ ka­thaṃ­ci­n na vi­ru­dhya­te || 2 || TAŚV-ML 1.11.3pa­ro­kṣa­m iti nirdeśo jñānam ity a­nu­va­rta­nā­t | tato ma­ti­śru­te jñānaṃ pa­ro­kṣa­m iti nirṇayaḥ || 3 || TAŚV-ML 1.11.4dvayor ekena nāyuktā sa­mā­nā­śra­ya­tā yathā | godau grāma iti prāyaḥ pra­yo­ga­syo­pa­la­kṣa­ṇā­t || 4 || TAŚV-ML 1.11.5pramāṇe iti vā dvitve pra­ti­jñā­te pra­mā­ṇa­yoḥ | pra­mā­ṇa­m iti varteta pa­ro­kṣa­m iti saṃgatau || 5 || TAŚV-ML 1.11.6jñā­nā­nu­va­rta­nā­t tatra nā­jñā­na­sya pa­ro­kṣa­tā | pra­mā­ṇa­syā­nu­vṛ­tte­r na pa­ro­kṣa­syā­pra­mā­ṇa­tā || 6 || TAŚV-ML 1.11.7akṣebhyo hi pa­rā­vṛ­ttaṃ parokṣaṃ śrutam iṣyate | yathā tathā smṛtiḥ saṃjñā ciṃtā cā­bhi­ni­bo­dhi­ka­m || 7 || TAŚV-ML 1.11.8a­va­gra­hā­di­vi­jñā­na­m akṣād ātmā vi­dhā­na­taḥ | pa­rā­vṛ­tta­ta­yā­mnā­taṃ pra­tya­kṣa­m api deśataḥ || 8 || TAŚV-ML 1.11.9aspaṣṭaṃ vedanaṃ kecid a­rthā­nā­laṃ­ba­naṃ viduḥ | ma­no­rā­jyā­di vijñānaṃ ya­thai­ve­ty eva du­rgha­ṭa­m || 9 || TAŚV-ML 1.11.10spa­ṣṭa­syā­py a­va­bo­dha­sya ni­rā­laṃ­ba­na­tā­pti­taḥ | yathā caṃ­dra­dva­ya­jñā­na­sye­ti kvārthasya niṣṭhitaḥ || 10 || TAŚV-ML 1.11.11a­nā­laṃ­ba­na­tā vyāptir na spa­ṣṭa­tva­sya te yathā | a­spa­ṣṭa­tva­sya tadviddhi laiṃ­gi­ka­syā­rtha­va­ttva­taḥ || 11 || TAŚV-ML 1.11.12ta­syā­na­rthā­śra­ya­tve rthe syāt pra­va­rta­ka­tā kutaḥ | saṃ­baṃ­dhā­c cen na tasyāpi tathātve nu­pa­pa­tti­taḥ || 12 || TAŚV-ML 1.11.13liṃ­ga­liṃ­gi­dhi­yo­r evaṃ pā­raṃ­pa­rye­ṇa vastuni | pra­ti­baṃ­dhā­t ta­dā­bhā­sa­śū­nya­yo­r apy a­vaṃ­ca­na­m || 13 || TAŚV-ML 1.11.14ma­ṇi­pra­bhā­ma­ṇi­jñā­ne pra­mā­ṇa­tva­pra­saṃ­ga­taḥ | pā­raṃ­pa­ryā­n maṇau tasya pra­ti­baṃ­dhā­vi­śe­ṣa­taḥ || 14 || TAŚV-ML 1.11.15tac cā­nu­mā­na­m iṣṭaṃ cen na dṛṣṭāṃtaḥ pra­si­ddhya­ti | pra­mā­ṇa­tva­vya­va­sthā­ne nu­mā­na­syā­rtha­la­bdhi­taḥ || 15 || TAŚV-ML 1.11.16ma­ṇi­pra­dī­pa­pra­bha­yo­r ma­ṇi­bu­ddhyā­bhi­dhā­va­taḥ | mi­thyā­jñā­na­vi­śe­ṣe pi viśeṣo rthakriyāṃ prati || 16 || TAŚV-ML 1.11.17yathā tathā ya­thā­rtha­tve py a­nu­mā­naṃ ta­do­bha­yoḥ | nā­rtha­kri­yā­nu­ro­dhe­na pra­mā­ṇa­tvaṃ vya­va­sthi­ta­m || 17 || TAŚV-ML 1.11.18dṛṣṭaṃ yad eva ta­tprā­pta­m ity e­ka­tvā­vi­ro­dha­taḥ | pratyakṣaṃ ka­sya­ci­t tac cen na syād dhāṃtaṃ vi­ro­dha­taḥ || 18 || TAŚV-ML 1.11.19a­pra­mā­ṇa­tva­pa­kṣe pi tasya dṛ­ṣṭāṃ­ta­tā kṣatiḥ | pra­mā­ṇāṃ­ta­ra­tā­yāṃ tu saṃkhyā na vya­va­ti­ṣṭha­te || 19 || TAŚV-ML 1.11.20tataḥ sā­laṃ­ba­naṃ siddham a­nu­mā­naṃ pra­mā­tva­taḥ | pra­tya­kṣa­va­dvi­pa­ryā­so vānyathā syād du­rā­tma­nā­m || 20 || TAŚV-ML 1.11.21a­rtha­syā­saṃ­bha­ve bhāvāt pratyakṣe pi pra­mā­ṇa­tā­m | ta­da­vyā­ptaṃ pra­mā­ṇa­tva­m a­rtha­va­ttve­na ma­nya­tā­m || 21 || TAŚV-ML 1.11.22prā­pyā­rthā­pe­kṣa­ye­ṣṭaṃ cet ta­thā­dhya­kṣe pi te stu tat | tathā vā­dhya­kṣa­m apy a­rthā­nā­laṃ­ba­na­m u­pa­sthi­ta­m || 22 || TAŚV-ML 1.11.23a­nu­mā­na­m avastv eva sā­mā­nya­m a­va­laṃ­ba­te | prā­pa­ya­ty artham ity etat sa­ce­tā­nā­pya mokṣate || 23 || TAŚV-ML 1.11.24tasmād vastv eva sā­mā­nya­vi­śe­ṣā­tma­ka­m aṃjasā | vi­ṣa­yī­ku­ru­te dhyakṣaṃ yathā tadvac ca laiṃ­gi­ka­m || 24 || TAŚV-ML 1.11.25smṛ­tyā­di­śru­ta­pa­ryaṃ­ta­m a­spa­ṣṭa­m api tattvataḥ | svā­rthā­laṃ­ba­na­m ity a­rtha­śū­nyaṃ ta­nni­bha­m eva naḥ || 25 ||

TA-ML 1.12 pra­tya­kṣa­m anyat || 12 ||

TAŚV-ML 1.12.1mi­pra­tya­kṣa­m anyad ity āha pa­ro­kṣā­d u­di­tā­t paraṃ | a­va­dhyā­di­tra­yaṃ jñānaṃ pramāṇaṃ cā­nu­vṛ­tti­taḥ || 1 || TAŚV-ML 1.12.2jñā­na­gra­ha­ṇa­saṃ­baṃ­dhā­t ke­va­lā­va­dhi­da­rśa­ne | vyu­da­sye­te pra­mā­ṇā­bhi­saṃ­baṃ­dhā­d a­pra­mā­ṇa­tā || 2 || TAŚV-ML 1.12.3samyag ity a­dhi­kā­rā­c ca vi­bhaṃ­ga­jñā­na­va­rja­naṃ | pra­tya­kṣa­m iti śabdāc ca pa­rā­pe­kṣā­n ni­va­rta­na­m || 3 || TAŚV-ML 1.12.4pra­tya­kṣa­la­kṣa­ṇaṃ prāhuḥ spaṣṭaṃ sā­kā­ra­m aṃjasā | dra­vya­pa­ryā­ya­sā­mā­nya­vi­śe­ṣā­rthā­tma­ve­da­na­m || 4 || TAŚV-ML 1.12.5sū­tra­kā­rā iti jñeyam ā­ka­laṃ­kā­va­bo­dha­ne | pra­dhā­na­gu­ṇa­bhā­ve­na la­kṣa­ṇa­syā­bhi­dhā­na­taḥ || 5 || TAŚV-ML 1.12.6lakṣaṇaṃ samam e­tā­vā­n viśeṣo '­śe­ṣa­go­ca­raṃ | akramaṃ ka­ra­ṇā­tī­ta­m a­ka­laṃ­kaṃ ma­hī­ya­sā­m || 6 || TAŚV-ML 1.12.7etac cāsti su­ni­rṇī­tā­saṃ­bha­va­dbā­dha­ka­tva­taḥ | sva­saṃ­vi­tti­va­d ity ukta vyāsato nyatra ga­mya­tā­m || 7 || TAŚV-ML 1.12.8pratyakṣaṃ ka­lpa­nā­po­ḍha­m a­bhrāṃ­ta­m iti kecana | teṣām a­spa­ṣṭa­rū­pā syāt pratītiḥ ka­lpa­nā­tha­vā || 8 || TAŚV-ML 1.12.9svā­rtha­vya­va­si­ti­r nānyā gatir asti vi­cā­ra­taḥ | a­bhi­lā­pa­va­tī vittis tadyogyā vāpi sā yataḥ || 9 || TAŚV-ML 1.12.10ta­trā­dya­ka­lpa­nā­po­ḍhe pratyakṣe si­ddha­sā­dha­na­m | spaṣṭe tasminn a­vai­śa­dya­vya­va­cche­da­sya sā­dha­nā­t || 10 || TAŚV-ML 1.12.11a­spa­ṣṭa­pra­ti­bhā­sā­yāḥ pra­tī­te­r a­na­po­ha­ne | pra­tya­kṣa­syā­nu­mā­nā­de­r bhedaḥ ke­nā­va­bu­dhya­te || 11 || TAŚV-ML 1.12.12svā­rtha­vya­va­si­ti­s tu syāt kalpanā yadi saṃmatā | tadā la­kṣa­ṇa­m etat syād a­saṃ­bhā­vy eva sarvathā || 12 || TAŚV-ML 1.12.13saṃhṛtya sa­rva­ta­ś cittaṃ sti­mi­te­nāṃ­ta­rā­tma­nā | sthito pi cakṣuṣā rūpaṃ svaṃ ca spaṣṭaṃ vya­va­sya­ti || 13 || TAŚV-ML 1.12.14punar vi­ka­lpa­ya­n kiṃcid āsīn me svā­rtha­ni­śca­yaḥ | īdṛg ity eva budhyena prā­giṃ­dri­ya­ga­tā­v api || 14 || TAŚV-ML 1.12.15tato nya­thā­smṛ­ti­r na syāt kṣa­ṇi­ka­tvā­di­va­t punaḥ | a­bhyā­sā­di­vi­śe­ṣa­s tu nānyaḥ svā­rtha­vi­ni­śca­yā­t || 15 || TAŚV-ML 1.12.16ta­da­ka­lpa­ka­m arthasya sā­ma­rthye­na sa­mu­dbha­vā­t | a­rtha­kṣa­ṇa­va­d ity eke na vi­ru­ddha­syai­va sā­dha­na­m || 16 || TAŚV-ML 1.12.17jā­tyā­dyā­tma­ka­bhā­va­sya sā­ma­rthye­na sa­mu­dbha­vā­t | sa­vi­ka­lpa­ka­m eva syāt pratyakṣaṃ sphuṭam aṃjasā || 17 || TAŚV-ML 1.12.18ya­thā­va­bhā­sa­to kalpāt pra­tya­kṣā­t pra­bha­va­nn api | ta­tpṛ­ṣṭha­to vikalpaḥ syāt ta­thā­thā­kṣā­c ca sa sphuṭaḥ || 18 || TAŚV-ML 1.12.19na ca jā­tyā­di­rū­pa­tva­m a­rtha­syā­si­ddha­m aṃjasā | ni­rbā­dha­bo­dha­vi­dhva­sta­sa­ma­stā­re­ki tattvataḥ || 19 || TAŚV-ML 1.12.20saṃ­ke­ta­sma­ra­ṇo­pā­yā dṛ­ṣṭa­saṃ­ka­lpa­nā­tmi­kā | naiṣā vya­va­si­tiḥ spaṣṭā tato yu­ktā­kṣa­ja­nma­ni || 20 || TAŚV-ML 1.12.21svato hi vya­va­sā­yā­tma­pra­tya­kṣaṃ sakalaṃ matam | a­bhi­dhā­nā­dya­pe­kṣā­yā­m a­nyo­nyā­śra­ya­ṇā­t tayoḥ || 21 || TAŚV-ML 1.12.22svā­bhi­dhā­na­vi­śe­ṣa­sya niścayo yady a­pe­kṣa­te | svā­bhi­lā­ṣāṃ­ta­raṃ nūnam a­na­va­sthā tadā na kim || 22 || TAŚV-ML 1.12.23gatvā su­dū­ra­m apy evam a­bhi­dhā­na­sya niścaye | svā­bhi­lā­pā­na­pe­kṣa­sya kimu nārthasya niścayaḥ || 23 || TAŚV-ML 1.12.24a­bhi­dhā­na­vi­śe­ṣa­ś cet svasminn arthe ca ni­śca­ya­m | kurvan dṛṣṭaḥ sva­śa­ktyai­va liṃ­gā­dya­rthe pi tādṛśaḥ || 24 || TAŚV-ML 1.12.25śābdasya niścayo rthasya śa­bdā­pe­kṣo stv a­bā­dhi­taḥ | liṃ­ga­ja­nmā­kṣa­ja­nmā ca ta­da­pe­kṣo bhi­dhī­ya­te || 25 || TAŚV-ML 1.12.26tataḥ pra­tya­kṣa­m āstheyaṃ mukhyaṃ vā deśato pi vā | syān ni­rvi­ka­lpa­kaṃ siddhaṃ yuktyā syāt sa­vi­ka­lpa­kaṃ || 26 || TAŚV-ML 1.12.27sarvathā ni­rvi­ka­lpa­tve svā­rtha­vya­va­si­tiḥ kutaḥ | sarvathā sa­vi­ka­lpa­tve tasya syāc cha­bda­ka­lpa­nā || 27 || TAŚV-ML 1.12.28sa­vi­ta­rka­vi­cā­rā hi paṃca vi­jñā­na­dhā­ta­vaḥ | ni­rū­pa­ṇā­nu­sma­ra­ṇa­vi­ka­lpe­nā­vi­ka­lpa­kāḥ || 28 || TAŚV-ML 1.12.29ity evaṃ svayam i­ṣṭa­tvā­n nai­kāṃ­te­nā­vi­ka­lpa­kaṃ | pratyakṣaṃ yuktam āsthātuṃ pa­ra­syā­pi vi­ro­dha­taḥ || 29 || TAŚV-ML 1.12.30vi­dhū­ta­ka­lpa­nā­jā­laṃ yo­gi­pra­tya­kṣa­m eva cet | sarvathā la­kṣa­ṇā­vyā­pti­do­ṣaḥ kenāsya vāryate || 30 || TAŚV-ML 1.12.31laukikī ka­lpa­nā­po­ḍhā yato dhyakṣaṃ tad eva cet | śāstrīyā sāsti tatreti nai­kāṃ­te­nā­vi­ka­lpa­ka­m || 31 || TAŚV-ML 1.12.32ta­da­pā­ye ca buddhasya na syād dha­rmo­pa­de­śa­nā | ku­ṭyā­de­r yā na sā tasyety e­ta­tpū­rvaṃ vi­ni­ści­taṃ || 32 || TAŚV-ML 1.12.33ye pi cā­tma­ma­no kṣā­rtha­sa­nni­ka­rṣo­dbha­vaṃ viduḥ | pratyakṣaṃ ne­śva­rā­dhya­kṣaṃ saṃ­gra­ha­s taiḥ kṛto bhavet || 33 || TAŚV-ML 1.12.34ne­śva­ra­syā­kṣa­ja­jñā­naṃ sa­rvā­rtha­vi­ṣa­ya­tva­taḥ | nākṣaiḥ sa­rvā­rtha­saṃ­baṃ­dhaḥ sa­hai­ka­syā­sti sarvathā || 34 || TAŚV-ML 1.12.35yo­ga­jā­j jñāyate yat tu jñānaṃ dha­rma­vi­śe­ṣa­taḥ | na saṃ­ni­ka­rṣa­jaṃ tasmād iti na vyāpi lakṣaṇaṃ || 35 || TAŚV-ML 1.12.36sau­trā­di­vṛ­tti­r a­dhya­kṣa­m ity apy etena ciṃtitaṃ | tasyā vi­cā­rya­mā­ṇā­yā vi­ro­dha­ś ca pra­mā­ṇa­taḥ || 36 || TAŚV-ML 1.12.37puṃsaḥ sa­tsaṃ­pra­yo­ge yad iṃ­dri­yā­ṇāṃ pra­jā­ya­te | tad eva vedanaṃ yuktaṃ pra­tya­kṣa­m iti kecana || 37 || TAŚV-ML 1.12.38ta­tsvā­rtha­vya­va­sā­yā­tma­vi­dhā pra­tya­kṣa­m aṃjasā | jñānaṃ vi­śa­da­m anyat tu pa­ro­kṣa­m iti saṃgrahaḥ || 38 ||

TA-ML 1.13 matiḥ smṛtiḥ saṃjñā ciṃ­tā­bhi­ni­bo­dha ity a­na­rthāṃ­ta­ra­m || 13 ||

TAŚV-ML 1.13.1ma­tyā­di­ṣv a­va­bo­dhe­ṣu smṛ­tyā­dī­nā­m a­saṃ­gra­haḥ | ity ā­śaṃ­kyā­ha ma­tyā­di­sū­traṃ ma­tyā­tma­nāṃ vide || 1 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.2matir eva smṛtiḥ saṃjñā ciṃtā vā­bhi­ni­bo­dha­ka­m | nā­rthāṃ­ta­raṃ ma­ti­jñā­nā­vṛ­ti­cche­da­pra­sū­ti­taḥ || 2 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.3iti śabdāt pra­kā­rā­rthā­d buddhir medhā ca gṛhyate | prajñā ca pra­ti­bhā­bhā­vaḥ saṃ­bha­vo­pa­mi­tī tathā || 3 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.4ka­thaṃ­ci­d vya­pa­de­śā­di­bhe­de py e­ta­da­bhi­nna­tā | na vi­ro­dha­m a­dhi­ṣṭhā­tu­m īṣṭe prā­tī­ti­ka­tva­taḥ || 4 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.5buddhir mateḥ prakāraḥ syād a­rtha­gra­ha­ṇa­śa­kti­kā | medhā smṛteḥ tathā śa­bda­smṛ­ti­śa­kti­r ma­na­svi­nā­m || 5 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.6ū­hā­po­hā­tmi­kā prajñā ciṃtāyāḥ pra­ti­bho­pa­mā | sā­dṛ­śyo­pā­dhi­ke bhāve sādṛśye ta­dvi­śe­ṣa­ṇe || 6 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.7pra­va­rta­mā­nā ke­ṣāṃ­ci­d dṛṣṭā sā­dṛ­śya­saṃ­vi­daḥ | saṃjñāyāḥ saṃ­bha­vā­dy astu laiṃ­gi­ka­sya ta­thā­ga­teḥ || 7 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.8pra­tye­ka­m iti śabdasya tataḥ saṃ­ga­ti­r iṣyate | samāptau ceti śabdo yaṃ sūtre smin na vi­ru­dhya­te || 8 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.9smṛteḥ pra­mā­ṇa­tā­pā­ye saṃjñāyā na pra­mā­ṇa­tā | ta­da­pra­mā­ṇa­tā­yāṃ tu ciṃtā na vya­va­ti­ṣṭha­te || 9 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.10ta­da­pra­ti­ṣṭhi­tau kvātra mānaṃ nāma pra­va­rta­te | ta­da­pra­va­rta­ne dhya­kṣa­prā­mā­ṇyaṃ nā­va­ti­ṣṭha­te || 10 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.11tataḥ pra­mā­ṇa­śū­nya­tvā­t pra­me­ya­syā­pi śūnyatā | sāpi mānād vinā neti kim apy astīti sā­ku­la­m || 11 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.12tasmāt pra­va­rta­ka­tve­na pra­mā­ṇa­tve tra ka­sya­ci­t | smṛ­tyā­dī­nāṃ pra­mā­ṇa­tvaṃ yuktam uktaṃ ca kaiścana || 12 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.13a­kṣa­jñā­nai­r a­nu­smṛ­tya pra­tya­bhi­jñā­ya ciṃ­ta­ye­t | ā­bhi­mu­khye­na ta­dbhe­dā­n vi­ni­ści­tya pra­va­rta­te || 13 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.14a­kṣa­jñā­nai­r vi­ni­ści­tya sarva eva pra­va­rta­te | iti bruvan sva­ci­ttā­dau pra­va­rta­ta iti smṛteḥ || 14 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.15gṛ­hī­ta­gra­ha­ṇā­t tatra na smṛteś cet pra­mā­ṇa­tā | dhā­rā­vā­hya­kṣa­vi­jñā­na­syai­vaṃ labhyeta kena sā || 15 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.16vi­śi­ṣṭa­syo­pa­yo­ga­syā­bhā­ve sāpi na cen matā | ta­da­bhā­ve smaraṇe py a­kṣa­jñā­na­va­nmā­na­tā­stu naḥ || 16 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.17smṛtyā svārthaṃ pa­ri­cchi­dya pravṛttau na ca bādhyate | yena pre­kṣā­va­tāṃ tasyāḥ pra­vṛ­tti­r vi­ni­vā­rya­te || 17 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.18smṛ­ti­mū­lā­bhi­lā­ṣā­de­r vya­va­hā­raḥ pra­va­rta­kaḥ | na pramāṇaṃ yathā ta­dva­da­kṣa­dhī­mū­li­kā smṛtiḥ || 18 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.19ity ā­ca­kṣa­ṇi­ko nā­mā­nu­mā­maṃ­sta pṛ­tha­kpra­mā | pratyakṣaṃ taddhi ta­nmū­la­m iti cā­rvā­ka­tā­ga­tiḥ || 19 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.20svā­rtha­pra­kā­śa­ka­tve­na pra­mā­ṇa­m anumā yadi | smṛtir astu tathā nā­bhi­lā­ṣā­di­s ta­da­bhā­va­taḥ || 20 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.21sa­mā­ro­pa­vya­va­cche­da­s samaḥ smṛ­tya­nu­mā­na­taḥ | svārthe pra­mā­ṇa­tā tena nai­ka­trā­pi ni­vā­rya­te || 21 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.22smṛtir na laiṃgikaṃ liṃ­ga­jñā­nā­bhā­ve pi bhāvataḥ | saṃ­baṃ­dha­smṛ­ti­va­n na syād a­na­va­sthā­na­m anyathā || 22 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.23pa­rā­pa­rā­nu­mā­nā­nāṃ ka­lpa­na­sya pra­saṃ­ga­taḥ | vi­va­kṣi­tā­nu­mā­na­syā­py a­nu­mā­nāṃ­ta­rā­j janau || 23 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.24nā­pra­mā­ṇā­tma­no smṛtyā saṃbaṃdhaḥ siddham ṛcchati | pra­mā­ṇā­na­rtha­ka­tva­sya pra­saṃ­gā­t sa­rva­va­stu­ni || 24 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.25smṛtis tad iti vi­jñā­na­m a­rthā­tī­te bhavet katham | syād a­rtha­va­d iti sveṣṭaṃ yāti bauddhasya lakṣyate || 25 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.26pra­tya­kṣa­m a­rtha­va­n na syād atīte rthe sa­mu­dbha­va­t | tasya smṛ­ti­va­d evaṃ hi tadvad eva ca laiṃ­gi­ka­m || 26 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.27nārthāj ja­nmo­pa­pa­dye­ta pra­tya­kṣa­sya smṛter iva | tadvat sa eva ta­dbhā­vā­d anyathā na kṣa­ṇa­kṣa­yaḥ || 27 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.28a­rthā­kā­ra­tva­to dhyakṣaṃ ya­da­rtha­sya pra­bo­dha­kaṃ | tata eva smṛtiḥ kiṃ na svārthasya pra­ti­bo­dha­kā || 28 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.29a­spa­ṣṭa­tve­na cen nā­nu­mā­ne py evaṃ pra­saṃ­ga­taḥ | prā­pyā­rthe­nā­rtha­va­ttā ced a­nu­mā­nā­yāḥ smṛter na kim || 29 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.30manasā ja­nya­mā­na­tvā­t saṃ­skā­ra­sa­ha­kā­ri­ṇā | sa­rva­trā­rthā­na­pe­kṣe­ṇa smṛtir nā­rtha­va­tī yadi || 30 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.31tadā saṃskāra eva syāt pra­vṛ­tti­s ta­nni­baṃ­dha­nā | ta­trā­saṃ­bha­va­to rthe ced vyaktam ī­śva­ra­ce­ṣṭi­ta­m || 31 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.32pratyakṣaṃ mānasaṃ jñānaṃ smṛter yasyāḥ pra­jā­ya­te | sā hi pra­mā­ṇa­sā­ma­grī­va­rti­nī syāt pra­va­rti­kā || 32 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.33pra­mā­ṇa­tvā­d yathā liṃ­gi­liṃ­ga­saṃ­baṃ­dha­saṃ­smṛ­tiḥ | liṃ­gi­jñā­na­pha­le­ty āha sā­ma­grī­mā­na­vā­di­naḥ || 33 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.34tad apy a­saṃ­ga­taṃ liṃ­gi­jñā­na­syai­va pra­saṃ­ga­taḥ | pra­tya­kṣa­tva­kṣa­te­r liṃ­ga­ta­tpha­lā­yāḥ smṛter iva || 34 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.35pra­tya­kṣa­va­tsmṛ­teḥ sā­kṣā­tpha­le svā­rtha­vi­ni­śca­ye | kiṃ sā­dha­ka­ta­ma­tve­na prāmāṇyaṃ no­pa­ga­mya­te || 35 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.36pā­raṃ­pa­rye­ṇa hā­nā­di­jñā­naṃ ca phalam īkṣyate | tasyās ta­da­nu­smṛ­tyaṃ­ta­ryā­thā­rthya­vṛ­tti­to rthinaḥ || 36 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.37pra­tya­bhi­jñā­ya ca svārthaṃ va­rta­mā­no yato rthabhāk | mataṃ ta­tpra­tya­bhi­jñā­naṃ pramāṇaṃ pa­ra­ma­nya­thā || 37 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.38ta­dvi­dhai­ka­tva­sā­dṛ­śya­go­ca­ra­tve­na niścitaṃ | saṃ­kī­rṇa­vya­ti­kī­rṇa­tva­vya­ti­re­ke­ṇa tattvataḥ || 38 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.39tena tu na punar jā­ta­ma­da­nāṃ­ku­ra­go­ca­raṃ | sā­dṛ­śya­pra­tya­bhi­jñā­naṃ pramāṇaṃ nai­ka­tā­tma­ni || 39 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.40e­ka­tva­go­ca­raṃ na syād ekatve mānam aṃjasā | sādṛśye yathā tasmiṃs tādṛśe yam iti grahaḥ || 40 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.41tad ity a­tī­ta­vi­jñā­naṃ dṛ­śya­mā­ne­na naikatāṃ | vetti nedam iti jñānam a­tī­te­ne­ti kecana || 41 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.42ta­tsi­ddha­sā­dha­naṃ jñā­na­dvi­ta­yaṃ hy etad iṣyate | mā­na­dṛ­ṣṭe rtha­pa­ryā­ye dṛ­śya­mā­ne ca bhedataḥ || 42 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.43dravyeṇa ta­dba­lo­dbhū­ta­jñā­na­m e­ka­tva­sā­dha­na­m | dṛ­ṣṭe­kṣya­mā­ṇa­pa­ryā­ya­vyā­pi­ny anyat tato matam || 43 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.44kṣa­yo­pa­śa­ma­ta­s tac ca niyataṃ syāt ku­ta­śca­na | a­nā­di­pa­rya­ya­vyā­pi dra­vya­saṃ­vi­tti­to sti naḥ || 44 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.45tayā yāvat sva­tī­te­ṣu pa­ryā­ye­ṣv asti saṃsmṛtiḥ | kena ta­dvyā­pi­ni dravye pra­tya­bhi­jñā­sya vāryate || 45 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.46bālako haṃ ya evāsaṃ sa eva ca ku­mā­ra­kaḥ | yuvāno madhyamo vṛddho '­dhu­nā­smī­ti pra­tī­ti­taḥ || 46 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.47smṛtiḥ kin nā­nu­bhū­te­ṣu svayaṃ bhedeṣv a­śe­ṣa­taḥ | pra­tya­bhi­jñā­na­he­tuḥ syād iti codyaṃ na yu­kti­ma­t || 47 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.48tā­dṛ­kṣa­yo­gya­tā­hā­neḥ tadbhāve tv asti sāṃgināṃ | vya­bhi­cā­rī hi tan nānyo hetuḥ sarvaḥ sa­mī­kṣya­te || 48 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.49ma­lā­vṛ­ta­ma­ṇe­r vyaktir ya­thā­ne­ka­vi­dhe­kṣya­te | ka­rmā­vṛ­tā­tma­na­s ta­dva­dyo­gya­tā vividhā na kim || 49 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.50nanv astv e­ka­tva­sā­dṛ­śya­pra­tī­ti­r nā­rtha­go­ca­rā | saṃ­vā­dā­bhā­va­to vyo­ma­ke­śa­pā­śa­pra­tī­ti­va­t || 50 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.51tatra yo nāma saṃvādaḥ pra­mā­ṇāṃ­ta­ra­saṃ­ga­maḥ | so dhyakṣe pi na saṃbhāvya iti te kva pra­mā­ṇa­tā || 51 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.52pra­tya­kṣa­vi­ṣa­ye tāvan nā­nu­mā­na­sya saṃgatiḥ | tasya sva­la­kṣa­ṇe vṛ­ttya­bhā­vā­d ā­laṃ­ba­nā­tma­ni || 52 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.53ta­trā­dhya­kṣāṃ­ta­ra­syā­pi na vṛttiḥ kṣa­ṇa­bhaṃ­gi­ni | tathaiva si­ddha­saṃ­vā­da­syā­na­va­sthā tathā na kim || 53 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.54prāpya sva­la­kṣa­ṇe vṛttir ya­thā­dhya­kṣā­nu­mā­na­yoḥ | pra­tya­kṣa­sya tathā kiṃ na saṃjñayā saṃ­pra­tī­ya­te || 54 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.55ta­yā­laṃ­bi­ta­m anyac cet prāptam a­nya­tsva­la­kṣa­ṇaṃ | pra­tya­kṣe­ṇā­nu­mā­ne­na kiṃ tad eva bha­va­nma­te || 55 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.56gṛ­hī­ta­prā­pta­yo­r e­vā­dhyā­ro­pā­c cet tad eva tat | samānaṃ pra­tya­bhi­jñā­yāṃ sarve paśyaṃtu saddhiyaḥ || 56 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.57pra­tya­bhi­jñā­na­mā­na­tve pramāṇaṃ nā­nya­the­ty api | tatra yu­ktā­nu­mā­na­syo­tthā­nā­bhā­va­pra­saṃ­ga­taḥ || 57 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.58tatra liṃge tad e­ve­da­m iti jñānaṃ ni­baṃ­dha­na­m | laiṃ­gi­ka­syā­nu­mā­naṃ ced a­na­va­sthā pra­sa­jya­te || 58 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.59liṃ­ga­pra­tya­va­ma­rśe­ṇa vinā nāsty eva laiṃ­gi­ka­m | vibhinnaḥ so nu­mā­nā­c cet pra­mā­ṇāṃ­ta­ra­m ā­ga­ta­m || 59 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.60saṃvādo bā­dha­vai­dhu­rya­ni­śca­ya­ś cet sa vidyate | sarvatra pra­tya­bhi­jñā­ne pra­tya­kṣā­dā­v i­vāṃ­ja­sā || 60 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.61pratyakṣaṃ bādhakaṃ tāvan na saṃ­jñā­na­sya jā­tu­ci­t | ta­dbhi­nna­go­ca­ra­tve­na pa­ra­lo­ka­ma­te­r iva || 61 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.62yatra pra­va­rta­te jñānaṃ svayaṃ tatraiva sā­dha­ka­m | bādhakaṃ vā parasya syān nā­nya­trā­ti­pra­saṃ­ga­taḥ || 62 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.63a­dṛ­śyā­nu­pa­la­bdhi­ś ca bādhikā tasya na pramā | dṛśyā dṛṣṭis tu sa­rva­trā­si­ddhā ta­dgo­ca­re sadā || 63 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.64yat sat tat sarvaṃ kṣaṇikaṃ sa­rva­thai­va vi­la­kṣa­ṇaṃ | tato 'nyatra pra­tī­ghā­tā­t sa­ttva­syā­rtha­kri­yā­kṣa­teḥ || 64 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.65a­rtha­kri­yā­kṣa­ti­s tatra kra­ma­vṛ­tti­vi­ro­dha­taḥ | ta­dvi­ro­dha­s tato naṃśaḥ syān nā­pe­kṣā­vi­ghā­ta­taḥ || 65 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.66itīyaṃ vyāpakā dṛṣṭir nityatvaṃ haṃti vastunaḥ | sādṛśyaṃ ca tataḥ saṃjñā bā­dhi­ke­ty api du­rgha­ṭa­m || 66 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.67kṣa­ṇa­pra­dhvaṃ­si­naḥ saṃtaḥ sa­rva­thai­va vi­la­kṣa­ṇāḥ | iti vyāpter a­si­ddha­tvā­d vi­pra­kṛ­ṣṭā­rtha­śaṃ­ki­nā­m || 67 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.68nityānāṃ vi­pra­kṛ­ṣṭā­nā­m abhāve bhā­va­ni­śca­yā­t | ku­ta­ści­d vyā­pti­saṃ­si­ddhi­r ā­śra­ye­ta yadā tadā || 68 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.69nedaṃ nai­rā­tma­kaṃ jī­va­ccha­rī­ra­m iti sā­dha­ye­t | prā­ṇā­di­ma­ttva­to syaivaṃ vya­ti­re­ka­pra­si­ddhi­taḥ || 69 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.70kṣaṇike pi vi­ru­ddhye­te bhā­ve­naṃ­śe kra­mā­kra­mau | svā­rtha­kri­yā ca sattvaṃ ca tato ne­kāṃ­ta­vṛ­tti tat || 70 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.71nihaṃti sa­rva­thai­kāṃ­taṃ sā­dha­ye­t pa­ri­ṇā­mi­naṃ | bhavet tatra na bhāve ta­tpra­tya­bhi­jñā ka­thaṃ­ca­na || 71 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.72ni­tyai­kāṃ­te na sā tāvat pau­rvā­pa­rya­vi­yo­ga­taḥ | nā­śai­kāṃ­te pi cai­ka­tva­sā­dṛ­śyā­gha­ṭa­nā­t tathā || 72 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.73ni­tyā­ni­tyā­tma­ke tv arthe ka­thaṃ­ci­d u­pa­la­kṣya­te | jā­tyaṃ­ta­re vi­ru­dhye­ta pra­tya­bhi­jñā na sarvathā || 73 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.74nī­la­saṃ­ve­da­na­syā­rthe nīle siddhe pra­mā­ṇa­tā | tatra tasyāṃ ca siddhāyāṃ nīlo rthas tena siddhyati || 74 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.75ity a­nyo­nyā­śri­taṃ nāsti ya­thā­bhyā­sa­ba­lā­t kvacit | svataḥ prā­mā­ṇya­saṃ­si­ddhe­r a­dhya­svā­rtha­saṃ­vi­daḥ || 75 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.76ta­de­ka­tva­sya saṃsiddhau pra­tya­bhi­jñā ta­dā­śra­yā | pramāṇaṃ ta­tpra­mā­ṇa­tve tayā va­stve­ka­tā gatiḥ || 76 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.77i­tya­nyo­nyā­śri­ti­r na syāt svataḥ prā­mā­ṇya­si­ddhi­taḥ | sva­bhyā­sā­t pra­tya­bhi­jñā­yā­s tato nya­trā­nu­mā­na­taḥ || 77 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.78pra­tya­bhi­jñāṃ­ta­rā­d ā­dya­pra­tya­bhi­jñā­rtha­sā­dha­ne | yān avasthā samā sāpi pra­tya­kṣā­rtha­pra­sā­dha­ne || 78 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.79pra­tya­kṣāṃ­ta­ra­taḥ siddhā svataḥ sā cen ni­va­rta­te | pra­tya­bhi­jñāṃ­ta­rā­d etat ta­thā­bhū­tā­n ni­va­rta­tā­m || 79 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.80sā­dṛ­śya­pra­tya­bhi­jñā­na­m e­te­nai­va vi­cā­ri­ta­m | pramāṇaṃ svā­rtha­saṃ­vā­dā­d a­pra­mā­ṇaṃ tato nyathā || 80 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.81bhe­dā­bhe­da­vi­ka­lpā­bhyāṃ sādṛśyaṃ yena dūṣyate | vai­sā­dṛ­śyaṃ kutas tasya pa­dā­rthā­nāṃ pra­si­dhya­tu || 81 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.82sa­mā­nā­kā­ra­tā spaṣṭā pratyakṣaṃ pra­ti­bhā­sa­te | va­rta­mā­ne­ṣu bhāveṣu yathā bhi­nna­sva­bhā­va­tā || 82 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.83ta­da­vi­dyā­ba­lā­d iṣṭā ka­lpa­nai­ka­tva­bhā­si­nī | sā­dṛ­śya­bhā­si­nī ceti vā­ga­vi­dyo­da­yā­d dhruvam || 83 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.84saṃbaṃdhaṃ vyāptito rthānāṃ vi­ni­ści­tya pra­va­rta­te | yena tarkaḥ sa saṃ­vā­dā­t pramāṇaṃ tatra gamyate || 84 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.85saṃbaṃdho vastu sa­nna­rtha­kri­yā­kā­ri­tva­yo­ga­taḥ | sve­ṣṭā­rtha­ta­ttva­va­t tatra ciṃtā syād a­rtha­bhā­si­nī || 85 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.86yeyaṃ saṃ­baṃ­dhi­tā­rthā­nāṃ saṃ­baṃ­dha­va­śa­va­rti­nī | sai­ve­ṣṭā­rtha­kri­yā tajjñaiḥ saṃ­baṃ­dha­sya svadhīr api || 86 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.87vi­śi­ṣṭā­rthā­n pa­ri­tya­jya nānyā saṃ­baṃ­dhi­tā­sti cet | ta­da­bhā­ve kuto rthānāṃ pra­ti­ti­ṣṭhe­d vi­śi­ṣṭa­tā || 87 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.88sva­kā­ra­ṇa­va­śā­d eṣā teṣāṃ cet saiva saṃmatā | saṃ­baṃ­dhi­te­ti bhidyeta nāma nārthaḥ ka­thaṃ­ca­na || 88 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.89ta­tta­rka­syā­vi­saṃ­vā­do numā saṃ­vā­da­nā­d api | vi­saṃ­vā­de hi tarkasya jātu tan no­pa­pa­dya­te || 89 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.90ta­rka­saṃ­vā­da­saṃ­de­he niḥ­śaṃ­kā­nu­mi­tiḥ kva te | ta­da­bhā­ve na cādhyakṣaṃ tato ne­ṣṭa­vya­va­sthi­tiḥ || 90 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.91tasmāt pra­mā­ṇa­m i­ccha­dbhi­r a­nu­me­yaṃ sva­saṃ­ba­lā­t | ciṃtā ceti vi­vā­de­na paryāptaṃ ba­hu­nā­tra naḥ || 91 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.92gṛ­hī­ta­gra­ha­ṇā­t tarko '­pra­mā­ṇa­m iti cen na vai | ta­syā­pū­rvā­rtha­ve­di­tvā­d u­pa­yo­ga­vi­śe­ṣa­taḥ || 92 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.93pra­tya­kṣā­nu­pa­laṃ­bhā­bhyāṃ saṃbaṃdho deśato gataḥ | sā­dhya­sā­dha­na­yo­s tarkāt sā­ma­stye­ne­ti ciṃ­ti­ta­m || 93 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.94pra­māṃ­ta­rā­gṛ­hī­tā­rtha­pra­kā­śi­tvaṃ pra­paṃ­ca­taḥ | prāmāṇyaṃ ca gṛ­hī­tā­rtha­grā­hi­tve pi ka­thaṃ­ca­na || 94 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.95liṃ­ga­jñā­nā­d vinā nāsti liṃ­gi­jñā­na­m i­tī­ṣya­ti | yathā tasya ta­dā­ya­tta­vṛ­tti­tā na ta­da­rthi­tā || 95 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.96pra­tya­kṣā­nu­pa­laṃ­bhā­de­r vi­nā­nu­dbhū­ti­ta­s tathā | tarkasya tajjñatā jātu na ta­dgo­ca­ra­taḥ smṛtā || 96 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.97sa­mā­ro­pa­vya­va­cche­dā­t svārthe tarkasya mānatā | laiṃ­gi­ka­jñā­na­va­n naiva vi­ro­dha­m a­nu­dhā­va­ti || 97 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.98pra­vṛ­tta­ś ca sa­mā­ro­paḥ sā­dhya­sā­dha­na­yoḥ kvacit | saṃbaṃdhe tarkato mātur vya­va­cche­dye­ta ka­sya­ci­t || 98 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.99saṃ­vā­da­ko pra­si­ddhā­rtha­sā­dha­na­s ta­dvya­va­sthi­taḥ | sa­mā­ro­pa­chi­d ūho tra mānaṃ ma­ti­ni­baṃ­dha­naḥ || 99 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.100na­nū­ha­syā­pi saṃbaṃdhe svārthe nā­dhya­kṣa­to gatiḥ | sā­dhya­sā­dha­na­saṃ­baṃ­dhe yathā nāpy a­nu­mā­na­taḥ || 100 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.101ta­syo­hāṃ­ta­ra­taḥ siddhau kvā­na­va­sthā­ni­vā­ra­ṇaṃ | ta­tsaṃ­baṃ­dha­sya cāsiddhau nohaḥ syād iti kecana || 101 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.102tan na pra­tya­kṣa­va­t tasya yo­gya­tā­ba­la­taḥ sthiteḥ | svā­rtha­pra­kā­śa­ka­tva­sya kvā­nya­thā­dhya­kṣa­ni­ṣṭhi­tiḥ || 102 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.103grā­hya­grā­ha­ka­bhā­vo vā saṃbaṃdho nyo pi kaścana | svārthe na gṛhyate kena pra­tya­kṣa­sye­ti ciṃ­tya­tā­m || 103 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.104sa tac cet tā­dṛ­śā­kā­rā pratītiḥ svā­tma­ni­ṣṭhi­tā | nāsau ghaṭo yam ity evam ā­kā­rā­yāḥ pra­tī­ti­taḥ || 104 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.105pra­tya­kṣāṃ­ta­ra­ta­ś cen nāpy a­na­va­sthā­nu­ṣaṃ­ga­taḥ | ta­tsaṃ­baṃ­dha­sya cānyena pra­tya­kṣe­ṇa vi­ni­śca­yā­t || 105 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.106nā­nu­mā­ne­na tasyāpi pra­tya­kṣā­ya­tta­tā sthiteḥ | a­na­va­sthā­pra­saṃ­ga­sya ta­da­va­stha­tva­ta­sta­rā­m || 106 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.107sva­saṃ­ve­da­na­taḥ siddhe svā­rtha­saṃ­ve­da­na­sya cet | saṃbaṃdho kṣadhiyaḥ svārthe siddhe kaścid a­tīṃ­dri­yaḥ || 107 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.108kṣa­yo­pa­śa­ma­saṃ­jñe­yaṃ yo­gya­tā­tra sa­mā­na­tā | saiva tarkasya saṃ­baṃ­dha­jñā­na­saṃ­vi­tti­taḥ svataḥ || 108 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.109pra­mā­ṇa­vi­ṣa­ya­syā­yaṃ sādhako na punaḥ svayaṃ | pramāṇaṃ tarka ity etat ka­sya­ci­d vyāhataṃ matam || 109 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.110pra­mā­ṇa­vi­ṣa­ye śuddhiḥ kathaṃ nā­mā­pra­mā­ṇa­taḥ | pra­me­yāṃ­ta­ra­to mi­thyā­jñā­nā­c cai­ta­tpra­saṃ­ga­taḥ || 110 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.111yathā saṃ­śa­yi­tā­rthe­ṣu pra­mā­ṇā­nāṃ pra­va­rta­naṃ | ni­rṇa­yā­ya tathā loke ta­rki­te­ṣv iti cen matam || 111 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.112saṃśayaḥ sādhakaḥ prāptaḥ pra­mā­ṇā­rtha­sya te tathā | nā­pra­mā­ṇa­tva­ta­s tarkaḥ pra­mā­ṇa­m a­nu­ma­nya­tā­m || 112 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.113sa cet saṃ­śa­ya­jā­tī­yaḥ saṃ­śa­yā­t pṛ­tha­gā­sthi­taḥ | kathaṃ pa­dā­rtha­saṃ­khyā­naṃ nā­nya­thā­stv iti tv aśnute || 113 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.114tasmāt pra­mā­ṇa­ka­rta­vya­kā­ri­ṇo ve­di­tā­tma­naḥ | sa­tta­rka­syā­pra­mā­ṇa­tva­m a­vi­ta­rkya pra­ca­kṣya­te || 114 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.115samyak tarkaḥ pramāṇaṃ syāt ta­thā­nu­grā­ha­ka­tva­taḥ | pra­mā­ṇa­sya ya­thā­dhya­kṣa­m a­nu­mā­nā­di cāśnute || 115 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.116a­nu­grā­ha­ka­tā vyāptā pra­mā­ṇa­tve­na lakṣyate | pra­tya­kṣā­dau ta­thā­bhā­se nā­ga­mā­nu­gra­ha­kṣa­teḥ || 116 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.117yasminn arthaṃ pravṛttaṃ hi pramāṇaṃ kiṃcid āditaḥ | tatra pra­vṛ­tti­ra­nya­sya yā­nu­grā­ha­ka­tā­tra sā || 117 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.118pū­rva­ni­rṇī­ta­dā­rḍhya­sya vi­dhā­nā­d a­bhi­dhī­ya­te | u­tta­re­ṇa tu ta­dyu­kta­m a­pra­mā­ṇe­na jā­tu­ci­t || 118 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.119tatas tarkaḥ pramāṇaṃ naḥ syāt sā­dha­ka­ta­ma­tva­taḥ | svā­rtha­ni­śca­ya­ne sākṣād a­sā­kṣā­c cā­nya­mā­na­va­t || 119 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.120sā­dha­nā­t sā­dhya­vi­jñā­na­m a­nu­mā­naṃ vidur budhāḥ | pra­dhā­na­gu­ṇa­bhā­ve­na vi­dhā­na­pra­ti­ṣe­dha­yoḥ || 120 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.121a­nya­thā­nu­pa­pa­ttye­ka­la­kṣa­ṇaṃ tatra sādhanaṃ | sādhyaṃ śakyam a­bhi­pre­ta­m a­pra­si­ddha­m u­dā­hṛ­ta­m || 121 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.122ta­tsā­dhyā­bhi­mu­kho bodho niyataḥ sādhane tu yaḥ | kṛto niṃ­dri­ya­yu­kte­nā­bhi­ni­bo­dhaḥ sa lakṣitaḥ || 122 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.123niścitaṃ pa­kṣa­dha­rma­tvaṃ vipakṣe sattvam eva ca | sapakṣa eva janmatvaṃ tattrayaṃ he­tu­la­kṣa­ṇa­m || 123 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.124kecid āhur na tadyuktaṃ he­tvā­bhā­se pi saṃ­bha­vā­t | a­sā­dhā­ra­ṇa­tā­pā­yā­l la­kṣa­ṇa­tva­vi­ro­dha­taḥ || 124 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.125va­ktṛ­tvā­dā­v a­sā­rva­jña­sā­dha­ne trayam īkṣyate | na hetutvaṃ vinā sā­dhyā­bhā­vā­saṃ­bhū­ṣṇu­tāṃ yataḥ || 125 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.126sa­rva­jña­tve­na vaktṛtvaṃ viruddhaṃ na vi­ni­ści­taṃ | tato na tasya he­tu­tva­m ity ā­ca­kṣa­ṇa­kaḥ svayam || 126 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.127ta­de­ka­la­kṣa­ṇaṃ hetor la­kṣa­ya­ty eva tattvataḥ | sā­dhyā­bhā­va­vi­ro­dho hi hetor nānyas tato mataḥ || 127 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.128tadiṣṭau tu tra­ye­ṇā­pi pa­kṣa­dha­rmā­di­nā­tra kiṃ | ta­da­bhā­ve pi he­tu­tva­si­ddheḥ kvacid a­saṃ­śa­ya­m || 128 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.129pa­kṣa­dha­rma­tva­śū­nyo yaṃ hetuḥ syād e­ka­la­kṣa­ṇaḥ | u­de­ṣya­ccha­ka­ṭaṃ vyoma kṛ­tti­ko­da­ya­va­ttva­taḥ || 129 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.130iti pra­yo­ga­taḥ pa­kṣa­dha­rma­tā­m eṣyate yadi | tadā dhūmo gnimān eṣa dhū­ma­tvā­d iti ga­dya­tā­m || 130 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.131tataḥ sva­bhā­va­he­tuḥ syāt sarvo liṃgas trivān na te | yadi lo­kā­nu­ro­dhe­na bhinnāḥ saṃ­baṃ­dha­bhe­da­taḥ || 131 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.132vi­ṣa­ya­sya ca bhedena kā­ryā­dya­nu­pa­la­bdha­yaḥ | kiṃ na tā­dā­tmya­ta­jja­nma­saṃ­baṃ­dhā­bhyāṃ vi­la­kṣa­ṇā­t || 132 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.132efa­nya­thā­nu­pa­pa­nna­tvā­d dhetuḥ syāt kṛ­tti­ko­da­yaḥ | TAŚV-ML 1.13.133nā­nya­thā­nu­pa­pa­nna­tvaṃ tābhyāṃ vyāptaṃ ni­kṣe­pa­ṇā­t | saṃ­yo­gyā­di­ṣu liṃgeṣu tasya ta­ttva­pa­rī­kṣa­kaiḥ || 133 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.134a­rvā­gbhā­go '­vi­nā­bhā­vī pa­ra­bhā­ge­na ka­sya­ci­t | so pi tena tathā siddhaḥ saṃyogī hetur īdṛśaḥ || 134 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.135sā­snā­di­mā­n ayaṃ gotvād gaur vā sā­snā­di­ma­ttva­taḥ | ity a­nyo­nyā­śra­yī­bhā­vaḥ sa­ma­vā­yi­ṣu dṛśyate || 135 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.136caṃ­dro­da­yo '­vi­nā­bhā­vī pa­yo­ni­dhi­vi­va­rdha­naiḥ | tāni tena vināpy e­ta­tsaṃ­baṃ­dha­dvi­ta­yā­d iha || 136 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.137saṃ­yo­gi­nā vinā vahniḥ svena dhūmena dṛśyate | gavā vinā vi­ṣā­ṇā­diḥ sa­ma­vā­yī­ti cen matiḥ || 137 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.138kā­ra­ṇe­na vinā svena tasmād a­vyā­pa­ke­na ca | vṛ­kṣa­tve­na kṣate kiṃ na cū­ta­tvā­di­r a­ne­ka­śaḥ || 138 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.139tato ya­thā­vi­nā­bhū­te saṃ­yo­gā­di­r na lakṣyate | vyāpako vya­bhi­cā­ra­tvā­t tā­dā­tmyā­t tat tathā na kim || 139 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.140de­śa­kā­lā­dya­pe­kṣa­ś ced bha­smā­de­r va­hni­sā­dha­naḥ | cū­ta­tvā­di­r vi­śi­ṣṭā­tmā vṛ­kṣa­tva­jñā­pa­ko mataḥ || 140 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.141saṃ­yo­gā­di­vi­śi­ṣṭa­s ta­nni­ści­taḥ sā­dhya­sā­dha­naḥ | vi­śi­ṣṭa­tā tu sarvasya sā­nya­thā­nu­pa­pa­nna­tā || 141 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.142yo­gya­tā­khya­ś ca saṃbaṃdhaḥ sa­rva­saṃ­baṃ­dha­bhe­da­gaḥ | syād ekas ta­dva­śā­l liṃgam ekam e­vo­kta­la­kṣa­ṇa­m || 142 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.143vi­śe­ṣa­to pi saṃ­baṃ­dha­dva­ya­syai­vā­vya­va­sthi­teḥ | saṃ­baṃ­dha­ṣa­ṭka­va­n nāto liṃ­ge­ya­ttā vya­va­sthi­teḥ || 143 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.144ta­dvi­śe­ṣa­vi­va­kṣā­yā­m api saṃ­khyā­va­ti­ṣṭha­te | na liṃgasya parair iṣṭā vi­śe­ṣā­ṇāṃ ba­hu­tva­taḥ || 144 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.145ya­thai­vā­sti­tva­nā­sti­tve bhidyete gu­ṇa­mu­khya­taḥ | ta­tho­bha­yaṃ kra­me­ṇe­ṣṭa­m a­kra­me­ṇa tv a­bā­dhya­tā || 145 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.146a­va­kta­vyo­tta­rā śeṣās trayo bhaṃgāś ca tattvataḥ | sapta caivaṃ sthite ca syus tadvaśāḥ sa­pta­he­ta­vaḥ || 146 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.147vi­ro­dhā­n no­bha­yā­tmā­di­r arthaś cen na ta­the­kṣa­ṇā­t | a­nya­thai­vā­vya­va­sthā­nā­t pra­tya­kṣā­di­vi­ro­dha­taḥ || 147 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.148ni­rā­kṛ­ta­ni­ṣe­dho hi vidhiḥ sa­rvā­tma­do­ṣa­bhā­k | ni­rvi­dhi­ś ca niṣedhaḥ syāt sarvathā sva­vya­thā­ka­raḥ || 148 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.149nā­nā­di­vā­sa­no­dbhū­ta­vi­ka­lpa­pa­ri­ni­ṣṭhi­taḥ | bhā­vā­bhā­vo­bha­yā­dya­rthaṃ spaṣṭaṃ jñāne va­bhā­sa­nā­t || 149 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.150bhā­vā­bhā­vā­tma­ko nārthaḥ pra­tya­kṣe­ṇa ya­dī­kṣi­taḥ | kathaṃ tato vikalpaḥ syād bhā­vā­bhā­vā­va­bo­dha­naḥ || 150 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.151nī­la­da­rśa­na­taḥ pī­ta­vi­ka­lpo hi na te mataḥ | bhrāṃter anyatra tattvasya vya­va­sthi­ti­ma­d īpsitaḥ || 151 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.152ta­dvā­sa­nā­pra­bo­dhā­c ced bhā­vā­bhā­va­vi­ka­lpa­nā | nī­lā­di­vā­sa­no­dbo­dhā­t ta­dvi­ka­lpa­va­d iṣyate || 152 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.153bhā­vā­bhā­ve­kṣa­ṇaṃ siddhaṃ vā­sa­no­dbo­dha­kā­ra­ṇaṃ | nī­lā­di­vā­sa­no­dbo­dha­he­tu­ta­ddṛ­ṣṭi­va­t tataḥ || 153 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.154yatraiva ja­na­ye­d enāṃ ta­trai­vā­sya pra­mā­ṇa­tā | kvānyathā syād a­nā­śvā­sā­dvi­ka­lpa­sya sa­mu­dbha­ve || 154 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.155tasmāt pra­tī­ti­m āśritya hetuṃ ga­ma­ka­m icchatā | pa­kṣa­dha­rma­tva­śū­nyo stu gamakaḥ kṛ­tti­ko­da­yaḥ || 155 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.156pa­lva­lo­da­ka­nai­rma­lyaṃ ta­dā­ga­styu­da­ye sa ca | tatra hetuḥ su­ni­rṇī­taḥ pūrvaṃ śaradi sanmataḥ || 156 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.157caṃdrādau ja­la­caṃ­drā­di so pi tatra ta­thā­vi­dhaḥ | chā­yā­di­pā­da­pā­dau ca so pi tatra ka­dā­ca­na || 157 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.158parṇako yaṃ sva­sa­ddhe­tu­r ba­lā­dā­he­ti dūrage | kā­rya­kā­ra­ṇa­bhā­va­syā­bhā­ve pi sa­ha­bhā­vi­tā || 158 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.159pitror brā­hma­ṇa­tā pu­tra­brā­hma­ṇye pa­kṣa­dha­rma­kaḥ | siddho hetur ato nāyaṃ pa­kṣa­dha­rma­tva­la­kṣa­ṇaḥ || 159 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.160sādhyaḥ pakṣas tu naḥ siddhas taddharmo hetur ity api | tā­dṛ­kṣa­pa­kṣa­dha­rma­tva­sā­dha­nā­bhā­va eva vai || 160 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.161niḥśeṣaṃ sātmakaṃ jī­va­ccha­rī­raṃ pa­ri­ṇā­mi­nā | puṃsā prā­ṇā­di­ma­ttva­sya tv a­nya­thā­nu­pa­pa­tti­taḥ || 161 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.162sa­pa­kṣa­sa­ttva­śū­nya­sya hetor asya sa­ma­rtha­nā­t | nūnaṃ ni­ścī­ya­te sadbhir nānvayo he­tu­la­kṣa­ṇa­m || 162 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.163na cā­da­rśa­na­mā­tre­ṇa vya­ti­re­kaḥ pra­sā­dhya­te | yena saṃ­śa­ya­he­tu­tvaṃ rāgādau va­ktṛ­tā­di­va­t || 163 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.164ā­tmā­bhā­vo hi bhasmādau ta­tkā­rya­syā­sa­mī­kṣa­ṇā­t | siddhaḥ prā­ṇā­dya­bhā­va­ś ca vya­ti­re­ka­vi­ni­śca­yaḥ || 164 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.165vā­kkri­yā­kā­ra­bhe­dā­de­r a­tyaṃ­tā­bhā­va­ni­ści­taḥ | ni­vṛ­tti­r niścitā tajjñaiḥ ciṃtā vyā­vṛ­tti­sā­dha­nī || 165 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.166sa­rva­kā­ryā­sa­ma­rtha­sya ce­ta­na­sya ni­va­rta­naṃ | tataś cet kena sādhyeta kū­ṭa­stha­sya ni­ṣe­dha­na­m || 166 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.167kṣa­ṇi­ka­tve­na na vyāptaṃ sattvam evaṃ pra­si­ddhya­ti | saṃ­di­gdha­vya­ti­re­kā­c ca tato siddhiḥ kṣa­ṇa­kṣa­ye || 167 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.168ce­ta­nā­ce­ta­nā­rthā­nāṃ vi­bhā­ga­ś ca na siddhyati | ci­tta­saṃ­tā­na­nā­nā­tvaṃ ni­ja­saṃ­tā­na eva vā || 168 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.169na ve­dya­ve­da­kā­kā­ra­vi­ve­ko taḥ sva­saṃ­vi­daḥ | sa­rva­kā­rye­ṣv a­śa­kta­sya sa tv a­saṃ­bha­va­bhā­ṣa­ṇe || 169 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.170pa­ri­ṇā­mi­na­m ā­tmā­na­m aṃ­ta­re­ṇa kra­mā­kra­mau | na syātāṃ ta­da­bhā­ve ca na prā­ṇā­di­kri­yā kvacit || 170 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.171ta­trai­kāṃ­tā­tma­nā jī­va­ccha­rī­raṃ sātmakaṃ bhavet | ni­ṣka­la­sya sa­hā­ne­ka­de­śa­de­hā­sti­hā­ni­taḥ || 171 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.172a­ne­kāṃ­tā­tma­kaṃ sarvaṃ sattvād ityādi sādhanaṃ | sa­mya­ga­nva­ya­śū­nya­tve py a­vi­nā­bhā­va­śa­kti­taḥ || 172 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.173ni­tyā­ni­tyā­tma­kaḥ śabdaḥ śrā­va­ṇa­tvā­t ka­thaṃ­ca­na | śa­bda­tvā­d vā­nya­thā­bhā­vā­bhā­vā­d i­tyā­di­he­ta­vaḥ || 173 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.174hetor a­nva­ya­vai­dhu­rye vya­ti­re­ko na cen na vai | tena tasya vi­nai­ve­ṣṭeḥ sa­rvā­ni­tya­tva­sā­dha­ne || 174 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.175sādhye saty eva sa­dbhā­va­ni­śca­yaḥ sā­dha­na­sya yaḥ | so nvayaś cet ta­thai­vo­pa­pa­ttiḥ sveṣṭā paro 'phalaḥ || 175 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.176ta­dvi­ru­ddhe vipakṣe ca ta­da­nya­trai­va hetavaḥ | asaty a­ni­ści­tā­sa­ttvāḥ sā­ka­lyā­n ne­ṣṭa­sā­dha­nāḥ || 176 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.177sā­dhyā­bhā­ve vipakṣe tu yo sa­ttva­syai­va niścayaḥ | so vi­nā­bhā­va evāstu heto rūpāt tathāha ca || 177 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.178a­nya­thā­nu­pa­pa­nna­tvaṃ yatra tatra trayeṇa kim | nā­nya­thā­nu­pa­pa­nna­tvaṃ yatra tatra trayeṇa kim || 178 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.179ta­ddhe­to­s triṣu rūpeṣu nirṇayo yena varṇitaḥ | a­si­ddha­vi­pa­rī­tā­rtha­vya­bhi­cā­ri­vi­pa­kṣa­taḥ || 179 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.180tena kṛtaṃ tu nirṇītaṃ hetor la­kṣa­ṇa­m aṃjasā | he­tvā­bhā­sā­vya­va­cche­di tad vadet katham anyathā || 180 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.181rū­pa­tra­ya­sya sa­dbhā­vā­t tatra ta­dva­ca­naṃ yadi | ni­ści­ta­tva­sva­rū­pa­sya ca­tu­rtha­sya vaco na kim || 181 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.182triṣu rūpeṣu ced rūpaṃ ni­ści­ta­tvaṃ na sādhane | nājñātā siddhatā heto rūpaṃ syāt ta­dvi­pa­rya­yaḥ || 182 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.183pa­kṣa­dha­rma­tva­rū­paṃ syāj jñātatve he­tva­bhe­di­naḥ | hetor a­jñā­na­te­ṣṭā cen ni­ści­ta­tvaṃ tathā na kim || 183 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.184he­tvā­bhā­se pi ta­dbhā­vā­t sā­dhā­ra­ṇa­ta­yā na cet | dha­rmāṃ­ta­ra­m i­vā­rū­paṃ hetoḥ sad api saṃ­ma­ta­m || 184 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.185haṃ­tā­sā­dhā­ra­ṇaṃ siddhaṃ sā­dha­na­syai­ka­la­kṣa­ṇaṃ | tattvataḥ pā­va­ka­syai­va soṣṇatvaṃ tadvidāṃ matam || 185 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.186etena paṃ­ca­rū­pa­tvaṃ hetor dhvastaṃ ni­bu­dhya­te | sa­ttvā­di­ṣv a­gni­ja­nya­tve sādhye dhūmasya ke­na­ci­t || 186 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.187anvayo lo­ha­le­khya­tve pā­rthi­va­tve­śa­ne­s tathā | ta­tpu­tra­tvā­di­ṣu śyā­ma­ru­pa­tve kvacid īpsate || 187 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.188a­dṛ­ṣṭi­mā­tra­sā­dhya­ś ca vya­ti­re­kaḥ sa­mī­kṣya­te | va­ktṛ­tvā­di­ṣu buddhādeḥ kiṃ­ci­jjña­tva­sya sādhane || 188 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.189sā­dhyā­bhā­ve tv a­bhā­va­sya niścayo yaḥ pra­mā­ṇa­taḥ | vya­ti­re­kaḥ sa sā­ka­lyā­d a­vi­nā­bhā­va eva naḥ || 189 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.190a­bā­dhi­tā­rtha­tā ca syān nānyā tasmād a­saṃ­śa­yā | na vā sa­tpra­ti­pa­kṣa­tvaṃ ta­da­bhā­ve na­bhī­kṣa­ṇā­t || 190 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.191yāvac ca sā­dha­nā­d arthaḥ svayaṃ na pra­ti­ni­ści­taḥ | tāvan na bā­dha­nā­bhā­va­s tat syāc cha­kya­vi­ni­śca­yaḥ || 191 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.192ta­dbā­dhā­bhā­va­ni­rṇī­tiḥ siddhā cet sā­dha­ne­na kim | yathaiva hetor veśasya bā­dhā­sa­dbhā­va­ni­śca­ye || 192 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.193tri­rū­pa­he­tu­ni­ṣṭhā­na­vā­di­nai­va ni­rā­kṛ­te | hetoḥ paṃ­ca­sva­bhā­va­tve taddhvaṃse ya­ta­ne­na kim || 193 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.194pūrvaṃ pra­sa­jya­mā­na­tvā­t pū­rva­pa­kṣa­s tato paraḥ | śeṣaḥ supakṣa e­ve­ṣṭa­s tadyogo yasya dṛśyate || 194 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.195pū­rva­va­cche­ṣa­va­t proktaṃ ke­va­lā­sv api sā­dha­na­m | sā­dhyā­bhā­ve bhavat tac ca tri­rū­pā­n na vi­śi­ṣya­te || 195 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.196yasya vai­dha­rmya­dṛ­ṣṭāṃ­tā­dhā­raḥ kaścana vidyate | tasyaiva vya­ti­re­ko sti nā­nya­sye­ti na yu­kti­ma­t || 196 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.197tato vai­dha­rmya­dṛ­ṣṭāṃ­te­ne­ṣṭo vaśyam i­hā­śra­yaḥ | ta­da­bhā­ve py a­bhā­va­syā­vi­ro­dhā­d dhe­tu­ta­dva­toḥ || 197 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.198ke­va­la­vya­ti­re­kī­ṣṭa­m a­nu­mā­naṃ na pū­rva­va­t | tathā sā­mā­nya­to dṛṣṭaṃ ga­ma­ka­tvaṃ na tasya vaḥ || 198 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.199ta­dvi­ru­ddhe vi­pa­kṣa­syā­sa­ttve vya­va­si­te pi hi | ta­da­bhā­ve tv a­ni­rṇī­te kuto niḥ­saṃ­śa­yā­tma­tā || 199 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.200yo viruddho tra sādhyena ta­syā­bhā­vaḥ sa eva cet | tato ni­va­rta­mā­na­ś ca hetuḥ syā­dvā­di­nāṃ matam || 200 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.201a­nva­ya­vya­ti­re­kī ca hetur yas tena varṇitaḥ | pū­rvā­nu­mā­na­sū­tre­ṇa so py etena ni­rā­kṛ­taḥ || 201 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.202kā­ryā­di­tra­ya­va­t tasmād e­te­nā­pi trayeṇa kim | bhedānāṃ la­kṣa­ṇā­nāṃ ca vī­tā­di­tri­ta­ye­na ca || 202 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.203kā­ra­ṇā­t kā­rya­vi­jñā­naṃ kāryāt kā­ra­ṇa­ve­da­na­m | a­kā­rya­kā­ra­ṇā­c cāpi dṛṣṭāt sā­mā­nya­to gatiḥ || 203 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.204tādṛśī tri­ta­ye­ṇā­pi ni­ya­te­na pra­yo­ja­na­m | kim e­ka­la­kṣa­ṇā­dhyā­sā­d a­nya­syā­py a­ni­vā­ra­ṇā­t || 204 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.205yac cā­bhū­ta­m a­bhū­ta­sya bhūtaṃ bhūtasya sā­dha­na­m | ta­thā­bhū­ta­m abhūt ta­syā­bhū­taṃ bhūtasya ceṣṭyate || 205 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.206nā­nya­thā­nu­pa­pa­nna­tvā­bhā­ve tad api saṃ­ga­ta­m | tadbhāve tu kim etena ni­ya­me­nā­pha­le­na vaḥ || 206 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.207sa­rva­he­tu­vi­śe­ṣā­ṇāṃ saṃgraho bhāsate yathā | tathā ta­dbhe­da­ni­ya­me dvibhedo hetur i­ṣya­tā­m || 207 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.208saṃ­kṣe­pā­d u­pa­laṃ­bha­ś cā­nu­pa­laṃ­bha­ś ca vastunaḥ | pareṣāṃ ta­tpra­bhe­da­tvā­t ta­trāṃ­ta­rbhā­va­si­ddhi­taḥ || 208 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.209na­nū­pa­la­bhya­mā­na­tva­m u­pa­laṃ­bho ya­dī­ṣya­te | tadā sva­bhā­va­he­tuḥ sa­dvya­va­hā­ra­pra­sā­dha­ne || 209 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.210a­tho­pa­la­bhya­te yena sa tathā kā­rya­sā­dha­naḥ | samāno nu­pa­laṃ­bhe pi vicāro yaṃ kathaṃ na te || 210 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.211yathā cā­nu­pa­laṃ­bhe­na niṣedho rthasya sādhyate | tathā kā­rya­sva­bhā­vā­bhyā­m iti yuktā na tadbhidā || 211 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.212ni­ṣe­dha­he­tu­r evaika ity ayuktaṃ vidher api | siddher a­nu­pa­laṃ­bhe­nā­nya­vya­va­cchi­dvi­dhi­r yataḥ || 212 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.213yasmād a­nu­pa­laṃ­bho­trā­nu­pa­la­bhya­tva­m iṣyate | ta­tho­pa­la­bhya­mā­na­tva­m u­pa­laṃ­bhaḥ sva­rū­pa­taḥ || 213 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.214bhinnāv etau na tu svā­rthā­bhe­dā­d iti ni­ya­mya­te | bhā­vā­bhā­vā­tma­kai­kā­rtha­go­ca­ra­tvā­vi­śe­ṣa­taḥ || 214 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.215tat ta­trai­vo­pa­laṃ­bhaḥ syāt siddhaḥ kā­ryā­di­bhe­da­taḥ | kā­ryo­pa­la­bdhi­r agnyādau dhūmādiḥ su­vi­dhā­na­taḥ || 215 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.216kā­ra­ṇa­syo­pa­la­bdhiḥ syād vi­śi­ṣṭa­ja­la­do­nna­teḥ | vṛṣṭau vi­śi­ṣṭa­tā tasyāś ciṃtyā chā­yā­vi­śe­ṣa­taḥ || 216 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.217kā­ra­ṇā­nu­pa­laṃ­bhe pi yathā kārye vi­śi­ṣṭa­tā | bo­dhyā­bhyā­sā­t tathā kā­ryā­nu­pa­laṃ­bhe pi kāraṇe || 217 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.218samarthaṃ kāraṇaṃ tena nāṃ­tya­kṣa­ṇa­ga­taṃ matam | tadbodhe yena vai­ya­rthya­m a­nu­mā­na­sya gadyate || 218 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.219na cā­nu­kū­la­tā­mā­traṃ kā­ra­ṇa­sya vi­śi­ṣṭa­tā | yenāsya pra­ti­baṃ­dhā­di­saṃ­bha­vā­d vya­bhi­cā­ri­tā || 219 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.220vai­ka­lya­pra­ti­baṃ­dhā­bhyā­m a­nā­sā­dya sva­bhā­va­tā­m | vi­śi­ṣṭa­tā­tra vijñātuṃ śakyā chā­yā­di­bhe­da­taḥ || 220 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.221ta­dvi­lo­pe khi­la­khyā­ta­vya­va­hā­ra­vi­lo­pa­na­m | tṛ­ptyā­di­kā­rya­si­ddhya­rtha­m ā­hā­rā­di­pra­vṛ­tti­taḥ || 221 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.222hetunā yaḥ sa­ma­gre­ṇa kā­ryo­tpā­do nu­mī­ya­te | a­rthāṃ­ta­rā­na­pe­kṣa­tvā­t sa svabhāva i­tī­ra­ṇe || 222 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.223kā­ryo­tpā­da­na­yo­gya­tve kārye vā śa­kta­kā­ra­ṇa­m | sva­bhā­va­he­tu­r ity ā­ryai­rvi­cā­rya prathame mataḥ || 223 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.224svakārye bhi­nna­rū­pai­ka­sva­bhā­vaṃ kāraṇaṃ vadet | kā­rya­syā­pi sva­bhā­va­tva­pra­saṃ­gā­d a­vi­śe­ṣa­taḥ || 224 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.225sa­ma­gra­kā­ra­ṇaṃ kā­rya­sva­bhā­vo na tu tasya tat | ko nyo brūyād iti dhva­sta­pra­jñā­nai­r ā­tma­vā­di­naḥ || 225 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.226yat sva­kā­ryā­vi­nā­bhā­vi kāraṇaṃ kāryam eva tat | kāryaṃ tu kāraṇaṃ bhāvīty e­ta­du­nma­tta­bhā­ṣi­ta­m || 226 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.227pa­ra­spa­rā­vi­nā­bhā­vā­t ka­yā­ści­t | he­tu­ta­ttva­vya­va­sthai­va­m a­nyo­nyā­śra­ya­ṇā­j janaiḥ || 227 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.228rā­tryā­di­dā­ya­kā­dṛ­ṣṭa­vi­śe­ṣa­syā­nu­mā­pa­ka­m | pā­ṇi­ca­krā­di tatkāryaṃ kathaṃ vo bhā­vi­kā­ra­ṇa­m || 228 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.229ta­tpa­rī­kṣa­ka­lo­kā­nāṃ pra­si­ddha­m a­nu­ma­nya­tā­m | kāraṇaṃ kā­rya­va­ddhe­tu­r a­vi­nā­bhā­va­saṃ­ga­ta­m || 229 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.230kā­rya­kā­ra­ṇa­ni­rmu­kta­va­stu­dṛ­ṣṭi­r vi­va­kṣya­te | ta­tsva­bhā­vo­pa­la­bdhi­ś ca­.­.­.­.­.­.­. niścitāḥ || 230 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.231ka­thaṃ­ci­t sā­dhya­tā­dā­tmya­pa­ri­ṇā­ma­mi­ta­sya yā | sva­bhā­va­syo­pa­la­bdhiḥ syāt sā­vi­nā­bhā­va­la­kṣa­ṇā || 231 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.232u­tpā­dā­di­tra­yā­krāṃ­taṃ samastaṃ sattvato yathā | gu­ṇa­pa­rya­ya­va­ddra­vyaṃ dra­vya­tvā­d iti cocyate || 232 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.233ya­thā­rtha­sya sva­bhā­vo­pa­laṃ­bhaḥ sa­vya­va­sā­ya­kaḥ | sta­syā­nu­mā­ne­na kiṃ tva­yā­nya­t pra­sā­dhya­te || 233 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.234sa­mā­ro­pa­vya­va­cche­da­s tenety api na yu­kti­ma­t | niścite rthe sa­mā­ro­pā­saṃ­bha­vā­d iti kecana || 234 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.235ta­da­sa­dva­stu­no ne­ka­sva­bhā­va­sya vi­ni­ści­te | sa­ttvā­dā­v api sā­dhyā­tma­ni­śca­yā­n ni­ya­mā­n nṛṇām || 235 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.236ni­ści­tā­ni­ści­tā­tma­tvaṃ na caikasya vi­ru­dhya­te | ci­tra­tā­jñā­na­va­n nā­nā­sva­bhā­vai­kā­rtha­sā­dha­nā­t || 236 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.237tata eva na pakṣasya pra­mā­ṇe­na vi­ro­dha­naṃ | nāpi vṛttir vi­pa­kṣa­s te hetor e­kāṃ­ta­ta­ś cyuteḥ || 237 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.238u­tpā­da­vya­ya­ni­rmu­ktaṃ na vastu kha­ra­śṛṃ­ga­va­t | nāpi dhrau­vya­pa­ri­tya­ktaṃ tryātmakaṃ svā­rtha­ta­ttva­taḥ || 238 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.239sa­ha­bhā­vi gu­ṇā­tma­tvā­bhā­ve dravyasya tattvataḥ | kra­mo­tpi­tsu sva­pa­ryā­yā­bhā­va­tve ca na ka­sya­ci­t || 239 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.240nā­kra­me­ṇa kra­me­ṇā­pi kā­rya­kā­ri­tva­saṃ­ga­tiḥ | ta­da­bhā­ve kutas tasya dravyatvaṃ vyo­ma­pu­ṣpa­va­t || 240 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.241evaṃ hetur ayaṃ śaktaḥ sādhyaṃ sā­dha­yi­tuṃ dhruvaṃ | sa­ttva­va­n ni­ya­mā­d eva la­kṣa­ṇa­sya vi­ni­śca­yā­t || 241 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.242sādhyād a­nyo­pa­la­bdhi­s tu dvi­vi­dhā­py a­va­sī­ya­te | vi­ru­ddha­syā­vi­ru­ddha­sya dṛṣṭes tena vi­ka­lpa­nā­t || 242 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.243pra­ti­ṣe­dhe vi­ru­ddho­pa­la­bdhi­r arthasya tad yathā | nāsty eva sa­rva­thai­kāṃ­to ne­kāṃ­ta­syo­pa­laṃ­bha­taḥ || 243 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.244yāvat kaścin niṣedho tra sa sarvo nu­pa­laṃ­bha­vā­n | yat tad eṣa vi­ru­ddho­pa­laṃ­bho­s tv a­nu­pa­laṃ­bha­na­m || 244 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.245ity ayuktaṃ ta­thā­bhū­ta­śru­te­r a­nu­pa­laṃ­bha­naṃ | ta­nmū­la­tvā­t ta­thā­bhā­ve pra­tya­kṣa­m a­nu­mā­stu te || 245 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.246ta­thai­vā­nu­pa­laṃ­bhe­na virodhe sādhite kvacit | syāt sva­bhā­va­vi­ru­ddho­pa­la­bdhi­vṛ­tti­s tathaiva vā || 246 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.247liṃge pra­tya­kṣa­taḥ siddhe sā­dhya­dha­rmi­ṇi vā kvacit | liṃ­gi­jñā­naṃ pra­va­rte­ta nā­nya­thā­ti­pra­saṃ­ga­taḥ || 247 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.248gauṇaś ced vya­pa­de­śo yaṃ kā­ra­ṇa­sya phales tu naḥ | pra­dhā­na­bhā­va­ta­s tasya ta­trā­bhi­prā­ya­va­rta­nā­t || 248 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.249vyā­pa­kā­rtha­vi­ru­ddho­pa­la­bdhi­r atra ni­ve­di­tā | yathā na sa­nni­ka­rṣā­diḥ pramāṇaṃ pa­ra­saṃ­ma­ta­m || 249 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.250a­jñā­na­tvā­d a­ti­vyā­pte­r jñā­na­tve­na miter iha | vyā­pa­ka­vyā­pa­ka­dvi­ṣṭo­pa­la­bdhi­r veyam iṣyate || 250 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.251syāt sā­dha­ka­ta­ma­tve­na svā­rtha­jña­ptau pra­mā­ṇa­tā | vyāptā yā ca ta­da­vyā­ptaṃ jñā­nā­tma­tve­na sādhyate || 251 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.252vyā­pa­ka­dvi­ṣṭha­kā­yo­pa­la­bdhiḥ kā­ryo­pa­la­bdhi­gā | śru­ti­prā­dhā­nya­taḥ siddhā pā­raṃ­pa­ryā­d vi­ru­ddha­va­t || 252 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.253yathā nātmā vibhuḥ kāye ta­tsu­khā­dyu­pa­la­bdhi­taḥ | vibhutvaṃ sa­rva­bhū­tā­rtha­saṃ­baṃ­dhi­tve­na vastutaḥ || 253 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.254vyāptaṃ tena vi­ro­dhī­daṃ kā­ya­saṃ­baṃ­dha­mā­tra­kaṃ | kāya eva su­khā­dī­nāṃ ta­tkā­ryā­ṇāṃ vi­bo­dha­na­m || 254 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.255nanu pra­de­śa­vṛ­ttī­nāṃ teṣāṃ saṃ­vā­da­naṃ kathaṃ | śa­rī­ra­mā­tra­saṃ­baṃ­dha­m ātmano bhā­va­ye­t sadā || 255 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.256yato niḥ­śe­ṣa­mū­rtā­rtha­saṃ­baṃ­dha­vi­ni­va­rta­nā­t | vi­bhu­tvā­bhā­va­si­ddhiḥ syād iti kecit pra­ca­kṣya­te || 256 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.257tad ayuktaṃ ma­nī­ṣā­yāḥ sā­ka­lye­nā­tma­naḥ sthiteḥ | ta­cchū­nya­syā­tma­tā­hā­ne­s tā­dā­tmya­sya pra­sā­dha­nā­t || 257 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.258vi­ru­ddha­kā­rya­saṃ­si­ddhi­r nā­stye­kāṃ­te '­na­pe­kṣi­ṇya – | ne kāṃte rtha­kri­yā­dṛ­ṣṭe­r ity evam a­va­ga­mya­te || 258 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.259kā­ra­ṇā­rtha­vi­ru­ddhā­nu­pa­la­bdhi­r jñāyate yathā | nāsti mi­thyā­ca­ri­traṃ me sa­mya­gvi­jñā­n a­ve­da­nā­t || 259 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.260tad dhi mi­thyā­ca­ri­tra­sya kāraṇaṃ vi­ni­va­rta­ye­t | mi­thyā­jñā­na­ni­vṛ­tti­s tu tasya ta­dvi­ni­va­rti­kā || 260 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.261kā­ra­ṇa­dvi­ṣṭha­kā­ryo­pa­la­bdhi­r yā­thā­tmya­vā­kkṛ­taḥ | tasya te­nā­vi­nā­bhā­vā­t pā­raṃ­pa­rye­ṇa tattvataḥ || 261 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.262kā­ra­ṇa­vyā­pa­ka­dvi­ṣṭo­pa­la­bdhi­r nāsti nirvṛtiḥ | sāṃ­khyā­de­r jñā­na­mā­tro­pa­ga­mā­d iti ya­the­kṣya­te || 262 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.263nirvṛteḥ kāraṇaṃ vyāptaṃ dṛ­ṣṭyā­di­tri­ta­yā­tma­nā | ta­dvi­ru­ddhaṃ tu vi­jñā­na­mā­traṃ sāṃ­khyā­di­sa­mma­ta­m || 263 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.264kā­ra­ṇa­vyā­pa­ka­dvi­ṣṭha­kā­rya­dṛ­ṣṭi­s tu tadvacaḥ | sa­mya­gvi­ve­ci­taṃ sā­dhyā­vi­nā­bhā­vi pra­tī­ya­te || 264 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.265draṣṭā sa­ha­ca­ra­dvi­ṣṭho­pa­la­bdhi­s tad yathā mayi | nāsti ma­tyā­dya­vi­jñā­naṃ ta­ttva­śra­ddhā­na­si­ddhi­taḥ || 265 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.266sa­ha­cā­ri­ni­ṣe­dhe­na mi­thyā­śra­ddhā­na­m ī­kṣi­ta­m | tan nihaṃty eva ta­dghā­ti­ta­ttva­śra­ddhā­na­m aṃjasā || 266 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.267ta­da­bhā­ve ca ma­tyā­dya­vi­jñā­naṃ vi­ni­va­rta­te | ma­ti­jñā­nā­di­bhā­ve­na tadāsya pa­ri­ṇā­ma­taḥ || 267 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.268tathā sa­ha­ca­ra­dvi­ṣṭha­kā­rya­si­ddhi­r ni­ve­di­tā | pra­śa­mā­di­vi­ni­rṇī­te­s tan nāsmāsv iti sādhane || 268 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.269tasmin sa­ha­ca­ra­vyā­pi vi­ru­ddha­syo­pa­laṃ­bha­na­m | sa­dda­rśa­na­tva­ni­rṇī­te­r iti tajjñair u­dā­hṛ­ta­m || 269 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.270tad e­ta­tsa­ha­ca­ra­vyā­pi dvi­ṣṭha­kā­ryo­pa­laṃ­bha­na­m | pra­mā­ṇā­di­pra­ti­ṣṭhā­na­si­ddhe­r iti ni­bu­dhya­tā­m || 270 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.271sa­ha­cā­ri­ni­mi­tte­na vi­ru­ddha­syo­pa­laṃ­bha­naṃ | tan nāsty asmāsu dṛgmohaḥ pra­ti­pa­kṣo­pa­laṃ­bha­taḥ || 271 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.272ity evaṃ ta­dvi­ru­ddho­pa­la­bdhi­bhe­dāḥ pra­tī­ti­gāḥ | ya­thā­yo­ga­m u­dā­hā­ryāḥ svayaṃ ta­ttva­pa­rī­kṣa­kaiḥ || 272 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.273sā­dhyā­rthe­na vi­ru­ddha­sya kā­rya­kā­ra­ṇa­bhe­di­naḥ | u­pa­la­bdhi­s tri­dhā­mnā­tā prā­ksa­ho­tta­ra­cā­ri­ṇaḥ || 273 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.274tatra pū­rva­ca­ra­syo­pa­la­bdhiḥ si­ddhāṃ­ta­ve­di­nā­m | ya­tho­de­ṣya­ti nakṣatraṃ śakaṭaṃ kṛ­tti­ko­da­yā­t || 274 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.275pū­rva­cā­ri­ta­niḥ­śe­ṣaṃ kāraṇaṃ ni­ya­mā­d api | kā­ryā­tma­lā­bha­he­tū­nāṃ kā­ra­ṇa­tva­pra­si­ddhi­taḥ || 275 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.276na ro­hi­ṇyu­da­ya­s tu syād a­mu­ṣmi­n kṛ­tti­ko­da­yā­t | ta­da­naṃ­ta­ra­saṃ­dhi­tvā­bhā­vā­t kā­lāṃ­ta­re­kṣa­ṇā­t || 276 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.277vi­śi­ṣṭa­kā­la­m āsādya kṛttikāḥ kurvate yadi | śakaṭaṃ bharaṇiḥ kiṃ na tat karoti tathaiva ca || 277 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.278vya­va­dhā­nā­d a­he­tu­tve tasyās tatra kva vāsanā | smṛ­ti­he­tu­r vi­bhā­vye­ta tatta evety a­va­rti­na­m || 278 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.279kāraṇaṃ bha­ra­ṇi­s tatra kṛ­tti­kā­sa­ha­kā­ri­ṇī | yadi kā­lāṃ­ta­rā­pe­kṣā tathā syād aśvinī na kim || 279 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.280pi­tā­ma­haḥ pitā kiṃ na tathaiva pra­pi­tā­ma­haḥ | sarvo vā­nā­di­saṃ­tā­naḥ sūnoḥ pū­rva­tva­yo­ga­taḥ || 280 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.281sva­rū­pa­lā­bha­he­to­ś cet pitṛtvaṃ ne­ta­ra­sya tu | prāk śa­ka­ṭa­sya mā bhūvan kṛ­tti­kā­he­ta­va­s tathā || 281 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.282pū­rva­pū­rva­ca­rā­dī­nā­m u­pa­la­bdhiḥ pra­da­rśi­tā | pū­rvā­cā­ryo­pa­laṃ­bhe­na tato nā­rthāṃ­ta­raṃ matam || 282 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.283sa­ha­cā­ryu­pa­la­bdhiḥ syāt kā­ya­ścai­ta­nya­vā­n ayam | vi­śi­ṣṭa­spa­rśa­saṃ­si­ddhe­r iti kaiścid u­dā­hṛ­ta­m || 283 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.284kārya hetur ayaṃ sveṣṭaḥ sa­mā­na­sa­ma­ya­tva­taḥ | svā­taṃ­trye­ṇa vya­va­sthā­nā­d vā­ma­da­kṣi­ṇa­śṛṃ­ga­va­t || 284 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.285e­ka­sā­ma­grya­dhī­na­tvā­t tayoḥ syāt sa­ha­bhā­vi­tā | kvānyathā ni­ya­ma­s tasyās tato nyeṣām itīti cet || 285 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.286nai­ka­dra­vyā­tma­ta­ttve­na vinā tasyā vi­ro­dha­taḥ | sā­ma­grye­kā hi taddravyaṃ ra­sa­rū­pā­di­ṣu sphuṭam || 286 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.287na ca ta­syā­nu­mā­sā­dya­mā­nā­d ra­sa­vi­śe­ṣa­taḥ | sa­mā­na­sa­ma­ya­syai­va rū­pā­de­r a­nu­mā­na­taḥ || 287 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.288kāryeṇa kā­ra­ṇa­syā­nu­mā­naṃ ye­ne­da­m ucyate | kā­ra­ṇe­nā­pi rū­pā­de­s tato dravyeṇa nānumā || 288 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.289sa­mā­na­kā­ra­ṇa­tvaṃ tu sā­ma­grye­kā ya­dī­ṣya­te | pa­yo­ra­sā­t sa­ro­ja­nma­rū­pa­syā­nu­mi­ti­r na kim || 289 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.290yathaiva hi payoparūpād ra­sa­sa­hā­ya­kā­t | tathā sa­ro­dbha­ve pīti syāt sa­mā­na­ni­mi­tta­tā || 290 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.291pra­tyā­sa­tte­r a­bhā­vā­c cet sā­dhya­sā­dha­na­tā­na­yoḥ | na­ṣṭai­ka­dra­vya­tā­dā­tmyā­t pra­tyā­sa­ttiḥ parā ca sā || 291 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.292nanv a­rthāṃ­ta­ra­bhū­tā­nā­m a­he­tu­pha­la­nā­śri­tā­m | sa­ha­cā­ri­tva­m arthānāṃ kuto ni­ya­ta­m īkṣyase || 292 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.293kā­rya­kā­ra­ṇa­bhā­vā­s te kasmād iti samaṃ na kim | tathā saṃ­pra­tya­yā­t tulyaṃ sa­mā­dhā­na­m a­pī­dṛ­śaṃ || 293 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.294sva­kā­ra­ṇā­t ta­thā­gni­ś cej jāto dhūmasya kārakaḥ | cai­ta­nya­sa­ha­kā­rya­s tu sparśo ṃge ta­da­dṛ­ṣṭa­taḥ || 294 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.295dṛṣṭād dhetor vinā ye rthā ni­ya­mā­t sa­ha­cā­ri­ṇaḥ | a­dṛ­ṣṭa­ka­ra­ṇaṃ teṣāṃ kiṃcid ity a­nu­mī­ya­te || 295 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.296dravyato '­nā­di­rū­pā­ṇāṃ svabhāvo stu na tādṛśaḥ | sā­dhya­sā­dha­na­tai­vai­ṣāṃ ta­tkṛ­tā­nyo­nya­m ity asat || 296 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.297ye cā­rvā­kpa­ra­bhā­gā­dyā ni­ya­me­na pa­ra­spa­rāḥ | sa­ha­bhā­va­m itās teṣāṃ hetur etena varṇitaḥ || 297 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.298tato tī­tai­ka­kā­lā­nāṃ gatiḥ kiṃ­kā­rya­liṃ­ga­jā | ni­ya­mā­d anyathā dṛṣṭiḥ sa­ha­cā­ryā­d a­si­ddhi­taḥ || 298 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.299ta­tho­tta­ra­ca­ra­syo­pa­la­bdhi­s tajjñair u­dā­hṛ­tā | u­da­gā­dbha­ra­ṇi­rā­gne­ya­da­rśa­nā­n na­bha­sī­ti sā || 299 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.300sarvam u­tta­ra­cā­rī­ha kāryam ity a­ni­rā­kṛ­teḥ | nānā prā­ṇi­ga­ṇā­dṛ­ṣṭā­t sā­te­ta­ra­pha­lā­d vinā || 300 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.301pū­rvo­tta­ra­ca­rā­ṇi syur bhāni kra­ma­bhu­vaḥ sadā | nānyonyaṃ hetutā teṣāṃ kā­ryā­bā­dhā tato matā || 301 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.301efsā­dhya­sā­dha­na­tā na syād a­vi­nā­bhā­va­yo­ga­taḥ | TAŚV-ML 1.13.302pa­kṣa­dha­rma­s ta­daṃ­śe­na vyāpto hetus tridhaiva saḥ | a­vi­nā­bhā­va­ni­ya­mā­d iti vācyaṃ na dhīmatā || 302 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.303pa­kṣa­dha­rmā­tya­ye yuktāḥ sa­ha­cā­ryā­da­yo yataḥ | satyaṃ ca hetavo nāto he­tvā­bhā­sā­s ta­thā­pa­re || 303 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.304tridhaiva vā­vi­nā­bhā­vā­ni­ya­mā­d dhetur āsthitaḥ | kā­ryā­di­r nānya ity eṣā vyā­khyai­te­na ni­rā­kṛ­tā || 304 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.305niṣedhe nu­pa­la­bdhiḥ syāt pha­la­he­tu­dva­yā­tma­nā | he­tu­sā­dhyā­vi­nā­bhā­va­ni­ya­ma­sya vi­ni­śca­yā­t || 305 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.306tatra kā­ryā­pra­si­ddhiḥ syān nāsti cin mṛ­ta­vi­gra­he | vā­kkri­yā­kā­ra­bhe­dā­nā­m a­si­ddhe­r iti niścitā || 306 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.307kā­ra­ṇā­nu­pa­la­bdhi­s tu nā­rthi­tā­ca­ra­ṇaṃ śubham | sa­mya­gbo­dho­pa­laṃ­bha­syā­bhā­vā­d iti vi­bhā­vya­te || 307 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.308a­he­tu­pha­la­rū­pa­sya vastuno nu­pa­laṃ­bha­na­m | dvedhā niṣedhya tā­dā­tmye­ta­ra­syā­dṛ­ṣṭi­ka­lpa­nā­t || 308 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.309ta­trā­bhi­nnā­tma­noḥ siddhir dvividhā saṃ­pra­tī­ya­te | sva­bhā­vā­nu­pa­la­bdhi­ś ca vyā­pa­kā­dṛ­ṣṭi­r eva ca || 309 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.310ādyā yathā na me duḥkhaṃ vi­pā­dā­nu­pa­laṃ­bha­taḥ | vyā­pa­kā­nu­pa­la­bdhi­s tu vṛ­kṣā­dṛ­ṣṭe­r na śiṃśapā || 310 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.311kā­rya­kā­ra­ṇa­bhi­nna­syā­nu­pa­la­bdhi­r na bu­dhya­tā­m | sa­ha­cā­ri­ṇa evātra pra­ti­ṣe­dhe­na vastunā || 311 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.312mayi nāsti ma­ti­jñā­naṃ sa­ddṛ­ṣṭya­nu­pa­la­bdhi­taḥ | rū­pā­da­yo na jīvādau spa­rśā­si­ddhe­r i­tī­ya­tā­m || 312 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.313kā­ra­ṇa­vyā­pa­ka­dṛ­ṣṭi­pra­mu­khā­ś cāsya dṛṣṭayaḥ | ta­trāṃ­ta­rbhā­va­m āyāṃti pā­raṃ­pa­ryā­d a­ne­ka­dhā || 313 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.314prā­ṇā­da­yo na saṃty eva bha­smā­di­ṣu ka­dā­ca­na | jī­va­tvā­si­ddhi­to he­tu­vyā­pa­kā­dṛ­ṣṭi­r īdṛśī || 314 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.315kvacid ātmani saṃ­sā­ra­pra­sū­ti­r nāsti kārtsnyataḥ | sa­rva­ka­rmo­da­yā­bhā­vā­d iti vā sa­mu­dā­hṛ­tā || 315 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.316ta­ddhe­tu­he­tva­dṛ­ṣṭiḥ syān mi­thyā­tvā­dya­pra­si­ddhi­taḥ | ta­nni­vṛ­ttau hi ta­ddhe­tu­ka­rmā­bhā­vā­t kva saṃsṛtiḥ || 316 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.317ta­tkā­rya­vyā­pa­kā­si­ddhi­r yathā nāsti ni­ra­nva­yaṃ | tattvaṃ kra­mā­kra­mā­bhā­vā­d a­nva­yai­kāṃ­ta­ta­ttva­va­t || 317 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.318ta­tkā­rya­vyā­pa­ka­syā­pi pa­dā­rthā­nu­pa­laṃ­bha­naṃ | pa­ri­ṇā­ma­vi­śe­ṣa­syā­bhā­vā­d iti vi­bhā­vya­tā­m || 318 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.319kā­ra­ṇa­vyā­pa­kā dṛṣṭiḥ sāṃ­khyā­de­r nāsti nirvṛtiḥ | sa­ddṛ­ṣṭyā­di­tra­yā­si­ddhe­r iyaṃ punar u­dā­hṛ­tā || 319 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.320kā­ra­ṇa­vyā­pa­kā vyāptiḥ sva­bhā­vā­nu­pa­laṃ­bha­naṃ | tatraiva pa­ri­ṇā­ma­syā­si­ddhe­r iti ya­tho­cya­te || 320 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.321pa­ri­ṇā­ma­ni­vṛ­ttau hi tad vyāptaṃ vi­ni­va­rta­te | sa­ddṛ­ṣṭyā­di­tra­yaṃ mārgaṃ vyāpakaṃ pū­rva­va­tpa­ra­m || 321 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.322sa­ha­cā­ri­pha­lā dṛṣṭir ma­tya­jñā­nā­di nāsti me | nā­sti­kyā­dhya­va­sā­nā­de­r a­bhā­vā­d iti darśitā || 322 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.323nā­sti­kya­pa­ri­ṇā­mo hi phalaṃ mi­thyā­dṛ­śaḥ sphuṭam | sa­ha­cā­ri­ta­yā ma­tya­jñā­nā­di­va­dvi­pa­ści­tā­m || 323 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.324sa­ha­cā­ri­ni­mi­tta­syā­nu­pa­la­bdhi­r u­dā­hṛ­tā | dṛ­ṣṭi­mo­ho­da­yā­si­ddhe­r iti vyaktaṃ tathaiva hi || 324 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.325sa­ha­bhū­vyā­pa­kā dṛṣṭir nāsti ve­da­ka­da­rśa­naiḥ | sa­ha­bhā­vi ma­ti­jñā­naṃ ta­ttva­śra­ddhā­na­hā­ni­taḥ || 325 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.326sa­ha­bhū­vyā­pi he­tvā­dya­dṛ­ṣṭa­yo py a­vi­ro­dha­taḥ | pra­tye­ta­vyāḥ pra­paṃ­ce­na lo­ka­śā­stra­ni­da­rśa­naiḥ || 326 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.327u­pa­la­bdhya­nu­pa­la­bdhi­bhyā­m ity evaṃ sa­rva­he­ta­vaḥ | saṃ­gṛ­hyaṃ­te na kā­ryā­di­tri­ta­ye­na ka­thaṃ­ca­na || 327 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.328nāpi pū­rva­va­dā­dī­nāṃ tritayo na ni­ṣe­dha­ne | sādhye ta­syā­sa­ma­rtha­tvā­d dvidhā caiva pra­yu­kti­taḥ || 328 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.329pū­rva­va­tkā­ra­ṇā­t kārye nu­mā­na­m a­nu­ma­nya­te | śe­ṣa­va­tkā­ra­ṇe kāryād vijñānaṃ ni­ya­ta­sthi­teḥ || 329 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.330kā­rya­kā­ra­ṇa­ni­rmu­ktā­d arthāt sādhye ta­thā­vi­dhe | bhavet sā­mā­nya­to dṛṣṭam iti vyā­khyā­na­saṃ­bha­ve || 330 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.331vidhau ta­du­pa­laṃ­bhaḥ syur niṣedhe nu­pa­la­bdha­yaḥ | tataś ca ṣaḍvidho hetuḥ saṃ­kṣe­pā­t kena vāryate || 331 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.332ke­va­lā­nva­ya­saṃ­yo­gī vī­ta­bhū­tā­di­bhe­da­taḥ | vi­ni­rṇī­tā­vi­nā­bhā­va­he­tu­nā­m atra saṃ­gra­hā­t || 332 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.333a­nya­thā­nu­pa­pa­ttye­ka­la­kṣa­ṇaṃ sādhanaṃ tataḥ | sūktaṃ sādhyaṃ vinā sadbhiḥ śa­kya­tvā­di­vi­śe­ṣa­ṇaṃ || 333 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.334śakyaṃ sā­dha­yi­tuṃ sādhyam ity anena ni­rā­kṛ­taḥ | pra­tya­kṣā­di­pra­mā­ṇe­na pakṣa ity e­ta­dā­sthi­ta­m || 334 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.335te­nā­nu­ṣṇo gnir ity eṣa pakṣaḥ pra­tya­kṣa­bā­dhi­taḥ | dhūmo nagnija e­vā­ya­m iti laiṃ­gi­ka­bā­dhi­taḥ || 335 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.336pre­tyā­su­kha­pra­do dharma ity ā­ga­ma­ni­rā­kṛ­taḥ | nṛ­ka­pā­laṃ śucīti syāl lo­ka­rū­ḍhi­pra­bā­dhi­taḥ || 336 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.337pa­kṣā­bhā­saḥ sva­vā­gvā­dhyaḥ sadā mau­na­vra­tī­ti yaḥ | sa sarvo pi pra­yo­kta­vyo naiva ta­ttva­pa­rī­kṣa­kaiḥ || 337 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.338śa­bda­kṣa­ṇa­kṣa­yai­kāṃ­taḥ sattvād ity atra kecana | dṛ­ṣṭāṃ­tā­bhā­va­to śakyaḥ pakṣa ity a­bhya­maṃ­sa­ta || 338 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.339teṣāṃ sarvam a­ne­kāṃ­ta­m iti pakṣo vi­ru­dhya­te | tata e­vo­bha­yoḥ siddho dṛṣṭāṃto na hi ku­tra­ci­t || 339 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.340pra­mā­ṇa­bā­dhi­ta­tve­na sā­dhyā­bhā­sa­tva­bhā­ṣa­ṇe | sarvas tatheṣṭa eveha sa­rva­thai­kāṃ­ta­saṃ­ga­raḥ || 340 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.341tathā sādhyam a­bhi­pre­ta­m ity anena ni­vā­rya­te | a­nu­kta­sya svayaṃ sā­dhyā­bhā­vā­bhā­vaḥ pa­ro­di­taḥ || 341 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.342yathā hy ukto bhavet pakṣas ta­thā­nu­kto 'pi vāditaḥ | pra­stā­vā­di­ba­lā­t siddhaḥ sā­ma­rthyā­d ukta eva cet || 342 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.343svā­ga­mo­kto 'pi kiṃ na syād eva pakṣaḥ ka­thaṃ­ca­na | ta­thā­nu­kto 'pi cokto vā sādhyaḥ sveṣṭo 'stu tāttvikaḥ || 343 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.344nāniṣṭo '­ti­pra­saṃ­ga­sya pa­ri­ha­rtu­m a­śa­kti­taḥ | nanu necchati vādīha sādhyaṃ sā­dha­yi­tuṃ svayam || 344 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.345pra­si­ddha­syā­nya­saṃ­vi­tti­kā­ra­ṇā­pe­kṣya­va­rta­nā­t | pra­ti­vā­dy api ta­syai­ta­nni­rā­kṛ­ti­pa­ra­tva­taḥ || 345 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.346satyā no­bha­ya­si­ddhā­nta­ve­di­naḥ pa­kṣa­pā­ti­naḥ | ity a­yu­kta­m a­va­kta­vya­m a­bhi­pre­ta­vi­śe­ṣa­ṇa­m || 346 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.347ji­jñā­si­ta­vi­śe­ṣa­tva­m ivānye saṃ­pra­ca­kṣa­te | ta­da­sa­dvā­di­ne­ṣṭa­sya sā­dhya­tvā­pra­ti­ghā­ti­taḥ || 347 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.348svā­rthā­nu­mā­su pakṣasya ta­nni­śca­ya­vi­ve­ka­taḥ | pa­rā­rthe­ṣv a­nu­mā­ne­ṣu paro bo­dha­yi­tuṃ svayam || 348 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.349kiṃ ne­ṣṭa­sye­ha sādhyatvaṃ vi­śe­ṣā­na­bhi­dhā­na­taḥ | iṣṭaḥ sā­dha­yi­tuṃ sādhyaḥ sva­pa­ra­pra­ti­pa­tta­ye || 349 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.350iti vyā­khyā­na­to yuktam a­bhi­pre­ta­vi­śe­ṣa­ṇaṃ | a­pra­si­ddhaṃ tathā sādhyam ity a­ne­nā­bhi­dhī­ya­te || 350 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.351ta­syā­re­kā vi­pa­ryā­sā vyu­tpa­tti­vi­ṣa­yā­tma­tā | tasya ta­dvya­va­cche­da­tvā­tsi­ddhi­r arthasya tattvataḥ || 351 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.352tato na yujyate vaktuṃ vyasto hetor a­pā­śra­yaḥ | saṃśayo hy a­nu­mā­ne­na yathā vi­cchi­dya­te tathā || 352 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.353a­vyu­tpa­tti­vi­pa­ryā­sā­v anyathā nirṇayaḥ kathaṃ | a­vyu­tpa­nna­vi­pa­rya­stau nā­cā­rya­m u­pa­sa­rpa­taḥ || 353 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.354kauced eva yathā ta­dva­tsaṃ­śa­yā­tmā­pi kaś ca naḥ | nāvaśyaṃ ni­rṇa­yā­kāṃ­kṣā saṃ­di­gdha­syā­py a­na­rthi­naḥ || 354 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.355saṃ­de­ha­mā­tra­kā­sthā­nā­t svā­rtha­si­ddhau pra­va­rta­nā­t | ya­thā­pra­va­rta­mā­na­sya saṃ­di­gdha­sya pra­va­rta­na­m || 355 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.356vi­dhī­ya­te nu­mā­ne­na tathā kiṃ na ni­ṣi­dhya­te | a­vyu­tpa­nna­vi­pa­rya­s ta­ma­na­so py a­pra­va­rta­na­m || 356 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.357pa­rā­nu­gra­ha­vṛ­ttī­nā­m u­pe­kṣā­nu­pa­pa­tti­taḥ | a­vi­ne­yi­ṣu mādhyasthyaṃ na caivaṃ pra­ti­ha­nya­te || 357 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.358rā­ga­dve­ṣa­vi­hī­na­tvaṃ ni­rgu­ṇe­ṣu hi teṣu naḥ | svayaṃ mā­dhya­sthya­m ālaṃbya gu­ṇa­do­ṣo­pa­de­śa­nā || 358 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.359kāryā tebhyo pi dhī­ma­dbhi­s ta­dvi­ne­ya­tva­si­ddha­ye | a­vyu­tpa­nna­vi­pa­rya­stā pra­ti­pā­dya­tva­ni­śca­ye || 359 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.360pra­ti­pā­dyaḥ kathaṃ nāma duṣṭojñaḥ svasuto janaiḥ | lau­ki­ka­syā­pra­bo­dhya­tve katham astu pa­rī­kṣa­kaḥ || 360 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.361pra­bo­dhya­s tasya yatnena kra­ma­ta­s ta­ttva­saṃ­bha­vā­t | pra­ti­pā­dya­s tatas tredhā pakṣas ta­tpra­ti­pa­tta­ye || 361 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.362saṃ­di­gdhā­diḥ pra­yo­kta­vyo '­pra­si­ddha iti kī­rta­nā­t | su­pra­si­ddha­ś ca vikṣiptaḥ pakṣo '­kiṃ­ci­tka­ra­tva­taḥ || 362 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.363tatra pra­va­rta­mā­na­sya sā­dha­na­sya sva­rū­pa­va­t | sa­mā­ro­pe tu pakṣatvaṃ sādhane pi na vāryate || 363 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.364sva­ru­pe­ṇai­va ni­rdi­śya­s tathā sati bhavaty asau | ji­jñā­si­ta­vi­śe­ṣa­s tu dharmī yaiḥ pakṣa iṣyate || 364 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.365teṣāṃ saṃti pra­mā­ṇā­ni sve­ṣṭa­sā­dha­na­taḥ kathaṃ | dharmiṇy a­si­ddha­rū­pe pi hetur gamaka iṣyate || 365 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.366a­nya­thā­nu­pa­pa­nna­tvaṃ siddhaṃ sadbhir a­saṃ­śa­yaṃ | dha­rmi­saṃ­tā­na­sā­dhyā­ś cet sarve bhāvāḥ kṣa­ṇa­kṣa­yāḥ || 366 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.367iti pakṣo na yujyeta hetos ta­ddha­rma­tā­pi ca | pra­tya­kṣe­ṇā­pra­si­ddha­tvā­d dha­rmi­ṇā­m iha kārtsnyataḥ || 367 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.368a­nu­mā­ne­na tatsiddhau dha­rmi­sa­ttā­pra­sā­dha­naṃ | pa­ra­pra­si­ddhi­ta­s teṣāṃ dharmitvaṃ he­tu­dha­rma­va­t || 368 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.369dhruvaṃ teṣāṃ sva­taṃ­tra­sya sā­dha­na­sya ni­ṣe­dha­kaṃ | pra­saṃ­ga­sā­dha­naṃ vecchet tatra dha­rmi­gra­haḥ kutaḥ || 369 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.370iti dha­rmi­sa­ṇya­si­ddhe pi sādhanaṃ matam eva ca | vyā­pya­vyā­pa­ka­bhā­ve hi siddhe sā­dha­na­sā­dhya­yoḥ || 370 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.371pra­saṃ­ga­sā­dha­naṃ proktaṃ ta­tpra­da­rśa­na­mā­tra­kaṃ | atha niḥ­śe­ṣa­śū­nya­tva­vā­di­naṃ prati tārkikaiḥ || 371 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.372vi­ro­dho­dbhā­va­naṃ sveṣṭe vi­dhī­ye­te­ti saṃmataṃ | ta­da­pra­mā­ṇa­kaṃ tāvad a­kiṃ­ci­tka­ra­m īkṣyate || 372 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.373sa­pra­mā­ṇa­ka­tā tasya kva pra­mā­ṇā­pra­sā­dha­ne | nanv i­ṣṭa­sā­dha­nā­t saṃti pra­mā­ṇā­nī­ti bhāṣaṇe || 373 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.374samaḥ pa­rya­nu­yo­go­yaṃ pra­mā­śū­nya­tva­vā­di­naḥ | ta­di­ṣṭa­sā­dha­naṃ tā­va­da­pra­mā­ṇa­ma­sā­dha­na­m || 374 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.375sva­sā­dhye­na pramāṇaṃ tu na prasiddhaṃ dvayor api | ta­da­saṃ­ga­ta­m iṣṭasya saṃ­vi­nmā­tra­sya sā­dha­na­m || 375 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.376svayaṃ pra­kā­śa­naṃ dhva­sta­vya­bhi­cā­raṃ hi susthitaṃ | sva­saṃ­ve­da­na­m adhyakṣaṃ vādino mānam aṃjasā || 376 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.377tato 'nyeṣāṃ pra­mā­ṇā­nā­m a­sti­tva­sya vya­va­sthi­tiḥ | nanv i­ṣṭa­sā­dha­naṃ dha­rmi­pra­mā­ṇai­r a­pa­rai­r yutam || 377 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.378ta­di­ṣṭa­sā­dha­na­tva­sye­ta­ra­thā­nu­pa­pa­tti­taḥ | evaṃ pra­yo­ga­taḥ siddhiḥ pra­mā­ṇā­nā­m a­nā­ku­la­m || 378 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.379tatsattā naiva sādhyā syāt sa­rva­tre­ti pare viduḥ | yato bhayaṃ tad evaiṣāṃ svayam agre vya­va­sthi­ta­m || 379 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.380hetor a­na­nva­ya­tva­sya pra­saṃ­ja­na­m a­saṃ­śa­yaṃ | sattāyāṃ hi pra­sā­dhyā­yāṃ vi­śe­ṣa­syai­va sā­dha­nā­t || 380 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.381ya­thā­na­nva­ya­tā­do­ṣa­s ta­thā­trā­py a­ni­da­rśa­nā­t | hetor a­na­nva­ya­syā­pi ga­ma­ka­tvo­pa­va­rṇa­ne || 381 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.382sattā sādhyās tu mā­nā­nā­m iti dharmī na saṃgaraḥ | dha­rmi­dha­rma­sa­mū­ho 'tra pakṣa ity a­pa­sā­ri­ta­m || 382 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.383e­te­ne­ti sthitaḥ sādhyaḥ pakṣo vi­dhva­sta­bā­dha­kaḥ | vyā­pti­kā­le mataḥ sādhyaḥ pakṣo yeṣāṃ ni­rā­ku­laḥ || 383 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.384so nyathaiva kathaṃ teṣāṃ la­kṣa­ṇa­vya­va­hā­ra­yoḥ | vyāptiḥ sādhyena nirṇītā hetoḥ sārdhyaṃ pra­sā­dhya­te || 384 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.385tad evaṃ vya­va­hā­re pīty a­na­va­dyaṃ na cānyathā | dharmiṇo py a­pra­si­ddha­sya sā­dhya­tvā­pra­ti­ghā­ti­taḥ || 385 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.386asti dharmiṇi dharmasya ceti no­bha­ya­pa­kṣa­tā | tady atra sā­dha­nā­dbo­dho ni­ya­mā­d a­bhi­jā­ya­te || 386 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.386efsa tasya viṣayaḥ sādhyo nānyaḥ pakṣo stu jā­tu­ci­t | TAŚV-ML 1.13.387iṃ­dri­yā­ṇīṃ­dri­yā­rthā­bhi­mu­kho bodho na tu smṛtaḥ | niyato kṣa­ma­no­bhyāṃ yaḥ kevalo na tu liṃgajaḥ || 387 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.388satyaṃ svā­rthā­nu­mā­naṃ tu vinā yac cha­bda­yo­ja­nā­t | ta­nmā­nāṃ­ta­ra­tāṃ māgād iti vyā­khyā­ya­te tathā || 388 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.389siddhaḥ sā­dhyā­vi­nā­bhā­vo hy a­rthā­pa­tteḥ pra­bhā­va­kaḥ | saṃ­bha­vā­de­ś ca yo hetuḥ so pi liṃgān na bhidyate || 389 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.390dṛ­ṣṭāṃ­ta­ni­ra­pe­kṣa­tvaṃ liṃ­ga­syā­pi ne­ve­di­ta­m | tan na mā­nāṃ­ta­raṃ liṃgād a­rthā­pa­ttyā­di­ve­da­na­m || 390 || TAŚV-ML 1.13.391ma­ti­jñā­na­vi­śe­ṣā­ṇā­m u­pa­la­kṣa­ṇa­tā sthitaṃ | tena sarvaṃ ma­ti­jñā­naṃ siddham ā­bhi­ni­bo­dhi­ka­m || 391 ||

TA-ML 1.14 ta­diṃ­dri­yā­niṃ­dri­ya­ni­mi­tta­m || 14 ||

TAŚV-ML 1.14.1tasya bā­hya­ni­mi­tto­pa­da­rśa­nā­ye­da­m ucyate | tad i­tyā­di­va­caḥ sū­tra­kā­re­ṇā­nya­ma­ta­cchi­de || 1 || TAŚV-ML 1.14.2ta­ccha­bde­na pa­rā­ma­rśo na­rthāṃ­ta­ra­m iti dhvaneḥ | vā­cya­syai­ka­sya ma­tyā­di­pra­kā­ra­syā­vi­śe­ṣa­taḥ || 2 || TAŚV-ML 1.14.3nimittaṃ kārakaṃ yasya ta­tta­tho­ktaṃ vi­bhā­ga­taḥ | vā­kya­syā­sya vi­śe­ṣā­d vā pā­raṃ­pa­rya­sya cāśritau || 3 || TAŚV-ML 1.14.4vā­kya­bhe­dā­śra­ye yuktam a­va­dhā­ra­ṇa­m uttaraṃ | ta­da­bhe­de punaḥ pūrvama nyathā vya­bhi­cā­ri­tā || 4 || TAŚV-ML 1.14.5dhvastaṃ ta­trā­rtha­ja­nya­tva­m u­tta­rā­d a­va­dhā­ra­ṇā­t | ma­tya­jñā­na­śru­tā­dī­ni ni­ra­stā­ni tu pūrvataḥ || 5 || TAŚV-ML 1.14.6sva­ja­nya­jñā­na­saṃ­ve­dyo rthaḥ pra­me­ya­tva­to nanu | ya­thā­niṃ­dri­ya­m ity eke ta­da­sa­dvya­bhi­cā­ra­taḥ || 6 || TAŚV-ML 1.14.7niḥ­śe­ṣa­va­rta­mā­nā­rtho na sva­ja­nye­na sa­rva­vi­t | saṃ­ve­da­ne­na saṃvedyaḥ sa­mā­na­kṣa­ṇa­va­rti­nā || 7 || TAŚV-ML 1.14.8svā­rtha­ja­nya­m idaṃ jñānaṃ sa­tya­jñā­na­tva­to nyathā | vi­pa­ryā­sā­di­va­t tasya sa­tya­tvā­nu­pa­pa­tti­taḥ || 8 || TAŚV-ML 1.14.9ity apy a­śe­ṣa­vi­dbo­dhai­r a­nai­kāṃ­ti­ka­m īritaṃ | sādhanaṃ na tato jñānam a­rtha­ja­nya­m iti sthitam || 9 || TAŚV-ML 1.14.10ā­lo­ke­nā­pi ja­nya­tve­nā­laṃ­ba­na­ta­yā bhidaḥ | kiṃ tv iṃ­dri­ya­ba­lā­dhā­na­mā­tra­tve­nā­nu­ma­nya­te || 10 || TAŚV-ML 1.14.11ta­thā­rtha­ja­nya­tā­pī­ṣṭā kā­lā­kā­śā­di­ta­ttva­va­t | sā­laṃ­ba­na­ta­yā tv artho janakaḥ pra­ti­ṣi­dhya­te || 11 || TAŚV-ML 1.14.12tato nā­kā­ra­ṇaṃ vitter viṣayo stīti du­rgha­ṭa­m | yaṃ rū­pa­syā­pra­ve­dya­tvā­pa­tteḥ kā­ra­ṇa­tāṃ vinā || 12 || TAŚV-ML 1.14.13a­sva­saṃ­ve­dya­vi­jñā­na­vā­dī pūrvaṃ ni­rā­kṛ­taḥ | pa­ro­kṣa­jñā­na­vā­dī cety alaṃ saṃ­ka­tha­yā­na­yā || 13 ||

TA-ML 1.15 a­va­gra­he­hā­vā­ya­dhā­ra­ṇāḥ || 15 ||

TAŚV-ML 1.15.1ma­ti­jñā­na­sya ni­rṇī­ta­pra­kā­ra­syai­ka­śo vidi | bhidām a­va­gra­he­ty ā­di­sū­tra­mā­hā­vi­pa­rya­ya­m || 1 || TAŚV-ML 1.15.2a­kṣā­rtha­yo­ga­jā­d va­stu­mā­tra­gra­ha­ṇa­la­kṣa­ṇā­t | jātaṃ yad va­stu­bhe­da­sya grahaṇaṃ tad a­va­gra­haḥ || 2 || TAŚV-ML 1.15.3ta­dnṛ­hī­tā­rtha­sā­mā­nye ya­dvi­śe­ṣa­sya kāṃ­kṣa­ṇa­m | ni­śca­yā­bhi­mu­khaṃ sehā saṃ­śī­te­r bhi­nna­la­kṣa­ṇā || 3 || TAŚV-ML 1.15.4tasyaiva nirṇayo vāyaḥ smṛ­ti­he­tuḥ sā dhāraṇā | iti pū­rvo­di­taṃ sarvaṃ ma­ti­jñā­naṃ ca­tu­rvi­dha­m || 4 || TAŚV-ML 1.15.5sā­mā­nā­dhi­ka­ra­ṇyaṃ tu tad e­vā­va­gra­hā­da­yaḥ | tad iti prā­ksū­tra­ta­ccha­bda­saṃ­baṃ­dhā­d iha yujyate || 5 || TAŚV-ML 1.15.6tatra yad va­stu­mā­tra­sya grahaṇaṃ pā­ra­mā­rthi­ka­m | dvidhā tredhā kvacij jñānaṃ tad ity ekaṃ na cā­pa­ra­m || 6 || TAŚV-ML 1.15.6eftan na sā­dhva­kṣa­ja­syā­rtha­bhe­da­jñā­na­sya tattvataḥ | TAŚV-ML 1.15.7nanu sa­nmā­tra­kaṃ vastu vya­bhi­cā­ra­vi­mu­kti­taḥ | na bhedo vya­bhi­cā­ri­tvā­t tatra jñānaṃ na tā­ttvi­ka­m || 7 || TAŚV-ML 1.15.8ity ayuktaṃ sa­dā­śe­ṣa­vi­śe­ṣa­vi­dhu­rā­tma­naḥ | sa­ttva­syā­nu­bha­vā­bhā­vā­d bhe­da­mā­tra­ka­va­stu­va­t || 8 || TAŚV-ML 1.15.9dṛṣṭer abheda bhe­dā­tma­va­stu­ny a­vya­bhi­cā­ra­taḥ | pā­ra­mā­rthi­ka­tā yuktā nānyathā ta­da­saṃ­bha­vā­t || 9 || TAŚV-ML 1.15.10jā­tyā­di­ka­lpa­no­nmu­ktaṃ va­stu­mā­traṃ sva­la­kṣa­ṇa­m | ta­jjñā­na­m akṣajaṃ nānyad ity apy etena dū­ṣi­ta­m || 10 || TAŚV-ML 1.15.11kiṃcid ity a­va­bhā­sy atra va­stu­mā­tra­m a­po­ddhṛ­taṃ | tadgrāhi darśanaṃ jñeyam a­va­gra­ha­ni­baṃ­dha­na­m || 11 || TAŚV-ML 1.15.12a­ne­kāṃ­tā­tma­ke bhāve prasiddhe pi hi bhāvataḥ | puṃsaḥ sva­yo­gya­tā­pe­kṣaṃ grahaṇaṃ kvacid aṃśataḥ || 12 || TAŚV-ML 1.15.13te­nā­rtha­mā­tra­ni­rbhā­sā­d da­rśa­nā­d bhinnam iṣyate | jñānam a­rtha­vi­śe­ṣā­tmā­bhā­si vittvena ta­tsa­ma­m || 13 || TAŚV-ML 1.15.14kṛto bhedo nayāt sa­ttā­mā­tra­jñā­t saṃ­gra­hā­t param | na­ra­mā­trā­c ca ne­trā­di­da­rśa­naṃ vakṣyate grataḥ || 14 || TAŚV-ML 1.15.15nanv a­va­gra­ha­vi­jñā­naṃ da­rśa­nā­j jāyate yadi | ta­syeṃ­dri­ya­ma­no­ja­tvaṃ tadā kiṃ na vi­ru­dhya­te || 15 || TAŚV-ML 1.15.16pā­raṃ­pa­rye­ṇa ta­jja­tvā­t ta­sye­hā­di­vi­dā­m iva | ko virodhaḥ kramād vā­kṣa­ma­no­ja­nya­tva­ni­śca­yā­t || 16 || TAŚV-ML 1.15.17iṃ­dri­yā­niṃ­dri­yā­bhyāṃ hi yas tv ā­lo­ca­na­m ātmanaḥ | svayaṃ pra­tī­ya­te yadvat ta­thai­vā­va­gra­hā­da­yaḥ || 17 || TAŚV-ML 1.15.18va­rṇa­saṃ­sthā­di­sā­mā­nyaṃ yatra jñāne va­bhā­sa­te | tan no vi­śe­ṣa­ṇa­jñā­na­m a­va­gra­ha­pa­rā­bhi­dha­m || 18 || TAŚV-ML 1.15.19vi­śe­ṣa­ni­śca­yo vā ya ity etad u­pa­pa­dya­te | jñā­ne­ne­hā­bhi­lā­ṣā­tmā saṃ­skā­rā­tmā na dhāraṇā || 19 || TAŚV-ML 1.15.20iti kecit pra­bhā­ṣaṃ­te tac ca na vya­va­ti­ṣṭha­te | vi­śe­ṣa­ve­da­na­sye­ha dṛ­ḍha­sye­hā­tva­sū­ca­nā­t || 20 || TAŚV-ML 1.15.21tato dṛ­ḍha­ta­rā­vā­ya­jñā­nā­d dṛ­ḍha­ta­m asya ca | dhā­ra­ṇa­tva­pra­ti­jñā­nā­t smṛ­ti­he­to­r vi­śe­ṣa­taḥ || 21 || TAŚV-ML 1.15.22a­jñā­nā­tma­ka­tā­yāṃ tu saṃ­skā­ra­sye­ha tasya vā | jñā­no­pā­dā­na­tā na syād rū­pā­de­r iva sāsti ca || 22 || TAŚV-ML 1.15.23su­khā­di­nā na cātrāsti vya­bhi­cā­raḥ ka­thaṃ­ca­na | tasya jñā­nā­tma­ka­tve­na sva­saṃ­ve­da­na­si­ddhi­taḥ || 23 || TAŚV-ML 1.15.24sarveṣāṃ jī­va­bhā­vā­nāṃ jī­vā­tma­tvā­rpa­ṇā­n nayāt | saṃ­ve­da­nā­tma­tā­si­ddhe­r nā­ma­si­ddhā­n na saṃbhavaḥ || 24 || TAŚV-ML 1.15.25tata eva pra­dhā­na­sya dharmā nā­va­gra­hā­da­yaḥ | ā­lo­ca­nā­di­nā­mā­naḥ sva­saṃ­vi­tti­vi­ro­dha­taḥ || 25 || TAŚV-ML 1.15.26nanu dūre ya­thai­te­ṣāṃ kramaśo rthe pra­va­rta­naṃ | saṃ­ve­dya­te ta­thā­sa­nne kin na saṃ­vi­di­tā­tma­nā­m || 26 || TAŚV-ML 1.15.27vi­śe­ṣa­ṇa­vi­śe­ṣyā­di­jñā­nā­nāṃ samam īdṛśaṃ | vedyaṃ tatra sa­mā­dhā­naṃ yat tad atrāpi yujyate || 27 || TAŚV-ML 1.15.28ta­thai­vā­lo­ca­nā­dī­nāṃ dṛ­gā­dī­nāṃ ca budhyate | saṃ­baṃ­dha­sma­ra­ṇā­dī­nā­m a­nu­mā­no­pa­kā­ri­ṇā­m || 28 || TAŚV-ML 1.15.29a­tyaṃ­tā­bhyā­sa­to hy āśu vṛtter a­nu­pa­la­kṣa­ṇa­m | kramaśo ve­da­nā­nāṃ syāt sa­rve­ṣā­m a­vi­gā­na­taḥ || 29 || TAŚV-ML 1.15.30dra­vya­pa­ryā­ya­sā­mā­nya­vi­ṣa­yo vagraho kṣajaḥ | ta­syā­pa­ra­vi­ka­lpe­nā­ni­ṣe­dhya­tvā­t sphu­ṭa­tva­taḥ || 30 || TAŚV-ML 1.15.31saṃ­vā­da­ka­tva­to mānaṃ svā­rtha­vya­va­si­teḥ phalaṃ | sā­kṣā­dvya­va­hi­taṃ tu syād īhā hā­nā­di­dhī­r api || 31 || TAŚV-ML 1.15.32ni­rvi­ka­lpa­ka­yā dṛṣṭyā gṛhīte rthe sva­la­kṣa­ṇe | ta­dā­nyā­po­ha­sā­mā­nya­go­ca­ro vagrahaḥ sphuṭaḥ || 32 || TAŚV-ML 1.15.33sa­ha­bhā­vo vikalpo pi ni­rvi­ka­lpa­ka­yā dṛśā | pa­ri­ka­lpa­na­yā vāto niṣedhya iti kecana || 33 || TAŚV-ML 1.15.34ta­da­sa­tsvā­rtha­saṃ­vi­tte­r a­vi­ka­lpa­tva­dū­ṣa­ṇā­t | sadā sa vya­va­sā­yā­kṣa­jñā­na­syā­nu­bha­vā­t svayam || 34 || TAŚV-ML 1.15.35ma­na­so­r yu­ga­pa­dvṛ­ttiḥ sa­vi­ka­lpā­vi­ka­lpa­yoḥ | mohād aikyaṃ vya­va­syaṃ­tī­ty a­sa­tpṛ­tha­g a­pī­kṣa­ṇā­t || 35 || TAŚV-ML 1.15.36laiṃ­gi­kā­di­vi­ka­lpa­syā­spa­ṣṭā­tma­tvo­pa­laṃ­bha­nā­t | yuktā nā­kṣa­vi­ka­lpā­nā­m a­spa­ṣṭā­tma­ka­to­di­tā || 36 || TAŚV-ML 1.15.37anyathā tai­mi­ra­syā­kṣa­jñā­na­sya bhrāṃ­ta­te­kṣa­ṇā­t | sa­rvā­kṣa­saṃ­vi­do bhrāṃtyā kin nohyaṃte vi­ka­lpa­kaiḥ || 37 || TAŚV-ML 1.15.38sa­ha­bhā­vo pi go­dṛ­ṣṭi­tu­raṃ­ga­m a­vi­ka­lpa­yoḥ | kin naikatvaṃ vya­va­syaṃ­ti sve­ṣṭa­dṛ­ṣṭi­vi­ka­lpa­va­t || 38 || TAŚV-ML 1.15.39pra­tyā­sa­tti­vi­śe­ṣa­syā­bhā­vā­c cet so tra ko paraḥ | tā­dā­tmyā­d e­ka­sā­ma­grya­dhī­na­tva­syā­vi­śe­ṣa­taḥ || 39 || TAŚV-ML 1.15.40tādṛśī vāsanā kācid e­ka­tva­vya­va­sā­ya­kṛ­t | sa­ha­bhā­vā­vi­śe­ṣe pi ka­yo­ści­d dṛ­gvi­ka­lpa­yoḥ || 40 || TAŚV-ML 1.15.41sābhīṣṭā yo­gya­tā­smā­kaṃ kṣa­yo­pa­śa­ma­la­kṣa­ṇā | spaṣṭatve kṣa­vi­ka­lpa­sya hetur nānyasya jā­tu­ci­t || 41 || TAŚV-ML 1.15.42ta­nni­rṇa­yā­tma­kaḥ siddho vagraho va­stu­go­ca­raḥ | spaṣṭābho kṣa­ba­lo­dbhū­to 'spaṣṭo vyaṃ­ja­na­go­ca­raḥ || 42 || TAŚV-ML 1.15.43ne­hā­niṃ­dri­ya­jai­vā­kṣa­vyā­pā­rā­pe­kṣa­ṇā sphuṭā | svā­kṣa­vyā­pṛ­tya­bhā­ve syāḥ pra­bha­vā­bhā­va­ni­rṇa­yā­t || 43 || TAŚV-ML 1.15.44nāpīyaṃ mānasaṃ jñānam a­kṣa­vi­tsa­ma­naṃ­ta­raṃ | ni­śca­yā­tma­ka­m anyad vā spaṣṭābhaṃ tata eva naḥ || 44 || TAŚV-ML 1.15.45tasya pra­tya­kṣa­rū­pa­sya pra­mā­ṇe­na pra­si­ddhi­taḥ | sva­saṃ­ve­da­na­to nyasya kalpanaṃ kimu ni­ṣpha­la­m || 45 || TAŚV-ML 1.15.46mā­na­sa­sma­ra­ṇa­syā­kṣa­jñā­nā­d u­tpa­ttya­saṃ­bha­vā­t | vi­jā­tī­yā­t pra­ka­lpye­ta yadi tat tasya janma te || 46 || TAŚV-ML 1.15.47ta­dā­kṣa­ve­da­naṃ na syāt sa­ma­naṃ­ta­ra­kā­ra­ṇa­m | ma­no­dhya­kṣa­sya tasyaiva vai­la­kṣa­ṇyā­vi­śe­ṣa­taḥ || 47 || TAŚV-ML 1.15.48pra­tya­kṣa­tve­na vai­śa­dya­va­stu­go­ca­ra­tā­tma­nā | sa­jā­tī­yaṃ ma­no­dhya­kṣa­m a­kṣa­jñā­ne­na cen matam || 48 || TAŚV-ML 1.15.49smaraṇaṃ saṃ­vi­dā­tma­tva­saṃ­tā­nai­kye­na vas tathā | kin na siddhyed yatas tasya ta­tro­pā­dā­na­kā­ra­ka­m || 49 || TAŚV-ML 1.15.50anyathā na ma­no­dhya­kṣaṃ sma­ra­ṇe­na sa­la­kṣa­ṇaṃ | a­syo­pā­dā­na­tā­pā­yā­d ity a­na­rtha­ka­ka­lpa­na­m || 50 || TAŚV-ML 1.15.51sma­ra­ṇā­kṣa­vi­do­r bhinnau saṃtānau ced a­na­rtha­ka­m | ma­no­dhya­kṣaṃ vināpy asmāt sma­ra­ṇo­tpa­tti­saṃ­bha­vā­t || 51 || TAŚV-ML 1.15.52a­kṣa­jñā­naṃ hi pū­rva­smā­d a­kṣa­jñā­nā­nya­tho­di­yā­t | smṛtiḥ smṛtes ta­thā­nā­di­kā­rya­kā­ra­ṇa­te­dṛ­śī || 52 || TAŚV-ML 1.15.53saṃ­tā­nai­kye tayor a­kṣa­jñā­nā­t smṛ­ti­sa­mu­dbha­vaḥ | pūrvaṃ ta­dvā­sa­nā yuktād a­kṣa­jñā­naṃ ca ke­va­lā­t || 53 || TAŚV-ML 1.15.54saha smṛ­tya­kṣa­vi­jñā­ne tataḥ syātāṃ ka­dā­ca­na | sau­ga­tā­nā­m iti vyarthaṃ ma­no­dhya­kṣa­pra­ka­lpa­naṃ || 54 || TAŚV-ML 1.15.55syā­dvā­di­nāṃ punar jñā­nā­vṛ­tti­cche­da­vi­śe­ṣa­taḥ | sa­mā­ne­ta­ra­vi­jñā­na­saṃ­tā­no na vi­ru­dhya­te || 55 || TAŚV-ML 1.15.56pratyakṣaṃ mānasaṃ svā­rtha­ni­śca­yā­tma­ka­m asti cet | spa­ṣṭā­bha­m a­kṣa­vi­jñā­naṃ ki­ma­rtha­kyā­d u­pe­ya­te || 56 || TAŚV-ML 1.15.57a­kṣa­saṃ­ve­da­nā­bhā­ve ta­syo­tpa­ttau vi­ro­dha­taḥ | sa­rve­ṣā­m aṃ­dha­tā­dī­nāṃ kṛtaṃ ta­tka­lpa­naṃ yadi || 57 || TAŚV-ML 1.15.58ta­dā­kṣā­niṃ­dri­yo­tpā­dyaṃ svā­rtha­ni­śca­ya­nā­tma­kaṃ | rū­pā­di­ve­da­naṃ yuktam ekaṃ khyā­pa­yi­tuṃ satām || 58 || TAŚV-ML 1.15.59kramād a­va­gra­he­hā­tma­dra­vya­pa­ryā­ya­go­ca­raṃ | jī­va­syā­vṛ­tti­vi­cche­da­vi­śe­ṣa­kra­ma­he­tu­ka­m || 59 || TAŚV-ML 1.15.60ta­tsa­ma­kṣe­ta­ra­vya­kti­śa­ktye­kā­rtha­va­d ekadā | na viruddhaṃ vi­ci­trā­bha­jñā­na­va­d vā pra­tī­ti­taḥ || 60 || TAŚV-ML 1.15.61a­va­gra­ha­gṛ­hī­tā­rtha­bhe­da­m ā­kāṃ­kṣa­to kṣajaḥ | spaṣṭo vāyas ta­dā­vā­ra­kṣa­yo­pa­śa­ma­to tra tu || 61 || TAŚV-ML 1.15.62saṃśayo vā vi­pa­ryā­sa­s ta­da­bhā­ve ku­ta­śca­na | te­ne­hā­to vibhinno sau saṃ­śī­ti­bhrāṃ­ti­he­tu­taḥ || 62 || TAŚV-ML 1.15.63vi­pa­rī­ta­sva­bhā­va­tvā­t saṃ­śa­yā­dya­ni­baṃ­dha­naṃ | avāyaṃ hi pra­bhā­ṣaṃ­te kecid dṛ­ḍha­ta­ra­tva­taḥ || 63 || TAŚV-ML 1.15.64a­kṣa­jñā­na­ta­yā tvaikyam ī­ha­yā­va­gra­he­ṇa ca | yā­tya­vā­yaḥ kramāt puṃ­sa­sta­thā­tve­na vi­va­rta­nā­t || 64 || TAŚV-ML 1.15.65vi­cche­dā­bhā­va­taḥ spa­ṣṭa­pra­ti­bhā­sa­sya dhāraṇā | pa­ryaṃ­ta­syo­pa­yu­ktā­kṣa­na­ra­syā­nu­bha­vā­t svayam || 65 || TAŚV-ML 1.15.66a­vā­ya­sya pra­mā­ṇa­tvaṃ dhā­ra­ṇā­yā­ś ca neṣyate | sa­mī­ha­ye­hi­te svārthe gṛ­hī­ta­gra­ha­ṇā­d iti || 66 || TAŚV-ML 1.15.67ta­dā­nu­mā­pra­mā­ṇa­tvaṃ vyā­pri­yā­t tata eva te | ity uktaṃ sma­ra­ṇā­dī­nāṃ prā­mā­ṇya­pra­ti­pā­da­ne || 67 ||

TA-ML 1.16 ba­hu­ba­hu­vi­dha­kṣi­prā­ni­sṛ­tā­nu­kta­dhru­vā­ṇāṃ se­ta­rā­ṇā­m || 16 ||

TAŚV-ML 1.16.1keṣāṃ punar ime va­gra­hā­da­yaḥ ka­rma­ṇā­m iti | prāha saṃ­pra­ti­pa­ttya­rthaṃ bahv i­tyā­di­pra­bhe­da­taḥ || 1 || TAŚV-ML 1.16.2ba­hvā­dya­va­gra­hā­dī­nāṃ pa­ra­spa­ra­m a­saṃ­śa­ya­m | pra­tye­ka­m a­bhi­saṃ­baṃ­dhaḥ kāryo na sa­mu­dā­ya­taḥ || 2 || TAŚV-ML 1.16.3bahoḥ saṃ­khyā­vi­śe­ṣa­syā­va­gra­ho vi­pu­la­sya vā | kṣa­yo­pa­śa­ma­to nuḥ syād ī­hā­vā­yo tha dhāraṇā || 3 || TAŚV-ML 1.16.4i­ta­ra­syā­ba­ho­r e­ka­dvi­tvā­khya­syā­lpa­ka­sya vā | se­ta­ra­gra­ha­ṇā­d evaṃ pra­tye­ta­vya­m a­śe­ṣa­taḥ || 4 || TAŚV-ML 1.16.5vya­kti­jā­tyā­śri­ta­tve­na tayor ba­hu­vi­dha­sya ca | bhedaḥ pa­ra­spa­raṃ tadvaddho dhya­sta­di­ta­ra­sya ca || 5 || TAŚV-ML 1.16.6kṣi­pra­syā­ci­ra­kā­la­syā­dhru­va­sya ca­li­tā­tma­naḥ | sva­bhā­vai­kyaṃ na maṃtavyaṃ tathā ta­di­ta­ra­sya ca || 6 || TAŚV-ML 1.16.7niḥ­śe­ṣa­pu­dga­lo­dga­tya­bhā­vā­d bhavati niḥsṛtaḥ | sto­ka­pu­dga­la­ni­ṣkrāṃ­te­r a­nu­kta­s tv ā­bhi­saṃ­hi­taḥ || 7 || TAŚV-ML 1.16.8niṣkrāṃto niḥsṛtaḥ kārtsnyād uktaḥ saṃ­da­rśi­to mataḥ | iti ta­dbhe­da­ni­rṇī­te­r a­yu­ktai­ka­tva­co­da­nā || 8 || TAŚV-ML 1.16.9tatra pra­dhā­na­bhā­ve­na ba­hvā­dī­nāṃ ni­ve­da­naṃ | pra­kṛ­ṣṭā­vṛ­tti­vi­śle­ṣa­vi­śe­ṣā­t nuḥ sa­mu­dbha­vā­t || 9 || TAŚV-ML 1.16.10ta­dvi­śe­ṣa­ṇa­bhā­ve­na kathaṃ cā­trā­lpa­yo­gya­tāṃ | sa­mā­sṛ­tya sa­mu­dbhū­te­r i­ta­re­ṣāṃ vi­dhī­ya­te || 10 || TAŚV-ML 1.16.11ba­hu­jñā­na­sa­ma­bhya­rcyaṃ vi­śe­ṣa­vi­ṣa­ya­tva­taḥ | sphuṭaṃ ba­hu­vi­dha­jñā­nā­j jā­ti­bhe­dā­v a­bhā­si­naḥ || 11 || TAŚV-ML 1.16.12ta­tkṣi­pra­jñā­na­sā­mā­nyā­t tac cā­niḥ­sṛ­ta­ve­da­nā­t | ta­da­nu­kta­ga­mā­t so pi dhru­va­jñā­nā­t ku­ta­śca­na || 12 || TAŚV-ML 1.16.13vi­jā­nā­ti na vijñānaṃ bahūn ba­hu­vi­dhā­n api | pa­dā­rthā­n iti ke­ṣāṃ­ci­n mataṃ pra­tya­kṣa­bā­dhi­ta­m || 13 || TAŚV-ML 1.16.14pra­tya­kṣā­ṇi bahūny eva teṣv a­jñā­nā­ni cet katham | ta­dba­dbo­dhai­ka­ni­rbhā­saiḥ śataiś cen nā­pra­bā­dha­nā­t || 14 || TAŚV-ML 1.16.15ta­dbo­dha­ba­hu­tā­vi­tti­r bā­dhi­kā­tre­ti cen mataṃ | sā yady ekena bodhena ta­da­rthe­ṣv a­nu­ma­nya­tā­m || 15 || TAŚV-ML 1.16.16ba­hu­bhi­r ve­da­nai­r a­nya­jñā­na­ve­dyai­s tu sā yadi | ta­da­va­sthā tadā praśno navasthā na ma­hī­ya­sī || 16 || TAŚV-ML 1.16.17svato ba­hva­rtha­ni­rbhā­si­jñā­nā­nāṃ bahutā gatiḥ | nā­nyo­nya­m a­nu­saṃ­dhā­nā­bhā­vā­t pra­tyā­tma­va­rti­nā­m || 17 || TAŚV-ML 1.16.18ta­tpṛ­ṣṭha­jo vi­ka­lpa­ś ced a­nu­saṃ­dhā­na­kṛ­n mataḥ | so pi nā­ne­ka­vi­jñā­na­vi­ṣa­ya­stā­va­ke mate || 18 || TAŚV-ML 1.16.19evaṃ ba­hu­tva­saṃ­khyā­yā­m e­ka­syā­ve­da­naṃ nanu | saṃ­khye­ye­ṣu bahuṣv ity ayuktaṃ kecit pra­pe­di­re || 19 || TAŚV-ML 1.16.20ba­hu­tve­na vi­śi­ṣṭe­ṣu saṃ­khye­ye­ṣu pra­va­rti­taḥ | ba­hu­jñā­na­sya ta­dbhe­dai­kāṃ­tā­bhā­vā­c ca yuktitaḥ || 20 || TAŚV-ML 1.16.21kathaṃ ca me­ca­ka­jñā­naṃ pra­tya­rtha­va­śa­va­rti­ni | jñāne sarvatra yujyeta pareṣāṃ na­ga­rā­di­ṣu || 21 || TAŚV-ML 1.16.22yathā nīlaṃ tathā citraṃ rūpam ekaṃ pa­ṭā­di­ṣu | ci­tra­jñā­naṃ pra­va­rte­ta tatrety api vi­ru­dhya­te || 22 || TAŚV-ML 1.16.23ci­tra­saṃ­vya­va­hā­ra­syā­bhā­vā­d ekatra jā­tu­ci­t | nā­nā­rthe­ṣv iṃ­dra­nī­lā­dī­rū­pe­ṣu vya­va­hā­ri­ṇā­m || 23 || TAŚV-ML 1.16.24e­ka­syā­ne­ka­rū­pa­sya ci­tra­tve­na vya­va­sthi­teḥ | ma­ṇyā­de­r iva nānyasya sa­rva­thā­ti­pra­saṃ­ga­taḥ || 24 || TAŚV-ML 1.16.25citraṃ rūpam iti jñānam eva na pra­ti­ha­nya­te | rūpe py a­ne­ka­rū­pa­tva­pra­tī­te­s ta­dvi­śe­ṣa­taḥ || 25 || TAŚV-ML 1.16.26guṇo ne­ka­sva­bhā­vaḥ syād dra­vya­va­n na gu­ṇā­śra­yaḥ | iti rū­pa­gu­ṇe ne­ka­sva­bhā­ve ci­tra­śe­mu­ṣī || 26 || TAŚV-ML 1.16.27nanv a­ne­ka­sva­bhā­va­tvā­t sa­rva­syā­rtha­sya tattvataḥ | na ci­tra­vya­va­hā­raḥ syāj jainānāṃ kvacid ity asat || 27 || TAŚV-ML 1.16.28siddhe jā­tyaṃ­ta­re citre tato poddhṛtya bhāṣate | jano hy ekam idaṃ nānā vety a­rthi­tva­vi­śe­ṣa­taḥ || 28 || TAŚV-ML 1.16.29yo­gi­jñā­na­va­d iṣṭaṃ ta­dba­hvā­dya­rthā­v a­bhā­sa­na­m | jñānam ekaṃ sa­ha­srāṃ­śu­pra­kā­śa­jñā­na­m eva cet || 29 || TAŚV-ML 1.16.30ta­de­vā­va­gra­hā­dyā­khyaṃ prā­pnu­va­t kimu vāryate | na ca smṛ­ti­sa­hā­ye­na kā­ra­ṇe­no­pa­ja­nya­te || 30 || TAŚV-ML 1.16.31ba­hvā­dya­va­gra­hā­dī­daṃ vedanaṃ śa­bda­bo­dha­va­t | ye­nā­va­bhā­sa­nā­d bhinnaṃ grahaṇaṃ tatra neṣyate || 31 || TAŚV-ML 1.16.32bahau ba­hu­vi­dhe cārthe setare '­va­gra­hā­di­ka­m | smaraṇaṃ pra­tya­bhi­jñā­naṃ ciṃtā vā­bhi­ni­bo­dha­na­m || 32 || TAŚV-ML 1.16.33dhā­ra­ṇā­vi­ṣa­ye tatra na viruddhaṃ pra­tī­ti­taḥ | pra­vṛ­tte­r anyathā jātu ta­nmū­lā­yā vi­ro­dha­taḥ || 33 || TAŚV-ML 1.16.34kṣa­ṇa­sthā­yi­ta­yā­rtha­sya niḥ­śe­ṣa­sya pra­si­ddhi­taḥ | kṣi­prā­va­gra­ha eveti kecit ta­da­pa­rī­kṣi­ta­m || 34 || TAŚV-ML 1.16.35sthā­snū­tpi­tsu­vi­nā­śi­tva­sa­mā­krāṃ­ta­sya vastunaḥ | sa­ma­rtha­yi­ṣya­mā­ṇa­sya ba­hu­to­ba­hu­to grataḥ || 35 || TAŚV-ML 1.16.36kau­ṭa­sthā­t pū­rva­bhā­vā­nāṃ pa­ra­syā­bhyu­pa­ga­ccha­taḥ | a­kṣi­prā­va­gra­hai­kāṃ­to py e­te­nai­va ni­rā­kṛ­taḥ || 36 || TAŚV-ML 1.16.37prā­pya­kā­rīṃ­dri­yai­r yukto ni­sṛ­tā­nu­kta­va­stu­naḥ | nā­va­gra­hā­di­r ity eke prā­pya­kā­rī­ṇi tāni vā || 37 || TAŚV-ML 1.16.38tan nā­ni­sṛ­ta­bhā­va­syā­nu­kta­syā­pi ca kaiścana | sūkṣmair aṃśaiḥ pa­ri­prā­pta­syā­kṣai­s tair a­va­bo­dha­nā­t || 38 || TAŚV-ML 1.16.39ni­sṛ­to­kta­m athaivaṃ syāt tasyety api na śaṃkyate | sa­rvā­prā­pti­ma ve­kṣyai­vā­ni­sṛ­tā­nu­kta­tā­sthi­teḥ || 39 || TAŚV-ML 1.16.40dhruvasya se­ta­ra­syā­trā­va­gra­hā­de­r na bādhyate | ni­tyā­ni­tyā­tma­ke bhāve siddhiḥ syā­dvā­di­no ṃjasā || 40 ||

TA-ML 1.17 arthasya || 17 ||

TAŚV-ML 1.17.1nanu ba­hvā­da­yo dharmāḥ setarāḥ kasya dharmiṇaḥ | te '­va­gra­hā­da­yo yeṣām ity a­rtha­sye­ti sū­tri­ta­m || 1 || TAŚV-ML 1.17.2yo vyakto dra­vya­pa­ryā­yā­tmā­rthaḥ so trā­bhi­saṃ­hi­taḥ | a­vya­kta­syo­tta­re sūtre vyaṃ­ja­na­syo­pa­va­rṇa­nā­t || 2 || TAŚV-ML 1.17.3kevalo nā­rtha­pa­ryā­yaḥ sūrer iṣṭo vi­ro­dha­taḥ | tasya ba­hvā­di­pa­ryā­ya­vi­śi­ṣṭa­tve­na saṃvidaḥ || 3 || TAŚV-ML 1.17.4tata eva na niḥ­śe­ṣa­pa­ryā­ye­bhyaḥ pa­rā­ṅmu­kha­m | dravyam artho na cā­nyo­nyā­na­pe­kṣya taddvayaṃ bhavet || 4 || TAŚV-ML 1.17.5evam arthasya dharmāṇāṃ ba­hvā­dī­ta­ra­bhe­di­nā­m | a­va­gra­hā­da­yaḥ siddhaṃ ta­nma­ti­jñā­na­m ī­ri­ta­m || 5 ||

TA-ML 1.18 vyaṃ­ja­na­syā­va­gra­haḥ || 18 ||

TAŚV-ML 1.18.1ni­ya­mā­rtha­m idaṃ sūtraṃ vyaṃ­ja­ne­tyā­di da­rśi­ta­m | siddhe hi vidhir ārabhyo ni­ya­mā­ya ma­nī­ṣi­bhiḥ || 1 || TAŚV-ML 1.18.2a­vya­kta­m atra śa­bdā­di­jā­taṃ vyaṃ­ja­na­m iṣyate | ta­syā­va­gra­ha eveti niyamo dhya­kṣa­va­dga­taḥ || 2 || TAŚV-ML 1.18.3ī­hā­da­yaḥ punas tasya na syuḥ spa­ṣṭā­rtha­go­ca­rāḥ | ni­ya­me­ne­ti sā­ma­rthyā­d uktam atra pra­tī­ya­te || 3 || TAŚV-ML 1.18.4nanv a­rthā­va­gra­ho ya­dva­da­kṣa­taḥ spa­ṣṭa­go­ca­raḥ | tadvat kiṃ nā­bhi­ma­nye­ta vyaṃ­ja­nā­va­gra­ho py asau || 4 || TAŚV-ML 1.18.5kṣa­yo­pa­śa­ma­bhe­da­sya tādṛśo '­saṃ­bha­vā­d iha | a­spa­ṣṭā­tma­ka­sā­mā­nya­vi­ṣa­ya­tva­vya­va­sthi­ta­m || 5 || TAŚV-ML 1.18.6a­dhya­kṣa­tvaṃ na hi vyāptaṃ spa­ṣṭa­tve­na vi­śe­ṣa­taḥ | da­vi­ṣṭha­pā­da­pā­dhya­kṣa­jñā­na­syā­spa­ṣṭa­te­kṣa­ṇā­t || 6 || TAŚV-ML 1.18.7vi­śe­ṣa­vi­ṣa­ya­tvaṃ ca divā tā­ma­sa­pa­kṣi­ṇāṃ | ti­gma­ro­ci­r ma­yū­khe­ṣu bhṛṃ­ga­pā­dā­v a­bhā­sa­nā­t || 7 || TAŚV-ML 1.18.8jñānasya spaṣṭatā lo­ka­ni­mi­tte­ty api dū­ṣi­ta­m | etena sthā­pi­tā­ka­rī­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­. || 8 || TAŚV-ML 1.18.9sai­vā­spa­ṣṭa­tva­he­tuḥ syād vyaṃ­ja­nā­va­gra­ha­sya naḥ | gaṃ­dhā­di­dra­vya­pa­ryā­ya­grā­hi­ṇo py a­kṣa­ja­nma­naḥ || 9 ||

TA-ML 1.19 na ca­kṣu­ra­niṃ­dri­yā­bhyā­m || 19 ||

TAŚV-ML 1.19.1netyādy āha ni­ṣe­dhā­rtha­m a­ni­ṣṭa­sya pra­saṃ­gi­naḥ | ca­kṣu­rma­no­ni­mi­tta­sya vyaṃ­ja­nā­va­gra­ha­sya tat || 1 || TAŚV-ML 1.19.2vyaṃ­ja­nā­va­gra­ho naiva ca­kṣu­ṣā­niṃ­dri­ye­ṇa ca | a­prā­pya­kā­ri­ṇā tena spa­ṣṭā­va­gra­ha­he­tu­nā || 2 || TAŚV-ML 1.19.3prā­pya­kā­rīṃ­dri­ya­ś cārthe prā­pti­bhe­dā­d dhi ku­tra­ci­t | ta­dyo­gya­tāṃ viśeṣāṃ vā spa­ṣṭā­va­gra­ha­kā­ra­ṇa­m || 3 || TAŚV-ML 1.19.4yathā na­va­śa­rā­v ādau dvi­trā­dyā­s to­ya­viṃ­da­vaḥ | a­vya­ktā­mā­rdra­tāṃ kṣiptāḥ kurvaṃti prā­pya­kā­ri­ṇaḥ || 4 || TAŚV-ML 1.19.5paunaḥ punyena vikṣiptā vyaktāṃ tām eva kurvate | ta­tprā­pti­bhe­da­ta­s ta­dva­diṃ­dri­yā­ṇy apy a­va­gra­ha­m || 5 || TAŚV-ML 1.19.6a­prā­pti­kā­ri­ṇī ca­kṣu­rma­na­sī kurutaḥ punaḥ | vyaktām a­rtha­pa­ri­cchi­tti­m a­prā­pte­r a­vi­śe­ṣa­taḥ || 6 || TAŚV-ML 1.19.7ya­thā­ya­skāṃ­ta­pā­ṣā­ṇaḥ śa­lyā­kṛ­ṣṭiṃ sva­śa­kti­taḥ | karoty a­prā­pti­kā­rī­ti vyaktim eva śa­rī­ra­taḥ || 7 || TAŚV-ML 1.19.8cakṣuḥ prā­pta­pa­r icched a­kā­ra­ṇaṃ rū­pa­vya­kti­taḥ | spa­rśa­nā­di­va­d ity eke tan na pakṣasya bā­dha­nā­t || 8 || TAŚV-ML 1.19.9bāhyaṃ cakṣur yadā tāvat kṛ­ṣṇa­tā­rā­di dṛ­śya­tā­m | prāptaṃ pra­tya­kṣa­to bādhāt ta­syā­rthā­prā­pti­ve­di­naḥ || 9 || TAŚV-ML 1.19.10śa­kti­rū­pa­m adṛśyaṃ ced a­nu­mā­ne­na bā­dha­na­m | ā­ga­me­na su­ni­rṇī­tā­saṃ­bha­va­dbā­dha­ke­na ca || 10 || TAŚV-ML 1.19.11ta­trā­prā­pti­pa­ri­cche­di cakṣuḥ spa­ṣṭā­na­va­gra­hā­t | anyathā ta­da­saṃ­bhū­te­r ghrā­ṇā­de­r iva sarvathā || 11 || TAŚV-ML 1.19.12cakṣuṣā śa­kti­rū­pe­ṇa tā­ra­kā­ga­ta­m aṃjanaṃ | na spṛṣṭam iti ta­ddhe­to­r a­si­ddha­tva­m i­ho­cya­te || 12 || TAŚV-ML 1.19.13śaktiḥ śaktim ato nyatra ti­ṣṭha­tā­rthe­na yujyate | ta­tra­sthe­na tu naiveti ko nyo brūyāj ja­ḍā­tma­naḥ || 13 || TAŚV-ML 1.19.14pa­kṣā­vyā­pa­ka­tā hetor manasya prā­pya­kā­ri­ṇi | vi­ra­hā­d iti maṃtavyaṃ nā­syā­pe­kṣa­tva­yo­gya­taḥ || 14 || TAŚV-ML 1.19.15manaso prā­pya­kā­ri­tvaṃ nā­pra­si­ddhaṃ pra­vā­di­nā­m | kvā­nya­thā­tī­ta­dū­rā­di­pa­dā­rtha­gra­ha­ṇaṃ tataḥ || 15 || TAŚV-ML 1.19.16kā­cā­dyaṃ­ta­ri­tā­rthā­nāṃ grahāc cā­prā­pta­kā­ri­tā | cakṣuṣaḥ prā­pya­kā­ri­tve manasaḥ spa­rśa­nā­di­va­t || 16 || TAŚV-ML 1.19.17vibhajya spha­ṭi­kā­dīṃ­ś cet ka­thaṃ­ci­c ca­kṣu­raṃ­śa­vaḥ | prā­pnu­vaṃ­s tū­la­rā­śyā­dī­n na­śva­rā­n neti cā­dbhu­ta­m || 17 || TAŚV-ML 1.19.18sāmarthyaṃ pā­ra­dī­ya­sya yathā ya­syā­nu­bhe­da­ne | nā­lāṃ­bū­bhā­no­dbhe­de manāg api sa­mī­kṣya­te || 18 || TAŚV-ML 1.19.19kā­cā­di­bhe­da­ne śaktis tathā na­ya­na­ro­ci­ṣāṃ | saṃbhāvyā tū­la­rā­śyā­di­bhi­dā­yāṃ neti kecana || 19 || TAŚV-ML 1.19.20ta­da­prā­tī­ti­kaṃ so yaṃ kā­cā­di­r iti ni­śca­yā­t | vi­nā­śa­vya­va­hā­ra­sya ta­trā­bhā­vā­c ca ka­sya­ci­t || 20 || TAŚV-ML 1.19.21sa­mā­na­sa­nni­ve­śa­sya ta­syo­tpa­tte­r a­nā­śi­tāṃ | jano manyeta ni­rlū­na­ke­śā­de­r veti cen matam || 21 || TAŚV-ML 1.19.22na kvacit pra­tyā­bhi­jñā­na­m e­ka­tva­sya pra­sā­dha­kaṃ | siddhyed iti kṣa­ṇa­dhvaṃ­si ja­ga­dā­pā­ta­m aṃjasā || 22 || TAŚV-ML 1.19.23ā­tmā­dye­ka­tva­si­ddhi­ś cet pra­tya­bhi­jñā­na­to dṛḍhāt | dārḍhyāt tatra kuto bā­dhā­bhā­vā­c cet prakṛte sabhaṃ || 23 || TAŚV-ML 1.19.24kā­cā­dyaṃ­ta­ri­tā­na­rthā­n pa­śya­ta­ś ca ni­raṃ­ta­raṃ | tatra bhedasya ni­ṣṭhā­nā­n nā­bhi­nna­sya ka­ra­gra­haḥ || 24 || TAŚV-ML 1.19.25vi­nā­śā­naṃ­ta­ro­tpa­ttau pu­na­rnā­śe pu­na­rbha­ve­t | kuto ni­raṃ­ta­raṃ tena chā­di­tā­rtha­sya da­rśa­na­m || 25 || TAŚV-ML 1.19.26spa­rśa­ne­na ca ni­rbhe­da­śa­rī­ra­sya ma­hoṃ­gi­nā­m | sāṃ­ta­re­ṇā­nu­bhū­yaṃ­te tasya spa­rśa­na­da­rśa­ne || 26 || TAŚV-ML 1.19.27prā­pta­syāṃ­ta­ri­tā­rthe­na vi­bhi­nna­sya pa­rī­kṣa­ṇā­t | nārthasya darśanaṃ siddhyed anumā ca tathaiva vā || 27 || TAŚV-ML 1.19.28nanv a­tyaṃ­ta­pa­ro­kṣa­tve sa­tyā­rtha­syā­nu­mā­ga­teḥ | vi­jñā­na­syo­pa­ra­kta­tve tena vi­jñā­ya­te katham || 28 || TAŚV-ML 1.19.29tayā śa­śva­da­dṛ­śye­na vedhasā nirmitaṃ jagat | kathaṃ ni­ści­ya­te kā­rya­vi­śe­ṣā­c cet parair api || 29 || TAŚV-ML 1.19.30pra­tya­kṣe­ṇā­pra­bā­dhe­na ba­hi­ra­rtha­sya da­rśa­na­m | jñā­na­syāṃ­taḥ prasiddhaṃ cen nānyathā pa­ri­ka­lpya­te || 30 || TAŚV-ML 1.19.31kā­cā­dyaṃ­ta­ri­tā­rthe pi sa­mā­na­m idam uttaraṃ | kā­cā­de­r bhi­nna­de­śa­sya ta­syā­vā­dhaṃ vi­ni­śca­yā­t || 31 || TAŚV-ML 1.19.32yathā mukhaṃ ni­rī­kṣaṃ­te darpaṇe pra­ti­biṃ­bi­ta­m | svadehe saṃ­spṛ­śaṃ­tī­ti bādhā siddhātra dhī­ma­tā­m || 32 || TAŚV-ML 1.19.33tathā na spha­ṭi­kāṃ­bho nu­pa­ṭa­lā­vṛ­tta­va­stu­ni | sva­de­śā­di­ta­yā tasya tadā paścāc ca da­rśa­nā­t || 33 || TAŚV-ML 1.19.34na cekṣaṃte sma­dā­dī­nāṃ sphu­raṃ­ta­ś ca­kṣu­raṃ­śa­vaḥ | sāṃ­dha­kā­ra­ni śīthiny ā­ma­nyā­nva­bhi­bha­vā­d api || 34 || TAŚV-ML 1.19.35yady a­nu­dbhū­ta­rū­pā­s te śakyaṃte nekṣituṃ janaiḥ | tadā pra­māṃ­ta­raṃ vācyaṃ ta­tsa­dbhā­vā­va­bo­dha­ka­m || 35 || TAŚV-ML 1.19.36ra­śmi­va­llo­ca­naṃ sarvaṃ tai­ja­sa­tvā­t pra­dī­pa­va­t | iti siddhaṃ na netrasya jyo­ti­ṣka­tvaṃ pra­sā­dha­ye­t || 36 || TAŚV-ML 1.19.37taijasaṃ nayanaṃ satsu sa­nni­kṛ­ṣṭa­ra­sā­di­ṣu | rūpasya vyaṃ­ja­ka­tvā­c cet pra­dī­pā­di­va­d īryate || 37 || TAŚV-ML 1.19.38hetor di­na­ni­śā­nā­tha­ma­yū­khai­r vya­rbhi­cā­ri­tā | taijasaṃ nihite caṃ­dra­kāṃ­ta­raṃ tatkṣitau bhavāḥ || 38 || TAŚV-ML 1.19.39te­jo­nu­sū­tri­tā jñeyā gā mū­lo­ṣṇa­va­tī prabhā | nānyā ma­ka­ra­tā­dī­nāṃ pā­rthi­va­tva­pra­si­ddhi­taḥ || 39 || TAŚV-ML 1.19.40rū­pā­bhi­vyaṃ­ja­ne cākṣṇāṃ nāśe kvā­pe­kṣa­ṇaṃ bhavet | tai­ja­sa­tvā­t pra­dī­pā­de­r iva sarvasya dehinaḥ || 40 || TAŚV-ML 1.19.41ya­thai­ka­sya pra­dī­pa­sya su­spa­ṣṭā­rtha­pra­kā­śa­ne | maṃ­da­tvā­d a­sa­ma­rtha­sya dvi­tī­yā­de­r a­pe­kṣa­ṇa­m || 41 || TAŚV-ML 1.19.42ta­thā­kṣṇo­r na vi­ru­ddhye­ta sū­ryā­lo­kā­dya­pe­kṣa­ṇaṃ | svakāryo hi sva­jā­tī­yaṃ sa­ha­kā­ri pra­tī­kṣya­te || 42 || TAŚV-ML 1.19.43ta­da­sa­llo­ca­na­syā­rtha­pra­kā­śi­tvā­vi­ni­śca­yā­t | ka­thaṃ­ci­d api dī­pā­di­ni­ra­pe­kṣa­sya pra­dī­pa­va­t || 43 || TAŚV-ML 1.19.44aṃ­dha­kā­rā­va­bhā­so sti vi­nā­lo­ke­na cen na vai | pra­si­ddha­steṃ­dha­kā­ro sti jñā­nā­bhā­vā­t pa­ro­rtha­kṛ­t || 44 || TAŚV-ML 1.19.45pa­re­ṣṭyā­stī­ti cet tasyāḥ siddhaṃ ca­kṣu­ra­tai­ja­saṃ | pra­mā­ṇa­tve nyathā nāṃ­dha­kā­raḥ siddhyet tatas tava || 45 || TAŚV-ML 1.19.46a­tai­ja­sāṃ­ja­nā­pe­kṣi cakṣū rūpaṃ vyanakti yaṃ | nātaḥ sa­mā­na­jā­tī­ya­sa­ha­kā­ri ni­ya­mya­te || 46 || TAŚV-ML 1.19.47kim u­ṣṇa­spa­rśa­vi­jñā­naṃ tai­ja­se­kṣṇi na jāyate | ta­syā­nu­dbhū­ta­tā­yāṃ tu rū­pā­nu­dbhū­ta­tā kutaḥ || 47 || TAŚV-ML 1.19.48te­jo­dra­vyaṃ hy a­nu­dbhū­ta­spa­rśa­m u­dbhū­ta­rū­pa­bhṛ­t | dṛṣṭaṃ yathā pra­dī­pa­sya pra­bhā­bhā­raḥ sa­maṃ­ta­taḥ || 48 || TAŚV-ML 1.19.49ta­thā­nu­dbhū­ta­rū­paṃ ta­du­dbhū­ta­spa­rśa­m ī­kṣi­ta­m | ya­tho­ṣṇo­da­ka­saṃ­yu­ktaṃ pa­ra­mu­dbhū­ta­ta­ddva­ya­m || 49 || TAŚV-ML 1.19.50nā­nu­bhū­ta­dva­yaṃ tejo dṛṣṭaṃ cakṣur yatas tathā | a­dṛ­ṣṭa­va­śa­ta­s tac cet sarvam akṣaṃ tathā na kim || 50 || TAŚV-ML 1.19.51su­va­rṇa­gha­ṭa­va­t ta­tsyā­di­tya­si­ddhaṃ ni­da­rśa­naṃ | pra­mā­ṇa­ba­la­ta­s tasya tai­ja­sa­tvā­pra­si­ddhi­taḥ || 51 || TAŚV-ML 1.19.52no­ṣṇa­vī­rya­tva­ta­s tasya tai­ja­sa­tvaṃ pra­si­ddhya­ti | vya­bhi­cā­rā­n ma­rī­cā­di­dra­vye­ṇa tai­ja­se­na vaḥ || 52 || TAŚV-ML 1.19.53tato nā­si­ddha­tā hetoḥ si­ddha­sā­dhya­sya budhyate | ca­kṣu­ṣa­tvā­di­to dhvā­ne­ni­ta­tya­tva­sya yathaiva hi || 53 || TAŚV-ML 1.19.54saṃto pi raśmayo netre ma­na­sā­dhi­ṣṭhi­tā yadi | vi­jñā­na­he­ta­vo rtheṣu prāpteṣv eveti manyate || 54 || TAŚV-ML 1.19.55manaso ṇu­tva­ta­ś ca­kṣu­rma­yū­khe­ṣv a­na­dhi­ṣṭhi­teḥ | bhi­nna­de­śe­ṣu bhū­ya­stva­pa­ra­mā­ṇu­va­de­ka­śaḥ || 55 || TAŚV-ML 1.19.56ma­hī­ya­so ma­hī­dhra­sya pa­ri­cchi­tti­r na yujyate | kra­me­ṇā­dhi­ṣṭhi­tau tasya ta­daṃ­śe­ṣv eva saṃvidaḥ || 56 || TAŚV-ML 1.19.57niraṃśo vayavī śailo ma­hī­yā­n api rociṣā | na­ya­ne­na pa­ri­cche­dyo ma­na­sā­dhi­ṣṭhi­te­na cet || 57 || TAŚV-ML 1.19.58na syān me­ca­ka­vi­jñā­naṃ nā­nā­va­ya­va­go­ca­ra­m | ta­dde­śi­ṣa­vi­ṣa­yaṃ cāsya ma­no­hī­nai­r dṛ­gaṃ­śu­bhiḥ || 58 || TAŚV-ML 1.19.59śai­la­caṃ­dra­ma­so­ś cāpi pra­tyā­sa­nna­da­vi­ṣṭha­yoḥ | saha jñānena yujyate pra­si­ddha­m api sa­ddhi­yā­m || 59 || TAŚV-ML 1.19.60kālena yāvatā śailaṃ prayāṃti na­ya­nāṃ­śa­vaḥ | kecic caṃ­dra­ma­saṃ cānye tā­va­tai­ve­ti yujyate || 60 || TAŚV-ML 1.19.61tayoś ca kramato jñānaṃ yadi syāt te ma­no­dva­yaṃ | nā­nya­thai­ka­sya ma­na­sa­s ta­da­dhi­ṣṭhi­tya­saṃ­bha­vā­t || 61 || TAŚV-ML 1.19.62vi­kī­rṇā­ne­ka­ne­trāṃ­śu­rā­śe­r a­prā­pya­kā­ri­ṇaḥ | ma­na­so­dhi­ṣṭhi­tau kā­rya­syai­ka­de­śe pi tiṣṭhataḥ || 62 || TAŚV-ML 1.19.63sa­hā­kṣa­paṃ­ca­ka­syai­ta­t kiṃ nā­dhi­ṣṭhā­ya­kaṃ mataṃ | yato na kramato bhīṣṭaṃ rū­pā­di­jñā­na­paṃ­ca­ka­m || 63 || TAŚV-ML 1.19.64tathā ca yu­ga­pa­jjñā­nā­nu­tpa­tte­r a­pra­si­ddhi­taḥ | sādhye manasi liṃgatvaṃ na syād iti manaḥ kutaḥ || 64 || TAŚV-ML 1.19.65ma­no­na­dhi­ṣṭhi­tā­ś ca­kṣū­ra­śma­yo yadi kurvate | svā­rtha­jñā­naṃ tad apy e­ta­ddū­ṣa­ṇaṃ du­ra­ti­kra­ma­m || 65 || TAŚV-ML 1.19.66tato kṣi­ra­śma­yo bhittvā kā­cā­dī­n a­rtha­bhā­si­naḥ | teṣām a­bhā­va­to bhāve py u­kta­do­ṣā­nu­ṣaṃ­ga­taḥ || 66 || TAŚV-ML 1.19.67kā­cā­dyaṃ­ta­ri­tā­rthā­nāṃ grahaṇaṃ cakṣuṣaḥ sthitam | a­prā­pya­kā­ri­tā­liṃ­gaṃ pa­ra­pa­kṣa­sya bā­dha­ka­m || 67 || TAŚV-ML 1.19.68spṛṣṭaṃ śabdaṃ śṛṇoty akṣam aspṛṣṭaṃ rūpam īkṣyate | spṛṣṭaṃ baddhaṃ ca jānāti sparśaṃ gaṃdhaṃ rasaṃ tathā || 68 || TAŚV-ML 1.19.69ity ā­ga­ma­ś ca tasyāsti bādhako bā­dha­va­rji­taḥ | cakṣuṣo prā­pya­kā­ri­tva­sā­dha­naḥ śu­ddha­dhī­ma­taḥ || 69 || TAŚV-ML 1.19.70ma­no­bu­ddhi­pra­kṛ­ṣṭā­rtha­grā­ha­ka­tvā­nu­ṣaṃ­ja­naṃ | ne­tra­syā­prā­pya­kā­ri­tve bādhakaṃ yena gīyate || 70 || TAŚV-ML 1.19.71tasya prā­ptā­nu­gaṃ­dhā­di­gra­ha­ṇa­sya pra­saṃ­ja­na­m | prāṇādeḥ prā­pya­kā­ri­tve bādhakaṃ kena bādhyate || 71 || TAŚV-ML 1.19.72sūkṣme mahita ca prāpter a­vi­śe­ṣe pi yogyatā | gṛhītuṃ cen ma­ha­ddra­vyaṃ dṛśyaṃ tasya na cā­pa­ra­m || 72 || TAŚV-ML 1.19.73tarhy a­prā­pte­r abhede pi cakṣuṣaḥ śaktir īdṛśī | yathā kiṃcid dhi dū­rā­rtha­m a­vi­di­kkaṃ pra­pa­śya­ti || 73 || TAŚV-ML 1.19.74samaṃ cā­dṛ­ṣṭa­vai­ci­tryaṃ jñā­na­vai­ci­trya­kā­ra­ṇaṃ | syā­dvā­di­nāṃ pareṣāṃ cety alaṃ vādena tatra naḥ || 74 || TAŚV-ML 1.19.75pra­tya­kṣe­ṇā­nu­mā­ne­na svā­ga­me­na ca bādhitaḥ | pakṣaḥ prā­pti­pa­ri­cche­da­kā­ri cakṣur iti sthitaḥ || 75 || TAŚV-ML 1.19.76kā­lā­tya­yā­pa­di­ṣṭa­ś ca he­tu­rbā­hyeṃ­dri­ya­tva­taḥ | ity a­prā­ptā­rtha­kā­ri­tve ghrā­ṇā­de­r iva vāṃchite || 76 || TAŚV-ML 1.19.77etena bhau­ti­ka­tvā­di sādhanaṃ tatra vāritaṃ | pra­tye­ta­vyaṃ pra­mā­ṇe­na pa­kṣa­bā­dha­sya ni­rṇa­yā­t || 77 || TAŚV-ML 1.19.78a­ya­skāṃ­tā­di­nāṃ loham a­prā­pyā­ka­rṣa­tā svayaṃ | a­nai­kāṃ­ti­ka­tā hetor bhau­ti­kā­rtha­sya bādhyate || 78 || TAŚV-ML 1.19.79kā­yāṃ­ta­rga­ta­lo­ha­sya ba­hi­rde­śa­sya vakṣyate | nā­ya­skāṃ­tā­di­nā prāptis ta­tka­rai­r vo­kta­ka­rma­ṇi || 79 || TAŚV-ML 1.19.80yathā ka­stū­ri­kā­dra­vye viyukte pi pa­ṭā­di­taḥ | tatra sau­gaṃ­dhya­taḥ prāptis ta­dgaṃ­dhā­ṇu­bhi­r iṣyate || 80 || TAŚV-ML 1.19.81a­ya­skāṃ­tā­ṇu­bhiḥ kaiścit tathā lohe pi seṣyatāṃ | vibhakte pi tatas ta­trā­kṛ­ṣṭyā­de­r dṛ­ṣṭi­ta­s tadā || 81 || TAŚV-ML 1.19.82ity a­yu­kta­m a­ya­skāṃ­ta­m aprāptaṃ prati da­rśa­nā­t | lo­hā­kṛ­ṣṭeḥ pa­ri­prā­ptā­s ta­daṃ­śā­s tu na jā­tu­ci­t || 82 || TAŚV-ML 1.19.83yathā ka­stū­ri­kā­dya­rthaṃ gaṃ­dhā­di­pa­ra­mā­ṇa­vaḥ | svā­dhi­ṣṭhā­nā­bhi­mu­khye­na tā nayaṃti pa­ṭā­di­gāḥ || 83 || TAŚV-ML 1.19.84ta­thā­ya­skāṃ­ta­pā­ṣā­ṇaṃ sū­kṣma­bhā­gā­ś ca lohagāḥ | ity ā­yā­ta­m ito prā­ptā­ya­skāṃ­to lo­ha­ka­rma­kṛ­t || 84 || TAŚV-ML 1.19.85prāptā ha­rī­ta­kī śaktā kartuṃ ma­la­vi­re­ca­naṃ | malaṃ na punar ānetuṃ ha­rī­ta­kyaṃ­ta­raṃ prati || 85 || TAŚV-ML 1.19.86ā­ka­rṣa­ṇa­pra­ya­tne­na vi­nā­na­na­kṛ­tā­ni­laḥ | pa­dma­nā­lā­di­go ṃbhāṃsi nā­ka­rṣa­ti mukhaṃ prati || 86 || TAŚV-ML 1.19.87sū­ryāṃ­śa­vo nayaṃty aṃbhaḥ prāpya ta­tsū­rya­maṃ­ḍa­laṃ | ci­tra­bhā­nu­tvi­ṣo nāstam iti sve­ccho­pa­ka­lpi­ta­m || 87 || TAŚV-ML 1.19.88tathaiva kā­ra­ṇa­tva­sya manasā vya­bhi­cā­ri­tā | maṃtreṇa ca bhu­jaṃ­gā­dyu­ccā­ṭa­kā­di­ka­re­ṇa vā || 88 || TAŚV-ML 1.19.89śa­bdā­tma­no hi maṃtrasya prāptir na bhu­ja­gā­di­nā | manāg ā­va­rta­mā­na­sya dū­ra­sthe­na pra­tī­ya­te || 89 || TAŚV-ML 1.19.90tad evaṃ cakṣuṣaḥ prā­pya­kā­ri­tve nāsti sādhanaṃ | ma­na­sa­ś ca tatas tābhyāṃ vyaṃ­ja­nā­va­gra­haḥ kutaḥ || 90 || TAŚV-ML 1.19.91dūre śabdaṃ śṛ­ṇo­mī­ti vya­va­hā­ra­sya da­rśa­nā­t | śrotram a­prā­pya­kā­rī­ti kecid āhus tad apy asat || 91 || TAŚV-ML 1.19.92dūre jighrāmy ahaṃ gaṃdham iti vya­va­hṛ­tī­kṣa­ṇā­t | ghrā­ṇa­syā­prā­pya­kā­ri­tva­pra­sa­kti­r i­ṣṭa­hā­ni­taḥ || 92 || TAŚV-ML 1.19.93gaṃ­dhā­dhi­ṣṭhā­na­bhū­ta­sya dra­vya­prā­pta­sya ka­sya­ci­t | dū­ra­tve­na tathā vṛttau vya­va­hā­ro tra cen nṛṇām || 93 || TAŚV-ML 1.19.94samaṃ śabde sa­mā­dhā­na­m iti yat kiṃ­ca­ne­dṛ­śaṃ | codyaṃ mī­māṃ­sa­kā­dī­nā­m a­prā­tī­ti­ka­vā­di­nā­m || 94 || TAŚV-ML 1.19.95ku­ṭyā­di­vya­va­dhā­ne pi śabdasya śra­va­ṇā­d yadi | śrotrām a­prā­pya­kā­rī­ṣṭaṃ tathā ghrāṇaṃ ta­the­ṣya­tāṃ || 95 || TAŚV-ML 1.19.96dra­vyāṃ­ta­ri­ta­gaṃ­dha­sya ghrā­ta­sū­kṣma­sya tasya cet | ghrā­ṇa­prā­pta­sya saṃvittiḥ śro­tra­prā­pta­sya no dhvaneḥ || 96 || TAŚV-ML 1.19.97yathā gaṃ­dhā­ṇa­vaḥ kecic chaktāḥ ku­ṭyā­di­bhe­da­ne | sūkṣmās tathaiva naḥ siddhāḥ pra­mā­ṇa­dhva­ni­pu­dga­lāḥ || 97 || TAŚV-ML 1.19.98ta­trā­re­ko­tka­raḥ sarvo gaṃ­dha­dra­vye sa­ma­sthi­taḥ | sa­mā­dhi­ś ceti na vyā­se­nā­smā­bhi­r a­bhi­dhī­ya­te || 98 ||

TA-ML 1.20 śrutaṃ ma­ti­pū­rvaṃ dvya­ne­ka­dvā­d a­śa­bhe­da­m || 20 ||

TAŚV-ML 1.20.1kiṃ nimittaṃ śru­ta­jñā­naṃ kiṃ bhedaṃ kiṃ pra­bhe­da­ka­m | pa­ro­kṣa­m iti nirṇetuṃ śrutam ityādi sū­tri­ta­m || 1 || TAŚV-ML 1.20.2śrute ne­kā­rtha­tā­si­ddhe jñānam ity a­nu­va­rta­nā­t | śravaṇaṃ hi śru­ta­jñā­naṃ na punaḥ śa­bda­mā­tra­ka­m || 2 || TAŚV-ML 1.20.3tac co­pa­cā­ra­to grāhyaṃ śru­ta­śa­bda­pra­yo­ga­taḥ | śa­bda­bhe­da­pra­bhe­do­ktaḥ svayaṃ ta­tkā­ra­ṇa­tva­taḥ || 3 || TAŚV-ML 1.20.4samyag ity a­dhi­kā­rā­t tu śru­tā­bhā­sa­ni­va­rta­na­m | ta­syā­prā­mā­ṇya­vi­cche­daḥ pra­mā­ṇa­pa­da­vṛ­tti­taḥ || 4 || TAŚV-ML 1.20.5pa­ro­kṣā­vi­ṣkṛ­te­s tasya pra­tya­kṣa­tva­ni­rā­kri­yā | nā­va­dhyā­di­ni­mi­tta­tvaṃ ma­ti­pū­rva­m iti śruteḥ || 5 || TAŚV-ML 1.20.6pūrvaṃ śa­bda­pra­yo­ga­sya vya­va­dhā­ne pi da­rśa­nā­t | na sā­kṣā­nma­ti­pū­rva­sya śru­ta­sye­ṣṭa­sya bā­dha­na­m || 6 || TAŚV-ML 1.20.7na ca ke­va­la­pū­rva­tvā­t sa­rva­jña­va­ca­nā­tma­naḥ | śrutasya ma­ti­pū­rva­tva­ni­ya­mo tra vi­ru­dhya­te || 7 || TAŚV-ML 1.20.8jñā­nā­tma­na­s ta­thā­bhā­va­pro­kte ga­ṇa­bhṛ­tā­m api | ma­ti­pra­ka­rṣa­pū­rva­tvā­d a­rha­tpro­ktā­rtha­saṃ­vi­daḥ || 8 || TAŚV-ML 1.20.9ma­ti­sā­mā­nya­ni­rde­śā­n na śro­tra­ma­ti­pū­rva­kaṃ | śrutaṃ ni­ya­mya­te '­śe­ṣa­ma­ti­pū­rva­sya vī­kṣa­ṇā­t || 9 || TAŚV-ML 1.20.10śrutvā śabdaṃ yathā tasmāt tadarthaṃ la­kṣa­ye­d ayaṃ | ta­tho­pa­la­bhya rū­pā­dī­n arthaṃ tan nāṃ­ta­rī­ya­ka­m || 10 || TAŚV-ML 1.20.11na smṛtyādi ma­ti­jñā­naṃ śrutam evaṃ pra­sa­jya­te | ma­ti­pū­rva­tva­ni­ya­mā­t tasyāsya tu ma­ti­tva­taḥ || 11 || TAŚV-ML 1.20.12śru­ta­jñā­nā­vṛ­ti­cche­da­vi­śe­ṣā­pe­kṣa­ṇa­sya ca | smṛ­tyā­di­ṣv aṃ­ta­raṃ­ga­syā­bhā­vā­n na śru­ta­tā­sthi­tiḥ || 12 || TAŚV-ML 1.20.13ma­ti­pū­rvaṃ tato jñeyaṃ śrutam a­spa­ṣṭa­ta­rka­ṇa­m | na tu sa­rva­ma­ti­vyā­pti­pra­saṃ­gā­d i­ṣṭa­bā­dha­nā­t || 13 || TAŚV-ML 1.20.14dvi­bhe­da­m aṃ­ga­bā­hya­tvā­d aṃ­ga­rū­pa­tva­taḥ śrutam | a­ne­ka­bhe­da­m atraikaṃ kā­li­ko­tkā­li­kā­di­ka­m || 14 || TAŚV-ML 1.20.15dvā­da­śā­va­stha­m aṃ­gā­tma­ta­dā­cā­rā­di­bhe­da­taḥ | pratyekaṃ bhe­da­śa­bda­sya saṃ­baṃ­dhā­d iti vā­kya­bhi­t || 15 || TAŚV-ML 1.20.16mukhyā jñā­nā­tma­kā bhe­da­pra­bhe­dā­s tasya sūtritāḥ | śa­bdā­tma­kāḥ punar gauṇāḥ śru­ta­sye­ti vi­bhi­dya­te || 16 || TAŚV-ML 1.20.17śa­bda­jñā­na­sya sarve pi ma­ti­pū­rva­tva­m ādṛtāḥ | vādinaḥ śro­tra­vi­jñā­nā­bhā­ve tasya sa­mu­dbha­vā­t || 17 || TAŚV-ML 1.20.18śa­bdā­tma­kaṃ punar yeṣāṃ śrutam a­jñā­na­pū­rva­kaṃ | nityaṃ teṣāṃ pra­mā­ṇe­na virodho ba­hu­co­di­taḥ || 18 || TAŚV-ML 1.20.19pra­tya­kṣa­bā­dha­naṃ tāvad agnim īle pu­ro­hi­taṃ | ity evam ā­di­śa­bda­sya jñā­na­pū­rva­tva­ve­da­nā­t || 19 || TAŚV-ML 1.20.20tadvyakteḥ jñā­na­pū­rva­tvaṃ svayaṃ saṃ­ve­dya­te na tu | śa­bda­sye­ti na sādhīyo vyakteḥ śa­bdā­tma­ka­tva­taḥ || 20 || TAŚV-ML 1.20.21śa­bdā­dya­rthāṃ­ta­raṃ vyaktiḥ śabdasya katham ucyate | saṃ­baṃ­dhā­c ceti saṃbaṃdhaḥ svabhāva iti saikatā || 21 || TAŚV-ML 1.20.22śa­bda­vya­kte­ra­bhi­nnai­ka­saṃ­baṃ­dhā­tma­tva­to na kim | saṃ­baṃ­dha­syā­pi tadbhede navasthā kena vāryate || 22 || TAŚV-ML 1.20.23bhi­nnā­bhi­nnā­tma­ka­tve tu saṃ­baṃ­dha­sya tatas tava | śabdasya bu­ddhi­pū­rva­tvaṃ vyakter iva ka­thaṃ­ca­na || 23 || TAŚV-ML 1.20.24vyaktir varṇasya saṃskāraḥ śro­tra­syā­tho­bha­ya­sya vā | ta­dbu­ddhi­tā­vṛ­tti­cche­daḥ sāpy e­te­nai­va dūṣitā || 24 || TAŚV-ML 1.20.25vi­śe­ṣā­dhā­na­m apy asya nā­bhi­vya­kti­r vi­bhā­vya­te | ni­tya­syā­ti­śa­yo­tpa­tti­vi­ro­dhā­t svā­tma­nā­śa­va­t || 25 || TAŚV-ML 1.20.26ka­la­śā­de­r a­bhi­vya­kti­r dīpādeḥ pa­ri­ṇā­mi­naḥ | pra­si­ddhe­ti na sarvatra do­ṣo­ya­m a­nu­ṣa­jya­te || 26 || TAŚV-ML 1.20.27nityasya vyāpino vyaktiḥ sā­ka­lye­na ya­dī­ṣya­te | kiṃ na sarvatra sarvasya sarvadā ta­dvi­ni­śca­yaḥ || 27 || TAŚV-ML 1.20.28svā­dṛ­ṣṭa­va­śa­taḥ puṃsāṃ śā­bda­jñā­na­vi­ci­tra­tā | vyakte pi kārtsnyataḥ śabde bhāve sa­rvā­tma­ke na kim || 28 || TAŚV-ML 1.20.29de­śa­ta­s ta­da­bhi­vya­ktau sāṃśatā na vi­ru­dhya­te | vyaṃjake yat tu śa­bda­nā­m abhinne sa­ka­la­śru­tiḥ || 29 || TAŚV-ML 1.20.30tasya kvacid a­bhi­vya­ktau vyāpāre de­śa­bhā­k svataḥ | nā­nā­rū­pe tu nānātvaṃ kutas ta­syā­va­ga­mya­tā­m || 30 || TAŚV-ML 1.20.31svā­bhi­pre­tā­bhi­lā­pa­sya śruter a­nyo­nya­saṃ­śra­yaḥ | siddhe vyaṃ­ja­ka­nā­nā­tve vi­śi­ṣṭa­va­ca­saḥ śrutiḥ || 31 || TAŚV-ML 1.20.32pra­si­ddhā­yāṃ punas tasyāṃ ta­tpra­si­ddhi­r hi te mate | yadi pra­tya­kṣa­si­ddhe­yaṃ vi­śi­ṣṭa­va­ca­saḥ śrutiḥ || 32 || TAŚV-ML 1.20.33śe­mu­ṣī­pū­rva­tā­si­ddhi­r vācā kiṃ nā­nu­ma­nya­te | nanu jñā­na­ni­mi­tta­tvaṃ vācām u­ccā­ra­ṇa­sya naḥ || 33 || TAŚV-ML 1.20.34siddhaṃ nā­pū­rva­rū­pe­ṇa prā­du­rbhā­vaḥ ka­dā­ca­na | kartur a­sma­ra­ṇaṃ tāsāṃ tā­dṛ­śī­nāṃ vi­śe­ṣa­taḥ || 34 || TAŚV-ML 1.20.35pu­ru­ṣā­rtho­pa­yo­ga­tva­bhā­jā­m api ma­hā­tma­nāṃ | naivaṃ sa­rva­nṛ­ṇāṃ kartuḥ smṛter a­pra­ti­si­ddhi­taḥ || 35 || TAŚV-ML 1.20.36ta­tkā­ra­ṇaṃ hi kāṇādāḥ smaraṃti ca­tu­rā­na­naṃ | jaināḥ kā­lā­su­raṃ bauddhāḥ svā­ṣṭa­kā­t sakalāḥ sadā || 36 || TAŚV-ML 1.20.37sarve sva­saṃ­pra­dā­ya­syā­vi­cche­de­nā­vi­gā­na­taḥ | nā­nā­ka­rtṛ­smṛ­te­r nāsti tāsāṃ kartety a­saṃ­ga­taṃ || 37 || TAŚV-ML 1.20.38ba­hu­ka­rtṛ­ka­tā­si­ddheḥ khaṃ­ḍa­śa­s tā­dṛ­ga­nya­va­t | kartur a­sma­ra­ṇaṃ hetur yā­jñi­kā­nāṃ ya­dī­ṣya­te || 38 || TAŚV-ML 1.20.39tadā sva­gṛ­ha­mā­nyā syād ve­da­syā­pau­ru­ṣe­ya­tā | jagato '­ka­rtṛ­tā­py evaṃ pa­re­ṣā­m iti cen na vai || 39 || TAŚV-ML 1.20.40kartuḥ sma­ra­ṇa­he­tu­s tatsiddhau taiś ca pra­yu­jya­te | mahattvaṃ tu na vedasya pra­ti­vā­dyā­ga­mā­t sthitam || 40 || TAŚV-ML 1.20.41ye­nā­śa­kya­kri­ya­tva­sya sādhanaṃ tat tava smṛteḥ | pu­ru­ṣā­rtho­pa­yo­gi­tvaṃ vi­vā­dā­dhyā­si­taṃ kathaṃ || 41 || TAŚV-ML 1.20.42vi­śe­ṣa­ṇa­ta­yā hetoḥ prayoktuṃ yujyate satāṃ | ve­dā­dhya­ya­na­vā­cya­tvaṃ ve­dā­dhya­ya­na­pū­rva­tā­m || 42 || TAŚV-ML 1.20.43na ve­dā­dhya­ya­ne śaktaṃ prā­jñā­pa­yi­tu­m a­nya­va­t | yathā hi­ra­ṇya­ga­rbhaḥ so 'dhyetā vedasya sādhyate || 43 || TAŚV-ML 1.20.44yugādau pra­tha­ma­s ta­dva­dbu­ddhā­diḥ svā­ga­ma­sya ca | sā­kṣā­tkṛ­tyā­ga­ma­syā­rtha­va­ktā ka­rtā­ga­ma­sya cet || 44 || TAŚV-ML 1.20.45agnir ity agnir i­tyā­di­r vaktā kartā tu tādṛśaḥ | pa­rā­bhyu­pa­ga­mā­t kartā sa ced vede pi­tā­ma­haḥ || 45 || TAŚV-ML 1.20.46tata eva na dhātāstu na vā kaścit sa­ma­tva­taḥ | nā­nā­dhī­ta­sya ve­da­syā­dhye­tā­sty a­dhyā­pa­kā­d vinā || 46 || TAŚV-ML 1.20.47na so sti brahmaṇo trādāv iti nā­dhye­tṛ­tā gatiḥ | svarge dhītān svayaṃ ve­dā­na­nu­smṛ­ty eha saṃbhavī || 47 || TAŚV-ML 1.20.48bra­hmā­dhye­tā pareṣāṃ bā­dhyā­pa­ka­ś ced yathā yathaṃ | sarve pi kavayaḥ saṃtu ta­thā­dhye­tā­ra eva ca || 48 || TAŚV-ML 1.20.49ity a­kṛ­tri­ma­tā sa­rva­śā­strā­ṇāṃ sa­mu­pā­ga­tā | svayaṃ ja­nmāṃ­ta­rā­dhī­ta­m a­dhī­yā­ma­hi saṃprati || 49 || TAŚV-ML 1.20.50iti saṃ­ve­da­nā­bhā­vā­t teṣām a­dhye­tṛ­tā na cet | pū­rvā­nu­bhū­ta­pā­nā­de­s ta­da­ha­rjā­ta­dā­ra­kāḥ || 50 || TAŚV-ML 1.20.51smartāraḥ katham evaṃ syus tathā saṃ­ve­da­nā­d vinā | smṛ­ti­liṃ­ga­vi­śe­ṣā­c cet teṣāṃ tatra pra­sā­dhya­te || 51 || TAŚV-ML 1.20.52kavīnāṃ kiṃ na kāvyeṣu pū­rvā­dhī­te­ṣu sānvayā | yadi vyu­tpa­tti­va­rṇe­ṣu padeṣv artheṣv a­ne­ka­dhā || 52 || TAŚV-ML 1.20.53vākyeṣu ceha kurvaṃtaḥ kavayaḥ kāvyam īkṣitāḥ | kiṃ na pra­jā­pa­ti­r vedān kurvann evaṃ sa­tī­kṣi­taḥ || 53 || TAŚV-ML 1.20.54kaścit pa­rī­kṣa­kai­r lokaiḥ sadbhis ta­dde­śa­kā­la­gaiḥ | tathā ca śrūyate sāpi girā sāmāni ru­gni­rā­ṭ || 54 || TAŚV-ML 1.20.55ṛcaḥ kṛtā iti kveyaṃ ve­da­syā­pau­ru­ṣe­ya­tā | pra­tya­bhi­jñā­ya­mā­na­tvaṃ ni­tyai­kāṃ­taṃ na sā­dha­ye­t || 55 || TAŚV-ML 1.20.56pau­rvā­pa­rya­vi­hī­ne rthe ta­da­yo­gā­d vi­ro­dha­taḥ | pū­rva­dṛ­ṣṭa­sya paścād yā dṛ­śya­mā­na­sya cai­ka­tā­m || 56 || TAŚV-ML 1.20.57vetti sā pra­tya­bhi­jñe­ti prāyaśo vi­ni­ve­di­ta­m | dṛ­ṣṭa­tva­dṛ­śya­mā­na­tve rūpe pū­rvā­pa­re na cet || 57 || TAŚV-ML 1.20.58bhāvasya pra­tya­bhi­jñā­naṃ syāt tad atrāśv a­śṛṃ­ga­va­t | tadā ni­tyā­tma­kaḥ śabdaḥ pra­tya­bhi­jñā­na­to yathā || 58 || TAŚV-ML 1.20.59de­va­da­ttā­di­r ity astu viruddho hetur īritaḥ | da­rśa­na­sya pa­rā­rtha­tvā­d ity api pa­ra­da­rśi­taḥ || 59 || TAŚV-ML 1.20.60viruddho hetur ity evaṃ śa­bdai­ka­tva­pra­sā­dha­ne | tato '­kṛ­ta­ka­tā siddher a­bhā­vā­n na­ya­śa­kti­taḥ || 60 || TAŚV-ML 1.20.61vedasya prathamo dhyetā karteti ma­ti­pū­rva­taḥ | pa­da­vā­kyā­tma­ka­tvā­c ca bhā­ra­tā­di­va­d anyathā || 61 || TAŚV-ML 1.20.62ta­da­yo­gā­d vi­ru­dhye­ta saṃgirau ca ma­hā­na­saḥ | sarveṣāṃ hi vi­śe­ṣā­ṇāṃ kriyā śakyā va­co­tta­re || 62 || TAŚV-ML 1.20.63ve­da­vā­kye­ṣu dṛ­śyā­nā­m anyeṣāṃ ceti hetutā | yu­ktā­nya­thā na dhū­mā­de­r a­gnyā­di­ṣu bhaved asau || 63 || TAŚV-ML 1.20.64tataḥ sa­rvā­nu­mā­nā­nā­m u­cche­da­s te du­ru­tta­raḥ | pramāṇaṃ na punar ve­da­va­ca­so kṛ­tri­ma­tva­taḥ || 64 || TAŚV-ML 1.20.65sādhyate ced bhaved a­rtha­vā­d asyāpi pra­mā­ṇa­tā | a­du­ṣṭa­he­tu­ja­nya­tvaṃ ta­dva­tprā­mā­ṇya­sā­dha­ne || 65 || TAŚV-ML 1.20.66he­tvā­bhā­sa­na­m ity uktam a­pū­rvā­rtha­tva­m apyadaḥ | bā­dha­va­rji­ta­tā hetus tatra cel laiṃ­gi­kā­di­va­t || 66 || TAŚV-ML 1.20.67kim a­kṛ­tri­ma­tā tasya poṣyate kāraṇaṃ vinā | puṃso do­ṣā­śra­ya­tve­na pau­ru­ṣe­ya­sya duṣṭatā || 67 || TAŚV-ML 1.20.68śakyate ta­jja­saṃ­vi­tte­r ato bā­dha­na­śaṃ­ka­naṃ | niḥ­saṃ­śa­yaṃ punar bā­dha­va­rji­ta­tvaṃ pra­si­ddhya­ti || 68 || TAŚV-ML 1.20.69ka­rtṛ­hī­na­va­co vitter ity a­kṛ­tri­ma­tā­rtha­kṛ­t | pa­re­ṣā­m ā­ga­ma­sye­ṣṭaṃ gu­ṇa­va­dva­ktṛ­ka­tva­taḥ || 69 || TAŚV-ML 1.20.70sā­dhī­ya­sī­ti yo vakti so pi mī­māṃ­sa­kaḥ kathaṃ | sa­ma­tvā­d a­kṣa­liṃ­gā­deḥ ka­sya­ci­d duṣṭatā dṛśaḥ || 70 || TAŚV-ML 1.20.71śa­bda­jñā­na­va­dā­śaṃ­kā­pa­tte­s ta­jja­nma­saṃ­vi­daḥ | mi­thyā­jñā­na­ni­mi­tta­sya yady a­kṣā­de­s tadā na tāḥ || 71 || TAŚV-ML 1.20.72tādṛśaḥ kiṃ na vākyasya śru­tyā­bhā­sa­tva­m iṣyate | gu­ṇa­va­dva­ktṛ­ka­tvaṃ tu parair iṣṭaṃ yad āgame || 72 || TAŚV-ML 1.20.73ta­tsā­dha­nāṃ­ta­raṃ tasya prāmāṇye kāṃścana prati | su­ni­rbā­dha­tva­he­to­r vā sa­ma­rtha­na­pa­raṃ bhavet || 73 || TAŚV-ML 1.20.74tan no ca pau­ru­ṣe­ya­tvaṃ bha­va­ta­s tatra tādṛśaṃ | maṃ­trā­rtha­vā­da­ni­ṣṭha­sya pau­ru­ṣe­ya­sya bā­dha­nā­t || 74 || TAŚV-ML 1.20.75ve­da­syā­pi pa­yo­dā­di­dhva­ne­r nai­ṣpha­lya­da­rśa­nā­t | satyaṃ śrutaṃ su­ni­rṇī­tā­saṃ­bha­va­dbā­dha­ka­tva­taḥ || 75 || TAŚV-ML 1.20.76pra­tya­kṣā­di­va­d ity e­ta­tsa­mya­k prā­mā­ṇya­sā­dha­naṃ | ka­dā­ci­t syād a­pra­mā­ṇaṃ śuktau ra­ja­ta­bo­dha­va­t || 76 || TAŚV-ML 1.20.77nāpekṣaṃ saṃ­bha­va­dbā­dhaṃ de­śa­kā­la­na­rāṃ­ta­raṃ | sve­ṣṭa­jñā­na­va­d ity asya nā­nai­kāṃ­ti­ka­tā sthitiḥ || 77 || TAŚV-ML 1.20.78na ca hetur asiddho yam a­vya­ktā­rtha­va­co­vi­daḥ | pra­tya­kṣa­bā­dha­nā­bhā­vā­d a­ne­kāṃ­te ka­dā­ca­na || 78 || TAŚV-ML 1.20.79a­nu­me­ye nu­mā­ne­na bā­dha­vai­dhu­rya­ni­rṇa­yā­t | tṛ­tī­ya­sthā­na­saṃ­krāṃ­te tv ā­ga­mā­va­ya­ve­na ca || 79 || TAŚV-ML 1.20.80pa­rā­ga­me pra­mā­ṇa­tvaṃ naivaṃ saṃ­bhā­vya­te sadā | dṛ­ṣṭe­ṣṭa­bā­dha­nā­t sa­rva­śū­nya­tvā­ga­ma­bo­dha­va­t || 80 || TAŚV-ML 1.20.81bhā­vā­dye­kāṃ­ta­vā­cā­nāṃ sthitaṃ dṛ­ṣṭe­ṣṭa­bā­dha­naṃ | sā­maṃ­ta­bha­dra­to nyāyād iti nātra pra­paṃ­ci­ta­m || 81 || TAŚV-ML 1.20.82ka­ri­ṣya­te ca tadvatsa ya­thā­va­sa­ra­m agrataḥ | yuktyā sarvatra tattvārthe pa­ra­mā­ga­ma­go­ca­ra­m || 82 || TAŚV-ML 1.20.83pro­kta­bhe­da­pra­bhe­daṃ ta­cchru­ta­m eva hi taddṛḍhaṃ | prā­mā­ṇya­m ā­tma­sā­t kuryād iti na­ściṃ­ta­yā­tra kim || 83 || TAŚV-ML 1.20.84atra pra­ca­kṣa­te kecic chrutaṃ śa­bdā­nu­yo­ja­nā­t | ta­tpū­rva­ni­ya­mā­dyu­ktaṃ nā­nya­the­ṣṭa­vi­ro­dha­taḥ || 84 || TAŚV-ML 1.20.85śa­bdā­nu­yo­ja­nā­d eva śrutaṃ hi yadi kathyate | tadā śro­tra­ma­ti­jñā­naṃ na syān nā­nya­ma­tau bhavam || 85 || TAŚV-ML 1.20.86yady a­pe­kṣa­va­ca­s teṣāṃ śrutaṃ sāṃ­vya­va­hā­ri­kaṃ | sveṣṭasya bādhanaṃ na syād iti saṃ­pra­ti­pa­dya­te || 86 || TAŚV-ML 1.20.87na so sti pratyayo loko yaḥ śa­bdā­nu­ga­mā­dṛ­te | ity ekāṃtaṃ ni­rā­ka­rtuṃ tathoktaṃ tair iheti vā || 87 || TAŚV-ML 1.20.88jñānam ādyaṃ smṛtiḥ saṃjñā ciṃtā cā­bhi­ni­bo­dhi­kaṃ | prā­gnā­ma­saṃ­sṛ­taṃ śeṣaṃ śrutaṃ śa­bdā­nu­yo­ja­nā­t || 88 || TAŚV-ML 1.20.89vā­grū­pa­tā tato na syād yoktā pra­tya­va­ma­rśi­nī | ma­ti­jñā­naṃ pra­kā­śe­ta sadā tad dhi tayā vinā || 89 || TAŚV-ML 1.20.90vaikharīṃ madhyamāṃ vācaṃ vi­nā­kṣa­jñā­na­m ātmanaḥ | sva­saṃ­ve­da­na­m iṣṭaṃ no nyo­nyā­śra­ya­ṇa­m anyathā || 90 || TAŚV-ML 1.20.91paśyaṃtyā nu vinā nai­ta­dvya­va­sā­yā­tma­ve­da­na­m | yuktaṃ na cātra saṃbhāvyaḥ prokto nyo­nya­sa­mā­śra­yaḥ || 91 || TAŚV-ML 1.20.92vyāpinyā sūkṣmayā vācā vyāptaṃ sarvaṃ ca vedanaṃ | tayā vinā hi paśyaṃtī vi­ka­lpā­tmā kutaḥ punaḥ || 92 || TAŚV-ML 1.20.93madhyamā ta­da­bhā­ve kva nirbījā vaikharī ravāt | tataḥ sā śāśvatī sa­rva­ve­da­ne­ṣu pra­kā­śa­te || 93 || TAŚV-ML 1.20.94iti ye pi sa­mā­da­dhyu­s te py a­nā­lo­ci­to­kta­yaḥ | śa­bda­bra­hma­ṇi nirbhāge tathā vaktum a­śa­kti­taḥ || 94 || TAŚV-ML 1.20.95na hy avasthā ca śrotrasya sa­tyā­dvai­ta­pra­saṃ­ga­taḥ | na ca tāsām a­vi­dyā­tvaṃ ta­ttvā­si­ddhau pra­si­ddhya­ti || 95 || TAŚV-ML 1.20.96brahmaṇo na vya­va­sthā­na­m a­kṣa­jñā­nā­t ku­ta­śca­na | sva­pnā­dā­v iva mi­thyā­tvā­t tasya sā­ka­lya­taḥ svayam || 96 || TAŚV-ML 1.20.97nā­nu­mā­nā­t tato rthānāṃ pra­tī­te­r du­rla­bha­tva­taḥ | pa­ra­pra­si­ddhi­r apy asya prasiddhā nā­pra­mā­ṇi­kā || 97 || TAŚV-ML 1.20.98svataḥ saṃ­ve­da­nā­t siddhiḥ kṣa­ṇi­kā­naṃ­śa­vi­tti­va­t | na pa­ra­bra­hma­ṇo nāpi sā yuktā sā­dha­nā­d vinā || 98 || TAŚV-ML 1.20.99ā­ga­mā­d eva tatsiddhau bhe­da­si­ddhi­s tathā na kim | ni­rbā­dhā­d eva cettavyaṃ va pra­mā­ṇāṃ­ta­rā­dṛ­te || 99 || TAŚV-ML 1.20.100ta­dā­ga­ma­sya niścetuṃ śakyaṃ jātu pa­rī­kṣa­kaiḥ | na cā­ga­ma­s tato bhinnaḥ samasti pa­ra­mā­rtha­taḥ || 100 || TAŚV-ML 1.20.101ta­dvi­va­rta­s tv a­vi­dyā­tmā tasya pra­jñā­pa­kaḥ kathaṃ | na cā­vi­ni­ści­te tattve phe­na­bu­dbu­da­va­dbhi­dā || 101 || TAŚV-ML 1.20.102māyeyaṃ bata duḥpārā vi­pa­ści­d iti paśyati | ye­nā­vi­dyā vi­ni­rṇī­tā vidyāṃ ga­ma­ya­ti dhruvam || 102 || TAŚV-ML 1.20.103bhrāṃter bī­jā­vi­nā­bhā­vā­d a­nu­mā­trai­va­m āgatā | tato naiva paraṃ brahmāsty a­nā­di­ni­dha­nā­tma­ka­m || 103 || TAŚV-ML 1.20.103efvi­va­rte­tā­rtha­bhā­ve­na prakriyā jagato yataḥ | TAŚV-ML 1.20.104syā­dvā­di­nāṃ pu­na­rvā­co dra­vya­bhā­va­vi­ka­lpa­taḥ | dvaividhyaṃ dra­vya­vā­gdve­dhā dra­vya­pa­ryā­ya­bhe­da­taḥ || 104 || TAŚV-ML 1.20.105śro­tra­grā­hyā­tra pa­ryā­ya­rū­pā sā vaikharī matā | madhyamā ca parais tasyāḥ kṛtaṃ nā­māṃ­ta­raṃ tathā || 105 || TAŚV-ML 1.20.106dra­vya­rū­pā punar bhā­ṣā­va­rga­ṇāḥ pudgalāḥ sthitāḥ | pra­tya­yā­n manasā nāpi sa­rva­pra­tya­ya­gā­mi­nī || 106 || TAŚV-ML 1.20.107bhā­va­vā­gvya­kti­rū­pā­tra vi­ka­lpā­tma­ni­baṃ­dha­naṃ | dra­vya­vā­co­bhi­dhā tasyāḥ pa­śyaṃ­tī­ty a­ni­rā­kṛ­tāḥ || 107 || TAŚV-ML 1.20.108vā­gvi­jñā­nā­vṛ­tti­cche­da­vi­śe­ṣo­pa­hi­tā­tma­naḥ | vaktuḥ śaktiḥ punaḥ sūkṣmā bhā­va­vā­g a­bhi­dhī­ya­tā­m || 108 || TAŚV-ML 1.20.109tayā vinā pra­va­rtaṃ­te na vācaḥ ka­sya­ci­t kvacit | sa­rva­jña­syā­py a­naṃ­tā­yā jñā­na­śa­kte­s ta­du­dbha­vaḥ || 109 || TAŚV-ML 1.20.110iti ci­drū­pa­sā­mā­nyā­t sa­rvā­tma­vyā­pi­nī nanu | vi­śe­ṣā­tma­ta­ye­ty uktā matiḥ prāṅ nā­ma­yo­ja­nā­t || 110 || TAŚV-ML 1.20.111śa­bdā­nu­yo­ja­nā­d eva śrutam evaṃ na bādhyate | jñā­na­śa­bdā­d vinā tasya śa­kti­rū­pā­d a­saṃ­bha­vā­t || 111 || TAŚV-ML 1.20.112la­bdhya­kṣa­ra­sya vijñānaṃ ni­tyo­ddhā­ṭa­na­vi­gra­haṃ | śru­tā­jñā­ne pi hi proktaṃ tatra sa­rva­ja­gha­nya­ke || 112 || TAŚV-ML 1.20.113spa­rśa­neṃ­dri­ya­mā­tro­tthe ma­tya­jñā­na­ni­mi­tta­kaṃ | tato kṣa­rā­di­vi­jñā­naṃ śrute sarvatra saṃ­ma­ta­m || 113 || TAŚV-ML 1.20.114nā­ka­laṃ­ka­va­co­bā­dhā saṃ­bha­va­ty atra jā­tu­ci­t | tādṛśaḥ saṃ­pra­dā­ya­syā­vi­cche­dā­dyu­ktya­nu­gra­hā­t || 114 || TAŚV-ML 1.20.115kṛ­tā­bhi­de­śa­vā­cyā­bhiḥ saṃ­skā­ra­sya kvacit punaḥ | saṃ­vi­tpra­si­ddha­sā­dha­rmyā­t tathā vā­ca­ka­yo­ji­tā || 115 || TAŚV-ML 1.20.116pra­kā­śi­to­pa­mā kaiścit sā śrutān na vi­bhi­dya­te | śa­bdā­nu­yo­ja­nā­t tasyāḥ pra­si­ddhā­ga­ma­vi­tti­va­t || 116 || TAŚV-ML 1.20.117pra­mā­ṇā­nta­ra­tā­yā­n tu pra­mā­ṇa­ni­ya­maḥ kutaḥ | saṃkhyā saṃ­ve­da­nā­dī­nāṃ pra­mā­ṇāṃ­ta­ra­tā­sthi­tau || 117 || TAŚV-ML 1.20.118pratyakṣaṃ dvyā­di­vi­jñā­na­m u­tta­rā­dha­rya­ve­di­naṃ | stha­vi­ṣṭho­ru­da­vi­ṣṭhā­lpa­la­ghvā­sa­nnā­di­vi­c ca cet || 118 || TAŚV-ML 1.20.119no­pa­de­śa­m a­pe­kṣe­ta jātu rū­pā­di­vi­tti­va­t | pa­ro­pa­de­śa­ni­rmu­ktaṃ pratyakṣaṃ hi satāṃ mataṃ || 119 || TAŚV-ML 1.20.120ta­tsaṃ­jñā­saṃ­jñi­sa­mba­ndha­pra­ti­pa­tti­r a­pe­kṣa­te | pa­ro­pa­de­śa­m adhyakṣaṃ saṃ­khyā­di­vi­ṣa­yaṃ yadi || 120 || TAŚV-ML 1.20.121ta­tro­pa­mā­na­taḥ saitat pra­mā­ṇā­nta­ra­m astu vaḥ | no­pa­mā­nā­rtha­tā tasyās ta­dvā­kye­na vi­no­dbha­vā­t || 121 || TAŚV-ML 1.20.122ā­ga­ma­tvaṃ punaḥ siddham u­pa­mā­naṃ śrutaṃ yathā | siṃ­hā­sa­ne sthito rā­je­tyā­di­śa­bdo­ttha­ve­da­naṃ || 122 || TAŚV-ML 1.20.123u­tta­ra­pra­ti­pa­ttyā­khyā pratibhā ca śrutaṃ matā | nā­bhyā­sa­jā su­saṃ­vi­ttiḥ kū­ṭa­dru­mā­di­go­ca­rā || 123 || TAŚV-ML 1.20.124"so 'yaṃ kūṭa iti prā­cyau­dī­cya­dṛ­ṣṭe kṣa­mā­ṇa­yoḥ | sādṛśye pra­tya­bhi­jñe­yaṃ matir eva hi niścitā || 124 || TAŚV-ML 1.20.125śa­bdā­nu­yo­ja­nā­t tv eṣā śrutam astv a­kṣa­vi­tti­va­t | saṃ­bha­vā­bhā­va­saṃ­vi­tti­r a­rthā­pa­tti­s ta­thā­nu­mā || 125 || TAŚV-ML 1.20.126nā­nā­saṃ­sṛ­ṣṭa­rū­pā hi matir eṣā pra­kī­rti­tā | nātaḥ kaścid virodho 'sti syā­dvā­dā­mṛ­ta­bho­gi­nāṃ || 126 || TAŚV-ML 1.20.127abiti śruṃta sa­rva­mu­nī­śa­vi­śru­taṃ | sa­ho­kta­m atyātra pa­ro­kṣa­m īritaṃ | TAŚV-ML 1.20.127cdpra­mā­ṇa­m u­nmū­li­ta­du­rma­to­tka­raṃ | pa­rī­kṣa­kā­ś cetasi dhā­ra­ya­ntu tam || 127 ||

TA-ML 1.21 bha­va­pra­tya­yo '­va­dhi­r de­va­nā­ra­kā­ṇā­m || 21 ||

TAŚV-ML 1.21.1bha­va­pra­tya­ya i­tyā­di­sū­tra­m ā­hā­va­dhe­r bahiḥ | kāraṇaṃ ka­tha­ya­nn ekaṃ svā­mi­bhe­da­vya­pe­kṣa­yā || 1 || TAŚV-ML 1.21.2nā­mā­yu­ru­da­yā­pe­kṣo nuḥ paryāyo bhavaḥ smṛtaḥ | sa ba­hiḥ­pra­tya­yo yasya sa bha­va­pra­tya­yo 'vadhiḥ || 2 || TAŚV-ML 1.21.3ye 'grato 'tra pra­va­kṣya­nte prāṇino de­va­nā­ra­kāḥ | teṣām e­vā­ya­m ity arthān nānyeṣāṃ bha­va­kā­ra­ṇaḥ || 3 || TAŚV-ML 1.21.4bha­va­pra­tya­ya eveti ni­ya­mā­n na gu­ṇo­dbha­vaḥ | saṃ­ya­mā­di­gu­ṇā­bhā­vā­d de­va­nā­ra­ka­de­hi­nā­m || 4 || TAŚV-ML 1.21.5nā­va­dhi­jñā­na­vṛ­tka­rma­kṣa­yo­pa­śa­ma­he­tu­tā | vya­va­cche­dyā pra­sa­jye­tā­pra­ti­yo­gi­tva­ni­rṇa­yā­t || 5 || TAŚV-ML 1.21.6bāhyau hi pra­tya­yā­v a­trā­khyā­tau bha­va­gu­ṇau tayoḥ | pra­ti­yo­gi­tva­m ity e­ka­ni­ya­mā­d a­nya­vi­cchi­de || 6 || TAŚV-ML 1.21.7pra­tya­ya­syā­nta­ra­syā­ta­s ta­tkṣa­yo­pa­śa­mā­tma­naḥ | pra­tya­gbhe­do '­va­dhe­r yukto bha­vā­bhe­de 'pi cā­ṅgi­nā­m || 7 ||

TA-ML 1.22 kṣa­yo­pa­śa­ma­ni­mi­ttaḥ ṣa­ḍvi­ka­lpaḥ śe­ṣā­ṇā­m || 22 ||

TAŚV-ML 1.22.1gu­ṇa­he­tuḥ sa keṣāṃ syāt ki­ya­dbhe­da i­tī­ri­tu­m | prāha sūtraṃ kṣa­ye­tyā­di saṃ­kṣe­pā­d i­ṣṭa­saṃ­vi­de || 1 || TAŚV-ML 1.22.2kṣa­ya­he­tu­r ity ākhyātaḥ kṣayaḥ kṣā­yi­ka­saṃ­ya­maḥ | saṃ­ya­ta­sya guṇaḥ pūrvaṃ sa­ma­bhya­rhi­ta­vi­gra­haḥ || 2 || TAŚV-ML 1.22.3tathā cā­ri­tra­mo­ha­syo­pa­śa­mā­d u­dbha­va­nn ayam | ka­thye­to­pa­śa­mo hetor u­pa­cā­ra­s tv ayaṃ phale || 3 || TAŚV-ML 1.22.4kṣa­yo­pa­śa­ma­to jātaḥ kṣa­yo­pa­śa­ma ucyate | saṃ­ya­mā­saṃ­ya­mo 'pīti vā­kya­bhe­dā­d vi­vi­cya­te || 4 || TAŚV-ML 1.22.5kṣā­yo­pa­śa­ma ity a­nta­raṃ­go hetur ni­ga­dya­te | yadi veti pratīty arthaṃ mu­khya­śa­bdā­pra­kī­rta­na­m || 5 || TAŚV-ML 1.22.6teneha prā­cya­vi­jñā­ne va­kṣya­mā­ṇe ca bhedini | kṣa­yo­pa­śa­ma­he­tu­tvā­t sūtritaṃ saṃ­pra­tī­ya­te || 6 || TAŚV-ML 1.22.7śeṣā ma­nu­ṣya­ti­rya­ñco va­kṣya­mā­ṇāḥ pra­paṃ­ca­taḥ | te yataḥ pra­ti­pa­tta­vyā ga­ti­nā­mā­bhi­dhā­śra­yāḥ || 7 || TAŚV-ML 1.22.8syāt teṣām a­va­dhi­r bā­hya­gu­ṇa­he­tu­r i­tī­ra­ṇā­t | bha­va­he­tu­r na me 'stīti sā­ma­rthyā­d a­va­dhā­rya­te || 8 || TAŚV-ML 1.22.9teṣām eveti ni­rṇī­te­r de­va­nā­ra­ka­vi­cchi­dā | kṣa­yo­pa­śa­ma­he­tuḥ sann ity ukte nā­vi­śe­ṣa­taḥ || 9 || TAŚV-ML 1.22.10ṣa­ḍvi­ka­lpaḥ sa­ma­stā­nāṃ bhe­dā­nā­m u­pa­saṃ­gra­hā­t | pa­ra­mā­ga­ma­si­ddhā­nāṃ yuktyā sa­mbhā­vi­tā­tma­nā­m || 10 || TAŚV-ML 1.22.11vi­śu­ddhya­nu­ga­mā­t puṃso '­nu­gā­mī deśato 'vadhiḥ | pa­ra­mā­va­dhi­r apy uktaḥ sa­rvā­va­dhi­r a­pī­dṛ­śaḥ || 11 || TAŚV-ML 1.22.12vi­śu­ddhya­na­nva­yā­de­śo '­na­nu­gā­mī ca ka­sya­ci­t | ta­dbha­vā­pe­kṣa­yā prācyaḥ śeṣo '­nya­bha­va­vī­kṣa­yā || 12 || TAŚV-ML 1.22.13va­rddha­mā­no 'vadhiḥ kaścid viśuddhe vṛddhitaḥ sa tu | de­śā­va­dhi­r i­hā­mnā­taḥ pa­ra­mā­va­dhi­r eva ca || 13 || TAŚV-ML 1.22.14hī­ya­mā­no 'vadhiḥ śuddhe hī­ya­mā­na­tva­to mataḥ | sa­dde­śā­va­dhi­r evātra hāne sa­dbhā­va­si­ddhi­taḥ || 14 || TAŚV-ML 1.22.15a­va­sthi­to 'vadhiḥ śuddher a­va­sthā­nā­n ni­ya­mya­te | sarvo ṅgināṃ vi­ro­dha­syā­tha­bhā­vā­n nā­na­va­sthi­teḥ || 15 || TAŚV-ML 1.22.16vi­śu­ddhe­r a­na­va­sthā­nā­t sa­mbha­ve­d a­na­va­sthi­taḥ | sa de­śā­va­dhi­r evaiko 'nyatra tat pra­ti­ghā­ta­taḥ || 16 || TAŚV-ML 1.22.17proktaḥ sa­pra­ti­pā­to vā­'­pra­ti­pā­ta­s ta­thā­'­va­dheḥ | so '­nta­rbhā­va­m amīṣv eva pra­yā­tī­ti na sūtritaḥ || 17 ||

TA-ML 1.23 ṛ­ju­vi­pu­la­ma­tī ma­naḥ­pa­rya­yaḥ || 23 ||

TAŚV-ML 1.23.1ma­naḥ­pa­rya­ya­vi­jñā­na­bhe­da­kā­ra­ṇa­si­ddha­ye | prāharjv i­tyā­di­kaṃ sūtraṃ sva­rū­pa­sya vi­ni­śca­yā­t || 1 || TAŚV-ML 1.23.2ni­rva­rti­ta­śa­rī­rā­di­kṛ­ta­syā­rtha­sya ve­da­nā­t | ṛjvī ni­rva­rti­tā tredhā praguṇā ca pra­kī­rti­tā || 2 || TAŚV-ML 1.23.3a­ni­rva­rti­ta­kā­yā­di­kṛ­tā­rtha­sya ca vedikā | vipulā kuṭilā ṣoḍhā ca­kra­rju­tra­ya­go­ca­rā || 3 || TAŚV-ML 1.23.4e­ta­yo­r ma­ti­śa­bde­na vṛttir a­nya­pa­dā­rthi­kā | kaiścid uktā sa cānyo 'rtho ma­naḥ­pa­rya­ya ity asan || 4 || TAŚV-ML 1.23.5dvi­tra­pra­saṃ­ga­ta­s tatra pravaktuṃ dhīdhano janaḥ | na ma­naḥ­pa­rya­yo yukto ma­naḥ­pa­rya­ya ity alam || 5 || TAŚV-ML 1.23.6yadātv anyau padārthau sta­sta­dvi­śe­ṣau balād gatau | sā­mā­nya­ta­s tadeko 'yam iti yuktaṃ tathā vacaḥ || 6 || TAŚV-ML 1.23.7sā­mā­nā­dhi­ka­ra­ṇyaṃ ca na sā­mā­nya­vi­śe­ṣa­yoḥ | pra­bā­dhya­te ta­dā­tma­tvā­t ka­thaṃ­ci­t saṃ­pra­tī­ti­taḥ || 7 || TAŚV-ML 1.23.8sva­pa­dā­rthā ca vṛttiḥ syād a­vi­ru­ddhā tathā sati | viśiṣṭe hi ma­ti­jñā­ne ma­naḥ­pa­rya­ya iṣyate || 8 || TAŚV-ML 1.23.9parato 'yam a­pe­kṣa­syā­tma­naḥ svasya parasya vā | ma­naḥ­pa­rya­ya ity asmin pakṣe bā­hya­ni­mi­tta­va­t || 9 || TAŚV-ML 1.23.10na ma­ti­jñā­na­tā­pa­tti­s tasyaivaṃ manasaḥ svayaṃ | ni­rva­rtta­ka­tva­vai­dhu­ryā­d a­pe­kṣā­mā­tra­tā­sthi­teḥ || 10 || TAŚV-ML 1.23.11kṣa­yo­pa­śa­ma­m ā­bi­bhra­dā­tmā mukhyaṃ hi kāraṇaṃ | ta­tpra­tya­kṣa­sya nirvṛttau pa­ra­he­tu­pa­rā­ṅmu­khaḥ || 11 || TAŚV-ML 1.23.12ma­no­li­ṅga­ja­tā­pa­tte­r na ca ta­syā­nu­mā­na­taḥ | pra­tya­kṣa­la­kṣa­ṇa­syai­va ni­rbā­dha­sya vya­va­sthi­teḥ || 12 || TAŚV-ML 1.23.13yadā pa­ra­ma­naḥ­prā­ptaḥ padārtho mana ucyate | tātsthyāt tā­ccha­bdya­saṃ­si­ddhe­r maṃ­ca­kro­śa­na­va­t tadā || 13 || TAŚV-ML 1.23.14tasya pa­rya­ya­ṇaṃ yasmāt tad vā yena pa­rī­ya­te | sa ma­naḥ­pa­rya­yo jñeya ity uktes ta­tsva­rū­pa­vi­t || 14 ||

TA-ML 1.24 vi­śu­ddhya­pra­ti­pā­tā­bhyāṃ ta­dvi­śe­ṣaḥ || 24 ||

TAŚV-ML 1.24.1ma­naḥ­pa­rya­ya­yo­r u­kta­bhe­da­yoḥ sva­va­co­ba­lā­t | vi­śe­ṣa­he­tu­saṃ­vi­ttau vi­śu­ddhī­tyā­di­sū­tri­ta­m || 1 || TAŚV-ML 1.24.2ā­tma­pra­sa­tti­r atroktā vi­śu­ddhi­r ni­ja­rū­pa­taḥ | pracyutya saṃ­bha­va­ś cā­syā­pra­ti­pā­taḥ pra­tī­ya­te || 2 || TAŚV-ML 1.24.3tābhyāṃ vi­śe­ṣa­mā­ṇa­tvaṃ viśeṣaḥ ka­rma­sā­dha­naḥ | ta­ccha­bde­na pa­rā­ma­rśo ma­naḥ­pa­rya­ya bhedayoḥ || 3 || TAŚV-ML 1.24.4na­nū­tta­ra­tra ta­dbhe­da­sthi­tā­bhyāṃ sa vi­śi­ṣya­te | vi­śu­ddhya­pra­ti­pā­tā­bhyāṃ pūrvas tu na ka­thaṃ­ca­na || 4 || TAŚV-ML 1.24.5ity ayuktaṃ vi­śe­ṣa­sya dvi­ṣṭha­tve­na pra­si­ddhi­taḥ | vi­śi­ṣya­te yato yasya viśeṣaḥ so 'tra hīkṣate || 5 ||

TA-ML 1.25 vi­śu­ddhi­kṣe­tra­svā­mi­vi­ṣa­ye­bhyo '­va­dhi­ma­naḥ pa­rya­ya­yoḥ || 25 ||

TAŚV-ML 1.25.1kuto '­va­dhe­r viśeṣaḥ syān ma­naḥ­pa­rya­ya­saṃ­vi­daḥ | ity ākhyātuṃ vi­śu­ddhyā­di­sū­tra­m āha ya­thā­ga­maṃ || 1 || TAŚV-ML 1.25.2bhūyaḥ sū­kṣmā­rtha­pa­ryā­ya­vi­nma­naḥ­pa­rya­yo 'vadheḥ | pra­bhū­ta­dra­vya­vi­ṣa­yā­d api śuddhyā vi­śe­ṣya­te || 2 || TAŚV-ML 1.25.3kṣetrato '­va­dhi­r evātaḥ pa­ra­ma­kṣe­tra­tā­m itaḥ | svāminā tv avadheḥ saḥ syād viśiṣṭaḥ saṃ­ya­ta­pra­bhuḥ || 3 || TAŚV-ML 1.25.4vi­ṣa­ye­ṇa ca niḥ­śe­ṣa­rū­pa­rū­pya­rtha­go­ca­raḥ | rū­pya­rtha­go­ca­rā­d eva tasmād etac ca vakṣyate || 4 || TAŚV-ML 1.25.5evaṃ ma­tyā­di­bo­dhā­nāṃ sa­bhe­dā­nāṃ ni­rū­pa­ṇa­m | kṛtaṃ na ke­va­la­syā­tra bhe­da­syā­pra­stu­ta­tva­taḥ || 5 || TAŚV-ML 1.25.6va­kṣya­mā­ṇa­tva­ta­ś cāsya ghā­ti­kṣa­ya­ja­m ātmanaḥ | sva­rū­pa­sya ni­ru­ktyai­va jñānaṃ sūtre pra­rū­pa­ṇā­t || 6 ||

TA-ML 1.26 ma­ti­śru­ta­yo­r nibandho dravyeṣv a­sa­rva­pa­ryā­ye­ṣu || 26 ||

TAŚV-ML 1.26.1a­thā­dya­jñā­na­yo­r a­rtha­vi­vā­da­vi­ni­vṛ­tta­ye | ma­tī­tyā­di vacaḥ samyak sū­tra­ya­n sūtram āha saḥ || 1 || TAŚV-ML 1.26.2ma­ti­śru­te sa­mā­khyā­te nibandho niyamaḥ sthitaḥ | dravyāṇi va­kṣya­mā­ṇā­ni pa­ryā­yā­ś ca pra­paṃ­ca­taḥ || 2 || TAŚV-ML 1.26.3pū­rva­sū­tro­di­ta­ś cātra varttate vi­ṣa­ya­dhva­niḥ | kevalo 'rthād vi­śu­ddhyā­di­sa­ha­yo­gaṃ śrayann api || 3 || TAŚV-ML 1.26.4dravyeṣv iti pa­de­nā­sya sā­mā­nā­dhi­ka­ra­ṇya­taḥ | ta­dvi­bha­ktya­nta­tā­pa­tte­r vi­ṣa­ye­ṣv iti budhyate || 4 || TAŚV-ML 1.26.5vi­ṣa­ye­ṣu nibandho 'stīty ukte ni­rvi­ṣa­ye­na te | ma­ti­śru­te iti jñeyaṃ na vā ni­ya­ta­go­ca­re || 5 || TAŚV-ML 1.26.6pa­ryā­ya­mā­tra­ge naite dravyeṣv iti vi­śe­ṣa­ṇā­t | dravyage eva te '­sa­rva­pa­ryā­ye dra­vya­go­ca­re || 6 || TAŚV-ML 1.26.7eteṣv a­sa­rva­pa­ryā­ye­ṣv ity ukter i­ṣṭa­ni­rṇa­yā­t | ta­thā­ni­ṣṭau tu sarvasya pra­tī­ti­vyā­ha­tī­ra­ṇā­t || 7 || TAŚV-ML 1.26.8ma­tyā­di­pra­tya­yo naiva bā­hyā­rthā­la­mba­naṃ sadā | pra­tya­ya­tvā­d yathā sva­pna­jñā­na­m ity apare viduḥ || 8 || TAŚV-ML 1.26.9ta­da­sa­tsa­rva­śū­nya­tvā­pa­tte­r bā­hyā­rtha­vi­tti­va­t | svā­nya­saṃ­tā­na­saṃ­vi­tte­r a­bhā­vā­t ta­da­bhe­da­taḥ || 9 || TAŚV-ML 1.26.10na caivaṃ sa­mbha­ve­d iṣṭam advayaṃ jñānam u­tta­ma­m | tato 'nyasya ni­rā­ka­rttu­m a­śa­kte­s tena sarvathā || 10 || TAŚV-ML 1.26.11svato na tasya saṃ­vi­tti­r asya na syān ni­rā­kṛ­tiḥ | kim anyasya sva­saṃ­vi­tti­r anyasya syān ni­rā­kṛ­tiḥ || 11 || TAŚV-ML 1.26.12svayaṃ saṃ­ve­dya­mā­na­sya katham anyair ni­rā­kṛ­tiḥ | paraiḥ saṃ­ve­dya­mā­na­sya bhavatāṃ sā kathaṃ matā || 12 || TAŚV-ML 1.26.13na sā­dhya­sā­dha­na­tvā­di­r na ca sa­tye­ta­ra­sthi­tiḥ | te sva­si­ddhi­r apīty e­ta­tta­ttvaṃ su­ga­ta­bhā­vi­ta­m || 13 || TAŚV-ML 1.26.14a­kṣa­jñā­naṃ ba­hi­rva­stu veti na sma­ra­ṇā­di­kaṃ | ity uktaṃ tu pra­mā­ṇe­na bā­hyā­rtha­syā­sya sā­dha­nā­t || 14 || TAŚV-ML 1.26.15śru­te­nā­rthaṃ pa­ri­cchi­dya va­rtta­mā­no na bādhyate | a­kṣa­je­nai­va tat tasya bā­hyā­rthā­laṃ­ba­nā sthitiḥ || 15 || TAŚV-ML 1.26.16a­ne­kā­ntā­tma­kaṃ vastu saṃ­pra­kā­śa­ya­ti śrutaṃ | sa­dbo­dha­tvā­d ya­thā­kṣo­ttha­bo­dha ity u­pa­pa­tti­ma­t || 16 || TAŚV-ML 1.26.17nayena vya­bhi­cā­ra­ś cen na tasya gu­ṇa­bhā­va­taḥ | sva­go­ca­rā­rtha­dha­rmā­ṇy a­dha­rmā­rtha­pra­kā­śa­nā­t || 17 || TAŚV-ML 1.26.18śru­ta­syā­va­stu­ve­di­tve pa­ra­pra­tyā­ya­naṃ kutaḥ | saṃ­vṛ­te­ś ced vṛ­thai­vai­ṣā pa­ra­mā­rtha­sya niściteḥ || 18 || TAŚV-ML 1.26.19sa­rva­pa­ryā­ya­m uktāni na syur dravyāṇi jā­tu­ci­t | sa­dvi­yu­ktā­ś ca paryāyāḥ śa­śa­śrṛṃ­go­cca­tā­di­va­t || 19 || TAŚV-ML 1.26.20nā­śe­ṣa­pa­rya­yā­krā­nta­ta­nū­ni ca ca­kā­sa­ti | dravyāṇi pra­kṛ­ta­jñā­ne tathā yo­gya­tva­hā­ni­taḥ || 20 || TAŚV-ML 1.26.21jñā­na­syā­rtha­pa­ri­cchi­ttau kāraṇaṃ nānyad īkṣyate | yo­gya­tā­yā­s ta­du­tpa­ttiḥ sārūpy ādiṣu satsv api || 21 ||

TA-ML 1.27 rūpiṣv avidheḥ || 27 ||

TAŚV-ML 1.27.1pra­tya­kṣa­syā­va­dheḥ keṣu vi­ṣa­ye­ṣu ni­ba­ndha­na­m | iti ni­rṇī­ta­ye prāha rūpiṣv i­tyā­di­kaṃ vacaḥ || 1 || TAŚV-ML 1.27.2rūpaṃ pu­dga­la­sā­mā­nya­gu­ṇa­s te­no­pa­la­kṣya­te | spa­rśā­di­r iti ta­dyo­gā­t rū­pi­ṇī­ti vi­ni­śca­yaḥ || 2 || TAŚV-ML 1.27.3teṣv eva niyamo '­sa­rva­pa­ryā­ye­ṣv avadheḥ sphuṭam | dravyeṣu vi­ṣa­ye­ṣv evam a­nu­vṛ­tti­r vi­dhī­ya­te || 3 || TAŚV-ML 1.27.4sva­śa­kti­va­śa­to '­sa­rva­pa­ryā­ye­ṣv eva va­rtta­na­m | tasya nā­nā­ga­tā­tī­tā­na­nta­pa­ryā­ya­yo­gi­ṣu || 4 || TAŚV-ML 1.27.5pu­dga­le­ṣu ta­thā­kā­śā­di­ṣv a­mū­rte­ṣu jā­tu­ci­t | iti yuktaṃ su­ni­rṇī­tā­sa­mbha­va­dbā­dha­ka­tva­taḥ || 5 ||

TA-ML 1.28 ta­da­na­nta­bhā­ge ma­naḥ­pa­rya­ya­sya || 28 ||

TAŚV-ML 1.28.1kvaḥ ma­naḥ­pa­rya­ya­syā­rthe nibandha iti da­rśa­ya­t | tad ityādy āha sa­tsū­tra­m i­ṣṭa­saṃ­gra­ha­si­ddha­ye || 1 || TAŚV-ML 1.28.2pa­ra­mā­va­dhi­ni­rṇī­te viṣaye '­na­nta­bhā­ga­tā­m | nīte sa­rvā­va­dhe­r jñeyo bhāgaḥ sūkṣmo 'pi sarvataḥ || 2 || TAŚV-ML 1.28.3e­ta­syā­na­nta­bhā­ge syād viṣaye sa­rva­pa­rya­ye | vya­va­stha­rju­ma­te­r a­nya­ma­naḥ­sthe praguṇe dhruvam || 3 || TAŚV-ML 1.28.4a­mu­ṣyā­na­nta­bhā­ge­ṣu paramaṃ sau­kṣmya­mā­ga­te | syān ma­naḥ­pa­rya­ya­syai­vaṃ nibandho viṣaye khile || 4 || TAŚV-ML 1.28.5kṣā­yo­pa­śa­mi­kaṃ jñānaṃ prakarṣaṃ paramaṃ vrajet | sūkṣme pra­ka­rṣa­mā­ṇa­tvā­d arthe tad idam ī­ri­ta­m || 5 || TAŚV-ML 1.28.6kṣe­tra­dra­vye­ṣu bhūyeṣu yathā ca vi­vi­dha­sthi­tiḥ | spaṣṭā yā paramā ta­dva­da­sya svārthe ya­tho­di­te || 6 || TAŚV-ML 1.28.7yathā ce­ndri­ya­ja­jñā­naṃ vi­ṣa­ye­ṣv a­ti­śā­ya­nā­t | sveṣu pra­ka­rṣa­m āpannaṃ ta­dvi­dbhi­r vi­ni­ve­di­ta­m || 7 || TAŚV-ML 1.28.8ma­ti­pū­rvaṃ śrutaṃ ya­dva­da­spa­ṣṭaṃ sa­rva­va­stu­ṣu | sthitaṃ pra­kṛ­ṣya­mā­ṇa­tvā­t paryaṃtaṃ prāpya tattvataḥ || 8 || TAŚV-ML 1.28.9ma­naḥ­pa­rya­ya­vi­jñā­naṃ tathā pra­spa­ṣṭa­bhā­sa­naṃ | vi­ka­lā­dhya­kṣa­pa­rya­ntaṃ tathā sa­mya­kpa­rī­kṣi­taṃ || 9 || TAŚV-ML 1.28.10pra­kṛ­ṣya­mā­ṇa­tā tv a­kṣa­jñā­nā­deḥ saṃ­pra­tī­ya­te | iti nā­si­ddha­tā hetor na cāsya vya­bhi­cā­ri­tā || 10 || TAŚV-ML 1.28.11sādhye saty eva sa­dbhā­vā­d a­nya­thā­nu­pa­pa­tti­taḥ | sve­ṣṭa­he­tu­va­d ity astu tataḥ sā­dhya­vi­ni­śca­yaḥ || 11 || TAŚV-ML 1.28.12dṛ­ṣṭe­ṣṭa­bā­dha­naṃ ta­syā­pa­hna­ve sa­rva­vā­di­nāṃ | sa­rva­thai­kā­nta­vā­de­ṣu tadvāde 'pīti nirṇayaḥ || 12 ||

TA-ML 1.29 sa­rva­dra­vya­pa­ryā­ye­ṣu ke­va­la­sya || 29 ||

TAŚV-ML 1.29.1kevalaṃ sa­ka­la­jñe­ya­vyā­pi spaṣṭaṃ pra­sā­dhi­ta­m | pra­tya­kṣa­m akramaṃ tasya nibandho vi­ṣa­ye­ṣv iha || 1 || TAŚV-ML 1.29.2bodhyo dravyeṣu sarveṣu pa­ryā­ye­ṣu ca tattvataḥ | pra­kṣī­ṇā­va­ra­ṇa­syai­va ta­dā­vi­rbhā­va­ni­śca­yā­t || 2 || TAŚV-ML 1.29.3ā­tma­dra­vyaṃ jña eveṣṭaḥ sarvajñaḥ paramaḥ pumān | kaiścit ta­dvya­ti­ri­ktā­rthā­bhā­vā­d ity a­pa­sā­ri­taṃ || 3 || TAŚV-ML 1.29.4dravyeṣv iti ba­hu­tva­sya ni­rde­śā­t ta­tpra­si­ddhi­taḥ | va­rtta­mā­ne 'stu paryāye jñānī sarvajña ity api || 4 || TAŚV-ML 1.29.5pa­ryā­ye­ṣv iti ni­rde­śā­d a­va­ya­va­sya pra­tī­ti­taḥ | sa­rva­thā­bhe­da­ta­ttva­sya yatheti pra­ti­pā­da­nā­t || 5 || TAŚV-ML 1.29.6tasmād a­nu­ṣṭhe­ya­ga­taṃ jñānam asya vi­cā­rya­tāṃ | kī­ṭa­saṃ­jñā­pa­ri­jñā­naṃ tasya nā­tro­pa­yu­jya­te || 6 || TAŚV-ML 1.29.7ity etac ca vya­va­cchi­nnaṃ sa­rva­śa­bda­pra­yo­ga­taḥ | ta­de­ka­syā­py a­vi­jñā­ne kvākṣūṇāṃ śi­ṣya­sā­dha­naṃ || 7 || TAŚV-ML 1.29.8he­yo­pā­de­ya­ta­ttva­sya sā­bhyu­pā­ya­sya vedakaṃ | sa­rva­jña­tā­mi­taṃ niṣṭaṃ tajjñānaṃ sa­rva­go­ca­ra­m || 8 || TAŚV-ML 1.29.9u­pe­kṣa­ṇī­ya­ta­ttva­sya he­yā­di­bhi­r a­saṃ­gra­hā­t | na jñānaṃ na punas teṣāṃ na jñāne 'pīti kecana || 9 || TAŚV-ML 1.29.10ta­da­sa­dvī­ta­rā­gā­ṇā­m u­pe­kṣa­tve­na ni­śca­yā­t | sa­rvā­rthā­nāṃ kṛ­tā­rtha­tvā­t teṣāṃ kvacid a­vṛ­tti­taḥ || 10 || TAŚV-ML 1.29.11vi­ne­yā­pe­kṣa­yā heyam u­pā­de­yaṃ ca kiṃcana | sopāyaṃ yadi te 'py āhus ta­do­pe­kṣyaṃ na vidyate || 11 || TAŚV-ML 1.29.12niḥśeṣaṃ saṃparaṃ tāvad upeyaṃ sammataṃ satām | heyaṃ ja­nma­ja­rā­mṛ­tyu­kī­rṇaṃ saṃ­sa­ra­ṇaṃ sadā || 12 || TAŚV-ML 1.29.13anayoḥ kāraṇaṃ tat syād yad anyat tan na vidyate | pā­raṃ­pa­rye­ṇa sākṣāc ca va­stū­pe­kṣaṃ tataḥ kimu || 13 || TAŚV-ML 1.29.14dveṣo hānam u­pā­dā­naṃ rāgas ta­ddva­ya­va­rja­naṃ | khyā­to­pe­kṣe­ti heyādyā bhāvās ta­dvi­ṣa­yā­d ime || 14 || TAŚV-ML 1.29.15iti mo­hā­bhi­bhū­tā­nāṃ vyavasthā pa­ri­ka­lpya­te | he­ya­tvā­di­vya­va­sthā­nā­sa­mbha­vā­t ku­tra­ci­t tava || 15 || TAŚV-ML 1.29.16hātuṃ yogyaṃ mu­mu­kṣū­ṇāṃ he­ya­ta­ttvaṃ vya­va­sthi­taṃ | u­pā­dā­tuṃ pu­na­ryo­gya­m u­pā­de­ya­m i­tī­ya­te || 16 || TAŚV-ML 1.29.17u­pe­kṣa­ntu punaḥ sarvam u­pā­de­ya­sya kā­ra­ṇa­m | sa­rvo­pe­kṣā­sva­bhā­va­tvā­c cā­ri­tra­sya ma­hā­tma­naḥ || 17 || TAŚV-ML 1.29.18ta­ttva­śra­ddhā­na­saṃ­jñā­na­go­ca­ra­tvaṃ yathā dadhat | ta­dbhā­vya­mā­na­m ā­mnā­ta­m a­mo­gha­m a­gha­ghā­ti­bhiḥ || 18 || TAŚV-ML 1.29.19mi­thyā­dṛ­gbo­dha­cā­ri­tra­go­ca­ra­tve­na bhā­vi­ta­m | sarvaṃ heyasya tattvasya saṃ­sā­ra­syai­va kāraṇaṃ || 19 || TAŚV-ML 1.29.20ta­da­va­śyaṃ pa­ri­jñe­yaṃ ta­ttvā­rtha­m a­nu­śā­sa­tā | vi­ne­yā­n iti boddhavyaṃ dha­rmma­va­tsa­ka­laṃ jagat || 20 || TAŚV-ML 1.29.21dharmād a­nya­tpa­ri­jñā­naṃ vi­pra­kṛ­ṣṭa­m a­śe­ṣa­taḥ | yena tasya kathaṃ nāma dha­rma­jña­tva­ni­ṣe­dha­na­m || 21 || TAŚV-ML 1.29.22sa­rvā­na­tīṃ­dri­yā­n vetti sā­kṣā­ddha­rma­ma­tī­ndri­ya­m | pra­mā­te­ti va­da­nnyā­ya­m a­ti­krā­ma­ti kevalaṃ || 22 || TAŚV-ML 1.29.23jñānaṃ pra­ka­rṣa­mā­yā­ti paramaṃ kva­ci­dā­tma­ni | tā­ra­ta­myā­dhi­rū­ḍha­tvā­d ākāśe pa­ri­mā­ṇa­va­t || 23 || TAŚV-ML 1.29.24atra yady a­kṣa­vi­jñā­naṃ tasya sādhyaṃ pra­bhā­ṣya­te | si­ddha­sā­dha­na­m etat syāt pa­ra­syā­py evam iṣṭitaḥ || 24 || TAŚV-ML 1.29.25li­ṅgā­ga­mā­di­vi­jñā­naṃ jñā­na­sā­mā­nya­m eva vā | tathā sādhyaṃ vadaṃs tena doṣaṃ pa­ri­ha­re­t katham || 25 || TAŚV-ML 1.29.26akramaṃ ka­ra­ṇā­tī­taṃ yadi jñānaṃ pa­ri­sphu­ṭa­m | dha­rmī­ṣye­ta tadā pa­kṣa­syā­pra­si­ddha­vi­śe­ṣya­tā || 26 || TAŚV-ML 1.29.27sva­rū­pā­si­ddha­tā hetor ā­śra­yā­si­ddha­tā­pi ca | tan nai­ta­tsā­dha­naṃ samyag iti kecit pra­vā­di­naḥ || 27 || TAŚV-ML 1.29.28atra pra­ca­kṣma­he jñā­na­sā­mā­nyaṃ dharmi nā­pa­ra­m | sa­rvā­rtha­go­ca­ra­tve­na prakarṣaṃ paramaṃ vrajet || 28 || TAŚV-ML 1.29.29iti sādhyam a­ni­ccha­ntaṃ bhū­tā­di­vi­ṣa­yaṃ paraṃ | co­da­nā­jñā­na­m anyad vā vādinaṃ prati nā­sti­ka­m || 29 || TAŚV-ML 1.29.30na si­ddha­sā­dhya­tai­vaṃ syān nā­pra­si­ddha­vi­śe­ṣya­tā | pakṣasya nāpi do­ṣo­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­. || 30 || TAŚV-ML 1.29.31tac ca sa­rvā­rtha­vi­jñā­naṃ punaḥ sā­va­ra­ṇaṃ mataṃ | a­dṛ­ṣṭa­tvā­d yathā cakṣus ti­mi­rā­di­bhi­r āvṛtaṃ || 31 || TAŚV-ML 1.29.32jñā­na­syā­va­ra­ṇaṃ yāti prakṣayaṃ paramaṃ kvacit | pra­kṛ­ṣya­mā­ṇa­hā­ni­tvā­d dhemādau śyā­mi­kā­di­va­t || 32 || TAŚV-ML 1.29.33tato '­nā­va­ra­ṇaṃ spaṣṭaṃ vi­pra­kṛ­ṣṭā­rtha­go­ca­raṃ | siddham a­kra­ma­vi­jñā­naṃ sa­ka­laṃ­ka­ma­hī­ya­sā­m || 33 || TAŚV-ML 1.29.34tataḥ sā­ti­śa­yā dṛṣṭāḥ pra­jñā­me­dhā­di­bhi­r narāḥ | bhū­tā­dya­śe­ṣa­vi­jñā­na­bhā­ja­ś cec co­da­nā­ba­lā­t || 34 || TAŚV-ML 1.29.35kin na kṣī­ṇā­vṛ­tiḥ sū­kṣmā­na­rthā­n draṣṭuṃ kṣamaḥ sphuṭaṃ | maṃ­da­jñā­nā­na­ti­krā­ma­n nā­ti­śe­te parān narān || 35 || TAŚV-ML 1.29.36la­ṅgha­nā­di­ka­dṛ­ṣṭā­ntaḥ sva­bhā­vā­n na vi­laṃ­gha­ne | nā­vi­rbhā­ve sva­bhā­va­sya pra­ti­ṣe­dhaḥ ku­ta­śca­na || 36 || TAŚV-ML 1.29.37svā­bhā­vi­kī gatir na syāt pra­kṣī­ṇā­śe­ṣa­ka­rma­ṇaḥ | kṣaṇād ūrddhvaṃ ja­ga­ccū­ḍā­ma­ṇau vyomni ma­hī­ya­si || 37 || TAŚV-ML 1.29.38vī­ryā­nta­rā­ya­vi­cche­da­vi­śe­ṣa­va­śa­to­pa­rā | bahudhā kena vāryeta niyataṃ vyo­ma­la­ṅgha­nā­t || 38 || TAŚV-ML 1.29.39tataḥ sa­ma­nta­ta­ś ca­kṣu­ri­ndri­yā­dya­na­pe­kṣi­ṇaḥ | niḥ­śe­ṣa­dra­vya­pa­ryā­ya­vi­ṣa­yaṃ kevalaṃ sthitaṃ || 39 ||

TA-ML 1.30 e­kā­dī­ni bhājyāni yu­ga­pa­d e­ka­smi­n nā­ca­tu­rbhyaḥ || 30 ||

TAŚV-ML 1.30.1e­ka­trā­tma­ni vi­jñā­na­m ekam e­vai­ka­de­ti ye | manyante tān prati prāha yu­ga­pa­j jñā­na­sa­mbha­va­m || 1 || TAŚV-ML 1.30.2prācyam ekaṃ ma­ti­jñā­naṃ śru­ti­bhe­dā­na­pe­kṣa­yā | pradhānaṃ kevalaṃ vā syād ekatra yu­ga­pa­n nari || 2 || TAŚV-ML 1.30.3dvedhā ma­ti­śru­te syātāṃ te cā­va­dhi­yu­te kvacit | ma­naḥ­pa­rya­ya­jñā­ne vā trīṇi yena yute tathā || 3 || TAŚV-ML 1.30.4ā­ca­tu­rbhya iti vyā­pta­vā­do va­ca­na­taḥ punaḥ | paṃ­cai­ka­tra na vidyante jñānāny etāni jā­tu­ci­t || 4 || TAŚV-ML 1.30.5bhājyāni pra­vi­bhā­ge­na sthā­pyā­nī­ti ni­bu­ddhya­tāṃ | e­kā­dī­ny e­ka­dai­ka­trā­nu­pa­yo­gā­ni nānyathā || 5 || TAŚV-ML 1.30.6kṣā­yo­pa­śa­mi­kaṃ jñānaṃ so­pa­yo­gaṃ kramād iti | nārthasya vyāhatiḥ kācit kra­ma­jñā­nā­bhi­dhā­yi­naḥ || 6 || TAŚV-ML 1.30.7mo­pa­yo­gau saha syātām ity āryāḥ khyā­pa­ya­nti ye | da­rśa­na­jñā­na­rū­pau tau na tu jñā­nā­tma­kā­v iti || 7 || TAŚV-ML 1.30.8jñānānāṃ sa­ha­bhā­vā­ya teṣām etad vi­ru­ddhya­te | kra­ma­bhā­vi ca yaj jñānam iti yuktaṃ tato na tat || 8 || TAŚV-ML 1.30.9śa­bda­saṃ­sṛ­ṣṭa­vi­jñā­nā­pe­kṣa­yā vacanaṃ tathā | yasmād uktaṃ tad evāryaiḥ syā­dvā­da­na­ya­saṃ­sthi­ta­m || 9 || TAŚV-ML 1.30.10iti vyā­ca­kṣa­te ye tu teṣāṃ ma­tyā­di­ve­da­naṃ | pramāṇaṃ tatra neṣṭaṃ syāt tataḥ sūtrasya bā­dha­na­m || 10 || TAŚV-ML 1.30.11ca­śa­bdā­saṃ­gra­hā­t tasya ta­dvi­ro­dho na cet katham | tasya krameṇa janmeti labhyate va­ca­nā­d vinā || 11 || TAŚV-ML 1.30.12ba­hvā­dya­va­gra­hā­dī­nā­m u­pa­de­śā­t sa­ho­dbha­vaḥ | jñā­nā­nā­m iti cen naivaṃ sū­trā­rthā­na­va­bo­dha­taḥ || 12 || TAŚV-ML 1.30.13bahuṣv artheṣu tatraiko va­gra­hā­di­r i­tī­ṣya­te | tathā ca na bahūni syuḥ sa­ha­jñā­nā­ni jā­tu­ci­t || 13 || TAŚV-ML 1.30.14śa­ktya­rpa­ṇā­t tu tadbhāvaḥ saheti na vi­ru­dhya­te | ka­thaṃ­ci­d a­kra­mo­dbhū­tiḥ syā­dvā­da­nyā­ya­ve­di­nā­m || 14 || TAŚV-ML 1.30.15śa­ṣku­lī­bha­kṣa­ṇā­dau tu ra­sā­di­jñā­na­paṃ­ca­ka­m | sakṛd eva tathā tatra pra­tī­te­r iti yo vadet || 15 || TAŚV-ML 1.30.16tasya ta­tsmṛ­ta­yaḥ kin na saha syur a­vi­śe­ṣa­taḥ | tatra tā­dṛ­kṣa­saṃ­vi­tteḥ ka­dā­ci­t ka­sya­ci­t kvacit || 16 || TAŚV-ML 1.30.17sarvasya sa­rva­dā­tve ta­dra­sā­di­jñā­na­paṃ­ca­ka­m | sa­ho­pa­jā­ya­te naiva smṛ­ti­va­tta­tkra­me­kṣa­ṇā­t || 17 || TAŚV-ML 1.30.18kra­ma­ja­nma kvacid dṛṣṭvā smṛ­tī­nā­m a­nu­mī­ya­te | sarvatra kra­ma­bhā­vi­tvaṃ yady a­nya­trā­pi tatsamaṃ || 18 || TAŚV-ML 1.30.19paṃ­ca­bhi­r vya­va­dhā­naṃ tu śa­ṣku­lī­bha­kṣa­ṇā­di­ṣu | ra­sā­di­ve­da­ne­ṣu syād yathā ta­dva­tsmṛ­ti­ṣv api || 19 || TAŚV-ML 1.30.20la­ghu­vṛ­tte­r na vicchedaḥ smṛ­tī­nā­m u­pa­la­kṣya­te | yathā tathaiva rū­pā­di­jñā­nā­nā­m iti ma­nya­tā­m || 20 || TAŚV-ML 1.30.21a­saṃ­khyā­taiḥ kṣaṇaiḥ pa­dma­pa­tra­dvi­ta­ya­bhe­da­na­m | vicchinnaṃ sakṛd ābhāti yeṣāṃ bhrānteḥ ku­ta­śca­na || 21 || TAŚV-ML 1.30.22paṃcaṣaiḥ sa­ma­yai­s teṣāṃ kin na rū­pā­di­ve­da­na­m | vi­cchi­nna­m api bhā­tī­hā­vi­cchi­nna­m iva vi­bhra­mā­t || 22 || TAŚV-ML 1.30.23vya­va­sā­yā­tma­kaṃ ca­kṣu­rjñā­naṃ gavi yadā tadā | ma­ta­ṅga­ja­vi­ka­lpo 'pīty anayoḥ sa­kṛ­du­dbha­vaḥ || 23 || TAŚV-ML 1.30.24jñā­no­da­ya­sa­kṛ­jja­nma­ni­ṣe­dhe hanti cen na vai | tayor api sa­hai­vo­pa­yu­kta­yo­r asti ve­da­na­m || 24 || TAŚV-ML 1.30.25ya­do­pa­yu­jya­te hy ātmā ma­ta­ṅga­ja­vi­ka­lpa­ne | tadā lo­ca­na­vi­jñā­naṃ gavi ma­ndo­pa­yo­ga­hṛ­t || 25 || TAŚV-ML 1.30.26tathā ta­tro­pa­yu­kta­sya ma­ta­ṅga­ja­vi­ka­lpa­ne | pra­tī­ya­nti svayaṃ sanno bhā­va­ya­nto vi­śe­ṣa­taḥ || 26 || TAŚV-ML 1.30.27sa­mo­pa­yu­kta­tā tatra ka­sya­ci­t pra­ti­bhā­ti yā | sāśu saṃ­ca­ra­ṇā­d dhānter go­ku­ñja­ra­vi­ka­lpa­va­t || 27 || TAŚV-ML 1.30.28nanv a­śva­ka­lpa­nā­kā­le godṛṣṭeḥ sa­vi­ka­lpa­tā­m | katham evaṃ pra­sā­dhye­ta kvacit syā­dvā­da­ve­di­bhiḥ || 28 || TAŚV-ML 1.30.29saṃ­skā­ra­smṛ­ti­he­tu­r yā godṛṣṭiḥ sa­vi­ka­lpi­kā | sānyathā kṣa­ṇa­bhaṃ­gā­di dṛ­ṣṭi­va­n na tathā bhavet || 29 || TAŚV-ML 1.30.30ity ā­śra­yo­pa­yo­gā­yāḥ sa­vi­ka­lpa­tva­sā­dha­naṃ | ne­trā­lo­ca­na­mā­tra­sya nā­pra­mā­ṇā­tma­naḥ sadā || 30 || TAŚV-ML 1.30.31go­da­rśa­no­pa­yo­ge­na sa­ha­bhā­vaḥ kathaṃ na tu | ta­dvi­jñā­ne 'sya yogasya nā­rtha­vyā­ghā­ta­kṛ­t tadā || 31 || TAŚV-ML 1.30.32ity acodyaṃ dṛśas ta­trā­nu­pa­yu­kta­tva­si­ddhi­taḥ | puṃso vi­ka­lpa­vi­jñā­naṃ pratyevaṃ pra­ṇi­dhā­na­taḥ || 32 || TAŚV-ML 1.30.33so­pa­yo­gaṃ punaś ca­kṣu­rda­rśa­naṃ prathamaṃ tataḥ | ca­kṣu­rjñā­naṃ śrutaṃ tasmāt tatrārthe 'nyatra ca kramāt || 33 || TAŚV-ML 1.30.34prā­du­rbha­va­t karoty āśu vṛtyā saha janau dhiyaṃ | yathā dṛ­gjñā­na­yo­r nṛṇām iti si­ddhā­nta­ni­śca­yaḥ || 34 ||

TA-ML 1.31 ma­ti­śru­tā­va­dha­yo vi­pa­rya­ya­ś ca || 31 ||

TAŚV-ML 1.31.1atha jñānāpi paṃcāni vyā­khyā­tā­ni pra­paṃ­ca­taḥ | kiṃ samyag eva mithyā vā sarvāṇy api ka­dā­ca­na || 1 || TAŚV-ML 1.31.2kā­ni­ci­d vā tathā puṃsā mi­thyā­śaṃ­kā­ni­vṛ­tta­ye | sve­ṣṭa­pa­kṣa­pa­kṣa­si­ddhya­rthaṃ ma­tī­tyā­dy āha saṃprati || 2 || TAŚV-ML 1.31.3ma­tyā­da­yaḥ sa­mā­khyā­tā­sta evety a­va­dhā­ra­ṇā­t | saṃ­gṛ­hye­te ka­dā­ci­n na ma­naḥ­pa­ryā­ya­ke­va­le || 3 || TAŚV-ML 1.31.4ni­ya­me­na tayoḥ sa­mya­gbhā­va­ni­rṇa­ya­taḥ sadā | mi­thyā­tva­kā­ra­ṇā­bhā­vā­d vi­śu­ddhā­tma­ni sa­mbha­vā­t || 4 || TAŚV-ML 1.31.5dṛ­ṣṭi­cā­ri­tra­mo­ha­sya kṣaye vo­pa­śa­me 'pi vā | ma­naḥ­pa­rya­ya­vi­jñā­naṃ bha­va­nmi­thyā na yujyate || 5 || TAŚV-ML 1.31.6sa­rva­ghā­ti­kṣa­ye 'tyantaṃ kevalaṃ pra­bha­va­t katham | mithyā saṃ­mbhā­vya­te jātu viśuddhiṃ paramaṃ dadhat || 6 || TAŚV-ML 1.31.7ma­ti­śru­tā­va­dhi­jñā­na­tra­yaṃ tu syāt ka­dā­ca­na | mithyeti te ca nirdiṣṭā vi­pa­rya­ya i­hā­ṅgi­nā­m || 7 || TAŚV-ML 1.31.8sa ca sā­mā­nya­to mi­thyā­jñā­na­m a­tro­pa­va­rṇya­te | saṃ­śa­yā­di­vi­ka­lpā­nāṃ trayāṇāṃ saṃ­gṛ­hī­ya­te || 8 || TAŚV-ML 1.31.9sa­mu­cci­no­ti casteṣāṃ samyaktvaṃ vyā­va­hā­ri­ka­m | mukhyaṃ ca ta­da­nu­ktau tu teṣāṃ mi­thyā­tva­m eva hi || 9 || TAŚV-ML 1.31.10te vi­pa­rya­ya eveti sūtre cen nā­va­dhā­rya­te | ca­śa­bda­m a­nta­re­ṇā­pi sadā sa­mya­ktva­m attvataḥ || 10 || TAŚV-ML 1.31.11mi­thyā­jñā­na­vi­śe­ṣaḥ syād ā­smi­npa­kṣe vi­pa­rya­ya­m | saṃ­śa­yā­jñā­na­bhe­da­sya ca­śa­bde­na sa­mu­cca­yaḥ || 11 || TAŚV-ML 1.31.12tatra tridhāpi mithyātvaṃ ma­ti­jñā­ne pra­tī­ya­te | śrute ca dvividhaṃ bodhyam avadhau saṃ­śa­yā­d vinā || 12 || TAŚV-ML 1.31.13ta­sye­ndri­ya­ma­no­he­tu­sa­mu­dbhū­ti­ni­yā­ma­taḥ | i­ndri­yā­ni­ndri­yā­ja­nya­sva­bhā­va­ś cāvadhiḥ smṛtaḥ || 13 || TAŚV-ML 1.31.14mithyātvaṃ triṣu bodheṣu dṛ­ṣṭi­mo­ho­da­yā­d bhaved | teṣāṃ sā­mā­nya­ta­s tena sa­ha­bhā­vā­vi­ro­dha­taḥ || 14 || TAŚV-ML 1.31.15yadā ma­tyā­da­yaḥ puṃsas tadā na syād vi­pa­rya­yaḥ | sa yadā te tadā na syur ity etena ni­rā­kṛ­ta­m || 15 || TAŚV-ML 1.31.16vi­śe­ṣā­pe­kṣa­yā hy eṣāṃ na vi­pa­rya­ya­rū­pa­tā | ma­tya­jñā­nā­di­saṃ­jñe­ṣu teṣu tasyāḥ pra­si­ddhi­taḥ || 16 || TAŚV-ML 1.31.17mi­thyā­tvo­da­ya­sa­dbhā­ve ta­dvi­pa­rya­ya­rū­pa­tā | na yu­ktā­gryā­di­saṃ­pā­te jā­tya­he­mno yatheti cet || 17 || TAŚV-ML 1.31.18nā­śra­ya­syā­nya­thā­bhā­va­sa­mya­kpa­ri­dṛ­ḍhe sati | pa­ri­ṇā­me ta­dā­dhe­ya­syā­nya­thā bhā­va­da­rśa­nā­t || 18 || TAŚV-ML 1.31.19yathā sa­ra­ja­sā­lā­mbū­pha­la­sya kaṭu kin na tat | kṣiptasya payaso dṛṣṭaḥ ka­ṭu­bhā­va­s ta­thā­vi­dhaḥ || 19 || TAŚV-ML 1.31.20ta­thā­tma­no 'pi mi­thyā­tva­pa­ri­ṇā­me sa­tī­ṣya­te | ma­tyā­di­saṃ­vi­dāṃ tā­dṛ­ṅbhi­thyā­tvaṃ ka­sya­ci­t sadā || 20 || TAŚV-ML 1.31.21na cedaṃ pa­ri­ṇā­mi­tva­m ātmano na pra­sā­dhi­ta­m | sa­rva­syā­pa­ri­ṇā­mi­tve sa­ttva­syai­va vi­ro­dha­taḥ || 21 || TAŚV-ML 1.31.22yato vi­pa­rya­yo na syāt pa­ri­ṇā­maḥ ka­dā­ca­na | ma­tyā­di­ve­da­nā­kā­ra­pa­ri­ṇā­ma­ni­vṛ­tti­taḥ || 22 ||

TA-ML 1.32 sa­da­sa­to­r a­vi­śe­ṣā­d ya­dṛ­ccho­pa­la­bdhe­r u­nma­tta­va­t || 32 ||

TAŚV-ML 1.32.1sa­mā­no­rtha­pa­ri­cche­daḥ sa­ddu­ṣṭya­rtha­pa­ri­cchi­dā | kuto vi­jñā­ya­te tredhā mi­thyā­dṛ­ṣṭe­r vi­pa­rya­yaḥ || 1 || TAŚV-ML 1.32.2ity atra jñāpakaṃ hetuṃ sa­dṛ­ṣṭā­ntaṃ pra­da­rśa­ya­t | sad ityādy āha saṃ­kṣe­pā­d vi­śe­ṣa­pra­ti­pa­tta­ye || 2 || TAŚV-ML 1.32.3nā­tro­tpā­da­vya­ya­dhrau­vya­yu­ktaṃ sad iti vakṣyati | tato 'nyad asad ity e­ta­tsā­ma­rthyā­d a­va­sī­ya­te || 3 || TAŚV-ML 1.32.4a­vi­śe­ṣa­s tayoḥ sadbhir a­vi­ve­ko vi­dhī­ya­te | sāṃ­ka­rya­to hi ta­dvi­tti­s tathā vai­ya­ti­ka­ryya­taḥ || 4 || TAŚV-ML 1.32.5pra­ti­pa­tti­r a­bhi­prā­ya­mā­traṃ yad a­ni­ba­ndha­naṃ | sā yadṛkṣā tayā vittir u­pa­la­bdhiḥ ka­thaṃ­ca­na || 5 || TAŚV-ML 1.32.6ma­tyā­da­yo 'tra varttante te vi­pa­rya­ya ity api | hetor ya­tho­di­tā­d atra sādhyate sa­da­sa­ttva­yoḥ || 6 || TAŚV-ML 1.32.7svarṇe svarṇam iti jñānam asvarṇe svarṇam ity api | svarṇe vā­sva­rṇa­m ity evam u­nma­tta­sya ka­dā­ca­na || 7 || TAŚV-ML 1.32.8vi­pa­rya­yo yathā loke tad ya­dṛ­ccho­pa­la­bdhi­taḥ | vi­śe­ṣā­bhā­va­ta­s ta­dva­nmi­thyā­dṛ­ṣṭe­r gha­ṭā­di­ṣu || 8 || TAŚV-ML 1.32.9sa­ha­cā­ryo vi­ni­rdi­ṣṭaḥ sa­ha­ja­ś ca vi­pa­rya­yaḥ | prācyas tatra śru­tā­jñā­naṃ mi­thyā­sa­ma­ya­sā­dhi­ta­m || 9 || TAŚV-ML 1.32.10ma­tya­jñā­naṃ vi­bha­ṅga­ś ca sahajaḥ saṃ­pra­tī­ya­te | pa­ro­pa­de­śa­ni­rmu­kteḥ śru­tā­jñā­naṃ ca kiṃcana || 10 || TAŚV-ML 1.32.11sati sva­rū­pa­to 'śeṣe śū­nya­vā­do vi­pa­rya­yaḥ | grā­hya­grā­ha­ka­bhā­vā­dau saṃ­vi­da­dvai­ta­va­rṇa­na­m || 11 || TAŚV-ML 1.32.12ci­trā­dvai­ta­pra­vā­da­ś ca puṃ­śa­bdā­dvai­ta­va­rṇa­na­m | bā­hya­rthe­ṣu ca bhinneṣu vi­jñā­nāṃ­ḍa­pra­ka­lpa­naṃ || 12 || TAŚV-ML 1.32.13bahir antaś ca vastūnāṃ sādṛśye vai­sa­dṛ­śya­vā­k | vai­sa­dṛ­śye ca sā­dṛ­śyai­kā­nta­vā­dā­va­la­mba­na­m || 13 || TAŚV-ML 1.32.14dravye pa­ryā­ya­mā­tra­sya paryāye dra­vya­ka­lpa­nā | ta­ddva­yā­tma­ni ta­dbhe­da­vā­do vā­cya­tva­vā­g api || 14 || TAŚV-ML 1.32.15u­tpā­da­vya­ya­vā­da­ś ca dhrauvye ta­da­va­la­mba­na­m | ja­nma­pra­dhvaṃ­sa­yo­r evaṃ pra­ti­va­stu pra­bu­ddhya­tā­m || 15 || TAŚV-ML 1.32.16pa­ra­rū­pā­di­to­śe­ṣe vastuny asati sarvathā | sa­ttva­vā­daḥ sa­mā­mnā­taḥ pa­rā­hā­ryo vi­pa­rya­yaḥ || 16 || TAŚV-ML 1.32.17sa­tya­sa­ttva­vi­pa­ryā­sā­d vai­pa­rī­tye­na kī­rti­tā­t | pra­tī­ya­mā­na­kaḥ sarvo 'sati sa­ttva­vi­pa­rya­yaḥ || 17 || TAŚV-ML 1.32.18sati tri­vi­pra­kṛ­ṣṭā­rthe saṃśayaḥ śru­ti­go­ca­re | ke­ṣāṃ­ci­d dṛ­śya­mā­ne 'pi ta­ttvo­pa­pla­va­vā­di­nā­m || 18 || TAŚV-ML 1.32.19ta­thā­na­dhya­va­sā­yo 'pi ke­ṣāṃ­ci­t sa­rva­ve­di­ni tattve | sarvatra vā­ggo­ca­rā­hā­ryo '­va­ga­mya­tā­m || 19 || TAŚV-ML 1.32.20ba­hvā­dya­va­gra­hā­dye­ṣu ca­tvā­riṃ­śa­tsu vittiṣu | ku­ta­ści­n ma­ti­bhe­de­ṣu sahajaḥ syād vi­pa­rya­yaḥ || 20 || TAŚV-ML 1.32.21smṛtāv a­na­nu­bhū­tā­rthe smṛ­ti­sā­dha­rmya­sā­dha­naḥ | saṃ­jñā­yā­m e­ka­tā­jñā­naṃ sādṛśyaḥ śro­tra­da­rśi­taḥ || 21 || TAŚV-ML 1.32.22ta­thai­ka­tve 'pi sā­dṛ­śya­vi­jñā­naṃ ka­sya­ci­d bhavet | sa vi­saṃ­vā­da­taḥ siddhaś ciṃtāyāṃ li­ṅga­li­ṅgi­noḥ || 22 || TAŚV-ML 1.32.23he­tvā­bhā­sa­ba­lā­jñā­naṃ liṅgini jñānam ucyate | svā­rthā­nu­mā­vi­pa­ryā­so bahudhā taddhiyāṃ mataḥ || 23 || TAŚV-ML 1.32.24he­tvā­bhā­sa­s tu sā­mā­nyā­d ekaḥ sā­dhyā­pra­sā­dha­naḥ | yathā hetuḥ sva­sā­dhye­nā­vi­nā­bhā­vī ni­ve­di­taḥ || 24 || TAŚV-ML 1.32.25trividho '­sā­va­si­ddhā­di­bhe­dā­t kaścid vi­ni­ści­taḥ | sva­rū­pā­śra­ya­saṃ­di­gdha­jñā­tā­si­ddha­ś ca­tu­rvi­dhaḥ || 25 || TAŚV-ML 1.32.26tatra sva­rū­pa­to 'siddho vādinaḥ śū­nya­sā­dha­ne | sarvo hetur yathā bra­hma­ta­ttvo­pa­pla­va­sā­dha­ne || 26 || TAŚV-ML 1.32.27sattvādiḥ sarvathā sādhye śa­bda­bhaṃ­gu­ra­tā­di­ke | syā­dvā­di­naḥ ka­thaṃ­ci­n na sa­rva­thai­kā­nta­vā­di­naḥ || 27 || TAŚV-ML 1.32.28śabdād vi­na­śva­rā­d dhe­tu­sā­dhye cā­'­kṛ­ta­kā­da­yaḥ | hetavo '­si­ddha­tāṃ yānti bauddhādeḥ pra­ti­vā­di­naḥ || 28 || TAŚV-ML 1.32.29jainasya sa­rva­thai­kā­nta­dhū­ma­va­ttvā­da­yo 'gniṣu | sādhyeṣu hetavo 'siddhā pa­rva­tā­dau ta­thā­gni­taḥ || 29 || TAŚV-ML 1.32.30śabdādau cā­kṣu­ṣa­tvā­di­r u­bha­yā­si­ddha iṣyate | niḥśeṣo 'pi yathā śū­nya­bra­hmā­dvai­ta­pra­vā­di­noḥ || 30 || TAŚV-ML 1.32.31sa­ma­rtha­na­vi­hī­naḥ syād asiddhaḥ pra­ti­vā­di­naḥ | hetor ya­syā­śra­yo na syāt ā­śra­yā­si­ddha eva saḥ || 31 || TAŚV-ML 1.32.32sva­sā­dhye­nā­vi­nā­bhā­vā­bhā­vā­d a­ga­ma­ko mataḥ | pra­tya­kṣā­deḥ pra­mā­ṇā­deḥ saṃ­vā­di­tvā­da­yo yathā || 32 || TAŚV-ML 1.32.33śū­nyo­pa­pla­va­śa­bdā­dya­dvai­ta­vā­dā­va­la­mbi­nāṃ | saṃ­de­ha­vi­ṣa­yaḥ sarvaḥ saṃ­di­gdhā­si­ddha ucyate || 33 || TAŚV-ML 1.32.34ta­thā­ga­ma­pra­mā­ṇa­tve ru­dro­kta­tvā­di­r āsthitaḥ | sann apy a­jñā­ya­mā­no '­trā­jñā­tā­si­ddho vi­bhā­vya­te || 34 || TAŚV-ML 1.32.35sau­ga­tā­de­r yathā sarvaḥ sa­ttvā­di­sve­ṣṭa­sā­dha­ne | na ni­rvi­ka­lpa­kā­dhya­kṣā­d asti hetor vi­ni­śca­yaḥ || 35 || TAŚV-ML 1.32.36ta­tpṛ­ṣṭha­jā­d vi­ka­lpā­c ca va­stu­go­ca­ra­taḥ kva saḥ | a­nu­mā­nā­nta­rā­d dhe­tu­ni­śca­yo cā­na­va­sthi­tiḥ || 36 || TAŚV-ML 1.32.37pa­rā­pa­rā­nu­mā­nā­nāṃ pū­rva­pū­rva­tra­vṛ­tti­taḥ | jñānaṃ jñā­nā­nta­rā­dhya­kṣaṃ vadato nena darśitaḥ || 37 || TAŚV-ML 1.32.38sarvo he­tu­ra­vi­jñā­to '­na­va­sthā­nā­vi­śe­ṣa­taḥ | a­rthā­pa­tti­pa­ri­cche­dyaṃ parokṣaṃ jñānam ādṛtāḥ || 38 || TAŚV-ML 1.32.39sarvaṃ ye te 'py a­ne­no­ktā svā­jñā­tā­si­ddha­he­ta­vaḥ | pratyakṣaṃ tu pha­la­jñā­na­m ātmānaṃ vā sva­saṃ­vi­da­m || 39 || TAŚV-ML 1.32.40prā­ṅbha­yo­ka­ra­ṇā­jñā­naṃ vyarthaṃ teṣāṃ ni­ve­di­taṃ | pra­dhā­na­pa­ri­ṇā­ma­tvā­d a­ce­ta­na­m i­tī­ri­ta­m || 40 || TAŚV-ML 1.32.41jñānaṃ yais te kathaṃ na syur a­jñā­tā­si­ddha­he­ta­vaḥ | pra­ti­jñā­rthai­ka­de­śa­s tu sva­rū­pā­si­ddha eva naḥ || 41 || TAŚV-ML 1.32.42śabdo nāsau vi­nā­śi­tvā­d ityādi sā­dhya­sa­nni­bhaḥ | yas sā­dhya­vi­pa­rī­tā­rtho vya­bhi­cā­rī su­ni­ści­taḥ || 42TAŚV-ML 1.32.43sa viruddho '­va­bo­ddha­vya­s ta­thai­ve­ṣṭa­vi­ghā­ta­kṛ­t | sattvādiḥ kṣa­ṇi­ka­tvā­dau yathā syā­dvā­da­vi­dvi­ṣāṃ || 43 || TAŚV-ML 1.32.44a­ne­kā­ntā­tma­ka­tva­sya ni­ya­mā­t tena sā­dha­nā­t | parārthyaṃ ca­kṣu­rā­dī­nāṃ saṃ­ha­nta­vyaṃ pra­sā­dha­ye­t || 44 || TAŚV-ML 1.32.45parasya pa­ri­ṇā­mi­tvaṃ ta­the­tī­ṣṭa­vi­ghā­ta­kṛ­t | a­nu­syū­ta­ma­nī­ṣā­di­sā­mā­nyā­di­ni sā­dha­ye­t || 45 || TAŚV-ML 1.32.46teṣāṃ dra­vya­vi­va­rtta­tva­m evam i­ṣṭa­vi­ghā­ta­kṛ­t | vi­ru­ddhā­n na ca bhinno 'sau svayam iṣṭād vi­pa­rya­ye || 46 || TAŚV-ML 1.32.47sā­ma­rthya­syā­vi­śe­ṣe­ṇa bhe­da­vā­di­pra­saṃ­ga­taḥ | vi­vā­dā­dhyā­si­taṃ dhī­ma­ddhe­tu­kaṃ kṛ­ta­ka­tva­taḥ || 47 || TAŚV-ML 1.32.48yathā śa­ka­ṭa­m ityādi viruddho tena darśitaḥ | yathā hi bu­ddhi­ma­tpū­rvaṃ jagad etat pra­sā­dha­ye­t || 48 || TAŚV-ML 1.32.49tathā bu­ddhi­ma­to hetor a­ne­ka­tva­śa­rī­ri­tā­m | sva­śa­rī­ra­sya karttātmā nā­śa­rī­ro 'sti sarvathā || 49 || TAŚV-ML 1.32.50kā­rma­ṇe­na śa­rī­re­ṇā­nā­di­sa­mba­ndha­si­ddhi­taḥ | yataḥ sādhye śarīre sve dhīmato vya­bhi­cā­ra­tā || 50 || TAŚV-ML 1.32.51ja­ga­tka­rttuḥ pra­pa­dye­ta tena hetoḥ ku­tā­rki­kaḥ | bodhyo '­nai­kā­nti­ko hetuḥ sa­mbha­vā­n nānyathā tathā || 51 || TAŚV-ML 1.32.52saṃśītiṃ vi­dhi­va­tsa­rvaḥ sā­dhā­ra­ṇa­ta­yā sthitaḥ | śa­bda­tva­śrā­va­ṇa­tvā­di śabdādau pa­ri­ṇā­mi­ni || 52 || TAŚV-ML 1.32.53sā­dhya­he­tu­s tato vṛtteḥ pakṣa eva su­ni­ści­taḥ | saṃ­śī­tyā­li­ṅgi­tā­ṅga­s tu yaḥ sa­pa­kṣa­vi­pa­kṣa­yoḥ || 53 || TAŚV-ML 1.32.54pakṣe sa va­rta­mā­naḥ syād a­nai­kā­nti­ka­la­kṣa­ṇaḥ | tena sā­dhā­ra­ṇo nānyo he­tvā­bhā­sa­s tato 'sti naḥ || 54 || TAŚV-ML 1.32.55ta­syā­nai­kā­nti­ke sa­mya­gghe­tau vā­nta­rga­tiḥ sthitiḥ | pra­me­ya­tvā­di­r etena sa­rva­smi­n pa­ri­ṇā­mi­ni || 55 || TAŚV-ML 1.32.56sādhye vastuni nirṇīto vyākhyātaḥ pra­ti­pa­dya­tāṃ | pa­kṣa­tri­ta­ya­hā­ni­s tu ya­syā­nai­kā­nti­ko mataḥ || 56 || TAŚV-ML 1.32.57ke­va­la­vya­ti­re­kā­di­s ta­syā­nai­kā­nti­kaḥ kathaṃ | vya­ktā­tma­nāṃ hi bhedānāṃ pa­ri­ṇā­mā­di­sā­dha­na­m || 57 || TAŚV-ML 1.32.58ekaṃ kā­ra­ṇa­pū­rva­tve ke­va­la­vya­ti­re­ki­naḥ | kā­ra­ṇa­tra­ya­pū­rva­tvā­t kā­rye­ṇā­na­nva­yā­ga­teḥ || 58 || TAŚV-ML 1.32.59pu­ru­ṣai­r vya­bhi­cā­rī­ṣṭaṃ pra­dhā­na­pu­ru­ṣai­r api | vinā sa­pa­kṣa­sa­ttve­na gamakaṃ yasya sā­dha­na­m || 59 || TAŚV-ML 1.32.60a­nya­thā­nu­pa­pa­nna­tvā­t tasya sā­dhā­ra­ṇo mataḥ | sādhye ca ta­da­bhā­ve ca va­rtta­mā­no vi­ni­ści­taḥ || 60 || TAŚV-ML 1.32.61saṃ­śī­tyā­krā­nta­de­ho vā hetuḥ kā­rtsnyai­ka­de­śa­taḥ | tatra kārtsnyena ni­rṇī­ta­s tā­va­tsā­dhya­vi­pa­kṣa­yoḥ || 61 || TAŚV-ML 1.32.62yathā dravyaṃ nabhaḥ sattvād ityādiḥ kaścid īritaḥ | vi­śva­ve­dī­śva­raḥ sa­rva­ja­ga­tka­rtṛ­tva­si­ddhi­taḥ || 62 || TAŚV-ML 1.32.63iti saṃ­śra­ya­ta­s ta­trā­vi­nā­bhā­va­sya saṃ­śa­yā­t | sati hy a­śe­ṣa­ve­di­tve saṃdigdhā vi­śva­ka­rtṛ­tā || 63 || TAŚV-ML 1.32.64ta­da­bhā­ve ca tan nāyaṃ gamako nyā­ya­ve­di­nā­m | nityo rtho ni­rmū­rtta­tvā­d iti syād e­ka­de­śa­taḥ || 64 || TAŚV-ML 1.32.65sthitas tayor vi­ni­rdi­ṣṭa­pa­ro '­pī­dṛ­k tadā tu kaḥ | yatrārthe sā­dha­ye­d ekaṃ dharmaṃ hetur vi­va­kṣi­ta­m || 65 || TAŚV-ML 1.32.66ta­trā­nya­s ta­dvi­ru­ddhaṃ ced viruddhyā vya­bhi­cā­ry asau | iti kecit ta­da­prā­pta­m a­ne­kā­nta­sya yuktitaḥ || 66 || TAŚV-ML 1.32.67sa­mya­gghe­tu­tva­ni­rṇī­te­r ni­tyā­ni­tya­tva­he­tu­va­t | sa­rva­thai­kā­nta­vā­de tu he­tvā­bhā­so 'yam iṣyate || 67 || TAŚV-ML 1.32.68sa­rva­ga­tve pa­ra­smiṃ­śca jāteḥ khyā­pi­ta­he­tu­va­t | sa ca sa­pra­ti­pa­kṣo 'tra kaścid uktaḥ paraiḥ punaḥ || 68 || TAŚV-ML 1.32.69a­nai­kā­nti­ka eveti tato nāsya vi­bhi­nna­tā | sve­ṣṭa­dha­rma­vi­hī­na­tve he­tu­nā­nye­na sādhyate || 69 || TAŚV-ML 1.32.70sā­dhyā­bhā­ve pra­yu­kta­sya hetor nā­bhā­va­ni­śca­yaḥ | dha­rmi­ṇī­ti svayaṃ sā­dhyā­sā­dhya­yo­r vṛ­tti­saṃ­śra­yā­t || 70 || TAŚV-ML 1.32.71nā­nai­kā­nti­ka­tā bādhyā tasya ta­lla­kṣa­ṇā­nva­yā­t | yaḥ sva­pa­kṣa­sa­pa­kṣā­nya­ta­ra­vā­daḥ sva­nā­di­ṣu || 71 || TAŚV-ML 1.32.72nityatve bhaṃ­gu­ra­tve vā proktaḥ pra­ka­ra­ṇe samaḥ | so 'py a­nai­kā­nti­kā­n nānya ity a­ne­nai­va kī­rti­ta­m || 72 || TAŚV-ML 1.32.73svasādhye sati sambhūtiḥ saṃśayā sa­vi­śe­ṣa­taḥ | kā­lā­tya­yā­pa­di­ṣṭo 'pi sā­dhya­mā­ne­na bādhite || 73 || TAŚV-ML 1.32.74yaḥ pra­yu­jye­ta hetuḥ syāt sa no nai­kā­nti­ko 'paraḥ | sā­dhyā­bhā­ve pravṛtto hi pramāṇaiḥ ku­tra­ci­t svayam || 74 || TAŚV-ML 1.32.75sādhye hetur na nirṇīto vi­pa­kṣa­vi­ni­va­rtta­naḥ | vipakṣe bādhake vṛtte sa­mī­cī­no ya­tho­cya­te || 75 || TAŚV-ML 1.32.76sādhyake sati kin na syāt tadā hāsas tathaiva saḥ | sā­dhyā­bhā­ve pra­vṛ­tte­na kiṃ pra­mā­ṇe­na bādhyate || 76 || TAŚV-ML 1.32.77hetuḥ kiṃ vā tad e­te­ne­ty atra saṃ­śī­ti­sa­mbha­vaḥ | sā­dhya­syā­bhā­va evāyaṃ pravṛtta iti niścaye || 77 || TAŚV-ML 1.32.78viruddho hetur udbhāvyo '­tī­ta­kā­lo na cāparaḥ | pra­mā­ṇa­bā­dha­naṃ nāma doṣaḥ pakṣasya vastutaḥ || 78 || TAŚV-ML 1.32.79kva tasya he­tu­bhi­s trāṇo '­nu­tpa­nne­na ta­po­ha­taḥ | siddhe sādhye pravṛtto '­trā­kiṃ­ci­tka­ra i­tī­ri­taḥ || 79 || TAŚV-ML 1.32.80kaiścid dhetur na saṃciṃtyaḥ syā­dvā­da­na­ya­śā­li­bhiḥ | gṛ­hī­ta­gra­ha­ṇā­t ta­syā­pra­mā­ṇa­tvaṃ ya­dī­ṣya­te || 80 || TAŚV-ML 1.32.81smṛ­tyā­de­r a­pra­mā­ṇa­tvaṃ smṛ­tyā­de­ś cet kathaṃ tu taiḥ | siddhe rthe va­rta­mā­na­sya hetoḥ saṃ­vā­di­tā na te || 81 || TAŚV-ML 1.32.82pra­yo­ja­na­vi­śe­ṣa­sya sa­dbhā­vā­n mānatā yadi | ta­dā­lpa­jñā­na­vi­jñā­naṃ hetoḥ kiṃ na pra­yo­ja­na­m || 82 || TAŚV-ML 1.32.83pra­mā­ṇa­saṃ­pla­va­s tv evaṃ svayam iṣṭo vi­ru­dhya­te | siddhe ku­ta­śca­nā­rthe nya­pra­mā­ṇa­syā­pha­la­tva­taḥ || 83 || TAŚV-ML 1.32.84mā­ne­nai­ke­na siddhe rthe pra­mā­ṇāṃ­ta­ra­va­rta­ne | yān a­va­stho­cya­te sāpi nā­kāṃ­kṣā­kṣa­ya­taḥ sthiteḥ || 84 || TAŚV-ML 1.32.85sa­rā­ga­pra­ti­pa­ttṝ­ṇāṃ svā­dṛ­ṣṭa­tva­ma­taḥ kvacit | syād ā­kāṃ­kṣā­kṣa­yaḥ kā­la­de­śā­deḥ sva­ni­mi­tta­taḥ || 85 || TAŚV-ML 1.32.86vī­ta­rā­gāḥ punaḥ svārthān ve­da­nai­r a­pa­rā­pa­raiḥ | pa­ri­kṣe­traṃ pra­va­rtaṃ­te sa­do­pe­kṣā­pa­rā­ya­ṇā || 86 || TAŚV-ML 1.32.87pra­mā­ṇa­saṃ­pla­ve caivam adoṣe pra­tyu­pa­sthi­te | gṛ­hī­ta­gra­ha­ṇā­t kva syāt ke­va­la­syā­pra­mā­ṇa­tā || 87 || TAŚV-ML 1.32.88tataḥ sa­rva­pra­mā­ṇā­nā­m a­pū­rvā­rtha­tva­sa­nna­ye | syād a­kiṃ­ci­tka­ro he­tvā­bhā­so nai­vā­nya­thā­rpa­ṇā­t || 88 || TAŚV-ML 1.32.89tatrāpi ke­va­la­jñā­naṃ nā­pra­mā­ṇaṃ pra­sa­hya­te | sā­dya­pa­rya­va­sā­na­sya ta­syā­pū­rvā­rtha­tā sthiteḥ || 89 || TAŚV-ML 1.32.90prā­du­rbhū­ti­kṣa­ṇā­d ūrdhvaṃ pa­ri­ṇā­mi­tva­vi­cyu­tiḥ | ke­va­la­syai­ka­rū­pi­tvā­d iti codyaṃ na yu­kti­ma­t || 90 || TAŚV-ML 1.32.91pa­rā­pa­re­ṇa kālena saṃ­baṃ­dhā­t pa­ri­ṇā­mi ca | .­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.jñā­tṛ­tve­nai­ka­m eva hi || 91 || TAŚV-ML 1.32.92evaṃ vyā­khyā­na­niḥ­śe­ṣa­he­tvā­bhā­sa­sa­mu­dbha­vaṃ | jñānaṃ svā­rthā­nu­mā­bhā­saṃ mi­thyā­dṛ­ṣṭe­r vi­pa­rya­yaḥ || 92 || TAŚV-ML 1.32.93niyogo bhā­va­nai­kāṃ­tā­d dhātvartho vidhir eva ca | ya­trā­rū­ḍhā­di­vya­rtho ṝ­nyā­po­ho vā vacaso yadā || 93 || TAŚV-ML 1.32.94kaiścin manyeta tajjñānaṃ śrutābhaṃ vedanaṃ tadā | tathā vā­kyā­rtha­ni­rṇī­te­r vidhātuṃ duḥ­śa­ka­tva­taḥ || 94 || TAŚV-ML 1.32.95pra­tya­yā­rtho ni­yo­ga­ś ca yataḥ śuddhaṃ pra­tī­ya­te | kā­rya­rū­pa­ś ca tenātra śuddhaṃ kāryam asau yataḥ || 95 || TAŚV-ML 1.32.96vi­śe­ṣa­ṇaṃ tu yat tasya kiṃcid a­nya­tpra­tī­ya­te | pra­tya­yā­rtho na tadyuktaḥ dhātvarthaḥ sva­rga­kā­ma­va­t || 96 || TAŚV-ML 1.32.97pre­ra­ka­tvaṃ tu yat tasya vi­śe­ṣa­ṇa­m i­he­ṣya­te | ta­syā­pra­tya­ya­vā­cya­tvā­t śuddhe kārye ni­yo­ga­tā || 97 || TAŚV-ML 1.32.98pre­ra­ṇai­va niyogo tra śuddhā sarvatra gamyate | nā­pre­ri­to yataḥ kaścin niyuktaṃ svaṃ pra­bu­dhya­te || 98 || TAŚV-ML 1.32.99mamedaṃ kāryam ity evaṃ jñānaṃ pūrvaṃ yadā bhavet | svasiddhyai prerakaṃ tat syād anyathā tan na siddhyati || 99 || TAŚV-ML 1.32.100preryate puruṣo naiva kā­rye­ṇe­ha vinā kvacit | tataś cet preraṇā proktā niyogaḥ kā­rya­saṃ­ga­tā || 100 || TAŚV-ML 1.32.101pre­ra­ṇā­vi­ṣa­yaḥ kāryaṃ na tu ta­tpre­ra­kaṃ svataḥ | vyā­pā­ra­s tu pra­mā­ṇa­sya prameya u­pa­ca­rya­te || 101 || TAŚV-ML 1.32.102preraṇā hi vinā kāryaṃ prerikā naiva ka­sya­ci­t | kā­rya­pre­ra­ṇa­yo­r yogo ni­yo­ga­s tena sammataḥ || 102 || TAŚV-ML 1.32.103pa­ra­spa­rā­vi­nā­bhū­taṃ dvayam etat pra­tī­ya­te | niyogaḥ sa­mu­dā­yo smāt kā­rya­pre­ra­ṇa­yo­r mataḥ || 103 || TAŚV-ML 1.32.104siddham ekaṃ yato bra­hma­ga­ta­m ā­mnā­ya­taḥ sadā | si­ddha­tve­na ca tatkāryaṃ prerakaṃ kuta eva tat || 104 || TAŚV-ML 1.32.105kāmī yatraiva yaḥ kaścin niyoge sati tatra saḥ | vi­ṣa­yā­rū­ḍha­m ātmānaṃ ma­nya­mā­naḥ pra­va­rta­te || 105 || TAŚV-ML 1.32.106mamedaṃ bhogyam ity evaṃ bho­gya­rū­paṃ pra­tī­ya­te | ma­ma­tve­na ca vijñānaṃ bhoktary eva vya­va­sthi­ta­m || 106 || TAŚV-ML 1.32.107svā­mi­tve­nā­bhi­mā­no hi bhoktur yatra bhaved ayaṃ | bhogyaṃ tad eva vijñeyaṃ tad evaṃ svaṃ ni­ru­cya­te || 107 || TAŚV-ML 1.32.108sā­dhya­rū­pa­ta­yā yena ma­me­da­m iti gamyate | ta­tpra­sā­dhye­na rūpeṇa bhogyaṃ svaṃ vya­pa­di­śya­te || 108 || TAŚV-ML 1.32.109si­ddha­rū­paṃ hi yad bhogyaṃ na niyogaḥ sa tāvatā | sā­dhya­tve­ne­ha bhogyasya pre­ra­ka­tvā­n ni­yo­ga­tā || 109 || TAŚV-ML 1.32.110mamedaṃ kāryam ity evaṃ manyate puruṣaḥ sadā | puṃsaḥ kā­rya­vi­śi­ṣṭa­tvaṃ niyogaḥ syād a­bā­dhi­taḥ || 110 || TAŚV-ML 1.32.111kāryasya siddhau jātāyāṃ tad yuktaḥ puruṣaḥ sadā | bhavet sādhita ity evaṃ pumān vākyārtha ucyate || 111 || TAŚV-ML 1.32.112pramāṇaṃ kiṃ niyogaḥ syāt pra­me­ya­m athavā punaḥ | u­bha­ye­na vihīno vā dva­ya­rū­po thavā punaḥ || 112 || TAŚV-ML 1.32.113śa­bda­vyā­pā­ra­rū­po vā vyāpāraḥ pu­ru­ṣa­sya vā | dva­ya­vyā­pā­ra­rū­po vā dva­yā­vyā­pā­ra eva vā || 113 || TAŚV-ML 1.32.113abhavaṃ pratītya yo jāto guṇaṃ vā prā­ṇi­nā­m iha | de­śā­va­dhiḥ sa vijñeyo dṛ­ṣṭi­mo­hā­d vi­pa­rya­yaḥ || 113 a || TAŚV-ML 1.32.114sa­tsaṃ­ya­ma­vi­śe­ṣo­ttho na jātu pa­ra­mā­va­dhiḥ | sa­rvā­va­dhi­r api vyasto ma­naḥ­pa­rya­ya­bo­dha­va­t || 114 || TAŚV-ML 1.32.115abiti pra­mā­ṇā­tma­vi­bo­dha­saṃ­vi­dhau vi­pa­rya­ya­jñā­na­m a­ne­ka­dho­di­ta­m | TAŚV-ML 1.32.115cdvi­pa­kṣa­vi­kṣe­pa­mu­khe­na nirṇayaḥ su­bo­dha­rū­pe­ṇa vi­dhā­tu­m udyataḥ || 115 ||

TA-ML 1.33 nai­ga­ma­saṃ­gra­ha­vya­va­hā­ra­rju­sū­tra­śa­bda­sa­ma­bhi­rū­ḍhai­vaṃ­bhū­tā nayāḥ || 33 ||

TAŚV-ML 1.33.1ni­rde­śyā­dhi­ga­mo­pā­yaṃ pra­mā­ṇa­m adhunā nayān | nayair a­dhi­ga­me­tyā­di prāha saṃ­kṣe­pa­to khilān || 1 || TAŚV-ML 1.33.2sā­mā­nyā­de­śa­ta­s tāvad eka eva nayaḥ sthitaḥ | syā­dvā­da­pra­vi­bha­ktā­rtha­vi­śe­ṣa­vyaṃ­ja­nā­tma­kaḥ || 2 || TAŚV-ML 1.33.3saṃ­kṣe­pā­d dvau vi­śe­ṣe­ṇa dra­vya­pa­ryā­ya­go­ca­rau | dravyārtho vya­va­hā­rāṃ­taḥ pa­ryā­yā­rtha­s tato paraḥ || 3 || TAŚV-ML 1.33.4vi­sta­re­ṇe­ti saptaite vijñeyā nai­ga­mā­da­yaḥ | ta­thā­ti­vi­sta­re­ṇai­ta­dbhe­dāḥ saṃ­khyā­ta­vi­gra­hāḥ || 4 || TAŚV-ML 1.33.5nayo nayau nayāś ceti vā­kya­bhe­de­na yojitāḥ | nai­ga­mā­da­ya ity evaṃ sa­rva­saṃ­khyā­bhi­sū­ca­nā­t || 5 || TAŚV-ML 1.33.6nayānāṃ lakṣaṇaṃ lakṣyaṃ ta­tsā­mā­nya­vi­śe­ṣa­taḥ | nīyate gamyate yena śru­tā­rthāṃ­śo nayo hi saḥ || 6 || TAŚV-ML 1.33.7tadaṃśau dra­vya­pa­ryā­ya­la­kṣa­ṇau sā­dhya­pa­kṣi­ṇau | nīyete tu yakābhyāṃ tau nayāv iti vi­ni­ści­tau || 7 || TAŚV-ML 1.33.8guṇaḥ paryāya evātra sa­ha­bhā­vī vi­bhā­vi­taḥ | iti ta­dgo­ca­ro nānyas tṛtīyo sti gu­ṇā­rthi­kaḥ || 8 || TAŚV-ML 1.33.9pra­mā­ṇa­go­ca­rā­rthāṃ­śā nīyaṃte yair a­ne­ka­dhā | te nayā iti vyākhyātā jātā mū­la­na­ya­dva­yā­t || 9 || TAŚV-ML 1.33.10dra­vya­pa­ryā­ya­sā­mā­nya­vi­śe­ṣa­pa­ri­bo­dhi­kāḥ | na mūlaṃ nai­ga­mā­dī­nāṃ nayāś catvāra eva tat || 10 || TAŚV-ML 1.33.11sā­mā­nya­sya pṛ­tha­ktve­na dravyād a­nu­pa­pa­tti­taḥ | sā­dṛ­śya­pa­ri­ṇā­ma­sya tathā vyaṃ­ja­na­pa­rya­yā­t || 11 || TAŚV-ML 1.33.12vai­sa­dṛ­śya­vi­va­rta­sya vi­śe­ṣa­sya ca paryaye | aṃ­ta­rbhā­vā­d vi­bhā­vye­ta dvau tanmūlaṃ nayāv iti || 12 || TAŚV-ML 1.33.13nā­mā­da­yo pi ca­tvā­ra­s tanmūlaṃ nety ato gataṃ | dra­vya­kṣe­trā­da­ya­ś caiṣāṃ dra­vya­pa­ryā­ya­ga­tva­taḥ || 13 || TAŚV-ML 1.33.14bhā­vā­nvi­tā na paṃcaite skaṃdhā vā pa­ri­kī­rti­tāḥ | rū­pā­da­yo ta eveha te pi hi dra­vya­pa­rya­yau || 14 || TAŚV-ML 1.33.15tathā dra­vya­gu­ṇā­dī­nāṃ ṣoḍhātvaṃ na vya­va­sthi­taṃ | ṣaṭ syur mū­la­na­yā yena dra­vya­pa­ryā­ya­grā­hi­te || 15 || TAŚV-ML 1.33.16ye pra­mā­ṇā­da­yo bhāvā pra­dhā­nā­da­ya eva vā | te nai­ga­mā­di­bhe­dā­nā­m arthā nā­pa­ra­nī­ta­yaḥ || 16 || TAŚV-ML 1.33.17tatra saṃ­ka­lpa­mā­tra­sya grāhako naigamo nayaḥ | so­pā­dhi­r ity a­śu­ddha­sya dra­vyā­rtha­syā­bhi­dhā­na­taḥ || 17 || TAŚV-ML 1.33.18saṃkalpo ni­ga­ma­s tatra bhavo yaṃ ta­tpra­yo­ja­naḥ | tathā pra­sthā­di­saṃ­ka­lpaḥ ta­da­bhi­prā­ya iṣyate || 18 || TAŚV-ML 1.33.21nanv ayaṃ bhāvinīṃ saṃjñāṃ sa­mā­śri­tyo­pa­ca­rya­te | a­pra­sthā­di­ṣu ta­dbhā­va­s taṃ­ḍu­le­ṣv o­da­nā­di­va­t || 21 || TAŚV-ML 1.33.20ity a­sa­dba­hi­ra­rthe­ṣu ta­thā­na­dhya­va­sā­na­taḥ | sva­ve­dya­mā­na­saṃ­ka­lpe saty evāsya pra­vṛ­tti­taḥ || 20 || TAŚV-ML 1.33.21yad vā naikaṃ gamo yotra sa satāṃ naigamo mataḥ | dha­rma­yo­r dharmiṇo vāpi vivakṣā dha­rma­dha­rmi­ṇoḥ || 21 || TAŚV-ML 1.33.22pra­mā­ṇā­tma­ka e­vā­ya­m u­bha­ya­grā­ha­ka­tva­taḥ | ity ayuktaṃ iha jñapteḥ pra­dhā­na­gu­ṇa­bhā­va­taḥ || 22 || TAŚV-ML 1.33.23prādhānye no­bha­yā­tmā­na­m arthaṃ gṛ­hṇa­ddvi­ve­da­na­m | pramāṇaṃ nānyad ity e­ta­tpra­paṃ­ce­na ni­ve­di­ta­m || 23 || TAŚV-ML 1.33.24saṃgrahe vya­va­hā­re vā nāṃ­ta­rbhā­vaḥ sa­mī­kṣya­te | nai­ga­ma­sya tayor e­ka­va­stvaṃ­śa­pra­va­ṇa­tva­taḥ || 24 || TAŚV-ML 1.33.25na­rju­sū­trā­di­ṣu pro­kta­he­ta­vo veti ṣaṇnayāḥ | saṃ­gra­hā­da­ya eveha na vācyāḥ pra­pa­rī­kṣa­kaiḥ || 25 || TAŚV-ML 1.33.26saptaite niyataṃ yuktā nai­ga­ma­sya na­ya­tva­taḥ | tasya tri­bhe­da­vyā­khyā­nā­t kaiścid uktā nayā nava || 26 || TAŚV-ML 1.33.27tatra pa­ryā­ya­ga­s tredhā naigamo dravyago dvidhā | dra­vya­pa­ryā­ya­gaḥ proktaś ca­tu­rbhe­do dhruvaṃ dhruvaiḥ || 27 || TAŚV-ML 1.33.28a­rtha­pa­ryā­ya­yo­s tāvad gu­ṇa­mu­khya­sva­bhā­va­taḥ | kvacid vastuny a­bhi­prā­yaḥ pra­ti­pa­ttuḥ pra­jā­ya­te || 28 || TAŚV-ML 1.33.29yathā pra­ti­kṣa­ṇaṃ dhvaṃsi su­kha­saṃ­vi­ccha­rī­ri­ṇaḥ | iti sa­ttā­rtha­pa­ryā­yo vi­śe­ṣa­ṇa­ta­yā guṇaḥ || 29 || TAŚV-ML 1.33.30saṃ­ve­da­nā­rtha­pa­ryā­yo vi­śe­ṣya­tve­na mu­khya­tā­m | pra­ti­ga­ccha­nn a­bhi­pre­to nā­nya­thai­vaṃ va­co­ga­tiḥ || 30 || TAŚV-ML 1.33.31sarvathā su­kha­saṃ­vi­ttyo­r nānātve bhimatiḥ punaḥ | svāśrayā cā­rtha­pa­ryā­ya­nai­ga­mā­bho pra­tī­ti­taḥ || 31 || TAŚV-ML 1.33.32kaścid vyaṃ­ja­na­pa­ryā­yo vi­ṣa­yī­ku­ru­te ṃjasā | gu­ṇa­pra­dhā­na­bhā­ve­na dharmiṇy ekatra naigamaḥ || 32 || TAŚV-ML 1.33.33sa­ccai­ta­nyaṃ narīty evaṃ sattvasya gu­ṇa­bhā­va­taḥ | pra­dhā­na­bhā­va­ta­ś cāpi cai­ta­nya­syā­bhi­si­ddhi­taḥ || 33 || TAŚV-ML 1.33.34tayor a­tyaṃ­ta­bhe­do­kti­r anyonyaṃ svā­śra­yā­d api | jñeyo vyaṃ­ja­na­pa­ryā­ya­nai­ga­mā­bho vi­ro­dha­taḥ || 34 || TAŚV-ML 1.33.35a­rtha­vyaṃ­ja­na­pa­ryā­yau go­ca­rī­ku­ru­te paraḥ | dhārmike su­kha­jī­vi­tva­m ity evam a­nu­ro­dha­taḥ || 35 || TAŚV-ML 1.33.36bhinne tu su­kha­jī­va­tve yo bhi­ma­nye­ta sarvathā | so rtha­vyaṃ­ja­na­pa­ryā­ya­nai­ga­mā­bhā­sa eva naḥ || 36 || TAŚV-ML 1.33.37śu­ddha­dra­vya­m aśuddhaṃ ca ta­thā­bhi­prai­ti yo nayaḥ | sa tu naigama eveha saṃ­gra­ha­vya­va­hā­ra­jaḥ || 37 || TAŚV-ML 1.33.38saddravyaṃ sakalaṃ vastu ta­thā­nva­ya­vi­ni­śca­yā­t | ity evam a­va­gaṃ­ta­vya­s ta­dbhe­do­kti­s tu durnayaḥ || 38 || TAŚV-ML 1.33.39yastu pa­ryā­ya­va­ddra­vyaṃ gu­ṇa­va­d veti nirṇayaḥ | vya­va­hā­ra­na­yā­j jātaḥ so '­śu­ddha­dra­vya­nai­ga­maḥ || 39 || TAŚV-ML 1.33.40ta­dbhe­dai­kāṃ­ta­vā­da­s tu ta­dā­bhā­so nu­ma­nya­te | ta­tho­kte­r bahir aṃtaś ca pra­tya­kṣā­di­vi­ro­dha­taḥ || 40 || TAŚV-ML 1.33.41śu­ddha­dra­vyā­rtha­pa­ryā­ya­nai­ga­mo sti paro yathā | satsukhaṃ kṣaṇikaṃ śuddhaṃ saṃsāre sminn i­tī­ra­ṇa­m || 41 || TAŚV-ML 1.33.42sattvaṃ su­khā­rtha­pa­ryā­yā­d bhinnam eveti saṃmatiḥ | durnītiḥ syāt sa­bā­dha­tvā­d iti nī­ti­vi­do viduḥ || 42 || TAŚV-ML 1.33.43kṣaṇam ekaṃ sukhī jīvo vi­ṣa­yī­ti vi­ni­śca­yaḥ | vi­ni­rdi­ṣṭo rtha­pa­ryā­yā­śu­ddha­dra­vya­ga­nai­ga­maḥ || 43 || TAŚV-ML 1.33.44su­kha­jī­va­bhi­do­kti­s tu sarvathā mā­na­bā­dhi­tā | du­rnī­ti­r eva boddhavyā śu­ddha­bo­dhai­r a­saṃ­śa­yā­t || 44 || TAŚV-ML 1.33.45go­ca­rī­ku­ru­te śu­ddha­dra­vya­vyaṃ­ja­na­pa­rya­yau | naigamo nyo yathā sa­cci­tsā­mā­nya­m iti nirṇayaḥ || 45 || TAŚV-ML 1.33.46vidyate cā­pa­ro­śu­ddha­dra­vya­byaṃ­ja­na­pa­rya­yau | a­rthī­ka­ro­ti yaḥ so tra nā­gu­ṇī­ti ni­ga­dya­te || 46 || TAŚV-ML 1.33.47bhi­dā­bhi­dā­bhi­r atyaṃtaṃ pra­tī­te­r a­pa­lā­pa­taḥ | pū­rva­va­nnai­ga­mā­bhā­sau pra­tye­ta­vyau tayor api || 47 || TAŚV-ML 1.33.48navadhā nai­ga­ma­syai­vaṃ khyāteḥ paṃ­ca­da­śo­di­tāḥ | nayāḥ pra­tī­ti­m ārūḍhāḥ saṃ­gra­hā­di­na­yaiḥ saha || 48 || TAŚV-ML 1.33.49e­ka­tve­na vi­śe­ṣā­ṇāṃ grahaṇaṃ saṃgraho nayaḥ | sa­jā­te­r a­vi­ro­dhe­na dṛ­ṣṭe­ṣṭā­bhyāṃ ka­thaṃ­ca­na || 49 || TAŚV-ML 1.33.50sa­me­kī­bhā­va­sa­mya­ktve va­rta­mā­no hi gṛhyate | niruktyā lakṣaṇaṃ tasya tathā sati vi­bhā­vya­te || 50 || TAŚV-ML 1.33.51śu­ddha­dra­vya­m a­bhi­prai­ti sanmātraṃ saṃgrahaḥ paraḥ | sa cā­śe­ṣa­vi­śe­ṣe­ṣu sa­dau­dā­sī­nya­bhā­g iha || 51 || TAŚV-ML 1.33.52ni­rā­kṛ­ta­vi­śe­ṣa­s tu sa­ttā­dvai­ta­pa­rā­ya­ṇaḥ | ta­dā­bhā­saḥ sa­mā­khyā­taḥ sadbhir dṛ­ṣṭe­ṣṭa­bā­dha­nā­t || 52 || TAŚV-ML 1.33.53abhinnaṃ vya­kti­bhe­de­bhyaḥ sarvathā ba­hu­dhā­na­kaṃ | ma­hā­sā­mā­nya­m ity uktiḥ ke­ṣāṃ­ci­d du­rna­ya­s tathā || 53 || TAŚV-ML 1.33.54śa­bda­bra­hme­ti cānyeṣāṃ pu­ru­ṣā­dvai­ta­m ity api | saṃ­ve­da­nā­d vayaṃ ceti prāyaśo nyatra da­rśi­ta­m || 54 || TAŚV-ML 1.33.55dravyatvaṃ sa­ka­la­dra­vya­vyā­py a­bhi­prai­ti cāparaḥ | pa­ryā­ya­tvaṃ ca niḥ­śe­ṣa­pa­ryā­ya­vyā­pi­saṃ­gra­haḥ || 55 || TAŚV-ML 1.33.56ta­thai­vā­vāṃ­ta­rā­n bhedān saṃ­gṛ­hyai­ka­tva­to bahuḥ | vartate yaṃ nayaḥ samyak pra­ti­pa­kṣā­ni­rā­kṛ­teḥ || 56 || TAŚV-ML 1.33.57sva­vya­ktyā­tma­m a­nai­kāṃ­ta­s ta­dā­bhā­so py a­ne­ka­dhā | pra­tī­ti­bā­dhi­to bodhyo niḥśeṣo py anayā diśā || 57 || TAŚV-ML 1.33.48saṃ­gra­he­ṇa gṛ­hī­tā­nā­m arthānāṃ vi­dhi­pū­rva­kaḥ | yo vahāro vibhāgaḥ syād vya­va­hā­ro nayaḥ smṛtaḥ || 48 || TAŚV-ML 1.33.59sa cā­ne­ka­pra­kā­raḥ syād uttaraḥ pa­ra­saṃ­gra­hā­t | yat sat tad dra­vya­pa­ryā­yā­v iti prā­gṛ­ju­sū­tra­taḥ || 59 || TAŚV-ML 1.33.60ka­lpa­nā­ro­pi­ta­dra­vya­pa­ryā­ya­pra­vi­bhā­ga­bhā­k | pra­mā­ṇa­bā­dhi­to nyas tu ta­dā­bhā­so '­va­sī­ya­tā­m || 60 || TAŚV-ML 1.33.61ṛ­ju­sū­traṃ kṣa­ṇa­dhvaṃ­si vastu sat sū­tra­ye­d ṛju | prā­dhā­nye­na gu­ṇī­bhā­vā­d dra­vya­syā­na­rpa­ṇā­t sataḥ || 61 || TAŚV-ML 1.33.62ni­rā­ka­ro­ti yad dravyaṃ bahir aṃtaś ca sarvathā | sa tadābho '­bhi­maṃ­ta­vyaḥ pra­tī­te­r a­pa­lā­pa­taḥ || 62 || TAŚV-ML 1.33.63kā­rya­kā­ra­ṇa­tā ceti grā­hya­grā­ha­ka­tā­pi vā | vā­cya­vā­ca­ka­tā ceti kvā­rtha­sā­dha­na­dū­ṣa­ṇaṃ || 63 || TAŚV-ML 1.33.64lo­ka­saṃ­vṛ­tti­sa­tyaṃ ca satyaṃ ca pa­ra­mā­rtha­taḥ | kvaivaṃ siddhyed ya­dā­śri­tya buddhānāṃ dha­rma­de­śa­nā || 64 || TAŚV-ML 1.33.65sā­mā­nā­dhi­ka­ra­ṇyaṃ kva vi­śe­ṣa­ṇa­vi­śe­ṣya­tā | sā­dhya­sā­dha­na­bhā­vo vā kvā­dhā­rā­dhe­ya­tā­pi ca || 65 || TAŚV-ML 1.33.66saṃyogo vi­pra­yo­go vā kri­yā­kā­ra­ṇa­saṃ­sthi­tiḥ | sādṛśyaṃ vai­sa­dṛ­śyaṃ vā sva­saṃ­tā­ne­ta­ra­sthi­tiḥ || 66 || TAŚV-ML 1.33.67sa­mu­dā­yaḥ kva ca pre­tya­bhā­vā­di dra­vya­ni­hna­ve | baṃ­dha­mo­kṣa­vya­va­sthā vā sa­rva­the­ṣṭā­'­pra­si­ddhi­taḥ || 67 || TAŚV-ML 1.33.68kā­lā­di­bhe­da­to rthasya bhedaṃ yaḥ pra­ti­pā­da­ye­t | so tra śa­bda­na­yaḥ śa­bda­pra­dhā­na­tvā­d u­dā­hṛ­taḥ || 68 || TAŚV-ML 1.33.69vi­śva­dṛ­śvā­sya janitā sūnur ity ekam ādṛtāḥ | padārthaṃ kā­la­bhe­de pi vya­va­hā­rā­nu­ro­dha­taḥ || 69 || TAŚV-ML 1.33.70karoti kriyate pu­ṣya­stā­ra­kā yoṃbha ity api | kā­ra­ka­vya­kti­saṃ­khyā­nāṃ bhede pi ca pare janāḥ || 70 || TAŚV-ML 1.33.71ehi manye ra­the­ne­tyā­di­ka­sā­dha­na­bhi­dy api | saṃ­ti­ṣṭhe­tā­va­ti­ṣṭhe­te­tyā­dyu­pa­gra­ha­bhe­da­ne || 71 || TAŚV-ML 1.33.72tan na śreyaḥ pa­rī­kṣā­yā­m iti śabdaḥ pra­kā­śa­ye­t | kā­lā­di­bhe­da­ne py a­rthā­bhe­da­ne ti­pra­saṃ­ga­taḥ || 72 || TAŚV-ML 1.33.73tathā kā­lā­di­nā­nā­tva­ka­lpa­naṃ niḥ­pra­yo­ja­na­m | siddhaṃ kā­lā­di­nai­ke­na kā­rya­sye­ṣṭa­sya tattvataḥ || 73 || TAŚV-ML 1.33.74kā­lā­dya­nya­ta­ma­syai­va kalpanaṃ tair vi­dhī­ya­tāṃ | yeṣāṃ kā­lā­di­bhe­de pi pa­dā­rthai­ka­tva­ni­śca­yaḥ || 74 || TAŚV-ML 1.33.75śabdaḥ kā­lā­di­bhi­r bhi­nnā­bhi­nnā­rtha­pra­ti­pā­da­kaḥ | kā­lā­di­bhi­nna­śa­bda­tvā­t tā­dṛ­ksi­ddhā­nya­śa­bda­va­t || 75 || TAŚV-ML 1.33.76pa­ryā­ya­śa­bda­bhe­de­na bhi­nnā­rtha­syā­dhi­ro­ha­ṇā­t | nayaḥ sa­ma­bhi­rū­ḍhaḥ syāt pū­rva­va­c cāsya niścayaḥ || 76 || TAŚV-ML 1.33.77iṃdraḥ pu­raṃ­da­raḥ śakra ityādyā bhi­nna­go­ca­rāḥ | śabdā vi­bhi­nna­śa­bda­tvā­d vā­ji­vā­ra­ṇa­śa­bda­va­t || 77 || TAŚV-ML 1.33.78ta­tkri­yā­pa­ri­ṇā­m orthas ta­thai­ve­ti vi­ni­śca­yā­t | e­vaṃ­bhū­te­na nīyeta kri­yāṃ­ta­ra­pa­rā­ṅmu­khaḥ || 78 || TAŚV-ML 1.33.79yo yaṃ kri­yā­rtha­m ācaṣṭe nāsāv a­nya­tkri­yaṃ dhvaniḥ | pa­ṭha­tī­tyā­di­śa­bdā­nāṃ pā­ṭhā­dya­rtha­tva­saṃ­ja­nā­t || 79 || TAŚV-ML 1.33.80ito nyonyam a­pe­kṣā­yāṃ saṃtaḥ śabdād ayo nayāḥ | ni­ra­pe­kṣāḥ punas te syus ta­dā­bhā­sā­vi­ro­dha­taḥ || 80 || TAŚV-ML 1.33.81ta­tra­rju­sū­tra­pa­ryaṃ­tā­ś catvāro rthanayā matāḥ | trayaḥ śa­bda­na­yāḥ śeṣāḥ śa­bda­vā­cyā­rtha­go­ca­rāḥ || 81 || TAŚV-ML 1.33.82pū­rva­pū­rvo nayo bhū­ma­vi­ṣa­yaḥ kā­ra­ṇā­tma­kaḥ | paraḥ paraḥ punaḥ sū­kṣma­go­ca­ro he­tu­mā­n iha || 82 || TAŚV-ML 1.33.83sa­nmā­tra­vi­ṣa­ya­tve­na saṃ­gra­ha­sya na yujyate | ma­hā­vi­ṣa­ya­tā­bhā­vā­bhā­vā­rthā­n nai­ga­mā­n nayāt || 83 || TAŚV-ML 1.33.84yathā hi sati saṃ­ka­lpa­s ta­thai­vā­sa­ti vedyate | tatra pra­va­rta­mā­na­sya nai­ga­ma­sya ma­hā­rtha­tā || 84 || TAŚV-ML 1.33.85saṃ­gra­hā­d vya­va­hā­ro pi sa­dvi­śe­ṣā­va­bo­dha­kaḥ | na bhū­ma­vi­ṣa­yo śe­ṣa­sa­tsa­mū­ho­pa­da­rśi­taḥ || 85 || TAŚV-ML 1.33.86na­rju­sū­tra­pra­bhū­tā­rtho va­rta­mā­nā­rtha­go­ca­raḥ | kā­la­tri­ta­ya­vṛ­ttya­rtha­go­ca­rā­d vya­va­hā­ra­taḥ || 86 || TAŚV-ML 1.33.87kā­lā­di­bhe­da­to py artham a­bhi­nna­m u­pa­ga­ccha­taḥ | na­rju­sū­trā­n mahārtho tra śabdas ta­dvi­pa­rī­ta­va­t || 87 || TAŚV-ML 1.33.88śabdāt pa­ryā­ya­bhe­de­nā­bhi­nna­m artham a­bhī­psi­naḥ | na syāt sa­ma­bhi­rū­ḍho pi ma­hā­rtha­s ta­dvi­pa­rya­yaḥ || 88 || TAŚV-ML 1.33.89kri­yā­bhe­de pi cā­bhi­nna­m artham a­bhyu­pa­ga­ccha­taḥ | nai­vaṃ­bhū­taḥ pra­bhū­tā­rtho nayaḥ sa­ma­bhi­rū­ḍha­taḥ || 89 || TAŚV-ML 1.33.90nai­ga­mā­prā­ti­kū­lye­na na saṃgrahaḥ pra­va­rta­te | tābhyāṃ vācyam i­hā­bhī­ṣṭā sa­pta­bhaṃ­gī­vi­bhā­ga­taḥ || 90 || TAŚV-ML 1.33.91nai­ga­ma­vya­va­hā­rā­bhyāṃ vi­ru­ddhā­bhyāṃ tathaiva sā | sā nai­ga­ma­rju­sū­trā­bhyāṃ tā­dṛ­gbhyā­m a­vi­gā­na­taḥ || 91 || TAŚV-ML 1.33.92sā śabdān ni­ga­mā­d anyād yuktāt sa­ma­bhi­rū­ḍha­taḥ | sai­vaṃ­bhū­tā­c ca sā jñeyā vi­dhā­na­pra­ti­ṣe­dha­gā || 92 || TAŚV-ML 1.33.93saṃ­gra­hā­de­ś ca śeṣeṇa pra­ti­pa­kṣe­ṇa ga­mya­tā­m | tathaiva vyāpinī sa­pta­bhaṃ­gī na­ya­vi­dāṃ matā || 93 || TAŚV-ML 1.33.94vi­śe­ṣai­r uttaraiḥ sarvair na­yā­nā­m u­di­tā­tma­nā­m | pa­ra­spa­ra­vi­ru­ddhā­rthai­r dvaṃ­dva­vṛ­tte­r ya­thā­ya­tha­m || 94 || TAŚV-ML 1.33.95pratyeyā pra­ti­pa­ryā­ya­m a­vi­ru­ddhā tathaiva sā | pra­mā­ṇa­sa­pta­bhaṃ­gī ca tāṃ vinā nā­bhi­vā­gga­tiḥ || 95 || TAŚV-ML 1.33.96sarve śa­bda­na­yā­s tena pa­rā­rtha­pra­ti­pā­da­ne | svā­rtha­pra­kā­śa­ne mātur ime jñā­na­na­yāḥ sthitāḥ || 96 || TAŚV-ML 1.33.97vai nī­ya­mā­na­va­stvaṃ­śāḥ kathyaṃte '­rtha­na­yā­ś ca te | traividhyaṃ vya­va­ti­ṣṭhaṃ­te pra­dhā­na­gu­ṇa­bhā­va­taḥ || 97 || TAŚV-ML 1.33.98yatra pra­va­rta­te svārthe ni­ya­mā­d uttaro nayaḥ | pū­rva­pū­rvo nayas tatra va­rta­mā­no na vāryate || 98 || TAŚV-ML 1.33.99sahasraṃ ca śatī yadvat tasyāṃ paṃ­ca­śa­tī matā | pū­rva­saṃ­khyo­tta­ra­tvā­bhyāṃ saṃ­khyā­yā­m a­vi­ro­dha­taḥ || 99 || TAŚV-ML 1.33.100pūrvatra nottarā saṃkhyā ya­thā­yā­tā­nu­va­rtya­te | ta­tho­tta­ra­na­yaḥ pū­rva­na­yā­rtha­sa­ka­le sadā || 100 || TAŚV-ML 1.33.101na­yā­rthe­ṣu pra­mā­ṇa­sya vṛttiḥ sa­ka­la­de­śi­naḥ | bhaven na tu pra­mā­ṇā­rthe na­yā­nā­m a­khi­le­ṣu sā || 101 || TAŚV-ML 1.33.102saṃ­kṣe­pe­ṇa nayās tā­va­dvyā­khyā­tā­s tatra sūcitāḥ | ta­dvi­śe­ṣāḥ pra­paṃ­ce­na saṃciṃtyā na­ya­ca­kra­taḥ || 102 ||

TAŚV-ML 1.app.0 ta­ttvā­rthā­dhi­ga­ma­bhe­daḥ |

TAŚV-ML 1.app.1ta­ttvā­rthā­dhi­ga­ma­s tāvat pra­mā­ṇa­na­ya­to mataḥ | sarvaḥ svarthaḥ parārtho vā­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­si­taḥ || 1 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.2pa­rā­rthā­dhi­ga­ma­s ta­trā­nu­dbha­va­drā­ga­go­ca­raḥ | ji­gī­ṣu­go­ca­ra­ś ceti dvidhā śu­ddha­dhi­yo viduḥ || 2 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.3sa­tya­vā­gbhi­r vi­dhā­ta­vyaḥ pra­tha­ma­s ta­ttva­ve­di­bhiḥ | yathā ka­thaṃ­ci­d ity eṣa ca­tu­raṃ­go na saṃmataḥ || 3 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.4pra­va­krā­jñā­pya­mā­na­sya pra­sa­bha­jñā­na­pe­kṣa­yā | ta­ttvā­rthā­dhi­ga­maṃ kartuṃ sa­ma­rtho­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­. || 4 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.5vi­śru­taḥ­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­sva­yaṃ prabhuḥ | tā­dṛ­śā­nya­bha­sā­mī­tā bhāve pi pra­ti­bo­dha­kaḥ || 5 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.6sā­bhi­mā­na­ja­nā­ra­bhya­ś ca­tu­raṃ­go ni­ve­di­taḥ | tajjñair a­nya­ta­mā­pā­ye py a­rthā­pa­ri­sa­mā­pti­taḥ || 6 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.7ji­gī­ṣa­dbhyāṃ vinā tāvan na vivādaḥ pra­va­rta­te | tābhyām eva jayo nyonyaṃ vidhātuṃ na ca śakyate || 7 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.8vādino sparddhayā vṛddhir a­bhi­mā­naḥ pra­vṛ­ddhi­taḥ | siddhe vā­trā­ka­laṃ­ka­sya mahato nyā­ya­ve­di­naḥ || 8 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.9sva­pra­jā­pa­ri­pā­kā­di­pra­yo­ja­ne­ti kecana | teṣām api vinā mānād dvayor yadi sa saṃmataḥ || 9 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.10tayor a­nya­ta­ma­sya syād a­bhi­mā­naḥ ka­dā­ca­na | ta­nni­vṛ­ttya­rtha­m eveṣṭaṃ sa­bhyā­pe­kṣa­ṇa­m atra cet || 10 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.11rā­jā­pe­kṣa­ṇa­m apy astu tathaiva ca­tu­raṃ­ga­tā | vādasya bhā­vi­nī­m iṣṭām apekṣāṃ vi­ji­gī­ṣa­tā­m || 11 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.12sabhyair a­nu­ma­taṃ ta­ttva­jñā­naṃ dṛ­ḍha­ta­raṃ bhavet | iti te vī­ta­rā­gā­bhyā­m apekṣā tata eva cet || 12 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.13tac cen ma­he­śva­ra­syā­pi sva­śi­ṣya­pra­ti­pā­da­ne | sa­bhyā­pe­kṣa­ṇa­m apy astu vyākhyāne ca bha­vā­dṛ­śāṃ || 13 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.14svayaṃ ma­he­śva­raḥ sabhyo ma­dhya­stha­s ta­ttva­vi­ttva­taḥ | pravaktā ca vi­ne­yā­nāṃ ta­ttva­khyā­pa­na­to yadi || 14 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.15tadānyo pi pra­va­ktai­vaṃ bhaved iti vṛthā tava | prā­śni­kā­pe­kṣa­ṇaṃ vā­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­. || 15 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.16yathā caikaḥ pravaktā ca ma­dhya­stho­bhyu­pa­ga­mya­te | tathā sa­bhā­pa­tiḥ kiṃ na pra­ti­pā­dyaḥ sa eva te || 16 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.17maryād ā­ti­kra­mā­bhā­va­he­tu­tvā­d bo­dhya­śa­kti­taḥ | pra­si­ddha­pra­bha­vā tā­dṛ­gvi­ne­ya­ja­na­va­ddhru­va­m || 17 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.18svayaṃ buddhaḥ pravaktā syāt bo­dhya­saṃ­di­gdha­dhī­r iha | tayoḥ kathaṃ sa­hai­ka­tra sadbhāva iti cākulaṃ || 18 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.19prā­śni­ka­tva­pra­va­ktṛ­tva­sa­dbhā­va­syā­pi hānitaḥ | sva­pa­kṣa­rā­gau­dā­sī­na­vi­ro­dha­syā­ni­vā­ra­ṇā­t || 19 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.20pūrvaṃ vaktā budhaḥ paścāt sabhyo na vyāhato yadi | tadā pra­bo­dha­ko bodhyas tathaiva na vi­ru­dhya­te || 20 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.21va­ktṛ­vā­kyā­nu­va­ktā­di svasya syāt pra­ti­pā­da­kaḥ | tadarthaṃ bu­dhya­mā­na­s tu pra­ti­pā­dyo na ma­nya­tā­m || 21 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.22ta­thai­kāṃ­go pi vādaḥ syāc ca­tu­raṃ­go vi­śe­ṣa­taḥ | pṛthak sa­bhyā­di­bhe­dā­nā­m a­na­pe­kṣā­c ca sarvadā || 22 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.23yathā vā­dyā­da­yo loke dṛśyaṃte te nya­bhe­di­naḥ | tathā nyā­ya­vi­dā­m iṣṭā vya­va­hā­re­ṣu te yadi || 23 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.24ta­da­bhā­vā­t svayaṃ vaktuḥ sabhyā bhinnā bhavaṃtu te | sa­bhā­pa­ti­ś ca ta­dbo­dhya­ja­na­vaṃ­ta­ś ca neṣyate || 24 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.25ji­gī­ṣā­vi­ra­hā­t tasya tattvaṃ bo­dha­ya­to janān | na sa­bhyā­di­pra­tī­kṣā­sti yadi vāde kva sā bhavet || 25 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.26tato vādo ji­gī­ṣā­yāṃ vādinoḥ saṃ­pra­va­rta­te | sa­bhyā­pe­kṣa­ṇa­to ja­lpa­vi­taṃ­ḍā­va­d iti sphuṭaṃ || 26 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.27ta­da­pe­kṣā ca tatrāsti ja­ye­ta­ra­vi­dhā­na­taḥ | tadvad e­vā­nya­thā tatra sā na syād a­vi­śe­ṣa­taḥ || 27 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.28siddho ji­gī­ṣa­to vādaś ca­tu­raṃ­ga­s tathā sati | svā­bhi­pre­ta­vya­va­sthā­nā­l lo­ka­pra­khyā­ta­vā­da­va­t || 28 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.29ma­ryā­dā­ti­kra­maṃ leke yathā haṃti ma­hī­pa­tiḥ | tathā śāstre py a­haṃ­kā­ra­gra­s tayor vādinoḥ kvacit || 29 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.30vā­di­no­r vādanaṃ vādaḥ samarthe hi sa­bhā­pa­tau | sa­ma­rtha­yoḥ sa­ma­rthe­ṣu prā­śni­ke­ṣu pra­va­rta­te || 30 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.31sāmarthyaṃ punar īśasya śa­kti­tra­ya­m u­dā­hṛ­ta­m | yena sva­maṃ­ḍa­la­syā­jñā vi­dhe­ya­tvaṃ pra­si­ddhya­ti || 31 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.32maṃ­tra­śa­ktyā prabhus tāvat sva­lo­kā­n sa­ma­yā­n api | dha­rma­nyā­ye­na saṃ­ra­kṣe­d vi­pla­vā­t sā­dhu­sā­t sudhīḥ || 32 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.33pra­bhu­sā­ma­rthya­to vāpi du­rlaṃ­ghyā­tma­ba­lai­r api | svo­tsā­ha­śa­kti­to vāpi daṃḍaṃ nī­ti­vi­dāṃ­va­raḥ || 33 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.34rā­ga­dve­ṣa­vi­hī­na­tvaṃ vādini pra­ti­vā­di­ni | nyāye 'nyāye ca tadvattvaṃ sāmarthyaṃ prā­śni­ke­ṣv adaḥ || 34 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.35si­ddhāṃ­ta­dva­ya­ve­di­tvaṃ pro­ktā­rtha­gra­ha­ṇa­tva­tā | pra­ti­bhā­di­gu­ṇa­tvaṃ ca ta­ttva­ni­rṇa­ya­kā­ri­tā || 35 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.36ja­ye­ta­ra­vya­va­sthā­yā­m a­nya­thā­na­dhi­kā­ra­tā | sa­bhyā­nā­m ātmanaḥ patyur yaśo dharmaṃ ca vāṃchataḥ || 36 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.37ku­mā­ra­naṃ­di­na­ś cāhur vā­da­nyā­ya­vi­ca­kṣa­ṇāḥ | rā­ja­prā­śni­ka­sā­ma­rthya­m e­vaṃ­bhū­ta­m a­saṃ­śa­ya­m || 37 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.38ekataḥ kā­ra­ye­t sabhyān vā­di­nā­m ekataḥ prabhuḥ | paścād a­bhya­rṇa­kā­n vīkṣya pra­mā­ṇa­gu­ṇa­do­ṣa­yoḥ || 38 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.39lau­ki­kā­rtha­vi­cā­re­ṣu na tathā prāśnikā yathā | śā­strī­yā­rtha­vi­cā­re­ṣu vā tajjñāḥ prāśnikā yathā || 39 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.40sa­tya­sā­dha­na­sā­ma­rthya­saṃ­pra­kā­śa­na­pā­ṭa­vaḥ | vā­dya­je­yo vijetā no sa­do­nmā­de­na ke­va­la­m || 40 || itiTAŚV-ML 1.app.41sa­ma­rtha­sā­dha­nā­khyā­naṃ sāmarthyaṃ vādino mataṃ | sā tv avaśyaṃ ca sā­ma­rthyā­d a­nya­thā­nu­pa­pa­nna­tā || 41 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.42sa­ddo­ṣo­dbhā­va­naṃ vāpi sāmarthyaṃ pra­ti­vā­di­naḥ | dū­ṣa­ṇa­sya ca sāmarthyaṃ pra­ti­pa­kṣa­vi­ghā­ti­tā || 42 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.43sā pa­kṣāṃ­ta­ra­si­ddhi­r vā sā­dha­nā­śa­kti­tā­pi vā | hetor vi­ru­ddha­tā ya­dva­da­bhā­sāṃ­ta­ra­tā­pi ca || 43 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.44ity ā­bhi­mā­ni­kaḥ proktas tāttvikaḥ prātibho pi vā | sa­ma­rthā­va­ca­naṃ vādaś ca­tu­raṃ­go ji­gī­ṣa­toḥ || 44 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.45dvi­pra­kā­raṃ jagau jalpaṃ ta­ttva­prā­ti­bha­go­ca­ra­m | tri­ṣa­ṣṭe­r vādināṃ jetā śrīdatto ja­lpa­ni­rṇa­ye || 45 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.46tatreha tāttvike vāde '­ka­laṃ­kaiḥ kathito jayaḥ | sva­pa­kṣa­si­ddhi­r ekasya nigraho nyasya vādinaḥ || 46 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.47sva­pa­kṣa­si­ddhi­pa­ryaṃ­tā śā­strī­yā­rtha­vi­cā­ra­ṇā | va­stvā­śra­ya­tva­to ya­dva­llau­ki­kā­rthe vi­cā­ra­ṇā || 47 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.48ji­jñā­si­ta­vi­śe­ṣo tra dharmī pakṣo na yujyate | ta­syā­saṃ­bha­va­do­ṣe­ṇa bā­dhi­ta­tvā­t kha­pu­ṣpa­va­t || 48 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.49kvacit sā­dhya­vi­śe­ṣaṃ hi na vādī pra­ti­pi­tsa­te | svayaṃ vi­ni­ści­tā­rtha­sya pa­ra­bo­dhā­ya vṛttitaḥ || 49 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.50pra­vṛ­tti­vā­dī tasyaiva pra­ti­kṣe­pā­ya va­rta­nā­t | ji­jñā­si­te­na sabhyāś ca si­ddhāṃ­ta­dva­ya­ve­di­naḥ || 50 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.51svā­rthā­nu­mā­ne vādye ca ji­jñā­si­te­ti cen mataṃ | vāde ta­syā­dhi­kā­raḥ syāt pa­ra­pra­tya­ya­nā­dṛ­te || 51 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.52ji­jñā­pa­yi­tā­tme­ha dharmī pakṣo ya­dī­ṣya­te | la­kṣa­ṇa­dva­ya­m āyātaṃ pakṣasya graṃ­tha­ghā­ti­ne || 52 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.53ta­thā­nu­ṣṇo gnir ityādiḥ pra­tya­kṣā­di­ni­rā­kṛ­taḥ | svapakṣaṃ syād a­ti­vyā­pi nedaṃ pakṣasya lakṣaṇaṃ || 53 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.54liṃgāt sā­dha­yi­tuṃ śakyo viśeṣo yasya dharmiṇaḥ | sa eva pakṣa iti cet vṛthā dha­rma­vi­śe­ṣa­vā­k || 54 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.55liṃgaṃ ye­nā­vi­nā­bhā­vi so rthaḥ sādhyo va­dhā­rya­te | na ca dharmī ta­thā­bhū­taḥ sa­rva­trā­na­nva­yā­tma­kaḥ || 55 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.56na dharmī kevalaḥ sādhyo na dharmaḥ si­ddhya­saṃ­bha­vā­t | sa­mu­dā­ya­s tu sādhyeta yadi saṃ­vya­va­hā­ri­bhiḥ || 56 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.57tadā ta­tsa­mu­dā­ya­sya svā­śra­ye­ṇa vinā sadā | saṃ­bha­vā­bhā­va­taḥ so pi ta­dvi­śi­ṣṭaḥ pra­sā­dhya­tā­m || 57 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.58ta­dvi­śe­ṣo pi so nyena svā­śra­ye­ṇe­ti na kvacit | sā­dhya­vya­va­sthi­ti­r mū­ḍha­ce­ta­sā­m ā­tma­vi­dvi­ṣā­m || 58 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.59vināpi tena liṃgasya bhāvāt tasya na sādhyatā | tato na­pe­kṣa­te­ty etad a­nu­kū­laṃ sa­mā­ca­re­t || 59 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.60dha­rmi­ṇā­pi vinā bhāvāt kvacil liṃgasya pakṣatā | tasya mā bhūt tataḥ siddhaḥ pakṣaḥ sā­dha­na­go­ca­raḥ || 60 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.61sa­bhya­pra­tyā­ya­naṃ tasya siddhiḥ syā­dvā­di­no thavā | pra­ti­vā­di­na ity eṣa nigraho nya­ta­ra­sya tu || 61 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.62a­sā­dha­nāṃ­ga­va­ca­na­m a­do­ṣo­dbhā­va­naṃ dvayoḥ | ni­gra­ha­sthā­na­m anyat tan na yuktam iti kecana || 62 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.63svapakṣaṃ sā­dha­ya­n tatra tayor eko jayed yadi | tū­ṣṇī­bhū­taṃ bruvāṇaṃ vā yat kiṃcit tat sa­maṃ­ja­sa­m || 63 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.64ta­tsā­dha­na­va­caḥ pakṣo mataḥ sā­dha­na­vā­di­naḥ | sa­ddū­ṣa­ṇā­bhi­dhā­naṃ tu svapakṣaḥ pra­ti­vā­di­naḥ || 64 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.65ity ayuktaṃ dvayor e­ka­vi­ṣa­ya­tvā­na­va­sthi­teḥ | sva­pa­kṣa­pra­ti­pa­kṣa­tvā­saṃ­bha­vā­d bhi­nna­pa­kṣa­va­t || 65 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.66vastuny ekatra vartete tayoḥ sā­dha­na­dū­ṣa­ṇe | tena ta­dva­ca­so­r yuktā sva­pa­kṣe­ta­ra­tā yadi || 66 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.67tadā vā­sta­va­pa­kṣaḥ syāt sā­dhya­mā­naṃ ka­thaṃ­ca­na | dū­ṣya­mā­ṇaṃ ca niḥśaṃkaṃ ta­dvā­di­pra­ti­vā­di­noḥ || 67 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.68pa­kṣa­si­ddhya­vi­nā­bhā­vi sā­dha­nā­va­ca­naṃ tataḥ | nigraho vādinaḥ siddhaḥ svapakṣe pra­ti­vā­di­ni || 68 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.69vi­ru­ddha­sā­dha­no­dbhā­vī pra­ti­vā­dī­ta­raṃ jayet | tathā sva­pa­kṣa­saṃ­si­ddhe­r vidhānaṃ tena tattvataḥ || 69 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.70sve­ṣṭā­rtha­si­ddhi­r aṃgasya tryaṃ­śa­he­to­r a­bhā­ṣa­ṇaṃ | ta­syā­sa­ma­rtha­naṃ cāpi vādino nigraho yathā || 70 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.71paṃ­cā­va­ya­va­liṃ­ga­syā­bhā­ṣa­ṇaṃ na tathaiva kim | ta­syā­sa­ma­rtha­naṃ cāpi sa­rva­thā­py a­vi­śe­ṣa­taḥ || 71 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.72sā­ma­rthyā­d ga­mya­mā­na­sya ni­ga­ma­sya vaco yathā | pa­kṣa­dha­rmo­pa­saṃ­hā­ra­va­ca­naṃ ca tathā phalam || 72 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.73ta­syā­si­ddha­tva­vi­cchi­ttiḥ phalaṃ hetor yathā tathā | ni­ga­ma­sya pra­ti­jñā­nā­dye­kā­rtha­tvo­pa­da­rśa­na­m || 73 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.74pra­ti­jñā­to rthasiddhau syād dhe­tvā­di­va­ca­naṃ vṛthā | nānyathā sā­dha­nāṃ­ga­tvaṃ tasyā iti yathaiva tat || 74 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.74efta­ttvā­rtha­ni­śca­ye hetor dṛṣṭāṃto '­na­rtha­ko na kim | TAŚV-ML 1.app.75satye ca sādhane prokte vādinā pra­ti­vā­di­naḥ | do­ṣā­nu­tsā­dha­ne na syān nakāro vitathe pi vā || 75 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.76prācye pakṣe ka­laṃ­ko­kti­r dvitīye lo­ka­bā­dhi­tā | dvayor hi pa­kṣa­saṃ­si­ddhya­bhā­ve kasya vi­ni­gra­haḥ || 76 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.77atrānye prāhur iṣṭaṃ nas tathā ni­gra­ha­ṇaṃ dvayoḥ | ta­ttva­jñā­no­kti­sā­ma­rthya­śū­nya­tva­syā­vi­śe­ṣa­taḥ || 77 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.78ya­tho­pā­ttā­pa­ri­jñā­naṃ sā­dha­nā­bhā­sa­vā­di­naḥ | tathā sa­ddū­ṣa­ṇā­jñā­naṃ do­ṣā­nu­dbhā­vi­naḥ samaṃ || 78 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.79jānato pi sa­bhā­tī­te hanyato vā ku­ta­śca­na | do­ṣā­nu­dbhā­va­naṃ ya­dva­tsā­dha­nā­bhā­sa­vā­k tathā || 79 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.80do­ṣā­nu­dbhā­va­ne tu syā­dvā­di­nā pra­ti­vā­di­te | parasya ni­gra­ha­s tena ni­rā­ka­ra­ṇa­taḥ sphuṭam || 80 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.81a­nyo­nya­śa­kti­ni­rghā­tā­pe­kṣa­yā hi ja­ye­ta­raḥ | vyavasthā vādinoḥ siddhāḥ nā­nya­thā­ti­pra­saṃ­ga­taḥ || 81 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.82ity e­ta­ddu­rvi­da­gdha­tve ceṣṭitaṃ prakaṭaṃ na tu | vādinaḥ kī­rti­kā­ri syād evaṃ mā­dhya­stha­hā­ni­taḥ || 82 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.83do­ṣā­nu­dbhā­va­nā­khyā­nā­d yathā pa­ra­ni­rā­kṛ­tiḥ | tathaiva vādinaḥ svasya dṛ­ṣṭa­vā­n kā ti­ra­skṛ­tiḥ || 83 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.84doṃ­ṣā­nu­dbhā­va­nā­d ekaṃ na kurvaṃti sa­bhā­sa­daḥ | sā­dha­nā­nu­kti­to nānyam ity aho te '­ti­sa­jja­nāḥ || 84 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.85pa­kṣa­si­ddhi­vi­hī­na­tvā­d e­ka­syā­tra pa­rā­ja­ye | pa­ra­syā­pi na kiṃ na syāj jayo py a­nya­ta­ra­sya tu || 85 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.86tathā caikasya yu­ga­pa­t syātāṃ ja­ya­pa­rā­ja­yau | pa­kṣa­si­ddhī­ta­rā­tma­tvā­t tayoḥ sarvatra lo­ka­va­t || 86 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.87ta­de­ka­sya pa­re­ṇe­ha ni­rā­ka­ra­ṇa­m eva naḥ | pa­rā­ja­yo vi­cā­re­ṣu pa­kṣā­si­ddhi­s tu sā kva nuḥ || 87 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.88pa­rā­ja­ya­pra­ti­ṣṭhā­na­m apekṣya pra­ti­yo­gi­nāṃ | loke hi dṛśyate yādṛk siddhaṃ śāstre pi tā­dṛ­śa­m || 88 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.89si­ddhya­bhā­vaḥ pu­na­rdṛ­ṣṭaḥ saty api pra­ti­yo­gi­ni | sā­dha­nā­bhā­va­taḥ śūnye saty api ca sa jā­tu­ci­t || 89 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.90ta­nni­rā­kṛ­ti­sā­ma­rthya­śū­nye vādam a­ku­rva­ti | pa­rā­ja­ya­s tatas tasya prāpta ity apare viduḥ || 90 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.91tatredaṃ ciṃtyate tāvat ta­nni­rā­ka­ra­ṇaṃ kimu | ni­rmu­khī­ka­ra­ṇaṃ kiṃ vā vāgbhis ta­tta­ttva­dū­ṣa­ṇa­m || 91 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.92nā­trā­di­ka­lpa­nā yuktā pa­rā­nu­grā­hi­ṇāṃ satāṃ | ni­rmu­khī­ka­ra­ṇā­vṛ­tte­r bo­dhi­sa­ttvā­di­va­t kvacit || 92 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.93dvi­tī­ya­ka­lpa­nā­yāṃ tu pa­kṣa­si­ddhiḥ pa­rā­ja­yaḥ | sarvasya va­ca­nai­s ta­ttva­dū­ṣa­ṇe pra­ti­yo­gi­nā­m || 93 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.94si­ddhya­bhā­va­s tu yo­gi­nā­m asati pra­ti­yo­gi­ni | sā­dha­nā­bhā­va­s tatra kathaṃ vāde pa­rā­ja­yaḥ || 94 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.95yadaiva vādinoḥ pakṣaḥ pra­ti­pa­kṣa­pa­ri­gra­haḥ | rā­ja­nva­ti sa­de­ka­sya pa­kṣā­si­ddha­s tathaiva hi || 95 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.96sā tatra vādino samyak sā­dha­no­kte­r vi­bhā­vya­te | tū­ṣṇī­bhā­vā­c ca nānyatra nā­nya­de­ty a­ka­laṃ­ka­vā­k || 96 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.97tū­ṣṇī­bhā­vo thavā do­ṣā­nā­śa­ktiḥ sa­tya­sā­dha­ne | vā­di­no­kte pa­ra­sye­ṣṭā pa­kṣa­si­ddhi­r na cānyathā || 97 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.98ka­sya­ci­t ta­ttva­saṃ­si­ddhya­pra­ti­kṣe­po ni­rā­kṛ­taḥ | kīrtiḥ pa­rā­ja­yo va­śya­ma­kī­rti­kṛ­d iti sthitam || 98 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.99a­sā­dha­nāṃ­ga­va­ca­na­m a­do­ṣo­dbhā­va­naṃ dvayoḥ | na yuktaṃ ni­gra­ha­sthā­naṃ saṃ­dhā­hā­nyā­di­va­t tataḥ || 99 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.100pra­ti­dṛ­ṣṭāṃ­ta­dha­rma­sya yānujñā nyā­ya­da­rśa­ne | sva­dṛ­ṣṭāṃ­te matā saiva pra­ti­jñā­hā­ni­r aiśvaraiḥ || 100 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.101sā­dhya­dha­rma­vi­ru­ddhe­na dharmeṇa pra­tya­va­sthi­te | a­nya­dṛ­ṣṭāṃ­ta­dha­rmā­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­. m e­vā­nu­jā­na­taḥ || 101 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.102pra­ti­jñā­hā­ni­r ity eva bhā­ṣyā­kā­rā­gra­ho na vā | pra­kā­rāṃ­ta­ro py asya syāt saṃ­bha­vā­c ci­tra­vi­bhra­mā­t || 102 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.103vi­na­śva­ra­sva­bhā­vo yaṃ śabda aiṃ­dri­ya­ka­tva­taḥ | yathā ghaṭa iti prokte paraḥ pra­tya­va­ti­ṣṭha­te || 103 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.104dṛṣṭam aiṃ­dri­ya­kaṃ nityaṃ sāmānyaṃ tadvad astu naḥ | śabdo pīti sva­liṃ­ga­sya jñānāt te nāpy a­saṃ­ma­taṃ || 104 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.105kāmaṃ ghaṭo pi nityo stu sāmānyaṃ yadi śāśvataṃ | ity evaṃ bhā­ṣya­mā­ṇe­na pra­ti­jño­tpa­dya­te katham || 105 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.106dṛ­ṣṭāṃ­ta­sya pa­ri­tyā­gā­t svahetoḥ pra­kṛ­ta­kṣa­teḥ | ni­ga­māṃ­ta­sya pakṣasya tyāgād iti mataṃ yadi || 106 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.107tadā dṛ­ṣṭāṃ­ta­hā­niḥ syāt sākṣād iyam a­nā­ku­lā | sā­dhya­dha­rma­pa­ri­tyā­gā­d dṛṣṭāṃte sve­ṣṭa­sā­dha­ne || 107 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.108pā­raṃ­pa­rye­ṇa tu tyāgo he­tū­pa­na­ya­yo­r api | u­dā­ha­ra­ṇa­hā­nau hi nā­na­yo­r asti sādhutā || 108 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.109ni­ga­ma­sya pa­ri­tyā­gaḥ pa­kṣa­vā­do pi vā svayaṃ | tathā ca na pra­ti­jñā­ta­hā­ni­r eveti saṃ­ga­ta­m || 109 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.110pa­kṣa­tyā­gā­t pra­ti­jñā­yā­s tyāgas tasya ta­dā­sṛ­teḥ | pa­kṣa­tyā­ge pi dṛ­ṣṭāṃ­ta­tyā­gā­d iti ya­dī­ṣya­te || 110 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.111he­tvā­di­tyā­ga­to pi syāt pra­ti­jñā­tya­ja­naṃ tadā | tataḥ pa­kṣa­pa­ri­tyā­gā­vi­śe­ṣā­n niyamaḥ kutaḥ || 111 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.112pra­ti­jñā­hā­ni­sū­tra­sya vyākhyāṃ vā­rti­ka­kṛ­t punaḥ | karoty evaṃ vi­ro­dhe­na nyā­ya­bhā­ṣya­kṛ­taḥ sphuṭam || 112 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.113dṛṣṭaś cāṃte sthitaś cāyam iti dṛṣṭāṃta ucyate | sva­dṛ­ṣṭāṃ­taḥ svapakṣaḥ syāt pra­ti­pa­kṣaḥ punar mataḥ || 113 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.114pra­ti­dṛ­ṣṭāṃ­ta eveti ta­ddha­rma­m a­nu­jā­na­taḥ | svapakṣe syāt pra­ti­jñā­na­m iti nyā­yā­vi­ro­dha­taḥ || 114 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.115sā­mā­nya­m aiṃdriyaṃ nityaṃ yadi śabdo pi tādṛśaḥ | nityo 'stv iti bru­vā­ṇa­syā­ni­tya­tva­tyā­ga­ni­śca­yā­t || 115 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.116ity etac ca na yuktaṃ syād u­dyo­ta­ka­ra­jā­dya­kṛ­t | pra­ti­jñā­hā­ni­r itthaṃ tu yatas te­nā­va­dhā­rya­te || 116 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.117sā he­tvā­di­pa­ri­tyā­gā­t pra­ti­pa­kṣa­pra­sā­dha­nā | prāyaḥ pra­tī­ya­te vāde maṃ­da­bo­dha­sya vādinaḥ || 117 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.118ku­ta­ści­d ā­ku­lā­bhā­vā­d anyato vā ni­mi­tta­taḥ | tathā tadvāci sūtrārtho ni­ya­mā­n na vya­va­sthi­taḥ || 118 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.119yas tv ā­haiṃ­dri­ya­ka­tva­sya vya­bhi­cā­rā­d vi­na­śva­re | śa­bda­sā­dhye­na hetutvaṃ sā­mā­nye­ne­ti so py adhīḥ || 119 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.120si­ddha­sā­dha­na­ta­s teṣāṃ saṃ­dhā­hā­ne­ś ca bhedataḥ | sādhanaṃ vya­bhi­cā­ri­tvā­t ta­da­naṃ­ta­ra­taḥ kutaḥ || 120 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.121sāsty eva hi pra­ti­jñā­na­hā­ni­r doṣaḥ ku­ta­śca­na | ka­sya­ci­n ni­gra­ha­sthā­naṃ ta­nmā­trā­t tu na yujyate || 121 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.122yeṣāṃ pra­yo­ga­yo­gyā­sti pra­ti­jñā­na­m i­tī­ra­ṇe | teṣāṃ ta­ddhā­ni­r apy astu nigraho vā pra­sā­dha­ne || 122 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.123pareṇa sādhite svārthe nā­nya­the­ti hi niścitaṃ | sva­pa­kṣa­si­ddhi­r evātra jaya ity a­bhi­dhā­na­taḥ || 123 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.124ga­mya­mā­nā pratijñā na yeṣāṃ teṣāṃ ca tatkṣatiḥ | ga­mya­mā­nai­va doṣaḥ syād iti sarvaṃ sa­maṃ­ja­sa­m || 124 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.125pra­ti­ṣe­dhe pra­ti­jñā­tā­rtha­sya dha­rma­vi­ka­lpa­taḥ | yo sau ta­da­rtha­ni­rde­śa­s ta­tpra­ti­jñāṃ­ta­raṃ kila || 125 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.126ghaṭo '­sa­rva­ga­to yadvat tathā śabdo py a­sa­rva­gaḥ | tadvad evāstu nityo yam iti dha­rma­vi­ka­lpa­nā­t || 126 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.127sā­mā­nye­naiṃ­dri­ya­tva­sya sa­rva­ga­tvo­pa­da­rśi­taṃ | vya­bhi­cā­re pi pūrvasyāḥ pra­ti­jñā­yāḥ pra­si­ddha­ye || 127 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.128śabdo '­sa­rva­ga­ta­s tāvad iti sa­ttvāṃ­ta­raṃ kṛtam | tac ca ta­tsā­dha­nā­śa­kta­m iti bhāṣyena nigrahaḥ || 128 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.129nātredaṃ yujyate pū­rva­pra­ti­jñā­yāḥ pra­sā­dha­ne | pra­yu­ktā­yāṃ pa­ra­syā­s ta­dbhā­va­hā­ne­na he­tu­va­t || 129 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.130ta­da­sa­rva­ga­ta­tve­na pra­yu­ktā­d aiṃ­dri­ya­tva­taḥ | śa­bdā­ni­tya­tva­mā­hā­ya­m iti he­tvaṃ­ta­raṃ bhavet || 130 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.131na pra­ti­jñāṃ­ta­raṃ tasya kvacid apy a­pra­yo­ga­taḥ | pra­jñā­va­tāṃ jaḍānāṃ tu nā­dhi­kā­ro vi­cā­ra­ṇe || 131 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.132vi­ru­ddhā­di­pra­yo­ga­s tu prā­jñā­nā­m api saṃ­bha­vā­t | ku­ta­ści­d vi­śra­mā­t tatrety āhur anye tad apy asat || 132 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.133pra­ti­jñā­tā­rtha­si­ddhya­rthaṃ pra­ti­jñā­yāḥ sa­mī­kṣa­ṇā­t | bhrāṃtaiḥ pra­yu­jya­mā­nā­yāḥ vicāre si­ddha­he­tu­va­t || 133 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.134prājñeti vi­bhra­mā­d brūyād vāde '­si­ddhā­di­sā­dha­na­m | sva­pa­kṣa­si­ddhi­r yena syāt sattvam ity a­ti­du­rgha­ṭa­m || 134 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.135tato nenaiva mārgeṇa pra­ti­jñāṃ­ta­ra­saṃ­bha­vaḥ | ity etad eva ni­rmu­kti­s tad dhi nā­nā­ni­mi­tta­kaṃ || 135 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.136pra­ti­jñā­hā­ni­ta­ś cāsya bhedaḥ katham u­pe­ya­te | pa­kṣa­tyā­gā­vi­śe­ṣe pi yogair iti ca vismayaḥ || 136 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.137pra­ti­dṛ­ṣṭāṃ­ta­dha­rma­sya sva­dṛ­ṣṭāṃ­te bhya­nu­jña­yā | yathā pa­kṣa­pa­ri­tyā­ga­s tathā saṃ­dhāṃ­ta­rā­d api || 137 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.138sva­pa­kṣa­si­ddha­ye ya­dva­tsaṃ­dhāṃ­ta­ra­m u­dā­hṛ­taṃ | bhrāṃtyā tadvac ca śabdo pi nityo stv iti na kiṃ punaḥ || 138 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.139śa­bdā­ni­tya­tva­si­ddhya­rthaṃ nityaḥ śabda i­tī­ra­ṇaṃ | svasthasya vāhataṃ yadvat tathā sa­rva­ga­śa­bda­vā­k || 139 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.140pra­ti­jñā­yā virodho yo hetunā saṃ­pra­tī­ya­te | sa pra­ti­jñā­vi­ro­dhaḥ syād ity etac ca na yu­kti­ma­t || 140 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.141pra­ti­jñā­yāḥ pra­ti­jñā­tve hetunā hi ni­rā­kṛ­te | pra­ti­jñā­hā­ni­r eveyaṃ pra­kā­rāṃ­ta­ra­to bhavet || 141 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.142dravyaṃ bhinnaṃ guṇāt svasmād iti pakṣe bhi­bhā­ṣi­te | rū­pā­dya­rthāṃ­ta­ra­tve­nā­nu­pa­la­bdhe­r i­tī­rya­te || 142 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.143yena hetur hatas te­nā­saṃ­de­haṃ bhe­da­saṃ­ga­raḥ | ta­da­bhe­da­sya ni­rṇī­te­s tatra teneti bu­dhya­tā­m || 143 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.144hetor vi­ru­ddha­tā vā syād doṣo yaṃ sa­rva­saṃ­ma­taḥ | pra­ti­jñā­do­ṣa­tā tv asya nānyathā vya­va­ti­ṣṭha­te || 144 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.145pratijñā ca svayaṃ yatra vi­ro­dha­m a­dhi­ga­ccha­ti | nā­styā­tme­tyā­di­va­t tatra pra­ti­jñā­vi­dhi­r eva naḥ || 145 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.146hetuḥ pra­ti­jña­yā yatra bādhyate he­tu­du­ṣṭa­tā | tatra si­ddhā­nya­thā saṃ­dhā­vi­ro­dho ti­pra­sa­jya­te || 146 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.147sarvaṃ pṛthak sa­mu­dā­yaḥ bhā­va­śa­bda­pra­yo­ga­taḥ | ity atra siddhayā bhe­da­saṃ­dha­yā yadi bādhyate || 147 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.148hetus tatra pra­si­ddhe­na hetunā sāpi bādhyatāṃ | pra­ti­jñā­va­t pa­ra­syā­pi he­tu­si­ddhe­r a­bhe­da­taḥ || 148 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.149bhā­va­śa­bdaḥ samūhaṃ hi yasyaikaṃ vakti vāstavaṃ | tasya sarvaṃ pṛ­tha­kta­ttva­m iti saṃ­dhā­dhi­ha­nya­te || 149 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.150vi­ru­ddha­sā­dha­nā­d vāyaṃ viruddho hetur āgataḥ | sa­mū­hā­vā­sta­ve he­tu­do­ṣo naiko pi pūrvakaḥ || 150 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.151sarvathā bhedino nā­nā­rthe­ṣu śa­bda­pra­yo­ga­taḥ | pra­ka­lpi­ta­sa­mū­he­ṣv ity evaṃ he­tva­rtha­ni­śca­yā­t || 151 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.152tathā sati virodho yaṃ taddhetoḥ saṃdhayā sthitaḥ | saṃ­dhā­hā­ni­s tu siddhe yaṃ hetunā ta­tpra­bā­dha­nā­t || 152 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.153dṛ­ṣṭāṃ­ta­sya ca yo nāma virodhaḥ saṃ­dha­yo­di­taḥ | sā­dha­na­sya ca dṛ­ṣṭāṃ­ta­pra­mu­khai­r mā­na­bo­dha­na­m || 153 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.154pra­ti­jñā­di­ṣu tasyāpi na pra­ti­jñā­vi­ro­dha­tā | sū­trā­rū­ḍha­ta­yo­kta­sya bhāṃ­ḍā­le­khya­na­yo­kti­va­t || 154 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.155pra­ti­jñā­ne­na dṛ­ṣṭāṃ­ta­bā­dha­ne sati gamyate | ta­tpra­ti­jñā­vi­ro­dhaḥ syād vi­sta­ttvā­d iti cen matam || 155 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.156haṃta he­tu­vi­ro­dho pi kiṃ naiṣo bhīṣṭa eva te | dṛ­ṣṭāṃ­tā­di­vi­ro­dho pi hetur etena varṇitaḥ || 156 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.157ni­gra­ha­sthā­na­saṃ­khyā­na­vi­ghā­ta­kṛ­d ayaṃ tataḥ | ya­tho­kta­ni­gra­ha­sthā­ne­ṣv aṃ­ta­rbhā­vā­vi­ro­dha­taḥ || 157 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.158pra­tya­kṣā­di­pra­mā­ṇe­na pra­ti­jñā­bā­dha­naṃ punaḥ | pra­ti­jñā­hā­ni­r āyātā pra­kā­rāṃ­ta­ra­taḥ sphuṭam || 158 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.159ni­da­rśa­nā­di­bā­dhā ca ni­gra­hāṃ­ta­ra­m eva te | pra­ti­jñā­na­śru­te­s ta­trā­bhā­vā­t ta­dbā­dha­nā­tya­yā­t || 159 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.160mo­kṣā­di­nā sva­si­ddhe­na yā­nai­kāṃ­ti­ka­co­da­nā | pa­ra­pa­kṣa­vi­ru­ddhaṃ syādut taraṃ tad ihety api || 160 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.161na pra­ti­jñā­vi­ro­dhe ṃ­ta­rbhā­va­me­ti ka­thaṃ­ca­na | svayaṃ tu sādhite sa­mya­ggo­tvā­dau doṣa eva saḥ || 161 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.162ni­rā­kṛ­tau pa­re­ṇā­syā­nai­kāṃ­ti­ka­sa­mā­na­tā | hetor eva bhavet tāvat saṃ­dhā­do­ṣa­s tu neṣyate || 162 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.163hetāv aiṃ­dri­ya­ka­tve tu ni­ja­pa­kṣā­na­pe­kṣi­ṇi | sa pra­si­ddha­sya go­tvā­de­r iti ta­ttva­vi­ro­dha­taḥ || 163 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.164syād virodha itīdaṃ ca tadvad eva na bhidyate | a­nai­kāṃ­ti­ka­tā­do­ṣā­t ta­da­bhā­vā­vi­śe­ṣa­taḥ || 164 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.165vā­dī­ta­ra­pra­tā­ne­na gotvena vya­bhi­cā­ra­tā | hetor yathā cai­ka­ta­ra­si­ddhe­nā­sā­dha­ne­na kim || 165 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.166pra­mā­ṇe­nā­pra­si­ddhau tu tasya saiva tadā bhavat | sa­rve­ṣā­m api tenāyaṃ vibhāgo ja­ḍa­ka­lpi­taḥ || 166 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.167pra­ti­jñā­va­ca­ne­nai­va ni­gṛ­hī­ta­sya vādinaḥ | na pra­ti­jñā­vi­ro­dha­sya ni­gra­ha­tva­m i­tī­ta­re || 167 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.168teṣām a­ne­ka­do­ṣa­sya sā­dha­na­syā­bhi­bhā­ṣa­ṇe | pa­re­ṇai­ka­sya doṣasya kathanaṃ nigraho yathā || 168 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.169ta­thā­nya­syā­tra tenaiva kathanaṃ tasya nigrahaḥ | kiṃ neṣṭo vā­di­no­r evaṃ yu­ga­pa­nni­gra­ha­s tava || 169 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.170sā­dha­nā­va­ya­va­syā­pi ka­sya­ci­d vacane sakṛt | jayo stu vādino nya­syā­va­ca­ne ca pa­rā­ja­yaḥ || 170 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.171pra­ti­pa­kṣā­vi­nā­bhā­vi­do­ṣa­syo­dbhā­va­ne yadi | vādini nyatkṛte nyasya kathaṃ nāsya vi­ni­gra­haḥ || 171 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.172tadā sā­dhyā­vi­nā­bhā­vi sā­dha­nā­va­ya­ve­ra­ṇe | tasyaiva śa­ktyu­bha­yā­kā­re nyasya vāk ca pa­rā­ja­yaḥ || 172 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.173vi­ru­ddho­dbhā­va­naṃ hetoḥ pra­ti­pa­kṣa­pra­sā­dha­naṃ | yathā tathā vi­nā­bhā­vi­he­tū­ktiḥ svā­rtha­sā­dha­nā || 173 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.174sā­dha­nā­va­ya­vo nekaḥ pra­yo­kta­vyo ya­thā­pa­raḥ | tathā doṣo pi kiṃ na syād u­dbhā­vya­s tatra tattvataḥ || 174 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.175tasmāt pra­yu­jya­mā­na­sya ga­mya­mā­na­sya vā svayaṃ | saṃ­ga­ra­sya vya­va­sthā­na­ka­thā­vi­cche­da­mā­tra­kṛ­t || 175 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.176pra­ti­jñā­rthā­pa­na­ya­naṃ pakṣasya pra­ti­ṣe­dha­ne | na pra­ti­jñā­na­saṃ­nyā­saḥ pra­ti­jñā­hā­ni­taḥ pṛthak || 176 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.177eka eva mahān nityo yaṃ śabdaḥ ity a­nī­ya­ta | pra­ti­jñā­rthaḥ ki­lā­ne­na pū­rva­va­tpa­kṣa­dū­ṣa­ṇe || 177 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.178hetor aiṃ­dri­ya­ka­tva­sya vya­bhi­cā­ra­pra­da­rśa­nā­t | tathā cā­pa­na­yo hāniḥ saṃdhāyā iti nā­rtha­bhi­t || 178 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.179pra­ti­jñā­hā­ni­r evaitaiḥ pra­kā­rai­r yadi kathyate | pra­kā­rāṃ­ta­ra­to pīyaṃ tadā kiṃ na pra­ka­thya­te || 179 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.180ta­nni­mi­tta­pra­kā­rā­ṇāṃ ni­ya­mā­bhā­va­taḥ kva nu | yathoktā ni­ya­ti­s teṣāṃ na­so­pa­jñaṃ vacas tataḥ || 180 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.181pakṣasya pra­ti­ṣe­dhe hi tū­ṣṇīṃ­bhā­vo dha­re­kṣa­ṇaṃ | vyo­me­kṣa­ṇaṃ di­gā­lo­kaḥ khātkṛtaṃ ca­pa­lā­yi­ta­m || 181 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.182ha­stā­sphā­la­na­m ākaṃpaḥ pra­sve­dā­dy apy a­ne­ka­dhā | ni­gra­hāṃ­ta­ra­m asyāstu ta­tpra­ti­jñāṃ­ta­rā­di­va­t || 182 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.183a­vi­śe­ṣo­di­te hetau pra­ti­ṣi­ddhe pra­vā­di­nā | vi­śe­ṣa­m icchataḥ proktaṃ he­tvaṃ­ta­ra­m apīha yat || 183 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.184tad evam eva saṃbhāvyaṃ nā­nya­the­ti na niścayaḥ | pa­ra­smi­nn api hetau syād ukte he­tvaṃ­ta­raṃ yathā || 184 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.185yathā ca prakṛte hetau do­ṣa­va­ty api darśite | parasya vacanaṃ hetor he­tvaṃ­ta­ra­m u­dā­hṛ­ta­m || 185 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.186tathā ni­da­rśa­nā­dau ca dṛ­ṣṭāṃ­tā­dyaṃ­ta­raṃ na kim | ni­gra­ha­sthā­na­m āstheyaṃ vya­va­sthā­pyā­ti­ni­ści­ta­m || 186 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.187yadi he­tvaṃ­ta­re­ṇai­va ni­gṛ­hī­ta­sya vādinaḥ | dṛ­ṣṭāṃ­tā­dyaṃ­ta­raṃ tat syāt kathāyāṃ vi­ni­va­rta­nā­t || 187 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.188ta­dā­nai­kāṃ­ti­ka­tvā­di­he­tu­do­ṣe­ṇa nirjite | mā bhūd dhe­tvaṃ­ta­raṃ tasya tata e­vā­vi­śe­ṣa­taḥ || 188 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.189yathā co­dbhā­vi­te doṣe hetor yad vā vi­śe­ṣa­ṇaṃ | brūyāt kaścit tathā dṛ­ṣṭāṃ­tā­de­r api ji­gī­ṣa­yā || 189 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.190pra­ti­saṃ­baṃ­dha­śū­nyā­nā­m a­rthā­nā­m a­bhi­bhā­ṣa­ṇa­m | yat punaḥ pra­kṛ­tā­d arthād a­rthāṃ­ta­ra­sa­mā­śri­ta­m || 190 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.191kvacit kiṃcid api nyasya hetuṃ ta­ccha­bda­sā­dha­ne | pa­dā­di­vyā­kṛ­tiṃ kuryād ya­thā­ne­ka­pra­kā­ra­taḥ || 191 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.192tatrāpi sādhane nukte prokte rthāṃ­ta­ra­vā­k katham | nigraho dūṣaṇe vāpi lo­ka­nā­d vi­ni­ya­mya­te || 192 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.193a­sa­ma­rthe tu tan na syāt ka­sya­ci­t pa­kṣa­sā­dha­ne | ni­gra­hā­rthāṃ­ta­raṃ vāde nā­nya­the­ti vi­ni­śca­yaḥ || 193 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.194va­rṇa­kra­ma­sya nirdeśo yathā ta­dva­nni­ra­rtha­kaṃ | kathaṃ yathā ja­ba­jha­bhe­tyā­deḥ pra­tyā­hā­ra­sya ku­tra­ci­t || 194 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.195ta­tsa­rva­thā­rtha­śū­nya­tvā­t kiṃ sādhya u­pa­yo­ga­taḥ | kiṃ vā­nā­di­vi­ka­lpo trā­saṃ­bha­vā­d eva tādṛśaḥ || 195 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.196va­rṇa­kra­mā­di­śa­bda­syā­py a­rtha­va­ttvā­t ka­thaṃ­ca­na | ta­dvi­cā­re kvacic ca ma­tkā­rye­ṇā­rthe­na yogataḥ || 196 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.197dvi­tī­ya­ka­lpa­nā­yāṃ tu sarvam eva ni­ra­rtha­ka­m | ni­gra­ha­sthā­na­m uktaṃ syāt si­ddha­va­n no­pa­yo­gi­va­t || 197 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.198tasmān nedaṃ pṛ­tha­gyu­ktaṃ ka­kṣā­di­hi­ta­kā­di­va­t | ka­thā­vi­cche­da­mā­traṃ tu bhavet pa­kṣāṃ­ta­ro­kti­va­t || 198 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.199pa­ri­ṣa­tpra­ti­vā­di­bhyāṃ trir u­kta­ma­pi vādinā | a­vi­jñā­ta­m a­vi­jñā­tā­rthaṃ tad uktaṃ ja­ḍā­tma­bhiḥ || 199 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.200yadā maṃ­da­ma­tī tāvat pa­ri­ṣa­tpra­ti­vā­di­nau | tadā sa­tya­gi­ro­pe­te ni­gra­ha­sthā­na­m ā­pa­ye­t || 200 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.201yadā tu tau ma­hā­prā­jñau tadā gū­ḍhā­bhi­dhā­na­taḥ | dru­to­ccā­rā­di­to vā syāt tayor a­na­va­bo­dha­na­m || 201 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.202prā­gvi­ka­lpe kathaṃ yuktaṃ tasya ni­gra­ha­ṇaṃ satām | yatra vā­kya­pra­yo­ge pi vaktus ta­da­nu­ṣaṃ­ga­taḥ || 202 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.203yatra vākyaṃ svayaṃ vādī vyācaṣṭe nyair a­ni­ści­ta­m | yathā tathaiva vyācaṣṭaṃ gū­ḍho­pa­nyā­sa­m ātmanaḥ || 203 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.204a­dhyā­khyā­ne tu tasyās tu ja­yā­bhā­vo na nigrahaḥ | parasya pa­kṣa­saṃ­si­ddhya­bhā­vā­d e­tā­va­tā dhruvam || 204 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.205dru­to­ccā­rā­di­ta­s tv etāḥ ka­thaṃ­ci­d a­va­ga­ccha­taḥ | si­ddhāṃ­ta­dva­ya­ta­ttva­jñai­s tato nā­jñā­na­saṃ­bha­vaḥ || 205 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.206vaktuḥ pra­lā­pa­mā­tre tu tayor a­na­va­bo­dha­na­m | nā­vi­jñā­tā­rtha­m etat syād va­rṇā­nu­kta­m a­vā­da­va­t || 206 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.207pra­ti­saṃ­baṃ­dha­hī­nā­nāṃ śa­bdā­nā­m a­bhi­bhā­ṣa­ṇaṃ | pau­rvā­pa­rye­ṇa yogasya ta­trā­bhā­vā­d a­pā­rtha­ka­m || 207 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.208dā­ḍi­mā­ni da­śe­tyā­di­śa­bda­va­t pa­ri­kī­rta­na­m | te ni­ra­rtha­ka­to bhinnaṃ na yuktyā vya­va­ti­ṣṭha­te || 208 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.209nai­ra­rtha­kyaṃ hi varṇānāṃ yathā ta­dva­tpa­dā­ti­ṣu | nā­bhi­dye­tā­nya­thā vākyaṃ nai­ra­rtha­kyaṃ tato param || 209 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.210saṃ­dhā­dya­va­ya­vā­n nyāyād vi­pa­ryā­se­na bhā­ṣa­ṇa­m | a­prā­pta­kā­la­m ākhyātaṃ tac cāyuktaṃ ma­nī­ṣi­ṇā­m || 210 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.211padānāṃ kra­ma­ni­ya­maṃ vi­nā­rthā­vya­va­sā­ya­taḥ | de­va­da­ttā­di­vā­kye­ṣu śāstre py evaṃ vi­ni­rṇa­yā­t || 211 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.212ya­thā­pa­śa­bda­taḥ śa­bda­pra­tya­yā­d a­rtha­ni­śca­yaḥ | śabdād eva tathā svā­di­vyu­tkra­mā­n na kramasya vit || 212 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.213tato vā­kyā­rtha­ni­rṇī­tiḥ pā­raṃ­pa­rye­ṇa jāyate | vi­pa­ryā­sā­t tu naiveti kecid āhus tad apy asat || 213 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.214vyu­tkra­mā­d a­rtha­ni­rṇī­ti­r a­pa­śa­bdā­d ivety api | vaktuṃ śaktes tathā dṛṣṭeḥ sa­rva­thā­py a­vi­śe­ṣa­taḥ || 214 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.215śabdād vyā­khyā­na­vai­ya­rthya­m evaṃ cet ta­ttva­vā­di­nā­m | nā­pa­śa­bde­ṣv api prāyo vyā­khyā­na­syo­pa­la­kṣa­ṇā­t || 215 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.216tathā ca saṃ­skṛ­tā­c chabdāt satyād dharmas ta­thā­nya­taḥ | syād asatyaṃ yadā dharmaḥ kva niyamaḥ pu­ṇya­pā­pa­yoḥ || 216 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.217vṛ­ddhi­pra­si­ddhi­ta­s tv eṣa vya­va­hā­raḥ pra­va­rta­te | saṃ­skṛ­tai­r iti sarvāpi śabdair bhā­ṣā­sva­nai­r iva || 217 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.218tato rthā­ni­śca­yo yena padena kramaśaḥ sthitaḥ | ta­dvya­ti­kra­ma­ṇā­d doṣo nai­ra­rtha­kyaṃ na cā­pa­ra­m || 218 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.219hīnam a­nya­ta­me­nā­pi vākyaṃ svā­va­ya­ve­na yat | ta­nnyū­na­m ity a­sa­tsvā­rthe pra­tī­te­s tā­dṛ­śā­d api || 219 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.220ya­thā­cā­ryā­pra­tī­tiḥ syāt ta­nni­ra­rtha­ka­m eva te | ni­gra­hāṃ­ta­ra­to­kti­s tu tatra śra­ddhā­nu­sā­ri­ṇā­m || 220 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.221he­tū­dā­ha­ra­ṇā­bhyāṃ yad vākyaṃ syād adhikaṃ paraiḥ | proktaṃ ta­da­dhi­kaṃ nāma tac ca nyūnena va­rṇi­ta­m || 221 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.222ta­ttvā­pa­rya­va­sā­nā­yāṃ kathāyāṃ ta­ttva­ni­rṇa­yaḥ | yadā syād ā­dhi­kā­d eva tadā kā nāma duṣṭatā || 222 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.223svārthike ke dhike sarvaṃ nāsti vā­kyā­bhi­bhā­ṣa­ṇe | ta­tpra­saṃ­gā­t tato rtha­syā­ni­śca­yā­t ta­nni­ra­rtha­ka­m || 223 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.224pu­na­rva­ca­na­m arthasya śabdasya ca ni­ve­di­ta­m | pu­na­ru­tkaṃ vicāre nya­trā­nu­vā­dā­t pa­rī­kṣa­kaiḥ || 224 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.225ta­trā­ya­m eva manyaṃte pu­na­ru­ktaṃ va­co­rtha­taḥ | śa­bda­sā­mye pi bhe­da­syā­saṃ­bha­vā­d ity u­dā­hṛ­ta­m || 225 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.226gu­ṇa­sa­mu­di­taṃ do­ṣā­pe­taṃ pra­ṇiṃ­da­ti nidati dha­na­va­ti pa­ri­krī­taṃ yaṃtraṃ pra­nṛ­tya­ti nṛtyati || 226 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.227sa­tya­pra­tyā­ya­naṃ yāvat tāvad vācyam ato budhaiḥ | sve­ṣṭā­rtha­vā­ci­bhiḥ śabdais taiś cānyair vā ni­rā­ku­la­m || 227 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.228ta­da­pra­tyā­yi śabdasya vacanaṃ tu ni­ra­rtha­ka­m | sa­kṛ­du­ktaṃ punar veti tāttvikaḥ saṃ­pra­ca­kṣa­te || 228 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.229sa­kṛ­dvā­de punar vādo nuvādo rtha­vi­śe­ṣa­taḥ | pu­na­ru­ktaṃ yathā neṣṭaṃ kvacit tadvad ihāpi tat || 229 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.230arthād ā­pa­dya­mā­na­sya yac chabdena pu­na­rva­caḥ | pu­na­ru­ktaṃ bhataṃ yasya tasya sve­ṣṭo­kti­bā­dha­na­m || 230 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.231ni­rvā­di­no­di­ta­syā­pi vi­jñā­ta­syā­pi saṃsadā | a­pra­tyu­ccā­ra­ṇaṃ prāha pa­ra­syā­na­nu­bhā­ṣa­ṇa­m || 231 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.232yan nāṃ­ta­rī­ya­kā siddhiḥ sādhyasya ta­da­bhā­ṣa­ṇaṃ | parasya kathyate kaiścit sa­rva­thā­na­nu­bhā­ṣa­ṇaṃ || 232 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.233prā­gu­pa­nya­sya niḥśeṣaṃ pa­ro­pa­nya­sta­m aṃjasā | pratyekaṃ dū­ṣa­ṇā­vā­cye punar u­ccā­rya­te yadi || 233 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.234tad eva syāt tadā tasya pu­na­ru­kta­m a­saṃ­śa­ya­m | no­ccā­rya­te yadā tv etat tadā doṣaḥ kva gadyate || 234 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.235tasmād yad dūṣyate yat ta­tka­rma­tvā­di pa­ro­di­ta­m | tad u­ccā­ra­ṇa­m e­ve­ṣṭa­m a­nyo­ccā­ro ni­ra­rtha­kaḥ || 235 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.236uktaṃ dū­ṣa­ya­tā­va­śyaṃ da­rśa­nī­yo tra gocaraḥ | anyathā dū­ṣa­ṇā­vṛ­tteḥ sa­rvo­ccā­ra­s tu nety api || 236 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.237ka­sya­ci­d vacanaṃ ne­ṣṭa­ni­gra­ha­sthā­na­sā­dha­naṃ | ta­syā­pra­ti­bha­yai­vo­ktai­r u­tta­rā­pra­ti­pa­tti­taḥ || 237 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.238pra­tyu­ccā­rā­sa­ma­rtha­tvaṃ kathyate '­na­nu­bhā­ṣa­ṇaṃ | tasminn u­ccā­ri­te py a­nya­pa­kṣa­vi­kṣi­ptya­ve­da­na­m || 238 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.239khyāpyate pra­ti­bhā­nya­sye­ty e­ta­yo­r nai­ka­tā­sthi­tiḥ | sākṣāt saṃ­la­kṣya­te lokaiḥ kīrter anyatra durgateḥ || 239 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.240ajñānaṃ ca ki­lā­jñā­naṃ vi­jñā­ta­syā­pi saṃsadā | parasya ni­gra­ha­sthā­naṃ ta­tsa­mā­naṃ pra­tī­ya­te || 240 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.241sarveṣu hi pra­ti­jñā­na­hā­nyā­di­ṣu na vādinoḥ | a­jñā­nā­d aparaṃ kiṃcin ni­gra­ha­sthā­na­m āṃ­ja­sa­m || 241 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.242teṣām e­ta­tpra­bhe­da­tve ba­hu­ni­gra­ha­ṇaṃ na kim | a­rthā­jñā­nā­di­bhe­dā­nāṃ bahu vā­trā­va­dhā­ra­ṇā­t || 242 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.243u­tta­rā­pra­ti­pa­tti­r yā parair a­pra­ti­bhā­sa­tā | sāpy etena pra­ti­vyū­ḍhā bhe­de­nā­jñā­na­taḥ sphuṭam || 243 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.244yaḥ punar ni­gra­ha­prā­pte py a­ni­gra­ha u­pe­ya­te | ka­sya­ci­t pa­rya­nu­yo­jyo­pe­kṣa­ṇaṃ tad api kṛtam || 244 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.245svayaṃ pra­ti­bha­yā hi cet ta­daṃ­ta­rbhā­va­ni­rṇa­yaḥ | sabhyair u­dbhā­va­nī­ya­tvā­t tasya bhedo ma­hā­na­ho || 245 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.246vāde py u­dbhā­va­ya­n naitan na hi kenāpi dhāryate | svaṃ kaupīnaṃ na kopīha vi­vṛ­ṇo­tī­ti cā­ku­la­m || 246 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.247u­tta­rā­pra­ti­pa­tti­r hi pa­ra­syo­dbhā­va­ya­nsva­yaṃ | sā­dha­na­sya sa­do­ṣa­tva­m ā­vi­rbhā­va­ya­ti dhruvam || 247 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.248saṃ­bha­va­ty uttaraṃ yatra tatra ta­syā­nu­dī­ra­ṇa­m | yuktaṃ ni­gra­ha­ṇaṃ nā­nya­the­ti nā­nya­vi­dāṃ matam || 248 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.249ni­rde­ṣa­sā­dha­no­ktau tu tū­ṣṇīṃ­bhā­vā­d vi­ni­gra­haḥ | pra­lā­pa­mā­tra­to veti pa­kṣa­si­ddheḥ sa āgataḥ || 249 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.250svapakṣe doṣam u­pa­ya­n pa­ra­pa­kṣe pra­saṃ­ja­ya­n | ma­tā­nu­jñā­m a­vā­pno­ti ni­gṛ­hī­tiṃ na yuktitaḥ || 250 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.251dvayor evaṃ sa­do­ṣa­tvaṃ tāttvikaiḥ sthāpyate yataḥ | pa­kṣa­si­ddhi­ni­ro­dha­sya sa­mā­na­tve­na ni­rṇa­yā­t || 251 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.252a­nai­kāṃ­ti­ka­tai­vai­vaṃ sa­mu­dbhā­vye­ti kecana | hetor a­va­ca­ne tac ca no­pa­pa­tti­ma­d īkṣyate || 252 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.253ta­tho­tta­rā­pra­tī­tiḥ syād ity apy ā­gra­ha­mā­tra­kaṃ | sa­rva­syā­jñā­na­mā­tra­tvā­pa­tte­r doṣasya vādinoḥ || 253 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.254saṃ­kṣe­pa­to nyathā kvāyaṃ niyamaḥ sa­rva­vā­di­nā­m | he­tvā­bhā­so­tta­rā­vi­ttī kīrteḥ syātāṃ yataḥ sthiteḥ || 254 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.255nanu cā­jñā­na­mā­tre pi ni­gra­he­ti pra­sa­jya­te | sa­rva­jñā­na­sya sarveṣāṃ sā­dṛ­śyā­nā­m a­saṃ­bha­vā­t || 255 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.256satyam e­ta­da­bhi­pre­ta­va­stu­si­ddha­pra­yo­gi­noḥ | jñānasya yadi nābhāvo doṣo nya­syā­rtha­sā­dha­ne || 256 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.257satsv a­pa­kṣa­pra­si­ddhai­va nigrāhyo nya iti sthitam | sa­mā­sa­to na­va­dya­tvā­d anyathā ta­da­yo­ga­taḥ || 257 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.258ta­ska­ra­tvaṃ na­ra­tvā­de­r iti hetur ya­do­cya­te | ta­dā­nai­kāṃ­ti­ka­tvo­kti­tva­m apīti na vāryate || 258 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.259vā­co­yu­kti­pra­kā­rā­ṇāṃ loke vai­ci­trya­da­rśa­nā­t | no­pā­laṃ­bha­s tathoktau syād vipakṣe he­tu­da­rśa­na­m || 259 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.260do­ṣa­he­tu­m a­bhi­ga­mya svapakṣe pa­ra­pa­kṣa­tā­m | doṣam udbhāvya paścāttve svapakṣaṃ sā­dha­ye­j jayī || 260 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.261yadā tv a­ni­gra­ha­sthā­ne ni­gra­ha­sthā­na­m ucyate | tadā ni­ra­nu­yo­jyā­nu­yo­gā­khyo nigraho mataḥ || 261 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.262so py a­pra­ti­bha­yo­ktaḥ syād evam u­tta­ra­vi­kṛ­teḥ | ta­tpra­kā­ra­pṛ­tha­gbhā­ve kim etaiḥ sva­lpa­bhā­ṣi­taiḥ || 262 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.263sabhāṃ prāptasya tasya syā­tkā­rya­vyā­saṃ­ga­taḥ kathā | vi­cche­da­s tasya nirdiṣṭo vikṣepo nāma nigrahaḥ || 263 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.264so pi nā­pra­ti­bhā­to sti bhinnaḥ kaścana pū­rva­va­t | tad evaṃ bhedataḥ sūtraṃ nā­kṣa­pā­da­sya kī­rti­kṛ­t || 264 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.265svayaṃ ni­ya­ta­si­ddhāṃ­to ni­ya­me­na vinā yadā | kathāṃ pra­saṃ­ja­ye­t ta­syā­pa­si­ddhāṃ­ta­s ta­tho­di­taḥ || 265 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.266so py ayuktaḥ sva­pa­kṣa­syā­sā­dha­ne nena tattvataḥ | a­sā­dha­nāṃ­ga­va­ca­nā­d do­ṣo­dbhā­va­na­mā­tra­va­t || 266 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.267ta­trā­bhyu­pe­tya śa­bdā­dī­n nityān eva punaḥ svayam | tān a­ni­tyā­n bru­vā­ṇa­sya pū­rva­si­ddhāṃ­ta­bā­dha­na­m || 267 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.268tathaiva śūnyam āsthāya tasya saṃ­vi­da­mā­tra­taḥ | pū­rva­syo­tta­ra­to bādhā si­ddhāṃ­ta­syā­nya­thā kva tat || 268 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.269pradhānaṃ caivam āsṛtya ta­dvi­kā­ra­pra­rū­pa­ṇa­m | tādṛg e­vā­nya­thā hetus tatra na syāt sa­ma­nva­yaḥ || 269 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.270bra­hmā­dyā­dvai­ta­m apy evam u­pe­tyā­ga­ma­va­rṇa­naṃ | ku­rva­nnā­mnā­ya­ni­rdi­ṣṭaṃ bādhyo nyo py anayā diśā || 270 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.271svayaṃ pra­va­rta­mā­nā­c ca sa­rva­thai­kāṃ­ta­vā­di­naḥ | a­ne­kāṃ­tā­vi­nā­bhū­ta­vya­hā­re­ṣu tādṛśāḥ || 271 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.272he­tvā­bhā­sā­ś ca yogoktāḥ paṃca pūrvam u­dā­hṛ­tāḥ | sa­pta­dhā­nyauḥ sa­mā­khyā­tāṃ ni­gra­hā­dhi­ka­tāṃ gataiḥ || 272 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.273he­tvā­bhā­sa­tra­yaṃ te pi samarthaṃ nā­ti­va­rti­tuṃ | a­nya­thā­nu­pa­pa­nna­tva­vai­ka­lyaṃ tac ca nai­ka­ka­m || 273 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.274ya­thai­ka­la­kṣa­ṇo hetuḥ samarthaḥ sā­dhya­sā­dha­ne | tathā ta­dvi­ka­lā­śa­kto he­tvā­bhā­so nu­ma­nya­tā­m || 274 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.275yo hy a­si­ddha­ta­yā sādhyaṃ vya­bhi­cā­ri­ta­yā­pi vā | vi­ru­ddha­tve­na vā hetuḥ sā­dha­ye­n na sa tannibhaḥ || 275 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.276yo rthā­ro­po­pa­pa­ttyā syād vidhāto va­ca­na­sya tat | chalaṃ sā­mā­nya­taḥ śakyaṃ no­dā­ha­rtuṃ ka­thaṃ­ca­na || 276 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.277vi­bhā­ge­no­di­ta­syā­syo­dā­hṛ­tiḥ sa tridhā mataḥ | vā­ksā­mā­nyo­pa­cā­re­ṣu cha­lā­nā­m u­pa­va­rṇa­nā­t || 277 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.278ta­trā­vi­śe­ṣa­di­ṣṭe rthe vaktur ā­kū­ta­to nyathā | ka­lpa­nā­rthāṃ­ta­ra­sye­ṣṭaṃ vākchalaṃ cha­la­vā­di­bhiḥ || 278 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.279ādyau vai de­va­da­tto yaṃ vartate na­va­kaṃ­ba­laḥ | ity ukte pra­tya­va­sthā­naṃ kuto sya nava kaṃbalāḥ || 279 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.280yasmād dā­rḍhya­tva­saṃ­si­ddhi­r bhaved iti yadā paraḥ | pra­ti­brū­yā­t tadā vāci chalaṃ te­no­pa­pā­di­ta­m || 280 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.281na­va­kaṃ­ba­la­śa­bde hi vṛttyā prokte vi­śe­ṣa­taḥ | navo 'sya kaṃbalo jīrṇo naivety ā­kū­ta­m āṃ­ja­sa­m || 281 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.282vaktuḥ saṃ­bhā­vya­te tasmād a­nya­syā­rtha­sya kalpanā | navāsya kaṃbalā nāṣṭāv ity a­syā­saṃ­bha­vā­tma­naḥ || 282 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.283pra­tya­va­sthā­tu­r a­nyā­ya­vā­di­tā­m ā­na­ye­d bhuvaṃ | saṃ­ta­sta­ttva­pa­rī­kṣā­yāṃ kathaṃ syuś cha­la­vā­di­naḥ || 283 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.284e­te­nā­pi ni­gṛ­hye­ta ji­gī­ṣu­r yadi dhīdhanaiḥ | yatra vākyaṃ ta­da­nyā­rthaṃ vyā­ca­kṣā­ṇo ni­gṛ­hya­tā­m || 284 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.285tatra svayam a­bhi­pre­ta­m arthaṃ sthā­pa­yi­tuṃ na yaiḥ | yo '­sā­ma­rthyo 'paraiḥ śaktaiḥ svā­bhi­pre­tā­rtha­sā­dha­ne || 285 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.286yo rtha­saṃ­bha­va­nn arthaḥ pra­mā­ṇai­r u­pa­pa­dya­te | vākye sa eva yukto stu nāparo ti­pra­saṃ­ga­taḥ || 286 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.287yatra pakṣe vi­vā­de­na pra­vṛ­tti­r vā­di­no­r abhūt | ta­tsi­ddhyai­vā­sya dhikkāro nyasya patre sthitena cet || 287 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.288kvaivaṃ pa­rā­ja­yaḥ siddhe cha­la­mā­tre­ṇa te mate | saṃ­dhā­hā­nyā­di­do­ṣai­ś ca dā­trā­dā­troḥ sa­pa­tra­ka­m || 288 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.289yatra saṃ­bha­va­to rthasya na sā­mā­nya­sya yogataḥ | a­sa­dbhū­ta­pa­dā­rtha­sya kalpanā kriyate balāt || 289 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.290ta­tsā­mā­nya­cha­laṃ prāhuḥ sā­mā­nya­vi­ni­baṃ­dha­naṃ | vi­dyā­ca­ra­ṇa­saṃ­pa­tti­r brāhmaṇe saṃ­bha­ve­d iti || 290 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.291kenāpy ukte yathaivaṃ sā vrātye pi brā­hma­ṇe­na kim | brā­hma­ṇa­tva­sya sa­dbhā­vā­d bhaved ity api bhā­ṣa­ṇa­m || 291 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.292tad etan na chalaṃ yuktaṃ sa­pa­kṣe­ta­ra­da­rśa­nā­t | ta­lliṃ­ga­syā­nya­thā tasya vya­bhi­cā­ro khilo stu tat || 292 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.293kvacid eti ta­thā­tye­ti vi­dyā­ca­ra­ṇa­saṃ­pa­daṃ | brā­hma­ṇa­tva­m iti khyātam iti sā­mā­nya­m atra cet || 293 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.294ta­thai­vā­spa­rśa­va­ttvā­di śabdaṃ ni­tya­tva­sā­dha­ne | kiṃ na syād iti sāmānyaṃ sa­rva­thā­py a­vi­śe­ṣaḥ || 294 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.295tan na tasyeti ni­tya­tva­m asyeti ca su­khā­di­va­t | te­nā­nai­kāṃ­ti­kaṃ yuktaṃ sa­pa­kṣe­ta­ra­vṛ­tti­taḥ || 295 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.296vi­dyā­ca­ra­ṇa­saṃ­pa­tti­r vi­ṣa­ya­sya pra­śaṃ­sa­naṃ | brā­hma­ṇa­sya yathā śā­li­go­ca­ra­kṣe­tra­va­rṇa­na­m || 296 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.297yasyeṣṭaṃ prakṛte vākye tasya brā­hma­ṇa­dha­rmi­ṇi | pra­śa­sta­tve svayaṃ sādhye brā­hma­ṇa­tve­na hetunā || 297 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.298ke­nā­nai­kāṃ­ti­ko hetur udbhāvyo na pra­sa­hya­te | kṣetre kṣe­tra­tva­va­cchā­li­yo­gya­tva­sya pra­sā­dha­ne || 298 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.299dha­rmā­dhyā­ro­pa­ni­rde­śe sa­tyā­rtha­pra­ti­ṣe­dha­na­m | u­pa­cā­ra­cha­laṃ maṃcāḥ kro­śaṃ­tī­tyā­di­go­ca­ra­m || 299 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.300maṃcāḥ krośaṃti gā­yaṃ­tī­tyā­di­śa­bda­pra­yo­ja­na­m | āropya sthānināṃ dharmaṃ sthāneṣu kriyate janaiḥ || 300 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.301gauṇaṃ śa­bdā­rtha­m āsṛtya sā­mā­nyā­di­ṣu sa­ttva­va­t | tatra mu­khyā­bhi­dhā­nā­rthe pra­ti­ṣe­dha­ś chalaṃ sthitam || 301 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.302na cedaṃ vākchalaṃ yuktaṃ kiṃcit sā­dha­rmya­mā­tra­taḥ | sva­rū­pa­bhe­da­saṃ­si­ddhe­r a­nya­thā­ti­pra­saṃ­ga­taḥ || 302 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.303ka­lpa­nā­rthāṃ­ta­ra­syo­ktā vā­kcha­la­sya hi lakṣaṇaṃ | sa­dbhū­tā­rtha­ni­ṣe­dha­stū­pa­cā­ra­cha­la­la­kṣa­ṇa­m || 303 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.304tad e­ta­smi­n prayukte syān nigraho yadi ka­sya­ci­t | tadā yogo ni­gṛ­hye­ta pra­ti­ṣe­dhā­t pra­mā­di­ka­m || 304 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.305mu­khya­rū­pa­ta­yā śū­nya­vā­di­naṃ prati sarvathā | tena saṃ­vya­va­hā­re­ṇa pra­mā­de­r u­pa­va­rṇa­nā­t || 305 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.306sarvathā śūnyatā vāde pra­mā­ṇā­de­r vi­ru­dhya­te | tato nāyaṃ satāṃ yukta ity a­śū­nya­tva­sā­dha­nā­t || 306 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.307yogena nigrahaḥ prāpyaḥ svo­pa­cā­ra­ccha­le pi cet | siddhaḥ sva­pa­kṣa­si­ddhyai­va pa­ra­syā­ya­m a­saṃ­śa­ya­m || 307 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.308sva­sā­dhyā­d a­vi­nā­bhā­va­la­kṣa­ṇe sādhane sthite | jananaṃ yat pra­saṃ­ga­sya sā jātiḥ kaiścid īritā || 308 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.309prasaṃgaḥ pra­tya­va­sthā­naṃ sā­dha­rmye­ṇe­ta­re­ṇa vā | vai­dha­rmyo­kte '­nya­tho­kte ca sādhane syād ya­thā­kra­ma­m || 309 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.310u­dā­ha­ra­ṇa­sā­dha­rmyā­t sā­dhya­syā­rtha­sya sādhanaṃ | hetus tasmin prayukte nyo yadā pra­tya­va­ti­ṣṭha­te || 310 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.311u­dā­ha­ra­ṇa­vai­dha­rmyā­t tatra vyāptim a­khaṃ­ḍa­ya­t | tadāsau jā­ti­vā­dī syād dū­ṣa­ṇā­bhā­sa­vā­k tataḥ || 311 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.312ya­tho­dā­hṛ­ti­vai­dha­rmyā­t sā­dhya­syā­rtha­sya sādhanaṃ | hetus tasmin prayukte pi parasya pra­tya­va­sthi­tiḥ || 312 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.313sā­dha­rmye­ṇe­ha dṛṣṭāṃte dū­ṣa­ṇā­bhā­sa­vā­di­naḥ | jā­ya­mā­nā bhavej jātir ity anvarthe pra­va­kṣya­te || 313 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.314sa­rva­sa­ttva­vi­dha­rma­tva­pra­tya­va­sthā­vi­ka­lpa­taḥ | kalpyaṃ jā­ti­ba­hu­tvaṃ syād vyāsato '­naṃ­ta­śaḥ satām || 314 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.315yathā vi­pa­rya­ya­jñā­nā­jñā­na­ni­gra­ha­bhe­da­taḥ | bahutvaṃ ni­gra­ha­sthā­na­syo­ktaṃ pūrvaṃ su­vi­sta­ra­m || 315 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.316tatra hy a­pra­ti­bhā­jñā­nā­na­nu­bhā­ṣa­ṇa­pa­rya­nu­– | yo­jyo­pe­kṣa­ṇa­vi­kṣe­pā labhaṃte pra­ti­pa­tti­tā­m || 316 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.317śeṣā vi­pra­ti­pa­tti­tvaṃ prā­pnu­vaṃ­ti sa­mā­sa­taḥ | ta­dvi­bhi­nna­sva­bhā­va­sya ni­gra­ha­sthā­na­m ī­kṣa­ṇā­t || 317 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.318prayukte sthā­pa­nā­he­tau jātayaḥ pra­ti­ṣe­dhi­kāḥ | ca­tu­rviṃ­śa­ti­r a­tro­ktā­s tāḥ sā­dha­rmya­sa­mā­da­yaḥ || 318 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.319ya­trā­vi­śi­ṣya­mā­ṇe­na hetunā pra­tya­va­sthi­tiḥ | sā­dha­rmye­ṇa samā jātiḥ sā sā­dha­rmya­sa­mā matā || 319 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.320ni­rva­kta­vyā­s tathā śeṣās tā vai­dha­rmya­sa­mā­da­yaḥ | lakṣaṇaṃ punar etāsāṃ ya­tho­kta­m a­bhi­bhā­ṣya­te || 320 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.321sā­dha­rmye­ṇo­pa­saṃ­hā­re ta­ddha­rma­rū­pa vi­pa­rya­yā­t | yas tatra dū­ṣa­ṇa­bhā­saḥ sa sā­dha­rmya­sa­mo mataḥ || 321 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.322yathā kri­yā­bhṛ­dā­tmā­yaṃ kri­yā­he­tu­gu­ṇā­śra­yā­t | ya īdṛśaḥ sa īdṛkṣo yathā loṣṭhas tathā ca saḥ || 322 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.323tasmāt kri­yā­bhṛ­d ity evam u­pa­saṃ­hā­ra­bhā­ṣa­ṇe | kaścid ā­hā­kri­yo jīvo vi­bhu­dra­vya­tva­to yathā || 323 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.324vyoma tathā na vijñāto vi­śe­ṣa­sya pra­sā­dha­kaḥ | hetuḥ pa­kṣa­dva­yo py asti tato yaṃ do­ṣa­sa­nni­bhaḥ || 324 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.325sā­dhya­sā­dha­na­yo­r vyāpter vi­cche­da­syā­sa­ma­rtha­nā­t | ta­tsa­ma­rtha­na­taṃ­tra­sya dve­ṣa­tve­no­pa­va­rṇa­nā­t || 325 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.326tatraiva pra­tya­va­sthā­naṃ vai­dha­rmye­ṇo­pa­da­rśya­te | yaḥ kri­yā­vā­n sa dṛṣṭo tra kri­yā­he­tu­gu­ṇā­śra­yaḥ || 326 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.327yathā loṣṭho na vātmaivaṃ tasmān niṣkriya eva saḥ | pū­rva­va­ddū­ṣa­ṇā­bhā­so vai­dha­rmya­sa­ma ī­kṣya­tā­m || 327 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.328vai­dha­rmye­ṇo­pa­saṃ­hā­re sā­dhya­dha­rma­vi­pa­rya­yā­t | vai­dha­rmye­ṇe­ta­re­ṇā­pi pra­tya­va­sthā­na­m iṣyate || 328 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.329yā vai­dha­rmya­sa­mā jātir idaṃ tasyā ni­da­rśa­na­m | naro niṣkriya evāyaṃ vi­bhu­tvā­t sakriyaḥ punaḥ || 329 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.330vi­bhu­tva­ra­hi­taṃ dṛṣṭaṃ loṣṭhādi na tathā naraḥ | tasmān niṣkriya ity ukte pra­tya­va­sthā vi­dhī­ya­te || 330 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.331vai­dha­rmye­ṇai­va sā tāvat kaiścin ni­gra­ha­bhī­ru­bhiḥ | ka­rma­baṃ­dha­kri­yā­he­tu­r gu­ṇā­dī­nāṃ sa­mī­kṣi­taṃ || 331 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.332nai­va­mā­tmā tato nāyaṃ niṣkriyaḥ saṃ­pra­tī­ya­te | sā­dha­rmye­ṇā­pi tatraivaṃ pra­tya­va­sthā­na­m ucyate || 332 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.333kri­yā­vā­n eva loṣṭhādiḥ kri­yā­he­tu­gu­ṇā­śra­yaḥ | tṛ­ṣṇā­tā­dṛ­ktva­jī­vo pi tasmāt sakriya eva saḥ || 333 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.334iti sā­dha­rmya­vai­dha­rmya­sa­ma­yo dū­ṣa­ṇo­dbha­vā­t | sa­dha­rma­tva­vi­dha­rma­tva­mā­trā­t sā­dhyā­pra­si­ddhi­taḥ || 334 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.335sā­dhya­dṛ­ṣṭāṃ­ta­yo­r dha­rma­vi­ka­lpā­d dva­ya­sā­dhya­tā | sa­dbhā­vā­c ca matā jātir u­tka­rṣe­ṇā­pa­ka­rṣa­taḥ || 335 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.336va­rṇyā­va­rṇya­vi­ka­lpai­ś ca sādhyena ca samāḥ pṛthak | tasyāḥ pra­tī­ya­tā­m e­ta­lla­kṣa­ṇaṃ sa­nni­da­rśa­na­m || 336 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.337dṛ­ṣṭāṃ­ta­dha­rmaṃ sādhyārthe sa­mā­saṃ­ja­ya­taḥ smṛtā | ta­tro­tka­rṣa­sa­mā ya­dva­tkri­yā­va­jjī­va­sā­dha­ne || 337 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.338kri­yā­he­tu­gu­ṇā­saṃ­gī yady ātmā lo­ṣṭha­va­t tadā | tadvad eva bhaved eṣa spa­rśa­vā­n anyathā na saḥ || 338 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.339sā­dhya­dha­rmi­ṇi dha­rma­syā­bhā­vaṃ dṛ­ṣṭāṃ­ta­to vadan | a­pa­ka­rṣa­sa­māṃ vakti jātiṃ tatraiva sādhane || 339 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.340loṣṭhaḥ kri­yā­śra­yo dṛṣṭo vibhuḥ kāmaṃ tathāstu nā | ta­dvi­pa­rya­ya­pa­kṣe vā vācyo hetur vi­śe­ṣa­kṛ­t || 340 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.341khyā­pa­nī­yo mato varṇyaḥ syād avarṇyo vi­pa­rya­yā­t | tatsamā sā­dhya­dṛ­ṣṭāṃ­ta­dha­rma­yo­r atra sādhane || 341 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.342vi­pa­ryā­sa­na­to jātir vijñeyā ta­dvi­la­kṣa­ṇā | bhi­nna­la­kṣa­ṇa­tā­yo­gā­t ka­thaṃ­ci­t pū­rva­jā­ti­va­t || 342 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.343sā­dhya­dha­rma­vi­ka­lpaṃ tu dha­rmāṃ­ta­ra­vi­ka­lpa­taḥ | pra­saṃ­ja­ya­ta iṣyeta vi­ka­lpe­na samā budhaiḥ || 343 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.344kri­yā­he­tu­gu­ṇo­pe­taṃ kiṃcid guru sa­mī­kṣya­te | paraṃ laghu yathā loṣṭho vāyuś ceti kri­yā­śra­yaṃ || 344 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.345kiṃcit tad eva yujyeta yathā loṣṭhādi niṣkriyaṃ | kiṃcin na syād ya­thā­tme­ti viśeṣo vā ni­ve­da­tā­m || 345 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.346he­tvā­di­kāṃ­ga­sā­ma­rthya­yo­gī dharmo va­dhā­rya­te | sādhyas tam eva dṛṣṭāṃte pra­saṃ­ja­ya­ti yo naraḥ || 346 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.347tasya sā­dhya­sa­mā jātir udbhāvyā ta­ttva­vi­tta­kaiḥ | yathā loṣṭhas tathā cātmā ya­thā­tmā­yaṃ tathā na kim || 347 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.348loṣṭhaḥ syāt sa­kri­ya­ś cātmā sādhyo loṣṭho 'pi tādṛśaḥ | sādhyo stu neti cel loṣṭho ya­thā­tmā­pi tathā kathaṃ || 348 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.349dū­ṣa­ṇā­bhā­sa­tā tv atra dṛ­ṣṭāṃ­tā­di­sa­ma­rtha­nā | yukte sā­dha­na­dha­rme pi pra­ti­ṣe­dha­m a­la­bdhi­taḥ || 349 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.350sā­dhya­dṛ­ṣṭāṃ­ta­yo­r dha­rma­vi­ka­lpā­d u­pa­va­rṇi­tā­t | vaidharmyaṃ gavi sādṛśye ga­va­ye­na yathā sthite || 350 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.351sā­dhyā­ti­de­śa­mā­tre­ṇa dṛ­ṣṭāṃ­ta­syo­pa­pa­tti­taḥ | sā­dhya­tvā­saṃ­bha­vā­c coktaṃ dṛ­ṣṭāṃ­ta­sya na dūṣaṇaṃ || 351 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.352prāptyā yat pra­tya­va­sthā­naṃ jātiḥ prā­pti­sa­mai­va sā | aprāptyā punar a­prā­pti­sa­mā sa­tsā­dha­ne­ra­ṇe || 352 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.353yathāyaṃ sā­dha­ye­d dhetuḥ sā­dhya­prā­ptyā­n yathāpi vā | prāptyā ced yu­ga­pa­dbhā­vā­t sā­dhya­sā­dha­na­dha­rma­yoḥ || 353 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.354prāptayoḥ katham ekasya he­tu­tā­nya­sya sādhyatā | yukteti pra­tya­va­sthā­naṃ prāptyā tāvad u­dā­hṛ­ta­m || 354 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.355aprāpya sā­dha­ye­t sādhyaṃ hetuś cet sa­rva­sā­dha­naḥ | so stu dīpo hi nā­prā­pta­pa­dā­rtha­sya pra­kā­śa­kaḥ || 355 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.356ity a­prā­ptyā­va­bo­ddha­vyaṃ pra­tya­va­sthā­ni­da­rśa­na­m | tāv etau dū­ṣa­ṇā­bhā­sau ni­ṣe­dha­syai­va­m a­nva­yā­t || 356 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.357prā­pta­syā­pi daṃḍādeḥ kuṃ­bha­sā­dha­ka­te­kṣya­te | ta­thā­bhi­cā­ra­m aṃtrasya prā­pta­syā­sā­ta­kā­ri­tā || 357 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.358vaktavyaṃ sā­dha­na­syā­pi sādhanaṃ vā­di­ne­ti tu | pra­saṃ­ga­va­ca­naṃ jātiḥ pra­saṃ­ga­sa­ma­tāṃ gatā || 358 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.359kri­yā­he­tu­gu­ṇo­pe­taḥ kri­yā­vāṃ­llo­ṣṭha iṣyate | kuto hetor vinā tena ka­sya­ci­n na vya­va­sthi­tiḥ || 359 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.360evaṃ hi pra­tya­va­sthā­naṃ na yuktaṃ nyā­ya­vā­di­nāṃ | vā­di­no­r yatra vā sāmyaṃ tasya dṛ­ṣṭāṃ­ta­tā­sthi­tiḥ || 360 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.361yathā rūpaṃ di­dṛ­kṣū­ṇāṃ dī­pā­dī­nāṃ pra­tī­ya­te | svayaṃ pra­kā­śa­mā­naṃ tu dīpaṃ dī­pāṃ­ta­rā­gra­hā­t || 361 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.362tathā sā­dhya­pra­si­ddhya­rthaṃ dṛ­ṣṭāṃ­ta­gra­ha­ṇaṃ mataṃ | pra­jñā­tā­tma­ni dṛṣṭāṃte tv aphalaṃ sā­dha­nāṃ­ta­ra­m || 362 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.363pra­ti­dṛ­ṣṭāṃ­ta­rū­pe­ṇa pra­tya­va­sthā­na­m iṣyate | pra­ti­dṛ­ṣṭāṃ­ta­tu­lye­ti jātis tatraiva sādhanā || 363 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.364kri­yā­he­tu­gu­ṇo­pe­taṃ dṛṣṭam ā­kā­śa­m akriyaṃ | kri­yā­he­tu­r guṇo vyomni saṃyogo vāyunā sa ca || 364 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.365saṃ­skā­rā­pe­kṣa­ṇo ya­dva­tsaṃ­yo­ga­s tena pādape | sa cāyaṃ dū­ṣa­ṇā­bhā­sa­sā­dha­nā­pra­ti­baṃ­dha­kaḥ || 365 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.366sādhakaḥ pra­ti­dṛ­ṣṭāṃ­to dṛṣṭāṃto pi hi hetunā | tena ta­dva­ca­nā­bhā­vā­t sa­dṛ­ṣṭāṃ­to stu hetukaḥ || 366 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.367kā­ra­ṇā­bhā­va­taḥ pūrvam utpatteḥ pra­tya­va­sthi­tiḥ | yā­nu­tpa­ttyā pa­ra­syo­ktā sā­nu­tpa­tti­sa­mā bhavet || 367 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.368śabdo vi­na­śva­rā­t saivam u­pa­pa­nno bhavatv ataḥ | ka­daṃ­bā­di­va­d ity ukte sādhane prāha kaścana || 368 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.369prā­gu­tpa­tte­r a­nu­tpa­nne śabde ni­tya­tva­kā­ra­ṇaṃ | pra­ya­tnā­naṃ­ta­ro­ttha­tvaṃ nāstīty eṣo '­vi­na­śva­raḥ || 369 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.370śā­śva­ta­sya ca śabdasya notpattiḥ syāt pra­ya­tna­taḥ | pra­tya­va­sthe­ty a­nu­tpa­ttyā jātir nyā­yā­ti­laṃ­gha­nā­t || 370 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.371u­tpa­nna­syai­va śabdasya ta­thā­bhā­va­pra­si­ddhi­taḥ | prā­gu­tpa­tte­r na śabdo stīty u­pā­laṃ­bhaḥ ki­mā­śra­yaḥ || 371 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.372sata eva tu śabdasya pra­ya­tnā­naṃ­ta­ro­ttha­tā | kāraṇaṃ na­śva­ra­tve sti ta­nni­ṣe­dha­s tataḥ katham || 372 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.373sāmānye gha­ṭa­yo­s tulya aiṃ­dri­ya­tve vya­va­sthi­te | ni­tyā­ni­tya­tva­sā­dha­rmyā­t saṃ­śa­ye­na samā matā || 373 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.374tatraiva sādhane prokte saṃ­śa­ye­na svayaṃ paraḥ | pra­tya­va­sthā­na­m ādhatte paśyan sa­dbhū­ta­dū­ṣa­ṇa­m || 374 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.375pra­ya­tnā­naṃ­ta­ro­tthe pi śabde sā­dha­rmya­m aiṃdriye | sā­mā­nye­nā­sti nityena ghaṭena ca vi­nā­śi­nā || 375 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.376tā­dṛ­śe­ne­ti saṃdeho ni­tyā­ni­tya­tva­dha­rma­yoḥ | sa cāyukto vi­śe­ṣe­ṇa śa­bdā­ni­tya­tva­si­ddhi­taḥ || 376 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.377yathā puṃsi vi­ni­rṇī­te śi­raḥ­saṃ­ya­ma­nā­di­nā | pu­ru­ṣa­sthā­ṇu­sā­dha­rmyā­d dha­rma­tvā­n nāsti saṃśayaḥ || 377 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.378tathā pra­ya­tna­ja­tve­nā­ni­tye śabde vi­ni­ści­te | gha­ṭa­sā­mā­nya­sā­dha­rmyā­d aiṃ­dri­ya­tvā­n na saṃśayaḥ || 378 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.379saṃ­de­he­ty aṃ­ta­saṃ­de­haḥ sā­dha­rmya­syā­vi­nā­śa­taḥ | puṃ­si­tvā­di­ga­ta­sye­ti nirṇayaḥ kvāspadaṃ vrajet || 379 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.380a­thā­ni­tye­na nityena sā­dha­rmyā­d u­bha­ye­na yā | pra­kri­yā­yāḥ prasiddhiḥ syāt tataḥ pra­ka­ra­ṇe samā || 380 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.381ta­trā­ni­tye­na sā­dha­rmyā­n niḥ­pra­ya­tno­dbha­va­tva­taḥ | śa­bda­syā­ni­tya­tāṃ kaścit sā­dha­ye­d aparaḥ punaḥ || 381 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.382tasya nityena go­tvā­di­sā­mā­nye­na hi nityatā | tataḥ pakṣe vipakṣe ca samānā prakriyā sthitā || 382 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.383pra­kri­yāṃ­ta­ni­vṛ­ttyā ca pra­tya­va­sthā­na­m īdṛśaṃ | vipakṣe pra­kri­yā­si­ddhau na yuktaṃ ta­dvi­ro­dha­taḥ || 383 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.384pra­ti­pa­kṣo­pa­pa­ttau hi pra­ti­ṣe­dho na yujyate | pra­ti­ṣe­dho­pa­pa­ttau ca pra­ti­pa­kṣa­kṛ­ti­r dhruvam || 384 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.385ta­ttvā­va­dhā­ra­ṇe cai­ta­tsi­ddhaṃ pra­ka­ra­ṇaṃ bhavet | ta­da­bhā­ve­na ta­tsi­ddhi­r yeneyaṃ pra­tya­va­sthi­tiḥ || 385 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.386trai­kā­lyā­nu­pa­pa­tte­s tu hetoḥ sā­dhyā­rtha­sā­dha­ne | syād a­he­tu­sa­mā jātiḥ prayukte sādhane kvacit || 386 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.387pūrvaṃ vā sādhanaṃ sādhyād uttaraṃ vā sahāpi vā | pūrvaṃ tāvad asaty arthe kasya sā­dha­na­m iṣyate || 387 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.388paścāc cet kiṃ na tatsādhyaṃ sādhane 'sati kathyatāṃ | yu­ga­pa­dvā­ci ci­tsā­dhya­sā­dha­na­tvaṃ na yujyate || 388 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.389sva­taṃ­tra­yo­s ta­thā­bhā­vā­si­ddhe­r vi­ndhya­hi­mā­dri­va­t | tathā cā­he­tu­nā hetur na ka­thaṃ­ci­d vi­śi­ṣya­te || 389 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.390ity a­he­tu­sa­ma­tve­na pra­tya­va­sthā­pya yuktitā | hetoḥ pra­tya­kṣa­taḥ siddheḥ kā­ra­ka­sya gha­ṭā­di­ṣu || 390 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.391kāryeṣu kuṃ­bha­kā­ra­sya ta­nni­vṛ­tte­s tato grahāt | jñā­pa­ka­sya ca dhū­mā­de­r agryādau jña­pti­kā­ri­ṇaḥ || 391 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.392svajñeye pa­ra­saṃ­tā­ne vā­gā­de­r api ni­śca­yā­t | trai­kā­lyā­nu­pa­pa­tte­ś ca pra­ti­ṣe­dhe kvacit tathā || 392 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.393pra­ya­tnā­naṃ­ta­ro­ttha­tvā­d dhetoḥ pakṣe pra­sā­dhi­te | pra­ti­pa­kṣa­pra­si­ddhya­rtha­m a­rthā­pa­ttyā vi­dhī­ya­te || 393 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.394yā pra­tya­va­sthi­tiḥ sātra matā jā­ti­vi­dāṃ­va­raiḥ | a­rthā­pa­ttiḥ sa­mai­vo­ktā sā­dha­nā­pra­ti­ve­di­nī || 394 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.395yadi pra­ya­tna­ja­tve­na śa­bda­syā­ni­tya­tā­bha­va­t | ta­dā­rthā­pa­tti­to ni­tya­sā­dha­rmyā­d astu nityatā || 395 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.396ya­thai­vā­spa­rśa­na­tvā­de­r nitye dṛṣṭā tathā dhvanau | ity atra vi­dya­mā­na­tvā­t sa­mā­dhā­na­sya tattvataḥ || 396 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.397śabdo nā­stī­ti­.­.­.­.­.­.­pa­kṣe hetor a­saṃ­śa­ya­m | eṣa nāstīti pakṣasya hānir arthāt pra­tī­ya­te || 397 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.398yayā ca pra­tya­va­sthā­na­m a­rthā­pa­ttyā vi­dhī­ya­te | nā­nai­kāṃ­ti­ka­tā dṛṣṭā sa­ma­tvā­d u­bha­yo­r api || 398 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.399grā­.­.­.­.­.­dya­na­sya pātaḥ syād ity ukter thān na siddhyati | dra­vyā­tma­nā­ma­saṃ­pā­tā­bhā­vo '­rthā­pa­tti­to yathā || 399 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.400tasyāḥ sā­dhyā­vi­nā­bhā­va­śū­nya­tvaṃ tadvad eva hi | śa­bdā­ni­tya­tva­saṃ­si­ddhau nā­rthā­ni­tya­tva­sā­dha­naṃ || 400 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.401kvacid ekasya dharmasya gha­ṭa­nā­d u­ra­rī­kṛ­te | a­vi­śe­ṣo tra sa­dbhā­vā­gha­ṭa­nā­t sa­rva­va­stu­naḥ || 401 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.402a­vi­śe­ṣaḥ prasaṃgaḥ syād a­vi­śe­ṣa­sa­mā sphuṭaṃ | jātir e­vaṃ­vi­dhaṃ nyā­ya­prā­pta­do­ṣā­sa­mī­kṣa­ṇā­t || 402 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.403pra­ya­tnā­naṃ­ta­rī­ya­tva­dha­rma­syai­ka­sya saṃ­bha­vā­t | a­vi­śe­ṣe hy a­ni­tya­tve siddhe pi gha­ṭa­śa­bda­yoḥ || 403 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.404na sa­rva­syā­vi­śe­ṣaḥ syāt sa­ttva­dha­rmo­pa­pa­tti­taḥ | dha­rmāṃ­ta­ra­sya sa­dbhā­va­ni­mi­tta­sya ni­rī­kṣa­ṇā­t || 404 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.405pra­ya­tnā­naṃ­ta­rī­ya­tve ni­mi­tta­sya ca da­rśa­nā­t | na samo yam u­pa­nyā­saḥ pra­ti­bhā­tī­ti mu­cya­tā­m || 405 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.405efsa­rvā­rthe­ṣv a­vi­śe­ṣa­sya pra­saṃ­gā­t pra­tya­va­sthi­tiḥ | TAŚV-ML 1.app.406kā­ra­ṇa­syo­pa­pa­tteḥ syād ubhayoḥ pa­kṣa­yo­r api | u­pa­pa­tti­sa­mā jātiḥ prayukte sa­tya­sā­dha­ne || 406 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.407kāraṇaṃ yady a­ni­tya­tve pra­ya­tno­ttha­tva­m ity ayaṃ | śabdo '­ni­tya­s tadā tasya nityatve '­spa­rśa­nā­sti tat || 407 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.407eftato nityo py asāv astu na nityaḥ katham anyathā | TAŚV-ML 1.app.408ity eṣa hi napuṃsko tra pra­ti­ṣe­dhaḥ ka­thaṃ­ca­na | kā­ra­ṇa­syā­bhya­nu­jñā­di yādṛśaṃ bruvatā svayaṃ || 408 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.409śa­bdā­ni­tya­tva­si­ddhi­ś co­pa­pa­tte­r a­vi­gā­na­taḥ | vyā­ghā­ta­s tu dvayos tulyaḥ sa­pa­kṣa­pra­ti­pa­kṣa­yoḥ || 409 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.410sā­dha­nā­d iti naivāsau tayor ekasya sādhakaḥ | evaṃ hy eṣa na yukto tra pra­ti­ṣe­dhaḥ kathaṃ mayi || 410 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.411sā­dhya­dha­rma­ni­mi­tta­syā­bhā­ve py uktasya yat punaḥ | sā­dhya­dha­rmo­pa­la­bdhyā syāt pra­tya­va­sthā­na­mā­tra­ka­m || 411 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.412so­pa­la­bdhi­sa­mā jātir yathā śvā­sā­di­bhaṃ­ga­je | śabde sty a­ni­tya­tā ya­tna­ja­tvā­bhā­ve py asāv iti || 412 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.413kā­ra­ṇāṃ­ta­ra­to py atra sā­dhya­dha­rma­sya siddhitaḥ | na yuktaḥ pra­ti­ṣe­dho 'yaṃ kā­ra­ṇā­ni­ya­mo­kti­taḥ || 413 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.414ni­ṣe­dhyā­nu­pa­la­bdhe­ś cā­nu­pa­la­bdheḥ pra­sā­dha­ne | a­bhā­va­sya vi­pa­ryā­sā­d u­pa­pa­ttiḥ pra­kī­rti­tā || 414 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.414efpra­stu­tā­rtha­vi­ghā­tā­yā­nu­pa­la­bdhi­sa­mā­na­ghaiḥ | TAŚV-ML 1.app.415yathā na vi­dya­mā­na­sya śabdasya prā­gu­dī­ra­ṇā­t | aśrutiḥ syāt ta­dā­vṛ­ttyā vā dṛṣṭer iti bhāṣite || 415 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.416kaścid ā­va­ra­ṇā­dī­nā­m a­dṛ­ṣṭe­r apy a­dṛ­ṣṭi­taḥ | śivaṃ mā bhūt tataḥ śabde satye vā śra­va­ṇā­t tadā || 416 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.416efvṛtyā sva­bhā­va­saṃ­si­ddhe­r a­bhā­vā­d iti jalpati ||  || TAŚV-ML 1.app.417ta­da­saṃ­baṃ­dha­m e­vā­syā­nu­pa­la­bdheḥ svayaṃ sadā– | nu­pa­la­bdhi­sva­bhā­vo no­pa­la­bdhi­vi­ṣa­ya­tva­taḥ || 417 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.418nai­vo­pa­la­bdhya­bhā­ve­nā­bhā­vo yasmāt pra­si­ddhya­ti | vi­pa­rī­to­pa­pa­tti­ś ca nāspadaṃ pra­ti­pa­dya­te || 418 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.419śa­bda­syā­va­ra­ṇā­dī­ni prā­gu­ccā­ra­ṇa­to na vai | sa­rva­tro­pa­la­bhe haṃta ity ā­bā­la­m a­nā­ku­la­m || 419 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.420tataś cā­va­ra­ṇā­dī­nā­m a­dṛ­ṣṭe­r apy a­dṛ­ṣṭi­taḥ | siddhyaty abhāva ity eṣa no­pā­laṃ­bhaḥ pra­mā­nvi­taḥ || 420 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.421kṛ­ta­ka­tvā­di­nā sāmyaṃ ghaṭena yadi sā­dha­ye­t | śa­bda­syā­ni­tya­tāṃ sarvaṃ vastu nityaṃ tadā na kim || 421 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.422a­ni­tye­na gha­ṭe­nā­sya sādharmyaṃ ga­ma­ye­t svayaṃ | sattvena sā­mya­mā­tra­sya vi­śe­ṣā­pra­ti­ve­da­nā­t || 422 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.423ity a­ni­tye­na yā nāma pra­tya­va­sthā vi­dhī­ya­te | sā­trā­ni­tya­sa­mā jātir vijñeyā nyā­ya­bā­dha­nā­t || 423 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.424ni­ṣe­dha­sya ta­tho­kta­syā­si­ddhi­prā­pteḥ sa­ma­tva­taḥ | pa­kṣe­ṇā­si­ddhi­m ā­pte­ne­ty a­śe­ṣa­m a­sa­maṃ­ja­saṃ || 424 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.425pakṣasya hi ni­ṣe­dha­sya pra­ti­pa­kṣo bhi­la­pya­te | niṣedho dhī­dha­nai­r atra tasyaiva vi­ni­va­rta­kaḥ || 425 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.426pra­ti­jñā­nā­di­yo­ga­s tu tayoḥ sā­dha­rmya­m iṣyate | sa­rva­trā­saṃ­bha­vā­t tena vinā pa­kṣa­vi­pa­kṣa­yoḥ || 426 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.427tato siddhir yathā pakṣe vipakṣe pi tathāstu sā | no ced a­ni­tya­tā śabde gha­ṭa­va­n nā­khi­lā­rtha­gā || 427 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.428dṛṣṭāṃte pi ca yo dharmaḥ sā­dhya­sā­dha­na­bhā­va­taḥ | pra­jñā­ya­te sa evātra hetur ukto rtha­sā­dha­naḥ || 428 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.429tasya ke­na­ci­d arthena sa­mā­na­tvā­t sa­dha­rma­tā | ke­na­ci­t tu vi­śe­ṣā­t syād vai­dha­rmya­m iti niścayaḥ || 429 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.430hetur vi­śi­ṣṭa­sā­dha­rmyaṃ na tu sā­dha­rmya­mā­tra­kaṃ | sā­dhya­sā­dha­na­sā­ma­rthya­bhā­ga­yaṃ na ca sarvagaḥ || 430 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.431sattvena ca sa­dha­rma­tvā­t sa­rva­syā­ni­tya­te­ra­ṇe | doṣaḥ pū­rvo­di­to vācyaḥ sā­vi­śe­ṣaḥ sa­mā­śra­yaḥ || 431 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.432anityaḥ śabda ity ukte ni­tya­tva­pra­tya­va­sthi­tiḥ | jātir ni­tya­sa­mā vaktur a­jñā­nā­t saṃ­pra­va­rta­te || 432 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.433śa­bdā­śra­ya­m a­ni­tya­tvaṃ nityaṃ vā­ni­tya­m eva vā | nitye śabdo pi nityaṃ syāt ta­dā­dhā­ro 'nyathā kva tat || 433 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.434ta­trā­ni­tye py ayaṃ doṣaḥ syād a­ni­tya­tva­vi­cyu­tau | nityaṃ śabdasya sa­dbhā­vā­d ity etad dhi na saṃ­ga­ta­m || 434 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.435a­ni­tya­tva­pra­ti­jñā­ne ta­nni­ṣe­dha­vi­ro­dha­taḥ | svayaṃ ta­da­pra­ti­jñā­ne py eṣa tasya ni­rā­śra­yaḥ || 435 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.436sarvadā kim a­ni­tya­tva­m iti praśno py a­saṃ­bha­vī | prā­du­rbhū­ta­sya bhāvasya ni­ro­dhi­ś ca tad iṣyate || 436 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.437nā­śra­yā­śra­yi­bhā­vo pi vyā­ghā­tā­d anayoḥ sadā | ni­tyā­ni­tya­tva­yo­r e­ka­va­stu­nī­ṣṭau vi­ro­dha­taḥ || 437 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.438tato nā­ni­tya­tā śabde ni­tya­tva­pra­tya­va­sthi­tiḥ | paraiḥ śakyā ni­rā­ka­rtuṃ vā­cā­lai­r ja­ya­lo­lu­paiḥ || 438 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.439pra­ya­tnā­ne­ka­kā­rya­tvā­j jātiḥ kā­rya­sa­mo­di­tā | tri­pra­ya­tno­dbha­va­tve­na śa­bdā­ni­tya­tva­sā­dha­ne || 439 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.440pra­ya­tnā­naṃ­ta­raṃ tāvad ā­tma­lā­bhaḥ sa­mī­kṣi­taḥ | kuṃ­bhā­dī­nāṃ ta­thā­vya­kti­r vya­va­dhā­ne py a­po­ha­nā­t || 440 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.441ta­dbu­ddhi­la­kṣa­ṇā­t pūrvaṃ satām evety a­ni­tya­tā | pra­ya­tnā­naṃ­ta­raṃ bhāvān na śa­bda­syā­vi­śe­ṣa­taḥ || 441 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.442ta­tro­tta­ra­m idaṃ śabdaḥ pra­ya­tnā­naṃ­ta­ro­dbha­vaḥ | prā­ga­dṛ­ṣṭi­ni­mi­tta­syā­bhā­ve py a­nu­pa­la­bdhi­taḥ || 442 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.443sa­tyā­bhā­vā­d a­bhū­tvā­sya bhāvo janmaiva gamyate | nā­bhi­vya­ktiḥ sataḥ pūrvaṃ vya­va­dhā­nā­vya­po­ha­nā­t || 443 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.444a­nai­kāṃ­ti­ka­tā hetor evaṃ ced u­pa­pa­dya­te | pra­ti­ṣe­dhe pi sā tulyā tato '­sā­dha­ka eva saḥ || 444 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.445vidhāv iva niṣedhe pi samā hi vya­bhi­cā­ri­tā | vi­śe­ṣa­syo­kti­ta­ś cāyaṃ hetor doṣo ni­vā­ri­taḥ || 445 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.446evaṃ bhedena nirdiṣṭā jñā­ta­yo­.­.­.­.­di­ṣṭa | ye ca­tu­rviṃ­śa­ti­r a­nyā­naṃ­tā bodhyās tathā budhaiḥ || 446 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.447nai­tā­bhi­rni­gra­ho vāde sa­tya­sā­dha­na­vā­di­naḥ | sā­dha­nā­bhaṃ bru­vā­ṇa­s tu tata eva ni­gṛ­hya­te || 447 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.448ni­gra­hā­ya pra­ka­lpyaṃ­te tv etā ja­lpa­vi­taṃ­ḍa­yoḥ | ji­gī­ṣa­yā pra­vṛ­ttā­nā­m iti yaugāḥ pra­ca­kṣa­te || 448 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.449tatredaṃ durghaṭaṃ tā­va­jjā­teḥ sā­mā­nya­la­kṣa­ṇaṃ | sā­dha­rmye­ṇe­ta­re­ṇā­pi pra­tya­va­sthā­na­m ī­ri­ta­m || 449 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.450sā­dha­nā­bha­pra­yo­ge pi ta­jjā­ti­tva­pra­saṃ­ga­taḥ | dū­ṣa­ṇā­bhā­sa­rū­pa­sya jā­ti­tve­na pra­kī­rta­ne || 450 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.450efastu mi­thyo­tta­raṃ jātir a­ka­laṃ­ko­kta­la­kṣa­ṇā | TAŚV-ML 1.app.451sāṃ­ka­ryā­t pra­tya­va­sthā­naṃ ya­thā­ne­kāṃ­ta­sā­dha­ne | yathā vai­ya­dhi­ka­rye­ṇa vi­ro­dhe­nā­na­va­stha­yā || 451 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.452bhi­nnā­cā­ra­ta­yā tābhyāṃ doṣābhyāṃ saṃ­śa­ye­na ca | a­pra­tī­tyā tayā bhā­ve­nā­nya­thā vā ya­the­ccha­yā || 452 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.453va­stu­ta­s tā­dṛ­śai­r doṣaiḥ sā­dha­nā­pra­ti­ghā­ta­taḥ | siddhaṃ mi­thyo­tta­ra­tvaṃ no ni­ra­va­dyaṃ hi la­kṣa­ṇa­m || 453 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.454paroktaṃ punar a­vyā­pti­pro­kte­ṣv eteṣv a­saṃ­bha­vā­t | tato na ni­gra­ha­sthā­naṃ yuktam etad iti sthitam || 454 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.455tathā ca tāttviko vādaḥ sve­ṣṭa­si­ddhya­va­sā­na­bhā­k | pakṣe pa­ta­tva­yu­ktyai­va ni­ya­mā­nu­pa­pa­tti­taḥ || 455 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.456abyas tūktaḥ prātibho vādaḥ saṃ­prā­ti­bha­pa­rī­kṣa­ṇaḥ | TAŚV-ML 1.app.456cdni­gra­ha­s tatra vijñeyaḥ sva­pra­ti­jñā­vya­ti­kra­maḥ || 456 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.457abyathā padyaṃ mayā vācyam ā­gra­stu­ta­vi­ni­śca­yā­t | TAŚV-ML 1.app.457cdsā­laṃ­kā­raṃ tathā gadyam a­skha­la­drū­pa­m ity api || 457 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.458abpaṃ­cā­va­ya­va­vā­kyaṃ vā trirūpaṃ vā­nya­thā­pi vā | TAŚV-ML 1.app.458cdni­rdo­ṣa­m iti vā saṃ­dhā­stha­la­bhe­daṃ tam ūhyate || 458 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.459abtathā saṃ­ga­ra­hā­nyā­di­ni­gra­ha­sthā­na­to py asau | TAŚV-ML 1.app.459cdchaloktyā jā­ti­vā­cya­tvā­t tathā saṃ­dhā­vya­ti­kra­mā­t || 459 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.460abyathā dyū­ta­vi­śe­ṣā­dau sva­pra­ti­jñā­kṣa­te­r jayaḥ | TAŚV-ML 1.app.460cdloke tathaiva śāstreṣu vāde prā­ti­bha­go­ca­re || 460 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.461abdvi­pra­kā­raṃ tato jalpāt ta­ttva­prā­ti­bha­go­ca­rā­t | TAŚV-ML 1.app.461cdnā­nya­bhe­da­pra­ti­ṣṭhā­naṃ pra­kri­yā­mā­tra­gho­ṣa­ṇā­t || 461 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.462abso 'yaṃ ji­gī­ṣu­bo­dhā­ya vā­da­nyā­yaḥ satāṃ mataṃ | TAŚV-ML 1.app.462cdpra­ka­rta­vyo bru­vā­ṇe­na na­ya­vā­kyai­r ya­tho­di­taiḥ || 462 || TAŚV-ML 1.app.463asa­mu­ddi­ṣṭo mārgas tri­va­pu­r a­bha­va­tva­sya niyamā-TAŚV-ML 1.app.463bd vi­ni­rdi­ṣṭā dṛṣṭir ni­khi­la­vi­dhi­nā jñānam a­ma­la­m | TAŚV-ML 1.app.463cpramāṇaṃ saṃ­kṣe­pā­d vi­vi­dha­na­ya­saṃ­pa­c ca munināTAŚV-ML 1.app.463dsu­gṛ­hyā­dye 'dhyāye '­dhi­ga­ma­na­pa­thaḥ svā­nya­vi­ṣa­yaḥ || 463 || TAŚV-ML 309,40prathamo 'dhyāyaḥ samāptaḥ
TAŚV-ML 313,1atha dvitīyo 'dhyāyaḥ | TAŚV-ML 2.1.1absa­mya­gdṛ­ggo­ca­ro jīvas ta­syau­pa­śa­mi­kā­da­yaḥ | TAŚV-ML 2.1.1cdsvaṃ tattvaṃ paṃca bhāvāḥ syuḥ sa­pta­sū­tryā ni­rū­pi­tāḥ || 1 ||

TA-ML 2.1 au­pa­śa­mi­ka­kṣā­yi­kau bhāvau miśraśva jīvasya sva­ta­ttva­m au­da­yi­ka­pā- TA-ML 2.1 ri­ṇā­mi­kau ca || 1 ||

TAŚV-ML 2.1.2a­nu­dbhū­ta­sva­sā­ma­rthyaṃ vṛ­tti­to­pa­śa­mo mataḥ | karmaṇāṃ puṃsi to­yā­dā­v a­dhaḥ­prā­pi­ta­pa­ṅka­va­t || 2 || TAŚV-ML 2.1.3teṣām ā­tyaṃ­ti­kī hāniḥ kṣayas ta­du­bha­yā­tma­kaḥ | kṣa­yo­pa­śa­ma udgītaḥ kṣī­ṇā­kṣī­ṇa­ba­la­tva­taḥ || 3 || TAŚV-ML 2.1.4udayaḥ pha­la­kā­ri­tvaṃ dra­vyā­di­pra­tya­ya­dva­yā­t | dra­vyā­tma­lā­bha­he­tuḥ syāt pa­ri­ṇā­mo na­pe­kṣi­ṇaḥ || 4 || TAŚV-ML 2.1.5e­ta­tpra­yo­ja­nā bhāvāḥ sa­rvau­pa­śa­mi­kā­da­yaḥ | ity au­pa­śa­mi­kā­dī­nāṃ śa­bdā­nā­m u­pa­va­rṇi­tā || 5 || TAŚV-ML 2.1.6ni­ru­kti­r a­rtha­sā­ma­rthyā­d jñātum a­vya­bhi­cā­ri­ṇī | tato nya­trā­pra­vṛ­tta­tvā­t jñā­na­cā­ri­tra­śa­bda­va­t || 6 || TAŚV-ML 2.1.7prā­gau­pa­śa­mi­ka­syo­kti­r bha­vya­syā­nā­di­saṃ­sṛ­tau | va­rta­mā­na­sya sa­mya­ktva­gra­ha­ṇe tasya saṃ­bha­vā­t || 7 || TAŚV-ML 2.1.8sto­ka­tvā­t sa­rva­bhā­ve­bhyaḥ sto­ka­kā­la­tva­to pi vā | śeṣebhyaḥ kṣā­yi­kā­di­bhyaḥ ka­thaṃ­ci­t tad vi­ru­dhya­te || 8 || TAŚV-ML 2.1.9tatas tu kṣā­yi­ka­syo­kti­r a­saṃ­khye­ya­gu­ṇa­tva­taḥ | bha­vya­jī­va­sva­bhā­va­tva­khyā­pa­nā­rtha­tva­to pi ca || 9 || TAŚV-ML 2.1.10kṣā­yo­pa­śa­mi­ka­syā­to yā saṃ­khye­ya­gu­ṇa­tva­taḥ | yuktāsti ta­ddva­yā­tma­tvā­d bha­vye­ta­ra­sa­ma­tva­taḥ || 10 || TAŚV-ML 2.1.11uktir au­da­yi­ka­syā­ta­s tena jīvāv a­bo­dha­taḥ | pā­ri­ṇā­mi­ka­bhā­va­sya tato ṃte sa­rva­nṛ­sthi­teḥ || 11 || TAŚV-ML 2.1.12na caiṣāṃ dva­ndva­ni­rde­śaḥ sarveṣāṃ sūriṇā kṛtaḥ | kṣā­yo­pa­śa­mi­ka­syai­va miśrasya pra­ti­pa­tta­ye || 12 || TAŚV-ML 2.1.13nā­na­rtha­ka­ś caśabdau tau madhye sūtrasya lakṣyate | nāpy aṃte dvyā­di­saṃ­yo­ga­ja­nma­bhā­vo­pa­saṃ­gra­hā­t || 13 || TAŚV-ML 2.1.14kṣā­yo­pa­śa­mi­kaṃ cāṃte noktaṃ madhye tra yujyate | graṃthasya gau­ra­vā­bhā­vā­d anyathā ta­tpra­saṃ­ga­taḥ || 14 || TAŚV-ML 2.1.15ni­ra­va­dya­ma­taḥ sūtraṃ bhā­va­paṃ­ca­ka­la­kṣa­ṇa­m | pra­khyā­pa­ya­ti niḥ­śe­ṣa­du­rā­re­kā­vi­ve­ka­taḥ || 15 ||

TA-ML 2.2 dvi­na­vā­ṣṭā­da­śai­ka­viṃ­śa­ti­tri­bhe­dā ya­thā­kra­ma­m || 2 ||

TAŚV-ML 2.2.1dvyādīnāṃ bhe­da­śa­bde­na vṛttir a­nya­pa­dā­rthi­kā | dvaṃ­dva­bhā­jāṃ bhaved atra svā­bhi­pre­tā­rtha­si­ddhi­taḥ || 1 || TAŚV-ML 2.2.2pratyekaṃ bhe­da­śa­bda­sya sa­mā­pti­r bhu­ji­va­nma­tā | ya­thā­kra­ma­m iti khyāte py a­kra­ma­sya ni­rā­kri­yā || 2 ||

TA-ML 2.3 sa­mya­ktva­cā­ri­tre || 3 ||

TAŚV-ML 2.3.1puṃsi sa­mya­ktva­cā­ri­tra­mo­ha­syo­pa­śa­maḥ kvacit | śāṃ­ta­pra­sa­tti­saṃ­si­ddhe­r yathā paṃkasya vāriṇi || 1 || TAŚV-ML 2.3.2yau yat kā­lu­ṣya­he­tuḥ syāt sa ku­ta­ści­t pra­śā­mya­ti | tatra toye yathā paṃkaḥ ka­ta­kā­di­ni­mi­tta­taḥ || 2 || TAŚV-ML 2.3.3na cā­bha­vyā­di­kā­lu­ṣya­he­tu­nā vya­bhi­cā­ri­tā | ku­ta­ści­t kā­ra­ṇā­t tasya praśamaḥ sādhyate yataḥ || 3 || TAŚV-ML 2.3.4na ca ta­tpra­śa­me kiṃcid a­bha­vya­syā­sti kāraṇaṃ | tadbhāve tasya bha­vya­tva­pra­saṃ­gā­d a­vi­pa­kṣa­tā || 4 || TAŚV-ML 2.3.5svayaṃ saṃ­vi­dya­mā­nā vā sa­mya­ktvā­di­pra­sa­nna­tā | siddhātra sā­dha­ya­ty eva ta­nmo­ha­syo­pa­śāṃ­ta­tā­m || 5 ||

TA-ML 2.4 jñā­na­da­rśa­na­dā­na­lā­bha­bho­go­pa­bho­ga­vī­ryā­ṇi ca || 4 ||

TAŚV-ML 2.4.1ā­tyaṃ­ti­kaḥ kṣayo jñā­na­da­rśa­nā­va­ra­ṇa­sya ca | sāṃ­ta­rā­ya­pra­paṃ­ca­syā­naṃ­ta­śu­ddhi­pra­si­ddhi­taḥ || 1 || TAŚV-ML 2.4.2śuddhiḥ pra­ka­rṣa­m āyāti paramaṃ kvacid ātmani | pra­kṛ­ṣya­mā­ṇa­vṛ­ddhi­tvā­t ka­na­kā­di­vi­śu­ddhi­va­t || 2 || TAŚV-ML 2.4.3śuddhir jñā­nā­di­ka­syā­tra jī­va­syā­sty a­ti­śā­yi­nī | bhavyasya bā­dha­kā­bhā­vā­d ity a­si­ddhā­tra sādhanā || 3 || TAŚV-ML 2.4.4nā­nai­kāṃ­ti­ka­m apy etat tad astu dvyā vi­bhā­vya­te | tasyā api kvacit siddheḥ pra­ka­rṣa­sya parasya ca || 4 || TAŚV-ML 2.4.5prā­ksā­dhi­tā­tra sa­rva­jña­jñā­na­vṛ­ddhiḥ pra­mā­ṇa­taḥ | da­rśa­na­sya vi­śu­ddhi­r vā tata e­vā­vi­nā­bhu­vaḥ || 5 ||

TA-ML 2.5 jñā­nā­jñā­na­da­rśa­na­la­bdha­ya­ś ca­tu­stri­tri­paṃ­ca­bhe­dāḥ sa­mya­ktva­cā­ri­tra­saṃ­ya­mā- TA-ML 2.5 saṃ­ya­mā­ś ca || 5 ||

TAŚV-ML 2.5.1kṣī­ṇā­kṣī­ṇā­tma­nāṃ ghā­ti­ka­rma­ṇā­m a­va­sī­ya­te | śu­ddhā­śu­ddhā­tma­tā­si­ddhi­r a­nya­thā­nu­pa­pa­tti­taḥ || 1 || TAŚV-ML 2.5.2tato ma­tyā­di­vi­jñā­na­ca­tu­ṣṭa­ya­m iha smṛtaṃ | śu­ddhā­śu­ddhā­tma­kaṃ liṃgaṃ ta­dā­va­ra­ṇa­ka­rma­ṇā­m || 2 || TAŚV-ML 2.5.3kṣa­yo­pa­śa­ma­sa­dbhā­ve ma­tya­jñā­nā­di ca trayaṃ | da­rśa­na­tri­ta­yaṃ cāpi ni­jā­va­ra­ṇa­ka­rma­ṇāṃ || 3 || TAŚV-ML 2.5.4labdhayaḥ paṃca tādṛśyaḥ svāṃ­ta­rā­ya­sya karmaṇaḥ | samyaktvaṃ dṛ­ṣṭi­mo­ha­sya vṛttaṃ vṛttam uhas tathā || 4 || TAŚV-ML 2.5.5saṃ­ya­mā­saṃ­ya­mo pīti ghā­ti­kṣī­ṇo­pa­śāṃ­ta­tā | siddhā ta­dbha­va­bhā­vā­nāṃ tathā bhāvaṃ pra­sā­dha­ye­t || 5 ||

TA-ML 2.6 ga­ti­ka­ṣā­ya­liṃ­ga­mi­thyā­da­rśa­nā­jñā­nā­saṃ­ya­tā­si­ddha­le­śyā­ś catu- TA-ML 2.6 śca­tu­strye­kai­kai­kai­ka­ṣa­ṅbhe­dāḥ || 6 ||

TAŚV-ML 2.6.1a­nya­thā­bhā­va­he­tū­nāṃ ke­ṣāṃ­ci­d udayaḥ sthitaḥ | kā­lu­ṣya­vi­tti­ta­s ta­dva­dga­ti­nā­mā­da­ya­s tu te || 1 || TAŚV-ML 2.6.2ga­ti­nā­mo­da­yā­d eva gatir au­da­yi­kī matā | ta­dvi­śe­ṣo­da­yā­t saiva caturdhā tu vi­śi­ṣya­te || 2 || TAŚV-ML 2.6.3ta­yo­pa­la­kṣi­tā­ghā­ti­ka­rmo­da­ya­ni­baṃ­dha­naṃ | su­khā­dyau­da­yi­kaṃ sarvam e­te­nai­vo­pa­va­rṇi­ta­m || 3 || TAŚV-ML 2.6.4tathā kro­dhā­di­bhe­da­sya ka­ṣā­ya­syo­da­yā­n nṛṇām | ca­tu­rbhe­daḥ kaṣāyaḥ syād a­nya­thā­bhā­va­sā­dha­naḥ || 4 || TAŚV-ML 2.6.5liṃgaṃ ve­do­da­yā­t tredhā hā­syā­dyu­da­ya­to pi ca | hā­syā­di­s tena jīvasya muninā pra­ti­va­rṇi­taḥ || 5 || TAŚV-ML 2.6.6dṛ­ṣṭi­mo­ho­da­yā­t puṃso mi­thyā­da­rśa­na­m iṣyate | dṛ­gā­va­ra­ṇa­sā­mā­nyo­da­yā­c cā­da­rśa­naṃ tathā || 6 || TAŚV-ML 2.6.7sā­sā­da­naṃ ca samyaktvaṃ ya­dā­naṃ­tā­nu­baṃ­dhi­naḥ | ka­ṣā­ya­syo­da­yā­j jātaṃ tad apy etena va­rṇi­ta­m || 7 || TAŚV-ML 2.6.8sa­mya­gmi­thyā­tva­m ekeṣāṃ ta­tka­rmo­da­ya­ja­nma­kaṃ | matam au­da­yi­kaṃ kaiścit kṣā­yo­pa­śa­mi­kaṃ smṛtam || 8 || TAŚV-ML 2.6.9jñā­nā­va­ra­ṇa­sā­mā­nya­syo­da­yā­d u­pa­va­rṇi­taṃ | jī­va­syā­jñā­na­sā­mā­nya­m a­nya­thā­nu­pa­pa­tti­taḥ || 9 || TAŚV-ML 2.6.10vṛ­tti­mo­ho­da­yā­t puṃso '­saṃ­ya­ta­tvaṃ pra­ca­kṣya­te | ka­rma­mā­tro­da­yā­d e­vā­si­ddha­tvaṃ pra­ṇi­ga­mya­te || 10 || TAŚV-ML 2.6.11ka­ṣā­yo­da­ya­to yo­ga­pra­vṛ­tti­r u­pa­da­rśi­tā | leśyā jīvasya kṛṣṇādiḥ paḍbhedā bhāvato nadhaiḥ || 11 ||

TA-ML 2.7 jī­va­bha­vyā­bha­vya­tvā­ni ca || 7 ||

TAŚV-ML 2.7.1a­nā­di­pa­ri­ṇā­mo sti ta­tro­pā­dhi­pa­rā­ṅmu­khaḥ | so­pā­dhi­pa­ri­ṇā­mā­nā­m a­nya­thā­ta­ttva­hā­ni­taḥ || 1 || TAŚV-ML 2.7.2e­ta­tsa­mu­dbha­vā bhāvā dvyā­di­bhe­dā ya­thā­kra­ma­m | jī­va­syai­vo­pa­pa­dyaṃ­te ci­tsva­bhā­va­sa­ma­nva­yā­t || 2 || TAŚV-ML 2.7.3kṣāyikā nava bhāvāḥ syuḥ pu­ru­ṣa­syai­va tattvataḥ | kṣā­yi­ka­tvā­d yathā tasya si­ddha­tva­m iti niścayaḥ || 3 || TAŚV-ML 2.7.4kṛ­tsna­ka­rma­kṣa­yā­t tāvat siddhatvaṃ kṣāyikaṃ mataṃ | sa­rve­ṣā­m ā­tma­rū­paṃ cety a­pra­si­ddhaṃ na sā­dha­na­m || 4 || TAŚV-ML 2.7.5dvāv au­pa­śa­mi­kau bhāvau jīvasya bhavato dhruvaṃ | mo­kṣa­he­tu­tva­taḥ ka­rma­kṣa­ya­ja­nma­dṛ­gā­di­va­t || 5 || TAŚV-ML 2.7.6kṣā­yo­pa­śa­mi­kā dṛ­ṣṭi­jñā­na­cā­ri­tra­la­kṣa­ṇāḥ | bhāvāḥ puṃso 'ta eva syur a­nya­thā­nu­pa­pa­tti­taḥ || 6 || TAŚV-ML 2.7.7pra­dhā­nā­dyā­tma­kā hy eṣā sa­mya­gdṛ­ṣṭyā­di­bhā­va­nā | na puṃso mo­kṣa­he­tuḥ syāt sa­rva­thā­ti­pra­saṃ­ga­taḥ || 7 || TAŚV-ML 2.7.8kṣā­yo­pa­śa­mi­kāḥ śeṣā bhāvāḥ puṃ­va­nma­tā bhṛtaḥ | kṣā­yo­pa­śa­mi­ka­tvā­t syuḥ sa­mya­gdṛ­gbo­dha­vṛ­tta­va­t || 8 || TAŚV-ML 2.7.9jī­va­syau­da­yi­kāḥ sarve bhāvā ga­tyā­da­yaḥ smṛtāḥ | jīve saty eva sa­dbhā­vā­d asaty a­nu­pa­pa­tti­taḥ || 9 || TAŚV-ML 2.7.10ka­rmo­da­ye ca tasyaiva tathā pa­ri­ṇa­ma­tva­taḥ | teṣāṃ ta­tpa­ri­ṇā­ma­tvaṃ ka­thaṃ­ci­n na vi­ru­dhya­te || 10 || TAŚV-ML 2.7.11bha­vyā­bha­vya­tva­yo­r jī­va­sva­bhā­va­tvaṃ vi­bhā­vya­te | pā­ri­ṇā­mi­ka­tā­yo­gā­c ce­ta­na­tva­vi­va­rta­va­t || 11 || TAŚV-ML 2.7.12ce­ta­na­tva­sva­bhā­va­tva­m ātmano '­si­ddha­m ity asat | svo­pa­yo­ga­sva­bhā­va­tva­si­ddheḥ prā­ga­bhi­dhā­na­taḥ || 12 || TAŚV-ML 2.7.13nanv au­pa­śa­mi­kā­dī­nāṃ tyāgaś cen ni­rvṛ­tā­tma­naḥ | niḥ­sva­bhā­va­tva­m āsaktaṃ nairātmyaṃ sarvathā tataḥ || 13 || TAŚV-ML 2.7.14ta­da­tyā­ge tu mo­kṣa­syā­bhā­vaḥ syād ātmanaḥ sadā | tato na ta­tsva­bhā­va­tvaṃ jī­va­sye­ty apare viduḥ || 14 || TAŚV-ML 2.7.15ta­da­saṃ­ga­ta­m ā­de­śa­va­ca­nā­d eva dehinaḥ | teṣāṃ ta­drū­pa­tā­bhī­ṣṭe­r a­tyā­gā­c ca ka­thaṃ­ca­na || 15 || TAŚV-ML 2.7.16ci­tsva­bhā­va­ta­yā tāvan naiṣāṃ tyāgaḥ ka­thaṃ­ca­na | kṣā­yo­pa­śa­mi­ka­tvo­pa­śa­mi­ka­tve­na tatkṣaye || 16 || TAŚV-ML 2.7.17teṣām au­da­yi­ka­tve­na naiva syān niḥ­sva­bhā­va­tā | mo­kṣā­bhā­vo 'pi cāpuṃsaḥ kṣā­yi­kā­dya­vi­nā­śa­taḥ || 17 || TAŚV-ML 2.7.18na cau­pa­śa­mi­kā­dī­nāṃ nāśāj jī­vā­sva­bhā­va­tā | pra­ti­kṣa­ṇa­vi­va­rtā­nāṃ ta­tsva­bhā­va­tva­hā­ni­taḥ || 18 || TAŚV-ML 2.7.19kū­ṭa­sthā­tma­ka­tā­pa­tteḥ sa­rva­thā­rtha­kri­yā­kṣa­teḥ | va­stu­tva­hā­ni­to jī­va­ta­ttvā­bhā­va­pra­saṃ­ga­taḥ || 19 || TAŚV-ML 2.7.20tathā ca nāśino bhāvāḥ svabhāvā nā­tma­na­s tathā | a­nā­tma­no 'pi te na syur iti ta­dva­stu­tā kutaḥ || 20 || TAŚV-ML 2.7.21evaṃ niḥ­śe­ṣa­ta­ttvā­nā­m abhāvaḥ kena vāryate | nā­sti­bhā­va­sva­bhā­va­tvā­bhā­vaḥ sā­dha­na­vā­di­nā­m || 21 || TAŚV-ML 2.7.22tataḥ syā­dvā­di­nāṃ siddhaḥ śāśvato '­śā­śva­to 'pi ca | svabhāvaḥ sa­rva­va­stū­nā­m iti nu­sta­tsva­bhā­va­tā || 22 ||

TA-ML 2.8 u­pa­yo­go la­kṣa­ṇa­m || 8 ||

TAŚV-ML 2.8.1tatra kṣa­yo­dbha­vo bhāvaḥ kṣa­yo­pa­śa­ma­ja­ś ca yaḥ | ta­dvya­kti­vyā­pi sā­mā­nya­m u­pa­yo­go sya lakṣaṇaṃ || 1 ||

TA-ML 2.9 sa dvividho ṣṭa­ca­tu­rbhe­daḥ || 9 ||

TAŚV-ML 2.9.1sa dvividho ṣṭa­ca­tu­rbhe­daḥ ity ukteḥ sūriṇā svayam | śe­ṣa­bhā­va­tra­yā­tma­tva­syai­ta­lla­kṣya­tva­si­ddhi­taḥ || 1 || TAŚV-ML 2.9.2evaṃ sū­tra­dva­ye­no­ktaṃ lakṣaṇaṃ la­kṣa­ye­n naraṃ | kāyād bhedena saṃ­śle­ṣa­m ā­pa­nnā­d api tattvataḥ || 2 ||

TA-ML 2.10 saṃ­sā­ri­ṇo muktāś ca || 10 ||

TAŚV-ML 2.10.1lakṣyāḥ saṃ­sā­ri­ṇo jīvā muktāś ca bahavo nyathā | ta­de­ka­tva­pra­vā­daḥ syāt sa ca dṛ­ṣṭe­ṣṭa­bā­dhi­taḥ || 1 ||

TA-ML 2.11 sa­ma­na­skā­ma­na­skāḥ || 11 ||

TAŚV-ML 2.11.1sa­ma­na­skā­ma­na­skā­s te matāḥ saṃ­sā­ri­ṇo dvidhā | ta­dve­da­na­sya kāryasya siddher i­ṣṭa­vi­śe­ṣa­taḥ || 1 ||

TA-ML 2.12 saṃ­sā­ri­ṇa­s tra­sa­sthā­va­rāḥ || 12 ||

TAŚV-ML 2.12.1trasās te sthā­va­rā­ś cāpi ta­da­nya­ta­ra­ni­hna­ve | jī­va­ta­ttva­pra­bhe­dā­nāṃ vya­va­sthā­nā­pra­si­ddhi­taḥ || 1 ||

TA-ML 2.13 pṛ­thi­vya­pte­jo­vā­yu­va­na­spa­ta­yaḥ sthāvarāḥ || 13 ||

TAŚV-ML 2.13.1jīvāḥ pṛ­thvī­mu­khā­s tatra sthāvarāḥ pa­ra­mā­ga­mā­t | su­ni­rbā­dhā­t pra­bo­ddha­vyā yuktyā e­keṃ­dri­yā hi te || 1 ||

TA-ML 2.14 dvīṃ­dri­yā­da­ya­s trasāḥ || 14 ||

TAŚV-ML 2.14.1trasāḥ punaḥ sa­mā­khyā­tāḥ prasiddhā dvīṃ­dri­yā­da­yaḥ | ity evaṃ paṃcabhiḥ sūtraiḥ sa­rva­saṃ­sā­ri­saṃ­gra­ha || 1 ||

TA-ML 2.15 paṃ­ceṃ­dri­yā­ṇi || 15 ||

TAŚV-ML 2.15.1paṃ­ceṃ­dri­yā­ṇi jīvasya manaso niṃ­dri­ya­tva­taḥ | bu­ddhya­haṃ­kā­ra­yo­r ā­tma­rū­pa­yo­s ta­tpha­la­tva­taḥ || 1 || TAŚV-ML 2.15.2vā­gā­dī­nā­m ato bhe­dā­si­ddhe­r dhī­sā­dha­na­tva­taḥ | spa­rśā­di­jñā­na­kā­ryā­ṇā­m e­vaṃ­vi­dha­vi­ni­rṇa­yā­t || 2 ||

TA-ML 2.16 dvi­vi­dhā­ni || 16 ||

TA-ML 2.17 ni­rvṛ­ttyu­pa­ka­ra­ṇe dra­vyeṃ­dri­ya­m || 17 ||

TAŚV-ML 2.17.1dvi­vi­dhā­ny eva ni­rvṛ­tti­sva­bhā­vā­ny a­nu­mi­nva­te | si­ddho­pa­ka­ra­ṇā­tmā­ni taccyutau ta­dvi­da­cyu­teḥ || 1 ||

TA-ML 2.18 la­bdhyu­pa­yo­gau bhā­veṃ­dri­ya­m || 18 ||

TAŚV-ML 2.18.1bhā­veṃ­dri­yā­ṇi la­bdhyā­tmo­pa­yo­gā­tmā­ni jānate | svā­rtha­saṃ­vi­di yo­gya­tvā­d vyā­pṛ­ta­tvā­c ca saṃvidaḥ || 1 ||

TA-ML 2.19 spa­rśa­na­ra­sa­na­ghrā­ṇa­ca­kṣuḥ­śro­trā­ṇi || 19 ||

TAŚV-ML 2.19.1spa­rśa­nā­dī­ni tāny āhuḥ kartuḥ sāṃ­ni­dhya­vṛ­tti­taḥ | kriyāyāṃ ka­ra­ṇā­nī­ha ka­rma­vai­ci­trya­ta­s tathā || 1 || TAŚV-ML 2.19.2i­tīṃ­dri­yā­ṇi bhedena vyā­khyā­tā­ni ma­tāṃ­ta­raṃ | vya­va­ci­cchi­tsu­bhiḥ paṃ­ca­sū­tryā yu­ktyā­ga­mā­nvi­taiḥ || 2 ||

TA-ML 2.20 spa­rśa­ra­sa­gaṃ­dha­va­rṇa­śa­bdā­s tadarthāḥ || 20 ||

TAŚV-ML 2.20.1spa­rśā­da­ya­s tadarthāḥ syur dra­vya­pa­ryā­ya­tā­rha­taḥ | dra­vyai­kāṃ­te kriyāyāḥ syāt sarvathā kū­rma­ro­ma­va­t || 1 || TAŚV-ML 2.20.2tathaiva pa­rya­yai­kāṃ­te bhe­dai­kāṃ­te '­na­yo­r api | a­ne­kāṃ­tā­tma­nā teṣāṃ ni­rbā­dha­m u­pa­la­bdhi­taḥ || 2 ||

TA-ML 2.21 śrutam a­niṃ­dri­ya­sya || 21 ||

TAŚV-ML 2.21.1sā­ma­rthyā­d ga­mya­mā­na­syā­niṃ­dri­ya­sye­ha sūtritaḥ | śrutam arthaḥ śru­ta­jñā­na­ga­myaṃ vastu tad ucyate || 1 || TAŚV-ML 2.21.2ma­no­mā­tra­ni­mi­tta­tvā­t śru­ta­jñā­na­sya kārtsnyataḥ | spa­rśa­nā­dīṃ­dri­ya­jñe­ya­s tadartho hi ni­ya­mya­te || 2 || TAŚV-ML 2.21.3iti sū­tra­dva­ye­nā­kṣa­ma­no­rthā­nāṃ pra­rū­pa­ṇaṃ | kṛtaṃ ta­jja­nma­vi­jñā­na­ni­rā­laṃ­ba­na­tā­chi­de || 3 ||

TA-ML 2.22 va­na­spa­tyaṃ­tā­nā­m ekam || 22 ||

TAŚV-ML 2.22.1va­na­spa­tyaṃ­ta­jī­vā­nā­m ekaṃ spa­rśa­na­m iṃdriyaṃ | ta­jja­jñā­na­ni­mi­ttā­yāḥ pra­vṛ­tte­r u­pa­laṃ­bha­nā­t || 1 ||

TA-ML 2.23 kṛ­mi­pi­pī­li­kā­bhra­ma­ra­ma­nu­ṣyā­dī­nā­m e­kai­ka­vṛ­ddhā­ni || 23 ||

TAŚV-ML 2.23.1tathā kṛ­mi­pra­kā­rā­ṇāṃ ra­sa­ne­nā­dhi­kaṃ mataṃ | vṛddhe pi­pī­li­kā­dī­nāṃ te ghrāṇena ni­rū­pya­te || 1 || TAŚV-ML 2.23.2cakṣuṣā tāni vṛddhāni bhra­ma­rā­di­śa­rī­ri­ṇāṃ | śro­tre­ṇā­nu ma­nu­ṣyā­di­jī­vā­nāṃ tāni ni­śca­yā­t || 2 || TAŚV-ML 2.23.3ta­tta­ddhe­tu­ka­vi­jñā­na­mū­lā­nā­m u­pa­la­bdhi­taḥ | vi­ṣa­ye­ṣu pra­vṛ­ttī­nāṃ svasminn iva vi­pa­ści­tā­m || 3 ||

TA-ML 2.24 saṃjñinaḥ sa­ma­na­skāḥ || 24 ||

TAŚV-ML 2.24.1saṃjñināṃ sa­ma­na­ska­tvaṃ saṃjñāyāḥ pra­ti­pa­tti­taḥ | sā hi śi­kṣā­kri­yā­lā­pa­gra­ha­ṇaṃ mu­ni­bhi­r matā || 1 || TAŚV-ML 2.24.2nā­nā­di­bha­va­saṃ­bhū­ta­vi­ṣa­yā­nu­bha­vo­dbha­vā | sā­mā­nya­dhā­ra­ṇā­hā­ra­saṃ­jñā­dī­nā­ma­dhī­r api || 2 || TAŚV-ML 2.24.3kṣa­yo­pa­śa­ma­bhe­de­na yukto jīvo nu­ma­nya­te | sadbhir bhā­va­ma­na­s tāvat kaiścit saṃ­jñā­vi­śe­ṣa­taḥ || 3 || TAŚV-ML 2.24.4ta­tsa­ddra­vya­ma­no­yu­kta­m ātmanaḥ ka­ra­ṇa­tva­taḥ | svā­rtho­pa­laṃ­bha­ne bhā­va­spa­rśa­nā­di­va­d atra naḥ || 4 || TAŚV-ML 2.24.5ā­tma­pu­dga­la­pa­ryā­ya­vya­ti­ri­ktaṃ mano na tu | dravyam asti parair uktaṃ pra­mā­ṇā­bhā­va­ta­s tathā || 5 || TAŚV-ML 2.24.6iti sū­tra­tra­ye­ṇā­kṣa­ma­na­sāṃ svā­mi­ni­śca­yaḥ | saṃ­jñya­saṃ­jñi­vi­bhā­ga­ś ca sā­ma­rthyā­d vihito ṃjasā || 6 || TAŚV-ML 2.24.7abiti sva­ta­ttvā­di vi­śe­ṣa­rū­pa­to ni­ve­di­taṃ tu vya­va­hā­ra­to nayāt | TAŚV-ML 2.24.7cdtad eva sā­mā­nya­m a­vāṃ­ta­ro­di­tā­t sva­saṃ­gra­hā­t ta­ddvi­ta­ya­pra­mā­ṇa­taḥ || 7 ||

TA-ML 2.25 vi­gra­ha­ga­tau ka­rma­yo­gaḥ || 25 ||

TAŚV-ML 2.25.1gatau tu vi­gra­hā­rthā­yāṃ ka­rma­yo­go mato nyathā | tena saṃ­baṃ­dha­vai­dhu­ryā­d vyo­ma­va­nni­rvṛ­tā­tma­va­t || 1 || TAŚV-ML 2.25.2ga­ti­ma­ttvaṃ punas tasya kri­yā­he­tu­gu­ṇa­tva­taḥ | lo­ṣṭha­va­ddhe­tu­dha­rmo sti tatra kā­rya­kri­ye­kṣa­ṇā­t || 2 || TAŚV-ML 2.25.3sa­rva­ga­tvā­d gatiḥ puṃsaḥ svavan nāstīti ye viduḥ | teṣāṃ hetur asiddho sya kā­ya­mā­tra­tva­ve­da­nā­t || 3 || TAŚV-ML 2.25.4vibhuḥ pumān a­mū­rta­tve sati ni­tya­tva­taḥ svavat | ityādi hetavo py evaṃ pra­tya­kṣa­ha­ta­go­ca­rāḥ || 4 || TAŚV-ML 2.25.5hetur ī­śva­ra­bo­dhe­na vya­bhi­cā­rī ca kīrtitaḥ | ta­syā­mū­rta­tva­ni­tya­tva­si­ddhe­r a­vi­bhu­tā matā || 5 || TAŚV-ML 2.25.6anityo bha­va­bo­dha­ś cen na syāt tasya pra­mā­ṇa­tā | gṛ­hī­ta­gra­ha­ṇā­n no cet smṛtyādeḥ śā­stra­bā­dhi­tā || 6 ||

TA-ML 2.26 a­nu­śre­ṇi gatiḥ || 26 ||

TAŚV-ML 2.26.1siddhā gatir a­nu­śre­ṇi dehinaḥ pa­ra­mā­ga­mā­t | lo­kāṃ­ta­raṃ pra­ti­jñe­yaṃ pu­dga­la­sya ca nānyathā || 1 || TAŚV-ML 2.26.2poḍhā pra­kra­ma­yu­kto yam ātmeti vacanaṃ pumān | saṃ­pra­dā­yā­t su­ni­rṇī­tā­saṃ­bha­va­dbā­dha­ka­tva­taḥ || 2 ||

TA-ML 2.27 a­vi­gra­hā jīvasya || 27 ||

TAŚV-ML 2.27.1gatir muktasya jī­va­syā­vi­gra­hā vakratāṃ prati | ni­mi­ttā­bhā­va­ta­s tasya sva­bhā­ve­no­rdhva­ga­tva­taḥ || 1 ||

TA-ML 2.28 vi­gra­ha­va­tī ca saṃ­sā­ri­ṇaḥ prāk caturbhyaḥ || 28 ||

TAŚV-ML 2.28.1saṃ­sā­ri­ṇaḥ punar va­krī­bhā­va­yu­ktā ca sā matā | caturbhyaḥ sa­ma­ye­bhyaḥ prāk pa­ra­ta­s ta­da­saṃ­bha­vā­t || 1 || TAŚV-ML 2.28.2ni­ṣku­ṭa­kṣe­tra­saṃ­si­ddhe­s tri­va­kra­ga­ti­saṃ­bha­vaḥ | e­ka­dvi­va­kra­yā gatyā kvacid u­tpa­ttya­yo­ga­taḥ || 2 || TAŚV-ML 2.28.3yeṣāṃ ca ca­tu­ra­sraḥ syāl loko vṛtto pi vā mataḥ | ni­ṣku­ṭa­tva­vi­ni­rmu­kta­s teṣāṃ sā na tri­va­kra­tā || 3 ||

TA-ML 2.29 e­ka­sa­ma­yā­vi­gra­hā || 29 ||

TAŚV-ML 2.29.1a­vi­gra­hā gatis tatra pro­ktai­ka­sa­ma­yā­khi­lā | prāptiḥ sa­ma­ya­mā­tre­ṇa lo­kā­gra­sya tanor api || 1 ||

TA-ML 2.30 ekaṃ dvau trīn vā­nā­hā­ra­kaḥ || 30 ||

TAŚV-ML 2.30.1ekaṃ sa­ma­ya­m ātmā dvau trīn vā nā­hā­ra­ya­ty ayaṃ | śa­rī­ra­tra­ya­pa­ryā­pti­prā­yo­gyā­n pu­dga­lā­n idam || 1 || TAŚV-ML 2.30.2caturthe samaye vaśyam ā­hā­ra­sya pra­si­ddhi­taḥ | ṛjvām iva gatau prācye puṃsaḥ saṃ­sā­ra­cā­ri­ṇaḥ || 2 || TAŚV-ML 2.30.3dvitīye pā­ṇi­mu­ktā­yāṃ lāṃ­ga­li­kā tṛ­tī­ya­ke | yathā ta­dva­ttri­va­krā­yāṃ caturthe vigrahaḥ grahaḥ || 3 || TAŚV-ML 2.30.4kṣaṇikaṃ niṣkriyaṃ cittaṃ sva­śa­rī­ra­pra­de­śa­taḥ | bhinnaṃ ci­ttāṃ­ta­raṃ naiva prā­ra­bhe­ta sa­vi­gra­haṃ || 4 || TAŚV-ML 2.30.5sa­rva­kā­ra­ṇa­śū­nye hi deśe kāryasya janmani | kāle vā na kvacij jñātum asya janma na siddhyati || 5 || TAŚV-ML 2.30.6kūṭastho pi pumān naiva jahāti prā­cya­vi­gra­haṃ | na gṛhṇāty uttaraṃ kāyam a­ni­tya­tva­pra­saṃ­ga­taḥ || 6 || TAŚV-ML 2.30.7pa­ri­ṇā­mī yathā kālo ga­ti­mā­nā­ha­ra­tya­taḥ | svo­pā­tta­ka­rma­sṛ­ṣṭe­ṣṭa­de­śā­dī­n pu­dga­lā­nta­raṃ || 7 || TAŚV-ML 2.30.8iti vi­gra­ha­saṃ­prā­ptyai gatir jīvasya yujyate | ṣaḍbhiḥ sūtraiḥ su­ni­rṇī­tā nirbādhaṃ jai­na­da­rśa­ne || 8 ||

TA-ML 2.31 saṃ­mū­rcha­na­ga­rbho­pa­pā­dā janma || 31 ||

TAŚV-ML 2.31.1saṃ­mū­rcha­nā­da­yo janma puṃso bhedena saṃ­gra­hā­t | sato pi ja­nma­bhe­da­sya pa­ra­syāṃ­ta­rga­te­r iha || 1 ||

TA-ML 2.32 sa­ci­tta­śī­ta­saṃ­vṛ­tāḥ setarā miśrāś cai­ka­śa­s ta­dyo­na­yaḥ || 32 ||

TAŚV-ML 2.32.1tasyāpi yonayaḥ saṃti sa­ci­ttā­dyā ya­tho­di­tāḥ | svā­vā­re­ṇa vinā janma kriyāyā jā­tva­nī­kṣa­ṇā­t || 1 || TAŚV-ML 2.32.2ta­dvai­ci­tryaṃ punaḥ ka­rma­vai­ci­tryā­t tad vi­ha­nya­te | kā­rya­vai­ci­trya­si­ddhe­s tu ka­rma­vai­ci­trya­ni­rṇa­yaḥ || 2 ||

TA-ML 2.33 ja­rā­yu­jāṃ­ḍa­ja­po­tā­nāṃ garbhaḥ || 33 ||

TAŚV-ML 2.33.1yukto ja­rā­yu­jā­dī­nā­m eva garbho va­dhā­ra­ṇā­t | de­va­nā­ra­ka­śe­ṣā­ṇāṃ ga­rbhā­bhā­va­vi­bhā­va­nā­t || 1 ||

TA-ML 2.34 de­va­nā­ra­kā­ṇā­m u­pa­pā­daḥ || 34 ||

TAŚV-ML 2.34.1syād de­va­nā­ra­kā­ṇā­m u­pa­pā­do ni­ya­ta­s tathā | ta­syā­bhā­vā­t tato nyeṣāṃ teṣāṃ ja­nmāṃ­ta­ra­cyu­teḥ || 1 ||

TA-ML 2.35 śeṣāṇāṃ saṃ­mū­rcha­na­m || 35 ||

TAŚV-ML 2.35.1ni­rdi­ṣṭe­bhya­s tu śeṣāṇāṃ yuktaṃ saṃ­mū­rcha­naṃ sadā | ga­rbho­pa­pā­da­yo­s tatra pra­tī­tya­nu­pa­pa­tti­taḥ || 1 || TAŚV-ML 2.35.2tathā saṃ­sve­da­jā­dī­nā­m api saṃ­mū­rcha­naṃ mataṃ | janmeti nāparo ja­nma­pra­kā­ro sūtrito sti naḥ || 2 || TAŚV-ML 2.35.3ity evaṃ paṃcabhiḥ sūtraiḥ sūtritaṃ janma janmināṃ | bhe­da­pra­bhe­da­ta­ś ciṃtyaṃ yu­ktyā­ga­ma­sa­mā­śra­yaṃ || 3 ||

TA-ML 2.36 au­dā­ri­ka­vai­kri­yi­kā­hā­ra­ka­tai­ja­sa­kā­rma­ṇā­ni śa­rī­rā­ṇi || 36 ||

TAŚV-ML 2.36.1svayonau janma jīvasya śa­rī­ro­tpa­tti­r iṣyate | te­nā­trau­dā­ri­kā­dī­ni śa­rī­rā­ṇi pra­ca­kṣa­te || 1 || TAŚV-ML 2.36.2siddham au­dā­ri­kaṃ ti­rya­ṅmā­nu­ṣā­ṇā­m a­ne­ka­dhā | śarīraṃ tatra ta­nnā­ma­ka­rma­vai­ci­trya­to bṛhat || 2 || TAŚV-ML 2.36.3saṃ­bhā­vyā­ni tato nyāni bā­dha­kā­bhā­va­ni­rṇa­yā­t | pa­ra­mā­ga­ma­si­ddhā­ni yuktito pi ca kārmaṇaṃ || 3 ||

TA-ML 2.37 paraṃ paraṃ sūkṣmam || 37 ||

TA-ML 2.38 pra­de­śa­to '­saṃ­khye­ya­gu­ṇaṃ prā­ktai­ja­sā­t || 38 ||

TA-ML 2.39 a­naṃ­ta­gu­ṇe pare || 39 ||

TAŚV-ML 2.39.1kṣe­trā­va­gā­ha­nā­pe­kṣāṃ kṛtvā sūkṣmaṃ paraṃ paraṃ | tai­ja­sā­t prā­ga­saṃ­khye­ya­gu­ṇaṃ jñeyaṃ pra­de­śa­taḥ || 1 || TAŚV-ML 2.39.1efta­thā­naṃ­ta­gu­ṇe jñeye pare tai­ja­sa­kā­rma­ṇe |

TA-ML 2.40 a­pra­tī­ghā­te || 40 ||

TAŚV-ML 2.40.1pra­de­śa­to lpa­tā­tā­ra­ta­myaṃ kāyeṣu ye viduḥ | sū­kṣma­tā­tā­ra­ta­mya­sya sādhanaṃ te ku­tā­rki­kāḥ || 1 || TAŚV-ML 2.40.2tasya kā­rpā­sa­piṃ­ḍe­nā­ne­kāṃ­tā­t triṣv i­lā­tma­nāṃ | pra­de­śa­ba­hu­tā­tā­ra­ta­mya­va­tsthau­lya­baṃ­dha­ne || 2 || TAŚV-ML 2.40.3karmaiva kārmaṇaṃ tatra śarīraṃ nṛ­gu­ṇa­tva­taḥ | ity a­sa­ddra­vya­rū­pe­ṇa tasya pau­dga­li­ka­tva­taḥ || 3 || TAŚV-ML 2.40.4karma pu­dga­la­pa­ryā­yo jīvasya pra­ti­pa­dya­te | pā­ra­taṃ­trya­ni­mi­tta­tvā­t kā­rā­gā­rā­di­baṃ­dha­va­t || 4 || TAŚV-ML 2.40.5sva­pno­pa­bho­ga­si­ddhya­rthaṃ kāyaṃ sva­pnāṃ­ti­kaṃ tu ye | prāhus teṣāṃ ni­vā­ryaṃ­te bhogyāḥ sva­pnāṃ­ti­kāḥ katham || 5 || TAŚV-ML 2.40.6bho­gya­vā­sa­na­yā bho­gyā­bhā­saṃ cet sva­pna­ve­di­nāṃ | śa­rī­ra­vā­sa­nā­mā­trā­c cha­rī­rā­bhā­sa­naṃ na kim || 6 || TAŚV-ML 2.40.7svā­bhā­vi­kaṃ punar gātraṃ śuddhaṃ jñānaṃ vadaṃti ye | kutas teṣāṃ vibhāgaḥ syāt ta­ccha­rī­ra­śa­rī­ri­ṇoḥ || 7 || TAŚV-ML 2.40.8kā­rma­ṇāṃ­ta­rga­taṃ yuktaṃ śarīraṃ cā­ti­vā­hi­ka­m | nai­rmā­ṇi­kaṃ tu yat teṣāṃ tan no vai­kri­yi­kaṃ mataṃ || 8 || TAŚV-ML 2.40.9pā­rthi­vā­di­śa­rī­rā­ṇi ye to bhinnāni menire | pra­tī­te­r a­pa­lā­pe­na manyatāṃ te kha­vā­ri­ja­m || 9 ||

TA-ML 2.41 a­nā­di­saṃ­baṃ­dhe ca || 41 ||

TA-ML 2.42 sarvasya || 42 ||

TAŚV-ML 2.42.1sa­rva­syā­nā­di­saṃ­baṃ­dhe cokte tai­ja­sa­kā­rma­ṇe | śa­rī­rāṃ­ta­ra­saṃ­baṃ­dha­syā­nya­thā­nu­pa­pa­tti­taḥ || 1 ||

TA-ML 2.43 ta­dā­dī­ni bhājyāni yu­ga­pa­d e­ka­smi­nn ā­ca­tu­rbhyaḥ || 43 ||

TAŚV-ML 2.43.1ta­dā­dī­ni śa­rī­rā­ṇi bhājyāny ekatra dehini | sakṛt saṃty ā­ca­tu­rbhyo na paṃcānāṃ tatra saṃbhavaḥ || 1 ||

TA-ML 2.44 ni­ru­pa­bho­ga­m aṃtyam || 44 ||

TAŚV-ML 2.44.1aṃtyaṃ ni­ru­pa­bho­ga­tvā­c cheṣebhyo bhidyate vapuḥ | śa­bdā­dya­nu­bha­vo hy asmād u­pa­bho­go na jāyate || 1 ||

TA-ML 2.45 ga­rbha­saṃ­mū­rcha­na­ja­m ādyam || 45 ||

TAŚV-ML 2.45.1ādyaṃ tu so­pa­bho­gā­bhyāṃ parābhyāṃ bhinnam ucyate | ga­rbha­saṃ­mū­rcha­nā­d dhetor jā­ya­mā­na­tva­to bhidā || 1 ||

TA-ML 2.46 au­pa­pā­di­kaṃ vai­kri­yi­ka­m || 46 ||

TAŚV-ML 2.46.1au­pa­pā­di­ka­tā­si­ddhe­r bhinnam au­dā­ri­kā­d idaṃ | tāvad vai­kri­yi­kaṃ de­va­nā­ra­kā­ṇā­m u­dī­ri­ta­m || 1 ||

TA-ML 2.47 la­bdhi­pra­tya­yaṃ ca || 47 ||

TAŚV-ML 2.47.1kiṃcid au­dā­ri­ka­tve pi la­bdhi­pra­tya­ya­tā gateḥ | tataḥ pṛthak ka­thaṃ­ci­t syād e­ta­tka­rma­sa­mu­dbha­vaṃ || 1 ||

TA-ML 2.48 tai­ja­sa­m api || 48 ||

TAŚV-ML 2.48.1tathā tai­ja­sa­m apy atra la­bdhi­pra­tya­ya­m īyatāṃ | sā­dhā­ra­ṇaṃ tu sarveṣāṃ dehināṃ kā­rya­bhe­da­taḥ || 1 ||

TA-ML 2.49 śubhaṃ vi­śu­ddha­m a­vyā­ghā­ti cā­hā­ra­kaṃ pra­ma­tta­saṃ­ya­ta­syai­va || 49 ||

TAŚV-ML 2.49.1ā­hā­ra­kaṃ śarīraṃ tu śubhaṃ kā­rya­kṛ­ta­tva­taḥ | vi­śu­ddhi­kā­ra­ṇa­tvā­c ca viśuddhaṃ bhinnam anyataḥ || 1 || TAŚV-ML 2.49.2a­vyā­ghā­ti­sva­rū­pa­tvā­t pra­ma­ttā­dhi­pa­ti­tva­taḥ | pha­la­he­tu­sva­rū­pā­dhi­pa­ti­bhe­de­na ni­ści­ta­m || 2 || TAŚV-ML 2.49.3ca­tu­rda­śa­bhi­r ity evaṃ sūtrair uktaṃ pra­paṃ­ca­taḥ | śarīraṃ tī­rthi­ko­pe­ta­śa­rī­ra­vi­ni­vṛ­tta­ye || 3 ||

TA-ML 2.50 nā­ra­ka­saṃ­mū­rchi­no na­puṃ­sa­kā­ni || 50 ||

TA-ML 2.51 na devāḥ || 51 ||

TAŚV-ML 2.51.1nārakā de­hi­na­s tatra proktāḥ saṃ­mū­rchi­na­ś ca ye | na­puṃ­sa­kā­ni te nityaṃ na devā jā­tu­ci­t tathā || 1 || TAŚV-ML 2.51.2strī­puṃ­sa­su­kha­saṃ­prā­pti­he­tu­hī­na­tva­taḥ purā | na­puṃ­sa­ka­tva­duḥ­khā­pti­he­tva­bhā­vā­d ya­thā­kra­maṃ || 2 ||

TA-ML 2.52 śeṣās trivedāḥ || 52 ||

TAŚV-ML 2.52.1trivedāḥ prāṇinaḥ śepās tebhyas tādṛk su­he­tu­taḥ | iti sū­tra­tra­ye­ṇo­ktaṃ liṃ­ga­bhe­de­na de­hi­nā­m || 1 ||

TA-ML 2.53 au­pa­pā­di­ka­ca­ra­mo­tta­ma­de­hā saṃ­khye­ya­va­rṣā­yu­ṣo '­na­pa­va­rtyā­yu­ṣaḥ || 53 ||

TAŚV-ML 2.53.1a­trau­pa­pā­di­kā­dī­nāṃ nā­pa­va­rtyaṃ ka­dā­ca­na | so­mā­tta­mā­yu­rī­dṛ­kṣā­dṛ­ṣṭa­sā­ma­rthya­saṃ­ga­teḥ || 1 || TAŚV-ML 2.53.2sā­ma­rthya­ta­s tato nyeṣām a­pa­va­rtyaṃ vi­ṣā­di­bhiḥ | siddhaṃ ci­ki­tsi­tā­dī­nā­m anyathā ni­ṣpha­la­tva­taḥ || 2 || TAŚV-ML 2.53.3ta­da­nya­ta­ra­dṛ­ṣṭa­tvā­c cha­rī­ri­tvā­di­he­tu­bhiḥ | sa­rve­ṣā­m a­pa­va­rtyaṃ ta­nnā­pa­va­rtya­m i­tī­ra­ya­n || 3 || TAŚV-ML 2.53.4pra­bā­dhya­te pra­mā­ṇe­na sve­ṣṭa­bhe­dā­pra­si­ddhi­taḥ | sa­rva­jñā­di­vi­ro­dhā­c ca mā­na­me­yā­vya­va­sthi­teḥ || 4 || TAŚV-ML 2.53.5abiha sati ba­hi­raṃ­ge kāraṇe ke 'pi mṛtyor na mṛtim a­nu­bha­vaṃ­ti svāyuṣo hā­nya­bhā­ve | TAŚV-ML 2.53.5cdjva­li­ta­hu­ta­bhu­gaṃ­taḥ­pā­ti­nāṃ paṃ­ca­tā­pi pra­ti­ni­ya­ta­ta­nu­r no jī­vi­ta­syā­pi dṛṣṭeḥ || 5 ||
TAŚV-ML 345,1oṃ TAŚV-ML 345,2tṛtīyo 'dhyāyaḥ || 3 ||

TA-ML 3.1 ra­tna­śa­rka­rā­vā­lu­kā­paṃ­ka­dhū­ma­ta­mo­ma­hā­ta­maḥ­pra­bhā bhūmayo gha­nāṃ­bu­vā­tā­kā- TA-ML 3.1 śa­pra­ti­ṣṭhāḥ saptādho 'dhaḥ || 1 ||

TAŚV-ML 3.1.1gha­nāṃ­bu­pa­va­nā­kā­śa­pra­ti­ṣṭhāḥ sa­pta­bhū­ma­yaḥ | ra­tna­pra­bhā­da­yo 'dhodhaḥ saṃbhāvyā bā­dha­ka­cyu­teḥ || 1 || TAŚV-ML 3.1.2svā­tma­pra­ti­ṣṭha­m ākāśaṃ vi­bhu­dra­vya­tva­to nyathā | gha­ṭā­de­r iva nai­vo­pa­pa­dye­ta vi­bhu­tā­sya sā || 2 || TAŚV-ML 3.1.3ta­nu­vā­taḥ punar vyo­ma­pra­ti­ṣṭhaḥ pra­ti­pa­dya­te | ta­nu­vā­ta­vi­śe­ṣa­tvā­n me­gha­dhā­ra­ṇa­vā­yu­va­t || 3 || TAŚV-ML 3.1.4ta­ddhṛ­ta­ś cāṃ­bu­vā­taḥ syād dha­nā­tmā­rtha­sya dhārakaḥ | aṃ­bu­vā­ta­tva­to vārddher vī­cī­vā­yu­vi­śe­ṣa­va­t || 4 || TAŚV-ML 3.1.5gha­nā­ni­laṃ pra­ti­ṣṭhā­na­he­tuḥ kūrmaḥ sa eṣa naḥ | na kū­rmā­di­r a­nā­dhā­ro dṛ­ṣṭa­kū­rmā­di­va­t sadā || 5 || TAŚV-ML 3.1.6ta­nni­vā­sa­ja­nā­dṛ­ṣṭa­vi­śe­ṣe vasato yadi | kū­rmā­di­r āśrayaḥ kiṃ na vā­yu­dṛ­ṣṭāṃ­ta­sā­ra­taḥ || 6 || TAŚV-ML 3.1.7no­rdhvā­dho­bhra­ma­ṇaṃ bhūmer ghaṭate go­la­kā­tma­naḥ | sadā tathaiva ta­dbhrāṃ­ti­he­to­r a­nu­pa­pa­tti­taḥ || 7 || TAŚV-ML 3.1.8dṛ­śya­mā­na­sa­mu­drā­di­ja­la­sthi­ti­vi­ro­dha­taḥ | gole bhrāmyati pā­ṣā­ṇa­go­la­va­t kva vi­śe­ṣa­vā­k || 8 || TAŚV-ML 3.1.9gu­rva­rtha­syā­bhi­mu­khye­na bhūmeḥ sarvasya pātataḥ | ta­tsthi­ti­ś cet pra­tī­ye­ta nā­dha­stā­t pā­ta­dṛ­ṣṭi­taḥ || 9 || TAŚV-ML 3.1.10bhū­bhra­mā­ga­ma­sa­tya­tve '­bhū­bhra­mā­ga­ma­sa­tya­tā | kiṃ na syāt sarvathā jyo­ti­rjñā­na­si­ddhe­r a­bhe­da­taḥ || 10 || TAŚV-ML 3.1.11dvayoḥ sa­tya­tva­m iṣṭaṃ cet kvā­vi­ru­ddhā­rtha­tā tayoḥ | pra­va­ktro­r āptatā naivaṃ su­ga­te­ś­‍­va­ra­yo­r iva || 11 || TAŚV-ML 3.1.12sa­rva­dā­dhaḥ patanty etāḥ bhūmayo maruto 'sthiteḥ | ī­ra­ṇā­tma­tva­to dṛ­ṣṭa­pra­bhaṃ­ja­na­va­d ity asat || 12 || TAŚV-ML 3.1.13maruto dhā­ra­ka­syā­pi da­rśa­nā­t to­ya­dā­di­ṣu | sarvadā dhā­ra­ka­tva­syā­nā­di­tvā­t tatra na kṣatiḥ || 13 || TAŚV-ML 3.1.14nā­pa­ryaṃ­tā dharādho pi siddhā saṃ­sthā­na­bhe­da­taḥ | dha­ra­va­tsva­m a­pa­ryaṃ­taṃ siddhaṃ saṃ­sthā­na­va­n na hi || 14 || TAŚV-ML 3.1.15nādho dho ga­ti­vai­ci­tryaṃ viruddhaṃ prā­ṇi­nā­m iha | tādṛk pāpasya vai­ci­tryā­t ta­nni­mi­tta­sya tattvataḥ || 15 || TAŚV-ML 3.1.16tataḥ sapteti saṃkhyānaṃ bhūmīnāṃ na vi­ru­ddhya­te | saṃ­khyāṃ­ta­raṃ ca saṃ­kṣe­pa­vi­sta­rā­di­va­śā­n mataṃ || 16 ||

TA-ML 3.2 tāsu triṃ­śa­tpaṃ­ca­viṃ­śa­ti­paṃ­ca­da­śa­da­śa­tri­paṃ­co­nai­ka­na­ra­ka­śa­ta­sa­ha­srā­ṇi paṃca TA-ML 3.2 caiva ya­thā­kra­ma­m || 2 ||

TAŚV-ML 3.2.1triṃ­śa­lla­kṣā­di­saṃ­khyā ca na­ra­kā­ṇāṃ su­sū­tri­tā | ra­tna­pra­bhā­di­ṣū­ktā­su prā­ṇya­dṛ­ṣṭa­vi­śe­ṣa­taḥ || 1 || TAŚV-ML 3.2.2iti sū­tra­dva­ye­nā­dho­lo­kā­vā­sa­vi­ni­śca­yaḥ | śreyān sa­rva­vi­dā­yā­ta­syā­mnā­ya­syā­vi­lo­pa­taḥ || 2 ||

TA-ML 3.3 nārakā ni­tyā­śu­bha­ta­ra­le­śyā­pa­ri­ṇā­ma­de­ha­ve­da­nā­vi­kri­yāḥ || 3 ||

TAŚV-ML 3.3.1tiryaṃco '­śu­bha­le­śyā­dyā­s tebhyo pya­ti­śa­ye­na ye | prāṇino '­śu­bha­le­śyā­dyāḥ kecit te tatra nārakāḥ || 1 || TAŚV-ML 3.3.2saṃ­kle­śa­tā­ra­ta­mye­nā­śu­bha­tā­tā­ra­ta­mya­tā | siddhyed a­śu­bha­le­śyā­di­tā­ra­ta­mya­m a­śe­ṣa­taḥ || 2 ||

TA-ML 3.4 pa­ra­spa­ro­dī­ri­ta­duḥ­khāḥ || 4 ||

TAŚV-ML 3.4.1tathā tair nā­ra­kai­r duḥkhaṃ pa­ra­spa­ra­m u­dī­rya­te | rau­dra­dhyā­nā­t sa­mu­dbhū­teḥ kudher me­ṣā­di­bhi­r yathā || 1 || TAŚV-ML 3.4.2ni­mi­tta­he­ta­va­s tv ete 'nyonyaṃ duḥ­kha­sa­mu­dbha­ve | ba­hi­raṃ­gā­s ta­thā­bhū­te sati sva­kṛ­ta­ka­rma­ṇi || 2 ||

TA-ML 3.5 saṃ­kli­ṣṭā­su­ro­dī­ri­ta­duḥ­khā­ś ca prāk caturthyāḥ || 5 ||

TAŚV-ML 3.5.1saṃ­kli­ṣṭai­r a­su­rai­r duḥkhaṃ nā­ra­kā­ṇā­m u­dī­rya­te | me­ṣā­dī­nāṃ yathā tā­dṛ­krū­pai­s tisṛṣu bhūmiṣu || 1 || TAŚV-ML 3.5.2parāsu ga­ma­nā­bhā­vā­t teṣāṃ ta­dvā­si­de­hi­nāṃ | duḥ­kho­tpa­ttau ni­mi­tta­tva­m a­su­rā­ṇāṃ na vidyate || 2 || TAŚV-ML 3.5.3evaṃ sū­tra­tra­yo­nnī­ta­sva­bhā­vā nā­ra­kāṃ­gi­naḥ | sva­ka­rma­va­śa­taḥ saṃti pra­mā­ṇa­na­ya­go­ca­rāḥ || 3 ||

TA-ML 3.6 teṣv e­ka­tri­sa­pta­da­śa­sa­pta­da­śa­dvā­viṃ­śa­ti­tra­ya­striṃ­śa­tsā­ga­ro­pa­mā sattvānāṃ TA-ML 3.6 parā sthitiḥ || 6 ||

TAŚV-ML 3.6.1na­ra­ke­ṣū­di­tai­kā­di­sā­ga­ro­pa­ma­sa­mmi­taḥ | sthitir asty atra sattvānāṃ sa­dbhā­vā­t tā­dṛ­gā­yu­ṣaḥ || 1 || TAŚV-ML 3.6.2saṃ­kṣe­pā­di­pa­rā tv agre va­kṣya­mā­ṇā tu madhyamā | sā­ma­rthyā­d bahudhā proktā ni­rṇe­ta­vyā ya­thā­kra­maṃ || 2 ||

TA-ML 3.7 jaṃ­bū­dvī­pa­la­va­ṇo­dā­da­yaḥ śu­bha­nā­mā­no dvī­pa­sa­mu­drāḥ || 7 ||

TA-ML 3.8 dvi­rdvi­rvi­ṣkaṃ­bhāḥ pū­rva­pū­rva­pa­ri­kṣe­pi­ṇo va­la­yā­kṛ­ta­yaḥ || 8 ||

TAŚV-ML 3.8.1saptādho bhūmayo yasmān ma­dhya­lo­ko balād gataḥ | tan na dvī­pa­sa­mu­drāḥ syuḥ sū­tra­dvi­ta­ya­va­rṇi­tā || 1 ||

TA-ML 3.9 tanmadhye me­ru­nā­bhi­rvṛ­tto yo­ja­na­śa­ta­sa­ha­sra­vi­ṣkaṃ­bho jaṃ­bū­dvī­paḥ || 9 ||

TAŚV-ML 3.9.1tanmadhye me­ru­nā­bhiḥ syāj jaṃ­bū­dvī­po ya­tho­di­taḥ | sū­tre­ṇai­ke­na niḥ­śe­ṣa­ku­ma­tā­nāṃ vya­po­ha­nā­t || 1 ||

TA-ML 3.10 bha­ra­ta­hai­ma­va­ta­ha­ri­vi­de­ha­ra­mya­ka­hai­ra­ṇya­va­tai­rā­va­ta­va­rṣāḥ kṣetrāṇi || 10 ||

TAŚV-ML 3.10.1kṣetrāṇi bha­ra­tā­dī­ni sapta ta­trā­pa­re­ṇa tu | sū­tre­ṇo­ktā­ni tatsaṃkhyāṃ haṃtuṃ tī­rtha­ka­ka­lpi­tā­m || 1 ||

TA-ML 3.11 ta­dvi­bhā­ji­naḥ pū­rvā­pa­rā­ya­tā hi­ma­va­nma­hā­hi­ma­va­nni­ṣa­dha­nī­la­ru­kmi­śi­kha- TA-ML 3.11 riṇo va­rṣa­dha­ra­pa­rva­tāḥ || 11 ||

TA-ML 3.12 he­mā­rju­na­ta­pa­nī­ya­vai­ḍū­rya­ra­ja­ta­he­ma­ma­yāḥ || 12 ||

TA-ML 3.13 ma­ṇi­vi­ci­tra­pā­rśvāḥ || 13 ||

TA-ML 3.14 upari mūle ca tu­lya­vi­stā­rāḥ || 14 ||

TAŚV-ML 3.14.1pū­rvā­pa­rā­ya­tā­s tatra pa­rva­tā­s ta­dvi­bhā­ji­naḥ | ṣa­ṭpra­dhā­nāḥ pa­re­ṇai­te proktā hi­ma­va­dā­da­yaḥ || 1 ||

TA-ML 3.15 pa­dma­ma­hā­pa­dma­ti­giṃ­cha­ke­śa­ri­ma­hā­puṃ­ḍa­rī­ka­puṃ­ḍa­rī­kā hradās teṣām u- TA-ML 3.15 pari || 15 ||

TAŚV-ML 3.15.1pa­dmā­da­yo hradās teṣām upari pra­ti­pā­di­tāḥ | sū­tre­ṇai­ke­na vijñeyā ya­thā­ga­ma­m a­saṃ­śa­ya­m || 1 ||

TA-ML 3.16 prathamo yo­ja­na­sa­ha­srā­yā­ma­s ta­da­rdha­vi­ṣkaṃ­bho hradaḥ || 16 ||

TA-ML 3.17 da­śa­yo­ja­nā­va­gā­haḥ || 17 ||

TAŚV-ML 3.17.1saṃ­khya­yā­yā­m a­vi­ṣkaṃ­bhā­va­gā­ha­ga­ta­yā hradaḥ | sū­tra­dva­ye­na nirdiṣṭaḥ prathamaḥ sa­rva­ve­di­bhiḥ || 1 ||

TA-ML 3.18 tanmadhye yojanaṃ pu­ṣka­ra­m || 18 ||

TA-ML 3.19 ta­ddvi­gu­ṇa­dvi­gu­ṇā hradāḥ pu­ṣka­rā­ṇi ca || 19 ||

TAŚV-ML 3.19.1tanmadhye yojanaṃ proktaṃ puṣkaraṃ dvi­gu­ṇā­s tataḥ | hradāś ca pu­ṣka­rā­ṇī­ti sū­tra­dvi­ta­ya­to ṃjasā || 1 ||

TA-ML 3.20 ta­nni­vā­si­nyo devyaḥ śrī­hrī­dhṛ­ti­kī­rti­bu­ddhi­la­kṣmyaḥ pa­lyo­pa­ma­sthi­ta­yaḥ TA-ML 3.20 sa­sā­mā­ni­ka­pa­ri­ṣa­tkāḥ || 20 ||

TAŚV-ML 3.20.1devyaḥ śrīmukhāḥ khyātāḥ sū­tre­ṇai­ke­na sū­ca­nā­t | ṣaḍ eva ta­nni­vā­si­nya­stā sa­sā­mā­ni­kā­da­yaḥ || 1 ||

TA-ML 3.21 gaṃ­gā­siṃ­dhū­ro­hi­dro­hi­tā­syā ha­ri­ddha­ri­kāṃ­tā­sī­tā­sī­to­dā­nā­rī­na­ra­kāṃ- TA-ML 3.21 tā­su­va­rṇa­rū­pya­kū­lā­ra­ktā­ra­kto­dāḥ sa­ri­ta­sta­nma­dhya­gāḥ || 21 ||

TA-ML 3.22 dvayor dvayoḥ pūrvā pūrvagāḥ || 22 ||

TA-ML 3.23 śeṣās tv a­pa­ra­gāḥ || 23 ||

TA-ML 3.24 ca­tu­rda­śa­na­dī­sa­ha­sra­pa­ri­vṛ­tā gaṃ­gā­siṃ­dhvā­da­yo nadyaḥ || 24 ||

TAŚV-ML 3.24.1atha gaṃ­gā­da­yaḥ proktāḥ saritaḥ kṣe­tra­ma­dhya­gāḥ | pū­rvā­pa­ra­sa­mu­drāṃ­taḥ­pra­ve­śi­nyo ya­thā­ga­maṃ || 1 ||

TA-ML 3.25 bharataḥ ṣa­ḍviṃ­śa­ti­paṃ­ca­yo­ja­na­śa­ta­vi­stā­raḥ ṣaṭ cai­ko­na­viṃ­śa­ti­bhā­gā TA-ML 3.25 yo­ja­na­sya || 25 ||

TA-ML 3.26 ta­ddvi­gu­ṇa­dvi­gu­ṇa­vi­stā­rā va­rṣa­dha­ra­va­rṣā vi­de­hāṃ­tāḥ || 26 ||

TA-ML 3.27 uttarā da­kṣi­ṇa­tu­lyāḥ || 27 ||

TA-ML 3.28 bha­ra­tai­rā­va­ta­yo­r vṛ­ddhi­hrā­sau ṣa­ṭsa­ma­yā­bhyā­m u­tsa­rpi­ṇy a­va­sa­rpi­ṇī­bhyā­m || 28 ||

TA-ML 3.29 tābhyām aparā bhūmayo '­va­sthi­tāḥ || 29 ||

TAŚV-ML 3.29.1va­rṣa­va­rṣa­dha­rā­bā­dhya­vi­ṣkaṃ­bha­ka­tha­naṃ kṛtaṃ | sū­tra­tra­ye­ṇa bhūmīnāṃ sthi­ti­bhe­do­da­ye­na tu || 1 ||

TA-ML 3.30 e­ka­dvi­tri­pa­lyo­pa­ma­sthi­ta­yo hai­ma­va­ta­ka­hā­ri­va­rṣa­ka­dai­va­ku­ra­va­kāḥ || 30 ||

TA-ML 3.31 ta­tho­tta­rāḥ || 31 ||

TA-ML 3.32 vi­de­he­ṣu saṃ­khye­ya­kā­lāḥ || 32 ||

TA-ML 3.33 bha­ra­ta­sya viṣkaṃbho jaṃ­bū­dvī­pa­sya na­va­ti­śa­ta­bhā­gaḥ || 33 ||

TAŚV-ML 3.33.1ta­tkṣe­tra­vā­si­nāṃ nṝṇāṃ sāyuṣaḥ sthitir īritā | sū­tra­tra­ye­ṇa viṣkaṃbho bha­ra­ta­syai­ka­sū­tra­taḥ || 1 ||

TA-ML 3.34 dvi­rdhā­ta­kī­khaṃ­ḍe || 34 ||

TA-ML 3.35 pu­ṣka­rā­rdhe ca || 35 ||

TAŚV-ML 3.35.1jaṃ­bū­dvī­pa­ga­va­rṣā­di­vi­ṣkaṃ­bhā­di­r a­śe­ṣa­taḥ | sadā dvi­rdhā­ta­kī­khaṃ­ḍe pu­ṣka­rā­rdhe ca bhīyate || 1 ||

TA-ML 3.36 prā­ṅmā­nu­ṣo­tta­rā­n manuṣyāḥ || 36 ||

TA-ML 3.37 āryā mlecchāś ca || 37 ||

TAŚV-ML 3.37.1prā­ṅmā­nu­ṣo­tta­rā­dya­smā­n manuṣyāḥ pa­ra­ta­ś ca na | ā­ryā­mle­cchā­ś ca te jñeyās tā­dṛ­kka­rma­ba­lo­dbha­vāḥ || 1 || TAŚV-ML 3.37.2prā­pta­rddhī­ta­ra­bhe­de­na tatrāryā dvividhāḥ smṛtāḥ | sa­dgu­ṇai­r a­rya­mā­ṇa­tvā­d gu­ṇa­va­dbhi­ś ca mānavaiḥ || 2 || TAŚV-ML 3.37.3tatra prā­pta­rddha­yaḥ sa­pta­vi­dha­rdhi­m a­dhi­saṃ­sṛ­tāḥ | bu­ddhyā­di­sa­pta­dhā nānā vi­śe­ṣā­s ta­dvi­śe­ṣa­taḥ || 3 || TAŚV-ML 3.37.4saṃ­bhā­vyaṃ­te ca te he­tu­vi­śe­ṣa­va­śa­va­rti­naḥ | kecit pra­kṛ­ṣya­mā­ṇā­tma­vi­śe­ṣa­tvā­t pra­mā­ṇa­va­t || 4 || TAŚV-ML 3.37.5a­saṃ­prā­pta­rdha­yaḥ kṣe­trā­dyā­ryā ba­hu­vi­dhāḥ sthitāḥ | kṣe­trā­dya­pe­kṣa­yā teṣāṃ tathā ni­rṇī­ti­yo­ga­taḥ || 5 || TAŚV-ML 3.37.6tathā ta­ddvī­pa­jā mlecchāḥ pare syuḥ ka­rma­bhū­mi­jāḥ | ādyāḥ ṣa­ṇṇa­va­tiḥ khyātā vā­rdhi­dva­ya­ta­ṭa­dva­yoḥ || 6 || TAŚV-ML 3.37.7bho­ga­bhū­myā­yu­ru­tse­dha­vṛ­tta­yo­r bho­ga­bhū­mi­bhiḥ | sa­ma­pra­ṇi­dha­yaḥ ka­rma­bhū­mi­va­tka­rma­bhū­mi­bhiḥ || 7 || TAŚV-ML 3.37.8ka­rma­bhū­mi­bha­vā mlecchāḥ prasiddhā ya­va­nā­da­yaḥ | syuḥ pare ca ta­dā­cā­ra­pā­la­nā­d bahudhā janāḥ || 8 || TAŚV-ML 3.37.9saṃ­pra­dā­yā­vya­va­cche­dā­d ā­rya­mle­ccha­vya­va­sthi­tiḥ | saṃ­tā­ne­na vi­ni­śce­yā ta­dvi­dbhi­r vya­va­hā­ri­bhiḥ || 9 || TAŚV-ML 3.37.10svayaṃ saṃ­ve­dya­mā­nā ca gu­ṇa­do­ṣa­ni­baṃ­dha­nā | ka­thaṃ­ci­d a­nu­me­yā ca ta­tkā­rya­sya vi­ni­śca­yā­t || 10 || TAŚV-ML 3.37.11ni­tya­sa­rva­ga­tā­mū­rta­sva­bhā­vā sarvathā tu yā | jātir brā­hma­ṇya­cāṃ­ḍā­lya­pra­bhṛ­tiḥ kaiścid īryate || 11 || TAŚV-ML 3.37.11efsā na siddhā pra­mā­ṇe­na bā­dhya­mā­nā ka­dā­ca­na | 11TAŚV-ML 3.37.12siddhaṃ sā­dṛ­śya­sā­mā­nyaṃ samānā iti ta­dgra­hā­t | ku­ta­ści­t sa­dṛ­śe­ṣv eva ma­nu­ṣye­ṣu ga­vā­di­va­t || 12 || TAŚV-ML 3.37.13sā­rdha­dvi­dvī­pa­vi­ṣkaṃ­bha­pra­bhṛ­ti pra­ti­pā­di­taṃ | sa­ma­nu­ṣyaṃ catuṣṭyā ca sū­trā­ṇā­m iti gamyate || 13 ||

TA-ML 3.38 bha­ra­tai­rā­va­ta­vi­de­hāḥ ka­rma­bhū­ma­yo 'nyatra de­va­ku­rū­tta­ra­ku­ru­bhyaḥ || 38 ||

TAŚV-ML 3.38.1bha­ra­tā­dyā vi­de­hāṃ­tāḥ prakhyātāḥ ka­rma­bhū­ma­yaḥ | de­vo­tta­ra­ku­rūṃ­s tyaktvā tāḥ śeṣā bho­ga­bhū­ma­yaḥ || 1 || TAŚV-ML 3.38.2sā­ma­rthyā­d a­va­sī­yaṃ­te sūtre sminn āgatā api | sa­mu­dra­dvi­ta­yaṃ yadvat pū­rva­sū­tro­kta­śa­kti­taḥ || 2 ||

TA-ML 3.39 nṛsthitī pa­rā­va­re tri­pa­lyo­pa­māṃ­ta­rmu­hū­rte || 39 ||

TAŚV-ML 3.39.1pa­rā­va­re vi­ni­rdi­ṣṭe ma­nu­ṣyā­ṇā­m iha sthitī | tri­pa­lyo­pa­ma­saṃ­khyāṃ­ta­rmu­hū­rta­ga­ṇa­ne balāt || 1 || TAŚV-ML 3.39.2madhyamā sthitir eteṣāṃ vividhā vi­ni­ve­di­tā | svo­pā­ttā­yu­r vi­śe­ṣā­ṇāṃ bhāvāt sūtre tra tādṛśāṃ || 2 ||

TA-ML 3.40 ti­rya­gyo­ni­jā­nāṃ ca || 40 ||

TAŚV-ML 3.40.1te ti­rya­gyo­ni­jā­nāṃ ca saṃ­kṣe­pā­rtha­m i­ho­di­te | sthitī pra­ka­ra­ṇā­bhā­ve py eṣāṃ sūtreṇa sūribhiḥ || 1 || TAŚV-ML 3.40.2sā­rdha­dvī­pa­dva­ye kṣe­tra­vi­bhā­gā­di­ni­rū­pa­ṇaṃ | adhyāye sminn a­saṃ­khye­ye­ṣv api dvīpeṣu yat kṛtaṃ || 2 || TAŚV-ML 3.40.3ma­nu­ṣya­lo­ka­saṃ­khyā yā ji­jñā­sa­vi­ṣa­yā muneḥ | tena ni­rṇī­ya­te sadbhir anyatra ta­da­bhā­va­taḥ || 3 || TAŚV-ML 3.40.4na ca dvī­pa­sa­mu­drā­di­vi­śe­ṣā­ṇāṃ pra­rū­pa­ṇaṃ | niḥ­pra­yo­ja­na­m āśaṃkyaṃ ma­nu­ṣyā­dhā­ra­ni­śca­yā­t || 4 || TAŚV-ML 3.40.5nā­nā­kṣe­tra­vi­pā­kī­ni karmāṇy u­tpa­tti­he­ta­vaḥ | saṃty eva ta­dvi­śe­ṣe­ṣu pu­dga­lā­di­vi­pā­ka­va­t || 5 || TAŚV-ML 3.40.6ta­da­pra­rū­pa­ṇe jī­va­ta­ttvaṃ na syāt pra­rū­pi­taṃ | vi­śe­ṣe­ṇe­ti ta­jjñā­na­śra­ddhā­ne na pra­si­ddhya­taḥ || 6 || TAŚV-ML 3.40.7ta­nni­baṃ­dha­na­m akṣuṇṇaṃ cāritraṃ ca tathā kva nu | mu­kti­mā­rgo­pa­de­śo no śe­ṣa­ta­ttva­vi­śe­ṣa­vā­k || 7 || TAŚV-ML 3.40.8nanu dvī­pā­da­yo dhī­ma­ddhe­tu­kāḥ saṃtu sūtritāḥ | sa­nni­ve­śa­vi­śe­ṣa­tva­si­ddhe­r gha­ṭa­va­d ity asat || 8 || TAŚV-ML 3.40.9hetor ī­śva­ra­de­he­nā­ne­kāṃ­tā­d iti kecana | ta­trā­pa­re tu manyaṃte ni­rde­he­śva­ra­vā­di­naḥ || 9 || TAŚV-ML 3.40.10ni­mi­tta­kā­ra­ṇaṃ teṣāṃ ne­śva­ra­s tatra siddhyati | ni­rde­ha­tvā­d yathā muktaḥ puruṣaḥ sammataḥ svayaṃ || 10 || TAŚV-ML 3.40.11ni­tya­jñā­na­tva­to hetur īśvaro ja­ga­tā­m iti | na yuktam a­nva­yā­sa­ttvā­d vya­ti­re­kā­pra­si­ddhi­taḥ || 11 || TAŚV-ML 3.40.12bodho na vedhaso nityo bo­dha­tvā­d a­nya­bo­dha­va­t | iti hetor a­si­ddha­tvā­n na vedhāḥ kāraṇaṃ bhuvaḥ || 12 || TAŚV-ML 3.40.13kā­lā­de­r a­śa­rī­ra­sya kā­ryo­tpa­tti­ni­mi­tta­tā | siddheti vya­bhi­cā­ri­tvaṃ ni­rde­ha­tva­sya cen mataṃ || 13 || TAŚV-ML 3.40.14na tasya pu­ru­ṣa­tve­na vi­śi­ṣṭa­sya pra­yo­ga­taḥ | kā­lā­de­r a­śa­rī­ra­tve­śva­ra­tvā­vya­bhi­cā­ra­taḥ || 14 || TAŚV-ML 3.40.15jagatāṃ neśvaro hetur a­jña­tvā­d a­nya­jaṃ­tu­va­t | na jño­sā­va­śa­rī­ra­tvā­n mu­kta­va­t so nyathā sa vit || 15 || TAŚV-ML 3.40.16sa­de­ha­bu­ddhi­ma­ddhe­tu­r dṛṣṭāṃto pi ghaṭaḥ kathaṃ | ni­rde­ha­bu­ddhi­ma­ddhe­tau sādhye jagati yujyate || 16 || TAŚV-ML 3.40.17dhī­ma­ddhe­tu­tva­sā­mā­nyaṃ sādhyaṃ cen ni­rvi­śe­ṣa­kaṃ | nā­nā­dhī­ma­nni­mi­tta­tva­si­ddheḥ syāt si­ddha­sā­dha­naṃ || 17 || TAŚV-ML 3.40.18nā­nā­tva­pa­ri­ṇā­mā­khya­bhā­va­ka­rma­ni­mi­tta­kaṃ | siddhaṃ hīdaṃ jagat tasya ta­dbho­gya­tva­pra­si­ddhi­taḥ || 18 || TAŚV-ML 3.40.19sa­śa­rī­ra­ku­lā­lā­diḥ kurvan dṛṣṭo gha­ṭā­di­kaṃ | svayam ātmā punar deham a­śa­rī­ro pi viśrutaḥ || 19 || TAŚV-ML 3.40.20sa­de­he­ta­ra­sā­mā­nya­sva­bhā­vo ja­ga­dī­śva­raḥ | ka­ro­tī­ti nu sādhyeta yadā doṣas tadā kva saḥ || 20 || TAŚV-ML 3.40.21ity eke ta­da­saṃ­baṃ­dhaṃ sva­śa­rī­rā­ṇi kurvatā | śa­rī­rāṃ­ta­ra­saṃ­baṃ­dhā­tma­nāṃ syān nānyathā kriyā || 21 || TAŚV-ML 3.40.22pa­rā­pa­ra­śa­rī­rā­ṇāṃ ka­lpa­nā­n nā­na­va­sthi­tiḥ | te sa­mā­nā­di­saṃ­baṃ­dhā­t kā­rya­kā­ra­ṇa­bhā­va­taḥ || 22 || TAŚV-ML 3.40.23sā yady a­dṛ­ṣṭa­sa­dbhā­vā­n matā tasya tu siddhyatu | pūrvaṃ ka­rma­śa­rī­re­ṇa saṃbaṃdhaḥ pa­ra­vi­gra­hā­t || 23 || TAŚV-ML 3.40.24śa­rī­ra­m ātmano 'dṛṣṭaṃ pu­dga­lā­tma­ka­m īritaṃ | sa­rva­thā­tma­gu­ṇa­tve sya pā­ra­taṃ­tryā­ni­mi­tta­tā || 24 || TAŚV-ML 3.40.25kṣi­tyā­di­mū­rta­yaḥ saṃti ma­he­śa­sya ta­du­dbha­ve | sa eva hetur ityādi vya­bhi­cā­ro na ced bhavet || 25 || TAŚV-ML 3.40.26tathānye pi ki­mā­tmā­naḥ sva­mū­rtyu­tpa­tti­he­ta­vaḥ | svayaṃ na syur i­tī­śa­sya kva siddhyet sa­rva­he­tu­tā || 26 || TAŚV-ML 3.40.27kurvan kṣi­tyā­di­mū­rtīṃ­ś ca svamūrtiṃ ta­tpra­yo­ga­taḥ | mū­rtyaṃ­ta­rā­ṇi kurvīta yadi vā­nā­di­bhi­r yataḥ || 27 || TAŚV-ML 3.40.28gatvā su­dū­ra­m apy evaṃ yadi mūrtī na kāścana | kuryāt tābhis tadā hetor a­nai­kāṃ­ti­ka­tā na kiṃ || 28 || TAŚV-ML 3.40.29a­nā­di­mū­rti­bhi­s tasya saṃbaṃdha iti cen mataṃ | kiṃ­kṛ­tā­nā­di­tā tāsāṃ sa­nni­ve­śa­vi­śi­ṣṭa­tā || 29 || TAŚV-ML 3.40.30na vā tābhir ma­he­śe­na kṛ­tā­bhi­r vya­bhi­cā­ra­tā | sā­dha­na­sya kṛ­tā­bhi­r vā tena tām a­na­va­sthi­tiṃ || 30 || TAŚV-ML 3.40.31kevalaṃ mukham astīti yat kiṃcid a­bhi­dhī­ya­te | mi­thyo­tta­rā­ṇā­m ā­naṃ­tyā­t pre­kṣā­va­ttā nu tatra kā || 31 || TAŚV-ML 3.40.32bu­ddhi­ma­ddhe­tu­kaṃ yā­dṛ­gdṛ­ṣṭaṃ dra­vya­gra­hā­di­ṣu | saṃ­ni­ve­śa­vi­śi­ṣṭa­tvaṃ tā­dṛ­gja­ga­ti nekṣyate || 32 || TAŚV-ML 3.40.33iti hetor a­si­ddha­tvaṃ kaiścid uktaṃ na yujyate | tathā sa­rve­ṣṭa­he­tū­nā­m a­si­ddha­tva­pra­saṃ­ga­taḥ || 33 || TAŚV-ML 3.40.34kṛ­ta­dhī­ja­na­kaṃ tad dhi nā­kri­yā­da­rśi­no yathā | kvacit tathā na dhū­mā­di­r a­gnyā­di­jñā­na­kā­ra­ṇaṃ || 34 || TAŚV-ML 3.40.35va­hnyā­di­bu­ddhi­kā­ri­tvaṃ svayaṃ siddhasya siddhatā | dhūmādeḥ sā­dha­na­syai­ta­tsi­ddhau va­nhyā­di­dhī­r iti || 35 || TAŚV-ML 3.40.36ya­thā­nyo­nyā­śra­ya­s ta­dva­tpra­kṛ­te pi hi sādhane | kṛ­ta­dhī­ja­na­ka­tve sya si­ddha­tā­yāṃ kṛ­ta­tva­dhīḥ || 36 || TAŚV-ML 3.40.37tato nai­kāṃ­ti­ko hetur eṣa vācyaḥ pa­rī­kṣa­kaiḥ | kā­rya­tvā­rtha­kri­yā­kṛ­tva­pra­mu­kho­ne­na varṇitaḥ || 37 || TAŚV-ML 3.40.38sthā­va­rā­di­bhi­r apy asya vya­bhi­cā­ro nu­va­rṇya­te | kaiścit pa­kṣī­kṛ­tai­s teṣām a­dhī­ma­ddhe­tu­tā­sthi­taiḥ || 38 || TAŚV-ML 3.40.39dṛ­ṣṭa­kṣi­tyā­di­he­tū­nā­m a­nva­ya­vya­ti­re­ka­taḥ | dṛśyate sthā­va­rā­dī­nāṃ sa­rva­ga­tve­na vedhasaḥ || 39 || TAŚV-ML 3.40.40na deśe vya­ti­re­ko sti kṣi­tā­va­sya sadā sthiteḥ | sa­rva­ga­syā­nva­ya­s tv eko na tajjanyaṃ tv a­sā­dha­naḥ || 40 || TAŚV-ML 3.40.41na­śva­ra­tvā­d a­dṛ­ṣṭa­syā­sa­rva­ga­tvā­c ca siddhyati | vya­ti­re­ka­s tatra tasya sthā­va­rā­di­ni­mi­tta­tā || 41 || TAŚV-ML 3.40.42kā­lā­di­pa­rya­ya­syā­pi ni­tya­tvā­dya­pra­si­ddhi­taḥ | sarvathā kā­rya­ni­ṣpa­ttau hetutvaṃ na vi­ru­dhya­te || 42 || TAŚV-ML 3.40.43ma­he­śva­ra­si­sṛ­kṣā­yā ja­ga­jja­nme­ti kecana | tasyāḥ śā­śva­ta­tā­pā­yā­d a­vi­bhu­tvā­d a­dṛ­ṣṭa­va­t || 43 || TAŚV-ML 3.40.44ta­da­yu­ktaṃ ma­he­śa­sya si­sṛ­kṣāṃ­ta­ra­to vinā | si­sṛ­kṣo­tpā­da­ne hetos tathaiva vya­bhi­cā­ra­taḥ || 44 || TAŚV-ML 3.40.45si­sṛ­kṣāṃ­ta­ra­ta­s tasyāḥ pra­sū­tā­v a­na­va­sthi­teḥ | sthā­va­rā­di­sa­mu­dbhū­ti­r na syāt ka­lpa­śa­tai­r api || 45 || TAŚV-ML 3.40.46ta­dbho­ktṛ­prā­ṇya­dṛ­ṣṭa­sya sā­ma­rthyā­t sā bhavasya cet | prasūtiḥ sthā­va­rā­dī­nāṃ tasmād a­nva­ya­nā­n na kiṃ || 46 || TAŚV-ML 3.40.47svā­taṃ­trye­ṇa ta­du­dbhū­tau sa­rva­do­pa­ra­m acyuteḥ | sarvatra sa­rva­kā­ryā­ṇāṃ janma kena ni­vā­rya­te || 47 || TAŚV-ML 3.40.48vyā­khyā­tā­tre­śva­re­ṇai­va nityā sā­dhyā­ti­re­ki­ṇī | kvacid vya­va­sthi­tā­nya­tra na syād a­nva­ya­bhā­g api || 48 || TAŚV-ML 3.40.49e­va­mī­śa­sya he­tu­tvā­bhā­va­si­ddhiṃ pra­ca­kṣa­te | vyā­pa­kā­nu­pa­laṃ­bhe­na sthā­va­rā­di­sa­mu­dbha­ve || 49 || TAŚV-ML 3.40.50pa­kṣa­syai­vā­nu­mā­ne­na bā­dho­dbhā­vye­ti cāpare | pa­kṣī­kṛ­tai­r a­yu­kta­tvā­d vya­bhi­cā­ra­sya sādhane || 50 || TAŚV-ML 3.40.51sarvathā yadi kāryatvaṃ hetuḥ syā­dvā­di­nāṃ tayā | na siddho dra­vya­rū­pe­ṇa sa­rva­syā­kā­rya­tā sthiteḥ || 51 || TAŚV-ML 3.40.52ka­thaṃ­ci­t tu viruddhaḥ syād dhīmattve tu ja­ga­tsva­yaṃ | ka­thaṃ­ci­t sā­dha­ya­nn i­ṣṭa­vi­pa­rī­taṃ vi­śe­ṣa­taḥ || 52 || TAŚV-ML 3.40.53nā­kro­śaṃ­taḥ pa­lā­yaṃ­te viruddhā hetavaḥ svataḥ | sarvage bu­ddhi­ma­ddhe­tau sādhye nyair ja­ga­tā­m iha || 53 || TAŚV-ML 3.40.54dravyaṃ guṇaḥ kri­yā­naṃ­ta­vi­śe­ṣo śāśvato nanu | vi­vā­dā­dhyā­si­to dhīmān hetuḥ sā­dhya­sthi­to yadā || 54 || TAŚV-ML 3.40.55kāryatvaṃ na tathā sve­ṣṭa­vi­pa­rī­taṃ pra­sā­dha­ye­t | nāpy asiddhaṃ bhavet tatra sa­rva­thā­pi vi­va­kṣi­taṃ || 55 || TAŚV-ML 3.40.56ity eke ta­da­saṃ­prā­ptaṃ bhe­dai­kāṃ­tā­pra­si­ddhi­taḥ | kā­rya­kā­ra­ṇa­yo­r ai­kya­pra­ti­pa­tteḥ ka­thaṃ­ca­na || 56 || TAŚV-ML 3.40.57nai­kāṃ­ta­bhe­da­bhṛ­tsi­ddho nityād api guṇād guṇī | dra­vya­syā­nā­di­pa­ryaṃ­ta­pa­ri­ṇā­mā­t tathā sthiteḥ || 57 || TAŚV-ML 3.40.58vi­vā­dā­dhyā­si­tā­tmā­ni ka­ra­ṇā­dī­ni ke­na­ci­t | ka­rtrā­dhi­ṣṭhi­ta­vṛ­ttī­ni ka­ra­ṇā­di­tva­to yathā || 58 || TAŚV-ML 3.40.59vā­syā­dī­ni ca ta­tka­rtṛ­sā­mā­nye si­ddha­sā­dha­naṃ | sādhye ka­rtṛ­vi­śe­ṣe tu sā­dhya­śū­nyaṃ ni­da­rśa­na­m || 59 || TAŚV-ML 3.40.60ta­tsā­mā­nya­vi­śe­ṣa­sya sā­dhya­tvā­c ced a­dū­ṣa­ṇaṃ | so pi si­ddhā­khi­la­vya­kti­vyā­pī kaścit pra­si­ddhya­ti || 60 || TAŚV-ML 3.40.61de­śa­kā­la­vi­śe­ṣā­va­cchi­nnā­gni­vya­kti­ni­ṣṭhi­taṃ | sādhyate hy a­gni­sā­mā­nyaṃ dhūmān nā­si­ddha­bhe­da­gaṃ || 61 || TAŚV-ML 3.40.62siddhe kartari niḥ­śe­ṣa­kā­ra­kā­ṇāṃ pra­yo­kta­ri | he­tuḥ­sā­ma­rthya­taḥ siddhaḥ sa ced iṣṭo ma­he­śva­raḥ || 62 || TAŚV-ML 3.40.63naivaṃ pra­yo­ktu­r ekasya kā­ra­kā­ṇā­m a­si­ddhi­taḥ | nānā pra­yo­ktṛ­ka­tva­sya kvacid dṛṣṭer a­saṃ­śa­yaṃ || 63 || TAŚV-ML 3.40.64iti kri­yā­nu­mā­nā­nāṃ mālā nai­vā­ma­lā bhuvaṃ | kartary ekatra saṃsādhye numityā pa­kṣa­bā­dha­nā­t || 64 || TAŚV-ML 3.40.65vi­śva­ta­ś cakṣur i­tyā­de­r ā­ga­mā­d api neśvaraḥ | siddhyet ta­syā­nu­mā­ne­nā­nu­gra­hā­bhā­va­ta­s tataḥ || 65 || TAŚV-ML 3.40.66loko '­kṛ­tri­ma ity e­ta­dva­ca­naṃ satyatāṃ gataṃ | bā­dha­ka­sya pra­mā­ṇa­sya sarvathā vi­ni­vā­ra­ṇā­t || 66 || TAŚV-ML 3.40.67vi­śi­ṣṭa­sa­nni­ve­śaṃ ca dhīmatā na kṛtaṃ jagat | dṛ­ṣṭa­kṛ­tri­m a­kū­ṭā­di­vi­la­kṣa­ṇa­ta­ye­kṣa­ṇā­t || 67 || TAŚV-ML 3.40.68sa­mu­drā­ka­ra­saṃ­bhū­ta­ma­ṇi­m u­ktā­pha­lā­di­va­t | iti he­tu­va­caḥ śakter api loko '­kṛ­taḥ­sthi­taḥ || 68 || TAŚV-ML 3.40.69nā­nya­thā­nu­pa­pa­nna­tva­m a­syā­si­ddhaṃ ka­thaṃ­ca­na | kṛ­tri­mā­rtha­vi­bhi­nna­syā­kṛ­tri­ma­tva­pra­si­ddhi­taḥ || 69 || TAŚV-ML 3.40.70nā­si­ddhi­r ma­ṇi­mu­ktā­dau kṛ­tri­me­ta­ra­to kṛte | kṛ­tri­ma­tvaṃ na saṃbhāvyaṃ ja­ga­tskaṃ­dha­sya tādṛśaḥ || 70 || TAŚV-ML 3.40.71abiti ka­thi­ta­vi­śe­ṣo ma­dhya­lo­ka­sya samyak sa­ka­la­na­ya­ma­ye­na jyotiṣā sa­nni­ve­śaḥ | TAŚV-ML 3.40.71cdpra­va­ca­na­bha­va­sū­trai­r ja­nya­mā­ne­na sadbhiḥ katham api pa­ri­ve­dyo bhā­va­ya­dbhiḥ pra­paṃ­cā­t || 71 ||
TAŚV-ML 371,1atha caturtho 'dhyāyaḥ || 4 ||

TA-ML 4.1 devāś ca­tu­rṇi­kā­yāḥ || 1 ||

TAŚV-ML 4.1.1devāś ca­tu­rṇi­kā­yā ity etat sūtraṃ yad a­bra­vī­t | nā­ra­kā­ṇā­m i­vā­dhā­ra­m anuktaṃ de­va­saṃ­vi­de || 1 || TAŚV-ML 4.1.2sū­tra­kā­ra­s tad eteṣāṃ lo­ka­tra­ya­ni­vā­si­nāṃ | sā­ma­rthyā­d ū­rdhva­lo­ka­sya saṃsthānaṃ vaktum aihata || 2 ||

TA-ML 4.2 ā­di­ta­s triṣu pī­tāṃ­ta­le­śyāḥ || 2 ||

TAŚV-ML 4.2.1triṣv ādyeṣu ni­kā­ye­ṣu devāḥ sūtreṇa sūcitāḥ | saṃti pī­tāṃ­ta­le­śyā­s te nānyathā bā­dhi­ta­tva­taḥ || 1 ||

TA-ML 4.3 da­śā­ṣṭa­paṃ­ca­dvā­da­śa­vi­ka­lpāḥ ka­lpo­pa­pa­nna­pa­ryaṃ­tāḥ || 3 ||

TAŚV-ML 4.3.1caturṣv api ni­kā­ye­ṣu te da­śā­di­vi­ka­lpa­kāḥ | ka­lpo­pa­pa­nna­pa­ryaṃ­tā iti sūtre ni­yā­ma­taḥ || 1 ||

TA-ML 4.4 iṃ­dra­sā­mā­ni­ka­trā­ya­striṃ­śa­pā­ri­ṣa­dā­tma­ra­kṣa­lo­ka­pā­lā­nī­ka­pra­kī­rṇa­kā­bhi- TA-ML 4.4 yo­gya­ki­lbi­ṣi­kā­ś caikaśaḥ || 4 ||

TAŚV-ML 4.4.1iṃ­drā­da­yo da­śai­te­ṣā­m ekaśaḥ pra­ti­sū­tri­tāḥ | pu­ṇya­ka­rma­vi­śe­ṣā­ṇāṃ ta­ddhe­tū­nāṃ tathā sthiteḥ || 1 ||

TA-ML 4.5 trā­ya­striṃ­śa­lo­ka­pā­la­va­rjyā vyaṃ­ta­ra­jyo­ti­ṣkāḥ || 5 ||

TAŚV-ML 4.5.1tatrāpi vyaṃtarā varjyā jyo­ti­ṣkā­ś co­pa­va­rṇi­tāḥ | trā­ya­striṃ­śai­s tathā lo­ka­pā­lai­s ta­ddhe­tva­saṃ­bha­vā­t || 1 ||

TA-ML 4.6 pū­rva­yo­r dvīndrāḥ || 6 ||

TAŚV-ML 4.6.1dvīṃdrāḥ ni­kā­ya­yo­r devāḥ pū­rva­yo­r iti ni­śca­yā­t | ta­trai­ka­sya prabhor bhāvo neti te sto­ka­pu­ṇya­kāḥ || 1 ||

TA-ML 4.7 kā­ya­pra­vī­cā­rā ā ai­śā­nā­t || 7 ||

TAŚV-ML 4.7.1devāḥ kā­ya­pra­vī­cā­rā ā ai­śā­nā­di­tī­ra­ṇā­t | caturṣv api ni­kā­ye­ṣu su­kha­bhe­da­sya sūcanaṃ || 1 ||

TA-ML 4.8 śeṣāḥ spa­rśa­rū­pa­śa­bda­ma­naḥ­pra­vī­cā­rāḥ || 8 ||

TAŚV-ML 4.8.1te spa­rśā­di­pra­vī­cā­rāḥ śeṣās tebhyo ya­thā­ga­maṃ | jñeyāḥ kā­mo­da­yāḥ pā­pa­tā­ra­ta­mya­vi­śe­ṣa­taḥ || 1 ||

TA-ML 4.9 pare '­pra­vī­cā­rāḥ || 9 ||

TAŚV-ML 4.9.1tebhyas tu pare kā­ma­ve­da­nā­yāḥ pa­ri­kṣa­yā­t | su­kha­pra­ka­rṣa­saṃ­prā­pteḥ pra­vī­cā­re­ṇa varjitāḥ || 1 || TAŚV-ML 4.9.2saṃ­bhā­vyaṃ­te ca te sarve tā­ra­ta­mya­sya da­rśa­nā­t | na­rā­ṇā­m iha ke­ṣāṃ­ci­t kā­mā­pā­pa­sya tādṛśaḥ || 2 || TAŚV-ML 4.9.3ity evaṃ navabhiḥ sūtraiḥ ni­kā­yā­dyaṃ­ta­ra­sya yā | kalpanā saṃ­śa­ya­ś cātra ke­ṣāṃ­ci­t ta­nni­rā­kṛ­tiḥ || 3 ||

TA-ML 4.10 bha­va­na­vā­si­no '­su­ra­nā­ga­vi­dyu­tsu­pa­rṇā­gni­vā­ta­sta­ni­to­da­dhi­dvī­pa­di­kku­mā­rāḥ || 10 ||

TAŚV-ML 4.10.1da­śā­su­rā­da­ya­s tatra proktā bha­va­na­vā­si­naḥ | a­dho­lo­ka­ga­te­ṣv eṣāṃ bha­va­ne­ṣu ni­vā­sa­taḥ || 1 ||

TA-ML 4.11 vyaṃtarāḥ kiṃ­na­ra­kiṃ­pu­ru­ṣa­ma­ho­ra­ga­gaṃ­dha­rva­ya­kṣa­rā­kṣa­sa­bhū­ta­pi­śā­cāḥ || 11 ||

TAŚV-ML 4.11.1a­ṣṭa­bhe­dā vi­ni­rdi­ṣṭā vyaṃtarāḥ ki­nna­rā­da­yaḥ | vi­vi­dhā­nyaṃ­ta­rā­ṇy eṣām a­dho­ma­dhya­ma­lo­ka­yoḥ || 1 ||

TA-ML 4.12 jyotiṣkāḥ sū­ryā­caṃ­dra­m asau gra­ha­na­kṣa­tra­pra­kī­rṇa­ka­tā­ra­kā­ś ca || 12 ||

TAŚV-ML 4.12.1jyotiṣkāḥ paṃcadhā dṛṣṭāḥ sūryādyā jyotir āśritāḥ | nā­ma­ka­rma­va­śā­t tādṛk saṃjñā sā­mā­nya­bhe­da­taḥ || 1 || TAŚV-ML 4.12.2sā­mā­nya­to '­nu­me­yā­ś ca cha­dma­sthā­nāṃ vi­śe­ṣa­taḥ | pa­ra­mā­ga­ma­saṃ­ga­myā iti nā­dṛ­ṣṭa­ka­lpa­nā || 2 ||

TA-ML 4.13 me­ru­pra­da­kṣi­ṇā ni­tya­ga­ta­yo nṛloke || 13 ||

TAŚV-ML 4.13.1niruktyā vā­sa­bhe­da­sya pū­rva­va­dga­tya­bhā­va­taḥ | te nṛloka iti proktam ā­vā­sa­pra­ti­pa­tta­ye || 1 || TAŚV-ML 4.13.2asmāt sa­mā­ddha­rā­bhā­gā­d ūrdhvaṃ teṣāṃ pra­kā­śi­tāḥ | āvāsāḥ kramaśaḥ sa­rva­jyo­ti­ṣāṃ vi­śva­ve­di­bhiḥ || 2 || TAŚV-ML 4.13.3yo­ja­nā­nāṃ śatāny aṣṭau hīnāni da­śa­yo­ja­naiḥ | utpatya tā­ra­kā­s tāvac caraṃty adha iti śrutiḥ || 3 || TAŚV-ML 4.13.4tataḥ sūryā da­śo­tpa­tya yo­ja­nā­ni ma­hā­pra­bhāḥ | tataś caṃ­dra­ma­so­śī­tiṃ bhāni trīṇi tatas trayaḥ || 4 || TAŚV-ML 4.13.5trīṇi trīṇi budhāḥ śukrā gu­ra­va­ś copari kramāt | catvāro ṃ­gā­ra­kā­s tadvac catvāri ca śanaiś carāḥ || 5 || TAŚV-ML 4.13.6caraṃti tā­dṛ­śā­dṛ­ṣṭa­vi­śe­ṣa­va­śa­va­rti­naḥ | sva­bhā­vā­d vā ta­thā­nā­di­ni­dha­nā­d dra­vya­rū­pa­taḥ || 6 || TAŚV-ML 4.13.7eṣa eva nabho bhāgo jyo­tiḥ­saṃ­ghā­ta­go­ca­raḥ | bahalaḥ sa­da­śa­kaṃ sarvo yo­ja­nā­nāṃ śataṃ smṛtaḥ || 7 || TAŚV-ML 4.13.8sa gha­no­da­dhi­pa­ryaṃ­to nṛloke 'nyatra vā sthitaḥ | siddhas ti­rya­ga­saṃ­khyā­ta­dvī­pāṃ­bho­dhi­pra­mā­ṇa­kaḥ || 8 || TAŚV-ML 4.13.9sa­rvā­bhyaṃ­ta­ra­cā­rī­ṣṭaḥ ta­trā­bhi­ji­da­tho bahiḥ | sarvebhyo gaditaṃ mūlaṃ bharaṇyo dhas ta­tho­di­tāḥ || 9 || TAŚV-ML 4.13.10sa­rve­ṣā­m upari svātir iti saṃ­kṣe­pa­taḥ kṛtā | vyavasthā jyotiṣāṃ ciṃtyā pra­mā­ṇa­na­ya­ve­di­bhiḥ || 10 || TAŚV-ML 4.13.11me­ru­pra­da­kṣi­ṇā ni­tya­ga­ta­ya­s tv iti ni­ve­da­nā­t | nai­vā­pra­da­kṣi­ṇā teṣāṃ kā­dā­ci­t kīṣyate na ca || 11 || TAŚV-ML 4.13.12ga­tya­bhā­vo pi cāniṣṭaṃ yathā bhū­bhra­ma­vā­di­naḥ | bhuvo bhra­ma­ṇa­ni­rṇī­ti­vi­ra­ha­syo­pa­pa­tti­taḥ || 12 || TAŚV-ML 4.13.13ū­rdhvā­dho­bhra­ma­ṇaṃ sa­rva­jyo­ti­ṣāṃ dhru­va­tā­ra­kāḥ | muktvā bhū­go­la­kā­d evaṃ prāhur bhū­bhra­ma­vā­di­naḥ || 13 || TAŚV-ML 4.13.14tad apy a­pā­sta­m ā­cā­ryai­r nṛloka iti sū­ca­nā­t | tatraiva bhramaṇaṃ yasmān no­rdhvā­dho­bhra­ma­ṇe sati || 14 || TAŚV-ML 4.13.15sa­ma­rā­traṃ­di­vā­vṛ­ddhi­r hānir doṣāc ca yujyate | chā­yā­gra­ho­pa­rā­gā­di­r yathā jyo­ti­rga­ti­s tathā || 15 || TAŚV-ML 4.13.16kha­khaṃ­ḍa­bhe­da­taḥ siddhā bā­hyā­bhyaṃ­ta­ra­m adhyataḥ | ta­thā­bhi­yo­gya­de­vā­nāṃ ga­ti­bhe­dā­t sva­bhā­va­taḥ || 16 || TAŚV-ML 4.13.17jyotiḥ śā­stra­ma­to yuktaṃ nai­ta­tsyā­dvā­da­vi­dvi­ṣāṃ | saṃ­vā­da­ka­m a­ne­kāṃ­te sati tasya pra­ti­ṣṭhi­te || 17 ||

TA-ML 4.14 tatkṛtaḥ kā­la­vi­bhā­gaḥ || 14 ||

TAŚV-ML 4.14.1ye jyotiṣkāḥ smṛtā devās tatkṛto vya­va­hā­ra­taḥ | kṛtaḥ kā­la­vi­bhā­go yaṃ sa­ma­yā­di­r na mukhyataḥ || 1 || TAŚV-ML 4.14.2ta­dvi­bhā­gā­t tathā mukhyo nā­vi­bhā­gaḥ pra­si­ddhya­ti | vi­bhā­ga­ra­hi­te hetau vibhāgo na phale kvacit || 2 ||

TA-ML 4.15 ba­hi­ra­va­sthi­tāḥ || 15 ||

TAŚV-ML 4.15.1ba­hi­rma­nu­ṣya­lo­kāṃ­te vasthitā iti sūtrataḥ | ta­trā­sa­n nā­vya­va­cche­daḥ prā­da­kṣi­ṇya­ma­ti kṣatiḥ || 1 || TAŚV-ML 4.15.2evaṃ sū­tra­ca­tu­ṣṭa­yā­j jyo­ti­ṣā­ma­ra­ciṃ­ta­naṃ | ni­vā­sā­di­vi­śe­ṣe­ṇa yuktaṃ bā­dha­vi­va­rja­nā­t || 2 ||

TA-ML 4.16 vai­mā­ni­kāḥ || 16 ||

TA-ML 4.17 ka­lpo­pa­pa­nnāḥ ka­lpā­tī­tā­ś ca || 17 ||

TAŚV-ML 4.17.1vai­mā­ni­kā vi­mā­ne­ṣu ni­vā­sā­d u­pa­va­rṇi­tāḥ | dvidhā ka­lpo­pa­pa­nnā­ś ca ka­lpā­tī­tā­ś ca te matāḥ || 1 ||

TA-ML 4.18 u­pa­ryu­pa­ri || 18 ||

TAŚV-ML 4.18.1u­pa­ryu­pa­ri taddhāma nā­dha­sti­rya­k ca tatsthitiḥ | yathā bha­va­na­vā­syā­di­de­vā­nā­m iti nirṇayaḥ || 1 ||

TA-ML 4.19 sau­dha­rmai­śā­na­sā­na­tka­mā­ra­mā­heṃ­dra­bra­hma­lo­ka­bra­hmo­tta­ra­lāṃ­ta­va­kā­pi­ṣṭha­śu­kra­ma­hā­śu- TA-ML 4.19 kra­sa­tā­ra­sa­ha­srā­re­ṣv ā­na­ta­prā­ṇa­ta­yo­r ā­ra­ṇā­cyu­ta­yo­r navasu grai­ve­ya­ke­ṣu TA-ML 4.19 vi­ja­ya­vai­ja­yaṃ­ta­ja­yaṃ­tā­pa­rā­ji­te­ṣu sa­rvā­rtha­si­ddha ca || 19 ||

TAŚV-ML 4.19.1sau­dha­rmai­śā­na­yo­r devā jyo­ti­ṣā­mu­pa­ri sthitāḥ | no­pa­ryu­pa­ri­bhā­va­sya te­nā­vyā­pa­ka­tā bhavet || 1 || TAŚV-ML 4.19.2sau­dha­rme­tyā­di­sū­tre ca dvaṃ­dva­vṛ­tti­r vi­bhā­vya­te | sau­dha­rmā­di­vi­mā­nā­nā­m u­pa­ryu­pa­ri nānyathā || 2 || TAŚV-ML 4.19.3ā­na­ta­prā­ṇa­ta­dvaṃ­dva­mā­ra­ṇā­cyu­ta­yo­r iti | sū­ca­nā­d aṃtaśaḥ sā ca kalpeṣv e­vai­ka­śa­s tataḥ || 3 || TAŚV-ML 4.19.4grai­ve­ya­ke­ṣu navasu na­va­sva­nu­di­śe­ṣv iyaṃ | tato nu­tta­ra­saṃ­jñā­nāṃ paṃcānāṃ seṣyate rthataḥ || 4 ||

TA-ML 4.20 sthi­ti­pra­bhā­va­su­kha­dyu­ti­le­śyā­vi­śu­ddhīṃ­dri­yā­va­dhi­vi­ṣa­ya­to dhikāḥ || 20 ||

TAŚV-ML 4.20.1sa­pta­bhi­s te tathā jñeyāḥ sthi­tyā­di­bhi­r a­saṃ­śa­yaṃ | teṣām iha ma­nu­ṣyā­dau tā­ra­ta­mya­sya da­rśa­nā­t || 1 ||

TA-ML 4.21 ga­ti­śa­rī­ra­pa­ri­gra­hā­bhi­mā­na­to hīnāḥ || 21 ||

TAŚV-ML 4.21.1u­pa­ryu­pa­ri te hīnā ga­tyā­di­bhi­r a­saṃ­bha­vā­t | ta­tkā­ra­ṇa­pra­ka­rṣa­sya pa­ri­ṇā­ma­vi­śe­ṣa­taḥ || 1 || TAŚV-ML 4.21.2sthi­tyā­di­bhi­s ta­thā­dhi­kya­syā­nya­thā­nu­pa­pa­tti­taḥ | no­pa­ryu­pa­ri­bhā­va­sya teṣāṃ saṃ­ke­ti­saṃ­ga­tiḥ || 2 ||

TA-ML 4.22 pī­ta­pa­dma­śu­kla­le­śyā dvi­tri­śe­ṣe­ṣu || 22 ||

TAŚV-ML 4.22.1leśyāḥ pī­tā­da­ya­s teṣāṃ sū­tra­vā­kya­pra­bhe­da­taḥ | pra­tye­ta­vyāḥ pra­paṃ­ce­na ya­thā­ga­ma­m a­saṃ­śa­yaṃ || 1 || TAŚV-ML 4.22.2leśyā ni­rde­śa­taḥ sādhyā kṛ­ṣṇe­tyā­di­sva­rū­pa­taḥ | varṇato bhra­ma­rā­dī­nāṃ chāyāṃ bibhrati bāhyataḥ || 2 || TAŚV-ML 4.22.3a­naṃ­ta­bhe­da­mā­sāṃ syād va­rṇāṃ­ta­ra­m api sphuṭaṃ | e­ka­dvi­tri­ka­saṃ­khyā­di­kṛ­ṣṇā­di­gu­ṇa­yo­ga­taḥ || 3 || TAŚV-ML 4.22.4ta­thāṃ­taḥ­pa­ri­ṇā­me­na sā­dhya­jī­va­sya tattvataḥ | sa cā­saṃ­khyā­ta­lo­kā­tma­pra­de­śa­pa­ri­mā­ṇa­kaḥ || 4 || TAŚV-ML 4.22.5ta­tka­ṣā­yo­da­ya­sthā­ne­ṣv i­ya­tsū­tkṛ­ṣṭa­m a­dhya­ma­– | ja­gha­nyā­tma­ka­rū­pe­ṣu kle­śa­hā­nyā ni­va­rta­nā­t || 5 || TAŚV-ML 4.22.6kṛ­ṣṇā­da­yo '­śu­bhā­s tisro vi­va­rtaṃ­te śa­rī­ri­ṇaḥ | ja­gha­nya­ma­dhya­mo­tkṛ­ṣṭe­ṣv aṃ­śāṃ­śe­ṣu vi­vṛ­ddhi­taḥ || 6 || TAŚV-ML 4.22.7vi­śu­ddhe­r u­tta­rā­s tisraḥ śubhā evaṃ vi­pa­rya­yā­t | vi­śu­ddhi­hā­nyā saṃ­kle­śa­vṛ­ddhyā caiva śu­bhe­ta­rāḥ || 7 || TAŚV-ML 4.22.8ekaikā cāpy a­saṃ­khye­ya­lo­kā­tmā vya­va­sā­ya­bhṛ­t | le­śyā­vi­śe­ṣa­to jñeyāḥ ka­ṣā­yo­da­ya­bhe­da­taḥ || 8 || TAŚV-ML 4.22.9tathā saṃ­kra­ma­taḥ sādhyā leśyāḥ kle­śa­vi­śu­ddhi­jā­t | kli­śya­mā­na­sya kṛṣṇāyāṃ na le­śyāṃ­ta­ra­saṃ­kra­maḥ || 9 || TAŚV-ML 4.22.10tasyām eva tu ṣa­ṭsthā­na­pa­ti­te­na vi­va­rdha­te | hīyate ca pumān eṣa saṃ­kra­me­ṇa ni­ja­kra­mā­t || 10 || TAŚV-ML 4.22.11kṛṣṇā prā­tha­mi­ka­kle­śa­sthā­nā­d dhi pa­ri­va­rdha­te | saṃ­khye­yā­d apy a­saṃ­khye­ya­bhā­ga­taḥ sva­ni­mi­tta­taḥ || 11 || TAŚV-ML 4.22.12saṃ­khye­yā­di­gu­ṇā­d vāpi nā­nya­the­ti vi­ni­śca­yaḥ | le­śyāṃ­ta­ra­sya kṛṣṇāto '­śu­bha­syā­nya­sya bā­dha­nā­t || 12 || TAŚV-ML 4.22.13ta­tkṛ­ṣṇa­le­śya­taḥ sthā­nā­ddhī­ya­mā­no vi­hī­ya­te | kṛ­ṣṇā­yā­m eva nānyasyāṃ leśyāyāṃ he­tva­bhā­va­taḥ || 13 || TAŚV-ML 4.22.14sā­dya­naṃ­tā­di­bhā­gā­d vā saṃ­khyā­tā­di­gu­ṇā­t tathā | hīyate nānyathā sthā­na­ṣa­ṭka­saṃ­kra­ma­to subhṛt || 14 || TAŚV-ML 4.22.15ya­dā­naṃ­ta­gu­ṇā hāniḥ kṛṣṇāyāḥ saṃ­kra­ma­s tadā | nīlāyā u­tta­ma­sthā­ne ta­lle­śyāṃ­ta­ra­saṃ­kra­maḥ || 15 || TAŚV-ML 4.22.16evaṃ vi­śu­ddhi­vṛ­ddhau syāc chu­kla­le­śya­sya saṃkramaḥ | śu­klā­yā­m eva nānyatra leśyā e­vā­va­sā­na­taḥ || 16 || TAŚV-ML 4.22.17tathā vi­śu­ddhi­hā­nyāṃ syāt ta­lle­śyāṃ­ta­ra­saṃ­kra­maḥ | a­naṃ­ta­gu­ṇa­hā­nyai­va nā­nya­hā­nyā ka­dā­ca­na || 17 || TAŚV-ML 4.22.18madhye le­śyā­ca­tu­ṣka­sya śu­ddhi­saṃ­kle­śa­yo­r nṛṇāṃ | hānau vṛddhau ca vi­jñe­ya­s teṣāṃ sva­pa­ra­saṃ­kra­maḥ || 18 || TAŚV-ML 4.22.19tathaiva karmato leśyāḥ sādhyāḥ ṣaḍ api bhedataḥ | pha­la­la­kṣa­ṇa­dṛ­ṣṭāṃ­ta­sā­ma­rthyā­t ta­ttva­ve­di­bhiḥ || 19 || TAŚV-ML 4.22.20ādyā tu skaṃ­dha­bhe­de­cchā vi­ṭa­pa­cche­da­śe­mu­pī | parā ca śā­khā­che­dī­cchā­d a­nu­śā­kha­chi­dai­ṣa­ṇā || 20 || TAŚV-ML 4.22.21piṃ­ḍi­kā­che­da­ne­cchā na svayaṃ pa­ti­ta­mā­tra­ka | pha­lā­di­tsā ca kṛ­ṣṇā­di­le­śyā­nāṃ bha­kṣa­ṇe­ccha­yā || 21 || TAŚV-ML 4.22.22tathā la­kṣa­ṇa­to leśyāḥ sādhyāḥ siddhāḥ pra­mā­ṇa­taḥ | parān a­nu­bha­yā­diḥ syāt kṛ­ṣṇā­yā­s tatra lakṣaṇaḥ || 22 || TAŚV-ML 4.22.23a­la­syā­di­s tu nīlāyā mā­tsa­ryā­diḥ punaḥ sphuṭaṃ | kāpotyā dṛ­ḍha­mai­tryā­diḥ pītāyāḥ sa­tya­vā­di­tā || 23 || TAŚV-ML 4.22.24prabhṛti pa­dma­le­śyā­yāḥ śuklāyāḥ pra­śa­mā­di­kaṃ | gatyā leśyās tathā jñeyāḥ prāṇināṃ ba­hu­bhe­da­yā || 24 || TAŚV-ML 4.22.25pra­tyaṃ­śa­kaṃ sa­mā­khyā­tāḥ ṣa­ṅviṃ­śa­ti­r i­hāṃ­śa­kāḥ | tatrāṣṭau ma­dhya­mā­s tāvad āyuṣo baṃ­dha­he­ta­vaḥ || 25 || TAŚV-ML 4.22.26ā­rṣo­pa­de­śa­taḥ siddhāḥ śeṣās tu ga­ti­he­ta­vaḥ | pu­ṇya­pā­pa­vi­śe­ṣā­ṇā­m u­pa­cā­ra­ta­yā hi te || 26 || TAŚV-ML 4.22.27bha­vā­yu­rga­ti­bhe­dā­nāṃ kāraṇaṃ nā­ma­bhe­da­va­t | śu­klo­tkṛ­ṣṭāṃ­śa­kā­d ātmā bhavet sa­rvā­rtha­si­ddhi­gaḥ || 27 || TAŚV-ML 4.22.28kṛ­ṣṇo­tkṛ­ṣṭāṃ­śa­kā­t tu syād a­pra­ti­ṣṭhā­na­gā­my asau | śe­ṣāṃ­śa­ka­va­śā­n nā­nā­ga­ti­bhā­g a­va­ga­mya­tā­m || 28 || TAŚV-ML 4.22.29ya­thā­ga­maṃ pra­paṃ­ce­na vi­dyā­naṃ­da­ma­ho­da­yā | svā­mi­tve­na tathā sādhyā leśyā sā­dha­na­to pi ca || 29 || TAŚV-ML 4.22.30saṃkhyātaḥ kṣe­tra­ta­ś cāpi spa­rśa­nā­t kālato ṃ­ta­rā­t | bhāvāc cā­lpa­ba­hu­tvā­c ca pū­rva­sū­tro­kta­nī­ti­taḥ || 30 ||

TA-ML 4.23 prā­ggrai­ve­ya­ke­bhyaḥ kalpāḥ || 23 ||

TAŚV-ML 4.23.1kalpāḥ prāg eva te bodhyā grai­ve­ya­ka­vi­mā­na­taḥ | ta­dā­da­ya­s tu sā­ma­rthyā­t ka­lpā­tī­tāḥ pra­tī­ti­taḥ || 1 ||

TA-ML 4.24 bra­hma­lo­kā­la­yā lau­kāṃ­ti­kāḥ || 24 ||

TAŚV-ML 4.24.1tatra lau­kāṃ­ti­kā devā bra­hma­lo­kā­la­yā iti | sū­ca­nā­t ka­lpa­vā­si­tvaṃ teṣāṃ ni­ya­ta­m ucyate || 1 ||

TA-ML 4.25 sā­ra­sva­tā­d ity a­va­nhya­ru­ṇa­ga­rda­to­ya­tu­ṣi­tā­vyā­bā­dhā­ri­ṣṭā­ś ca || 25 ||

TAŚV-ML 4.25.1te nva­rtha­saṃ­jña­tāṃ prāptā bhedāḥ sā­ra­sva­tā­da­yaḥ | te­nai­ka­ca­ra­mā­s ta­dva­ccha­krā­dyā­ś co­pa­la­kṣi­tāḥ || 1 ||

TA-ML 4.26 vi­ja­yā­di­ṣu dvi­ca­ra­māḥ || 26 ||

TAŚV-ML 4.26.1tathā dvi­ca­ra­māḥ proktā vi­ja­yā­di­ṣu yato 'marāḥ | tato nyatra niyāmo sti na ma­nu­ṣya­bha­ve­ṣv iha || 1 || TAŚV-ML 4.26.2ity e­kā­da­śa­bhiḥ sūtrair vai­mā­ni­ka­ni­rū­pa­ṇaṃ | yu­ktyā­ga­ma­va­śā­dā­ttaṃ ta­nni­kā­ya­ca­tu­ṣṭa­ya­m || 2 ||

TA-ML 4.27 au­pa­pā­di­ka­ma­nu­ṣye­bhyaḥ śe­ṣā­sti­rya­gyo­na­yaḥ || 27 ||

TAŚV-ML 4.27.1sa­rva­lo­kā­śra­yāḥ siddhās tiryaṃco py arthato ṃginaḥ | saṃ­tau­pa­pā­di­ke bhyaste ma­nu­ṣye­bhyo pi cāpare || 1 || TAŚV-ML 4.27.2iti saṃ­kṣe­pa­ta­sti­rya­gyo­ni­jā­nāṃ vi­ni­śca­yaḥ | kṛto tra sū­tra­kā­re­ṇa la­kṣa­ṇā­vā­sa­bhe­da­taḥ || 2 ||

TA-ML 4.28 sthitir a­su­ra­nā­ga­su­pa­rṇa­dvī­pa­śe­ṣā­ṇāṃ sā­ga­ro­pa­ma­tri­pa­lyo­pa­mā­rdha- TA-ML 4.28 hī­na­mi­tā || 28 ||

TA-ML 4.29 sau­dha­rmai­śā­na­yoḥ sā­ga­ro­pa­me dhike || 29 ||

TA-ML 4.30 sā­na­tku­mā­ra­mā­heṃ­dra­yoḥ sapta || 30 ||

TA-ML 4.31 tri­sa­pta­na­vai­kā­da­śa­tra­yo­da­śa­paṃ­ca­da­śa­bhi­r a­dhi­kā­ni tu || 31 ||

TA-ML 4.32 ā­ra­ṇā­cyu­tā­d ūrdhvam e­kai­ke­na navasu grai­ve­ya­ke­ṣu vi­ja­yā­di­ṣu TA-ML 4.32 sa­rvā­rtha­si­ddhau ca || 32 ||

TAŚV-ML 4.32.1sthitir ity ā­di­sū­tre­ṇa yoktā bha­va­na­vā­si­nāṃ | vi­śe­ṣe­ṇa sthitir yā ca ta­da­naṃ­ta­ra­kī­rti­tā || 1 || TAŚV-ML 4.32.3sūtraiś ca­tu­rbhi­r a­bhyā­sā­dya­thā­ga­ma­vi­śe­ṣa­taḥ | parā vai­mā­ni­kā­nāṃ ca so­tta­ra­trā­va­ro­kti­taḥ || 3 ||

TA-ML 4.33 aparā pa­lyo­pa­ma­m a­dhi­ka­m || 33 ||

TAŚV-ML 4.33.1pa­lyo­pa­ma­m a­ti­ri­kta­m a­va­rā­sthi­ti­m a­bra­vī­t | sau­dha­rmai­śā­na­yoḥ sahe sūtre rthāt saṃ­pra­tī­ya­te || 1 ||

TA-ML 4.34 parataḥ parataḥ pūrvā pū­rvā­naṃ­ta­rā || 34 ||

TA-ML 4.35 nā­ra­kā­ṇāṃ ca dvi­tī­yā­di­ṣu || 35 ||

TAŚV-ML 4.35.1sā­na­tku­mā­ra­mā­heṃ­dra­pra­bhṛ­tī­nā­m a­naṃ­ta­re | yathā tathā dvi­tī­yā­di­pṛ­thi­vī­ṣu ni­ve­di­tā || 1 ||

TA-ML 4.36 da­śa­va­rṣa­sa­ha­srā­ṇi pra­tha­mā­yā­m || 36 ||

TA-ML 4.37 bha­va­ne­ṣu ca || 37 ||

TA-ML 4.38 vyaṃ­ta­rā­ṇāṃ ca || 38 ||

TAŚV-ML 4.38.1da­śa­va­rṣa­sa­ha­strā­ṇi pra­tha­mā­yā­m u­dī­ri­tā | bha­va­ne­ṣu ca sā proktā vyaṃ­ta­rā­ṇāṃ ca tāvatī || 1 ||

TA-ML 4.39 pa­rā­pa­lyo­pa­ma­m a­dhi­ka­m || 39 ||

TA-ML 4.40 jyo­ti­ṣkā­ṇāṃ ca || 40 ||

TA-ML 4.41 ta­da­ṣṭa­bhā­go 'parā || 41 ||

TAŚV-ML 4.41.1pa­re­ṣā­m adhikaṃ jñeyaṃ pa­lyo­pa­ma­m a­va­sthi­tiḥ | jyo­ti­ṣkā­ṇāṃ ca ta­dva­tta­da­ṣṭa­bhā­go '­pa­ro­di­tā || 1 || TAŚV-ML 4.41.2sā­ma­rthyā­n madhyamā bodhyā sarveṣāṃ sthitir āyuṣaḥ | prāṇināṃ sā ca saṃbhāvyā ka­rma­vai­ci­trya­si­ddhi­taḥ || 2 || TAŚV-ML 4.41.3nanu ya­dva­dgha­ṭā­dī­nāṃ vicitrā sthitir iṣyate | ka­rmā­na­pe­kṣi­ṇāṃ ta­dva­dde­hi­nā­m iti ye viduḥ || 3 || TAŚV-ML 4.41.4te '­na­bhi­jñā gha­ṭā­dī­nā­m api ta­dbho­ktṛ­ka­rma­bhiḥ | sthiter ni­ṣpā­da­nā­dṛ­ṣṭa­kā­ra­ṇa­vya­bhi­cā­ra­taḥ || 4 || TAŚV-ML 4.41.5sūkṣmo bhū­ta­vi­śe­ṣa­ś ced vyā­bhi­cā­re­ṇa varjitaḥ | ta­ddhe­tu­r vividhaṃ karma tan na siddhaṃ ta­thā­khya­yā || 5 || TAŚV-ML 4.41.6tataḥ saṃ­sā­ri­ṇo jīvāḥ sva­ta­ttvā­di­bhi­r īritāḥ | nā­nai­kā­tma­ta­yā saṃto nā­nya­thā­rtha­kri­yā­kṣa­teḥ || 6 || TAŚV-ML 4.41.7ja­nmā­sti­tvaṃ nivṛttiṃ ca kramād vṛddhim a­pa­kṣa­yaṃ | vināśaṃ ca pra­pa­dyaṃ­te vikāraṃ ṣaṅvidhaṃ hi te || 7 || TAŚV-ML 4.41.8bibhrate stitvam evaite śa­śva­de­kā­tma­ka­tva­taḥ | nānyaṃ vi­kā­ra­m ity eke tan na ja­nmā­di­dṛ­ṣṭi­taḥ || 8 || TAŚV-ML 4.41.9ja­nmā­da­yaḥ pra­dhā­na­sya vikārāḥ pa­ri­ṇā­mi­naḥ | ta­tsaṃ­sa­rgā­t pra­tī­yaṃ­te bhrāṃte puṃsīti cen na vai || 9 || TAŚV-ML 4.41.10teṣāṃ bhā­va­vi­kā­ra­tvā­d ātmany apy a­vi­ro­dha­taḥ | ja­nmā­di­ra­hi­ta­syā­syā­pra­tī­te bhrāṃ­tya­si­ddhi­taḥ || 10 || TAŚV-ML 4.41.11vikārī puruṣaḥ sattvād ba­hu­dhā­na­ka­va­t tava | sa­rva­thā­rtha­kri­yā­hā­ne­r anyathā sa­ttva­hā­ni­taḥ || 11 || TAŚV-ML 4.41.12jāyaṃte te vi­na­śyaṃ­ti saṃti ca kṣa­ṇa­mā­tra­kaṃ | pumāṃso na vi­va­rtaṃ­te vṛ­ddhya­pa­kṣa­ya­gā­ś ca na || 12 || TAŚV-ML 4.41.13iti kecit pra­dhva­stā­s te py e­te­nai­vā­vi­gā­na­taḥ | vi­va­rtā­dyā­tma­tā­pā­ye sa­ttva­syā­nu­pa­pa­tti­taḥ || 13 || TAŚV-ML 4.41.14abtataḥ sva­ta­ttvā­di­vi­śe­ṣa­ciṃ­ta­naṃ ghaṭeta jīvasya na­ya­pra­mā­ṇa­taḥ | TAŚV-ML 4.41.14cdkra­mā­dya­ne­kāṃ­ta­ta­yā vya­va­sthi­te­r i­ho­di­ta­nyā­ya­ba­le­na tattvataḥ || 14 ||
TAŚV-ML 392,1 oṃ TAŚV-ML 392,2atha pañcamo 'dhyāyaḥ || 5 ||

TA-ML 5.1 a­jī­va­kā­yā dha­rmā­dha­rmā­kā­śa­pu­dga­lāḥ || 1 ||

TAŚV-ML 5.1.1a­thā­jī­va­vi­bhā­gā­di­vi­vā­da­vi­ni­vṛ­tta­ye | a­jī­ve­tyā­di­sū­tra­sya pra­vṛ­tti­r u­pa­pa­dya­te || 1 || TAŚV-ML 5.1.2a­jī­va­nā­d ajīvāḥ syur iti sā­mā­nya­la­kṣa­ṇaṃ | kāyāḥ pra­de­śa­bā­hu­lyā­d iti kālād vi­śi­ṣṭa­tā || 2 || TAŚV-ML 5.1.3dha­rmā­di­śa­bda­to bodhyo vibhāgo bhe­da­la­kṣa­ṇaḥ | tena naikaṃ pra­dhā­nā­di­rū­pa­tā nāpy a­naṃ­śa­tā || 3 || TAŚV-ML 5.1.4niḥ­śe­ṣā­ṇā­m a­jī­vā­nā­m iti siddhaṃ pra­tī­ti­taḥ | vipakṣe bā­dha­sa­dbhā­vā­d dṛ­ṣṭe­ne­ṣṭe­na ca svayam || 4 ||

TA-ML 5.2 dravyāṇi || 2 ||

TAŚV-ML 5.2.1ta­dgu­ṇā­di­sva­bhā­va­tvaṃ dra­vyā­ṇī­tī­ha sūtrataḥ | dra­vya­la­kṣa­ṇa­sa­dbhā­vā­t pra­tyā­khyā­ta­m a­ve­ya­te || 1 || TAŚV-ML 5.2.2dha­rmā­dha­rmau matau dravye gu­ṇi­tvā­t pu­dga­lā­di­va­t | ta­thā­kā­śa­ma­to naiṣāṃ gu­ṇā­bhā­va­sva­bhā­va­tā || 2 || TAŚV-ML 5.2.3na hetor ā­śra­yā­si­ddhi­s teṣām agre pra­sā­dha­nā­t | nāpi sva­rū­pa­to siddhir ma­ha­ttvā­di­gu­ṇa­sthi­teḥ || 3 ||

TA-ML 5.3 jīvāś ca || 3 ||

TAŚV-ML 5.3.1ka­lpi­tā­ś ci­tta­saṃ­tā­nā jīvā iti ni­ra­sya­te | jīvāś cetīha sūtreṇa dra­vyā­ṇī­ty a­nu­vṛ­tti­taḥ || 1 || TAŚV-ML 5.3.2kṣmā­di­bhū­ta­ca­tu­ṣkā­c ca dra­vyāṃ­ta­ra­ta­yā gatiḥ | nanu de­ha­gu­ṇa­tvā­di­r iti dehāt pare narāḥ || 2 ||

TA-ML 5.4 ni­tyā­va­sthi­tā­ny a­rū­pā­ṇi || 4 ||

TAŚV-ML 5.4.1dra­vyā­rthi­ka­na­yā­t tāni nityāny e­vā­nvi­ta­tva­taḥ | a­va­sthi­tā­ni sāṃ­ka­rya­syā­nyo­nyaṃ śa­śva­da­sthi­teḥ || 1 || TAŚV-ML 5.4.2tato dra­vyāṃ­ta­ra­syā­pi dra­vya­ṣa­ṭkā­d a­bhā­va­taḥ | ta­tpa­ryā­yā­na­va­sthā­nā­n nityatve pu­na­ra­rtha­taḥ || 2 || TAŚV-ML 5.4.3a­rū­pā­ṇī­ti sā­mā­nyā­d āha na tv a­pa­vā­da­taḥ | rū­pi­tva­va­ca­nā­d agre pu­dga­lā­nāṃ vi­śe­ṣa­taḥ || 3 ||

TA-ML 5.5 rūpiṇaḥ pudgalāḥ || 5 ||

TAŚV-ML 5.5.1a­rū­pi­tvā­pa­vā­do 'yaṃ rūpiṇaḥ pudgalā iti | rūpaṃ mūrtir iha jñeyā na svabhāve khi­lā­rtha­bhā­k || 1 || TAŚV-ML 5.5.2rū­pā­di­pa­ri­ṇā­ma­sya mū­rti­tve­nā­bhi­dhā­na­taḥ | spa­rśā­di­ma­ttva­m e­te­ṣā­m u­pa­la­kṣye­ta tattvataḥ || 2 ||

TA-ML 5.6 ā ā­kā­śā­d e­ka­dra­vyā­ṇi || 6 ||

TAŚV-ML 5.6.1e­ka­saṃ­khyā­vi­śi­ṣṭā­nī­ty e­ka­dra­vyā­ṇi sū­ca­ya­n | a­ne­ka­dra­vya­tāṃ haṃti dha­rmā­dī­nā­m a­saṃ­śa­ya­m || 1 || TAŚV-ML 5.6.2ā ā­kā­śā­d iti khyātiḥ pu­dga­lā­nāṃ nṛṇām api | kā­lā­ṇū­nā­m a­ne­ka­tva­vi­śi­ṣṭa­dra­vya­tāṃ viduḥ || 2 || TAŚV-ML 5.6.3e­ka­dra­vya­m ayaṃ dharmaḥ syād a­dha­rma­ś ca tattvataḥ | mahattve sa­tya­mū­rta­tvā­t kha­va­tta­tsi­ddhi­vā­di­nā­m || 3 || TAŚV-ML 5.6.4nā­nā­dra­vya­m asau nā­nā­pra­de­śa­tvā­d dha­rā­di­va­t | ity a­yu­kta­m a­ne­kāṃ­tā­d ā­kā­śe­nai­ka­tā hṛtā || 4 || TAŚV-ML 5.6.5tasya nā­nā­pra­de­śa­tva­sā­dha­nā­d agrato nayāt | ni­raṃ­śa­sya sa ta­tsa­rva­mū­rta­dra­vyai­r a­saṃ­ga­taḥ || 5 ||

TA-ML 5.7 ni­ṣkri­yā­ṇi ca || 7 ||

TAŚV-ML 5.7.1ni­ṣkri­yā­ṇi ca tānīti pa­ri­spaṃ­da­vi­mu­kti­taḥ | sūtritaṃ tri­ja­ga­dvyā­pi­rū­pā­ṇāṃ spaṃ­da­hā­ni­taḥ || 1 || TAŚV-ML 5.7.2sā­ma­rthyā­t sakriyau jī­va­pu­dga­lā­v iti niścayaḥ | jīvasya ni­ṣkri­ya­tve hi na kri­yā­he­tu­tā tanau || 2 || TAŚV-ML 5.7.3pra­ya­tnā­di­gu­ṇa­s tadvān na hetur iti cen na vai | guṇo sti tadvato bhinnaḥ sa­rva­the­ti ni­ve­di­ta­m || 3 || TAŚV-ML 5.7.4kri­yā­he­tu­gu­ṇa­tvā­d vā lo­ṣṭha­va­tsa­kri­yaḥ pumān | dha­rma­dra­vye­ṇa ced asya vya­bhi­cā­raḥ pa­ra­śru­tau || 4 || TAŚV-ML 5.7.5na tasya pre­ra­ṇā­he­tu­gu­ṇa­yo­gi­tva­hā­ni­taḥ | ni­mi­tta­mā­tra­he­tu­tvā­t svayaṃ ga­ti­vi­va­rti­nā­m || 5 || TAŚV-ML 5.7.6kālo '­sa­rva­ga­ta­tve­na kri­yā­va­n nā­nu­ṣa­jya­te | sarvadā ja­ga­de­kai­ka­de­śa­stha­tvā­t pṛthak pṛthak || 6 || TAŚV-ML 5.7.7nanv evaṃ na kriyatve pi dha­rmā­dī­nāṃ vya­va­sthi­teḥ | na syuḥ svayam a­bhi­pre­tā ja­nma­sthā­na­vya­ya­kri­yāḥ || 7 || TAŚV-ML 5.7.8ta­tho­tpā­da­vya­ya­dhrau­vya­yu­ktaṃ sad iti lakṣaṇaṃ | tatra na syāt tato naiṣāṃ dravyatvaṃ va­stu­tā­pi ca || 8 || TAŚV-ML 5.7.9ity apāstaṃ pa­ri­spaṃ­da­kri­yā­yāḥ pra­ti­ṣe­dha­nā­t | u­tpā­dā­di­kri­yā­si­ddhe­r anyathā sa­ttva­hā­ni­taḥ || 9 || TAŚV-ML 5.7.10pa­ri­spaṃ­da­kri­yā­mū­lā na­co­tpā­dā­da­yaḥ kriyāḥ | sarvatra gu­ṇa­bhe­dā­nā­m u­tpā­dā­di­vi­ro­dha­taḥ || 10 || TAŚV-ML 5.7.11sva­pa­ra­pra­tya­yau ja­nma­vya­yau yadi gu­ṇā­di­ṣu | sthitiś ca kiṃ na dha­rmā­di­dra­vye­ṣv evam u­pe­ya­te || 11 || TAŚV-ML 5.7.12ga­ti­sthi­tya­va­gā­hā­nāṃ paratra na ni­baṃ­dha­naṃ | dha­rmā­dī­ni kri­yā­śū­nya­sva­bhā­va­tvā­t kha­pu­ṣpa­va­t || 12 || TAŚV-ML 5.7.13kri­yā­va­ttva­pra­saṃ­go vā teṣāṃ vā­yu­dha­rāṃ­bu­va­t | ity acodyaṃ ba­lā­dhā­na­mā­tra­tvā­d ga­ma­nā­di­ṣu || 13 || TAŚV-ML 5.7.14dha­rmā­dī­nāṃ sva­śa­ktyai­va ga­tyā­di­pa­ri­ṇā­mi­nāṃ | ya­theṃ­dri­yaṃ ba­lā­dhā­na­mā­traṃ vi­ṣa­ya­saṃ­ni­dhau || 14 || TAŚV-ML 5.7.15puṃsaḥ svayaṃ sa­ma­rtha­sya tatra siddher na cānyathā | tatraiva dra­vya­sā­ma­rthyā­n ni­ṣkri­yā­ṇā­m api svayaṃ || 15 || TAŚV-ML 5.7.16dha­rmā­dī­nāṃ pa­ra­trā­stu kri­yā­kā­ra­ṇa­m āptatā | na­cai­va­m ātmanaḥ kā­ya­kri­yā­he­tu­tva­m ā­pa­te­t || 16 || TAŚV-ML 5.7.17sarvathā ni­ṣkri­ya­syā­pi svayaṃ mā­na­vi­ro­dha­taḥ | ātmā hi prerako hetur iṣṭaḥ kā­yā­di­ka­rma­ṇi || 17 || TAŚV-ML 5.7.18tṛ­ṇā­di­ka­rma­ṇī­vā­stu pa­va­nā­di­ś ca sakriyaḥ | vī­ryāṃ­ta­rā­ya­vi­jñā­nā­va­ra­ṇa­cche­da­bhe­da­taḥ || 18 || TAŚV-ML 5.7.19sa­kri­ya­syai­va jīvasya tato ṃge ka­rma­he­tu­tā | haste ka­rmā­tma­saṃ­yo­ga­pra­pa­nnā­bhyā­m u­pe­ya­te || 19 || TAŚV-ML 5.7.20yais te pi ca pra­ti­kṣi­ptā­s tayos ta­ccha­ktya­yo­ga­taḥ | niṣkriyo hi ya­thā­tmai­ṣāṃ kri­yā­va­dvai­sa­dṛ­śya­taḥ || 20 || TAŚV-ML 5.7.21kā­lā­di­va­tta­thai­vā­tma­saṃ­yo­gaḥ sa­pra­ya­tna­kaḥ | guṇaḥ syāt tasya tadvac ca ni­ṣkri­ya­tvā­di­de­śa­taḥ || 21 || TAŚV-ML 5.7.22guṇāḥ karmāṇi caitena vyā­khyā­tā­nī­ti sū­ca­nā­t | na tāvad ā­tma­saṃ­yo­gaḥ kevalaḥ ka­rma­kā­ra­ṇaṃ || 22 || TAŚV-ML 5.7.23niḥ­pra­ya­tna­sya hastādau kri­yā­he­tu­tva­hā­ni­taḥ | naikasya ta­tpra­ya­tna­sya kri­yā­he­tu­tva­m īkṣyate || 23 || TAŚV-ML 5.7.24śa­rī­rā­yo­gi­no nyasya tataḥ ka­rma­pra­saṃ­ga­taḥ | sa­hi­tā­v ā­tma­saṃ­yo­ga­pra­pa­nnau kurutaḥ kriyāḥ || 24 || TAŚV-ML 5.7.25ha­stā­dā­v ity a­saṃ­bhā­vya­ma­na­yoḥ sa­ha­dṛ­ṣṭi­va­t | a­dṛ­ṣṭā­pe­kṣi­ṇau tau ced a­ku­rvā­ṇau kriyāṃ nari || 25 || TAŚV-ML 5.7.26hastādau kurutaḥ karma naivaṃ kvacid a­dṛ­ṣṭa­taḥ | u­ṣṇā­pe­kṣo yathā va­nhi­saṃ­yo­gaḥ ka­la­śā­di­ṣu || 26 || TAŚV-ML 5.7.27rū­pā­dī­n pā­ka­jā­n vartate vahnau svāśraye tathā | nṛ­saṃ­yo­gā­di­r anyatra kriyām ā­ra­bha­te na tu || 27 || TAŚV-ML 5.7.28svādhāre nari tasyetthaṃ sā­ma­rthyā­d iti cen na vai | vai­ṣa­myā­d a­sma­di­ṣṭa­sya siddheḥ sā­dhya­sa­ma­tva­taḥ || 28 || TAŚV-ML 5.7.29pra­tī­ti­bā­dha­nā­c cai­ta­dvi­pa­rī­ta­pra­si­ddhi­taḥ | sādhye kri­yā­ni­mi­tta­tve dṛṣṭāṃto hy a­kri­yā­śra­yaḥ || 29 || TAŚV-ML 5.7.30syād eṣa vi­ṣa­ma­s tāvad a­gni­saṃ­yo­ga u­ṣṇa­bhṛ­t | yathā ca svāśraye kurvan vikāraṃ ka­la­śā­di­ṣu || 30 || TAŚV-ML 5.7.31karoti va­nhi­saṃ­yo­gaḥ puṃso yogas tathā tanau | ity a­sma­di­ṣṭa­saṃ­si­ddhiḥ kri­yā­pa­ri­ṇa­ta­sya nuḥ || 31 || TAŚV-ML 5.7.32kāye kri­yā­ni­mi­tta­tva­si­ddheḥ saṃ­yo­gi­ni sphuṭaṃ | saṃ­yo­gā­rthāṃ­ta­raṃ vanheḥ ku­ṭā­de­ś ca ta­dā­śri­taḥ || 32 || TAŚV-ML 5.7.33sa­ma­vā­yā­t tato bhi­nna­pra­tī­tyā bādhyate na kiṃ | gha­ṭā­di­ṣv ā­ma­rū­pā­dī­n vi­nā­śa­ya­ti sa svayaṃ || 33 || TAŚV-ML 5.7.34pā­ka­jā­n ja­na­ya­ty etat pra­ti­pa­dye­ta kaḥ sudhīḥ | na caiṣā pā­ka­jo­tpa­tti­pra­kri­yā vya­va­ti­ṣṭha­te || 34 || TAŚV-ML 5.7.35vanheḥ pā­ka­ja­ru­pā­di­pa­ri­ṇā­māḥ ku­ṭā­di­ṣu | sva­he­tu­bhe­da­taḥ sarvaḥ pa­ri­ṇā­maḥ pra­tī­ya­te || 35 || TAŚV-ML 5.7.36pū­rvā­kā­ra­pa­ri­tyā­gā­d u­tta­rā­kā­ra­la­bdhi­taḥ | kuṭe pā­ka­ja­rū­pā­di­pa­ri­tyā­ge­na jāyate || 36 || TAŚV-ML 5.7.37vanheḥ pā­ka­ja­rū­pā­di­s tathā dṛṣṭer a­bā­dha­nā­t | nau­ṣṇyā­pe­kṣa­s tato va­nhi­saṃ­yo­go tra ni­da­rśa­naṃ || 37 || TAŚV-ML 5.7.38nuḥ kri­yā­he­tu­tā­si­ddhau vi­pa­rī­ta­pra­si­ddhi­taḥ | a­nu­ṣṇā­śī­ta­rū­pa­ś cā­pre­ra­ko nu­pa­ghā­ta­kaḥ || 38 || TAŚV-ML 5.7.39kuṭeḥ prāptaḥ kathaṃ rū­pā­dyu­cche­do­tpā­da­kā­ra­ṇaṃ | gurutvaṃ niṣkriyaṃ loṣṭhe va­rta­mā­naṃ tṛ­ṇā­di­ṣu || 39 || TAŚV-ML 5.7.40kri­yā­he­tu­r yathā ta­dva­tpra­ya­tnā­di­s ta­the­kṣa­ṇā­t | ye tv āhus te pi vidhvastāḥ pra­tye­ta­vyā di­śā­na­yā || 40 || TAŚV-ML 5.7.41svāśraye vi­kri­yā­he­tau tato nyatra hi vikriyā | dra­vya­syai­va kri­yā­he­tu­pa­ri­ṇā­mā­t punaḥ punaḥ || 41 || TAŚV-ML 5.7.42kri­yā­kā­ri­tva­m anyatra pratītyā naiva bādhyate | pu­ru­ṣa­s tadguṇo vāpi na kri­yā­kā­ra­ṇaṃ tanau || 42 || TAŚV-ML 5.7.43ni­ṣkri­ya­tvā­d yathā vyomety uktir yātmani bādhakaṃ | nā­nai­kāṃ­ti­ka­tā dha­rma­dra­vye­ṇā­sya ka­thaṃ­ca­na || 43 || TAŚV-ML 5.7.44tasyāḥ pre­ra­ka­tā­si­ddheḥ kriyāyā vi­gra­hā­di­ṣu | evaṃ sa­kri­ya­tā­si­ddhā­v ātmano ni­rvṛ­tā­v api || 44 || TAŚV-ML 5.7.45sa­kri­ya­tvaṃ prasaktaṃ ced iṣṭam ū­rdhva­ga­ti­tva­taḥ | yādṛśī sa­śa­rī­ra­sya kriyā muktasya tādṛśī || 45 || TAŚV-ML 5.7.46na yuktā tasya mu­kta­tva­vi­ro­dhā­t ka­rma­saṃ­ga­teḥ | kri­yā­ne­ka­pra­kā­rā hi pu­dga­lā­nā­m i­vā­tma­nāṃ || 46 || TAŚV-ML 5.7.47sva­pa­ra­pra­tya­yā­ya­tta­bhe­dā na vya­ti­kī­rya­te | sānyaiva sadvato yeṣāṃ teṣāṃ ta­ddva­ya­śū­nya­tā || 47 || TAŚV-ML 5.7.48kri­yā­kri­yā­va­to­r bhe­de­nā­pra­tī­teḥ ka­dā­ca­na | kri­yā­kri­yā­śra­yau bhinnau vi­bhi­nna­pra­tya­ya­tva­taḥ || 48 || TAŚV-ML 5.7.49sa­hya­viṃ­dhya­va­d ity e­ta­dvi­bhe­dai­kāṃ­ta­sā­dha­naṃ | dha­rmi­grā­hi­pra­mā­ṇe­na hetor bā­dha­na­ni­rṇa­yā­t || 49 || TAŚV-ML 5.7.50ka­thaṃ­ci­d bhi­nna­yo­s tena tayor gra­ha­ṇa­taḥ sphuṭaṃ | vi­bhi­nna­pra­tya­ya­tvaṃ ca sarvathā yadi gadyate || 50 || TAŚV-ML 5.7.51tata eva tadā tasya siddhatvaṃ pra­ti­vā­di­naḥ | ka­thaṃ­ci­t tu na tatsiddhaṃ vā­di­nā­m ity a­sā­dha­naṃ || 51 || TAŚV-ML 5.7.52viruddhaṃ vā bhaved i­ṣṭa­vi­pa­rī­ta­pra­sā­dha­nā­t | sā­dhya­sā­dha­na­vai­ka­lyaṃ dṛ­ṣṭāṃ­ta­syā­pi dṛ­śya­tā­m || 52 || TAŚV-ML 5.7.53sa­ttve­nā­bhi­nna­yo­r eva pratīteḥ sa­hya­viṃ­dhya­yoḥ | vi­ru­ddha­dha­rma­tā­dhyā­sā­d i­tyā­de­r apy a­he­tu­tā || 53 || TAŚV-ML 5.7.54pro­ktai­te­na pra­pa­tta­vyā sa­rva­thā­py a­vi­śe­ṣa­taḥ | kri­yā­kri­yā­va­to na­nyā­na­nya­de­śa­tva­taḥ kriyā || 54 || TAŚV-ML 5.7.55ta­tsva­rū­pa­va­d ity eke tad apy a­jñā­na­ce­ṣṭi­taṃ | lau­ki­kā­na­ny a­de­śa­tvaṃ hetuś ce­dvya­bhi­cā­ra­tā || 55 || TAŚV-ML 5.7.56vā­tā­ta­pā­di­bhi­s ta­syā­na­nya­de­śai­r vi­bhe­di­bhiḥ | śā­strī­yā­n a­nya­de­śa­tvaṃ manyate sādhanaṃ yadi || 56 || TAŚV-ML 5.7.57na siddham a­nya­de­śa­tva­pra­tī­te rū­pa­yo­s tayoḥ | ta­dva­dde­śā kriyā ta­dva­tsva­kī­yā­śra­ya­de­śa­kaḥ || 57 || TAŚV-ML 5.7.58pra­tī­ya­te ya­dā­na­nya­de­śa­tvaṃ katham etayoḥ | sa­rva­thā­na­nya­de­śa­tva­m asiddhaṃ pra­ti­vā­di­naḥ || 58 || TAŚV-ML 5.7.59ka­thaṃ­ci­d vā­di­na­s ta­tsyā­dvi­ru­ddhaṃ ce­ṣṭa­hā­ni­kṛ­t | dha­rmi­grā­hi­pra­mā­ṇe­na bādhā pakṣasya pū­rva­va­t || 59 || TAŚV-ML 5.7.60sā­dha­na­sya ca vijñeyā tair e­vā­tī­ta­kā­la­tā | niṣkriyāḥ sarvathā sarve bhāvāḥ syuḥ kṣa­ṇi­ka­tva­taḥ || 60 || TAŚV-ML 5.7.61pa­ryā­yā­rtha­ta­yā labdhiṃ pra­ti­kṣa­ṇa­vi­va­rta­va­t | ity āhur ye na te svasthāḥ sā­dha­na­syā­pra­si­ddhi­taḥ || 61 || TAŚV-ML 5.7.62na hi pra­tya­kṣa­taḥ siddhaṃ kṣa­ṇi­ka­tvaṃ ni­ra­nva­yaṃ | sā­dha­rmya­sya tataḥ siddher bahir aṃtaś ca vastunaḥ || 62 || TAŚV-ML 5.7.63i­dā­nīṃ­ta­na­tā dṛṣṭir na kṣa­ṇa­kṣa­yi­ṇaḥ kvacit | kā­lāṃ­ta­ra­sthi­te­r eva ta­thā­tva­pra­ti­pa­tti­taḥ || 63 || TAŚV-ML 5.7.64nā­nu­mā­nā­c ca tatsiddhaṃ ta­ddhe­to­r a­na­bhī­kṣa­ṇā­t | sattvādi sa­ttva­he­tu­ś cen na ta­trā­ga­ma­ka­tva­taḥ || 64 || TAŚV-ML 5.7.65vi­ru­ddhā­di­ta­yā tasya pu­ra­stā­d u­pa­va­rṇa­nā­t | pra­paṃ­ce­na punar neha ta­dvi­cā­raḥ pra­ta­nya­te || 65 || TAŚV-ML 5.7.66ka­thaṃ­ci­n ni­ṣkri­ya­tve na sādhye syāt si­ddha­sā­dha­naṃ | ta­nni­śca­ya­na­yā­de­śā­t prasiddhaṃ sa­rva­va­stu­ṣu || 66 || TAŚV-ML 5.7.67vya­va­hā­ra­na­yā­t teṣāṃ sa­kri­ya­tva­pra­si­ddhi­taḥ | bhūtir yeṣāṃ kriyā saive py ayuktaṃ sā­nva­ya­tva­taḥ || 67 || TAŚV-ML 5.7.68ni­tya­tvā­t sa­rva­bhā­vā­nāṃ ni­ṣkri­ya­tvaṃ tu sarvathā | yair uktaṃ te py a­ne­nai­va hetunā dūṣitā hṛtāḥ || 68 || TAŚV-ML 5.7.69sarvathā ta­nma­ta­dhvaṃ­sā­t pra­mā­ṇā­bhā­va­taḥ kvacit | ka­thaṃ­ci­n ni­tya­tā­he­tu­r yadi tasya vi­ru­ddha­tā || 69 || TAŚV-ML 5.7.70ka­thaṃ­ci­n ni­ṣkri­ya­tva­sya sā­dha­nā­t kṣa­ṇi­kā­di­va­t | tataḥ syur niṣkriyāḥ sarve bhāvāḥ syāt sa­kri­yā­sa­ha || 70 || TAŚV-ML 5.7.71vi­ro­dhā­di­pra­saṃ­ga­ś cen na dṛṣṭe ta­da­yo­ga­taḥ | cai­trai­ka­jñā­na­va­t sve­ṣṭa­ta­ttva­va­d vā pra­vā­di­nā­m || 71 || TAŚV-ML 5.7.72sveṣṭaṃ tattvam a­ni­ṣṭā­tma­śū­nyaṃ sad iti ye viduḥ | sa­da­sa­drū­pa­m ekaṃ te ni­rā­ku­ryuḥ kathaṃ punaḥ || 72 || TAŚV-ML 5.7.73ni­ṣkri­ye­ta­ra­tā­bhā­ve ba­hi­raṃ­taḥ ka­thaṃ­ca­na | pra­tī­te­r bā­dha­śū­nyā­yāḥ sa­rva­thā­py a­vi­śe­ṣa­taḥ || 73 ||

TA-ML 5.8 a­saṃ­khye­yāḥ pradeśā dha­rmā­dha­rmai­ka­jī­vā­nā­m || 8 ||

TAŚV-ML 5.8.1pra­ti­de­śaṃ ja­ga­dvyo­ma­vyā­pta­yo­gya­tva­si­ddhi­taḥ | dha­rmā­dha­rmai­ka­jī­vā­nā­m a­saṃ­khye­ya­pra­de­śa­tā || 1 || TAŚV-ML 5.8.2lo­kā­kā­śa­va­d eva syāc cā­saṃ­khye­ya­pra­de­śā­bhṛ­t | ta­dā­dhye­ya­sya lokasya sā­va­dhi­tva­pra­sā­dha­nā­t || 2 || TAŚV-ML 5.8.3a­naṃ­ta­de­śa­tā­pā­yā­t pra­saṃ­khyā­tu­m a­śa­kti­taḥ | na ta­trā­naṃ­ta­saṃ­khyā­ta­pra­de­śa­tva­vi­bhā­va­nā || 3 || TAŚV-ML 5.8.4e­ka­jī­va­va­caḥ­śa­kte­r nā­saṃ­khye­ya­pra­de­śa­tā | nā­nā­tma­nā­m a­naṃ­tā­di­pra­de­śa­tva­sya saṃ­bha­vā­t || 4 || TAŚV-ML 5.8.5sa­pra­de­śā ime sarve mū­rti­ma­ddra­vya­saṃ­ga­mā­t | sa­kṛ­de­vā­nya­thā ta­syā­yo­gā­d e­kā­ṇu­va­t tataḥ || 5 || TAŚV-ML 5.8.6jīvasya sa­rva­ta­ddra­vya­saṃ­ga­mo na vi­ru­dhya­te | lo­ka­pū­ra­ṇa­saṃ­si­ddheḥ sadā ta­dyo­gya­tā­sthi­teḥ || 6 ||

TA-ML 5.9 ā­kā­śa­syā­naṃ­tāḥ || 9 ||

TAŚV-ML 5.9.1a­naṃ­tā­s tu pradeśāḥ syur ā­kā­śa­sya sa­maṃ­ta­taḥ | lo­ka­tra­yā­d bahiḥ prāṃ­tā­bhā­vā­t ta­syā­nya­thā­ga­teḥ || 1 || TAŚV-ML 5.9.2jagataḥ sā­va­dhe­s tā­va­dbhā­vo ba­hi­ra­va­sthi­tiḥ | saṃ­tā­nā­tmā na yujyeta sa­rva­thā­rtha­kri­yā­kṣa­maḥ || 2 || TAŚV-ML 5.9.3na guṇaḥ ka­sya­ci­t tatra dra­vya­syā­na­bhyu­pā­ya­taḥ | ta­dā­śra­ya­sya ka­rmā­de­r api naivaṃ vi­bhā­vya­te || 3 || TAŚV-ML 5.9.4dravyaṃ tu pa­ri­śe­ṣā­t syāt tannabho naḥ pra­ti­ṣṭi­taṃ | pra­sa­kta­pra­ti­ṣe­dhe hi pa­ri­śi­ṣṭa­vya­va­sthi­tiḥ || 4 || TAŚV-ML 5.9.5ā­ga­ma­jñā­na­saṃ­ve­dya­m a­nu­mā­naṃ vi­ni­ści­taṃ | sa­rva­jñai­r vā pa­ri­cche­dya­m apy a­naṃ­ta­pra­mā­ṇa­bhā­k || 5 || TAŚV-ML 5.9.6yad vi­jñā­na­pa­ri­cche­dyaṃ ta­tsāṃ­ta­m iti yo bravīt | tasya vedo bha­vā­di­r vā nānaṃtyaṃ pra­ti­pa­dya­te || 6 ||

TA-ML 5.10 saṃ­khye­yā­saṃ­khye­yā­ś ca pu­dga­lā­nā­m || 10 ||

TAŚV-ML 5.10.1saṃkhyeyāḥ syur a­saṃ­khye­yā­s ta­thā­naṃ­tā­ś ca tattvataḥ | pradeśāḥ skaṃ­dha­saṃ­si­ddheḥ pu­dga­lā­nā­m a­ne­ka­dhā || 1 ||

TA-ML 5.11 nāṇoḥ || 11 ||

TAŚV-ML 5.11.1nāṇor iti ni­ṣe­dha­sya va­ca­nā­n nā­pra­de­śa­tā | pra­si­ddhai­vai­ka­de­śa­tvā­t ta­syā­ṇu­tvaṃ na cānyathā || 1 || TAŚV-ML 5.11.2a­ṣṭa­pra­de­śa­rū­pā­ṇu­vā­do 'nena ni­vā­ri­taḥ | tatrāpi pa­ra­ma­skaṃ­dha­vi­da­bhā­va­pra­saṃ­ga­taḥ || 2 || TAŚV-ML 5.11.3ya­thā­ṇu­r a­ṇu­bhi­r nā­nā­di­kkaiḥ saṃ­baṃ­dha­m ā­da­dha­t | deśato vayavī ta­dva­tpra­de­śo nyaiḥ pra­de­śa­taḥ || 3 || TAŚV-ML 5.11.4sa­rvā­tma­nā ca tais tasyāpi saṃbaṃdhe ṇu­mā­tra­kaḥ | piṃḍaḥ syād a­nya­tho­pā­tta­do­ṣā­bhā­vaḥ samo na kim || 4 || TAŚV-ML 5.11.5vi­dyā­da­jī­va­kā­yā­nāṃ dra­vya­tvā­di­sva­bhā­va­tāṃ | evaṃ prā­dhā­nya­taḥ proktāṃ sa­mā­sā­t su­na­yā­nvi­tā­m || 5 ||

TA-ML 5.12 lo­kā­kā­śe '­va­gā­haḥ || 12 ||

TAŚV-ML 5.12.1lo­kā­kā­śe vagāhaḥ syāt sa­rve­ṣā­m a­va­gā­hi­nāṃ | bāhyato saṃ­bha­vā­t tasmāl lo­ka­tva­syā­nu­ṣaṃ­ga­taḥ || 1 || TAŚV-ML 5.12.2lo­kā­kā­śa­sya nā­nya­smi­nn a­va­gā­haḥ kvacin mataḥ | ā­kā­śa­sya vi­bhu­tve­na sva­pra­ti­ṣṭa­tva­si­ddhi­taḥ || 2 ||

TA-ML 5.13 dha­rmā­dha­rma­yoḥ kṛtsne || 13 ||

TAŚV-ML 5.13.1dha­rmā­dha­rmau matau kṛ­tsna­lo­kā­kā­śā­va­gā­hi­nau | ga­ccha­tti­ṣṭha­tpa­dā­rthā­nāṃ sa­rve­ṣā­m u­pa­kā­ra­taḥ || 1 ||

TA-ML 5.14 e­ka­pra­de­śā­di­ṣu bhājyaḥ pu­dga­lā­nā­m || 14 ||

TAŚV-ML 5.14.1ta­syai­vai­ka­pra­de­śe sti ya­thai­ka­syā­va­gā­ha­naṃ | pa­ra­mā­ṇo­s ta­thā­ne­kā­ṇu­skaṃ­dhā­nāṃ ca saukṣmyataḥ || 1 || TAŚV-ML 5.14.2tathā cai­ka­pra­de­śā­di­s teṣāṃ pra­ti­vi­bhi­dya­tāṃ | so vagāho ya­thā­yo­gyaṃ pu­dga­lā­nā­m a­śe­ṣa­taḥ || 2 ||

TA-ML 5.15 a­saṃ­khye­ya­bhā­gā­di­ṣu jī­vā­nā­m || 15 ||

TA-ML 5.16 pra­de­śa­saṃ­hā­ra­vi­sa­rpā­bhyāṃ pra­dī­pa­va­t || 16 ||

TAŚV-ML 5.16.1na jī­vā­nā­m a­saṃ­khye­ya­bhā­gā­di­ṣv a­va­gā­ha­naṃ | viruddhaṃ ta­tpra­de­śā­nāṃ saṃ­hā­rā­t pra­vi­sa­rpa­taḥ || 1 || TAŚV-ML 5.16.2pra­dī­pa­va­d iti jñeyā vya­va­hā­ra­na­yā­śra­yā | ā­dhā­rā­dhe­ya­tā­rthā­nāṃ ni­śca­yā­t ta­da­yo­ga­taḥ || 2 ||

TA-ML 5.17 ga­ti­sthi­tyu­pa­gra­hau dha­rmā­dha­rma­yo­r u­pa­kā­raḥ || 17 ||

TAŚV-ML 5.17.1sa­kṛ­tsa­rva­pa­dā­rthā­nāṃ gacchatāṃ ga­tyu­pa­gra­haḥ | dharmasya co­pa­kā­raḥ syāt tiṣṭhatāṃ sthi­tyu­pa­gra­haḥ || 1 || TAŚV-ML 5.17.2tathaiva syād a­dha­rma­syā­nu­me­yā­v iti tau tataḥ | tā­dṛ­kkā­rya­vi­śe­ṣa­sya kā­ra­ṇā­vya­bhi­cā­ra­taḥ || 2 ||

TA-ML 5.18 ā­kā­śa­syā­va­gā­haḥ || 18 ||

TAŚV-ML 5.18.1u­pa­kā­ro vagāhaḥ syāt sa­rve­ṣā­m a­va­gā­hi­nāṃ | ā­kā­śa­sya sakṛn nā­nya­sye­ty etad a­nu­mī­ya­te || 1 ||

TA-ML 5.19 śa­rī­ra­vā­ṅma­naḥ­prā­ṇā­pā­nāḥ pu­dga­lā­nā­m || 19 ||

TAŚV-ML 5.19.1śa­rī­ra­va­rga­ṇā­dī­nāṃ pu­dga­lā­nāṃ sa saṃmataḥ | śa­rī­rā­va­ya­va ity etais teṣām a­nu­mi­ti­r bhavet || 1 ||

TA-ML 5.20 su­kha­duḥ­kha­jī­vi­ta­ma­ra­ṇo­pa­gra­hā­ś ca || 20 ||

TAŚV-ML 5.20.1su­khā­dyu­pa­gra­hā­ś co­pa­kā­ro jī­va­vi­pā­ki­nā­m | sā­ta­ve­dyā­di­ka­rmā­tma­pu­dga­lā­nā­m ito numā || 1 ||

TA-ML 5.21 pa­ra­spa­ro­pa­gra­ho jī­vā­nā­m || 21 ||

TAŚV-ML 5.21.1jī­vā­nā­m u­pa­kā­raḥ syāt pa­ra­spa­ra­m u­pa­gra­haḥ | saṃ­tā­nāṃ­ta­ra­va­dbhā­jāṃ vyā­pā­rā­di­r ato numā || 1 ||

TA-ML 5.22 vartanā pa­ri­ṇā­maḥ kriyā pa­ra­tvā­pa­ra­tve ca kālasya || 22 ||

TAŚV-ML 5.22.1aṃ­ta­nīṃ­tai­ka­sa­ma­yaḥ sva­sa­ttā­nu­bha­vo bhidā | yaḥ pra­ti­dra­vya­pa­ryā­yaṃ vartanā seha kīrtyate || 1 || TAŚV-ML 5.22.2yasmāt karmaṇi bhāve ca ṇyaṃ­tā­dva­rteḥ striyāṃ yuci | va­rta­ne­ty a­nu­dā­tte tā­cchī­lyā­dau vā yu­cī­ṣya­te || 2 || TAŚV-ML 5.22.3dha­rmā­dī­nāṃ hi va­stū­nā­m e­ka­smi­nn a­vi­bhā­gi­ni | samaye va­rta­mā­nā­nāṃ sva­pa­ryā­yaiḥ ka­thaṃ­ca­na || 3 || TAŚV-ML 5.22.4u­tpā­da­vya­ya­dhrau­vya­vi­ka­lpai­r bahudhā svayaṃ | pra­yu­jya­mā­na­tā­nye­na vartanā karma bhāvyate || 4 || TAŚV-ML 5.22.5pra­yo­ja­naṃ tu bhāvaḥ syāt sa cāsau ta­tpra­yo­ja­kaḥ | kāla ity eṣa nirṇīto va­rta­nā­la­kṣa­ṇo ṃjasā || 5 || TAŚV-ML 5.22.6pra­tya­kṣa­to '­pra­si­ddhā­pi va­rta­nā­smā­dṛ­śāṃ tathā | vyā­va­hā­ri­ka­kā­rya­sya da­rśa­nā­d a­nu­mī­ya­te || 6 || TAŚV-ML 5.22.7tathā taṃ­du­la­vi­kle­da­la­kṣa­ṇa­sya pra­si­ddhi­taḥ | pā­ka­syo­da­na­pa­ryā­ya­nā­m abhājaḥ pra­ti­kṣa­ṇaṃ || 7 || TAŚV-ML 5.22.8sū­kṣma­taṃ­du­la­pā­ko stīty a­nu­mā­naṃ pra­va­rta­te | pā­ka­syai­vā­nya­the­ṣṭa­sya sa­rva­thā­nu­pa­pa­tti­taḥ || 8 || TAŚV-ML 5.22.9tathaiva svā­tma­sa­dbhā­vā­nu­bhū­tau sa­rva­va­stu­naḥ | pra­ti­kṣa­ṇaṃ ba­hi­rhe­tuḥ sā­dhā­ra­ṇa iti dhruvam || 9 || TAŚV-ML 5.22.10pra­si­ddha­dra­vya­pa­ryā­ya­vṛ­ttau bāhyasya da­rśa­nā­t | ni­mi­tta­syā­nya­thā­bhā­vā­bhā­vā­n ni­ścī­ya­te budhaiḥ || 10 || TAŚV-ML 5.22.11ā­di­tyā­di­ga­ti­s tāvan na ta­ddhe­tu­r vi­bhā­vya­te | tasyāpi svā­tma­sa­ttā­nu­bhū­tau he­tu­vya­pe­kṣa­ṇā­t || 11 || TAŚV-ML 5.22.12na­cai­va­m a­na­va­sthā syāt kā­la­syā­nyā­vya­pe­kṣa­ṇā­t | svavṛttau ta­tsva­bhā­va­tvā­t svayaṃ vṛtteḥ pra­si­ddhi­taḥ || 12 || TAŚV-ML 5.22.13tathaiva sa­rva­bhā­vā­nāṃ svayaṃ vṛttir na yujyate | dṛ­ṣṭe­ṣṭa­bā­dha­nā­t sa­rvā­dī­nā­m iti vi­ciṃ­ti­taṃ || 13 || TAŚV-ML 5.22.14na dṛ­śya­mā­na­tai­vā­tra yujyate va­rta­mā­na­tā | va­rta­mā­na­sya kā­la­syā­bhā­ve tasyāḥ svataḥ sthiteḥ || 14 || TAŚV-ML 5.22.15pra­tya­kṣā­saṃ­bha­vā­śa­kte­r a­nu­mā­nā­dya­yo­ga­taḥ | sa­rva­pra­mā­ṇa­ni­nhu­tyā sa­rva­śū­nya­tva­śa­kti­taḥ || 15 || TAŚV-ML 5.22.16sva­saṃ­vi­da­dva­yaṃ tattvam icchataḥ sāṃprataṃ kathaṃ | siddhyen na va­rta­mā­no sya kālaḥ sūkṣmaḥ sva­yaṃ­pra­bhuḥ || 16 || TAŚV-ML 5.22.17tato na bhāvitā dra­kṣya­mā­ṇa­tā nāpy a­tī­ta­tā | dṛṣṭatā bhā­vya­tī­ta­sya kā­la­syā­nya­pra­si­ddhi­taḥ || 17 || TAŚV-ML 5.22.18gataṃ na gamyate tāvad āgataṃ naiva gamyate | ga­tā­ga­ta­vi­ni­rmu­ktaṃ ga­mya­mā­naṃ na gamyate || 18 || TAŚV-ML 5.22.19ity evaṃ va­rta­mā­na­sya kā­la­syā­bhā­va­bhā­ṣa­ṇaṃ | sva­vā­gvi­ru­ddha­m ābhāti ta­nni­ṣe­dhe sa­ma­tva­taḥ || 19 || TAŚV-ML 5.22.20ni­ṣi­ddha­ma­ni­ṣi­ddhaṃ vā ta­ddva­yo­nmu­kta­m eva vā | ni­ṣi­dhya­te na hi kvaivaṃ niṣedho vidhir eva vā || 20 || TAŚV-ML 5.22.21kva vā­bhyu­pa­ga­maḥ siddhyet pra­ti­jñā­hā­ni­saṃ­ga­taḥ | tasya svayaṃ pra­ti­jñā­nā­d va­rta­mā­na­sya tattvataḥ || 21 || TAŚV-ML 5.22.22tathaiva ca svayaṃ kiṃcit parair a­bhyu­pa­ga­mya­te | tathaiva gamyate kiṃ na kriyate vedyate pi ca || 22 || TAŚV-ML 5.22.23saṃ­ve­da­nā­dva­yaṃ tā­va­dvi­di­taṃ naiva vedyate | na cā­vi­di­ta­m ā­tmā­di­ta­ttvaṃ vā nāpi taddvayaṃ || 23 || TAŚV-ML 5.22.24iti sva­saṃ­vi­dā­dī­nā­m abhāvaḥ kena vāryate | va­rta­mā­na­sya kā­la­syā­pa­nha­ve svā­tma­vi­dvi­ṣāṃ || 24 || TAŚV-ML 5.22.25na saṃ­vi­tsaṃ­vi­d eveti svataḥ sa­ma­va­ti­ṣṭha­te | brahma brahmaiva vetyādi yathā bhe­dā­pra­si­ddhi­taḥ || 25 || TAŚV-ML 5.22.26ta­tsva­saṃ­ve­da­na­syā­pi saṃ­tā­na­m a­nu­ga­ccha­taḥ | pareṇa hetunā bhāvyaṃ svayaṃ vṛ­ttyā­tma­nāṃ na saḥ || 26 || TAŚV-ML 5.22.27va­rta­nai­vaṃ prasiddhā syāt pa­ri­ṇā­mā­di­va­t svayaṃ | tataḥ si­ddhāṃ­ta­sū­tro­ktāḥ sarve mī va­rta­nā­da­yaḥ || 27 || TAŚV-ML 5.22.28kā­la­syo­pa­gra­hāḥ proktā ye punar va­rta­nā­da­yaḥ | syāt ta e­vo­pa­kā­ro­ta­s ta­syā­nu­mi­ti­r iṣyate || 28 || TAŚV-ML 5.22.29ma­nu­ṣya­nā­ma­ka­rmā­yu­ṣo­r u­da­yā­t pra­ti­pa­dya­te | ka­la­lā­di­śa­rī­rāṃ­go­pāṃ­ga­pa­ryā­ya­rū­pa­tā­m || 29 || TAŚV-ML 5.22.30sa jī­va­tva­ma­nu­ṣya­tva­pra­mu­khai­r a­nva­yai­r yathā | vya­va­sthi­taḥ sva­kī­ye­ṣu pa­ri­ṇā­me­ṣv a­śe­ṣa­taḥ || 30 || TAŚV-ML 5.22.31ka­la­lā­di­bhiḥ punaḥ pūrvair bhāvaiḥ kra­ma­vi­va­rti­bhiḥ | vya­ti­ri­ktaiḥ pa­ra­trā­sau na vya­va­sthi­ta īkṣyate || 31 || TAŚV-ML 5.22.32tathā va­na­spa­ti­r jīvaḥ sva­nā­mā­yu­rvi­śe­ṣa­taḥ | va­na­spa­ti­tva­jī­va­tva­pra­mu­khai­r anvayaiḥ sthitaḥ || 32 || TAŚV-ML 5.22.33sva­śa­rī­ra­vi­va­rte­ṣu bī­jā­di­ṣu paraṃ na tu | pū­rva­pū­rve­ṇa bhāvena tu sthitaḥ kra­ma­bhā­vi­naḥ || 33 || TAŚV-ML 5.22.34yathā ma­nu­ṣya­nā­mā­yuḥ­ka­rmo­da­ya­vi­śe­ṣa­taḥ | jāto bālo ma­nu­ṣyā­tmā sta­nyā­dyā­hā­ra­m ā­ha­ra­n || 34 || TAŚV-ML 5.22.35sū­ryā­ta­pā­di­sā­pe­kṣaḥ kā­yā­gni­va­la­m ā­da­dha­n | vī­ryāṃ­ta­rā­ya vi­cche­da­vi­śe­ṣa­vi­hi­to­dbha­vaṃ || 35 || TAŚV-ML 5.22.36vi­va­rdha­te ni­jā­hā­ra­ra­sā­di­pa­ri­ṇā­ma­taḥ | ni­rmā­ṇa­nā­ma­ka­rmo­pa­ṣṭaṃ­bhā­d a­bhyaṃ­ta­rā­d api || 36 || TAŚV-ML 5.22.37tathā va­na­spa­ti­r jīvaḥ svāyur nā­mo­da­ye sati | jī­vā­śra­yo ṃkuro jāto bhau­mā­di­ra­sa­m ā­ha­ra­n || 37 || TAŚV-ML 5.22.38taptāya spiṃ­ḍa­va­tto yaṃ svī­ku­rva­nn eva vardhate | ā­tmā­nu­rū­pa­ni­rmā­ṇa­nā­ma­ka­rmo­da­yā­d dhruvam || 38 || TAŚV-ML 5.22.39pa­ri­spaṃ­dā­tma­ko dra­vya­pa­ryā­yaḥ saṃ­pra­tī­ya­te | kriyā de­śāṃ­ta­ra­prā­pti­he­tu­r ga­tyā­di­bhe­da­bhṛ­t || 39 || TAŚV-ML 5.22.40pra­yo­ga­vi­sra­so­tpā­dā­d dvedhā saṃ­kṣe­pa­ta­s tu sā | pra­yo­ga­jā punar nā­no­tkṣe­pa­ṇā­di­pra­bhe­da­taḥ || 40 || TAŚV-ML 5.22.41vi­sra­so­tpa­tti­kā tejo vā­tāṃ­bhaḥ­pra­bhṛ­ti­ṣv iyaṃ | sarvāpy a­dṛ­ṣṭa­vai­ci­tryā­t prāṇināṃ pha­la­bhā­gi­nāṃ || 41 || TAŚV-ML 5.22.42kriyā kṣa­ṇa­kṣa­yai­kāṃ­te pa­dā­rthā­nāṃ na yujyate | bhū­ti­rū­pā­pi va­stu­tva­hā­ne­r e­kāṃ­ta­ni­tya­va­t || 42 || TAŚV-ML 5.22.43kra­mā­kra­ma­pra­si­ddhe­s tu pa­ri­ṇā­mi­ni vastuni | pra­tī­ti­pa­da­m āpannā pra­mā­ṇe­na na bādhyate || 43 || TAŚV-ML 5.22.44lo­kā­kā­śa­pra­bhe­de­ṣu kṛtsneṣv e­kai­ka­vṛ­tti­taḥ | pra­ti­pra­de­śa­m a­nyo­nya­m abaddhāḥ pa­ra­mā­ṇa­vaḥ || 44 || TAŚV-ML 5.22.45mu­khyo­pa­cā­ra­bhe­dai­s te '­va­ya­vaiḥ pa­ri­va­rji­tāḥ | niraṃśā niṣkriyā yasmād a­va­sthā­nā­t sva­de­śa­va­t || 45 || TAŚV-ML 5.22.46a­mū­rtā­s tadvad eveṣṭāḥ spa­rśā­di­r a­hi­ta­tva­taḥ | kālākhyā mukhyato ye sti­kā­ye­bhyo nye pra­kā­śi­tāḥ || 46 || TAŚV-ML 5.22.47vya­va­hā­rā­tma­kaḥ kālaḥ pa­ri­ṇā­mā­di­la­kṣa­ṇaḥ | kā­la­va­rta­na­yā la­bdha­kā­lā­khya­s tu tato 'paraḥ || 47 || TAŚV-ML 5.22.48ku­ta­ści­t pa­ri­cchi­nno '­nya­pa­ri­cche­da­na­kā­ra­ṇaṃ | pra­sthā­di­va­tpra­pa­tta­vyo nyo­nyā­pe­kṣa­pra­bhe­da­bhṛ­t || 48 || TAŚV-ML 5.22.49tatas trai­vi­dhya­si­ddhi­ś ca tasya bhū­tā­di­bhe­da­taḥ | ka­thaṃ­ci­n nā­vi­ru­ddhā syāt vya­va­hā­rā­nu­ro­dha­taḥ || 49 || TAŚV-ML 5.22.50yathā pra­ti­ta­ru prā­pta­prā­pnu­va­tprā­psya­d ucyate | ta­ru­paṃ­ktiṃ kramād a­śva­pra­sṛ­tya­nu­sa­ra­n mataṃ || 50 || TAŚV-ML 5.22.51ta­thā­va­sthi­ta­kā­lā­ṇu­ś ca jī­vā­dya­nu­saṃ­ga­mā­t | bhūtaṃ syād va­rta­mā­naṃ ca bha­vi­ṣya­ccā­py a­pe­kṣa­yā || 51 || TAŚV-ML 5.22.52bhū­tā­di­vya­va­hā­ro­taḥ kālaḥ syād u­pa­cā­ra­taḥ | pa­ra­mā­rthā­tma­ni mukhyas tu sa syāt sāṃ­vya­va­hā­ri­ke || 52 || TAŚV-ML 5.22.53evaṃ pra­ti­kṣa­ṇā­di­tya­ga­ti­pra­ca­ya­bhe­da­taḥ | sa­ma­yā­va­li­ko­cchvā­sa­prā­ṇa­sto­ka­la­vā­tma­kaḥ || 53 || TAŚV-ML 5.22.54nā­li­kā­de­ś ca vikhyāte kālo ne­ka­vi­dhaḥ satāṃ | mu­khya­kā­lā­vi­nā­bhū­tāṃ kālākhyāṃ pra­ti­pa­dya­te || 54 || TAŚV-ML 5.22.55pa­rā­pa­ra­ci­ra­kṣi­pra­kra­mā­kra­ma­dhi­yā­m api | hetuḥ sa eva sarvatra vastuto guṇataḥ smṛtaḥ || 55 || TAŚV-ML 5.22.56kriyaiva kāla ity etad a­ne­nai­vā­pa­sā­ri­taṃ | va­rta­nā­nu­mi­taḥ kālaḥ siddho hi pa­ra­mā­rtha­taḥ || 56 || TAŚV-ML 5.22.57dha­rmā­di­va­rga­va­tkā­rya­vi­śe­ṣa­vya­va­sā­ya­taḥ | bā­dha­kā­bhā­va­ta­ś cāpi sarvathā tatra tattvataḥ || 57 || TAŚV-ML 5.22.58evaṃ sa­rvā­nu­me­yā­rthā pra­ti­pa­tti­r na bādhyate | sū­tra­sā­ma­rthya­to jātā pra­tya­kṣā­rtha­pra­tī­ti­va­t || 58 || TAŚV-ML 5.22.59abni­ra­sta­niḥ­śe­ṣa­vi­pa­kṣa­sā­dha­nai­r a­jī­va­bhā­vā nikhilāḥ pra­sā­dhi­tāḥ | TAŚV-ML 5.22.59cdpra­paṃ­ca­to yair iha nī­ti­śā­li­bhi­r jayaṃti te vi­śva­vi­pa­ści­taṃ­ma­tāḥ || 59 ||

TA-ML 5.23 spa­rśa­ra­sa­gaṃ­dha­va­rṇa­vaṃ­taḥ pudgalāḥ || 23 ||

TAŚV-ML 5.23.1atha spa­rśā­di­m aṃtaḥ syuḥ pudgalā iti sū­ca­nā­t | kṣi­tyā­di­jā­ti­bhe­dā­nāṃ pra­ka­lpa­na­ni­rā­kṛ­tiḥ || 1 || TAŚV-ML 5.23.2nābhāvo '­nya­ta­ma­syā­pi spa­rśā­dī­nā­m a­dṛ­ṣṭi­taḥ | ta­syā­nu­mā­na­si­ddha­tvā­t svā­bhi­pre­tā­rtha­ta­ttva­va­t || 2 ||

TA-ML 5.24 śa­bda­baṃ­dha­sau­kṣmya­sthau­lya­saṃ­sthā­na­bhe­da­ta­ma­śchā­yā­ta­po­dyo­ta­vaṃ­ta­ś ca || 24 ||

TAŚV-ML 5.24.1proktā śa­bdā­di­bhaṃ­ta­s tu pudgalāḥ skaṃ­dha­bhe­da­taḥ | tathā pra­mā­ṇa­sa­dbhā­vā­d a­nya­thā­ta­da­bhā­va­taḥ || 1 || TAŚV-ML 5.24.2na śabdaḥ khaguṇo bā­hya­ka­ra­ṇa­jñā­na­go­ca­raḥ | siddho gaṃ­dhā­di­va­n naiva so mū­rta­dra­vya­m apy ataḥ || 2 || TAŚV-ML 5.24.3na spho­ṭā­tmā­pi tasyaiva sva­bhā­va­syā­pra­tī­ti­taḥ | śa­bdā­tma­na­s sadā nā­nā­sva­bhā­va­syā­va­bhā­sa­nā­t || 3 || TAŚV-ML 5.24.4aṃ­taḥ­pra­kā­śa­rū­pa­s tu śabde sphoṭo pare dhvaneḥ | ya­thā­rtha­ga­ti­he­tuḥ syāt tathā gaṃ­dhā­di­to paraḥ || 4 || TAŚV-ML 5.24.5gaṃ­dha­rū­pa­ra­sa­spa­rśaḥ sphoṭaḥ kiṃ no­pa­ga­mya­te | ta­trā­kṣe­pa­sa­mā­dhā­na­sa­ma­tvā­t sa­rva­thā­rtha­taḥ || 5 || TAŚV-ML 5.24.6baṃdho vi­śi­ṣṭa­saṃ­yo­go vyo­mā­tmā­di­ṣv a­saṃ­bha­vī | pu­dga­la­skaṃ­dha­pa­ryā­yaḥ sa­ktu­to­yā­di­baṃ­dha­va­t || 6 || TAŚV-ML 5.24.7ta­thai­vā­vāṃ­ta­raṃ saukṣmyaṃ pa­ra­mā­ṇu­ṣv a­saṃ­bha­vi | sthau­lyā­di­va­t pra­pa­tta­vya­m a­nya­thā­nu­pa­pa­tti­taḥ || 7 ||

TA-ML 5.25 aṇavaḥ skaṃdhāś ca || 25 ||

TAŚV-ML 5.25.1aṇavaḥ pudgalāḥ kecit skaṃdhāś ceti ni­ve­da­nā­t | a­ṇve­kāṃ­taḥ pra­ti­kṣi­ptaḥ skaṃ­dhai­kāṃ­ta­ś ca tattvataḥ || 1 ||

TA-ML 5.26 bhe­da­saṃ­ghā­te­bhya u­tpa­dyaṃ­te || 26 ||

TAŚV-ML 5.26.1u­tpa­dyaṃ­te ṇavaḥ skaṃdhāḥ pa­ryā­ya­tvā­vi­śe­ṣa­taḥ | bhedāt saṃ­ghā­ta­to bhe­da­saṃ­ghā­bhyāṃ vāpi kecana || 1 || TAŚV-ML 5.26.2iti sūtre ba­hu­tva­sya ni­rde­śā­d vā­kya­bhi­dga­teḥ | ni­ścī­ya­te nyathā dṛ­ṣṭa­vi­ro­dha­syā­nu­ṣaṃ­ga­taḥ || 2 || TAŚV-ML 5.26.3skaṃ­dha­syā­raṃ­bha­kā ya­dva­da­ṇa­va­s tadvad eva hi | skaṃdho ṇūnāṃ bhi­dā­raṃ­bha­ni­ya­ma­syā­na­bhī­kṣa­ṇā­t || 3 ||

TA-ML 5.27 bhedād aṇuḥ || 27 ||

TAŚV-ML 5.27.1bhedād aṇur iti proktaṃ ni­ya­ma­syo­pa­pa­tta­ye | pū­rva­sū­trā­t tato ṇūnām utpāde vidite pi ca || 1 || TAŚV-ML 5.27.2vibhāgaḥ pa­ra­mā­ṇū­nāṃ skaṃ­dha­bhe­dā­n na vāṇavaḥ | ni­tya­tvā­d u­pa­jā­yaṃ­te ma­ru­tpa­tha­va­d ity asat || 2 || TAŚV-ML 5.27.3saṃyogaḥ pa­ra­mā­ṇū­nāṃ saṃ­ghā­tā­d u­pa­jā­ya­te | na skaṃdhas tadvad eveti vaktuṃ śakteḥ parair api || 3 || TAŚV-ML 5.27.4vi­vā­dā­dhyā­si­taḥ skaṃdho jāyate sūkṣmato nyataḥ | skaṃ­dha­tvā­t pa­ṭa­va­t proktaṃ yair evaṃ te vadaṃtv idaṃ || 4 || TAŚV-ML 5.27.5vi­vā­da­go­ca­rāḥ sūkṣmā jāyaṃte skaṃ­dha­bhe­da­taḥ | sū­kṣma­tvā­d dṛ­ṣṭa­va­strā­di­khaṃ­ḍa­va­dbhrāṃ­tya­bhā­va­taḥ || 5 || TAŚV-ML 5.27.6gha­na­ka­rpā­sa­piṃ­ḍe­na sūkṣmeṇa vya­bhi­cā­ri­tā | hetor iti na va­kta­vya­m a­nya­syā­pi sa­ma­tva­taḥ || 6 || TAŚV-ML 5.27.7śli­thā­va­ya­va­ka­rpā­sa­piṃ­ḍa­saṃ­ghā­ta­to yathā | gha­nā­va­ya­va­ka­rpā­sa­piṃ­ḍaḥ sa­mu­pa­jā­ya­te || 7 || TAŚV-ML 5.27.8tathā stha­vi­ṣṭa­piṃ­ḍe­bhyo 'niṣṭo ni­bi­ḍa­piṃ­ḍa­kaḥ | pra­tī­ti­go­ca­ro stu sa ya­thā­sū­tro­pa­pā­di­taḥ || 8 ||

TA-ML 5.28 bhe­da­saṃ­ghā­tā­bhyāṃ cākṣuṣaḥ || 28 ||

TAŚV-ML 5.28.1cākṣuṣo vayavī kaścid bhedāt saṃ­ghā­ta­to dvayāt | u­tpa­dya­te tato nāsya saṃ­ghā­tā­d eva janmanaḥ || 1 ||

TA-ML 5.29 sa­ddra­vya­la­kṣa­ṇa­m || 29 ||

TAŚV-ML 5.29.1sa­ddra­vya­la­kṣa­ṇaṃ śuddham aśuddhaṃ sa­vi­śe­ṣa­ṇaṃ | proktaṃ sā­mā­nya­to yasmāt tato dravyaṃ ya­tho­di­taṃ || 1 ||

TA-ML 5.30 u­tpā­da­vya­ya­dhrau­vya­yu­ktaṃ sat || 30 ||

TAŚV-ML 5.30.1ta­tro­tpā­da­vya­ya­dhrau­vya­yu­ktaṃ sad iti sū­ca­nā­t | gu­ṇa­sa­ttvaṃ bhaven naiva dra­vya­la­kṣa­ṇa­m aṃjasā || 1 || TAŚV-ML 5.30.2ya­tho­tpā­dā­da­yaḥ saṃtaḥ pa­ro­tpā­dā­di­bhi­r vinā | tathā vastu na cet ke­nā­na­va­sthā­di ni­vā­rya­te || 2 || TAŚV-ML 5.30.3ity asat sarvathā teṣāṃ vastuno sa­da­si­ddhi­taḥ | la­kṣya­la­kṣa­ṇa­bhā­vaḥ syāt sa­rva­thai­kyā­na­bhī­ṣṭi­taḥ || 3 ||

TA-ML 5.31 ta­dbhā­vā­vya­yaṃ nityaṃ || 31 ||

TAŚV-ML 5.31.1ta­dbhā­ve­nā­vya­yaṃ nityaṃ tathā pra­tya­va­ma­rśa­taḥ | taddhrauvyaṃ vastuno rūpaṃ yuktam a­rtha­kri­yā­kri­yaḥ || 1 || TAŚV-ML 5.31.2sā­ma­rthyā­t savyayaṃ rūpam u­tpā­da­vya­ya­saṃ­jña­kaṃ | sū­tre­smi­n sūcitaṃ ta­syā­pā­ye va­stu­tva­hā­ni­taḥ || 2 ||

TA-ML 5.32 a­rpi­tā­na­rpi­ta­si­ddheḥ || 32 ||

TAŚV-ML 5.32.1nityaṃ rūpaṃ vi­ru­dhye­ta ne­ta­re­ṇai­ka­va­stu­ni | a­rpi­te­tyā­di­sū­tre­ṇa prāhaivaṃ na­ya­bhe­da­va­t || 1 || TAŚV-ML 5.32.2dra­vyā­rthā­d arpitaṃ rūpaṃ pa­ryā­yā­rthā­d a­na­rpi­taṃ | nityaṃ vācyam anityaṃ tu vi­pa­ryā­sā­t pra­si­ddhya­ti || 2 || TAŚV-ML 5.32.3pra­mā­ṇā­rpa­ṇa­ta­s tat syād vastu jā­tyaṃ­ta­raṃ tataḥ | tatra no­bha­ya­do­ṣā­di­pra­saṃ­go nu­bha­vā­spa­de || 3 ||

TA-ML 5.33 sni­gdha­rū­kṣa­tvā­d baṃdhaḥ || 33 ||

TAŚV-ML 5.33.1skaṃdho baṃdhāt sa cāsty eṣāṃ sni­gdha­rū­kṣa­tva­yo­ga­taḥ | pu­dga­lā­nā­m iti dhvastā sūtre smiṃs ta­da­bhā­va­tā || 1 || TAŚV-ML 5.33.2snigdhāḥ snigdhais tathā rūkṣā rūkṣaiḥ snigdhāś ca pudgalāḥ | baṃdhaṃ ya­thā­sa­te skaṃ­dha­si­ddhe­r bā­dha­ka­hā­ni­taḥ || 2 || TAŚV-ML 5.33.3nai­ka­de­śe­na kārtsnyena baṃ­dha­syā­gha­ṭa­nā­t tataḥ | kā­rya­kā­ra­ṇa­mā­dhya­sthya­kṣa­ṇa­va­tta­dvi­bhā­va­nā­t || 3 || TAŚV-ML 5.33.4pū­rvā­pa­ra­vi­dāṃ baṃdhas ta­thā­bhā­vā­t paro bhavet | nā­nā­ṇu­bhā­va­taḥ sāṃ­śā­da­ṇo­r baṃdho 'paro sti kim || 4 || TAŚV-ML 5.33.5ni­raṃ­śa­tvaṃ na cāṇūnāṃ madhyaṃ prāptasya nāvataḥ | tathā te saṃ­vi­do­r madhyaṃ prāptāyāḥ saṃvidaḥ sphuṭam || 5 || TAŚV-ML 5.33.6saṃ­vi­da­dvai­ta­ta­ttva­syā­si­ddhau baṃdho na kevalaṃ | sa syāt kiṃtu sva­saṃ­tā­nā­dya­bhā­vā­t sa­rva­śū­nya­tā || 6 || TAŚV-ML 5.33.7ta­tsaṃ­vi­nmā­tra­saṃ­si­ddhau saṃ­tā­na­s te pra­si­ddhya­ti | ta­dva­dbaṃ­dhaḥ sthito rthānāṃ pa­ri­ṇā­mo vi­śe­ṣa­taḥ || 7 ||

TA-ML 5.34 na ja­gha­nya­gu­ṇā­nā­m || 34 ||

TAŚV-ML 5.34.1na ja­gha­nya­gu­ṇā­nāṃ syād baṃdha ity u­pa­de­śa­taḥ | pu­dga­lā­nā­m a­baṃ­dha­sya pra­si­ddhe­r api saṃgrahaḥ || 1 ||

TA-ML 5.35 gu­ṇa­sā­mye sa­dṛ­śā­nā­m || 35 ||

TAŚV-ML 5.35.1a­ja­gha­nya­gu­ṇā­nāṃ ta­tpra­sa­ktā­v a­vi­śe­ṣa­taḥ | gu­ṇa­sā­mye sa­mā­nā­nāṃ na baṃdha iti cā­bra­vī­t || 1 ||

TA-ML 5.36 dvya­dhi­kā­di­gu­ṇā­nāṃ tu || 36 ||

TAŚV-ML 5.36.1dvya­dhi­kā­di­gu­ṇā­nāṃ tu baṃdho stīti ni­ve­da­ya­t | sa­rvā­pa­vā­da­ni­rmu­kta­vi­ṣa­ya­syā­ha saṃ­bha­va­m || 1 ||

TA-ML 5.37 baṃdhe dhikau pā­ri­ṇā­mi­kau || 37 ||

TAŚV-ML 5.37.1baṃ­dhe­dhi­kau guṇau yasmād anyeṣāṃ pā­ri­ṇā­mi­kau | dṛṣṭau sa­ktu­ja­lā­dī­nāṃ nā­nya­the­ty atra yu­kti­vā­k || 1 ||

TA-ML 5.38 gu­ṇa­pa­rya­ya­va­ddra­vya­m || 38 ||

TAŚV-ML 5.38.1gu­ṇa­pa­rya­ya­va­ddra­vya­m ity āha vya­va­hā­ra­taḥ | sa­tpa­ryā­ya­sya dha­rmā­de­r dra­vya­tva­pra­ti­pa­tta­ye || 1 || TAŚV-ML 5.38.2gu­ṇa­va­ddra­vya­m ity uktaṃ sa­hā­ne­kāṃ­ta­si­ddha­ye | tathā pa­ryā­ya­va­ddra­vyaṃ kra­mā­ne­kāṃ­ta­vi­tta­ye || 2 ||

TA-ML 5.39 kālaś ca || 39 ||

TAŚV-ML 5.39.1kālaś ca dravyam ity āha pro­kta­la­kṣa­ṇa­yo­ga­taḥ | tasyād ra­vya­tva­vi­jñā­na­ni­vṛ­ttya­rthaṃ sa­mā­sa­taḥ || 1 || TAŚV-ML 5.39.2niḥ­śe­ṣa­dra­vya­saṃ­yo­ga­vi­bhā­gā­di­gu­ṇā­śra­yaḥ | kālaḥ sā­mā­nya­taḥ siddhaḥ sū­kṣma­tvā­dyā­śra­yo­bhi­dhā || 2 || TAŚV-ML 5.39.3kra­ma­vṛ­tti­pa­dā­rthā­nāṃ vṛ­tti­kā­ra­ṇa­tā­da­yaḥ | paryāyāḥ saṃti kālasya gu­ṇa­pa­ryā­ya­vā­na­taḥ || 3 ||

TA-ML 5.40 so '­naṃ­ta­sa­ma­yaḥ || 40 ||

TAŚV-ML 5.40.1so naṃ­ta­sa­ma­yaḥ prokto bhāvato vya­va­hā­ra­taḥ | dravyato ja­ga­dā­kā­śa­pra­de­śa­pa­ri­mā­ṇa­kaḥ || 1 || TAŚV-ML 5.40.2lokād ba­hi­ra­bhā­ve syāl lo­kā­kā­śa­sya vartanaṃ | ta­syai­ka­dra­vya­tā­si­ddhe­r yuktaṃ kā­lo­pa­pā­di­taṃ || 2 ||

TA-ML 5.41 dra­vyā­śra­yā nirguṇā guṇāḥ || 41 ||

TAŚV-ML 5.41.1dra­vyā­śra­yā iti khyāteḥ sūtre sminn a­va­sī­ya­te | gu­ṇā­śra­yā gu­ṇa­tvā­d yā na guṇāḥ pa­ra­mā­rtha­taḥ || 1 || TAŚV-ML 5.41.2nirguṇā iti ni­rde­śā­t kā­rya­dra­vya­sya vāryate | gu­ṇa­bhā­vaḥ pa­ra­dra­vyā­śra­yi­ṇo pīti nirṇayaḥ || 2 ||

TA-ML 5.42 tadbhāvaḥ pa­ri­ṇā­maḥ || 42 ||

TAŚV-ML 5.42.1tadbhāvaḥ pa­ri­ṇā­mo tra paryāyaḥ pra­ti­va­rṇi­taḥ | guṇāc ca sa­ha­bhu­vo bhinnaḥ kra­ma­vā­n dra­vya­la­kṣa­ṇa­m || 1 || TAŚV-ML 5.42.2paryāya eva ca dvedhā sa­ha­kra­ma­vi­va­rti­taḥ | śu­ddhā­śu­ddha­tva­bhe­de­na ya­thā­dra­vyaṃ dvi­dho­di­taṃ || 2 || TAŚV-ML 5.42.3tena naiva pra­sa­jye­ta na­ya­dvai­vi­dhya­bā­dha­naṃ | saṃ­kṣe­pa­to nyathā tryā­di­na­ya­saṃ­khyā na vāryate || 3 ||
TAŚV-ML 442,1atha ṣaṣṭho 'dhyāyaḥ || 6 ||

TA-ML 6.1 kā­rya­vā­ṅ ma­naḥ­ka­rma yogaḥ || 1 ||

TAŚV-ML 6.1.1a­thā­sra­vaṃ vi­ni­rde­ṣṭu­kā­maḥ prā­gā­tma­no ṃjasā | kā­ya­vā­ṅma­na­sāṃ karma yogo stīty āha ka­rma­ṇā­m || 1 || TAŚV-ML 6.1.2kā­yā­di­va­rga­ṇā­laṃ­ba­pra­de­śa­spaṃ­da­naṃ hi yat | yuktaṃ kā­yā­di­ka­rmā­sya sa­kri­ya­tva­pra­si­ddhi­taḥ || 2 ||

TA-ML 6.2 sa āsravaḥ || 2 ||

TAŚV-ML 6.2.1sa āsrava iha proktaḥ ka­rmā­ga­ma­na­kā­ra­ṇaṃ | puṃso trā­nu­pra­ve­śe­na mi­thyā­tvā­de­r a­śe­ṣa­taḥ || 1 ||

TA-ML 6.3 śubhaḥ pu­ṇya­syā­śu­bhaḥ pāpasya || 3 ||

TAŚV-ML 6.3.1śubhaḥ puṇyasya vijñeyo 'śubhaḥ pāpasya sūtritaḥ | saṃ­kṣe­pā­d dvi­pra­kā­ro pi pratyekaṃ sa dvi­dhā­sra­vaḥ || 1 || TAŚV-ML 6.3.2śu­bhā­śu­bha­pha­lā­nāṃ tu pu­dga­lā­nāṃ sa­mā­ga­maḥ | vi­śu­ddhe­ta­ra­kā­yā­di­he­tu­s tattvāt sva­dṛ­ṣṭa­va­t || 2 || TAŚV-ML 6.3.3dvai­vi­dhyā­t tatphalaṃ caivam āsravo dvividhaḥ smṛtaḥ | kā­yā­di­r akhilo yogaḥ so '­saṃ­khye­yo vi­śe­ṣa­taḥ || 3 || TAŚV-ML 6.3.4jñā­nā­va­ra­ṇa­vī­ryāṃ­ta­rā­ya­yoḥ ka­rma­ṇo­r iha | kṣa­yo­pa­śa­ma­to '­naṃ­ta­bhe­da­yoḥ spa­rddha­kā­tma­noḥ || 4 || TAŚV-ML 6.3.5prā­du­rbhā­vā­d anaṃtaḥ syād yogo '­naṃ­ta­ni­mi­tta­kaḥ | a­naṃ­ta­ka­rma­he­tu­tvā­d a­naṃ­tā­tmā­sra­va­tva­taḥ || 5 || TAŚV-ML 6.3.6a­saṃ­khye­yo tha saṃ­khyā­tā­dhya­va­sā­yā­tma­ko 'ṅgināṃ | saṃ­khyā­ta­ś ca ya­thā­yo­gaṃ saṃ­kṣe­pā­d dvividho 'py ayaṃ || 6 ||

TA-ML 6.4 sa­ka­ṣā­yā­ka­ṣā­ya­yoḥ sāṃ­pa­rā­yi­ke­ryā­pa­tha­yoḥ || 4 ||

TAŚV-ML 6.4.1sa sāṃ­pa­rā­yi­ka­sya syāt sa­ka­ṣā­ya­sya dehinaḥ | ī­ryā­pa­tha­sya ca prokto '­ka­ṣā­ya­sye­ha sūtrataḥ || 1 || TAŚV-ML 6.4.2ka­ṣa­ṇā­d ātmanāṃ ghātāt kaṣāyaḥ ku­ga­ti­pra­daḥ | krodhādiḥ saha tenātmā sa­ka­ṣā­yaḥ pra­va­rta­nā­t || 2 || TAŚV-ML 6.4.3ka­ṣā­ya­ra­hi­ta­s tu syād a­ka­ṣā­yaḥ pra­śāṃ­ti­taḥ | ka­ṣā­ya­sya kṣayād veti pra­ti­pa­tta­vya­m ā­ga­mā­t || 3 || TAŚV-ML 6.4.4sa­maṃ­ta­taḥ pa­rā­bhū­tiḥ saṃ­pa­rā­yaḥ pa­rā­bha­vaḥ | jīvasya karmabhiḥ proktas tadarthaṃ sāṃ­pa­rā­yi­kaṃ || 4 || TAŚV-ML 6.4.5karma mi­thyā­dṛ­gā­dī­nā­m ā­rdra­ca­rma­ṇi re­ṇu­va­t | ka­ṣā­ya­pi­cchi­le jīve sthitim ā­pnu­va­d ucyate || 5 || TAŚV-ML 6.4.6īryā yo­ga­ga­tiḥ saivaṃ yathā yasya tad ucyate | ka­rme­ryā­pa­tha­m asyāstu śu­ṣka­ku­ṭye­śma­va­c ciraṃ || 6 || TAŚV-ML 6.4.7yo­ga­mā­tra­ni­mi­ttaṃ tu puṃ­syā­sra­va­d api sthitiḥ | na prayāty a­nu­bhā­gaṃ vā ka­ṣā­yā­n sattvataḥ sadā || 7 || TAŚV-ML 6.4.8ka­ṣā­ya­he­tu­kaṃ puṃsaḥ pā­ra­taṃ­tryaṃ sa­maṃ­ta­taḥ | sa­ttvāṃ­ta­rā­na­pe­kṣī­ha padmam a­dhya­ga­bhṛṃ­ga­va­t || 8 || TAŚV-ML 6.4.9ka­ṣā­ya­vi­ni­vṛ­ttau tu pā­ra­taṃ­tryaṃ ni­va­rtya­te | yatheha ka­sya­ci­c chāṃ­ta­ka­ṣā­yā­va­sthi­ti­kṣa­ṇe || 9 ||

TA-ML 6.5 iṃ­dri­ya­ka­ṣā­yā­vra­ta­kri­yāḥ paṃ­ca­ca­tuḥ­paṃ­ca­paṃ­ca­viṃ­śa­ti­saṃ­khyāḥ pūrvasya bhedāḥ || 5 ||

TAŚV-ML 6.5.1sāṃ­pa­rā­yi­ka­m atroktaṃ pūrvaṃ ta­syeṃ­dri­yā­da­yaḥ | bhedāḥ paṃ­cā­di­saṃ­khyāḥ syuḥ pa­ri­ṇā­ma­vi­śe­ṣa­taḥ || 1 || TAŚV-ML 6.5.2tatra cai­tya­śru­tā­cā­rya­pū­jā­s ta­vā­di­la­kṣa­ṇā | sa­mya­ktva­va­rdha­nī jñeyā vidbhiḥ sa­mya­ktva­sa­tkri­yā || 2 || TAŚV-ML 6.5.3ku­cai­tyā­di­pra­ti­ṣṭhā­di­r yā mi­thyā­tva­pra­va­rdha­nī | sā mi­thyā­tva­kri­yā bodhyā mi­thyā­tvo­da­ya­saṃ­sṛ­tā || 3 || TAŚV-ML 6.5.4kā­yā­di­bhiḥ pareṣāṃ yad ga­ma­nā­di­pra­va­rta­naṃ | sa­da­sa­tkā­rya­si­ddhya­rthaṃ sā pra­yo­ga­kri­yā matā || 4 || TAŚV-ML 6.5.5na kā­ya­vā­ṅma­no­yo­gā­n no ni­va­rta­yi­tuṃ kṣamāḥ | pu­dga­lā­s ta­du­pā­dā­naṃ sva­he­tu­dva­ya­to nyathā || 5 || TAŚV-ML 6.5.6saṃ­ya­ta­sya sataḥ puṃso '­saṃ­ya­maṃ prati yad bhavet | ā­bhi­mu­khyaṃ sa­mā­dā­na­kri­yā sā vṛ­tta­ghā­ti­nī || 6 || TAŚV-ML 6.5.7ī­ryā­pa­tha­kri­yā tatra proktā ta­tka­rma­he­tu­kā | iti paṃ­ca­kri­yā­s tā­va­cchu­bhā­śu­bha­pha­lāḥ smṛtāḥ || 7 || TAŚV-ML 6.5.8kro­dhā­ve­śā­t pradoṣo yaḥ sāṃ­ta­prā­do­ṣi­kī kriyā | ta­tkā­rya­tvā­t sa­he­tu­tvā­t krodhād anyā hy a­nī­dṛ­śā­t || 8 || TAŚV-ML 6.5.9pra­du­ṣṭa­syo­dya­mo haṃtuṃ gaditā kāyikī kriyā | hiṃ­so­pa­ka­ra­ṇā­dā­naṃ ta­thā­dhi­ka­ra­ṇa­kri­yā || 9 || TAŚV-ML 6.5.10duḥ­kho­tpā­da­na­taṃ­tra­tvaṃ syāt kriyā pā­ri­tā­pi­kī | kriyā sā tāvatā bhinnā prathamā ta­tpha­la­tva­taḥ || 10 || TAŚV-ML 6.5.11.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­. | ka­ṣā­yā­c ceti paṃcaitāḥ pra­pa­tta­vyāḥ kriyāḥ parāḥ || 11 || TAŚV-ML 6.5.12rā­gā­rdra­sya pra­ma­tta­sya su­rū­pā­lo­ka­nā­śa­yaḥ | syād da­rśa­na­kri­yā sparśe spṛṣṭadhīḥ spa­rśa­na­kri­yā || 12 || TAŚV-ML 6.5.13ete ceṃ­dri­ya­to bhinne pa­ri­spaṃ­dā­tmi­ke mate | jñā­nā­tma­naḥ ka­ṣā­yā­c ca ta­tpha­la­tvā­t ta­thā­vra­tā­t || 13 || TAŚV-ML 6.5.14a­pū­rva­prā­ṇi­ghā­tā­rtho­pa­ka­ra­ṇa­pra­va­rta­naṃ | kriyā prā­tya­yi­kī jñeyā hiṃ­sā­he­tu­s tathā parā || 14 || TAŚV-ML 6.5.15stryā­di­saṃ­pā­ti­de­śe ṃ­ta­rma­lo­tsa­rgaḥ pra­mā­di­naḥ | śaktasya yaḥ kri­ye­ṣṭe­ha sā sa­maṃ­tā­nu­pā­ti­kī || 15 || TAŚV-ML 6.5.16adṛṣṭe yo pramṛṣṭe ca sthāne nyāso yater api | kāyādeḥ sā tv a­nā­bho­ga­kri­yā saitāś ca paṃca tāḥ || 16 || TAŚV-ML 6.5.17pa­ra­ni­rva­rtya­kā­rya­sya svayaṃ ka­ra­ṇa­m atra yat | sā sva­ha­sta­kri­yā­va­dya­pra­dhā­nā dhīmatāṃ matā || 17 || TAŚV-ML 6.5.18pā­pa­pra­vṛ­ttā­v a­nye­ṣā­m a­bhya­nu­jñā­na­m ātmanā | syān ni­sa­rga­kri­yā­la­syā­da­kṛ­ti­r vā su­ka­rma­ṇāṃ || 18 || TAŚV-ML 6.5.19pa­rā­ca­ri­ta­sā­va­dya­pra­kā­śa­na­m iha sphuṭaṃ | vi­dā­ra­ṇa­kri­yā tv anyā syād anyatra vi­śu­ddhi­taḥ || 19 || TAŚV-ML 6.5.20ā­va­śya­kā­di­ṣu khyātām a­rha­dā­jñā­m u­pā­si­tuṃ | a­śa­kta­syā­nya­thā­khyā­nā­d ā­jñā­vyā­pā­di­kī kriyā || 20 || TAŚV-ML 6.5.21śā­ṭhyā­la­sya vaśād a­rha­tpro­ktā­cā­ra­vi­dhau tu yaḥ | a­nā­da­raḥ sa eva syād a­nā­kāṃ­kṣa­kri­yā vidāṃ || 21 || TAŚV-ML 6.5.22etāḥ paṃca kriyāḥ proktāḥ parās ta­ttvā­rtha­ve­di­bhiḥ | ka­ṣā­ya­he­tu­kā bhinnāḥ ka­ṣā­ye­bhyaḥ ka­thaṃ­ca­na || 22 || TAŚV-ML 6.5.23ched a­nā­di­kri­yā­sa­kta­ci­tta­tvaṃ svasya yad bhavet | pareṇa tatkṛtau harṣaḥ se­hā­raṃ­bha­kri­yā matā || 23 || TAŚV-ML 6.5.24pa­ri­gra­hā­vi­nā­śā­rthā syāt pā­ri­gra­hi­kī kriyā | du­rva­ktṛ­ka­va­co jñānādau sā mā­yā­di­kri­yā parā || 24 || TAŚV-ML 6.5.25mi­thyā­di­kā­ra­ṇā­vi­ṣṭa­dṛ­ṣṭī­ka­ra­ṇa­m atra yat | pra­śaṃ­sā­di­bhi­r uktānyā sā mi­thyā­da­rśa­na­kri­yā || 25 || TAŚV-ML 6.5.26vṛ­tta­mo­ho­da­yā­t puṃsām a­ni­vṛ­ttiḥ ku­ka­rma­ṇaḥ | a­pra­tyā­khyā kriyety etāḥ paṃca paṃca kriyāḥ smṛtāḥ || 26 ||

TA-ML 6.6 tī­vra­maṃ­da­jñā­tā­jñā­ta­bhā­vā­dhi­ka­ra­ṇa­vī­rya­vi­śe­ṣe­bhya­s ta­dvi­śe­ṣaḥ || 6 ||

TAŚV-ML 6.6.1tī­vra­tvā­di­vi­śe­ṣe­bhya­s teṣāṃ pra­tye­ka­m īritaḥ | baṃdhaḥ ka­ṣā­ya­he­tu­bhyo viśeṣo vyāsataḥ punaḥ || 1 || TAŚV-ML 6.6.2na yuktaḥ sū­tri­ta­ś citraḥ ka­rma­baṃ­dhā­nu­rū­pa­taḥ | tac ca karma nṛṇāṃ tasmād iti he­tu­pha­la­sthi­tiḥ || 2 ||

TA-ML 6.7 a­dhi­ka­ra­ṇaṃ jī­vā­jī­vāḥ || 7 ||

TAŚV-ML 6.7.1ta­trā­dhi­ka­ra­ṇaṃ jī­vā­jī­vā yasya vi­śe­ṣa­taḥ | sāṃ­pa­rā­yi­ka­bhe­dā­nāṃ viśeṣaḥ pra­ti­sū­tri­taḥ || 1 ||

TA-ML 6.8 ādyaṃ saṃ­raṃ­bha­sa­mā­raṃ­bhā­raṃ­bha­yo­ga­kṛ­ta­kā­ri­tā­nu­ma­ta­ka­ṣā­ya­vi­śe­ṣai- TA-ML 6.8 s tri­stri­stri­śca­tu­ś caikaśaḥ || 8 ||

TAŚV-ML 6.8.1jī­vā­jī­vā­dhi­ka­ra­ṇaṃ proktam ādyaṃ hi bhidyate | saṃ­raṃ­bhā­di­bhi­r ā­khyā­tai­r vi­śe­ṣai­s tribhir ekaśaḥ || 1 || TAŚV-ML 6.8.2yogais ta­nna­va­dhā bhinnaṃ sa­pta­viṃ­śa­ti­saṃ­khya­kaṃ | kṛ­tā­di­bhiḥ punaś caitad bhaved a­ṣṭo­tta­raṃ śataṃ || 2 || TAŚV-ML 6.8.3ka­ṣā­yai­r bhi­dya­mā­nā­tma­ca­tu­rbhi­r iti saṃgrahaḥ | ka­ṣā­ya­sthā­na­bhe­dā­nāṃ sarveṣāṃ pa­ra­mā­ga­me || 3 ||

TA-ML 6.9 ni­rva­rta­nā­ni­kṣe­pa­saṃ­yo­ga­ni­sa­rgā dvi­ca­tu­rdvi­tri­bhe­dāḥ param || 9 ||

TAŚV-ML 6.9.1tato dhi­ka­ra­ṇaṃ proktaṃ paraṃ ni­rva­rta­nā­da­yaḥ | dvyā­di­bhe­dā­s tad asya syād a­jī­vā­tma­ka­m eva hi || 1 || TAŚV-ML 6.9.2jī­vā­jī­vā­n sa­mā­śri­tya ka­ṣā­yā­nu­gra­hā­nvi­tā­n | āsravā bahudhā bhinnāḥ syur nṛṇām iṃ­dri­yā­da­yaḥ || 2 || TAŚV-ML 6.9.3bā­dha­kā­bhā­va­ni­rṇī­te­s tathā sarvatra sarvadā | sarveṣāṃ sve­ṣṭa­nā­t siddhās tī­vra­tvā­di­vi­śi­ṣṭa­va­t || 3 || TAŚV-ML 6.9.4abevaṃ bhūmā ka­rma­ṇā­m āsravo yaṃ sā­mā­nye­na khyāpitaḥ sāṃ­pa­rā­yī | TAŚV-ML 6.9.4cdta­tsā­ma­rthyā­d anyam ī­ryā­pa­tha­sya prā­hu­rdhva­stā­śe­ṣa­do­ṣā­śra­ya­sya || 4 ||

TA-ML 6.10 ta­tpra­do­ṣa­ni­hna­va­mā­tsa­ryāṃ­ta­rā­yā­sā­da­no­pa­ghā­tā jñā­ta­da­rśa­nā­va­ra­ṇa­yoḥ || 10 ||

TAŚV-ML 6.10.1vi­śe­ṣe­ṇa punar jñā­na­dṛ­ṣṭyā­va­ra­ṇa­yo­r matāḥ | ta­tpra­do­ṣā­da­yaḥ puṃsām ā­sra­vā­s te nu­bhā­ga­gāḥ || 1 || TAŚV-ML 6.10.2ya­tpra­do­ṣā­da­yo ye te ta­dā­va­ra­ṇa­pu­dga­lā­t | naro nayaṃti bī­bha­tsu­pra­do­ṣā­dyā yathā karān || 2 ||

TA-ML 6.11 duḥ­kha­śo­ka­tā­pā­kraṃ­da­na­ba­dha­pa­ri­de­va­nā­nyā­tma­pa­ro­bha­ya­sthā­nya­sa­dve­dya­sya || 11 ||

TAŚV-ML 6.11.1duḥ­khā­dī­ni ya­tho­ktā­ni sva­pa­ro­bha­ya­gā­ni tu | ā­srā­va­yaṃ­ti sa­rva­syā­py a­sā­ta­pha­la­pu­dga­lā­n || 1 || TAŚV-ML 6.11.2ta­jjā­tī­yā­tma­saṃ­kle­śa­vi­śe­ṣa­tvā­d ya­thā­na­le | pra­ve­śā­di­vi­dhā­yī­ni sva­saṃ­ve­dyā­ni kā­ni­ci­t || 2 ||

TA-ML 6.12 bhū­ta­vra­tya­nu­kaṃ­pā­dā­na­sa­rā­ga­saṃ­ya­m ā­di­yo­gaḥ kṣāṃtiḥ śaucam iti TA-ML 6.12 sa­dve­dya­sya || 12 ||

TAŚV-ML 6.12.1bhū­ta­vra­tya­nu­kaṃ­pā­di sā­ta­kā­ra­ṇa­pu­dga­lā­n | jīvasya ḍhau­ka­ya­ty evaṃ vi­śu­ddhyaṃ­ga­tva­to yathā || 1 || TAŚV-ML 6.12.2pa­thyau­ṣa­dhā­va­bo­dhā­diḥ prasiddhaḥ ka­sya­ci­d dvayoḥ | sa­da­sa­dve­dya­ka­rmā­ṇi tā­dṛ­śā­n pu­dga­lā­na­yaṃ || 2 ||

TA-ML 6.13 ke­va­li­śru­ta­saṃ­gha­dha­rma­de­vā­va­rṇa­vā­do da­rśa­na­mo­ha­sya || 13 ||

TAŚV-ML 6.13.1ke­va­lyā­di­ṣu yo va­rṇa­vā­daḥ syād āśaye nṛṇāṃ | sa syād da­rśa­na­mo­ha­sya ta­ttvā­śra­ddhā­na­kā­ri­ṇaḥ || 1 || TAŚV-ML 6.13.2āsravo yo hi yatra syād yad ācāre yadā sthitau | yat pra­ṇe­ta­ri cā­va­rṇa­vā­daḥ śra­ddhā­na­ghā­ty asau || 2 || TAŚV-ML 6.13.3śro­tri­ya­sya yathā madye ta­dā­dhā­rā­di­ke­ṣu ca | pratīto sau tathā tattve tato da­rśa­na­mo­ha­kṛ­t || 3 ||

TA-ML 6.14 ka­ṣā­yo­da­yā­t tī­vra­pa­ri­ṇā­ma­ś cā­ri­tra­mo­ha­sya || 14 ||

TAŚV-ML 6.14.1tathā cā­ri­tra­mo­ha­sya ka­ṣā­yo­da­ya­to nṛṇāṃ | syāt tī­vra­pa­ri­ṇā­mo yaḥ sa sa­mā­ga­ma­kā­ra­ṇaṃ || 1 || TAŚV-ML 6.14.2yaḥ ka­ṣā­yo­da­yā­t tīvraḥ pa­ri­ṇā­maḥ sa ḍhau­ka­ye­t | cā­ri­tra­vā­ti­naṃ bhāvaṃ kā­mo­dre­ko yathā yateḥ || 2 || TAŚV-ML 6.14.3ka­sya­ci­t tā­dṛ­śa­syā­yaṃ vi­vā­dā­pa­nna­vi­gra­haḥ | tasmāt tatheti ni­rbā­dha­m a­nu­mā­naṃ pra­va­rta­te || 3 ||

TA-ML 6.15 ba­hvā­raṃ­bha­pa­ri­gra­ha­tvaṃ nā­ra­ka­syā­yu­ṣaḥ || 15 ||

TAŚV-ML 6.15.1na­ra­ka­syā­yu­ṣo bhīṣṭaṃ ba­hvā­raṃ­bha­tva­m āsravaḥ | bhūyaḥ pa­ri­gra­ha­tvaṃ ca rau­dra­dhyā­nā­ti­śā­yi yat || 1 || TAŚV-ML 6.15.2niṃdyaṃ dhāma nṛṇāṃ tāvat pā­pā­dhā­na­ni­baṃ­dha­na­m | siddhaṃ cāṃ­ḍā­la­kā­dī­nāṃ dhe­nu­ghā­ta­vi­dhā­yi­nā­m || 2 || TAŚV-ML 6.15.3ta­tpra­ka­rṣā­t punaḥ siddhyed dhī­na­dhā­ma­pra­kṛ­ṣṭa­tā | tasya pra­ka­rṣa­pa­ryaṃ­tā ta­tpra­ka­rṣa­vya­va­sthi­tiḥ || 3 || TAŚV-ML 6.15.4pā­pā­nu­ṣṭhā kvacid ghā­ti­pa­ryaṃ­ta­tā­ra­ta­mya­taḥ | pa­ri­ṇā­mā­di­va­tta­tto rau­dra­dhyā­na­m a­pa­ści­maṃ || 4 || TAŚV-ML 6.15.5ta­syā­pa­ka­rṣa­to hī­na­ga­te­r apy a­pa­kṛ­ṣṭa­tā | siddheti bahudhā bhinnaṃ nā­ra­kā­yu­r u­pe­ya­te || 5 ||

TA-ML 6.16 māyā tai­rya­gyo­na­sya || 16 ||

TAŚV-ML 6.16.1māyā tai­rya­gyo­na­sye­ty āyuṣaḥ kāraṇaṃ matā | ā­rta­dhyā­nā­d vinā nātra svā­bhyu­pā­ya­vi­ro­dha­taḥ || 1 || TAŚV-ML 6.16.2a­pa­kṛ­ṣṭaṃ hi yat pā­pa­dhyā­na­mā­rtaṃ ta­dī­ri­taṃ | niṃdyaṃ dhāma ta­thai­vā­pra­kṛ­ṣṭaṃ tai­rya­gga­ti­s tataḥ || 2 || TAŚV-ML 6.16.3pra­si­ddha­m āyuṣo nai­ka­pra­dhā­na­tvaṃ pra­mā­ṇa­taḥ | tai­rya­gyo­na­sya siddhāṃte dṛ­ṣṭe­ṣṭā­bhyā­m a­bā­dhi­taṃ || 3 ||

TA-ML 6.17 a­lpā­raṃ­bha­pa­ri­gra­ha­tvaṃ mā­nu­ṣa­sya || 17 ||

TAŚV-ML 6.17.1mā­nu­ṣa­syā­yu­ṣo jñeyam a­lpā­raṃ­bha­tva­m āsravaḥ | mi­śra­dhyā­nā­nvi­ta­m a­lpa­pa­ri­gra­ha­ta­yā saha || 1 || TAŚV-ML 6.17.2dha­rma­mā­tre­ṇa saṃmiśraṃ mānuṣīṃ kurute gatiṃ | sā­tā­sā­tā­tma­ta­nmi­śra­pha­la­saṃ­va­rti­kā hi sā || 2 || TAŚV-ML 6.17.3dha­rmā­dhi­kyā­t su­khā­dhi­kyaṃ pā­pā­dhi­kyā­t punar nṛṇāṃ | duḥ­khā­dhi­kya­m iti proktā bahudhā mānuṣī gatiḥ || 3

TA-ML 6.18 sva­bhā­va­mā­rda­vaṃ ca || 18 ||

TAŚV-ML 6.18.1sva­bhā­va­mā­rda­vaṃ ceti he­tvaṃ­ta­ra­sa­mu­cca­yaḥ | mā­nu­ṣa­syā­yu­ṣa­s tad dhi mi­śra­dhyā­no­pa­pā­di­kaṃ || 1 ||

TA-ML 6.19 niḥ­śī­la­vra­ta­tvaṃ ca sa­rve­ṣā­m || 19 ||

TAŚV-ML 6.19.1niḥ­śī­la­vra­ta­tvaṃ ca sa­rve­ṣā­m ā­yu­ṣā­m iha | tatra sarvasya saṃ­bhū­te­r dhyā­na­syā­su­bhṛ­tāṃ śritau || 1 ||

TA-ML 6.20 sa­rā­ga­saṃ­ya­ma­saṃ­ya­mā­saṃ­ya­mā­kā­ma­ni­rja­rā­bā­la­ta­pāṃ­si daivasya || 20 ||

TAŚV-ML 6.20.1ta­syai­ka­syā­pi dai­va­syā­yu­ṣaḥ saṃ­pra­ti­pa­tta­ye | dha­rma­dhyā­nā­nvi­ta­tve­na nā­nya­thā­ti­pra­saṃ­ga­taḥ || 1 ||

TA-ML 6.21 samyaktvaṃ ca || 21 ||

TAŚV-ML 6.21.1samyaktvaṃ ceti ta­ddhe­tu­sa­mu­cca­ya­va­co­ba­lā­t | ta­syai­ka­syā­pi dai­vā­yuḥ­kā­ra­ṇa­tva­vi­ni­śca­yaḥ || 1 || TAŚV-ML 6.21.2sa­rvā­pa­vā­da­kaṃ sūtraṃ kecid vyā­ca­kṣa­te sati | samyaktve nyāyuṣāṃ hetor vi­pha­la­sya pra­si­ddhi­taḥ || 2 || TAŚV-ML 6.21.3ta­trā­pra­cyu­ta­sa­mya­ktvā jāyaṃte de­va­nā­ra­kāḥ | ma­nu­ṣye­ṣv iti naivedaṃ ta­dbā­dha­ka­m i­tī­ta­re || 3 || TAŚV-ML 6.21.4ta­nniḥ­śī­la­vra­ta­tva­sya na bā­dha­ka­m idaṃ viduḥ | syād a­śe­ṣā­yu­ṣāṃ he­tu­bhā­va­si­ddheḥ ku­ta­śca­na || 4 || TAŚV-ML 6.21.5pṛ­tha­ksū­tra­sya ni­rde­śā­d dhetur vai­mā­ni­kā­yu­ṣaḥ | sa­mya­ktva­m iti vijñeyaṃ saṃ­ya­mā­saṃ­ya­mā­di­va­t || 5 || TAŚV-ML 6.21.6sa­mya­gdṛ­ṣṭe­r a­naṃ­tā­nu­baṃ­dhi­kro­dhā­dya­bhā­va­taḥ | jīveṣv a­jī­va­tā śra­ddhā­pā­yā­n mi­thyā­tva­hā­ni­taḥ || 6 || TAŚV-ML 6.21.7hiṃ­sā­yā­s ta­tsva­bhā­vā­yā nivṛtteḥ śu­ddhi­vṛ­tti­taḥ | pra­kṛ­ṣṭa­syā­yu­ṣo dai­va­syā­sra­vo na vi­ru­dhya­te || 7 ||

TA-ML 6.22 yo­ga­va­kra­tā vi­saṃ­vā­da­naṃ cā­śu­bha­sya nāmnaḥ || 22 ||

TAŚV-ML 6.22.1nā­mno­śu­bha­sya hetuḥ syād yogānāṃ vakratā tathā | vi­saṃ­vā­da­na­m anyasya saṃ­kle­śā­d ā­tma­bhe­da­taḥ || 1 ||

TA-ML 6.23 ta­dvi­pa­rī­taṃ śubhasya || 23 ||

TAŚV-ML 6.23.1tatas ta­dvi­pa­rī­taṃ yat kiṃcit ta­tkā­ra­ṇaṃ viduḥ | nāmnaḥ śubhasya śu­ddhā­tma­vi­śe­ṣa­tvā­va­sā­ya­taḥ || 1 ||

TA-ML 6.24 da­rśa­na­vi­śu­ddhi­r vi­na­ya­saṃ­pa­nna­tā śī­la­vra­te­ṣv a­na­tī­cā­ro '­bhī­kṣṇa­jñā­no­pa­yo­ga- TA-ML 6.24 saṃvegau śa­kti­ta­s tyā­ga­ta­pa­sī sā­dhu­sa­mā­dhi­r vai­yā­vṛ­tya­ka­ra­ṇa­m arha- TA-ML 6.24 dā­cā­rya­ba­hu­śru­ta­pra­va­ca­na­bha­kti­r ā­va­śya­kā­pa­ri­hā­ṇi­r mā­rga­pra­bhā- TA-ML 6.24 vanā pra­va­ca­na­va­tsa­la­tva­m iti tī­rtha­ka­ra­tva­sya || 24 ||

TAŚV-ML 6.24.1ji­no­ddi­ṣṭe­ti nai­rgraṃ­thya­mo­kṣa­va­rtma­ny a­śaṃ­ka­naṃ | a­nā­kāṃ­kṣa­ṇa­m apy a­trā­mu­tra cai­ta­tpha­lā­pta­ye || 1 || TAŚV-ML 6.24.2vi­ci­ki­tsā­ny a­dṛ­ṣṭī­nāṃ pra­śaṃ­sā­saṃ­sta­va­cyu­tiḥ | mau­ḍhyā­di­ra­hi­ta­tvaṃ ca viśuddhiḥ sā dṛśo matā || 2 || TAŚV-ML 6.24.3saṃ­jñā­nā­di­ṣu tadvatsu vā­da­ro­tthā­na­pe­kṣa­yā | ka­ṣā­ya­vi­ni­vṛ­tti­r vā vi­na­yai­r mu­ni­saṃ­ma­taiḥ || 3 || TAŚV-ML 6.24.4saṃ­pa­nna­tā sa­mā­khyā­tā mu­mu­kṣū­ṇā­m a­śe­ṣa­taḥ | sa­ddṛ­ṣṭyā­di­gu­ṇa­sthā­na­va­rti­nāṃ svā­nu­rū­pa­taḥ || 4 || TAŚV-ML 6.24.5sa­ccā­ri­tra­vi­ka­lpe­ṣu vra­ta­śī­le­ṣv a­śe­ṣa­taḥ | ni­ra­va­dyā­nu­vṛ­tti­r yān a­ti­cā­raḥ sa teṣu vai || 5 || TAŚV-ML 6.24.6saṃ­jñā­na­bhā­va­nā­yāṃ tu yā nityam u­pa­yu­kta­tā | jñā­no­pa­yo­ga evāsau ta­dā­bhī­kṣṇaṃ pra­si­ddhi­taḥ || 6 || TAŚV-ML 6.24.7saṃ­sā­rā­d bhī­ru­tā­bhī­kṣṇaṃ saṃvegaḥ saddhiyāṃ mataḥ | na tu mi­thyā­dṛ­śāṃ teṣāṃ saṃ­sā­ra­syā­pra­si­ddhi­taḥ || 7 || TAŚV-ML 6.24.8śa­kti­ta­s tyāga udgītaḥ prītyā sva­syā­ti­sa­rja­naṃ | nā­tma­pī­ḍā­ka­raṃ nāpi saṃpady a­na­ti­sa­rja­naṃ || 8 || TAŚV-ML 6.24.9a­ni­gū­hi­ta­vī­rya­sya sa­mya­gmā­rgā­vi­ro­dha­taḥ | kā­ya­kle­śaḥ sa­mā­khyā­taṃ viśuddhaṃ śa­kti­ta­s tapaḥ || 9 || TAŚV-ML 6.24.10bhāṃ­ḍā­gā­rā­gni­saṃ­śāṃ­ti­sa­maṃ mu­ni­ga­ṇa­sya yat | ta­paḥ­saṃ­ra­kṣa­ṇaṃ sā­dhu­sa­mā­dhiḥ sa u­dī­ri­taḥ || 10 || TAŚV-ML 6.24.11gu­ṇi­duḥ­kha­ni­pā­te tu ni­ra­va­dya­vi­dhā­na­taḥ | ta­syā­pa­ha­ra­ṇaṃ proktaṃ vai­yā­vṛ­tya­m a­niṃ­di­taṃ || 11 || TAŚV-ML 6.24.12arhatsv ā­cā­rya­va­rye­ṣu ba­hu­śru­ta­ya­ti­ṣv api | jaine pra­va­ca­ne cāpi bhaktiḥ pra­tyu­pa­va­rṇi­tā || 12 || TAŚV-ML 6.24.13bhā­va­śu­ddhyā nutā śa­śva­da­nu­rā­ga­pa­rai­r alaṃ | vi­pa­ryā­si­ta­ci­tta­syā­py a­nya­thā­bhā­va­hā­ni­taḥ || 13 || TAŚV-ML 6.24.14ā­va­śya­ka­kri­yā­ṇāṃ tu ya­thā­kā­laṃ pra­va­rta­nā | ā­va­śya­kā­pa­ri­hā­ṇiḥ ṣaṇṇām api ya­thā­ga­maṃ || 14 || TAŚV-ML 6.24.15mā­rga­pra­bhā­va­nā jñā­na­ta­po­r ha­tpū­ja­nā­di­bhiḥ | dha­rma­pra­kā­śa­naṃ śu­ddha­bau­ddhā­nāṃ pa­ra­mā­rtha­taḥ || 15 || TAŚV-ML 6.24.16va­tsa­la­tvaṃ punar vatse dhe­nu­va­tsaṃ pra­kī­rti­taṃ | jaine pra­va­ca­ne sa­mya­kchra­ddhā­na­jñā­na­va­tsv api || 16 || TAŚV-ML 6.24.17dṛ­gvi­śu­ddhyā­da­yo nāmnas tī­rtha­kṛ­ttva­sya hetavaḥ | samastā vya­sta­rū­pā vā dṛ­gvi­śu­ddhyā sa­ma­nvi­tāḥ || 17 || TAŚV-ML 6.24.18sa­rvā­ti­śā­yi tatpuṇyaṃ trai­lo­kyā­dhi­pa­ti­tva­kṛ­t | pra­vṛ­ttyā­ti­śa­yā­dī­nāṃ ni­rva­rta­ka­m a­pī­śi­tuḥ || 18 ||

TA-ML 6.25 pa­rā­tma­niṃ­dā­pra­śaṃ­se sa­da­sa­dgu­ṇa­cchā­da­no­dbhā­va­ne ca nīcair gotrasya || 25 ||

TAŚV-ML 6.25.1pa­ra­niṃ­dā­da­yo nīcair go­tra­syā­sra­va­ṇaṃ mataṃ | teṣāṃ ta­da­nu­rū­pa­tvā­d a­nya­thā­nu­pa­pa­tti­taḥ || 1 ||

TA-ML 6.26 ta­dvi­pa­rya­yo nīcair vṛ­ttya­nu­tse­kau co­tta­ra­sya || 26 ||

TAŚV-ML 6.26.1u­tta­ra­syā­sra­vaḥ siddhaḥ sā­ma­rthyā­t ta­dvi­pa­rya­yaḥ | nīcair vṛttir a­nu­tse­ka­s ta­thai­vā­ma­la­vi­gra­ha || 1 ||

TA-ML 6.27 vi­ghna­ka­ra­ṇa­m aṃ­ta­rā­ya­sya || 27 ||

TAŚV-ML 6.27.1sa­rva­syā­py aṃ­ta­rā­ya­syā­sra­vaḥ syāt prā­ṇi­nā­m iha | vighnasya ka­ra­ṇā­t tasya ta­thā­yo­gya­tva­ni­śca­yā­t || 1 || TAŚV-ML 6.27.2pra­va­rta­mā­na­dā­nā­di­pra­ti­ṣe­dha­sya bhāvanā | ā­srā­vi­kāṃ­ta­rā­ya­sya dṛ­ṣṭa­ta­dbhā­va­nā yathā || 2 || TAŚV-ML 6.27.3iti pra­tye­ka­m ākhyātaḥ ka­rma­ṇā­m āsravaḥ śubhaḥ | pu­ṇyā­nā­m aśubhaḥ pā­pa­rū­pā­ṇāṃ śu­ddhya­śu­ddhi­taḥ || 3 || TAŚV-ML 6.27.4abyādṛśāḥ sva­pa­ri­ṇā­ma­vi­śe­ṣā yasya he­tu­va­śa­to '­su­bhṛ­taḥ syuḥ | TAŚV-ML 6.27.4cdtā­dṛ­śā­ny u­pa­pa­taṃ­ti tam agre svā­nu­bhā­ga­ka­ra­ka­rma­ra­jāṃ­si || 4 ||
TAŚV-ML 458,1oṃ TAŚV-ML 458,2atha saptamo 'dhyāyaḥ || 7 ||

TA-ML 7.1 hiṃ­sā­nṛ­ta­ste­yā­bra­hma­pa­ri­gra­he­bhyo vi­ra­ti­rvra­ta­m || 1 ||

TAŚV-ML 7.1.1atha pu­ṇyā­sra­vaḥ proktaḥ prāgvrataṃ vi­ra­ti­ś ca tat | hiṃ­sā­di­bhya iti dhvastaṃ guṇebhyo vi­ra­ti­rvra­ta­m || 1 ||

TA-ML 7.2 de­śa­sa­rva­to '­ṇu­ma­ha­tī || 2 ||

TAŚV-ML 7.2.1deśato ṇuvrataṃ ceha sa­rva­ta­s tu ma­ha­dvra­taṃ | de­śa­sa­rva­vi­śu­ddhā­tma­bhe­dā­t saṃ­jñā­ni­no mataṃ || 1 ||

TA-ML 7.3 ta­tsthai­ryā­rthaṃ bhāvanāḥ paṃca paṃca || 3 ||

TAŚV-ML 7.3.1ta­tsthai­ryā­rthaṃ vi­dhā­ta­vyā bhāvanāḥ paṃca paṃca tu | ta­da­sthai­rye yatīnāṃ hi saṃbhāvyo nottaro guṇaḥ || 1 ||

TA-ML 7.4 vā­ṅma­no­gu­ptī­ryā­dā­na­ni­kṣe­pa­ṇa­sa­mi­tyā­lo­ki­ta­pā­na­bho­ja­nā­ni paṃca || 4 ||

TAŚV-ML 7.4.1syātāṃ me vā­ṅma­no­gu­ptī pra­tha­ma­vra­ta­śu­ddha­ye | ta­the­ryā­dā­na­ni­kṣe­pa­sa­mi­tī vī­kṣya­bho­ja­naḥ || 1 ||

TA-ML 7.5 kro­dha­lo­bha­bhī­ru­tva­hā­sya­pra­tyā­khyā­nā­ny a­nu­vī­cī­bhā­ṣa­ṇaṃ ca paṃca || 5 ||

TAŚV-ML 7.5.1kro­dha­lo­bha­bha­yaṃ hāsyaṃ pra­tyā­khyā­na­mṛ­to­dbha­vaṃ | ta­ttvā­nu­kū­la­m ābhāṣe dvi­tī­ya­vra­ta­śu­ddha­ye || 1 ||

TA-ML 7.6 śū­nyā­gā­ra­vi­mo­ci­tā­vā­sa­pa­ro­pa­ro­dhā­ka­ra­ṇa­bhai­kṣya­śu­ddhi­sa­dha­rmā- TA-ML 7.6 vi­saṃ­vā­dāḥ paṃca || 6 ||

TAŚV-ML 7.6.1śūnyaṃ mo­ci­ta­m ā­vā­sa­m a­dhi­ti­ṣṭhā­mi śuddhidaṃ | pa­ro­pa­ro­dhaṃ muṃcāmi bhai­kṣya­śu­ddhiṃ karomy ahaṃ || 1 || TAŚV-ML 7.6.2sa­dha­rma­bhiḥ samaṃ śa­śva­da­vi­saṃ­vā­da­m ādriye | a­ste­yā­ti­kra­ma­dhvaṃ­sa­he­tu­ta­dvra­ta­vṛ­ddha­ye || 2 ||

TA-ML 7.7 strī­rā­ga­ka­thā­śra­va­ṇa­ta­nma­no­ha­rāṃ­ga­ni­rī­kṣa­ṇa­pū­rva­ra­tā­nu­spa­ra­ṇa­vṛ­ṣye­ṣṭa­ra­sa- TA-ML 7.7 śa­rī­ra­saṃ­skā­ra­tyā­gāḥ paṃca || 7 ||

TAŚV-ML 7.7.1strīṇāṃ rā­ga­ka­thāṃ jahyāṃ ma­no­hā­ryaṃ­ga­vī­kṣa­ṇaṃ | pū­rva­ra­ta­smṛ­tiṃ vṛṣyam iṣṭaṃ rasam a­saṃ­śa­ya­m || 1 || TAŚV-ML 7.7.2tathā śa­rī­ra­saṃ­skā­raṃ ra­ti­ce­to bhi­vṛ­ddhi­kaṃ | ca­tu­rtha­vra­ta­ra­kṣā­rthaṃ satataṃ ya­ta­mā­na­saḥ || 2 ||

TA-ML 7.8 ma­no­jñā­ma­no­jñeṃ­dri­ya­vi­ṣa­ya­rā­ga­dve­ṣa­va­rja­nā­ni paṃca || 8 ||

TAŚV-ML 7.8.1sa­rvā­kṣa­vi­ṣa­ye­ṣv i­ṣṭā­ni­ṣṭo­pa­sthi­te­ṣv iha | rā­ga­dve­ṣau tyajāmy evaṃ paṃ­ca­ma­vra­ta­śu­ddha­ye || 1 || TAŚV-ML 7.8.2pra­tye­ka­m iti paṃcānāṃ vratānāṃ bhāvanā matāḥ | paṃca paṃca sadā saṃtu niḥ­śre­ya­sa­pha­la­pra­dāḥ || 2 || TAŚV-ML 7.8.3bhāvyaṃ niḥ­śre­ya­saṃ bhāvyo bhāvako bhāvanā punaḥ | ta­du­pā­ya iti tryaṃ­śa­pū­rṇāḥ syā­dvā­di­nāṃ giraḥ || 3 ||

TA-ML 7.9 hiṃ­sā­di­ṣv i­hā­mu­trā­pā­yā­va­dya­da­rśa­na­m || 9 ||

TAŚV-ML 7.9.1hiṃ­sa­nā­di­ṣv i­hā­pā­ya­da­rśa­naṃ bhāvanā yathā | ma­yā­mu­tra ta­thā­va­dya­da­rśa­naṃ pra­vi­dhī­ya­te || 1 ||

TA-ML 7.10 duḥkham eva vā || 10 ||

TAŚV-ML 7.10.1bhāvanā dehināṃ tatra kartavyā duḥkham eva vā | duḥ­khā­tma­ka­bha­vo­dbhū­ti­he­tu­tvā­d avrataṃ hi tat || 1 ||

TA-ML 7.11 mai­trī­pra­mo­da­kā­ru­ṇya­m ā­dhya­sthyā­ni ca sa­ttva­gu­ṇā­dhi­ka­kli­śya­mā­nā­vi­na­ye­ṣu || 11 ||

TAŚV-ML 7.11.1mai­tryā­da­yo vi­śu­ddhyaṃ­gāḥ sa­ttvā­di­ṣu ya­thā­ga­maṃ | bhāvanāḥ saṃ­bha­vaṃ­ty aṃ­ta­rnai­kāṃ­tā­śra­ya­ṇe tu tāḥ || 1 || TAŚV-ML 7.11.2maitrī sattveṣu kartavyā yathā ta­dva­dgu­ṇā­dhi­ke | kli­śya­mā­ne '­vi­ne­ye ca sa­ttva­rū­pā­vi­śe­ṣa­taḥ || 2 || TAŚV-ML 7.11.3kāruṇyaṃ ca sa­ma­ste­ṣu saṃ­sā­ra­kle­śa­bhā­gi­ṣu | mādhyasthyaṃ vī­ta­rā­gā­ṇāṃ na kvacid vi­ni­dhī­ya­te || 3 || TAŚV-ML 7.11.4bhavyatvaṃ guṇam ālokya pra­mo­dā­khi­la­de­hi­ṣu | kartavya iti tatrāyaṃ vibhāgo mu­khya­rū­pa­taḥ || 4 ||

TA-ML 7.12 ja­ga­tkā­ya­sva­bhā­vau vā saṃ­ve­ga­vai­rā­gyā­rtha­m || 12 ||

TAŚV-ML 7.12.1ja­ga­tkā­ya­sva­bhā­vau vā bhāvane bhā­vi­tā­tma­nāṃ | saṃ­ve­gā­ya vi­ra­ktya­rthaṃ ta­ttva­ta­s ta­tpra­bo­dha­taḥ || 1 || TAŚV-ML 7.12.2bhāvanā ka­lpa­nā­mā­traṃ yeṣām a­rthā­na­pe­kṣa­yā | teṣāṃ nārthas tato '­ni­ṣṭa­ka­lpa­nā­ta i­ve­psi­ta­m || 2 || TAŚV-ML 7.12.3a­naṃ­tā­naṃ­ta­ta­ttva­sya kaścid artheṣu bhāvyate | sann eveti ya­thā­rthai­va bhāvanā no vya­va­sthi­tā || 3 ||

TA-ML 7.13 pra­ma­tta­yo­gā­t prā­ṇa­vya­pa­ro­pa­ṇaṃ hiṃsā || 13 ||

TAŚV-ML 7.13.1hiṃsātra prāṇināṃ prā­ṇa­vya­pa­ro­pa­ṇa­m u­dī­ri­tā | pra­ma­tta­yo­ga­to nāto muneḥ saṃ­ya­ta­nā­tma­naḥ || 1 ||

TA-ML 7.14 a­sa­da­bhi­dhā­na­m a­nṛ­ta­m || 14 ||

TAŚV-ML 7.14.1a­pra­śa­sta­m a­sa­dbo­dha­m a­bhi­dhā­naṃ yad asya tat | pra­ma­tta­syā­nṛ­taṃ nā­nya­sye­ty āhuḥ saty a­vā­di­naḥ || 1 || TAŚV-ML 7.14.2tena sva­pa­ra­saṃ­tā­pa­kā­ra­ṇaṃ yad va­coṃ­gi­nāṃ | ya­thā­dṛ­ṣṭā­rtha­m apy atra tad asatyaṃ vi­bhā­vya­te || 2 || TAŚV-ML 7.14.3mi­thyā­rtha­m api hiṃ­sā­di­ni­ṣe­dha vacanaṃ mataṃ | satyaṃ tatsatsu sā­dhu­tvā­d a­hiṃ­sā­vra­ta­śu­ddhi­da­m || 3 ||

TA-ML 7.15 a­da­ttā­dā­naṃ steyam || 15 ||

TAŚV-ML 7.15.1pra­ma­tta­yo­ga­to yat syād a­da­ttā­dā­na­m ātmanaḥ | steyaṃ ta­tsū­tri­taṃ dā­nā­dā­na­yo­gyā­rtha­go­ca­ra­m || 1 || TAŚV-ML 7.15.2tena sā­mā­nya­to '­da­tta­m ā­da­dā­na­sya sanmuneḥ | sa­ri­nni­rjha­ra­ṇā­dyaṃ­bhaḥ śu­ṣka­go­ma­ya­khaṃ­ḍa­ka­m || 2 || TAŚV-ML 7.15.3bhasmādi vā svayaṃ muktaṃ pi­cchā­lā­bū­pha­lā­di­kaṃ | prāsuktaṃ na bhavet steyaṃ pra­ma­tta­tva­sya hānitaḥ || 3 ||

TA-ML 7.16 mai­thu­na­m abrahma || 16 ||

TAŚV-ML 7.16.1tathā mai­thu­na­m abrahma pra­ma­tta­syai­va tatpunaḥ | pra­mā­da­ra­hi­tā­nāṃ hi jā­tu­ci­tta­da­saṃ­bha­vaḥ || 1 ||

TA-ML 7.17 mūrchā pa­ri­gra­haḥ || 17 ||

TAŚV-ML 7.17.1yasya hiṃ­sā­nṛ­tā­dī­ni tasya saṃti pa­ra­spa­raṃ | a­vi­nā­bhā­va­va­dbhā­vā­d eṣām iti ca durbudhāḥ || 1 || TAŚV-ML 7.17.2tato hiṃ­sā­vra­taṃ yasya yasya sa­rva­vra­ta­kṣa­tiḥ | tad eva paṃcadhā bhinnaṃ kāṃścit prati ma­hā­vraṃ­ta || 2 || TAŚV-ML 7.17.3mūrchā pa­ri­gra­haḥ so pi nā­pra­ma­tta­sya yujyate | tayā vinā na va­strā­di­gra­ha­ṇaṃ ka­sya­ci­t tataḥ || 3 ||

TA-ML 7.18 niḥśalyo vratī || 18 ||

TAŚV-ML 7.18.1niḥśalyo tra vratī jñeyaḥ śalyāni trīṇi tattvataḥ | mi­thyā­tvā­dī­nī sadbhāve vra­tā­śa­ya­vi­pa­rya­yaḥ || 1 ||

TA-ML 7.19 a­gā­rya­na­gā­ra­ś ca || 19 ||

TAŚV-ML 7.19.1so py a­gā­rya­na­gā­ra­ś ca bhā­vā­gā­ra­sya bhāvataḥ | a­bhā­vā­c ceti pāṃ­thā­de­r nā­na­gā­ra­tva­saṃ­bha­vaḥ || 1 ||

TA-ML 7.20 a­ṇu­vra­to 'gārī || 20 ||

TAŚV-ML 7.20.1tatra cā­ṇu­vra­to­gā­rī sā­ma­rthyā­t syān ma­hā­vra­taḥ | a­na­gā­ra iti jñeyam atra sū­trāṃ­ta­rā­d vinā || 1 ||

TA-ML 7.21 di­gde­śā­na­rtha­daṃ­ḍa­vi­ra­ti­sā­mā­yi­ka­pro­ṣa­dho­pa­vā­so­pa­bho­ga­pa­ri­bho­ga­pa­ri­mā- TA-ML 7.21 ṇā­ti­thi­saṃ­vi­bhā­ga­vra­ta­saṃ­pa­nna­ś ca || 21 ||

TAŚV-ML 7.21.1di­gde­śā­na­rtha­daṃ­ḍe­bhyo vi­ra­ti­r yā vi­śu­ddhi­kṛ­t | sā­mā­yi­kaṃ tridhā śuddhaṃ trikālaṃ yad u­dā­hṛ­taṃ || 1 || TAŚV-ML 7.21.2yaḥ pro­ṣa­dho­pa­vā­sa­ś ca ya­thā­vi­dhi ni­ve­di­taḥ | pa­ri­mā­ṇaṃ ca yat sva­syo­pa­bho­ga­pa­ri­bho­ga­yoḥ || 2 || TAŚV-ML 7.21.3ā­hā­ra­bhe­ṣa­jā­vā­sa­pu­sta­va­strā­di­go­ca­raḥ | saṃ­vi­bhā­go vrataṃ yat syād yo­gyā­yā­ti­tha­ye svayaṃ || 3 || TAŚV-ML 7.21.4ta­tsaṃ­pa­nna­ś ca niśceyo '­gā­rī­ti dvā­da­śo­di­tāḥ | dī­kṣā­bhe­dā gṛ­ha­stha­sya te sa­mya­ktva­pu­raḥ­sa­rā || 4 ||

TA-ML 7.22 mā­ra­ṇāṃ­ti­kīṃ sa­lle­kha­nāṃ joṣitā || 22 ||

TAŚV-ML 7.22.1sa­mya­kkā­ya­ka­ṣā­yā­ṇāṃ tvakṣā sa­lle­kha­nā­tra tāṃ | joṣitā sevitā prītyā sa vratī mā­ra­ṇāṃ­ti­kīṃ || 1 || TAŚV-ML 7.22.2mṛ­tyu­kā­ra­ṇa­saṃ­pā­ta­kā­la­m āsthitya sadvrataṃ | rakṣituṃ śa­kya­bhā­ve­na nā­nya­the­ty a­pra­ma­tta­gaṃ || 2 || TAŚV-ML 7.22.3pṛ­tha­ksū­tra­sya sā­ma­rthyā­c ca sā­gā­rā­na­gā­ra­yoḥ | sa­lle­kha­na­sya seveti pra­ti­pa­tta­vya­m aṃjasā || 3 || TAŚV-ML 7.22.1abnā­nā­ni­vṛ­tti­pa­ri­ṇā­ma­vi­śe­ṣa­si­ddhe­r ekasya nu­rba­hu­vi­dha­vra­ta­m a­rtha­bhe­dā­t | TAŚV-ML 7.22.1cdyuktaṃ kra­mā­kra­ma­vi­va­rti­bhi­dā­tma­ka­sya nānyasya jātu na­ya­bā­dhi­ta­vi­gra­ha­sya || 1 ||

TA-ML 7.23 śaṃ­kā­kāṃ­kṣā­vi­ci­ki­tsā­nya­dṛ­ṣṭi­pra­śaṃ­sā­saṃ­sta­vāḥ sa­mya­gdṛ­ṣṭe­r a­tī­cā­rāḥ || 23 ||

TAŚV-ML 7.23.1sa­mya­gdṛ­ṣṭe­r a­tī­cā­rāḥ paṃca śaṃ­kā­da­yaḥ smṛtāḥ | teṣu satsu hi ta­ttvā­rtha­śra­ddhā­naṃ na vi­śu­ddhya­ti || 1 ||

TA-ML 7.24 vra­ta­śī­le­ṣu paṃca paṃca ya­thā­kra­ma­m || 24 ||

TAŚV-ML 7.24.1paṃca paṃca vrateṣv evaṃ śīleṣu ca ya­thā­kra­maṃ | vakṣyaṃte taḥ paraṃ śeṣe iti sūtre ti­di­śya­tā­m || 1 ||

TA-ML 7.25 baṃ­dha­va­dha­cche­dā­ti­bhā­rā­ro­pa­ṇā­n na pā­na­ni­ro­dhāḥ || 25 ||

TAŚV-ML 7.25.1ta­trā­hiṃ­sā­vra­ta­syā­tī­cā­rā baṃ­dhā­da­yaḥ śrutāḥ | teṣāṃ kro­dhā­di­ja­nma­tvā­t kro­dhā­de­s ta­nma­la­tva­taḥ || 1 ||

TA-ML 7.26 mi­thyo­pa­de­śa­ra­ho bhyā­khyā­na­kū­ṭa­le­kha­kri­yā­nyā­sā­pa­hā­ra­sā­kā­ra- TA-ML 7.26 maṃ­tra­bhe­dāḥ || 26 ||

TAŚV-ML 7.26.1tathā mi­thyo­pa­de­śā­dyā dvi­tī­ya­sya vratasya te | teṣām a­nṛ­ta­mū­la­tvā­t tadvat tena vi­ro­dha­taḥ || 1 ||

TA-ML 7.27 ste­na­pra­yo­ga­ta­dā­hṛ­tā­dā­na­vi­ru­ddha­rā­jyā­ti­kra­ma­hī­nā­dhi­ka­mā­no- TA-ML 7.27 nmā­na­pra­ti­rū­pa­ka­vya­va­hā­rāḥ || 27 ||

TAŚV-ML 7.27.1proktāḥ ste­na­pra­yo­gā­dyāḥ paṃ­cā­ste­ya­vra­ta­sya te | ste­ya­he­tu­tva­ta­s teṣaṃ bhāve ta­nma­li­na­tva­taḥ || 1 ||

TA-ML 7.28 pa­ra­vi­vā­ha­ka­ra­ṇe­tva­ri­kā­pa­ri­gṛ­hī­tā­pa­ri­gṛ­hī­tā­ga­ma­nā­naṃ­ga­krī- TA-ML 7.28 ḍā­kā­ma­tī­vrā­bhi­ni­ve­śāḥ || 28 ||

TAŚV-ML 7.28.1ca­tu­rtha­sya vra­ta­syā­nya­vi­vā­ha­ka­ra­ṇā­da­yaḥ | paṃcaite tikramā bra­hma­vi­dhā­ta­ka­ra­ṇa­kṣa­māḥ || 1 ||

TA-ML 7.29 kṣe­tra­vā­stu­hi­ra­ṇya­su­va­rṇa­dha­na­dhā­nya­dā­sī­dā­sa­ku­pya­pra­mā­ṇā­ti­kra­māḥ || 29 ||

TAŚV-ML 7.29.1kṣe­tra­vā­stvā­di­ṣū­pā­tta­pra­mā­ṇā­ti­kra­māḥ svayaṃ | paṃca saṃ­to­ṣa­ni­rghā­ta­he­ta­vo ṃ­tya­vra­ta­sya te || 1 ||

TA-ML 7.30 ū­rdhvā­dha­s ti­rya­gvya­ti­kra­ma­kṣe­tra­vṛ­ddhi­smṛ­tyaṃ­ta­rā­dhā­nā­ni || 30 ||

TAŚV-ML 7.30.1ū­rdhva­ti­kra­ma­ṇā­dyāḥ syuḥ śī­la­syā­dya­sya paṃca te | ta­dvi­ra­tyu­pa­ghā­ti­tvā­t teṣāṃ tad dhi ma­la­tva­taḥ || 1 ||

TA-ML 7.31 ā­na­ya­na­pre­ṣya­pra­yo­ga­śa­bda­rū­pā­n u­pā­ta­pu­dga­la­kṣe­pāḥ || 31 ||

TAŚV-ML 7.31.2dvi­tī­ya­sya tu śīlasya te paṃ­cā­na­ya­nā­da­yaḥ | sva­de­śa­vi­ra­te­r bādhā taiḥ saṃ­kle­śa­vi­dhā­na­taḥ || 2 ||

TA-ML 7.32 kaṃ­da­rpa­kau­tku­cya­mau­kha­ryā­sa­mī­kṣyā­dhi­ka­ra­ṇo­pa­bho­ga­pa­ri­bho­gā­na­rtha- TA-ML 7.32 kyāni || 32 ||

TAŚV-ML 7.32.1kaṃ­da­rpā­dyā­s tṛ­tī­ya­sya śī­la­sye­ho­pa­sū­tri­tāḥ | teṣām a­na­rtha­daṃ­ḍe­bhyo vi­ra­te­r bā­dha­ka­tva­taḥ || 1 ||

TA-ML 7.33 yo­ga­duḥ­pra­ṇi­dhā­nā­nā­da­ra­smṛ­tya­nu­pa­sthā­nā­ni || 33 ||

TAŚV-ML 7.33.1yo­ga­duḥ­pra­ṇi­dhā­nā­dyā­ś ca­tu­rtha­sya vya­ti­kra­māḥ | śīlasya ta­dvi­ghā­ti­tvā­t teṣāṃ ta­nma­la­tā­sthi­teḥ || 1 ||

TA-ML 7.34 a­pra­tya­ve­kṣi­tā­pra­mā­rji­to­tsa­rgā­dā­na­saṃ­sta­ro­pa­kra­ma­ṇā­nā­da­ra­smṛ­tya- TA-ML 7.34 nu­pa­sthā­nā­ni || 34 ||

TAŚV-ML 7.34.1a­pra­tya­ve­kṣi­te­tyā­dyā­s tatroktāḥ paṃ­ca­ma­sya te | śī­la­syā­ti­kra­māḥ paṃca ta­dvi­ghā­ta­sya hetavaḥ || 1 ||

TA-ML 7.35 sa­ci­tta­saṃ­baṃ­dha­saṃ­mi­śrā­bhi­ṣa­va­duḥ­pa­kvā­hā­rāḥ || 35 ||

TAŚV-ML 7.35.1tathā ta­cci­tta­saṃ­baṃ­dhā­hā­rā­dyāḥ paṃca sūtritāḥ | te tra ṣaṣṭhasya śīlasya ta­dvi­ro­dha­na­he­ta­vaḥ || 1 ||

TA-ML 7.36 sa­ci­tta­ni­kṣe­pā­pi­dhā­na­pa­ra­vya­pa­de­śa­mā­tsa­rya­kā­lā­ti­kra­māḥ || 36 ||

TAŚV-ML 7.36.1smṛtāḥ sa­ci­tta­ni­kṣe­pa­pra­mu­khā­s te vya­ti­kra­māḥ | sa­pta­ma­sye­ha śīlasya ta­dvi­ghā­ta­vi­dhā­yi­naḥ || 1 ||

TA-ML 7.37 jī­vi­ta­ma­ra­ṇā­śaṃ­sā­mi­trā­nu­rā­ga­su­khā­nu­baṃ­dha­ni­dā­nā­ni || 37 ||

TAŚV-ML 7.37.1vijñeyā jī­vi­tā­śaṃ­sā­pra­mu­khāḥ paṃca tattvataḥ | pro­kta­sa­lle­kha­nā­yā­s te vi­śu­ddhi­kṣa­ti­he­ta­vaḥ || 1 ||

TA-ML 7.38 a­nu­gra­hā­rthaṃ sva­syā­ti­sa­rgo dānam || 38 ||

TAŚV-ML 7.38.1svaṃ dhanaṃ syāt pa­ri­tyā­go ti­sa­rga­s tasya nu sphuṭaḥ | ta­ddā­na­m iti nirdeśo ti­pra­saṃ­ga­ni­vṛ­tta­ye || 1 || TAŚV-ML 7.38.2a­nu­gra­hā­rtha­m ity e­ta­dvi­śe­ṣa­ṇa­m u­dī­ri­taṃ | tena sva­māṃ­sa­dā­nā­di niṣiddhaṃ pa­ra­mā­pa­kṛ­t || 2 ||

TA-ML 7.39 vi­dhi­dra­vya­dā­tṛ­pā­tra­vi­śe­ṣā­t ta­dvi­śe­ṣaḥ || 39 ||

TAŚV-ML 7.39.1ta­dvi­śe­ṣaḥ pra­paṃ­ce­na syād vi­dhyā­di­vi­śe­ṣa­taḥ | dātuḥ śu­ddhi­vi­śe­ṣā­ya sa­mya­gbo­dha­sya viśrutaḥ || 1 || TAŚV-ML 7.39.2vi­dhyā­dī­nāṃ viśeṣaḥ syāt sva­kā­ra­ṇa­vi­śe­ṣa­taḥ | ta­tkā­ra­ṇaṃ punar bā­hya­māṃ­ta­raṃ cāpy a­ne­ka­dhā || 2 || TAŚV-ML 7.39.3pā­tra­pa­ri­gra­hā­di­bhyo vi­dhi­bhya­s tāvad āsravaḥ | dātuḥ puṇyasya saṃ­kle­śa­ra­hi­te­bhyo ti­śā­yi­naḥ || 3 || TAŚV-ML 7.39.4kiṃcit saṃ­kle­śa­yu­kte­bhyo ma­dhya­ma­syo­pa­va­rṇi­taḥ | bṛ­ha­tsaṃ­kle­śa­yu­kte­bhyaḥ sva­lpa­sye­ti vi­bhi­dya­te || 4 || TAŚV-ML 7.39.5ni­kṛ­ṣṭa­ma­dhya­mo­tkṛ­ṣṭa­vi­śu­ddhi­bhyo vi­pa­rya­yaḥ | tebhyaḥ syād iti saṃ­kṣe­pā­d uktaṃ sū­ri­bhi­raṃ­ja­sā || 5 || TAŚV-ML 7.39.6gu­ṇa­vṛ­ddhi­ka­raṃ dravyaṃ pātre 'pātre sa­ma­rpi­taṃ | do­ṣa­vṛ­ddhi­ka­raṃ pā­pa­kā­ri miśraṃ tu mi­śra­kṛ­t || 6 || TAŚV-ML 7.39.7dātā gu­ṇā­nvi­taḥ śuddhaḥ paraṃ puṇyam a­vā­pnu­yā­t | do­ṣā­nvi­ta­s tv a­śu­ddhā­tmā paraṃ pāpam upaiti saḥ || 7 || TAŚV-ML 7.39.8gu­ṇa­do­ṣā­nvi­taḥ śu­ddhā­śu­ddha­bhā­ve sa­ma­ś­‍­nu­te | bahudhā madhyamaṃ puṇyaṃ pāpaṃ ceti vi­ni­śca­yaḥ || 8 || TAŚV-ML 7.39.9dattam annaṃ su­pā­trā­ya svalpam apy u­ru­pu­ṇya­kṛ­t | ma­dhya­mā­ya tu pātrāya puṇyaṃ ma­dhya­ma­m ā­na­ye­t || 9 || TAŚV-ML 7.39.10ka­ni­ṣṭhā­ya punaḥ svalpam a­pā­trā­yā­pha­laṃ viduḥ | pā­pā­pā­paṃ phalaṃ ceti sūrayaḥ saṃ­pra­ca­kṣa­te || 10 || TAŚV-ML 7.39.11aba­pā­tre­bhyo dattaṃ bhavati saphalaṃ kiṃcid aparaṃ na pātrebhyo vittaṃ pra­cu­ra­m uditaṃ jā­tu­ci­d iha | TAŚV-ML 7.39.11cdadattaṃ pātrebhyo ja­na­ya­ti śubhaṃ bhūri gahanaṃ jano 'yaṃ syādvādaṃ katham iva niruktaṃ pra­bha­va­ti || 11 ||
TAŚV-ML 474,1atha a­ṣṭa­mo­'­dhyā­yaḥ || 8 || TAŚV-ML 8.1.1atha baṃdhe '­bhi­dhā­ta­vye '­bhi­dhī­yaṃ­te sya hetavaḥ | ni­rhe­tu­ka­tva­kū­ṭa­sthā­kā­ra­ṇa­tva­ni­vṛ­tta­ye || 1 ||

TA-ML 8.1 mi­thyā­da­rśa­nā­vi­ra­ti­pra­mā­da­ka­ṣā­ya­yo­gā baṃ­dha­he­ta­vaḥ || 1 ||

TAŚV-ML 8.1.2syur baṃ­dha­he­ta­vaḥ puṃsaḥ sva­mi­thyā­da­rśa­nā­da­yaḥ | tasya ta­dbhā­va­bhā­vi­tvā­d anyathā ta­da­si­ddhi­taḥ || 2 || TAŚV-ML 8.1.3ta­dvi­pa­rya­ya­to mo­kṣa­he­ta­vaḥ paṃca sūtritāḥ | sā­ma­rthyā­d atra nāto sti virodhaḥ sarvathā girām || 3 ||

TA-ML 8.2 sa­ka­ṣā­ya­tvā­j jīvaḥ karmaṇo yogyān pu­dga­lā­n ādatte sa baṃdhaḥ || 2 ||

TAŚV-ML 8.2.1pu­dga­lā­nāṃ nu­rā­dā­naṃ vaṃdho dra­vyā­tma­kaḥ smṛtaḥ | yogyānāṃ karmaṇaḥ sve­ṣṭā­ni­ṣṭa­ni­rva­rta­nā­tma­naḥ || 1 || TAŚV-ML 8.2.2pudgalāḥ karmaṇo yogyāḥ kecin mū­rtā­rtha­yo­ga­taḥ | pa­cya­mā­na­tva­taḥ śā­li­bī­jā­di­va­d i­tī­ri­taṃ || 2 || TAŚV-ML 8.2.3tān ādatte svayaṃ jīvaḥ sa­ka­ṣā­ya­tva­taḥ sa tu | yo nādatte prasiddho hi ka­ṣā­ya­ra­hi­taḥ paraḥ || 3 || TAŚV-ML 8.2.4sa­ka­ṣā­yaḥ sa­ka­rma­tva­jī­vaḥ syāt pūrvato nyataḥ | ka­ṣā­ye­bhyaḥ sa­ka­rme­ti nānyathā bha­va­bhā­ga­yaṃ || 4 || TAŚV-ML 8.2.5jīvaḥ saṃbaṃdha iti vā sa­ka­ṣā­ya­tva­to nyathā | tasya mu­ktā­tma­va­tta­ttvā­nu­pa­pa­tteḥ pra­si­ddhi­taḥ || 5 || TAŚV-ML 8.2.6sa­ka­ṣā­ya­tva­m a­dhya­kṣā­t sva­saṃ­ve­da­na­taḥ svayaṃ | ko­pa­vā­n aham ity evaṃ rūpāt siddhaṃ hi dehināṃ || 6 || TAŚV-ML 8.2.7pradhānaṃ sa­ka­ṣā­yaṃ tu syān nai­vā­ce­ta­na­tva­taḥ | kuṃ­bhā­di­va­t tato nedaṃ saṃ­baṃ­dha­m iti nirṇayaḥ || 7 || TAŚV-ML 8.2.8karmaṇaḥ sa­ka­ṣā­ya­tvaṃ jī­va­sye­ti na śāśvataṃ | sa­he­tu­ka­sya kau­ṭa­sthya­vi­ro­dhā­t ku­ṭa­kā­di­va­t || 8 || TAŚV-ML 8.2.9tato nu mu­ktya­bhā­vo nu ku­ta­ści­t karmaṇaḥ kṣaye | sa­ka­ṣā­ya­tva­vi­dhvaṃ­sā­vi­dhvaṃ­sa­kṛ­ta­si­ddhi­taḥ || 9 || TAŚV-ML 8.2.10jīvo hi karmaṇo yogyān ādatte pu­dga­lā­n svayaṃ | sa­ka­ṣā­ya­s tataḥ pūrvaṃ śuddhasya ta­da­saṃ­bha­vā­t || 10 || TAŚV-ML 8.2.11ta­ddra­vya­ka­rma­bhi­r baṃdhaḥ pu­dga­lā­tma­bhi­r ātmanaḥ | siddho nā­tma­gu­ṇai­r evaṃ ka­ṣā­yai­r bhā­va­ka­rma­bhiḥ || 11 || TAŚV-ML 8.2.12anyathā sa­ka­ṣā­ya­tva­pra­tya­ya­sya vi­ro­dha­taḥ | saṃ­sā­ri­ṇāṃ śa­rī­rā­di­saṃ­baṃ­dha­syai­va hānitaḥ || 12 ||

TA-ML 8.3 pra­kṛ­ti­sthi­tya­nu­bhā­gabhavapra­de­śā­s ta­dvi­dha­yaḥ || 3 ||

TAŚV-ML 8.3.1tasya baṃdhasya vidhayaḥ pra­kṛ­tyā­dyāḥ su­sū­tri­tāḥ | ta­thā­vi­dha­tva­saṃ­si­ddhe­r baṃ­dha­vyā­nāṃ ka­thaṃ­ca­na || 1 || TAŚV-ML 8.3.2sthi­tyā­di­pa­rya­yo­nmu­ktaiḥ ka­rma­yo­gyai­r hi pudgalaiḥ | pra­kṛ­tyā­va­sthi­tai­r baṃdhaḥ prathamo tra vi­va­kṣi­taḥ || 2 || TAŚV-ML 8.3.3pra­ti­pra­de­śa­m etair nu mato baṃdhaḥ pra­de­śa­taḥ | sthi­tyā­di­pa­rya­yā­krāṃ­taiḥ sa sthi­tyā­di­vi­śe­ṣi­taḥ || 3 ||

TA-ML 8.4 ādyo jñā­na­da­rśa­nā­va­ra­ṇa­ve­da­nī­ya­mo­ha­nī­yā­yu­rnā­ma­go­trāṃ­ta­rā­yāḥ || 4 ||

TAŚV-ML 8.4.1ka­rma­pra­kṛ­ta­ya­s tatra syur jñā­nā­va­ra­ṇā­da­yaḥ | tā­dṛ­kkā­rya­vi­śe­ṣā­nu­me­yāḥ ka­ra­ṇa­śa­kti­va­t || 1 ||

TA-ML 8.5 paṃ­ca­na­va­dvya­ṣṭā­viṃ­śa­ti­ca­tu­rdvi­ca­tvā­riṃ­śa­ddvi­paṃ­ca­bhe­dā ya­thā­kra­ma­m || 5 ||

TAŚV-ML 8.5.1te ca paṃ­cā­di­bhe­dāḥ syur ya­thā­kra­ma­m i­tī­ra­ṇā­t | kā­rya­pra­bhe­da­taḥ sādhyāḥ sadbhiḥ pra­kṛ­ta­yo­pa­rāḥ || 1 ||

TA-ML 8.6 ma­ti­śru­tā­va­dhi­ma­naḥ­pa­rya­ya­ke­va­lā­nā­m || 6 ||

TAŚV-ML 8.6.1ma­tyā­dī­nāṃ hi paṃcānāṃ jñānānāṃ paṃca veditaṃ | ka­rmā­va­ra­ṇa­m anyasya hetor bhāve py a­bhā­va­taḥ || 1 ||

TA-ML 8.7 ca­kṣu­ra­ca­kṣu­ra­va­dhi­ke­va­lā­nāṃ ni­drā­ni­drā­ni­drā­pra­ca­lā­pra­ca­lā­pra­ca­lā­styā­na- TA-ML 8.7 gṛ­ddha­ya­ś ca || 7 ||

TAŚV-ML 8.7.1caturṇāṃ ca­kṣu­rā­dī­nāṃ da­rśa­nā­nāṃ ca­tu­rvi­dhaṃ | ni­drā­da­ya­ś ca paṃceti nava pra­kṛ­ta­yo­sya tāḥ || 1 ||

TA-ML 8.8 sa­da­sa­dve­dye || 8 ||

TAŚV-ML 8.8.1dvedhā tu sa­da­sa­dve­dye sā­te­ta­ra­kṛ­tā­d ime | prakṛtī ve­da­nī­ya­sya nānyathā ta­dvya­va­sthi­tiḥ || 1 ||

TA-ML 8.9 da­rśa­na­cā­ri­tra­mo­ha­nī­yā­ka­ṣā­ya­ka­ṣā­ya­ve­da­nī­yā­khyā­s tri­dvi­na­va­ṣo­ḍa­śa­bhe­dāḥ TA-ML 8.9 sa­mya­ktva­mi­thyā­tva­ta­du­bha­yā­nya­ka­ṣā­ya­ka­ṣā­yau hā­sta­ra­tya­ra­ti­śo­ka­bha­ya- TA-ML 8.9 ju­gu­psā­strī­pu­nna­puṃ­sa­ka­ve­dā a­naṃ­tā­nu­baṃ­dhya­pra­tyā­khyā­na­pra­tyā­khyā­na- TA-ML 8.9 saṃ­jva­la­na­vi­ka­lpā­ś caikaśaḥ kro­dha­mā­na­mā­yā­lo­bhāḥ || 9 ||

TAŚV-ML 8.9.1da­rśa­ne­tyā­di­sū­tre­ṇa mo­ha­nī­ya­sya karmaṇaḥ | a­ṣṭā­viṃ­śa­ti­r ā­khyā­tā­s tāvad vā kā­rya­da­rśa­nā­t || 1 ||

TA-ML 8.10 nā­ra­ka­tai­rya­gyo­na­mā­nu­ṣa­dai­vā­ni || 10 ||

TAŚV-ML 8.10.1nā­ra­kā­dī­ni catvāri cāyūṃṣi bha­va­bhe­da­taḥ | siddhāni ta­da­bhā­ve sya prā­ṇi­nā­ma­vya­va­sthi­teḥ || 1 ||

TA-ML 8.11 ga­ti­jā­ti­śa­rī­rāṃ­go­pāṃ­ga­ni­rmā­ṇa­baṃ­dha­na­saṃ­ghā­ta­saṃ­sthā­na­saṃ­ha­na­na­spa­rśa­ra­sa­gaṃ­dha­va- TA-ML 8.11 rṇā­nu­pū­rvyā­gu­ru­la­ghū­pa­ghā­ta­pa­ra­ghā­tā­ta­po­dyo­to­cchvā­sa­vi­hā­yo­ga­ta­yaḥ pratye- TA-ML 8.11 ka­śa­rī­ra­tra­sa­su­bha­ga­su­sva­ra­śu­bha­sū­kṣma­pa­ryā­pti­sthi­rā­de­ya­ya­śa­skī- TA-ML 8.11 rti­se­ta­rā­ṇi tī­rtha­ka­ra­tvaṃ ca || 11 ||

TAŚV-ML 8.11.1dvi­ca­tvā­riṃ­śa­dā­khyā­tā ga­ti­nā­mā­da­ya­s tathā | nāmnaḥ pra­kṛ­ti­bhe­dā­s te nu­mī­yaṃ­te sva­kā­rya­taḥ || 1 || TAŚV-ML 8.11.2prādhānyaṃ sa­rva­nā­ma­bhyaḥ śatebhyaḥ śu­ddhi­ja­nma­naḥ | bodhyaṃ tī­rtha­ka­ra­tva­sya bhavāṃte pha­la­dā­yi­naḥ || 2 ||

TA-ML 8.12 uccair nīcaiś ca || 12 ||

TAŚV-ML 8.12.1uccair nīcaiś ca gotraṃ syād dvibhedaṃ de­hi­nā­m iha | tathā saṃ­śa­bda­na­syā­nya­he­tu­hī­na­sya siddhitaḥ || 1 ||

TA-ML 8.13 dā­na­lā­bha­bho­go­pa­bho­ga­vī­ryā­ṇa­m || 13 ||

TAŚV-ML 8.13.1dā­nā­dī­nāṃ tu paṃ­cā­nā­m aṃ­ta­rā­yāḥ pra­sū­tri­tāḥ | paṃca dā­nā­di­vi­ghna­sya ta­tkā­rya­sya vi­śe­ṣa­taḥ || 1 || TAŚV-ML 8.13.2evaṃ pra­kṛ­ti­bhi­r baṃdhaḥ ka­rma­bhi­r vi­ni­ve­di­taḥ | ādyaḥ pra­kṛ­ti­baṃ­dho tra jī­va­syā­ne­ka­dhā sthitaḥ || 2 || TAŚV-ML 8.13.3abya­va­tā­m a­nu­bha­vo stu phalānāṃ dṛ­ṣṭa­he­tu­gha­ṭa­nā­c ca janānāṃ | TAŚV-ML 8.13.3cdtā­va­tī­ha gaṇanā pra­kṛ­tī­s tāḥ ka­rma­ṇā­m a­nu­mi­no­tu mahātmā || 3 ||

TA-ML 8.14 ā­di­ta­s ti­sṛ­ṇā­m aṃ­ta­rā­ya­sya ca triṃ­śa­tsā­ga­ro­pa­ma­ko­ṭī­ko­ṭyaḥ parā TA-ML 8.14 sthitiḥ || 14 ||

TAŚV-ML 8.14.1ā­di­ta­s tisṛṇāṃ ka­rma­pra­kṛ­tī­nāṃ parā sthitiḥ | aṃ­ta­rā­ya­sya ca proktā ta­tpha­la­sya pra­ka­rṣa­taḥ || 1 || TAŚV-ML 8.14.2sā­ga­ro­pa­ma­ko­ṭī­nāṃ koṭyas triṃśat ta­da­nya­thā | ta­da­bhā­ve pra­mā­ṇa­syā­bhā­vā­t sā kena bādhyate || 2 ||

TA-ML 8.15 sa­pta­ti­r mo­ha­nī­ya­sya || 15 ||

TA-ML 8.16 viṃ­śa­ti­r nā­ma­go­tra­yoḥ || 16 ||

TAŚV-ML 8.16.1sa­pta­ti­r mo­ha­nī­ya­sya viṃ­śa­ti­r nā­ma­go­tra­yoḥ | iti sū­tra­dva­yaṃ bā­dha­va­rja­m etena va­rṇi­ta­m || 1 ||

TA-ML 8.17 tra­ya­striṃ­śa­tsā­ga­ro­pa­mā­ṇyā­yu­ṣaḥ || 17 ||

TAŚV-ML 8.17.1ta­thā­yu­ṣa­s tra­ya­striṃ­śa­tsā­ga­ro­pa­ma­saṃ­khya­yā | pa­ra­ma­sthi­ti­ni­rṇī­ti­r iti sā­ka­lya­taḥ smṛtā || 1 ||

TA-ML 8.18 aparā dvādaśa muhūrtā ve­da­nī­ya­sya || 18 ||

TAŚV-ML 8.18.1adhunā ve­da­nī­ya­sya muhūrtā dvādaśa sthitiḥ | sā­ma­rthyā­n madhyamā madhye '­ne­ka­dhā saṃ­pra­tī­ya­te || 1 ||

TA-ML 8.19 nā­ma­go­tra­yo­r aṣṭau || 19 ||

TAŚV-ML 8.19.1sā nā­ma­go­tra­yo­r aṣṭau muhūrtā iti va­rta­nā­t | yām ādayo vya­va­cchi­nnāḥ kāmaṃ madhye stu madhyamā || 1 ||

TA-ML 8.20 śe­ṣā­ṇā­m aṃ­ta­rmu­hū­rtā || 20 ||

TAŚV-ML 8.20.1śeṣāṇāṃ ka­rma­ṇā­m aṃ­ta­rmu­hū­rtā ceti kārtsnyataḥ | ja­gha­nya­m a­dhya­mo­tkṛ­ṣṭā sthitiryā pra­ti­pā­di­tā || 1 || TAŚV-ML 8.20.2tayā vi­śe­ṣi­tai­r baṃdhaḥ karmabhiḥ svayam āhṛtaiḥ | sthi­ti­baṃ­dho va­bo­ddha­vya­sta­tprā­dhā­nya­vi­va­kṣa­yā || 2 || TAŚV-ML 8.20.3sthityā ke­va­la­yā baṃdhas ta­dva­cchū­nyai­r na yujyate | ta­dva­dā­śri­ta­yā tv asti bhū­mi­bhū­dha­ra­yo­r iva || 3 || TAŚV-ML 8.20.4sthi­ti­śū­nyā­ni karmāṇi ni­ra­nva­ya­vi­nā­śa­taḥ | pra­dī­pā­di­va­d ity e­ta­tsthi­teḥ siddhāni dhāryate || 4 ||

TA-ML 8.21 vipāko '­nu­bha­vaḥ || 21 ||

TAŚV-ML 8.21.1vipāko nubhavo jñeyaḥ pu­dga­lā­di­mu­khe­na tu | karmaṇāṃ pha­la­ni­ṣpa­ttau sā­ma­rthyā­yo­ga­to nyathā || 1 ||

TA-ML 8.22 sa ya­thā­nā­ma || 22 ||

TAŚV-ML 8.22.1sā­ma­rthyā­n nā­ma­bhe­de­na jñā­ye­tā­nva­rtha­nā­ma­tā | nu­rjñā­nā­va­ra­ṇā­dī­nāṃ ka­rma­ṇā­m anyathā smṛteḥ || 1 || TAŚV-ML 8.22.2tathā cā­nu­bha­va­prā­ptai­r ātmanaḥ ka­rma­bhi­r bhavet | eṣo nu­bha­va­baṃ­dho syā­nyā­sra­va­sya vi­śe­ṣa­taḥ || 2 ||

TA-ML 8.23 tataś ca nirjarā || 23 ||

TAŚV-ML 8.23.1tataś ca ni­rja­re­ty e­ta­tsaṃ­kṣe­pā­rtha­m i­ho­di­taṃ | ni­rja­rā­pra­stu­te­r agre py e­ta­dbhe­da­pra­si­ddha­ye || 1 || TAŚV-ML 8.23.2ya­thā­kā­laṃ vi­pā­ke­na nirjarā ka­rma­ṇā­m iyaṃ | va­kṣya­mā­ṇā punar jī­va­syo­pa­kra­ma­ni­baṃ­dha­nā || 2 || TAŚV-ML 8.23.3prā­ga­nu­ktā sa­mu­ccā­ryā ca­śa­bde­nā­tra sā punaḥ | tapasā nirjarā ceti niyamo na ni­ru­cya­te || 3 || TAŚV-ML 8.23.4phalaṃ dattvā ni­va­rtaṃ­te dra­vya­ka­rmā­ṇi dehinaḥ | te­nā­hṛ­ta­tva­taḥ svā­dyā­dyā­hā­ra­dra­vya­va­tsva­yaṃ || 4 || TAŚV-ML 8.23.5bhā­va­ka­rmā­ṇi naśyaṃti ta­nni­vṛ­ttya­vi­śe­ṣa­taḥ | ta­tkā­rya­tvā­d ya­thā­gnyā­di­nā­śe dhū­mā­di­vṛ­tta­yaḥ || 5 || TAŚV-ML 8.23.6tataḥ pha­lo­pa­bho­ge pi karmaṇāṃ na kṣayo nṛṇāṃ | pā­da­pā­di­va­d ity e­ta­dva­co pāstaṃ ku­nī­ti­kaṃ || 6 || TAŚV-ML 8.23.7pā­ra­taṃ­trya­m a­ku­rvā­ṇāḥ puṃso ye ka­rma­pu­dga­lāḥ | ka­rma­tve­na vi­śi­ṣṭā­s te saṃto py a­trāṃ­ba­rā­di­va­t || 7 ||

TA-ML 8.24 nā­ma­pra­tya­yāḥ sarvato yo­ga­vi­śe­ṣā­t sū­kṣmai­ka­kṣe­trā­va­gā­ha­sthi­tāḥ sarvā- TA-ML 8.24 tma­pra­de­śe­ṣv a­naṃ­tā­naṃ­ta­pra­de­śāḥ || 24 ||

TAŚV-ML 8.24.1nā­mā­nva­rthaṃ pa­dā­khyā­taṃ pra­tya­yā­s tasya hetavaḥ | pradeśāḥ karmaṇo '­naṃ­tā­naṃ­ta­mā­na­vi­śe­ṣi­tāḥ || 1 || TAŚV-ML 8.24.2skaṃ­dhā­tma­nā vi­ru­dhyaṃ­te na pra­mā­ṇe­na tattvataḥ | skaṃ­dhā­bhā­ve kṣa­vi­jñā­nā­bhā­vā­t sarvā gṛ­hā­ga­te || 2 || TAŚV-ML 8.24.3sarveṣv ā­tma­pra­de­śe­ṣu na ki­ya­tsu­ci­d eva te | ta­tpha­la­sya tathā vitte nīre kṣī­ra­pra­de­śa­va­t || 3 || TAŚV-ML 8.24.4sū­kṣma­śa­bde­na ca yo­gya­sva­bhā­va­gra­ha­ṇā­ya te | pudgalāḥ pra­ti­pā­dyaṃ­te sthūlānāṃ ta­da­saṃ­bha­vā­t || 4 || TAŚV-ML 8.24.5e­ka­kṣe­trā­va­gā­hā­bhi­dhā­naṃ kṣe­trāṃ­ta­ra­sya tat | ni­vṛ­ttya­rthaṃ sthitāḥ syāt tu kri­yāṃ­ta­ra­ni­vṛ­tta­ye || 5 || TAŚV-ML 8.24.6a­tyaṃ­ta­ni­vi­ḍā­va­sthā­va­gā­ho rthāt pra­tī­ya­te | tena te va­sthi­tā­s tatra gomaye dhū­ma­rā­śi­va­t || 6 || TAŚV-ML 8.24.7bhūyaḥ pra­de­śa­m ekatra pradeśe dravyam īkṣyate | pa­ra­mā­ṇau yathā kṣmābhṛt kulaṃ naiveti kecana || 7 || TAŚV-ML 8.24.8teṣām a­lpa­pra­de­śa­sthai­r ghanaiḥ ka­rpā­sa­piṃ­ḍa­kaiḥ | a­nyai­kāṃ­ti­ka­tā hetor bhū­yo­de­śai­r a­saṃ­śa­ya­m || 8 || TAŚV-ML 8.24.9yogaḥ pū­rvo­di­ta­sta­sya vi­śe­ṣā­t kā­ra­ṇā­t tathā | sthitās te tra vinā hetor ni­ya­tā­va­sthi­ti­kṣa­teḥ || 9 || TAŚV-ML 8.24.10sarveṣv a­sa­rve­ṣv ete kvacid eva bhaven na tu | sarvato va­ca­nā­d eva pra­ti­pa­tta­vya­m aṃjasā || 10 || TAŚV-ML 8.24.11iti pra­de­śai­r yo baṃdhaḥ ka­rma­skaṃ­dhā­di­bhi­r mataḥ | sa nuḥ pra­de­śa­baṃ­dhaḥ syād eṣa baṃdho vi­la­kṣa­ṇaḥ || 11 || TAŚV-ML 8.24.12so yaṃ kā­ra­ṇa­bhe­de­na kā­rya­bhe­de­na cāsthitaḥ | sva­bhā­va­sya ca bhedena ka­rma­baṃ­dha­ś ca­tu­rvi­dhaḥ || 12 || TAŚV-ML 8.24.13ba­ddha­spṛ­ṣṭā­di­bhe­de­nā­va­sthi­tā­di­bhi­dā­pi ca | dra­vyā­di­bhe­da­to nā­mā­di­pra­bhe­de­na vā tathā || 13 || TAŚV-ML 8.24.14vinā pra­kṛ­ti­baṃ­dhā­n na syur jñā­nā­va­ra­ṇā­da­yaḥ | kā­rya­bhe­dā­t svayaṃ siddhāḥ sthi­ti­baṃ­dhā­d vinā sthirāḥ || 14 || TAŚV-ML 8.24.15na cā­nu­bha­va­baṃ­dhe­na vi­nā­nu­bha­va­naṃ nṛṇāṃ | pra­de­śa­baṃ­dha­taḥ kṛtsnair naikair na vyā­pya­vṛ­tta­ye || 15 || TAŚV-ML 8.24.16evaṃ kā­rya­vi­śe­ṣe­bhyo viśeṣo baṃ­dha­ni­ṣṭhi­taḥ | pratyeyo nekadhā yukter ā­ga­mā­c ca ta­thā­vi­dhā­t || 16 || TAŚV-ML 8.24.17pu­ṇyā­sra­vo­kti­sā­ma­rthyā­t pu­ṇya­baṃ­dho '­va­ga­mya­te | sa­dve­dyā­dī­ni catvāri ta­tpu­ṇya­m iha sūtritaṃ || 17 ||

TA-ML 8.25 sa­dve­dya­śu­bhā­yu­rnā­ma­go­trā­ṇi puṇyam || 25 ||

TAŚV-ML 8.25.1ya­syo­da­yā­t sukhaṃ tat syāt sadvedyaṃ dehināṃ tathā | śubham āyus tridhā yasya phalaṃ śu­bha­bha­va­tra­yaṃ || 1 || TAŚV-ML 8.25.2sa­pta­triṃ­śa­dvi­ka­lpaṃ tu śubhaṃ nāma tathā phalaṃ | uccair gotraṃ śubhaṃ prāhuḥ śu­bha­saṃ­śa­bda­nā­rtha­ka­m || 2 || TAŚV-ML 8.25.3iti kā­ryā­nu­me­yaṃ ta­ddvi­ca­tvā­riṃ­śa­dā­tma­ni | pā­pā­sra­vo­kti­sā­ma­rthyā­t pā­pa­baṃ­dho vya­va­sthi­taḥ || 3 ||

TA-ML 8.26 ato nyat pāpam || 26 ||

TAŚV-ML 8.26.1duḥ­khā­di­bhyo '­śu­bhe­bhya­s ta­tpha­le­bhya­s tv a­nu­mī­ya­te | hetubhyo dṛ­śya­mā­ne­bhya­s ta­jja­nmā­d vya­bhi­cā­ra­taḥ || 1 || TAŚV-ML 8.26.2evaṃ saṃ­kṣe­pa­taḥ ka­rma­baṃ­dho dve­dhā­va­ti­ṣṭha­te | pu­ṇya­pā­pā­ti­ri­kta­sya ta­syā­tyaṃ­ta­m a­saṃ­bha­vā­t || 2 || TAŚV-ML 8.26.3puṇyaṃ pu­ṇyā­nu­baṃ­dhī­ṣṭaṃ pāpaṃ pā­pā­nu­baṃ­dhi ca | kiṃcit pā­pā­nu­baṃ­dhi syāt kiṃcit pu­ṇyā­nu­baṃ­dhi ca || 3 || TAŚV-ML 8.26.4yathārtho rthā­nu­baṃ­dhī syān nyā­yā­ca­ra­ṇa­pū­rva­kaḥ | ta­thā­na­rtho pi cāṃ­bho­dhi­sa­mu­ttā­rā­di­r a­rtha­kṛ­t || 4 || TAŚV-ML 8.26.5a­nyā­yā­ca­ra­ṇā­yā­ta­s ta­dva­da­rtho py a­na­rtha­kṛ­t | anartho pīti ni­rṇī­ta­m u­dā­ha­ra­ṇa­m aṃjasā || 5 || TAŚV-ML 8.26.6aba­va­sī­ya­ti pra­tha­ma­ka­m uta saṃpadāṃ padaṃ sa­ma­nu­bha­vaṃ­ti vaṃ­dya­pā­dāḥ | TAŚV-ML 8.26.6cdtadanu ca vipadaṃ ga­rī­ya­sīṃ dadhati parām api niṃ­dya­vṛ­tti­tāṃ || 6 || TAŚV-ML 8.26.7abyad iha tad i­ha­mu­tta­rai­na­so ni­ja­su­kṛ­ta­sya phalaṃ vadaṃti tajjñāḥ | TAŚV-ML 8.26.7cdta­da­pa­ra­m api cā­di­mai­na­saḥ su­kṛ­ta­pa­ra­sya vi­pa­rya­ye­ṇa vṛtteḥ || 7 ||
TAŚV-ML 486,1atha navamo 'dhyāyaḥ || 9 ||

TA-ML 9.1 ā­sra­va­ni­ro­dhaḥ saṃvaraḥ || 1 ||

TAŚV-ML 9.1.1a­thā­sra­va­ni­ro­dhaḥ syāt saṃvaro '­pū­rva­ka­rma­ṇāṃ | kā­ra­ṇa­sya nirodhe hi baṃ­dha­kā­rya­sya nodayaḥ || 1 || TAŚV-ML 9.1.2āsravaḥ kāraṇaṃ baṃdhe siddhas ta­dbhā­va­bhā­va­taḥ | ta­nni­ro­dhe vi­ru­dhye­ta nātmā saṃ­vṛ­ta­rū­pa­bhṛ­t || 2 || TAŚV-ML 9.1.3saṃvaraḥ pū­rva­baṃ­dha­sya nirodha iti bhāṣitaṃ | na yuktam āsrave saty apy e­ta­dbā­dhā­nu­ṣaṃ­ga­taḥ || 3 ||

TA-ML 9.2 sa gu­pti­sa­mi­ti­dha­rmā­nu­pre­kṣā­pa­rī­ṣa­ha­ja­ya­cā­ri­traiḥ || 2 ||

TAŚV-ML 9.2.1sa cā­sra­va­ni­ro­dhaḥ syād gu­ptyā­di­bhi­r u­dī­ri­taiḥ | ta­tkā­ra­ṇa­vi­pa­kṣa­tvā­t teṣām iti vi­ni­śca­yaḥ || 1 ||

TA-ML 9.3 tapasā nirjarā ca || 3 ||

TAŚV-ML 9.3.1tapasā nirjarā ca syāt saṃ­va­ra­ś ceti sūtritaṃ | saṃ­ci­tā­pū­rvā­ka­rmā­pti­vi­pa­kṣa­tve­na tasya nu || 1 ||

TA-ML 9.4 sa­mya­gyo­ga­ni­gra­ho guptiḥ || 4 ||

TAŚV-ML 9.4.1yogānāṃ nigrahaḥ sa­mya­ggu­pti­s tredhā ta­yo­tta­maḥ | saṃvaro baṃ­dha­he­tū­nāṃ pra­ti­pa­kṣa­sva­bhā­va­yā || 1 || TAŚV-ML 9.4.2ayogaḥ kevalī sarvaṃ saṃvaraṃ pra­ti­pa­dya­te | dravyato bhā­va­ta­ś ceti paraṃ śreyaḥ sa­ma­ś­‍­nu­te || 2 ||

TA-ML 9.5 ī­ryā­bhā­ṣai­ṣa­ṇā­dā­na­ni­kṣe­po­tsa­rgāḥ sa­mi­ta­yaḥ || 5 ||

TAŚV-ML 9.5.1sa­mya­k­‌­pra­bhṛ­ta­yaḥ paṃ­ce­ryā­dyāḥ sa­mi­ta­yaḥ smṛtāḥ | a­saṃ­ya­ma­bha­va­syā­bhi­rā­sra­va­sya ni­ro­dha­naṃ || 1 || TAŚV-ML 9.5.2ta­dvi­pa­kṣa­tva­ta­s tāsām iti deśena saṃvaraḥ | samitau va­rta­mā­nā­nāṃ saṃ­ya­tā­nāṃ ya­thā­ya­thaṃ || 2 ||

TA-ML 9.6 u­tta­ma­kṣa­mā­mā­rda­vā­rja­va­śau­ca­sa­tya­saṃ­ya­ma­ta­pa­styā­gā­kiṃ­ca­nya­bra­hma­ca­ryā­ṇi TA-ML 9.6 dharmaḥ || 6 ||

TAŚV-ML 9.6.1dṛ­ṣṭa­kā­ryā­na­pe­kṣā­ṇi kṣa­mā­dī­ny u­tta­mā­ni tu | syād dharmaḥ sa­mi­ti­bhyo '­nyaḥ­kro­dhā­di­pra­ti­pa­kṣa­taḥ || 1 || TAŚV-ML 9.6.2ta­nni­mi­ttā­sra­va­dhvaṃ­sī ya­thā­yo­gaṃ sa deśataḥ | saṃ­va­ra­sya bhaved dhetur a­saṃ­ya­ta­dṛ­gā­di­ṣu || 2 ||

TA-ML 9.7 a­ni­tyā­śa­ra­ṇa­saṃ­sā­rai­ka­tvā­nya­tvā­śu­cyā­sra­va­saṃ­va­ra­ni­rja­rā­lo­ka­bo­dhi­du- TA-ML 9.7 rla­bha­dha­rma­svā­khyā­ta­tvā­nu­ciṃ­ta­na­m a­nu­pre­kṣāḥ || 7 ||

TAŚV-ML 9.7.1a­nu­pre­kṣāḥ pra­kī­rtyaṃ­te ni­tya­tvā­dya­nu­ciṃ­ta­naṃ | dvā­da­śā­trā­na­nu­pre­kṣā­vi­pa­kṣa­tvā­n mu­nī­śva­raiḥ || 1 || TAŚV-ML 9.7.2a­ni­tya­tvā­da­yo dharmāḥ saṃty ā­tmā­di­ṣu tāttvikāḥ | tathā sā­dha­na­sa­dbhā­vāḥ sarveṣāṃ śe­ṣa­ta­ttva­va­t || 2 || TAŚV-ML 9.7.3tato nu­ciṃ­ta­naṃ teṣāṃ nāsatāṃ ka­lpi­tā­tma­nāṃ | nāpy a­na­rtha­ka­m iṣṭasya saṃ­va­ra­sya pra­si­ddhi­taḥ || 3 ||

TA-ML 9.8 mā­rgā­cya­va­na­ni­rja­rā­rthaṃ pa­ri­ṣo­ḍha­vyāḥ pa­rī­ṣa­hāḥ || 8 ||

TAŚV-ML 9.8.1mā­rgā­cya­va­na­he­tu­tvaṃ pa­rī­ṣa­ha­ja­ya­sya sat | pa­rī­ṣa­hā­ja­ye mā­rga­cya­va­na­sya pra­tī­ti­taḥ || 1 || TAŚV-ML 9.8.2ni­rja­rā­kā­ra­ṇa­tvaṃ ca ta­paḥ­si­ddhi­pa­ra­tva­taḥ | ta­da­bhā­ve ta­po­lo­pā­n nirjarā kvā­ti­śa­kti­taḥ || 2 || TAŚV-ML 9.8.3pa­ri­ṣo­ḍha­vya­tāṃ prāptās tasmād ete pa­rī­ṣa­hāḥ | pa­rī­ṣa­ha­ja­yo­tthā­nā­m ā­sra­vā­ṇāṃ vi­ro­dha­taḥ || 3 ||

TA-ML 9.9 kṣu­tpi­pā­sā­śī­to­ṣṇa­daṃ­śa­ma­śa­ka­nā­gnyā­ra­ti­strī­ca­ryā­ni­ṣa­dyā­śa­yyā­kro­śa- TA-ML 9.9 va­dha­yā­ca­nā­lā­bha­ro­ga­tṛ­ṇa­spa­rśa­ma­la­sa­tkā­ra­pu­ra­skā­ra­pra­jñā­jñā­nā­da- TA-ML 9.9 rśanāni || 9 ||

TAŚV-ML 9.9.1te ca kṣu­dā­da­yaḥ proktā dvā­viṃ­śa­ti­r a­saṃ­śa­yaṃ | pa­ri­ṣa­hya­ta­yā teṣāṃ ta­ttva­si­ddhi­r vi­śu­ddha­ye || 1 ||

TA-ML 9.10 sū­kṣma­sāṃ­pa­rā­ya­cha­dma­stha­vī­ta­rā­ga­yo­ś ca­tu­rda­śa || 10 ||

TAŚV-ML 9.10.1syuḥ sū­kṣma­sāṃ­pa­rā­ye ca ca­tu­rda­śa pa­rī­ṣa­hāḥ | cha­dma­stha­vī­ta­rā­ge ca tato nyeṣām a­saṃ­bha­vā­t || 1 || TAŚV-ML 9.10.2cha­dma­stha­vī­ta­rā­ge hi mo­hā­bhā­vā­n na tatkṛtāḥ | aṣṭau pa­ri­ṣa­hāḥ saṃti tathāto nye ca­tu­rda­śa || 2 || TAŚV-ML 9.10.3te sū­kṣma­sāṃ­pa­rā­ye pi tathā kiṃ­ci­tka­ra­tva­taḥ | sato pi mo­ha­nī­ya­sya sū­kṣma­sye­ti pra­tī­ya­te || 3 || TAŚV-ML 9.10.4ve­da­nī­ya­ni­mi­ttā­s te mā bhūvaṃs tata eva cet | vya­kti­rū­pā na saṃty eva śa­kti­rū­pe­ṇa tatra te || 4 || TAŚV-ML 9.10.5mo­ha­nī­ya­sa­hā­ya­sya ve­da­nī­ya­sya tatphalaṃ | ke­va­la­syā­pi tadbhāve ti­pra­saṃ­go hi dustyajaḥ || 5 ||

TA-ML 9.11 e­kā­da­śa jine || 11 ||

TAŚV-ML 9.11.1e­kā­da­śa jine saṃti śa­kti­ta­s te pa­rī­ṣa­hāḥ | vyaktito neti sā­ma­rthyā­d vyā­khyā­na­dva­ya­m iṣyate || 1 || TAŚV-ML 9.11.2le­śyai­ka­de­śa­yo­ga­sya sa­dbhā­vā­d u­pa­ca­rya­te | yathā leśyā jine ta­dva­dve­da­nī­ya­sya tattvataḥ || 2 || TAŚV-ML 9.11.3ghā­ti­ha­tyu­pa­ca­ryaṃ­te sa­ttā­mā­trā­t pa­rī­ṣa­hāḥ | cha­dma­stha­vī­ta­rā­ga­sya yatheti pa­ri­ni­ści­taṃ || 3 || TAŚV-ML 9.11.4na kṣu­dā­de­r a­bhi­vya­kti­s tatra ta­ddhe­tu­bhā­va­taḥ | yo­ga­śū­nye jine ya­dva­da­nya­thā­ti­pra­saṃ­ga­taḥ || 4 || TAŚV-ML 9.11.5naikaṃ hetuḥ kṣu­dā­dī­nāṃ vyaktau cedaṃ pra­tī­ya­te | tasya mo­ho­da­yā­d vyakter a­sa­dve­dyo­da­ye pi ca || 5 || TAŚV-ML 9.11.6kṣā­mo­da­ra­tva­saṃ­pa­ttau mo­hā­pā­ye na sekṣyate | sa­tyā­hā­rā­bhi­lā­pe pi nā­sa­dve­dyo­da­yā­dṛ­te || 6 || TAŚV-ML 9.11.7na bho­ja­no­pa­yo­ga­syā­sa­ttve­nā­py a­nu­dī­ra­ṇā | a­sā­tā­ve­da­nī­ya­sya na cā­hā­re­kṣa­ṇā­d vinā || 7 || TAŚV-ML 9.11.8kṣud ity a­śe­ṣa­sā­ma­grī­ja­nyā­bhi­vya­jya­te kathaṃ | ta­dvai­ka­lye sa­yo­ga­sya pi­pā­sā­de­r a­yo­ga­taḥ || 8 || TAŚV-ML 9.11.9kṣu­dā­di­ve­da­no­dbhū­tau nārhato '­naṃ­ta­śa­rma­tā | ni­rā­hā­ra­sya cāśaktau sthātuṃ nā­naṃ­ta­śa­kti­tā || 9 || TAŚV-ML 9.11.10ni­tyo­pa­yu­kta­bo­dha­sya na ca saṃjñāsti bhojane | pāne ceti kṣu­dā­dī­nāṃ nā­bhi­vya­kti­r ji­nā­dhi­pe || 10 ||

TA-ML 9.12 bā­da­ra­sāṃ­pa­rā­ye sarve || 12 ||

TAŚV-ML 9.12.1bādaraḥ sāṃ­pa­rā­yo sti yeṣāṃ sarve pa­rī­ṣa­hāḥ | saṃti teṣāṃ ni­mi­tta­sya sā­ka­lyā­d vya­kti­rū­pa­taḥ || 1 ||

TA-ML 9.13 jñā­nā­va­ra­ṇe pra­jñā­jñā­ne || 13 ||

TAŚV-ML 9.13.1jñā­nā­va­ra­ṇa­ni­ṣpā­dye pra­jñā­jñā­ne pa­rī­ṣa­hau | pra­jñā­va­le­pa­ni­rvṛ­tte­r jñā­nā­va­ra­ṇa­to nyataḥ || 1 ||

TA-ML 9.14 da­rśa­na­mo­hāṃ­ta­rā­ya­yo­r a­da­rśa­nā­lā­bhau || 14 ||

TAŚV-ML 9.14.1a­da­rśa­na­m i­hā­rthā­nā­m a­śra­ddhā­naṃ hi tad bhavet | sati da­rśa­na­mo­he 'sya na jñānāt prā­ga­da­rśa­naṃ || 1 || TAŚV-ML 9.14.2aṃ­ta­rā­yo tra lābhasya ta­dyo­gyo­rthā­d vi­śe­ṣa­taḥ | kā­ra­ṇa­sya vi­śe­ṣā­d dhi viśeṣaḥ kāryagaḥ sthitaḥ || 2 ||

TA-ML 9.15 cā­ri­tra­mo­he nā­gnyā­ra­ti­strī­ni­ṣa­dyā­kro­śa­yā­ca­nā­sa­tkā­ra­pu­ra­skā­rāḥ || 15 ||

TAŚV-ML 9.15.1nāgnyādyāḥ sapta cā­ri­tra­mo­he sati pa­rī­ṣa­hāḥ | sā­mā­nya­to vi­śe­ṣā­c ca ta­dvi­śe­ṣe­ṣu terthataḥ || 1 || TAŚV-ML 9.15.2jñā­nā­va­ra­ṇa­mo­hāṃ­ta­rā­ya­saṃ­bhū­ta­yo matāḥ | ity e­kā­da­śa te teṣām abhāve tat kvacit sadā || 2 ||

TA-ML 9.16 ve­da­nī­ye śeṣāḥ || 16 ||

TAŚV-ML 9.16.1śeṣāḥ syur ve­da­nī­ye te sa­ma­gra­sa­ha­kā­ri­ṇi | iti sarvatra vi­jñe­ya­m a­sā­dhā­ra­ṇa­kā­ra­ṇaṃ || 1 ||

TA-ML 9.17 e­kā­da­yo bhājyā yu­ga­pa­d e­ka­smi­nn ai­ko­na­viṃ­śa­teḥ || 17 ||

TAŚV-ML 9.17.1sa­kṛ­de­kā­da­yo bhājyāḥ kvacid ekān na viṃśatiḥ | viṃ­śa­tyā­de­r a­saṃ­bhū­te­r vi­ro­dhā­d a­nya­thā­pi vā || 1 || TAŚV-ML 9.17.2ity ukter ni­ya­mā­bhā­vaḥ siddhas teṣāṃ sa­mu­dbha­ve | sa­ha­kā­ri­vi­hī­na­tva­pro­kta­he­to­r a­śa­kti­taḥ || 2 ||

TA-ML 9.18 sā­mā­yi­ka­che­do­pa­sthā­pa­nā­pa­ri­hā­ra­vi­śu­ddhi­sū­kṣma­sāṃ­pa­rā­ya­ya­thā­khyā­ta­m i- TA-ML 9.18 ti cā­ri­tra­m || 18 ||

TAŚV-ML 9.18.1sā­mā­yi­kā­di cāritraṃ sūtritaṃ paṃcadhā tataḥ | saṃvaraḥ karmaṇāṃ jñeyo cā­ri­trā­pe­kṣa­ja­nma­nāṃ || 1 || TAŚV-ML 9.18.2dha­rmāṃ­ta­rbhū­ta­m apy e­ta­tsaṃ­ya­ma­gra­ha­ṇā­d iha | punar uktaṃ pra­dhā­na­tva­khyā­ta­ye nirvṛtiṃ prati || 2 ||

TA-ML 9.19 a­na­śa­nā­va­mau­da­rya­vṛ­tti­pa­ri­saṃ­khyā­na­ra­sa­pa­ri­tyā­ga­vi­vi­kta­śa­yyā­sa­na­kā­ya- TA-ML 9.19 kleśāḥ bāhyaṃ tapaḥ || 19 ||

TAŚV-ML 9.19.1ṣoḍhā bāhyaṃ vi­ni­rdi­ṣṭaṃ ta­po­trā­na­śa­nā­di yat | saṃ­va­ra­s tena ca jñeyo hy a­ta­po­he­tu­ka­rma­ṇāṃ || 1 ||

TA-ML 9.20 prā­ya­ści­tta­vi­na­ya­vai­yā­vṛ­ttya­svā­dhyā­ya­vyu­tsa­rga­dhyā­nā­ny u­tta­ra­m || 20 ||

TAŚV-ML 9.20.1prā­ya­ści­ttā­di­ṣa­ḍbhe­daṃ tapaḥ saṃ­va­ra­kā­ra­ṇaṃ | syād uttaraṃ sva­saṃ­ve­dya­m iti spa­ṣṭa­ma­no­ga­taṃ || 1 ||

TA-ML 9.21 na­va­ca­tu­rda­śa­paṃ­ca­dvi­bhe­dā ya­thā­kra­maṃ prā­gdhyā­nā­t || 21 ||

TAŚV-ML 9.21.1proktā na­vā­da­yo bhedāḥ prā­gdhyā­nā­t te ya­thā­kra­maṃ | prā­ya­ści­ttā­di­bhe­dā­nāṃ tapaso bhyaṃ­ta­ra­sya hi || 1 ||

TA-ML 9.22 ā­lo­ca­na­pra­ti­kra­ma­ṇa­ta­du­bha­ya­vi­ve­ka­vyu­tsa­rga­ta­pa­śche­da­pa­ri­hā­ro­pa­sthā­pa­nāḥ || 22 ||

TAŚV-ML 9.22.1ā­lo­ca­nā­da­yo bhedāḥ prā­ya­ści­tta­sya te nava | ya­thā­ga­ma­m iha jñeyā ni­ra­va­dya­pra­vṛ­tta­ye || 1 ||

TA-ML 9.23 jñā­na­da­rśa­na­cā­ri­tro­pa­cā­rāḥ || 23 ||

TAŚV-ML 9.23.1jñā­nā­da­yo tra catvāro vinayāḥ pra­ti­pā­di­tāḥ | ka­thaṃ­ci­t ta­da­bhe­da­sya siddhaye pa­ra­mā­rtha­taḥ || 1 || TAŚV-ML 9.23.2jñā­nā­di­bhā­va­nā sa­mya­gjñā­nā­di­vi­na­yo hi naḥ | ta­syāṃ­ta­raṃ­ga­tā na syād a­nya­thā­ny eva ve­da­nā­t || 2 ||

TA-ML 9.24 ā­cā­ryo­pā­dhyā­ya­ta­pa­svi­śai­kṣya­glā­na­ga­ṇa­ku­la­saṃ­gha­sā­dhu­ma­no­jñā­nā­m || 24 ||

TAŚV-ML 9.24.1ā­cā­rya­pra­bhṛ­tī­nāṃ yad daśānāṃ vi­ni­ve­di­taṃ | vai­yā­vṛ­ttyaṃ bhaved etad a­nva­rtha­pra­ti­pa­tta­ye || 1 ||

TA-ML 9.25 vā­ca­nā­pṛ­ccha­nā­nu­pre­kṣā­m nā­ya­dha­rmo­pa­de­śāḥ || 25 ||

TAŚV-ML 9.25.1svādhyāyaḥ paṃcadhā prokto vā­ca­nā­di­pra­bhe­da­taḥ | aṃ­ta­raṃ­ga­śru­ta­jñā­na­bhā­va­nā­tma­tva­ta­s tu saḥ || 1 ||

TA-ML 9.26 bā­hyā­bhyaṃ­ta­ro­pa­dhyoḥ || 26 ||

TAŚV-ML 9.26.1syād bā­hyā­bhyaṃ­ta­ro­pa­dhyo­r vyutsargo dhikṛto dvidhā | vra­ta­dha­rmā­tma­ko dā­na­prā­ya­ści­ttā­tma­ko 'paraḥ || 1 || TAŚV-ML 9.26.2ka­thaṃ­ci­t tyāgatāṃ prāpto py eko ni­rdi­śya­te nṛṇāṃ | śa­kti­bhe­da­vya­pe­kṣā­yāṃ phaleṣv eko py a­ne­ka­dhā || 2 || TAŚV-ML 9.26.3bā­hyā­bhyaṃ­ta­ra­to­pa­dhyo­r a­nu­pā­tte­ta­ra­tva­taḥ | jīvena tatra kā­yā­dyo­r ve­dyā­ve­dyo­r nṛṇāṃ matā || 3 ||

TA-ML 9.27 u­tta­ma­saṃ­ha­na­na­syai­kā­gra­ciṃ­tā­ni­ro­dho dhyā­na­māṃ­ta­rmu­hū­rtā­t || 27 ||

TAŚV-ML 9.27.1u­tta­me­tyā­di­sū­tre­ṇa dhyānaṃ dhyā­tā­bhi­dhī­ya­te | dhyeyaṃ ca dhyā­na­kā­la­ś ca sā­ma­rthyā­t ta­tpa­ri­kri­yā || 1 || TAŚV-ML 9.27.2nābhāvo śe­ṣa­ci­ttā­nāṃ tucchaḥ pra­mi­ti­saṃ­ga­taḥ | sthi­ra­jñā­nā­tma­ka­ś ci­ttā­ni­ro­dho notra saṃgataḥ || 2 || TAŚV-ML 9.27.3draṣṭā hy ā­tmā­jñā­na­vāṃ­s tu na kuṃbhādy asti ka­sya­ci­t | dha­rma­me­gha­sa­mā­dhi­ś cen na draṣṭā jñā­na­vā­n yataḥ || 3 || TAŚV-ML 9.27.4saṃ­pra­jñā­ta­s tu yo yogo vṛ­tti­sā­rū­pya­mā­tra­kaṃ | saṃ­jñā­nā­tma­ka eveti na vivādo sti tāvatā || 4 || TAŚV-ML 9.27.5a­ne­ka­trā­pra­dhā­ne vā viṣaye kalpite pi vā | mā bhūc ciṃ­tā­ni­ro­dho yam ity ekāgre sa saṃsmṛtaḥ || 5 || TAŚV-ML 9.27.6e­kā­gre­ṇe­ti vā nā­nā­mu­kha­tve­na ni­vṛ­tta­ye | kvacic ciṃ­tā­ni­ro­dha­syā­dhyā­na­tve­na pra­bhā­di­va­t || 6 || TAŚV-ML 9.27.7proktaṃ saṃ­ha­na­naṃ yasya bhaved u­tta­ma­m iṣyate | tasya dhyānaṃ paraṃ mu­kti­kā­ra­ṇaṃ ne­ta­ra­sya tat || 7 || TAŚV-ML 9.27.8aṃ­ta­rmu­hū­rta­to no­rdhva­saṃ­bha­va­s tasya dehināṃ | ā aṃ­ta­rmu­hū­rtā­d ity uktaṃ kā­lāṃ­ta­ra­cchi­de || 8 ||

TA-ML 9.28 ā­rta­rau­dra­dha­rmya­śu­klā­ni || 28 ||

TAŚV-ML 9.28.1ā­rtā­dī­ni tad eva syuś catvāri pra­ti­bhe­da­taḥ | dhyā­nā­nye­kā­gra­sā­mā­nya­ciṃ­tāṃ­ta­ra­ni­ro­dha­taḥ || 1 ||

TA-ML 9.29 pare mo­kṣa­he­tū || 29 ||

TAŚV-ML 9.29.1mo­kṣa­he­tū pare dhyāne pūrve saṃ­sā­ra­kā­ra­ṇe | iti sā­ma­rthya­taḥ siddhaṃ vi­mo­ha­tve­ta­ra­tva­taḥ || 1 ||

TA-ML 9.30 ārtam a­ma­no­jña­sya saṃ­pra­yo­ge ta­dvi­pra­yo­gā­ya smṛ­ti­sa­ma­nvā­hā­raḥ || 30 ||

TAŚV-ML 9.30.1ārtaṃ ca­tu­rvi­dhaṃ tatra saṃ­kle­śāṃ­ga­ta­yo­di­taṃ | ārtam i­tyā­di­sū­tre­ṇa prathamaṃ dve­ṣa­he­tu­ka­m || 1 ||

TA-ML 9.31 vi­pa­rī­taṃ ma­no­jña­sya || 31 ||

TAŚV-ML 9.31.1vi­pa­rī­taṃ ma­no­jña­sye­tyā­di­sū­tre­ṇa niścitaṃ | dvi­tī­ya­m a­nu­yo­go­ttha­m ā­rta­dhyā­na­m a­sa­tpha­laṃ || 1 ||

TA-ML 9.32 ve­da­nā­yā­ś ca || 32 ||

TAŚV-ML 9.32.1a­sa­dve­dyo­da­yo­pā­tta­dve­ṣa­kā­ra­ṇā­m īritaṃ | tṛtīyaṃ ve­da­nā­yā­ś cety uktaṃ sūtreṇa tattvataḥ || 1 ||

TA-ML 9.33 nidānaṃ ca || 33 ||

TAŚV-ML 9.33.1nidānaṃ ceti vākyena tī­vra­mo­ha­ni­baṃ­dha­naṃ | caturthaṃ dhyānam ity ārtaṃ ca­tu­rvi­dha­m u­dā­hṛ­taṃ || 1 || TAŚV-ML 9.33.2nīlāṃ leśyāṃ sa­mā­sṛ­tya kāpotīṃ vā sa­mu­dbha­ve­t | ta­da­jñā­nā­t kuto py ā­tma­pa­ri­ṇā­mā­t ta­thā­vi­dhā­t || 2 || TAŚV-ML 9.33.3pā­pa­pra­yo­ga­niḥ­śe­ṣa­do­ṣā­dhi­ṣṭhā­na­m ākulaṃ | bho­ga­pra­saṃ­ga­nā­nā­tma­saṃ­ka­lpā­saṃ­ga­kā­ra­ṇaṃ || 3 || TAŚV-ML 9.33.4dha­rmā­śa­ya­pa­ri­tyā­gi ka­ṣā­yā­śa­ya­va­rdha­naṃ | vi­pā­ka­ka­ṭu tiryakṣu sa­mu­dbha­va­ni­baṃ­dha­naṃ || 4 ||

TA-ML 9.34 ta­da­vi­ra­ta­de­śa­vi­ra­ta­pra­ma­tta­saṃ­ya­tā­nā­m || 34 ||

TAŚV-ML 9.34.1tat syād a­vi­ra­tā­dī­nāṃ trayāṇāṃ ta­nni­mi­tta­taḥ | nā­pra­ma­ttā­di­ṣu kṣī­ṇa­ta­nni­mi­tte­ṣu jā­tu­ci­t || 1 ||

TA-ML 9.35 hiṃ­sā­nṛ­ta­ste­ya­vi­ṣa­ya­saṃ­ra­kṣa­ṇe­bhyo raudram a­vi­ra­ta­de­śa­vi­ra­ta­yoḥ || 35 ||

TAŚV-ML 9.35.1hiṃ­sā­di­bhyo ti­tī­vra­mo­ho­da­ye­bhyaḥ pra­jā­ya­te | raudraṃ dhyānaṃ smṛtaiḥ pau­naḥ­pu­nyaṃ du­rga­ti­kā­ra­ṇaṃ || 1 || TAŚV-ML 9.35.2tat syād a­vi­ra­ta­syo­ccai­r de­śa­saṃ­ya­mi­no pi ca | ya­thā­yo­gaṃ ni­mi­ttā­nāṃ śeṣaṃ sa­dbhā­va­si­ddhi­taḥ || 2 || TAŚV-ML 9.35.3tataś ca­tu­rvi­dhaṃ raudraṃ dhyānaṃ sa­mu­pa­jā­ya­te | puṃ­so­ti­kṛ­ṣṇa­le­śya­syā­vi­ra­ta­syai­va tatparaṃ || 3 || TAŚV-ML 9.35.4tathā kā­po­ta­le­śya­sya vi­ra­tā­vi­ra­ta­sya ca | pra­mā­dā­nā­m a­dhi­ṣṭhā­naṃ vi­ra­ta­sya na jā­tu­ci­t || 4 ||

TA-ML 9.36 ā­jñā­pā­ya­vi­pā­ka­saṃ­sthā­na­vi­ca­yā­ya dharmyam || 36 ||

TAŚV-ML 9.36.1ā­jñā­di­vi­ca­yā­yo­ktaṃ dharmyaṃ dhyānaṃ ca­tu­rvi­dhaṃ | ā­rta­rau­dra­pa­ri­tya­ktaiḥ kāryaṃ ciṃ­tā­sva­bhā­va­kaṃ || 1 || TAŚV-ML 9.36.2tatrājñā dvividhā he­tu­vā­de­ta­ra­vi­ka­lpa­taḥ | sa­rva­jña­sya vi­ne­yāṃ­taḥ­ka­ra­ṇā­ya­tta­vṛ­tti­taḥ || 2 || TAŚV-ML 9.36.3a­sa­nmā­rgā­d apāyaḥ syād a­na­pā­yaḥ sva­mā­rga­taḥ | sa e­vo­pā­ya ity eṣa tato bhedena noditaḥ || 3 || TAŚV-ML 9.36.4vipāko nubhavaḥ pūrvaṃ kṛtānāṃ karmaṇāṃ svayaṃ | jī­vā­dyā­śra­ya­bhe­de­na caturtho dhīmatāṃ mataḥ || 4 || TAŚV-ML 9.36.5lokaḥ saṃ­sthā­na­bhe­dā­d vā sva­bhā­vā­d vā ni­ve­di­taḥ | ta­dā­dhā­ro jano vāpi mā­na­bhe­do pi vā kvacit || 5 || TAŚV-ML 9.36.6vi­ca­ya­s tatra mīmāṃsā pra­mā­ṇa­na­ya­taḥ sthitaḥ | tasmiṃś ciṃ­tā­pra­baṃ­dho nu­ściṃ­tāṃ­ta­ra­ni­ro­dha­taḥ || 6 || TAŚV-ML 9.36.7yuktaṃ dhyānaṃ ta­dā­dhyā­ya­m ai­kā­grye­ṇa pra­vṛ­tti­taḥ | dhyātuś ciṃ­tā­pra­baṃ­dha­sya dharmyaṃ pā­pa­vya­pā­ya­taḥ || 7 || TAŚV-ML 9.36.8sā­ka­lye­na vi­ni­rdi­ṣṭaṃ ta­tpra­ma­ttā­pra­ma­tta­yoḥ | aṃ­ta­raṃ­ga­ta­po­bhe­da­rū­paṃ saṃ­gha­ta­yoḥ sphuṭaṃ || 8 || TAŚV-ML 9.36.9saṃ­ya­tā­saṃ­ya­ta­syai­ka­de­śe­nā­saṃ­ya­ta­sya tu | yo­gya­tā­mā­tra­taḥ kaiścid yair durdhyānaṃ pra­ca­kṣa­te || 9 ||

TA-ML 9.37 śukle cādye pū­rva­vi­daḥ || 37 ||

TAŚV-ML 9.37.1mattvā catvāri śuklāni pro­cya­mā­nā­ni sūriṇā | ādye pū­rva­vi­daḥ śukle dharmyaṃ cety a­bhi­dhī­ya­te || 1 || TAŚV-ML 9.37.2śre­ṇyā­dhi­ro­hi­ṇaḥ śukle dharmyaṃ pūrvasya tasya hi | a­pū­rva­ka­ra­ṇā­dī­nāṃ śu­klā­raṃ­bha­ka­tā­sthi­teḥ || 2 ||

TA-ML 9.38 pare ke­va­li­naḥ || 38 ||

TAŚV-ML 9.38.1pare ke­va­li­naḥ śukle saṃ­yo­ga­sye­ta­ra­sya ca | ya­thā­yo­gaṃ smṛte tajjñaiḥ prakṛṣṭe śu­ddhi­bhe­da­taḥ || 1 ||

TA-ML 9.39 pṛ­tha­ktvai­ka­tva­vi­ta­rka­sū­kṣma­kri­yā­pra­ti­pā­ti­vyu­pa­ra­ta­kri­yā­ni­va­rtī­ni || 39 ||

TAŚV-ML 9.39.1pṛ­tha­ktve­tyā­di­sū­tre­ṇā­nva­rtha­nā­mā­ni tāny api | śuklāni ka­thi­tā­ny u­kta­svā­mi­bhe­dā­ni lakṣaṇaiḥ || 1 ||

TA-ML 9.40 trye­ka­yo­ga­kā­ya­yo­gā­yo­gā­nā­m || 40 ||

TAŚV-ML 9.40.1tatra prācyaṃ tri­yo­ga­syai­kai­ka­yo­ga­sya tatparaṃ | tṛtīyaṃ kā­ya­yo­ga­syā­yo­ga­sya ca tu­rī­ya­kaṃ || 1 || TAŚV-ML 9.40.2yo­ga­mā­rga­ṇa­yā teṣāṃ sa­dbhā­va­ni­ya­maḥ smṛtaḥ | evaṃ trī­tyā­di­sū­tre­ṇa vi­vā­da­vi­ni­vṛ­tta­ye || 2 ||

TA-ML 9.41 e­kā­śra­ye sa­vi­ta­rka­vī­cā­re pūrve || 41 ||

TAŚV-ML 9.41.1e­kā­śra­ye pra­ti­prā­pta­śru­ta­jñā­nā­śra­ya­tva­taḥ | sa­vi­ta­rke śrute tattvāt sa­vī­cā­re ca saṃ­kra­mā­t || 1 || TAŚV-ML 9.41.2a­rtha­vyaṃ­ja­na­yo­ge­ṣu sā­mā­nye­no­pa­va­rti­te | pūrve śukle tri­yo­gai­ka­yo­ga­saṃ­ya­ta­saṃ­śra­yā­t || 2 ||

TA-ML 9.42 a­vī­cā­raṃ dvi­tī­ya­m || 42 ||

TAŚV-ML 9.42.1a­vī­cā­raṃ dvitīyaṃ ta­tsaṃ­krāṃ­te­r a­sa­mu­dbha­vā­t | e­ka­yo­ga­sya ta­ddhyā­tu­r iti prā­hā­pa­vā­da­taḥ || 1 || TAŚV-ML 9.42.2sa­vi­ta­rkaṃ sa­vī­cā­raṃ pṛ­tha­ktve­na tataḥ sthitaṃ | prācyaṃ śuklaṃ tu sa­vi­ta­rka­vī­cā­ra­ba­lā­d iha || 2 || TAŚV-ML 9.42.3ta­thā­'­vi­ta­rka­vī­cā­re pare śukle ni­ve­di­te | kā­ya­yo­gā­dhi­nā­tha­tvā­d a­yo­gā­dhi­pa­ti­tva­taḥ || 3 ||

TA-ML 9.43 vitarkaḥ śrutam || 43 ||

TAŚV-ML 9.43.1vitarkaḥ śrutam a­spa­ṣṭa­ta­rka­ṇaṃ na punar mateḥ | bhedaś ciṃtākhya ity e­ta­tsū­trā­raṃ­bhā­d a­bhī­psi­taṃ || 1 ||

TA-ML 9.44 vīcāro rtha­vyaṃ­ja­na­yo­ga­saṃ­krāṃ­tiḥ || 44 ||

TAŚV-ML 9.44.1a­rtha­vyaṃ­ja­na­yo­ge­ṣu saṃ­krāṃ­ti­ś ce­ta­sa­s tu yā | sa vīcāro na mīmāṃsā ca­re­rga­tya­rtha­ni­ṣṭha­taḥ || 1 || TAŚV-ML 9.44.2evaṃ ni­ru­kti­to rtha­syā­vya­bhi­cā­ri­tva­da­rśa­nā­t | proktaṃ vi­ta­rka­vī­cā­ra­la­kṣa­ṇaṃ sutrataḥ svayaṃ || 2 || TAŚV-ML 9.44.3kṛ­ta­gu­ptyā­dya­nu­ṣṭhā­no ya­ti­rvī­ryā­ti­śā­ya­naḥ | a­rtha­vyaṃ­ja­na­yo­ge­ṣu saṃkrāṃtau pṛ­tha­gu­dya­taḥ || 3 || TAŚV-ML 9.44.4ta­do­pa­śa­ma­nā­n mo­ha­pra­kṛ­tīḥ kṣa­pa­ya­nn api | yathā pa­ri­ca­yaṃ dhyāyet kvacid vastuni sakriyaḥ || 4 || TAŚV-ML 9.44.5sa­vi­ta­rkaṃ sa­vī­cā­raṃ pṛ­tha­ktve­vā­di­maṃ muniḥ | dhyānaṃ pra­kra­ma­te dhyātuṃ pū­rva­de­hī ni­rā­ku­laḥ || 5 || TAŚV-ML 9.44.6sa e­vā­mū­la­to mo­ha­kṣa­pa­ṇā­gū­rṇa­mā­na­saḥ | prā­pyā­naṃ­ta­gu­ṇāṃ śuddhiṃ ni­ruṃ­dha­n baṃ­dha­mā­tma­naḥ || 6 || TAŚV-ML 9.44.7jñā­nā­vṛ­ti­sa­hā­yā­nāṃ pra­kṛ­tī­nā­m a­śe­ṣa­taḥ | hā­sa­ya­nkṣa­pa­yaṃ­ś cāsāṃ sthi­ti­baṃ­dhaṃ sa­maṃ­ta­taḥ || 7 || TAŚV-ML 9.44.8śru­ta­jñā­no­pa­yu­ktā­tmā vī­ta­vī­cā­ra­mā­na­saḥ | kṣī­ṇa­mo­ho '­pra­kaṃ­pā­tmā prā­pta­kṣā­yi­ka­saṃ­ya­maḥ || 8 || TAŚV-ML 9.44.9dhyā­tvai­ka­tva­vi­ta­rkā­khyaṃ dhyānaṃ ghā­tya­gha­gha­sma­raṃ | dadhānaḥ paramāṃ śuddhiṃ du­ra­vā­pyā­ma­to nyataḥ || 9 || TAŚV-ML 9.44.10tato ni­rda­gdha­niḥ­śe­ṣa­ghā­ti­ka­rmeṃ­dha­naḥ prabhuḥ | kevalī sa­dṛ­śā­ghā­ti­ka­rma­sthi­ti­r a­śe­ṣa­taḥ || 10 || TAŚV-ML 9.44.11saṃtyajya vā­ṅma­no­yo­gaṃ kā­ya­yo­gaṃ ca bādaraṃ | sūkṣmaṃ tu taṃ sa­mā­śri­tya maṃ­da­spaṃ­do­da­ya­s tvaraṃ || 11 || TAŚV-ML 9.44.12dhyānaṃ sū­kṣma­kri­yaṃ na­ṣṭa­pra­ti­pā­taṃ tṛ­tī­ya­kaṃ | dhyāyed yogī ya­thā­yo­gaṃ kṛtvā ka­ra­ṇa­saṃ­ta­tiṃ || 12 || TAŚV-ML 9.44.13tataḥ svayaṃ sa­mu­cchi­nna­pra­de­śa­spaṃ­da­naṃ sthiraḥ | dhva­sta­niḥ­śe­ṣa­yo­ge­bhyo dhyānaṃ dhyā­tāṃ­ta­saṃ­va­raḥ || 13 || TAŚV-ML 9.44.14saṃ­pū­rṇa­ni­rja­ra­ś cāṃtye kṣaṇe kṣī­ṇa­bha­va­sthi­tiḥ | mukhyaṃ si­ddha­tva­m adhyāste pra­si­ddhā­ṣṭa­gu­ṇo­da­yaṃ || 14 || TAŚV-ML 9.44.15saṃ­kle­śāṃ­ga­ta­yai­ka­tra ciṃtā ciṃ­tāṃ­ta­ra­cyu­tā | pāpaṃ dhyānaṃ yathā proktaṃ vya­va­hā­ra­na­yā­śra­yā­t || 15 || TAŚV-ML 9.44.16vi­śu­ddhyaṃ­ga­ta­yā caivaṃ dharmyaṃ śuklaṃ ca kiṃcana | sa­ma­na­ska­sya tādṛkṣaṃ nā­ma­na­ska­sya mukhyataḥ || 16 || TAŚV-ML 9.44.17u­dbhū­ta­ke­va­la­syā­sya sa­kṛ­tsa­rvā­rtha­ve­di­naḥ | ai­kā­grya­bhā­va­taḥ kecid u­pa­cā­rā­d vadaṃti tat || 17 || TAŚV-ML 9.44.18ciṃ­tā­ni­ro­dha­sa­dbhā­vo dhyānāt so pi ni­baṃ­dha­naṃ | tatra dhyā­no­pa­cā­ra­sya yoge le­śyo­pa­cā­ra­va­t || 18 || TAŚV-ML 9.44.19sa­rva­ciṃ­tā­ni­ro­dha­s tu yo mukhyo ni­ści­tā­n nayāt | so sti ke­va­li­naḥ sthairyam ekāgraṃ ca paraṃ sadā || 19 || TAŚV-ML 9.44.20mukhyaṃ dhyānam atas tasya sākṣān ni­rvā­ṇa­kā­ra­ṇaṃ | cha­dma­dṛ­śyo­pa­cā­rā­t syāt ta­da­nyā­sti­tva­kā­ra­ṇā­t || 20 || TAŚV-ML 9.44.21ya­thai­ka­va­stu­ni sthairyaṃ jñā­na­syai­kā­grya­m iṣyate | tathā vi­śva­pa­dā­rthe­ṣu sakṛt tat kena vāryate || 21 || TAŚV-ML 9.44.22mo­hā­nu­dre­ka­to jñātur yathā vyā­kṣe­pa­saṃ­kṣa­yaḥ | mohino sti tathā vī­ta­mo­ha­syā­sau sadā na kim || 22 || TAŚV-ML 9.44.23ya­thai­ka­tra pra­dhā­ne­rthe vṛttir vā tasya mohinaḥ | tathā ke­va­li­naḥ kiṃ na dravye '­naṃ­ta­vi­va­rta­ke || 23 || TAŚV-ML 9.44.24iti ni­śca­ya­to dhyānaṃ pra­ti­pe­dhyaṃ na dhīmatā | pradhānaṃ vi­śva­ta­ttvā­rtha­ve­di­nāṃ pra­sphu­ṭā­tma­nāṃ || 24 || TAŚV-ML 9.44.25sa­yo­ga­ke­va­lī dhyānī yadi dha­rmo­pa­de­śa­nā | kathaṃ tataḥ pra­va­rte­te­ty eke ta­trā­bhi­dhī­ya­te || 25 || TAŚV-ML 9.44.26aṃ­ta­rmu­hū­rta­kā­laṃ vā dhyā­na­syā­ne­ka­va­tsa­raṃ | naikāgryaṃ ke­va­li­dhyā­naṃ prasiddhaṃ ta­ttva­de­śi­nā­m || 26 || TAŚV-ML 9.44.27tata eva ca te siddhāḥ kṛ­ta­kṛ­tyā ji­nā­dhi­pāḥ | stūyaṃte si­ddha­sā­dha­rmyā­t sa­de­ha­tve pi dhīdhanaiḥ || 27 || TAŚV-ML 9.44.28a­yo­gi­tva­sa­pnu­dbhū­teḥ pūrvam aṃ­ta­rmu­hū­rta­mā | tṛtīyaṃ dhyānam ākhyātaṃ vā­kpra­vṛ­ttyā vi­va­rji­taṃ || 28 || TAŚV-ML 9.44.29vā­kkā­ya­vṛ­tti­sa­dbhā­ve yathā dhyānī na mādṛśaḥ | ta­thā­rha­nn iti ta­syā­stū­pa­cā­rā­d dhyā­na­de­śa­nā || 29 || TAŚV-ML 9.44.30abkvacic ciṃtā dhyānaṃ ni­ya­ta­vi­ṣa­yaṃ puṃsi kathitaṃ kvacit tasyāḥ kārtsnyād vi­la­ya­na­m idaṃ sa­rva­vi­ṣa­yaṃ | TAŚV-ML 9.44.30cdkvacit kiṃcin mukhyaṃ guṇam api vadaṃti pra­ti­na­yaṃ tataś ciṃtyaṃ sadbhiḥ pa­ra­ma­ga­ha­naṃ ji­na­pa­ti­ma­taṃ || 30 ||

TA-ML 9.45 sa­mya­gdṛ­ṣṭi­śrā­va­ka­vi­ra­tā­naṃ­ta­vi­yo­ja­ka­da­rśa­na­mo­ha­kṣa­pa­ko­pa­śa­ma­ko­pa­śāṃ­ta­mo­ha- TA-ML 9.45 kṣa­pa­ka­kṣī­ṇa­mo­ha­ji­nāḥ kramaśo '­saṃ­khye­ya­gu­ṇa­ni­rja­rāḥ || 45 ||

TAŚV-ML 9.45.1sa­mya­gdṛ­ṣṭyā­da­yaḥ saṃty a­saṃ­khye­gu­ṇa­ni­rja­rāḥ | kramād atra tathā śuddher a­saṃ­khye­ya­gu­ṇa­tva­taḥ || 1 ||

TA-ML 9.46 pu­lā­ka­ba­ku­śa­ku­śī­la­ni­rgraṃ­tha­snā­ta­kā nirgraṃthāḥ || 46 ||

TAŚV-ML 9.46.1pu­lā­kā­dyā matāḥ paṃca nirgraṃthā vya­va­hā­ra­taḥ | ni­śca­yā­c cāpi nai­rgraṃ­thya­sā­mā­nya­syā­vi­ro­dha­taḥ || 1 || TAŚV-ML 9.46.2va­strā­di­graṃ­tha­saṃ­pa­nnā­s tato nye neti gamyate | bā­hya­graṃ­tha­sya sadbhāve hy aṃ­ta­rgraṃ­tho na naśyati || 2 || TAŚV-ML 9.46.3ye va­strā­di­gra­he py ā­hu­rni­rgraṃ­tha­tvaṃ ya­tho­di­taṃ | mū­rcchā­nu­dbhū­ti­ta­s teṣāṃ stryā­dyā­dā­ne pi kiṃ na tat || 3 || TAŚV-ML 9.46.4vi­ṣa­ya­gra­ha­ṇaṃ kāryaṃ mūrchā syāt tasya kāraṇaṃ | na ca kā­ra­ṇa­vi­dhvaṃ­se jātu kāryasya saṃbhavaḥ || 4 || TAŚV-ML 9.46.5viṣayaḥ kāraṇaṃ mūrchā ta­tkā­rya­m iti yo vadet | tasya mū­rcho­da­yo 'sattve vi­ṣa­ya­sya na siddhyati || 5 || TAŚV-ML 9.46.6tasmān mo­ho­da­yā­n mūrchā svārthe tasya grahas tataḥ | sa yasyāsti svayaṃ tasya na nairgraṃthyaṃ ka­dā­ca­na || 6 ||

TA-ML 9.47 saṃ­ya­ma­śru­ta­pra­ti­se­va­nā­tī­rtha­liṃ­ga­le­śyo­pa­pā­da­sthā­na­vi­ka­lpa­taḥ sādhyāḥ || 47 ||

TAŚV-ML 508,1oṃ TAŚV-ML 508,2atha daśamo 'dhyāyaḥ || 10 ||

TA-ML 10.1 mo­ha­kṣa­yā­t jñā­na­da­rśa­nā­va­ra­ṇāṃ­ta­rā­ya­kṣa­yā­c ca ke­va­la­m || 1 ||

TA-ML 10.2 baṃ­dha­he­tva­bhā­va­ni­rja­rā­bhyāṃ kṛ­tsna­ka­rma­vi­pra­mo­kṣo mokṣaḥ || 2 ||

TA-ML 10.3 au­pa­śa­mi­kā­di­bha­vya­tvā­nāṃ ca || 3 ||

TAŚV-ML 10.3.1ta­thau­pa­śa­mi­kā­dī­nāṃ bha­vya­tva­sya ca saṃ­kṣa­yā­t | mokṣa ity āha tadbhāve saṃ­sā­ri­tva­pra­si­ddhi­taḥ || 1 || TAŚV-ML 10.3.2na tv au­pa­śa­mi­ke bhāve kṣā­yo­pa­śa­mi­ke pi ca | bhāve trau­da­yi­ke puṃso 'bhāvo stu kṣāyike kathaṃ || 2 || TAŚV-ML 10.3.3siddhiḥ sa­vya­pa­de­śa­sya cā­ri­trā­de­r a­bhā­va­taḥ | kṣā­yi­ka­sya na saty asmin kṛ­ta­kṛ­tya­tva­ni­rvṛ­tiḥ || 3 || TAŚV-ML 10.3.4na cā­ri­trā­di­r asyāsti siddhānāṃ mo­kṣa­saṃ­kṣa­yā­t | siddhā eva tu siddhās te gu­ṇa­sthā­na­vi­mu­kta­taḥ || 4 ||

TA-ML 10.4 anyatra ke­va­la­sa­mya­ktva­jñā­na­da­rśa­na­si­ddha­tve­bhyaḥ || 4 ||

TAŚV-ML 10.4.1mokṣaḥ ke­va­la­sa­mya­ktva­jñā­na­da­rśa­na­saṃ­kṣa­yā­t | si­ddha­tva­saṃ­kṣa­yā­n neti tv a­nya­tre­tyā­di­nā­bra­vī­t || 1 || TAŚV-ML 10.4.2etaiḥ saha vi­ro­dha­syā­bhā­vā­n mokṣasya sarvathā | svayaṃ sa­vya­pa­de­śai­ś ca vya­pa­de­śa­s tathāstv ataḥ || 2 || TAŚV-ML 10.4.3siddhatvaṃ ke­va­lā­di­bhyo viśiṣṭaṃ teṣu satsv api | ka­rmo­da­ya­ni­mi­tta­syā­si­ddha­tva­sya kvacid gateḥ || 3 || TAŚV-ML 10.4.4asvā­tmāṃ­ta­rba­hi­raṃ­ga­ka­lma­ṣa­ta­ti­vyā­sa­kti­ni­rmu­kta­tāTAŚV-ML 10.4.4bjī­va­sye­ti vadaṃti śu­ddha­dhi­ṣa­ṇā yu­ktyā­ga­mā­nve­ṣi­ṇaḥ | TAŚV-ML 10.4.4cprāptis tasya tu nirvṛtiḥ pa­ra­ta­rā nā­bhā­va­mā­traṃ na vāTAŚV-ML 10.4.4dviśleṣo guṇato nyathā sthitir api vyā­ha­nya­mā­na­tva­taḥ || 4 ||

TA-ML 10.5 ta­da­naṃ­ta­ra­m ūrdhvaṃ ga­ccha­tyā­lo­kāṃ­tā­t || 5 ||

TAŚV-ML 10.5.1ta­cchā­bdā­d gṛhyate mokṣaḥ sū­tre­smi­n nā­nya­saṃ­gra­haḥ | sā­ma­rthyā­d iti ta­syai­vā­naṃ­ta­raṃ ta­da­naṃ­ta­raṃ || 1 || TAŚV-ML 10.5.2ga­ccha­tī­ti va­caḥ­śa­kte­r mu­kti­de­śe sthi­ti­cchi­dā | ūrdhvam ity a­bhi­dhā­nā­t tu di­gaṃ­ta­ra­ga­ti­cyu­tiḥ || 2 ||

TA-ML 10.6 pū­rva­pra­yo­gā­d a­saṃ­ga­tvā­d baṃ­dha­cche­dā­t tathā ga­ti­pa­ri­ṇā­mā­c ca || 6 ||

TAŚV-ML 10.6.1pū­rve­tyā­dye­na vācyena proktaṃ he­tu­ca­tu­ṣṭa­yaṃ | sādhyena vyāptam u­nne­ya­m a­nya­thā­nu­pa­pa­tti­taḥ || 1 ||

TA-ML 10.7 ā­vi­ddha­ku­lā­la­ca­kra­va­dvya­pa­ga­ta­le­pā­lā­bu­va­de­r aṃ­ḍa­bī­ja­va­d a­gni­śi­khā­va­c ca || 7 ||

TAŚV-ML 10.7.1ā­vi­ddhe­tyā­di­nā dṛṣṭaṃ sa­ddṛ­ṣṭāṃ­ta­ca­tu­ṣṭa­yaṃ | ba­hi­rvyā­pti­r a­pī­ṣṭe­ha sā­dha­na­tva­pra­si­ddha­ye || 1 || TAŚV-ML 10.7.2ūrdhvaṃ gacchati muktātmā tathā pū­rva­pra­yo­ga­taḥ | ya­thā­vi­ddhaṃ ku­lā­la­sya cakram ity atra sādhanaṃ || 2 || TAŚV-ML 10.7.3nāsiddhaṃ mo­ktu­kā­ma­sya lo­kā­gra­ga­ma­naṃ prati | pra­ṇi­dhā­na­vi­śe­ṣa­sya sa­dbhā­vā­d bhūriśaḥ sphuṭaṃ || 3 || TAŚV-ML 10.7.4na cā­nai­kāṃ­ti­kaṃ tatsyād viruddhaṃ vā vi­pa­kṣa­taḥ | vyāvṛtteḥ sarvathā ne­ṣṭa­vi­dhā­ta­kṛ­d idaṃ tataḥ || 4 || TAŚV-ML 10.7.5a­saṃ­ga­tvā­d ya­thā­lā­bū­pha­laṃ ni­rga­ta­le­pa­naṃ | baṃ­dha­cche­dā­dya­thai­r aṃ­ḍa­bī­ja­m ity apy ato gataṃ || 5 || TAŚV-ML 10.7.6ū­rdhva­vra­jyā­sva­bhā­va­tvā­d agner jvālā yatheti ca | dṛṣṭāṃte pi na sarvatra sā­dhya­sā­dha­na­śū­nya­tā || 6 ||

TA-ML 10.8 dha­rmā­sti­kā­yā­bhā­vā­t || 8 ||

TAŚV-ML 10.8.1ukto dha­rmā­sti­kā­yo tra ga­tyu­pa­gra­ha­kā­ra­ṇaṃ | ta­syā­bhā­vā­n na lo­kā­grā­t parato gatir ātmanaḥ || 1 || TAŚV-ML 10.8.2evaṃ niḥ­śe­ṣa­mi­thyā­bhi­mā­no muktau ni­va­rta­te | yu­ktyā­ga­ma­ba­lā­t tasyāḥ svarūpaṃ prati ni­rṇa­yā­t || 2 ||

TA-ML 10.9 kṣe­tra­kā­la­ga­ti­liṃ­ga­tī­rtha­cā­ri­tra­pra­tye­ka­bu­ddha­bo­dhi­ta­jñā­nā­va­gā­ha­nāṃ­ta­ra­saṃ- TA-ML 10.9 khyā­lpa­ba­hu­tva­taḥ sādhyāḥ || 9 ||

TAŚV-ML 10.9.1siddhāḥ kṣe­trā­di­bhi­r bhedaiḥ sādhyāḥ sū­tro­pa­pā­di­bhiḥ | sā­mā­nya­to vi­śe­ṣā­c ca bhā­vā­bhe­de pi sannayaiḥ || 1 || TAŚV-ML 10.9.2kṣetraṃ svā­tma­pra­de­śāḥ syuḥ siddhyatāṃ ni­śca­yā­n nayāt | vya­va­hā­ra­na­yā­d vyoma sakalāḥ ka­rma­bhū­ma­yaḥ || 2 || TAŚV-ML 10.9.3ma­nu­ṣya­bhū­mi­r apy atra ha­ra­ṇā­pe­kṣa­yā matā | hṛtvā pareṇa nītānāṃ siddheḥ sū­trā­ni­vā­ra­ṇā­t || 3 || TAŚV-ML 10.9.4teṣām e­ka­kṣa­ṇaḥ kālaḥ pra­tyu­tpa­nna­na­yā­tma­naḥ | bhū­ta­pra­jñā­pa­nā­d eva syāt sā­mā­nya­vi­śe­ṣa­taḥ || 4 || TAŚV-ML 10.9.5u­tsa­rpi­ṇy a­va­sa­rpi­ṇyo­r jātāḥ siddhyaṃti kecana | ca­tu­rtha­kā­le pa­ryaṃ­ta­bhā­ge kāle tṛ­tī­ya­ke || 5 || TAŚV-ML 10.9.6sarvadā ha­ra­ṇā­pe­kṣā kṣe­trā­pe­kṣā hi kā­la­bhṛ­t | sa­rva­kṣe­tre­ṣu tatsiddhau na viruddhā ka­thaṃ­ca­na || 6 || TAŚV-ML 10.9.7siddhiḥ si­ddhi­ga­tau puṃsāṃ syān ma­nu­ṣya­ga­tā­v api | a­ve­da­tve­na sā ve­da­tri­ta­yā­d vāsti bhāvataḥ || 7 || TAŚV-ML 10.9.8pu­lliṃ­ge­nai­va tu sā­kṣā­ddra­vya­to nyā ta­thā­ga­ma-  | vyā­ghā­tā­dyu­kti­bā­dhā­c ca stryā­di­ni­rvā­ṇa­vā­di­nāṃ || 8 || TAŚV-ML 10.9.9sā­kṣā­nni­rgraṃ­tha­liṃ­ge­na pā­raṃ­pa­ryā­tta­to nyataḥ | sā­kṣā­tsa­graṃ­tha­liṃ­ge­na siddhau ni­rgraṃ­tha­tā vṛthā || 9 || TAŚV-ML 10.9.10sati tī­rtha­ka­re siddhir asaty api ca ka­sya­ci­t | bhaved a­vya­pa­de­śe­na ca­ri­tre­ṇa vi­ni­śca­yā­t || 10 || TAŚV-ML 10.9.11ta­thai­vai­ka­ca­tuḥ­paṃ­ca­vi­ka­lpe­na pra­ka­lpa­te | pa­ro­pa­de­śa­śū­nya­tvā­t siddhau pra­tye­ka­bu­ddha­tā || 11 || TAŚV-ML 10.9.12pa­ro­pa­de­śa­taḥ siddho bodhitaḥ pra­ti­pā­di­taḥ | jñā­ne­nai­ke­na vā siddhir dvābhyāṃ tribhir a­pī­ṣya­te || 12 || TAŚV-ML 10.9.13caturbhiḥ svā­mi­mu­khya­syā­pe­kṣā­yāṃ nānyathā punaḥ | a­va­gā­ha­na­m utkṛṣṭaṃ sa­pā­da­śa­ta­paṃ­ca­kaṃ || 13 || TAŚV-ML 10.9.14cā­pā­nā­ma­rdha­saṃ­yu­kta­m a­ra­tni­tra­ya­m apy atha | madhyamaṃ bahudhā siddhis tri­pra­kā­re '­va­gā­ha­ne || 14 || TAŚV-ML 10.9.15sva­pra­de­śe nabho vyā­pi­la­kṣa­ṇe saṃ­pra­va­rta­te | a­naṃ­ta­raṃ ja­gha­nye­na dvau kṣaṇau siddhyatāṃ nṛṇāṃ || 15 || TAŚV-ML 10.9.16u­tka­rṣe­ṇa punas tat syād eteṣāṃ sa­ma­yā­ṣṭa­kaṃ | aṃtaraṃ samayo sty eko ja­gha­nye­na pra­ka­rṣa­taḥ || 16 || TAŚV-ML 10.9.17ṣaṇmāsāḥ siddhyatāṃ nānā madhyamaṃ prati gamyatāṃ | e­ka­smi­n samaye siddhyed eko jīvo ja­gha­nya­taḥ || 17 || TAŚV-ML 10.9.18a­ṣṭo­tta­ra­śa­taṃ jīvāḥ pra­ka­rṣe­ṇe­ti viśrutaṃ | nālpena bahavaḥ siddhāḥ si­ddha­kṣe­tra­vya­pe­kṣa­yā || 18 || TAŚV-ML 10.9.19vya­va­hā­ra­vya­pe­kṣā­yāṃ teṣām a­lpa­ba­hu­tva­vi­t | tatrālpe ha­ra­ṇā­t siddhā ja­nma­si­ddha­sa­mū­ha­taḥ || 19 || TAŚV-ML 10.9.20ja­nma­si­ddhāḥ punas tebhyaḥ saṃ­khye­ya­gu­ṇa­tā­bhṛ­taḥ | ka­rma­bho­ga­dha­rā vā­rdhi­dvī­po­rdhvā­s ti­ro­bhu­vāḥ || 20 || TAŚV-ML 10.9.21si­ddhā­nā­m ū­rdhva­si­ddhāḥ syuḥ sarvebhyo lpe pare nyathā | yuḥ saṃ­khye­ya­gu­ṇā­s tebhyo dhas ti­rya­gbhi­r vṛtāḥ kramāt || 21 || TAŚV-ML 10.9.22samudre sarvataḥ stokā dvīpe saṃ­khye­ya­saṃ­gu­ṇāḥ | la­va­ṇo­de sa­ma­ste­bhyaḥ stokāḥ siddhā vi­śe­ṣa­taḥ || 22 || TAŚV-ML 10.9.23kālode sāgare jaṃ­bū­dvī­pe ca pa­ri­ni­rvṛ­tāḥ | dhā­ta­kī­khaṃ­ḍa­sa­ddvī­pe pu­ṣka­ra­dvī­pa eva ca || 23 || TAŚV-ML 10.9.24te saṃ­khye­ya­gu­ṇāḥ proktāḥ kramaśo bahavo nyathā | pra­tye­ta­vyāḥ sa­mā­se­na ya­thā­ga­ma­m a­śe­ṣa­taḥ || 24 || TAŚV-ML 10.9.25eka eva tu siddhātmā sa­rva­the­ti yake viduḥ | teṣāṃ nā­nā­tma­nāṃ si­ddhi­mā­rgā­nu­ṣṭhā vṛthā bhavet || 25 || TAŚV-ML 10.9.26kṣe­trā­dya­pe­kṣa­yā coktāṃ saṃsāry e­ka­tva­m aṃjasā | e­kā­tma­vā­di­nā caivaṃ tatra vāco '­pra­mā­ṇa­tā || 26 || TAŚV-ML 10.9.27niḥ­śe­ṣa­ku­ma­ta­dhvāṃ­ta­vi­dhvaṃ­sa­na­pa­ṭī­ya­sī | mo­kṣa­nī­ti­r ato jainī bhā­nu­dī­pti­r i­vo­jjva­lā || 27 || TAŚV-ML 10.9.28evaṃ jī­vā­di­ta­ttvā­rthāḥ prapaṃcya sa­mu­dī­ri­tāḥ | sa­mya­gda­rśa­na­vi­jñā­na­go­ca­rā­ś ca­ra­ṇā­śra­yāḥ || 28 || TAŚV-ML 10.9.29tataḥ sā­dhī­ya­sī mo­kṣa­mā­rga­vyā­khyā pra­paṃ­ca­taḥ | sa­rva­ta­ttvā­rtha­vi­dye­yaṃ pra­mā­ṇa­na­ya­śa­kti­taḥ || 29 || TAŚV-ML 10.9.30ajīyāt sa­jja­na­tā­śra­yaḥ śi­va­su­dhā­dhā­rā­va­dhā­na­pra­bhu-TAŚV-ML 10.9.30br dhva­sta­dhvāṃ­ta­ta­tiḥ sa­mu­nna­ta­ga­ti­s tī­vra­pra­tā­pā­nvi­taḥ | TAŚV-ML 10.9.30cpro­rja­jyo­ti­r i­vā­va­gā­ha­na­kṛ­tā­naṃ­ta­sthi­ti­r mānataḥTAŚV-ML 10.9.30dsa­nmā­rga­s tri­ta­yā­tma­ko '­khi­la­ma­la­pra­jvā­la­na­pra­kṣa­maḥ || 30 || TAŚV-ML 512,15ta­ttvā­rtha­ślo­ka­vā­rti­kaṃ sa­mā­pta­m |